This is a modern-English version of International Law. A Treatise. Volume 1 (of 2): Peace. Second Edition, originally written by Oppenheim, L. (Lassa).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
International Law A Guide VOL. 1. Peace 2nd Edition BY L. Oppenheim, M.A., LL.D.
WHEWELL PROFESSOR OF INTERNATIONAL LAW IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL LAW HONORARY MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF JURISPRUDENCE AT MADRID
WHEWELL PROFESSOR OF INTERNATIONAL LAW AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL LAW HONORARY MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF JURISPRUDENCE IN MADRID
LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO.
LONGMANS, GREEN & CO.
39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON
39 Paternoster Row, London
NEW YORK, BOMBAY, AND CALCUTTA
NEW YORK, MUMBAI, AND KOLKATA
1912
1912
All rights reserved
All rights reserved.
TO
TO
EDWARD ARTHUR WHITTUCK
EDWARD ARTHUR WHITTUCK
WHOSE SYMPATHY AND ENCOURAGEMENT
HAVE ACCOMPANIED THE PROGRESS OF THIS WORK
FROM ITS INCEPTION TO ITS CLOSE
WHOSE SUPPORT AND ENCOURAGEMENT
HAVE BEEN WITH THIS WORK
FROM BEGINNING TO END
Preface TO THE 2ND EDITION
The course of events since 1905, when this work first made its appearance, and the results of further research have necessitated not only the thorough revision of the former text and the rewriting of some of its parts, but also the discussion of a number of new topics. But while the new matter which has been incorporated has added considerably to the length of the work—the additions to the bibliography, text, and notes amounting to nearly a quarter of the former work—this second edition is not less convenient in size than its predecessor. By rearranging the matter on the page, using a line extra on each, and a greater number of words on a line, by setting the bibliography and notes in smaller type, and by omitting the Appendix, it has been found possible to print the text of this new edition on 626 pages, as compared with 594 pages of the first edition.
The events since 1905, when this work first came out, along with the results of further research, have required not just a complete review of the original text and the rewriting of some sections, but also the inclusion of several new topics. While the new content added has significantly increased the length of the work—adding nearly a quarter to the bibliography, text, and notes—this second edition is still just as manageable in size as the first. By reorganizing the layout on each page, using an extra line per page, containing more words in each line, setting the bibliography and notes in smaller font, and removing the Appendix, it's been possible to print this new edition on 626 pages, compared to 594 pages in the first edition.
The system being elastic it was possible to place most of the additional matter within the same sections and under the same headings as before. Some of the points treated are, however, so entirely new that it was necessary to deal with them under separate headings, and within separate sections. The reader will easily distinguish them, since, to avoid disturbing the arrangement of topics, these new sections have been inserted between the old ones, and numbered as the sections preceding them, but with the addition of the letters a, b, &c. The more important of these new sections are the following: § 178a (concerning the Utilisation of[Pg viii] the Flow of Rivers); §§ 287a and 287b (concerning Wireless Telegraphy on the Open Sea); §§ 287c and 287d (concerning Mines and Tunnels in the Subsoil of the Sea bed); § 446a (concerning the Casa Blanca incident); §§ 476a and 476b (concerning the International Prize Court and the suggested International Court of Justice); §§ 568a and 568b (concerning the Conventions of the Second Hague Peace Conference, and the Declaration of London); § 576a (concerning Pseudo-Guarantees). Only towards the end of the volume has this mode of dealing with the new topics been departed from. As the chapter treating of Unions, the last of the volume, had to be entirely rearranged and rewritten, and a new chapter on Commercial Treaties inserted, the old arrangement comes to an end with § 577; and §§ 578 to 596 of this new edition present an arrangement of topics which differs from that of the former edition.
The system is flexible, so we were able to place most of the new content within the same sections and under the same headings as before. However, some of the topics are so completely new that we had to address them under separate headings and in different sections. Readers will easily recognize these, as to maintain the overall organization, these new sections have been added between the existing ones and numbered like the preceding sections, but with the letters a, b, etc. The most important of these new sections are the following: § 178a (about the Utilization of[Pg viii] the Flow of Rivers); §§ 287a and 287b (about Wireless Telegraphy on the Open Sea); §§ 287c and 287d (about Mines and Tunnels in the Seabed); § 446a (about the Casa Blanca incident); §§ 476a and 476b (about the International Prize Court and the proposed International Court of Justice); §§ 568a and 568b (about the Conventions of the Second Hague Peace Conference and the Declaration of London); § 576a (about Pseudo-Guarantees). Only toward the end of the volume does this approach to new topics change. Since the chapter on Unions, the last one in the book, needed to be completely reorganized and rewritten, and a new chapter on Commercial Treaties was added, the previous arrangement ends with § 577; and §§ 578 to 596 of this new edition show a different topic arrangement compared to the earlier edition.
I venture to hope that this edition will be received as favourably as was its predecessor. My aim, as always, has been to put the matter as clearly as possible before the reader, and nowhere have I forgotten that I am writing as a teacher for students. It is a matter of great satisfaction to me that the prophetic warnings of some otherwise very sympathetic reviewers that a comprehensive treatise on International Law in two volumes would never be read by young students have proved mistaken. The numerous letters which I have received from students, not only in this country but also in America, Japan, France, and Italy, show that I was not wrong when, in the preface to the former edition, I described the work as an elementary book for those beginning to study the subject. Many years of teaching have confirmed me in the conviction that those who approach the study of International Law should at the outset be brought face to face with its complicated problems, and should at once acquire a[Pg ix] thorough understanding of the wide scope of the subject. If writers and lecturers who aim at this goal will but make efforts to use the clearest language and an elementary method of explanation, they will attain success in spite of the difficulty of the problems and the wide range of topics to be considered.
I hope this edition is received as well as the last one. My goal, as always, has been to present the material as clearly as possible for the reader, and I haven't lost sight of the fact that I'm writing as a teacher for students. I'm very pleased that the earlier warnings from some thoughtful reviewers, who believed that a two-volume comprehensive guide on International Law wouldn't be read by young students, have turned out to be incorrect. The many letters I've received from students, not just from this country but also from America, Japan, France, and Italy, show that I was right when I described the previous edition as a beginner's book for those starting to study the subject. Many years of teaching have reinforced my belief that those studying International Law should initially confront its complex issues and gain a solid understanding of the subject's broad scope. If writers and lecturers who share this goal make an effort to use clear language and a straightforward method of explanation, they will succeed despite the challenges of the problems and the extensive topics that need to be covered.
I owe thanks to many reviewers and readers who have drawn my attention to mistakes and misprints in the first edition, and I am especially indebted to Mr. C. J. B. Hurst, C.B., Assistant Legal Adviser to the Foreign Office, to Mr. E. S. Roscoe, Admiralty Registrar of the High Court, and to Messrs. F. Ritchie and G. E. P. Hertslet of the Foreign Office who gave me valuable information on certain points while I was preparing the manuscript for this edition. And I must likewise most gratefully mention Miss B. M. Rutter and Mr. C. F. Pond who have assisted me in reading the proofs and have prepared the table of cases and the exhaustive alphabetical index.
I want to thank all the reviewers and readers who pointed out mistakes and typos in the first edition. I am especially grateful to Mr. C. J. B. Hurst, C.B., Assistant Legal Adviser to the Foreign Office, Mr. E. S. Roscoe, Admiralty Registrar of the High Court, and Messrs. F. Ritchie and G. E. P. Hertslet from the Foreign Office, who provided me with useful information on various points while I was preparing the manuscript for this edition. I also want to sincerely thank Miss B. M. Rutter and Mr. C. F. Pond for their help in reading the proofs and for putting together the table of cases and the comprehensive alphabetical index.
L. OPPENHEIM.
L. Oppenheim.
Whewell House,
Cambridge,
November 1, 1911.
Whewell House,
Cambridge,
November 1, 1911.
ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES OF BOOKS, ETC., QUOTED IN THE TEXT
The books referred to in the bibliography and notes are, as a rule, quoted with their full titles and the date of their publication. But certain books and periodicals which are very often referred to throughout this work are quoted in an abbreviated form, as follows:—
The books listed in the bibliography and notes are generally cited with their full titles and publication dates. However, some books and periodicals that are frequently mentioned in this work are cited in a shortened form, as follows:—
A.J. = The American Journal of International Law.
A.J. = The American Journal of International Law.
Annuaire = Annuaire de l'Institut de Droit International.
Annuaire = Yearbook of the Institute of International Law.
Bluntschli = Bluntschli, Das moderne Völkerrecht der civilisirten Staaten als Rechtsbuch dargestellt, 3rd ed. (1878).
Bluntschli = Bluntschli, The Modern Law of Nations for Civilized States Presented as a Legal Text, 3rd ed. (1878).
Bonfils = Bonfils, Manuel De Droit International Public, 5th ed. by Fauchille (1908).
Bonfils = Bonfils, Manuel of International Public Law, 5th ed. by Fauchille (1908).
Bulmerincq = Bulmerincq, Das Völkerrecht (1887).
Bulmerincq = Bulmerincq, International Law (1887).
Calvo = Calvo, Le Droit International etc., 5th ed. 6 vols. (1896).
Calvo = Calvo, International Law etc., 5th ed. 6 vols. (1896).
Despagnet = Despagnet, Cours De Droit International Public, 4th ed. by de Boeck (1910).
Despagnet = Despagnet, Course in International Public Law, 4th ed. by de Boeck (1910).
Field = Field, Outlines of an International Code (1872).
Field = Field, Outlines of an International Code (1872).
Fiore = Fiore, Nouveau Droit International Public, deuxième édition, traduite de l'Italien et annotée par Antoine, 3 vols. (1885).
Fiore = Fiore, New Public International Law, second edition, translated from Italian and annotated by Antoine, 3 vols. (1885).
Fiore, Code = Fiore, Le Droit International Codifié, nouvelle édition, traduite de l'Italien par Antoine (1911).
Fiore, Code = Fiore, The Codified International Law, new edition, translated from Italian by Antoine (1911).
Gareis = Gareis, Institutionen des Völkerrechts, 2nd ed. (1910).
Gareis = Gareis, Institutions of International Law, 2nd ed. (1910).
Grotius = Grotius, De Jure Belli ac Pacis (1625).
Grotius = Grotius, On the Law of War and Peace (1625).
Hall = Hall, A Treatise on International Law, 4th ed. (1895).
Hall = Hall, A Treatise on International Law, 4th ed. (1895).
Halleck = Halleck, International Law, 3rd English ed. by Sir Sherston Baker, 2 vols. (1893).
Halleck = Halleck, International Law, 3rd English ed. by Sir Sherston Baker, 2 vols. (1893).
Hartmann = Hartmann, Institutionen des praktischen Völkerrechts in Friedenszeiten (1874).[Pg xi]
Hartmann = Hartmann, Institutions of Practical International Law in Peace Times (1874).[Pg xi]
Heffter = Heffter, Das Europäische Völkerrecht der Gegenwart, 8th ed. by Geffcken (1888).
Heffter = Heffter, The European Public International Law of Today, 8th ed. by Geffcken (1888).
Heilborn, System = Heilborn, Das System des Völkerrechts entwickelt aus den völkerrechtlichen Begriffen (1896).
Heilborn, System = Heilborn, The System of International Law developed from the concepts of international law (1896).
Holland, Studies = Holland, Studies in International Law (1898).
Holland, Studies = Holland, Studies in International Law (1898).
Holland, Jurisprudence = Holland, The Elements of Jurisprudence, 6th ed. (1893).
Holland, Jurisprudence = Holland, The Elements of Jurisprudence, 6th ed. (1893).
Holtzendorff = Holtzendorff, Handbuch des Völkerrechts, 4 vols. (1885-1889).
Holtzendorff = Holtzendorff, Handbook of International Law, 4 vols. (1885-1889).
Klüber = Klüber, Europäisches Völkerrecht, 2nd ed. by Morstadt (1851).
Klüber = Klüber, European International Law, 2nd ed. by Morstadt (1851).
Lawrence = Lawrence, The Principles of International Law, 4th ed. (1910).
Lawrence = Lawrence, The Principles of International Law, 4th ed. (1910).
Lawrence, Essays = Lawrence, Essays on some Disputed Questions of Modern International Law (1884).
Lawrence, Essays = Lawrence, Essays on Some Controversial Issues in Modern International Law (1884).
Liszt = Liszt, Das Völkerrecht, 6th ed. (1910).
Liszt = Liszt, The Law of Nations, 6th ed. (1910).
Lorimer = Lorimer, The Institutes of International Law, 2 vols. (1883-1884).
Lorimer = Lorimer, The Institutes of International Law, 2 vols. (1883-1884).
Maine = Maine, International Law, 2nd ed. (1894).
Maine = Maine, International Law, 2nd ed. (1894).
Manning = Manning, Commentaries on the Law of Nations, new ed. by Sheldon Amos (1875).
Manning = Manning, Commentaries on the Law of Nations, new ed. by Sheldon Amos (1875).
Martens = Martens, Völkerrecht, German translation of the Russian original in 2 vols. (1883).
Martens = Martens, international law, German translation of the Russian original in 2 volumes (1883).
Martens, G. F. = G. F. Martens, Précis Du Droit Des Gens Moderne De L'Europe, nouvelle éd. par Vergé, 2 vols. (1858)
Martens, G. F. = G. F. Martens, Modern Outline of International Law in Europe, new ed. by Vergé, 2 vols. (1858)
Martens, R. }
Martens, R.
Martens, N.R. }
Martens, N.R.
Martens, N.S. }
Martens, N.S.
Martens, N.R.G. }
Martens, N.R.G.
Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. }
Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser.
Martens. N.R.G. 3rd Ser. } These are the abbreviated quotations of the different parts of Martens, Recueil de Traités (see p. 102 of this volume), which are in common use.
Martens. N.R.G. 3rd Ser. } These are the shortened references to the various sections of Martens, Recueil de Traités (see p. 102 of this volume), which are commonly used.
Martens, Causes Célèbres = Martens, Causes Célèbres Du Droit Des Gens, 5 vols., 2nd ed. (1858-1861).
Martens, Famous Cases = Martens, Famous Cases of International Law, 5 vols., 2nd ed. (1858-1861).
Mérignhac = Mérignhac, Traité De Droit Public International, vol. i. (1905), vol. ii. (1907).
Mérignhac = Mérignhac, Treatise on International Public Law, vol. i. (1905), vol. ii. (1907).
Moore = Moore, A Digest of International Law, 8 vols., Washington (1906).
Moore = Moore, A Digest of International Law, 8 vols., Washington (1906).
Nys = Nys, Le Droit International, 3 vols. (1904-1906).
Nys = Nys, International Law, 3 vols. (1904-1906).
Perels = Perels, Das internationale öffentliche Seerecht der Gegenwart, 2nd ed. (1903).[Pg xii]
Perels = Perels, International Public Maritime Law Today, 2nd ed. (1903).[Pg xii]
Phillimore = Phillimore, Commentaries upon International Law, 4 vols. 3rd ed. (1879-1888).
Phillimore = Phillimore, Commentaries on International Law, 4 vols. 3rd ed. (1879-1888).
Piedelièvre = Piedelièvre, Précis De Droit International Public, 2 vols. (1894-1895).
Piedelièvre = Piedelièvre, Overview of Public International Law, 2 vols. (1894-1895).
Pradier-Fodéré = Pradier-Fodéré, Traité De Droit International Public, 8 vols. (1885-1906).
Pradier-Fodéré = Pradier-Fodéré, Treatise on Public International Law, 8 vols. (1885-1906).
Pufendorf = Pufendorf, De Jure Naturae et Gentium (1672).
Pufendorf = Pufendorf, On the Law of Nature and Nations (1672).
Rivier = Rivier, Principes Du Droit Des Gens, 2 vols. (1896).
Rivier = Rivier, Principles of International Law, 2 vols. (1896).
R.I. = Revue De Droit International Et De Législation Comparée.
R.I. = International Law Review and Comparative Legislation.
R.G. = Revue Général De Droit International Public.
R.G. = General Review of International Public Law.
Taylor = Taylor, A Treatise on International Public Law (1901).
Taylor = Taylor, A Treatise on International Public Law (1901).
Testa = Testa, Le Droit Public International Maritime, traduction du Portugais par Boutiron (1886).
Testa = Testa, The International Maritime Public Law, translated from Portuguese by Boutiron (1886).
Twiss = Twiss, The Law of Nations, 2 vols., 2nd ed. (1884, 1875).
Twiss = Twiss, The Law of Nations, 2 vols., 2nd ed. (1884, 1875).
Ullmann = Ullmann, Völkerrecht, 2nd ed. (1908).
Ullmann = Ullmann, International Law, 2nd ed. (1908).
Vattel = Vattel, Le Droit Des Gens, 4 books in 2 vols., nouvelle éd. (Neuchâtel, 1773).
Vattel = Vattel, The Law of Nations, 4 books in 2 vols., new ed. (Neuchâtel, 1773).
Walker = Walker, A Manual of Public International Law (1895).
Walker = Walker, A Manual of Public International Law (1895).
Walker, History = Walker, A History of the Law of Nations, vol. i. (1899).
Walker, History = Walker, A History of the Law of Nations, vol. 1 (1899).
Walker, Science = Walker, The Science of International Law (1893).
Walker, Science = Walker, The Science of International Law (1893).
Westlake = Westlake, International Law, 2 vols. (1904-1907).
Westlake = Westlake, International Law, 2 vols. (1904-1907).
Westlake, Chapters = Westlake, Chapters on the Principles of International Law (1894).
Westlake, Chapters = Westlake, Chapters on the Principles of International Law (1894).
Wharton = Wharton, A Digest of the International Law of the United States, 3 vols. (1886).
Wharton = Wharton, A Digest of the International Law of the United States, 3 vols. (1886).
Wheaton = Wheaton, Elements of International Law, 8th American ed. by Dana (1866).
Wheaton = Wheaton, Elements of International Law, 8th American ed. by Dana (1866).
Cited Cases
Aegi, § 437, p. 496
Aegi, § 437, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ambrose Light, the, § 273 note 2; § 276, p. 345 note 1
Ambrose Light, the, § 273 note 2; § 276, p. 345 note 1
Amelia Island, § 132, p. 186
Amelia Island, § 132, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anna, the, § 234, p. 301
Anna, the, § 234, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aubespine, L', § 387, p. 459
Aubespine, L', § 387, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bartram v. Robertson, § 580, p. 611 note 1
Bartram v. Robertson, § 580, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 1
Bass, de, § 387, p. 459
Bass, de, § 387, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Beckert, Wilhelm, § 402, p. 474
Beckert, Wilhelm, § 402, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Boisset, M., § 163, p. 220
Boisset, M., § 163, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Botiller v. Dominguez, § 546, p. 578 note 2
Botiller v. Dominguez, § 546, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 2
Canning, George, and the Russian Ambassador, § 481, p. 532
Canning, George, and the Russian Ambassador, § 481, p. 532
Cellamare, Prince, § 388, p. 459
Cellamare, Prince, § 388, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Charlton, Porter, § 330, p. 408
Charlton, Porter, § 330, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chartered Mercantile Bank of India v. Netherlands India Steam Navigation Co., § 265, p. 335 note 2
Chartered Mercantile Bank of India v. Netherlands India Steam Navigation Co., § 265, p. 335 note 2
Cook v. Sprigg, § 82, p. 129 note 4
Cook v. Sprigg, § 82, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 4
Cutting, § 147, p. 205
Cutting, § 147, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
De Jager v. The Attorney-General for Natal, § 317, p. 394
De Jager v. The Attorney-General for Natal, § 317, p. 394
De Haber v. Queen of Portugal, § 115, p. 169 note 2
De Haber v. Queen of Portugal, § 115, p. 169 note 2
Delagoa Bay, § 247, p. 313
Delagoa Bay, § 247, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dubois, § 392, p. 465
Dubois, § 392, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Franconia, the, § 25, p. 29
Gallatin, § 403, p. 474 note 1
Gallatin, § 403, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 1
Germany, Great Britain, and Italy v. Venezuela, § 476, p. 521
Germany, Great Britain, and Italy v. Venezuela, § 476, p. 521
Germany, France, and Great Britain v. Japan, § 476, p. 521
Germany, France, and Great Britain v. Japan, § 476, p. 521
Gurney, § 402, p. 473 note 2
Gurney, § 402, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 2
Gyllenburg, § 388, p. 459
Gyllenburg, § 388, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Haggerty, § 427, p. 489
Haggerty, § 427, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hall v. Campbell, § 240, p. 306 note 1
Hall v. Campbell, § 240, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 1
Hellfeld v. Russian Government, § 115, p. 169 note 4
Hellfeld v. Russian Government, § 115, p. 169 note 4
Huascar, the, § 273, p. 342
Huascar, the, § 273, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jacquin, § 335, p. 416
Jacquin, § 335, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jager. See De Jager
Jäger. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kalkstein, § 390, p. 464
Kalkstein, § 390, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Keiley, § 375, p. 450
Keiley, § 375, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lebanon, the. See Vaderland
Lebanon. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
L'Aubespine. See Aubespine
L'Aubespine. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Magdalena Steam Navigation Co. v. Martin, § 391, p. 465 note 2
Magdalena Steam Navigation Co. v. Martin, § 391, p. 465 note 2
Mendoza, § 387, p. 459
Mendoza, § 387, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monaldeschi, § 348, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 1 [Pg xiv]
Moray Firth, § 191, p. 263 note 3. See also Mortensen v. Peters
Moray Firth, § 191, p. 263 note 3. See also Mortensen v. Peters
Nikitschenkow, § 390, p. 463
Nikitschenkow, § 390, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nillins, § 330, p. 407
Nillins, § 330, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Norway v. Sweden, § 476, p. 522
Norway v. Sweden, § 476, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Paladini, § 330, p. 408
Paladini, § 330, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Panther, the, § 163, p. 219
Panther, the, § 163, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Parkinson v. Potter, § 394, p. 467 note 1
Parkinson v. Potter, § 394, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 1
Platen-Hallermund, § 240, p. 306
Platen-Hallermund, § 240, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Reg. v. Cunningham, § 194, p. 266 note 2
Reg. v. Cunningham, § 194, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 2
Republic of Bolivia v. The Indemnity Mutual Marine Assurance Co., § 272, p. 341 note 1
Republic of Bolivia v. The Indemnity Mutual Marine Assurance Co., § 272, p. 341 note 1
Santa Lucia, § 247, p. 313
Santa Lucia, § 247, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Schnaebélé, § 456, p. 511
Schnaebélé, § 456, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Shenandoah, the, § 273, p. 343
Shenandoah, the, § 273, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Soulé, § 398, p. 470
Soulé, § 398, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Springer, § 390, p. 461
Springer, § 390, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Strathclyde, the. See Franconia, the
Strathclyde, the. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the
Sully, § 396, p. 468
Sully, § 396, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Taylor v. Best, § 391, p. 465 note 2
Taylor v. Best, § 391, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 2
Tourville, § 330, p. 407
Tourville, § 330, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
United States v. Venezuela, § 476, p. 522
United States v. Venezuela, § 476, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vavasseur v. Krupp, § 115, p. 169 note 2
Vavasseur v. Krupp, § 115, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ note 2
Vexaincourt, § 163, p. 219
Vexaincourt, § 163, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CONTENTS OF Volume One
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER I
CHAPTER 1
FOUNDATION OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
FOUNDATION OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
I. The Law of Nations as Law
I. The Law of Nations as Law
SECT. PAGE
SECTION PAGE
4. Law-giving authority not essential for the existence of Law 6
4. Law-making authority is not essential for the existence of law 6
5. Definition and Three Essential Conditions of Law 8
5. Definition and Three Essential Conditions of Law 8
8. The "Family of Nations" a Community with Rules of Conduct 11
8. The "Family of Nations" is a community with guidelines for behavior 11
II. Basis of the Law of Nations
II. Basis of the Law of Nations
III. Sources of the Law of Nations
III. Sources of the Law of Nations
IV. Relations between International and Municipal Law
IV. Relations between International and Domestic Law
20. Essential Difference between International and Municipal Law 25
20. Essential Difference between International and Municipal Law 25
21. Law of Nations never per se Municipal Law 26
21. The Law of Nations is never automatically considered Municipal Law. 26
22. Certain Rules of Municipal Law necessitated or interdicted 27
22. Some Rules of Municipal Law required or prohibited 27
23. Presumption against conflicts between International and Municipal Law 28
23. Assumption against conflicts between International and Domestic Law 28
V. Dominion of the Law of Nations
V. Dominion of the Law of Nations
26. Range of Dominion of International Law controversial 30
26. The Scope of International Law's Authority is Debated 30
27. Three Conditions of Membership of the Family of Nations 31
27. Three Conditions of Membership of the Family of Nations 31
VI. Codification of the Law of Nations
VI. Codification of the Law of Nations
30. Movement in Favour of Codification 35
30. Movement for Standardization __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
32. Work of the Second Hague Peace Conference and the Naval Conference of London 38
32. Work of the Second Hague Peace Conference and the Naval Conference of London 38
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER 2
DEVELOPMENT AND SCIENCE OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
DEVELOPMENT AND SCIENCE OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
I. Development of the Law of Nations before Grotius
I. Development of the Law of Nations before Grotius
38. The Jews 46
The Jewish people __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
39. The Greeks 49
The Greeks __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
40. The Romans 50
The Romans __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Development of the Law of Nations after Grotius
II. Development of the Law of Nations after Grotius
43. The time of Grotius 59
43. Grotius’ era __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
44. The period 1648-1721 61
The time from 1648 to 1721 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
45. The period 1721-1789 64
The era 1721-1789 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
46. The period 1789-1815 64
The years 1789-1815 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
47. The period 1815-1856 66
1815-1856 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
48. The period 1856-1874 69
1856-1874
49. The period 1874-1899 71
49. The years 1874-1899 __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
50. The Twentieth Century 74
20th Century __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. The Science of the Law of Nations
III. The Science of the Law of Nations
52. Forerunners of Grotius 83
Forerunners of Grotius __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
53. Grotius 85
53. Grotius __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
54. Zouche 88
54. Zouche __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
55. The Naturalists 89
The Naturalists __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
56. The Positivists 90
The Positivists __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
57. The Grotians 92
57. The Grotians __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
58. Treatises of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 94
58. Treatises of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 94
59. The Science of the Law of Nations in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries, as represented by Treatises 98
59. The Science of International Law in the 19th and 20th Centuries, as shown by Treatises 98
60. Collection of Treatises 102
60. Collection of Essays __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
61. Bibliographies 103
Bibliographies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
62. Periodicals 103
62. Magazines __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
PART I
PART I
THE SUBJECTS OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
THE SUBJECTS OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
CHAPTER I
CHAPTER 1
INTERNATIONAL PERSONS
INTERNATIONAL INDIVIDUALS
I. Sovereign States as International Persons
I. Sovereign States as Global Entities
64. Conception of the State 108
64. Concept of the State __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
65. Not-full Sovereign States 109
65. Incomplete Sovereign States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
67. Meaning of Sovereignty in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries 111
67. Meaning of Sovereignty in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries 111
68. Meaning of Sovereignty in the Eighteenth Century 112
68. Meaning of Sovereignty in the Eighteenth Century 112
II. Recognition of States as International Persons
II. Recognition of States as International Entities
71. Recognition a condition of Membership of the Family of Nations 116
71. Recognition is a requirement for Membership in the Family of Nations 116
72. Mode of Recognition 117
72. Way of Recognition __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
73. Recognition under Conditions 118
Recognition under Conditions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
74. Recognition Timely and Precipitate 119
Fast and Immediate Recognition __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Changes in the Condition of International Persons
III. Changes in the Status of International Individuals
76. Important in contradistinction to Indifferent Changes 121
76. Important as opposed to Indifferent Changes 121
77. Changes not affecting States as International Persons 122
77. Changes that don't affect States as International Entities 122
78. Changes affecting States as International Persons 123
78. Changes affecting States as International Persons 123
79. Extinction of International Persons 124 [Pg xviii]
79. Extinction of International Individuals __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [Pg xviii]
IV. Succession of International Persons
IV. Succession of Global Entities
80. Common Doctrine regarding Succession of International Persons 125
80. Common Doctrine about the Succession of International Persons 125
82. Succession in consequence of Absorption 127
82. Succession from Absorption __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
83. Succession in consequence of Dismemberment 130
83. Succession from Dismemberment __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Composite International Persons
V. International Composite Persons
85. Real and apparent Composite International Persons 132
85. Real and apparent Composite International Persons 132
86. States in Personal Union 133
86. States in Personal Union __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
87. States in Real Union 134
87. States in Real Union __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
88. Confederated States (Staatenbund) 135
88. Confederate States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
89. Federal States (Bundesstaaten) 136
89. Federal States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Vassal States
VI. Client States
VII. States under Protectorate
VII. Protectorate States
92. Conception of Protectorate 144
92. Idea of Protectorate __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VIII. Neutralised States
VIII. Neutralized States
95. Conception of Neutralised States 147
95. Concept of Neutralized States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
97. International position of Neutralised States 149
97. International position of Neutralized States 149
98. Switzerland 151
98. Switzerland __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
99. Belgium 152
99. Belgium __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
100. Luxemburg 152
100. Luxembourg __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IX. Non-Christian States
IX. Non-Christian Nations
X. The Holy See
X. The Vatican
104. The former Papal States 157
The old Papal States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XI. International Persons of the Present Day
XI. Global Citizens Today
108. European States 162
European Countries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
109. American States 163
109. U.S. States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
110. African States 164
110. African Countries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER 2
POSITION OF THE STATES WITHIN THE FAMILY OF NATIONS
POSITION OF THE STATES WITHIN THE FAMILY OF NATIONS
I. International Personality
I. Global Personality
112. The so-called Fundamental Rights 165
The so-called Fundamental Rights __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Equality, Rank, and Titles
II. Equality, Status, and Titles
115. Legal Equality of States 168
115. Equal Rights of States __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
117. Rank of States 171
117. State Rankings __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
118. The Alternat 173
118. The Alternate __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
119. Titles of States 173
119. State Titles __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Dignity
III. Dignity
120. Dignity a Quality 174
120. Dignity is a Quality __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
122. Maritime Ceremonials 176
Maritime Ceremonies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy
IV. Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy
123. Independence and Territorial as well as Personal Supremacy as Aspects of Sovereignty 177
123. Independence and Control Over Territory and Personal Authority as Aspects of Sovereignty 177
124. Consequences of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy 178
124. Consequences of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy 178
125. Violations of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy 179
125. Violations of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy 179
126. Restrictions upon Independence 180
Restrictions on Independence __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
127. Restrictions upon Territorial Supremacy 182
127. Limits on Territorial Power __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
128. Restrictions upon Personal Supremacy 183
Limits on Personal Supremacy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Self-preservation
V. Survival instinct
129. Self-preservation an excuse for violations 184
129. Self-preservation as a reason for violations 184
130. What acts of self-preservation are excused 185
130. What acts of self-preservation are excused 185
132. Case of Amelia Island 186
132. Amelia Island Case __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
133. Case of the Caroline 187
Case of the Caroline __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Intervention
VI. Intervention
135. Intervention by Right 189
Right Intervention __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
136. Admissibility of Intervention in default of Right 193
136. Admissibility of Intervention in case of No Right 193
139. The Monroe Doctrine 196
The Monroe Doctrine __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VIII. Jurisdiction
VIII. Authority
143. Jurisdiction important for the position of the States within the Family of Nations 201
143. Jurisdiction is important for the role of the States within the Family of Nations 201
144. Restrictions upon Territorial Jurisdiction. 202
Geographical Authority Restrictions. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
145. Jurisdiction over Citizens abroad 202
Jurisdiction over Citizens Overseas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER III
CHAPTER 3
RESPONSIBILITY OF STATES
STATE RESPONSIBILITY
I. On State Responsibility in General
I. On State Accountability in General
148. Nature of State Responsibility 206
State Responsibility __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. State Responsibility for International Delinquencies
II. State Accountability for International Crimes
151. Conception of International Delinquencies 209
International Crimes Concept __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
152. Subjects of International Delinquencies 210
International Crime Subjects __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
153. State Organs able to commit International Delinquencies 211
153. State Organizations Capable of Committing International Crimes 211
154. No International Delinquency without Malice or culpable Negligence 212
154. No International Crime without Intent or Blameworthy Negligence 212
155. Objects of International Delinquencies 212
International Crime Objects __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. State Responsibility for Acts of State Organs
III. State Responsibility for Actions of State Organs
157. Responsibility varies with Organs concerned 214
157. Responsibility varies with the involved parties 214
158. Internationally injurious Acts of Heads of States 214
158. Internationally harmful actions by Heads of States 214
159. Internationally injurious Acts of Members of Governments 215
159. Internationally harmful actions by government officials 215
160. Internationally injurious Acts of Diplomatic Envoys 215
160. Internationally harmful Acts of Diplomatic Representatives 215
161. Internationally injurious Attitudes of Parliaments 216
161. Internationally Harmful Attitudes of Parliaments 216
IV. State Responsibility for Acts of Private Persons
IV. State Responsibility for Actions of Private Individuals
164. Vicarious in contradistinction to Original State Responsibility for Acts of Private Persons 221
164. Vicarious in contrast to Original State Responsibility for Acts of Private Individuals 221
165. Vicarious responsibility for Acts of Private Persons relative only 222
165. Vicarious responsibility for Actions of Private Individuals only 222
PART II[Pg xxi]
PART II
THE OBJECTS OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
THE OBJECTS OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
CHAPTER I
CHAPTER 1
STATE TERRITORY
STATE AREA
I. On State Territory in General
I. About State Territory in General
168. Conception of State Territory 229
State Territory Concept __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
169. Different kinds of Territory 230
Different types of Territory __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
170. Importance of State Territory 231
Importance of State Territory __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
171. One Territory, one State 231
One Territory, one State __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. The different Parts of State Territory
II. The different Parts of State Territory
173. Territorial Subsoil 235
173. Subsurface Territory __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
174. Territorial Atmosphere 236
174. Territorial Vibe __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Rivers
III. Rivers
177. Navigation on National, Boundary, and not-National Rivers 240
177. Navigation on National, Boundary, and Non-National Rivers 240
178. Navigation on International Rivers 241
Navigation on International Rivers __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
178a. Utilisation of the Flow of Rivers 243
178a. Using River Flow __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Lakes and Land-locked Seas
IV. Lakes and Inland Seas
179. Lakes and Land-locked Seas State Property of Riparian States 245
179. Lakes and Land-locked Seas State Property of Riparian States 245
180. So-called International Lakes and Land-locked Seas 246
180. So-called International Lakes and Land-locked Seas 246
181. The Black Sea 247
The Black Sea __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Canals
V. Canals
182. Canals State Property of Riparian States 248
182. Canals are State Property of Riparian States 248
183. The Suez Canal 249
183. The Suez Canal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
184. The Panama Canal 251
184. The Panama Canal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Maritime Belt
VI. Maritime Belt
185. State Property of Maritime Belt contested 255
185. State Property of Maritime Belt contested 255
186. Breadth of Maritime Belt 256
186. Width of Maritime Zone __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
187. Fisheries, Cabotage, Police, and Maritime Ceremonials within the Belt 257
187. Fisheries, cabotage, police, and maritime ceremonies within the Belt 257
188. Navigation within the Belt 258
188. Navigation in the Belt __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
189. Jurisdiction within the Belt 260
Jurisdiction in the Belt __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VII. Gulfs and Bays
VII. Gulfs and Bays
191. Territorial Gulfs and Bays 262
Territorial Gulfs and Bays __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
192. Non-territorial Gulfs and Bays 263
192. Non-territorial Gulfs and Bays __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
194. What Straits are Territorial 265
194. Which Straits are Territorial __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
195. Navigation, Fishery, and Jurisdiction in Straits 266
195. Navigation, Fishing, and Jurisdiction in Straits 266
196. The former Sound Dues 267
196. The old Sound Dues __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
197. The Bosphorus and Dardanelles 268
Bosphorus and Dardanelles __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IX. Boundaries of State Territory
IX. State Territory Boundaries
198. Natural and Artificial Boundaries 270
Natural and Artificial Boundaries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
199. Boundary Waters 270
Boundary Waters __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
200. Boundary Mountains 272
Boundary Mountains __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
201. Boundary Disputes 272
Boundary Disputes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
202. Natural Boundaries sensu politico 273
202. Political Natural Boundaries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
X. State Servitudes
X. Public Easements
203. Conception of State Servitudes 273
203. Concept of State Servitudes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
204. Subjects of State Servitudes 276
State Servitude Subjects __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
205. Object of State Servitudes 276
205. Purpose of State Easements __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
207. Validity of State Servitudes 279
207. Validity of State Easements __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
208. Extinction of State Servitudes 280
Ending State Easements __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XI. Modes of acquiring State Territory
XI. Ways to acquire State Territory
210. Former Doctrine concerning Acquisition of Territory 282
210. Previous Beliefs about Acquiring Land 282
XII. Cession
XII. Transfer
214. Subjects of Cession 285
214. Subjects of Cession __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
215. Object of Cession 286
215. Object of Transfer __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
216. Form of Cession 286
216. Cession Form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
218. Veto of third Powers 289
Veto by third parties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
219. Plebiscite and Option 289
219. Vote and Choice __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XIII. Occupation
XIII. Job
220. Conception of Occupation 291
220. Idea of Work __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
221. Object of Occupation 292
221. Occupation Target __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
222. Occupation how effected 292
222. How occupation is affected __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
223. Inchoate Title of Discovery 294
Incomplete Title of Discovery __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
224. Notification of Occupation to other Powers 294
224. Notification of Occupation to other Powers 294
225. Extent of Occupation 295
Extent of Occupation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
227. Spheres of influence 297
Influence zones __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
228. Consequences of Occupation 298
228. Impact of Occupation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XIV. Accretion[Pg xxiii]
XIV. Accretion[Pg xxiii]
229. Conception of Accretion 299
Conception of Accretion __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
230. Different kinds of Accretion 299
230. Types of Accretion __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
231. Artificial formations 299
231. Man-made structures __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
232. Alluvions 300
Alluvial deposits __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
233. Deltas 300
233. Deltas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
234. New-born Islands 301
234. Newborn Islands __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
235. Abandoned River-beds 302
235. Abandoned Riverbeds __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XV. Subjugation
XV. Oppression
237. Subjugation in Contradistinction to Occupation 303
237. Subjugation vs. Occupation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
238. Justification of Subjugation as a Mode of Acquisition 304
238. Justification of Subjugation as a Way of Gaining Control 304
239. Subjugation of the whole or of a part of Enemy Territory 304
239. Control of all or part of Enemy Territory 304
240. Consequences of Subjugation 305
240. Consequences of Oppression __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
241. Veto of third Powers 307
Veto of Third Parties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XVI. Prescription
XVI. Prescription
242. Conception of Prescription 308
242. Prescription Concept __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
243. Prescription how effected 309
243. How the prescription is issued __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XVII. Loss of State Territory
XVII. Loss of State Land
245. Operation of Nature 312
Nature's Operation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
246. Revolt 312
246. Uprising __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
247. Dereliction 313
247. Neglect __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER 2
THE OPEN SEA
THE OPEN OCEAN
I. Rise of the Freedom of the Open Sea
I. Rise of the Freedom of the Open Sea
II. Conception of the Open Sea
II. Idea of the Open Sea
III. The Freedom of the Open Sea
III. The Freedom of the Open Sea
254. Meaning of the Term "Freedom of the Open Sea" 323
254. Meaning of the Term "Freedom of the Open Sea" 323
IV. Jurisdiction on the Open Sea
IV. Jurisdiction on the High Seas
260. Jurisdiction on the Open Sea mainly connected with Flag 329
260. Jurisdiction on the Open Sea mainly connected with Flag 329
261. Claim of Vessels to sail under a certain Flag 329
261. Claim of Vessels to sail under a certain Flag 329
262. Ship Papers 331
Ship Documents __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
263. Names of Vessels 332
Names of Ships __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
264. Territorial Quality of Vessels on the Open Sea 332
264. Territorial Quality of Vessels on the Open Sea 332
266. Powers of Men-of-war over Merchantmen of all Nations 335
266. Powers of Warships over Merchant Ships of all Nations 335
268. How Visit is effected 337
268. How Visits Occur __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
269. How Search is effected 338
How Search Works __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
270. How Arrest is effected 338
270. How Arrest Happens __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Piracy
V. Piracy
272. Conception of Piracy 340
272. Idea of Piracy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
274. Mutinous Crew and Passengers as Subjects of Piracy 343
274. Mutinous Crew and Passengers as Subjects of Piracy 343
275. Object of Piracy 344
275. Piracy Target __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
276. Piracy, how effected 344
276. Impact of piracy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
277. Where Piracy can be committed 345
277. Where piracy can occur __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
278. Jurisdiction over Pirates and their Punishment 345
278. Jurisdiction over Pirates and their Punishment 345
279. Pirata non mutat dominium 346
279. A pirate doesn't change ownership __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Fisheries in the Open Sea
VI. Open Sea Fisheries
VII. Telegraph Cables in the Open Sea
VII. Telegraph Cables in the Open Sea
VIII. Wireless Telegraphy on the Open Sea
VIII. Wireless Telecommunication on the Open Sea
IX. The Subsoil beneath the Sea Bed
IX. The Subsoil under the Seabed
287c. Five Rules concerning the Subsoil beneath the Sea Bed 357
287c. Five Rules about the Subsoil beneath the Sea Bed 357
287d. The Proposed Channel Tunnel 359
287d. The Proposed Channel Tunnel __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
I. Position of Individuals in International Law
I. Position of Individuals in International Law
288. Importance of Individuals to the Law of Nations 362
288. Importance of Individuals to the Law of Nations 362
289. Individuals never Subjects of the Law of Nations 362
289. Individuals are never Subjects of the Law of Nations 362
290. Individuals Objects of the Law of Nations 365
290. Individuals Objects of the Law of Nations 365
II. Nationality
II. Citizenship
293. Conception of Nationality 369
293. Nationality Concept __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
294. Function of Nationality 370
Function of Nationality __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
295. So-called Protégés and de facto Subjects 371
295. So-called Protégés and de facto Subjects __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
296. Nationality and Emigration 373
Nationality and Immigration __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Modes of Acquiring and Losing Nationality
III. Ways of Gaining and Losing Nationality
299. Acquisition of Nationality through Naturalisation 375
Becoming a Citizen through Naturalization __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
300. Acquisition of Nationality through Redintegration 376
300. Acquisition of Nationality through Redintegration 376
IV. Naturalisation in Especial
IV. Naturalization in Particular
303. Conception and Importance of Naturalisation 379
303. Conception and Importance of Naturalization 379
304. Object of Naturalisation 380
304. Naturalization Purpose __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
305. Conditions of Naturalisation 380
305. Naturalization Requirements __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
306. Effect of Naturalisation upon previous Citizenship 381
306. Effect of Naturalization on Previous Citizenship 381
307. Naturalisation in Great Britain 382
Naturalization in the UK __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Double and Absent Nationality
V. Dual and Absent Citizenship
308. Possibility of Double and Absent Nationality 383
308. Possibility of Double and Absent Nationality 383
309. How Double Nationality occurs 384
309. How Dual Citizenship Happens __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
310. Position of Individuals with Double Nationality 385
310. Position of Individuals with Dual Citizenship 385
311. How Absent Nationality occurs 387
311. How Missing Nationality Occurs __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Reception of Aliens and Right of Asylum
VI. Reception of Foreigners and Right to Asylum
316. So-called Right of Asylum 392
Right to Asylum __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VII. Position of Aliens after Reception [Pg xxvi]
VII. Position of Non-Citizens after Reception [Pg xxvi]
317. Aliens subjected to Territorial Supremacy 393
317. Aliens subjected to Territorial Supremacy 393
318. Aliens in Eastern Countries 395
Aliens in Eastern Countries __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
319. Aliens under the Protection of their Home State 395
319. Aliens under the Protection of their Home State 395
320. Protection to be afforded to Aliens' Persons and Property 397
320. Protection to be provided to the Persons and Property of Aliens 397
VIII. Expulsion of Aliens
VIII. Removal of Immigrants
325. Expulsion how effected 402
325. How expulsion was carried out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IX. Extradition
IX. Extradition
329. Municipal Extradition Laws 405
Municipal Extradition Laws __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
330. Object of Extradition 407
330. Extradition Purpose __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
331. Extraditable Crimes 408
Extraditable Offenses __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
X. Principle of Non-Extradition of Political Criminals
X. Principle of Non-Extradition of Political Criminals
333. How Non-extradition of Political Criminals became the Rule 411
333. How Non-extradition of Political Criminals became the Rule 411
334. Difficulty concerning the Conception of Political Crime 414
334. Difficulty concerning the Conception of Political Crime 414
335. The so-called Belgian Attentat Clause 416
335. The so-called Belgian Attack Clause __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
337. The Swiss Solution of the Problem in 1892 417
337. The Swiss Solution to the Problem in 1892 417
338. Rationale for the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals 418
338. Reason for the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals 418
339. How to avoid Misapplication of the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals 420
339. How to avoid Misapplication of the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals 420
340. Reactionary Extradition Treaties 422
340. Reactionary Extradition Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
PART III
PART 3
ORGANS OF THE STATES FOR THEIR INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
ORGANIZATIONS OF THE STATES FOR THEIR INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
CHAPTER I
CHAPTER 1
HEADS OF STATES AND FOREIGN OFFICES
HEADS OF STATES AND FOREIGN OFFICES
I. Position of Heads of States according to International Law
I. Position of Heads of States according to International Law
II. Monarchs[Pg xxvii]
II. Monarchs[Pg xxvii]
346. Sovereignty of Monarchs 428
Monarchs' Sovereignty __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
348. Consideration due to Monarchs abroad 429
348. Respect for Monarchs abroad __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
350. Monarchs travelling incognito 431
Monarchs traveling incognito __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
351. Deposed and Abdicated Monarchs 432
351. Deposed and Abdicated Kings/Queens __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
352. Regents 432
352. Regents __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Presidents of Republics
III. Presidents of Republics
354. Presidents not Sovereigns 433
354. Presidents are not Sovereigns __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
356. Position of Presidents abroad 434
356. Role of Presidents overseas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Foreign Offices
IV. Overseas Offices
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER 2
DIPLOMATIC ENVOYS
Diplomatic Representatives
I. The Institution of Legation
I. The Diplomatic Mission
358. Development of Legations 437
358. Development of Embassies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
359. Diplomacy 438
Diplomacy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Right of Legation
II. Diplomatic Relations
III. Kinds and Classes of Diplomatic Envoys
III. Types and Categories of Diplomatic Envoys
363. Envoys Ceremonial and Political 443
363. Ceremonial and Political Envoys __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
364. Classes of Diplomatic Envoys 443
364. Types of Diplomatic Envoys __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
365. Ambassadors 444
365. Ambassadors __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
366. Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary 445
366. Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary 445
367. Ministers Resident 445
367. Resident Ministers __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
368. Chargés d'Affaires 445
368. Chargés d'Affaires __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
369. The Diplomatic Corps 446
369. The Diplomatic Corps __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Appointment of Diplomatic Envoys
IV. Appointment of Diplomatic Agents
371. Letter of Credence, Full Powers, Passports 447
371. Letter of Credence, Full Powers, Passports 447
372. Combined Legations 448
372. Merged Embassies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
373. Appointment of several Envoys 448
Appointment of multiple Envoys __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Reception of Diplomatic Envoys [Pg xxviii]
V. Receiving Diplomatic Envoys [Pg xxviii]
VI. Functions of Diplomatic Envoys
VI. Roles of Diplomatic Envoys
379. Negotiation 453
379. Negotiation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
380. Observation 454
380. Observation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
381. Protection 454
381. Safety __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
382. Miscellaneous Functions 454
382. Other Functions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VII. Position of Diplomatic Envoys
VII. Role of Diplomatic Envoys
VIII. Inviolability of Diplomatic Envoys
VIII. Protection of Diplomatic Envoys
387. Exemption from Criminal Jurisdiction 458
Exemption from Criminal Jurisdiction __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
388. Limitation of Inviolability 459
388. Limitation of Inviolability __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IX. Exterritoriality of Diplomatic Envoys
IX. Diplomatic Envoys' Exterritoriality
389. Reason and Fictional Character of Exterritoriality 460
389. Reason and Fictional Character of Exterritoriality 460
390. Immunity of Domicile 461
390. Home Immunity __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
391. Exemption from Criminal and Civil Jurisdiction 464
391. Exemption from Criminal and Civil Jurisdiction 464
393. Exemption from Police 466
393. Police Exemption __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
395. Right of Chapel 467
395. Right of Chapel __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
396. Self-jurisdiction 468
Self-governance __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
X. Position of Diplomatic Envoys as regards Third States
X. The Role of Diplomatic Representatives in Relation to Other Countries
397. Possible Cases 469
Possible Cases __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
398. Envoy travelling through Territory of third State 469
398. Envoy traveling through the territory of a third state 469
XI. The Retinue of Diplomatic Envoys
XI. The Team of Diplomatic Envoys
403. Privileges of Private Servants 474
403. Perks of Private Staff __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
405. Privileges of Couriers of Envoy 475
405. Envoy Couriers' Privileges __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
406. Termination in contradistinction to Suspension 476
406. Termination as opposed to Suspension 476
409. Recall 477
Recall __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
411. Delivery of Passports 478
Passport Delivery __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
412. Request for Passports 478
412. Passport Request __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
413. Outbreak of War 479
413. War Outbreak __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
414. Constitutional Changes 479
414. Constitutional Reforms __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
415. Revolutionary Changes of Government 479
415. Government Revolution Changes __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
417. Death of Envoy 480
417. Death of Ambassador __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER III
CHAPTER 3
CONSULS
CONSULS
I. The Institution of Consuls
I. The Role of Consuls
418. Development of the Institution of Consuls 482
418. Development of the Institution of Consuls 482
419. General Character of Consuls 484
419. Role of Consuls __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Consular Organisation
II. Consular Services
420. Different kinds of Consuls 485
420. Types of Consuls __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
421. Consular Districts 485
Consular Districts __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
422. Different classes of Consuls 486
422. Types of Consuls __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
423. Consuls subordinate to Diplomatic Envoys 487
423. Consuls with Diplomatic Envoys __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Appointment of Consuls
III. Appointment of Consuls
424. Qualification of Candidates 487
Qualification of Candidates __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Functions of Consuls
IV. Roles of Consuls
430. Fosterage of Commerce and Industry 491
430. Boosting Business and Industry __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
431. Supervision of Navigation 491
431. Navigation Oversight __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
432. Protection 492
Protection __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
433. Notarial Functions 492
Notary Services __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Position and Privileges of Consuls
V. Role and Benefits of Consuls
434. Position 493
434. Position __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
435. Consular Privileges 494
435. Consular Privileges __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
436. Undoubted Causes of Termination 496
436. Clear Reasons for Ending __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
437. Doubtful Causes of Termination 496
Doubtful Reasons for Termination __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VII. Consuls in non-Christian States
VII. Consuls in non-Christian Countries
439. Position of Consuls in non-Christian States 497
439. Position of Consuls in non-Christian States 497
440. Consular Jurisdiction in non-Christian States 498
440. Consular Jurisdiction in Non-Christian States 498
441. International Courts in Egypt 498
International Courts in Egypt __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER IV
CHAPTER 4
MISCELLANEOUS AGENCIES
OTHER AGENCIES
I. Armed Forces on Foreign Territory
I. Military Forces on Foreign Soil
443. Armed Forces State Organs 500
Military State Institutions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
446. Case of McLeod 501
446. McLeod Case __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
446a. The Casa Blanca incident 502
The Casa Blanca incident __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Men-of-war in Foreign Waters
II. Warships in Foreign Waters
447. Men-of-war State Organs 504
447. Warships State Organs __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
449. Occasions for Men-of-war abroad 505
Opportunities for Warships Abroad __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Agents without Diplomatic or Consular Character
III. Agents without Diplomatic or Consular Status
452. Agents lacking diplomatic or consular character 509
452. Agents without diplomatic or consular status 509
453. Public Political Agents 509
453. Public Political Representatives __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
454. Secret Political Agents 510
454. Covert Political Agents __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
455. Spies 510
455. Spies __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
456. Commissaries 511
456. Stores __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
457. Bearers of Despatches 511
457. Dispatch Carriers __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. International Commissions
IV. Global Commissions
458. Permanent in Contradistinction to Temporary Commissions 512
458. Permanent as opposed to Temporary Commissions 512
459. Commissions in the interest of Navigation 513
459. Commissions in the interest of Navigation 513
460. Commissions in the interest of Sanitation 515
460. Commissions in the interest of Sanitation 515
461. Commissions in the interest of Foreign Creditors 515
461. Commissions for the Benefit of Foreign Creditors 515
462. Permanent Commission concerning Sugar 515
462. Sugar Permanent Commission __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. International Offices
V. Global Offices
463. Character of International Offices 515
463. Role of International Offices __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
464. International Telegraph Offices 516
464. International Telecom Offices __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
465. International Post Office 516
International Mail Service __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
467. International Office for the Protection of Works of Literature and Art and of Industrial Property 516
467. International Office for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works and Industrial Property 516
467a. The Pan-American Union 517
The Pan-American Union __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
468. Maritime Office at Zanzibar and Bureau Spécial at Brussels 517
468. Maritime Office at Zanzibar and Special Bureau at Brussels 517
470. Central Office of International Transports 517
470. Central Office of International Transportation 517
471a. Agricultural Institute 518
471a. Ag Institute __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
471b. International Health Office 518
471b. Global Health Office __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. The International Court of Arbitration
VI. The International Arbitration Court
473. The Permanent Council 518
473. The Permanent Council __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
474. The International Bureau 519
474. The International Bureau __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
475. The Court of Arbitration 519
475. The Arbitration Court __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
476. The Deciding Tribunal 520
476. The Decision Panel __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VII. The International Prize Court and the proposed International Court of Justice
VII. The International Prize Court and the proposed International Court of Justice
476a. The International Prize Court 522
476a. The International Prize Court __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
PART IV
Part 4
INTERNATIONAL TRANSACTIONS
International Transactions
CHAPTER I
CHAPTER 1
ON INTERNATIONAL TRANSACTIONS IN GENERAL
ON GLOBAL TRANSACTIONS IN GENERAL
I. Negotiation
I. Negotiation
477. Conception of Negotiation 529
Negotiation Concept __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
478. Parties to Negotiation 529
478. Negotiation Parties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
479. Purpose of Negotiation 530
479. Negotiation's Purpose __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
480. Negotiations by whom conducted 531
480. Who is conducting the negotiations __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
481. Form of Negotiation 531
Negotiation Method __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Congresses and Conferences
II. Conventions and Conferences
III. Transactions besides Negotiation
III. Transactions Other Than Negotiation
486. Different kinds of Transaction 536
486. Types of Transactions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
487. Declaration 536
487. Declaration __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
488. Notification 537[Pg xxxii]
488. Notification __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__[Pg xxxii]
489. Protest 538
Protest __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
490. Renunciation 539
490. Giving up __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
CHAPTER II
CHAPTER 2
TREATIES
Treaties
I. Character and Function of Treaties
I. Nature and Purpose of Treaties
491. Conception of Treaties 540
491. Understanding Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
492. Different kinds of Treaties 540
492. Various types of treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
493. Binding Force of Treaties 541
Binding Force of Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Parties to Treaties
II. Parties to Agreements
494. The Treaty-making Power 543
The Power to Make Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
495. Treaty-making Power exercised by Heads of States 544
495. Treaty-making Power exercised by Heads of States 544
496. Minor Functionaries exercising Treaty-making Power 545
496. Minor Officials Exercising Treaty-making Power 545
497. Constitutional Restrictions 545
Constitutional Restrictions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
498. Mutual Consent of the Contracting Parties 546
498. Mutual Consent of the Contracting Parties 546
III. Objects of Treaties
III. Treaty Purposes
502. Obligations of Contracting Parties only can be Object 548
502. The obligations of contracting parties can only be an object 548
503. An Obligation inconsistent with other Obligations cannot be an Object 549
503. An obligation that conflicts with other obligations cannot be an object. 549
505. Immoral Obligations 549
505. Unethical Responsibilities __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
506. Illegal Obligations 550
506. Illegal Responsibilities __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Form and Parts of Treaties
IV. Structure and Components of Treaties
508. Acts, Conventions, Declarations 551
508. Acts, Conventions, Declarations __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
509. Parts of Treaties 552
509. Treaty Provisions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Ratification of Treaties
V. Ratifying Treaties
511. Rationale for the Institution of Ratification 554
511. Rationale for the Institution of Ratification 554
512. Ratification regularly, but not absolutely, necessary 554
512. Ratification is usually, but not always, necessary 554
514. Refusal of Ratification 556
514. Denial of Ratification __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
515. Form of Ratification 557
Form of Ratification __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
517. Ratification cannot be partial and conditional 559
517. Ratification can't be partial or conditional 559
518. Effect of Ratification 561
518. Impact of Ratification __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VI. Effect of Treaties [Pg xxxiii]
VI. Impact of Treaties [Pg xxxiii]
519. Effect of Treaties upon Contracting Parties 561
519. Effect of Treaties on Contracting Parties 561
520. Effect of Treaties upon the Subjects of the Parties 562
520. Effect of Treaties on the Subjects of the Parties 562
VII. Means of Securing Performance of Treaties
VII. Ways to Ensure Compliance with Treaties
524. Oaths 565
Oaths __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
525. Hostages 566
Hostages __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
526. Pledge 566
Pledge __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
527. Occupation of Territory 566
527. Taking over land __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
528. Guarantee 567
Guarantee __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
VIII. Participation of Third States in Treaties
VIII. Involvement of Other Countries in Treaties
529. Interest and Participation to be distinguished 567
529. Distinguishing Interest and Involvement __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
530. Good Offices and Mediation 568
530. Good Offices and Mediation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
531. Intervention 568
Intervention __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
532. Accession 568
532. Membership __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
533. Adhesion 569
533. Adhesion __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IX. Expiration and Dissolution of Treaties
IX. Ending and Termination of Treaties
534. Expiration and Dissolution in Contradistinction to Fulfilment 570
534. Expiration and Dissolution in Contrast to Fulfillment 570
536. Expiration through Resolutive Condition 571
536. Expiry via Resolutive Condition __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
537. Mutual Consent 571
537. Mutual Agreement __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
538. Withdrawal by Notice 571
538. Notice of Withdrawal __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
539. Vital Change of Circumstances 572
539. Important Change of Circumstances __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
X. Voidance of Treaties
X. Cancellation of Treaties
540. Grounds of Voidance 576
540. Reasons for Nullification __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
541. Extinction of one of the two Contracting Parties 576
541. Extinction of one of the two Contracting Parties 576
542. Impossibility of Execution 577
542. Impossible to Execute __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XI. Cancellation of Treaties
XI. Ending Treaties
545. Grounds of Cancellation 578
Grounds for Cancellation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
546. Inconsistency with subsequent International Law 578
546. Inconsistency with later International Law 578
547. Violation by one of the Contracting Parties 579
547. Violation by one of the Contracting Parties 579
548. Subsequent Change of Status of one of the Contracting Parties 579
548. Subsequent Change of Status of one of the Contracting Parties 579
549. War 580
549. War __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XII. Renewal, Reconfirmation, and Redintegration of Treaties
XII. Renewal, Reconfirmation, and Reintegration of Treaties
550. Renewal of Treaties 580
550. Renewal of Agreements __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
551. Reconfirmation 581
551. Reconfirmation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
552. Redintegration 581
552. Restoration __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
XIII. Interpretation of Treaties[Pg xxxiv]
XIII. Interpretation of Treaties[Pg xxxiv]
CHAPTER III
CHAPTER 3
IMPORTANT GROUPS OF TREATIES
KEY TREATY GROUPS
I. Important Law-making Treaties
I. Key Law-making Treaties
555. Important Law-making Treaties a product of the Nineteenth Century 587
555. Important Law-making Treaties a product of the Nineteenth Century 587
557. Protocol of the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle 588
557. Protocol of the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle 588
559. Declaration of Paris 588
559. Paris Agreement __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
560. Geneva Convention 589
560. Geneva Convention __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
562. Declaration of St. Petersburg 590
562. St. Petersburg Declaration __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
566. General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference 591
566. General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference 591
567. Two Declarations of the First Hague Peace Conference 591
567. Two Declarations of the First Hague Peace Conference 591
568a. Conventions and Declaration of the Second Hague Peace Conference 592
568a. Conventions and Declaration of the Second Hague Peace Conference 592
568b. The Declaration of London 595
568b. The London Declaration __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
II. Alliances
II. Alliances
569. Conception of Alliances 595
569. Idea of Alliances __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
570. Parties to Alliances 597
570. Alliance Parties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
571. Different kinds of Alliances 597
Different types of Alliances __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
572. Conditions of Alliances 598
572. Alliance Conditions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
573. Casus Fœderis 599
573. Casus Fœderis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
III. Treaties of Guarantee and of Protection
III. Guarantee and Protection Treaties
574. Conception and Objects of Guarantee Treaties 599
574. Conception and Objects of Guarantee Treaties 599
575. Effect of Treaties of Guarantee 600
Effect of Guarantee Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
576. Effect of Collective Guarantee 601
576. Impact of Collective Guarantee __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
576a. Pseudo-Guarantees 602
576a. Pseudo-Guarantees __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
577. Treaties of Protection 604
577. Protection Treaties __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
IV. Commercial Treaties
IV. Trade Agreements
578. Commercial Treaties in General 605
578. Commercial Treaties Overall __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
579. Meaning of Coasting-trade in Commercial Treaties 606
579. Meaning of Coasting Trade in Commercial Treaties 606
580. Meaning of Most-favoured-nation Clause 610
580. Meaning of Most-Favored-Nation Clause __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
V. Unions Concerning Common Non-Political Interests
V. Unions About Shared Non-Political Interests
581. Object of the Unions 612
581. Purpose of the Unions __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
582. Post and Telegraphs 613
Post and Telecommunication __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
583. Transport and Communication __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__[Pg xxxv]
584. Copyright 615
Copyright __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
585. Commerce and Industry 616
Commerce and Industry __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
586. Agriculture 617
Farming __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
587. Welfare of Working Classes 618
587. Welfare of Workers __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
588. Weights, Measures, Coinage 619
Weights, Measures, Currency __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
589. Official Publications 620
Official Publications __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
590. Sanitation 620
Sanitation __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
591. Pharmacopœia 622
591. Pharmacopeia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
592. Humanity 622
Humanity __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
593. Preservation of Animal World 623
593. Conservation of Animal Kingdom __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
594. Private International Law 623
Private International Law __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
595. American Republics 624
595. U.S. Republics __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
596. Science 625
Science __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
INDEX 627
INDEX __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
INTRODUCTION FOUNDATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
CHAPTER 1 FOUNDATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
I THE LAW OF NATIONS AS LAW
Hall, pp. 14-16—Maine, pp. 50-53—Lawrence, §§ 1-3, and Essays, pp. 1-36—Phillimore, I. §§ 1-12—Twiss, I. §§ 104-5—Taylor, § 2—Moore, I. §§ 1-2—Westlake, I. pp. 1-13—Walker, History, I. §§ 1-8—Halleck, I. pp. 46-55—Ullmann, §§ 2-4—Heffter, §§ 1-5—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 19-26—Nys, I. pp. 133-43—Rivier, I. § 1—Bonfils, Nos. 26-31—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 1-24—Mérignhac, I. pp. 5-28—Martens, I. §§ 1-5—Fiore, I. Nos. 186-208, and Code, Nos. 1-26—Higgins, "The Binding Force of International Law" (1910)—Pollock in The Law Quarterly Review, XVIII. (1902), pp. 418-428—Scott in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 831-865—Willoughby and Root in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 357-365 and 451-457.
Hall, pp. 14-16—Maine, pp. 50-53—Lawrence, §§ 1-3, and Essays, pp. 1-36—Phillimore, I. §§ 1-12—Twiss, I. §§ 104-5—Taylor, § 2—Moore, I. §§ 1-2—Westlake, I. pp. 1-13—Walker, History, I. §§ 1-8—Halleck, I. pp. 46-55—Ullmann, §§ 2-4—Heffter, §§ 1-5—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 19-26—Nys, I. pp. 133-43—Rivier, I. § 1—Bonfils, Nos. 26-31—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 1-24—Mérignhac, I. pp. 5-28—Martens, I. §§ 1-5—Fiore, I. Nos. 186-208, and Code, Nos. 1-26—Higgins, "The Binding Force of International Law" (1910)—Pollock in The Law Quarterly Review, XVIII. (1902), pp. 418-428—Scott in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 831-865—Willoughby and Root in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 357-365 and 451-457.
Conception of the Law of Nations.
Conception of the Law of Nations.
§ 1. Law of Nations or International Law (Droit des gens, Völkerrecht) is the name for the body of customary and conventional rules which are considered legally[1] binding by civilised States in their intercourse with each other. Such part of these rules as is binding upon all the civilised States without exception is called universal International Law,[2] in contradistinction to particular International Law, which is binding on two or a few States only. But it is also necessary to distinguish general International Law. This name must be given to the body of such rules as are binding upon a great many States, including leading Powers. General International Law, as, for instance, the Declaration of Paris of 1856, has a tendency to become universal International Law.
§ 1. The Law of Nations or International Law (Droit des gens, Völkerrecht) refers to the set of customary and conventional rules that are regarded as legally binding by civilized States in their interactions with one another. The part of these rules that applies to all civilized States without exception is known as universal International Law,[1] in contrast to particular International Law, which applies to only two or a few States. However, it's also important to define general International Law. This term refers to the collection of rules that bind a large number of States, including major Powers. General International Law, such as the Declaration of Paris of 1856, tends to evolve into universal International Law.
International Law in the meaning of the term as used in modern times did not exist during antiquity and the first part of the Middle Ages. It is in its origin essentially a product of Christian civilisation, and began gradually to grow from the second half of the Middle Ages. But it owes its existence as a systematised body of rules to the Dutch jurist and statesman Hugo Grotius, whose work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," appeared in 1625 and became the foundation of all later development.
International Law, as we understand it today, didn't exist in ancient times or in the early Middle Ages. It essentially originated from Christian civilization and started to develop gradually in the second half of the Middle Ages. However, it was the Dutch jurist and statesman Hugo Grotius who gave it form as a systematic set of rules. His work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," published in 1625, laid the groundwork for all future developments.
The Law of Nations is a law for the intercourse of States with one another, not a law for individuals. As, however, there cannot be a sovereign authority above the several sovereign States, the Law of Nations is a law between, not above, the several States, and is, therefore, since Bentham, also called "International Law."
The Law of Nations is a set of rules for how countries interact with each other, not a law for individuals. However, since there isn't a higher authority over the individual sovereign states, the Law of Nations operates as a law *between* the states, not above them. That's why, since Bentham, it's also known as "International Law."
Since the distinction of Bentham between International Law public and private has been generally accepted, it is necessary to emphasise that only the so-called public International Law, which is identical with the Law of Nations, is International Law, whereas the so-called private International Law is not. The latter concerns such matters as fall at the same time under the jurisdiction of two or more different States. And as the Municipal Laws of different States are frequently in conflict with each other respecting such matters, jurists belonging to different countries endeavour to find a body of principles according to which such conflicts can be avoided.
Since Bentham's distinction between public and private International Law has been widely accepted, it's important to clarify that only the so-called public International Law, which is the same as the Law of Nations, is considered true International Law, while the so-called private International Law is not. The latter deals with issues that are under the jurisdiction of two or more different States at the same time. Since the Municipal Laws of different States often conflict with each other regarding these issues, legal scholars from various countries try to establish a set of principles to help avoid these conflicts.
Legal Force of the Law of Nations contested.
Legal Force of the Law of Nations contested.
§ 2. Almost from the beginning of the science of the Law of Nations the question has been discussed whether the rules of International Law are legally binding. Hobbes[3] already and Pufendorf[4] had answered the question in the negative. And during the nineteenth[Pg 5] century Austin[5] and his followers take up the same attitude. They define law as a body of rules for human conduct set and enforced by a sovereign political authority. If indeed this definition of law be correct, the Law of Nations cannot be called law. For International Law is a body of rules governing the relations of Sovereign States between one another. And there is not and cannot be a sovereign political authority above the Sovereign States which could enforce such rules. However, this definition of law is not correct. It covers only the written or statute law within a State, that part of the Municipal Law which is expressly made by statutes of Parliament in a constitutional State or by some other sovereign authority in a non-constitutional State. It does not cover that part of Municipal Law which is termed unwritten or customary law. There is, in fact, no community and no State in the world which could exist with written law only. Everywhere there is customary law in existence besides the written law. This customary law was never expressly enacted by any law-giving body, or it would not be merely customary law. Those who define law as rules set and enforced by a sovereign political authority do not deny the existence of customary law. But they maintain that the customary law has the character of law only through the indirect recognition on the part of the State which is to be found in the fact that courts of justice apply the customary in the same way as the written law, and that the State does not prevent them from doing so. This is, however, nothing else than a fiction. Courts of justice having no law-giving power could not recognise unwritten rules as law if these rules were not law before that recognition, and States recognise unwritten rules as law only because courts of justice do so.
§ 2. Almost from the start of the study of International Law, there has been a debate about whether the rules of International Law are legally binding. Hobbes[3] and Pufendorf[4] both answered this question negatively. During the nineteenth[Pg 5] century, Austin[5] and his followers maintained the same viewpoint. They define law as a set of rules for human behavior that is established and enforced by a sovereign political authority. If this definition of law is correct, then the Law of Nations cannot be considered law. International Law consists of rules that govern the relationships between Sovereign States, and there is no sovereign political authority above these States that could enforce such rules. However, this definition of law is not accurate. It only pertains to written or statutory law within a State, specifically that portion of Municipal Law created explicitly by statutes in a constitutional State or by another sovereign authority in a non-constitutional State. It does not include the unwritten or customary law component of Municipal Law. In reality, there is no community or State in the world that could function solely with written law. Customary law exists alongside written law everywhere. This customary law was never expressly enacted by any legislative body; otherwise, it wouldn't be merely customary law. Those who define law as rules set and enforced by a sovereign political authority do not deny the existence of customary law. They argue, however, that customary law is only considered law because the State indirectly recognizes it through the fact that courts apply customary law in the same manner as written law, and that the State does not inhibit this. This is, however, merely a fiction. Courts of justice, which lack law-making power, could not recognize unwritten rules as law unless those rules were already law prior to that recognition, and States acknowledge unwritten rules as law solely because courts do.
[3] De Cive, XIV. 4.
Characteristics of Rules of Law.
Characteristics of the Rule of Law.
§ 3. For the purpose of finding a correct definition of law it is indispensable to compare morality and law with each other, for both lay down rules, and to a great extent the same rules, for human conduct. Now the characteristic of rules of morality is that they apply to conscience, and to conscience only. An act loses all value before the tribunal of morality, if it was not done out of free will and conscientiousness, but was enforced by some external power or was done out of some consideration which lies without the boundaries of conscience. Thus, a man who gives money to the hospitals in order that his name shall come before the public does not act morally, and his deed is not a moral one, though it appears to be one outwardly. On the other hand, the characteristic of rules of law is that they shall eventually be enforced by external power.[6] Rules of law apply, of course, to conscience quite as much as rules of morality. But the latter require to be enforced by the internal power of conscience only, whereas the former require to be enforced by some external power. When, to give an illustrative example, morality commands you to pay your debts, it hopes that your conscience will make you pay them. On the other hand, if the law gives the same command, it hopes that, if the conscience has not sufficient power to make you pay your debts, the fact that, if you will not pay, the bailiff will come into your house, will do so.
§ 3. To find a proper definition of law, it's essential to compare morality and law with each other, as both establish rules, and often the same rules, for human behavior. The key feature of moral rules is that they appeal to conscience and nothing else. An action loses all significance in the eyes of morality if it wasn't done freely and with a sense of duty, but instead was forced by some outside influence or motivated by factors outside of conscience. For instance, a person who donates money to hospitals just to gain public recognition isn't acting morally, even if it outwardly looks like a good deed. In contrast, the defining aspect of legal rules is that they are ultimately enforced by external authority. Rules of law certainly relate to conscience just like moral rules do. However, moral rules rely on the internal authority of conscience, while legal rules depend on external enforcement. To illustrate, when morality tells you to pay your debts, it expects your conscience to drive you to do so. On the other hand, when the law issues the same demand, it counts on the fact that if your conscience isn't strong enough to ensure you pay your debts, the threat of a bailiff coming to your house will motivate you.
[6] Westlake, Chapters, p. 12, seems to make the same distinction between rules of law and of morality, and Twiss, I. § 105, adopts it expressis verbis.
[6] Westlake, Chapters, p. 12, seems to make the same distinction between legal rules and moral principles, and Twiss, I. § 105, adopts it expressis verbis.
Law-giving Authority not essential for the Existence of Law.
Law-giving authority is not essential for the existence of law.
§ 4. If these are the characteristic signs of morality and of law, we are justified in stating the principle: A rule is a rule of morality, if by common consent of the community it applies to conscience and to conscience only; whereas, on the other hand, a rule is a rule of law, if by common consent of the community it shall eventually be enforced by external power. Without[Pg 7] some kind both of morality and law, no community has ever existed or could possibly exist. But there need not be, at least not among primitive communities, a law-giving authority within a community. Just as the rules of morality are growing through the influence of many different factors, so the law can grow without being expressly laid down and set by a law-giving authority. Wherever we have an opportunity of observing a primitive community, we find that some of its rules for human conduct apply to conscience only, whereas others shall by common consent of the community be enforced; the former are rules of morality only, whereas the latter are rules of law. For the existence of law neither a law-giving authority nor courts of justice are essential. Whenever a question of law arises in a primitive community, it is the community itself and not a court which decides it. Of course, when a community is growing out of the primitive condition of its existence and becomes gradually so enlarged that it turns into a State in the sense proper of the term, the necessities of life and altered circumstances of existence do not allow the community itself any longer to do anything and everything. And the law can now no longer be left entirely in the hands of the different factors which make it grow gradually from case to case. A law-giving authority is now just as much wanted as a governing authority. It is for this reason that we find in every State a Legislature, which makes laws, and courts of justice, which administer them.
§ 4. If these are the defining features of morality and law, we can confidently state this principle: A rule is a rule of morality if the community agrees that it applies solely to individual conscience; in contrast, a rule is a rule of law if the community agrees that it will eventually be enforced by external authority. No community has ever existed or could possibly exist without a form of both morality and law. However, among primitive communities, there doesn't need to be a formal authority that creates laws. Just like the rules of morality evolve through various influences, laws can also develop organically without being explicitly enacted by a governing body. When we observe primitive communities, we see some rules that pertain only to individual conscience, while others are enforced by common agreement; the former are merely moral rules, and the latter are legal rules. The existence of law does not rely on a formal authority or courts. When legal disputes arise in a primitive community, it is the community itself that resolves them, not a court. Of course, as a community evolves from its primitive state and becomes a proper State, the demands of life and new circumstances prevent the community from handling everything on its own. At that point, law cannot be solely dependent on the various factors that gradually shape it from case to case. A law-making authority is just as necessary as a governing body. This is why every State has a Legislature that creates laws and courts that enforce them.
However, if we ask whence does the power of the legislature to make laws come, there is no other answer than this: From the common consent of the community. Thus, in Great Britain, Parliament is the law-making body by common consent. An Act of Parliament is law, because the common consent of[Pg 8] Great Britain is behind it. That Parliament has law-making authority is law itself, but unwritten and customary law. Thus the very important fact comes to light that all statute or written law is based on unwritten law in so far as the power of Parliament to make Statute Law is given to Parliament by unwritten law. It is the common consent of the British people that Parliament shall have the power of making rules which shall be enforced by external power. But besides the statute laws made by Parliament there exist and are constantly growing other laws, unwritten or customary, which are day by day recognised through courts of justice.
However, if we ask where the legislature's power to create laws comes from, the answer is clear: it originates from the collective agreement of the community. In Great Britain, Parliament is the law-making authority by that common agreement. An Act of Parliament is considered law because it has the backing of the common consent of[Pg 8] Great Britain. The fact that Parliament has the authority to make laws is itself a legal principle, albeit one that is unwritten and based on tradition. This highlights the significant fact that all statutory or written laws are grounded in unwritten laws, as the power for Parliament to create Statute Law is granted by unwritten law. It is the shared agreement of the British people that Parliament should have the authority to create rules that will be enforced by external power. In addition to the statutory laws made by Parliament, there are also many other laws, unwritten or customary, that are continually recognized by the courts.
Definition and three Essential Conditions of Law.
Definition and three Essential Conditions of Law.
The essential conditions of the existence of law are, therefore, threefold. There must, first, be a community. There must, secondly, be a body of rules for human conduct within that community. And there must, thirdly, be a common consent of that community that these rules shall be enforced by external power. It is not an essential condition either that such rules of conduct must be written rules, or that there should be a law-making authority or a law-administering court within the community concerned. And it is evident that, if we find this definition of law correct, and accept these three essential conditions of law, the existence of law is not limited to the State community only, but is to be found everywhere where there is a community. The best example of the existence of law outside the State is the law of the Roman Catholic Church, the so-called Canon Law. This Church is an organised community whose members are dispersed over the whole surface of the earth. They consider themselves bound[Pg 9] by the rules of the Canon Law, although there is no sovereign political authority that sets and enforces those rules, the Pope and the bishops and priests being a religious authority only. But there is an external power through which the rules of the Canon Law are enforced—namely, the punishments of the Canon Law, such as excommunication, refusal of sacraments, and the like. And the rules of the Canon Law are in this way enforced by common consent of the whole Roman Catholic community.
The essential conditions for the existence of law are, therefore, threefold. First, there must be a community. Second, there must be a set of rules for human behavior within that community. Third, there must be a general agreement within that community that these rules will be enforced by an outside authority. It is not necessary for these rules of conduct to be written down, nor is it essential to have a law-making body or a law-enforcing court within the community in question. If we accept this definition of law and these three essential conditions, then the existence of law is not limited to state communities but can be found anywhere a community exists. A prime example of law existing outside the state is the law of the Roman Catholic Church, known as Canon Law. This Church is an organized community with members spread across the globe. They feel bound by the rules of Canon Law, even though there is no sovereign political authority that formulates and enforces those rules; the Pope, bishops, and priests act only as a religious authority. However, there is an external power that enforces the rules of Canon Law—namely, the penalties of Canon Law, such as excommunication and denial of sacraments. In this way, the rules of Canon Law are enforced by the collective agreement of the entire Roman Catholic community.
Law not to be identified with Municipal Law.
Law should not be confused with Municipal Law.
§ 6. But it must be emphasised that, if there is law to be found in every community, law in this meaning must not be identified with the law of States, the so-called Municipal Law,[7] just as the conception of State must not be identified with the conception of community. The conception of community is a wider one than the conception of State. A State is a community, but not every community is a State. Likewise the conception of law pure and simple is a wider one than that of Municipal Law. Municipal Law is law, but not every law is Municipal Law, as, for instance, the Canon Law is not. Municipal Law is a narrower conception than law pure and simple. The body of rules which is called the Law of Nations might, therefore, be law in the strict sense of the term, although it might not possess the characteristics of Municipal Law. To make sure whether the Law of Nations is or is not law, we have to inquire whether the three essential conditions of the existence of law are to be found in the Law of Nations.
§ 6. However, it should be highlighted that while law exists in every community, this type of law shouldn't be equated with the law of States, known as Municipal Law,[7] just as the concept of a State shouldn't be equated with the concept of a community. The concept of community is broader than that of a State. A State is a community, but not every community qualifies as a State. Similarly, the notion of law in general is broader than that of Municipal Law. Municipal Law is indeed a form of law, but not every law is Municipal Law, as illustrated by the fact that Canon Law is not. Municipal Law is a more limited concept compared to law in general. Thus, the body of rules known as the Law of Nations might be considered law in the strict sense, even if it doesn't share the characteristics of Municipal Law. To determine whether the Law of Nations is law, we need to investigate whether the three essential conditions for the existence of law are present in the Law of Nations.
The "Family of Nations" a Community.
The "Family of Nations" is a community.
§ 7. As the first condition is the existence of a community, the question arises, whether an international community exists whose law could be the Law of Nations. Before this question can be answered, the[Pg 10] conception of community must be defined. A community may be said to be the body of a number of individuals more or less bound together through such common interests as create a constant and manifold intercourse between the single individuals. This definition of community covers not only a community of individual men, but also a community of individual communities such as individual States. A Confederation of States is a community of States. But is there a universal international community of all individual States in existence? This question is decidedly to be answered in the affirmative as far as the States of the civilised world are concerned. Innumerable are the interests which knit all the individual civilised States together and which create constant intercourse between these States as well as between their subjects. As the civilised States are, with only a few exceptions, Christian States, there are already religious ideas which wind a band around them. There are, further, science and art, which are by their nature to a great extent international, and which create a constant exchange of ideas and opinions between the subjects of the several States. Of the greatest importance are, however, agriculture, industry, and trade. It is totally impossible even for the largest empire to produce everything its subjects want. Therefore, the productions of agriculture and industry must be exchanged by the several States, and it is for this reason that international trade is an unequalled factor for the welfare of every civilised State. Even in antiquity, when every State tried to be a world in itself, States did not and could not exist without some sort of international trade. It is international trade which has created navigation on the high seas and on the rivers flowing through different States. It is, again, international trade which has called into existence the nets of[Pg 11] railways which cover the continents, the international postal and telegraphic arrangements, and the Transatlantic telegraphic cables.[8]
§ 7. Since the first condition is the existence of a community, the question arises whether an international community exists that could serve as the Law of Nations. Before this question can be answered, the concept of community needs to be defined. A community can be described as a group of individuals who are connected by common interests that create ongoing interactions among them. This definition includes not just individual people but also groups of communities, such as individual States. A Confederation of States is a community of States. But is there a universal international community that includes all individual States? This question can definitely be answered affirmatively in terms of the States of the civilized world. Countless interests link all individual civilized States together, fostering constant interaction both among these States and between their citizens. Since the civilized States are, with few exceptions, Christian States, there are already religious ideas that connect them. Additionally, science and art—by nature largely international—foster a continuous exchange of ideas and opinions among the citizens of different States. However, agriculture, industry, and trade are of utmost importance. It's completely impossible, even for the largest empire, to produce everything its citizens desire. Therefore, the products of agriculture and industry must be traded among the various States, which is why international trade is essential for the welfare of every civilized State. Even in ancient times, when each State tried to be self-sufficient, States could not exist without some form of international trade. International trade has facilitated navigation on the high seas and on rivers that traverse multiple States. Once again, it's international trade that has led to the development of railway networks covering entire continents, the international postal and telegraphic systems, and the Transatlantic telegraphic cables.[8]
[8] See Fried, "Das internationale Leben der Gegenwart" (1908), where the innumerable interests are grouped and discussed which knit the civilised world together.
[8] See Fried, "The International Life of Today" (1908), where the countless interests are organized and discussed that connect the civilized world together.
The manifold interests which knit all the civilised States together and create a constant intercourse between one another, have long since brought about the necessity that these States should have one or more official representatives living abroad. Thus we find everywhere foreign envoys and consuls. They are the agents who make possible the current stream of transactions between the Governments of the different States. A number of International Offices, International Bureaux, International Commissions have been permanently appointed for the administration of international business, a permanent Court of Arbitration has been, and an International Prize Court will soon be, established at the Hague. And from time to time special international conferences and congresses of delegates of the different States are convoked for discussing and settling matters international. Though the individual States are sovereign and independent of each other, though there is no international Government above the national ones, though there is no central political authority to which the different States are subjected, yet there is something mightier than all the powerful separating factors: namely, the common interests. And these common interests and the necessary intercourse which serves these interests, unite the separate States into an indivisible community. For many hundreds of years this community has been called "Family of Nations" or "Society of Nations."
The various interests that connect all civilized nations and enable ongoing interaction among them have long created the need for these nations to have one or more official representatives living abroad. As a result, we find foreign diplomats and consuls everywhere. They are the agents who facilitate the continuous flow of transactions between the governments of different countries. Several International Offices, International Bureaus, and International Commissions have been established to manage international affairs, a permanent Court of Arbitration has been set up, and an International Prize Court will soon be established in The Hague. From time to time, special international conferences and congresses of delegates from various nations are held to discuss and resolve international issues. Although each individual nation is sovereign and independent, and there is no international government above the national ones, nor a central political authority to which these nations are subject, there is still something greater than all the powerful dividing factors: the common interests. These common interests and the necessary interactions that serve them unite separate nations into an indivisible community. For many centuries, this community has been referred to as the "Family of Nations" or "Society of Nations."
The "Family of Nations" a Community with Rules of Conduct.
The "Family of Nations" is a community governed by rules of conduct.
§ 8. Thus the first essential condition for the existence of law is a reality. The single States make altogether a body of States, a community of individual[Pg 12] States. But the second condition cannot be denied either. For hundreds of years more and more rules have grown up for the conduct of the States between each other. These rules are to a great extent customary rules. But side by side with these customary and unwritten rules more and more written rules are daily created by international agreements, such as the Declaration of Paris of 1856, the Hague Rules concerning land warfare of 1899 and 1907, and the like. The so-called Law of Nations is nothing else than a body of customary and conventional rules regulating the conduct of the individual States with each other. Just as out of tribal communities which were in no way connected with each other arose the State, so the Family of Nations arose out of the different States which were in no way connected with each other. But whereas the State is a settled institution, firmly established and completely organised, the Family of Nations is still in the beginning of its development. A settled institution and firmly established it certainly is, but it entirely lacks at present any organisation whatever. Such an organisation is, however, gradually growing into existence before our eyes. The permanent Court of Arbitration created by the First Hague Peace Conference, and the International Prize Court proposed by the Second Hague Peace Conference, are the first small traces of a future organisation. The next step forward will be that the Hague Peace Conferences will meet automatically within certain periods of time, without being summoned by one of the Powers. A second step forward will be the agreement on the part of the Powers upon fixed rules of procedure for the future Hague Peace Conferences. As soon as these two steps forward are really made, the nucleus of an organisation of the Family of Nations will be in existence, and out of this nucleus will grow in time a more powerful organisation,[Pg 13] the ultimate characteristic features of which cannot at present be foreseen.[9]
§ 8. So the first essential condition for the existence of law is reality. The individual States together make up a community of States. However, the second condition cannot be ignored either. For hundreds of years, more and more rules have developed for how States interact with one another. Many of these rules are customary. Alongside these customary and unwritten rules, an increasing number of written rules are being created through international agreements, such as the Declaration of Paris of 1856, the Hague Rules regarding land warfare from 1899 and 1907, and similar documents. The so-called Law of Nations is simply a collection of customary and conventional rules governing the interactions between individual States. Just as States emerged from tribal communities that were not connected to each other, the Family of Nations has formed from various States that have been unrelated. However, while the State is a stable, established institution that is fully organized, the Family of Nations is still in its early stages of development. It is indeed a settled institution, but it currently lacks any form of organization. That organization is gradually taking shape before our eyes. The Permanent Court of Arbitration established by the First Hague Peace Conference and the International Prize Court proposed by the Second Hague Peace Conference are the first small signs of a future organization. The next step will be for the Hague Peace Conferences to meet automatically at regular intervals, without needing to be called by one of the Powers. A further step will be the Powers agreeing on fixed rules of procedure for future Hague Peace Conferences. Once these two steps are accomplished, the foundation of an organization for the Family of Nations will come into existence, which will eventually develop into a more powerful organization, the defining characteristics of which cannot be predicted at this time.[Pg 13]
External Power for the Enforcement of Rules of International Conduct.
External Power for the Enforcement of Rules of International Conduct.
§ 9. But how do matters stand concerning the third essential condition for the existence of law? Is there a common consent of the community of States that the rules of international conduct shall be enforced by external power? There cannot be the slightest doubt that this question must be affirmatively answered, although there is no central authority to enforce those rules. The heads of the civilised States, their Governments, their Parliaments, and public opinion of the whole of civilised humanity, agree and consent that the body of rules of international conduct which is called the Law of Nations shall be enforced by external power, in contradistinction to rules of international morality and courtesy, which are left to the consideration of the conscience of nations. And in the necessary absence of a central authority for the enforcement of the rules of the Law of Nations, the States have to take the law into their own hands. Self-help and intervention on the part of other States which sympathise with the wronged one are the means by which the rules of the Law of Nations can be[10] and actually are enforced. It is true that these means have many disadvantages, but they are means which have the character of external power. Compared with Municipal Law and the means at disposal for its enforcement, the Law of Nations is certainly the weaker of the two. A law is the stronger, the more guarantees are given that it can and will be enforced. Thus, the law of a State which is governed by an uncorrupt Government and the courts of which are not venal is stronger than the law of a State which has a corrupt Government and venal judges. It is inevitable that the Law of Nations must be a weaker[Pg 14] law than Municipal Law, as there is not and cannot be an international Government above the national ones which could enforce the rules of International Law in the same way as a national Government enforces the rules of its Municipal Law. But a weak law is nevertheless still law, and the Law of Nations is by no means so weak a law as it sometimes seems to be.[11]
§ 9. So, what's the situation regarding the third essential condition for the existence of law? Is there a shared agreement among the community of States that the rules of international conduct should be enforced by external power? There’s no doubt that this question should be answered in the affirmative, even though there isn't a central authority to enforce those rules. The leaders of civilized States, their Governments, their Parliaments, and the public opinion of all civilized humanity agree that the set of rules for international conduct, known as the Law of Nations, should be enforced by external power, as opposed to the rules of international morality and courtesy, which are left to the conscience of nations. In the necessary absence of a central authority to enforce the rules of the Law of Nations, States must take matters into their own hands. Self-help and intervention by other States that sympathize with the wronged party are the means by which the rules of the Law of Nations can be[10] and indeed are enforced. It’s true that these methods have many disadvantages, but they function as external power. Compared to Municipal Law and the means available for its enforcement, the Law of Nations is definitely the weaker of the two. A law is stronger the more guarantees there are that it can and will be enforced. For example, the law of a State governed by an honest Government, with non-corrupt courts, is stronger than the law of a State with a corrupt Government and bribable judges. It’s inevitable that the Law of Nations will be a weaker[Pg 14] law than Municipal Law, as there is no international Government above the national ones that could enforce the rules of International Law in the same way that a national Government enforces its Municipal Law. However, a weak law is still a law, and the Law of Nations is by no means as weak as it sometimes appears.[11]
[11] Those who deny to International Law the character of law because they identify the conception of law in general with that of Municipal Law and because they cannot see any law outside the State, confound cause and effect. Originally law was not a product of the State, but the State was a product of law. The right of the State to make law is based upon the rule of law that the State is competent to make law.
[11] Those who argue that International Law isn't really law because they equate the idea of law with Municipal Law and can't recognize any law beyond the State are confusing cause and effect. Initially, law wasn’t created by the State; rather, the State emerged from law. The authority of the State to create law is grounded in the principle that the State is allowed to make law.
Practice recognises Law of Nations as Law.
Practice recognizes Law of Nations as Law.
§ 10. The fact is that theorists only are divided concerning the character of the Law of Nations as real law. In practice International Law is constantly recognised as law. The Governments and Parliaments of the different States are of opinion that they are legally, not morally only, bound by the Law of Nations, although they cannot be forced to go before a court in case they are accused of having violated it. Likewise, public opinion of all civilised States considers every State legally bound to comply with the rules of the Law of Nations, not taking notice of the opinion of those theorists who maintain that the Law of Nations does not bear the character of real law. And the several States not only recognise the rules of International Law as legally binding in innumerable treaties, but emphasise every day the fact that there is a law between themselves. They moreover recognise this law by their Municipal Laws ordering their officials, their civil and criminal courts, and their subjects to take up such an attitude as is in conformity with the duties imposed upon their Sovereign by the Law of Nations. If a violation of the Law of Nations occurs on the part of an individual State, public opinion of the civilised world, as well as the Governments of other States, stigmatise such violation as a violation of law pure and[Pg 15] simple. And countless treaties concerning trade, navigation, post, telegraph, copyright, extradition, and many other objects exist between civilised States, which treaties, resting entirely on the existence of a law between the States, presuppose such a law, and contribute by their very existence to its development and growth.
§ 10. The truth is that theorists are only divided about whether International Law should be considered real law. In practice, International Law is consistently recognized as law. Governments and Parliaments of various States believe they are legally, not just morally, obligated to follow International Law, even though they can't be compelled to appear in court if accused of violating it. Similarly, public opinion in all civilized States views every State as legally bound to adhere to the rules of International Law, disregarding the opinions of theorists who argue that International Law doesn’t qualify as real law. Moreover, States not only acknowledge the rules of International Law as legally binding through countless treaties, but they also reaffirm daily that there is a legal framework governing their interactions. They further acknowledge this law in their Municipal Laws, which instruct their officials, civil and criminal courts, and citizens to act in accordance with the responsibilities imposed on their Sovereign by International Law. When an individual State violates International Law, public opinion in the civilized world, along with the Governments of other States, decries such violations as clear breaches of law. Additionally, numerous treaties regarding trade, navigation, postal services, telegraphy, copyright, extradition, and many other matters exist between civilized States. These treaties, which are entirely based on the existence of law between the States, assume such a law exists and contribute to its development and growth just by being there.
Violations of this law are certainly frequent. But the offenders always try to prove that their acts do not contain a violation, and that they have a right to act as they do according to the Law of Nations, or at least that no rule of the Law of Nations is against their acts. Has a State ever confessed that it was going to break the Law of Nations or that it ever did so? The fact is that States, in breaking the Law of Nations, never deny its existence, but recognise its existence through the endeavour to interpret the Law of Nations in a way favourable to their act. And there is an ever-growing tendency to bring disputed questions of International Law as well as international differences in general before international courts. The permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague established in 1899, and the International Prize Court proposed at the Hague according to a convention of 1907, are the first promising fruits of this tendency.
Violations of this law happen frequently. However, those who break the law always try to argue that their actions aren't violations and that they have the right to do what they do according to international law, or at least that they're not against any rule of international law. Has any state ever admitted that it planned to break international law or that it ever did? The truth is that when states break international law, they never deny it exists; instead, they acknowledge its existence by trying to interpret international law in a way that supports their actions. There is an increasing trend to bring disputed issues of international law, as well as general international conflicts, before international courts. The Permanent Court of Arbitration in The Hague, established in 1899, and the International Prize Court proposed in The Hague under a convention from 1907, are the first encouraging results of this trend.
II FOUNDATIONS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
Common Consent the Basis of Law.
Common Consent the Basis of Law.
§ 11. If law is, as defined above (§ 5), a body of rules for human conduct within a community which by common consent of this community shall be enforced through external power, common consent is the basis of all law. What, now, does the term "common consent" mean? If it meant that all the individuals who[Pg 16] are members of a community must at every moment of their existence expressly consent to every point of law, such common consent would never be a fact. The individuals, who are the members of a community, are successively born into it, grow into it together with the growth of their intellect during adolescence, and die away successively to make room for others. The community remains unaltered, although a constant change takes place in its members. "Common consent" can therefore only mean the express or tacit consent of such an overwhelming majority of the members that those who dissent are of no importance whatever, and disappear totally from the view of one who looks for the will of the community as an entity in contradistinction to the wills of its single members. The question as to whether there be such a common consent in a special case, is not a question of theory, but of fact only. It is a matter of observation and appreciation, and not of logical and mathematical decision, just as is the well-known question, how many grains make a heap? Those legal rules which come down from ancestors to their descendants remain law so long only as they are supported by common consent of these descendants. New rules can only become law if they find common consent on the part of those who constitute the community at the time. It is for that reason that custom is at the background of all law, whether written or unwritten.
§ 11. If law is, as defined above (§ 5), a set of rules for human behavior within a community that this community agrees to enforce through outside authority, then common consent is the foundation of all law. So, what does "common consent" really mean? If it meant that every individual who[Pg 16] is part of a community had to explicitly agree to every single law at all times, then such common consent would never exist. The individuals who make up a community are born into it, grow up within it as their understanding develops during their teenage years, and eventually pass away to make space for others. The community itself stays the same, even though its members constantly change. Therefore, "common consent" can only refer to the explicit or implicit agreement of such a large majority of members that those who disagree become insignificant and are completely overlooked by someone trying to understand the community's will as a whole, in contrast to the desires of individual members. The question of whether there is common consent in a specific case is not a theoretical issue, but a factual one. It is something we observe and judge, not a logical or mathematical calculation, much like the classic question of how many grains make a pile. Those legal rules passed down from ancestors to their descendants remain law only as long as they are backed by the common consent of those descendants. New rules can only become law if they are accepted by those who make up the community at that time. This is why customs form the foundation of all law, whether it's written or unwritten.
Common Consent of the Family of Nations the Basis of International Law.
Common Consent of the Family of Nations: the Basis of International Law.
§ 12. What has been stated with regard to law pure and simple applies also to the Law of Nations. However, the community for which this Law of Nations is authoritative consists not of individual human beings, but of individual States. And whereas in communities consisting of individual human beings there is a constant and gradual change of the members through birth, death, emigration, and immigration, the Family of[Pg 17] Nations is a community within which no such constant change takes place, although now and then a member disappears and a new member steps in. The members of the Family of Nations are therefore not born into that community and they do not grow into it. New members are simply received into it through express or tacit recognition. It is therefore necessary to scrutinise more closely the common consent of the States which is the basis of the Law of Nations.
§ 12. What has been said about law in general also applies to International Law. However, the community represented by this International Law is made up not of individual people, but of individual States. While in communities of people there is a constant and gradual change of members through birth, death, emigration, and immigration, the Family of[Pg 17] Nations is a community where such constant changes don't happen, although every now and then a member may leave and a new one may join. The members of the Family of Nations aren't born into this community, nor do they grow into it. New members are simply accepted through formal or informal recognition. Therefore, it is important to closely examine the common agreement among States that forms the foundation of International Law.
The customary rules of this law have grown up by common consent of the States—that is, the different States have acted in such a manner as includes their tacit consent to these rules. As far as the process of the growth of a usage and its turning into a custom can be traced back, customary rules of the Law of Nations came into existence in the following way. The intercourse of States with each other necessitated some rules of international conduct. Single usages, therefore, gradually grew up, the different States acting in the same or in a similar way when an occasion arose. As some rules of international conduct were from the end of the Middle Ages urgently wanted, the theory of the Law of Nations prepared the ground for their growth by constructing certain rules on the basis of religious, moral, rational, and historical reflections. Hugo Grotius's work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III." (1625), offered a systematised body of rules, which recommended themselves so much to the needs and wants of the time that they became the basis of the development following. Without the conviction of the Governments and of public opinion of the civilised States that there ought to be legally binding rules for international conduct, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, without the pressure exercised upon the States by their interests and the necessity for the growth of such rules, the latter would never have[Pg 18] grown up. When afterwards, especially in the nineteenth century, it became apparent that customs and usages alone were not sufficient or not sufficiently clear, new rules were created through law-making treaties being concluded which laid down rules for future international conduct. Thus conventional rules gradually grew up side by side with customary rules.
The established rules of this law have developed through the mutual agreement of the States—that is, different States have acted in a way that implies their silent approval of these rules. As far back as we can trace the development of a practice into a custom, the customary rules of International Law came into being in the following way. The interactions among States required some guidelines for international behavior. Individual practices gradually emerged as various States acted similarly when situations arose. Since some guidelines for international conduct were desperately needed by the end of the Middle Ages, the theory of International Law laid the foundation for their development by creating specific rules based on religious, moral, rational, and historical considerations. Hugo Grotius's work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III" (1625), provided a structured set of rules that were so well-suited to the needs of the time that they became the foundation for further development. Without the belief among governments and public opinion in civilized States that legally binding rules for international conduct were necessary, along with the pressure from their interests and the need for such rules, these guidelines would never have emerged. Later on, particularly in the nineteenth century, it became clear that customs and practices alone were either insufficient or unclear, leading to the creation of new rules through legally binding treaties that established rules for future international conduct. Thus, conventional rules slowly developed alongside customary rules.
New States which came into existence and were through express or tacit recognition admitted into the Family of Nations thereby consented to the body of rules for international conduct in force at the time of their admittance. It is therefore not necessary to prove for every single rule of International Law that every single member of the Family of Nations consented to it. No single State can say on its admittance into the Family of Nations that it desires to be subjected to such and such a rule of International Law, and not to others. The admittance includes the duty to submit to all the rules in force, with the sole exception of those which, such as the rules of the Geneva Convention for instance, are specially stipulated for such States only as have concluded, or later on acceded to, a certain international treaty creating the rules concerned.
New countries that were established and recognized—either explicitly or implicitly—became part of the Family of Nations and accepted the rules for international behavior that were in place at the time of their admission. Therefore, it’s not necessary to prove that every single rule of International Law has been agreed upon by every member of the Family of Nations. No individual country can declare upon joining the Family of Nations that it wants to follow certain rules of International Law while ignoring others. Joining means agreeing to follow all existing rules, except for those specifically outlined, like the Geneva Convention rules, which apply only to states that have signed or later joined a specific international treaty that establishes those rules.
On the other hand, no State which is a member of the Family of Nations can at some time or another declare that it will in future no longer submit to a certain recognised rule of the Law of Nations. The body of the rules of this law can be altered by common consent only, not by a unilateral declaration on the part of one State. This applies not only to customary rules, but also to such conventional rules as have been called into existence through a law-making treaty for the purpose of creating a permanent mode of future international conduct without a right of the signatory powers to give notice of withdrawal. It would, for[Pg 19] instance, be a violation of International Law on the part of a signatory Power of the Declaration of Paris of 1856 to declare that it would cease to be a party. But it must be emphasised that this does not apply to such conventional rules as are stipulated by a law-making treaty which expressly reserves the right to the signatory Powers to give notice.
On the other hand, no state that is a member of the Family of Nations can ever declare that it will no longer follow a certain recognized rule of international law. The collection of these rules can only be changed by mutual agreement, not by a one-sided declaration from one state. This applies not just to customary rules but also to conventional rules established by a treaty intended to create a lasting agreement on future international behavior without the option for the signatory powers to withdraw. For example, it would be a breach of international law for a signatory power of the Declaration of Paris of 1856 to claim that it would stop being a party to it. However, it should be noted that this does not apply to conventional rules set by a treaty that explicitly allows the signatory powers to withdraw.
States the Subjects of the Law of Nations.
States the Subjects of the Law of Nations.
§ 13. Since the Law of Nations is based on the common consent of individual States, and not of individual human beings, States solely and exclusively are the subjects of International Law. This means that the Law of Nations is a law for the international conduct of States, and not of their citizens. Subjects of the rights and duties arising from the Law of Nations are States solely and exclusively. An individual human being, such as a king or an ambassador for example, is never directly a subject of International Law. Therefore, all rights which might necessarily have to be granted to an individual human being according to the Law of Nations are not international rights, but rights granted by Municipal Law in accordance with a duty imposed upon the respective State by International Law. Likewise, all duties which might necessarily have to be imposed upon individual human beings according to the Law of Nations are not international duties, but duties imposed by Municipal Law in accordance with a right granted to or a duty imposed upon the respective State by International Law. Thus the privileges of an ambassador are granted to him by the Municipal Law of the State to which he is accredited, but such State has the duty to grant these privileges according to International Law. Thus, further, the duties incumbent upon officials and subjects of neutral States in time of war are imposed upon them by the Municipal Law of their home States, but these States have, according to International Law, the duty of[Pg 20] imposing the respective duties upon their officials and citizens.[12]
§ 13. Since international law is based on the agreement of individual states, not individual people, states are the only subjects of international law. This means that international law governs the interactions of states, not their citizens. The rights and responsibilities laid out by international law apply solely to states. An individual, like a king or an ambassador, is never directly subject to international law. Therefore, any rights that might need to be given to an individual under international law are not truly international rights but rights granted by domestic law as a result of duties imposed on the respective state by international law. Similarly, any duties that might need to be placed on individuals according to international law are not international duties; they are obligations set by domestic law in line with rights granted to or responsibilities imposed upon the respective state by international law. For instance, the privileges of an ambassador are provided by the domestic law of the state to which he is assigned, but that state must provide these privileges according to international law. Additionally, the duties of officials and citizens of neutral states during wartime are mandated by their home state's domestic law, but those states have a duty under international law to impose these obligations on their officials and citizens.[Pg 20]
[12] The importance of the fact that subjects of the Law of Nations are States exclusively is so great that I consider it necessary to emphasise it again and again throughout this work. See, for instance, below, §§ 289, 344, 384. It should, however, already be mentioned here that this assertion is even nowadays still sometimes contradicted; see, for instance, Kaufmann, "Die Rechtskraft des Internationalen Rechts" (1899), passim; Rehm in Z.V. I. (1907), p. 53; and Diena in R.G. XVI. pp. 57-76.
[12] The significance of the fact that the subjects of International Law are exclusively States is so important that I feel it necessary to emphasize it repeatedly throughout this work. See, for example, below, §§ 289, 344, 384. However, it should already be noted here that this claim is still sometimes challenged today; see, for instance, Kaufmann, "The Legal Force of International Law" (1899), passim; Rehm in Z.V. I. (1907), p. 53; and Diena in R.G. XVI. pp. 57-76.
Equality an Inference from the Basis of International Law.
Equality an Inference from the Basis of International Law.
§ 14. Since the Law of Nations is based on the common consent of States as sovereign communities, the member States of the Family of Nations are equal to each other as subjects of International Law. States are by their nature certainly not equal as regards power, extent, constitution, and the like. But as members of the community of nations they are equals, whatever differences between them may otherwise exist. This is a consequence of their sovereignty and of the fact that the Law of Nations is a law between, not above, the States.[13]
§ 14. Since the Law of Nations is founded on the shared agreement of States as independent communities, the member States of the Family of Nations are equal to one another as subjects of International Law. While States naturally differ in terms of power, size, structure, and similar factors, as members of the international community, they are equals regardless of any other differences that may exist between them. This equality stems from their sovereignty and the understanding that the Law of Nations governs relations between States, not over them.[13]
III SOURCES OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
Hall, pp. 5-14—Maine, pp. 1-25—Lawrence, §§ 61-66—Phillimore, I. §§ 17-33—Twiss, I. §§ 82-103—Taylor, §§ 30-36—Westlake, I. pp. 14-19—Wheaton, § 15—Halleck, I. pp. 55-64—Ullmann, §§ 8-9—Heffter, § 3—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 79-158—Rivier, I. § 2—Nys, I. pp. 144-165—Bonfils, Nos. 45-63—Despagnet, Nos. 58-63—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 24-35—Mérignhac, I. pp. 79-113—Martens, I. § 43—Fiore, I. Nos. 224-238—Calvo, I. §§ 27-38—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877)—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatsverträge" (1880)—Cavaglieri, "La consuetudine giuridica internazionale" (1907).
Hall, pp. 5-14—Maine, pp. 1-25—Lawrence, §§ 61-66—Phillimore, I. §§ 17-33—Twiss, I. §§ 82-103—Taylor, §§ 30-36—Westlake, I. pp. 14-19—Wheaton, § 15—Halleck, I. pp. 55-64—Ullmann, §§ 8-9—Heffter, § 3—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 79-158—Rivier, I. § 2—Nys, I. pp. 144-165—Bonfils, Nos. 45-63—Despagnet, Nos. 58-63—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 24-35—Mérignhac, I. pp. 79-113—Martens, I. § 43—Fiore, I. Nos. 224-238—Calvo, I. §§ 27-38—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877)—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatsverträge" (1880)—Cavaglieri, "La consuetudine giuridica internazionale" (1907).
Source in Contradistinction to Cause.
Source in contrast to Cause.
§ 15. The different writers on the Law of Nations disagree widely with regard to kinds and numbers of sources of this law. The fact is that the term "source of law" is made use of in different meanings by the[Pg 21] different writers on International Law, as on law in general. It seems to me that most writers confound the conception of "source" with that of "cause," and through this mistake come to a standpoint from which certain factors which influence the growth of International Law appear as sources of rules of the Law of Nations. This mistake can be avoided by going back to the meaning of the term "source" in general. Source means a spring or well, and has to be defined as the rising from the ground of a stream of water. When we see a stream of water and want to know whence it comes, we follow the stream upwards until we come to the spot where it rises naturally from the ground. On that spot, we say, is the source of the stream of water. We know very well that this source is not the cause of the existence of the stream of water. Source signifies only the natural rising of water from a certain spot of the ground, whatever natural causes there may be for that rising. If we apply the conception of source in this meaning to the term "source of law," the confusion of source with cause cannot arise. Just as we see streams of water running over the surface of the earth, so we see, as it were, streams of rules running over the area of law. And if we want to know whence these rules come, we have to follow these streams upwards until we come to their beginning. Where we find that such rules rise into existence, there is the source of them. Of course, rules of law do not rise from a spot on the ground as water does; they rise from facts in the historical development of a community. Thus in Great Britain a good many rules of law rise every year from Acts of Parliament. "Source of Law" is therefore the name for an historical fact out of which rules of conduct rise into existence and legal force.
§ 15. Different authors on International Law have varying opinions about the types and numbers of sources for this law. The phrase "source of law" is used with different meanings by various writers on International Law, just as it is in the broader context of law. It seems that many writers confuse the idea of "source" with that of "cause," and as a result, certain factors that influence the development of International Law appear to them as sources of the rules of that law. This confusion can be avoided by referring back to the general meaning of the term "source." A source refers to a spring or well and is defined as the point where a stream of water emerges from the ground. When we see a stream of water and want to determine its origin, we trace the stream upstream until we reach the point where it naturally flows from the ground. At that point, we designate it as the source of the stream. We understand that this source is not the cause of the water stream's existence. "Source" simply signifies the natural emergence of water from a specific spot, irrespective of the underlying natural causes for that emergence. If we apply this concept of source to the term "source of law," the confusion between source and cause cannot occur. Just like we observe streams of water flowing over the Earth's surface, we can also see, metaphorically, streams of rules flowing through the legal landscape. If we want to trace the origin of these rules, we must follow these streams upstream until we find their beginnings. Where we discover that such rules come into existence is where their source lies. Of course, legal rules do not spring from the ground like water; they emerge from the historical facts surrounding a community's development. For instance, in Great Britain, many legal rules emerge each year from Acts of Parliament. "Source of Law" is therefore a term that refers to the historical fact from which rules of conduct arise and gain legal authority.
The two Sources of International Law.
The two Sources of International Law.
§ 16. As the basis of the Law of Nations is the[Pg 22] common consent of the member States of the Family of Nations, it is evident that there must exist, and can only exist, as many sources of International Law as there are facts through which such common consent can possibly come into existence. Of such facts there are only two. A State, just as an individual, may give its consent either directly by an express declaration or tacitly by conduct which it would not follow in case it did not consent. The sources of International Law are therefore twofold—namely: (1) express consent, which is given when States conclude a treaty stipulating certain rules for the future international conduct of the parties; (2) tacit consent, which is given through States having adopted the custom of submitting to certain rules of international conduct. Treaties and custom are, therefore, exclusively the sources of the Law of Nations.
§ 16. Since the foundation of International Law is the[Pg 22] common agreement of the member States in the Family of Nations, it's clear that there can only be as many sources of International Law as there are instances through which this common agreement can arise. There are only two such instances. A State, like an individual, can give its consent either directly through a clear declaration or indirectly through behavior it would not exhibit if it did not consent. Thus, the sources of International Law are twofold—namely: (1) express consent, which occurs when States enter into a treaty that establishes certain rules for their future international interactions; (2) tacit consent, which happens when States adopt the practice of following certain rules of international behavior. Therefore, treaties and customs are the sole sources of the Law of Nations.
Custom in Contradistinction to Usage.
Custom vs. Usage.
§ 17. Custom is the older and the original source of International Law in particular as well as of law in general. Custom must not be confounded with usage. In everyday life and language both terms are used synonymously, but in the language of the jurist they have two distinctly different meanings. Jurists speak of a custom, when a clear and continuous habit of doing certain actions has grown up under the ægis of the conviction that these actions are legally necessary or legally right. On the other hand, jurists speak of a usage, when a habit of doing certain actions has grown up without there being the conviction of their legal character. Thus the term "custom" is in juristic language a narrower conception than the term "usage," as a given course of conduct may be usual without being customary. Certain conduct of States concerning their international relations may therefore be usual without being the outcome of customary International Law.
§ 17. Custom is the older and original source of International Law, as well as law in general. Custom should not be confused with usage. In everyday life and language, both terms are used interchangeably, but in legal terminology, they have two distinctly different meanings. Lawyers refer to a custom when a clear and consistent practice of doing certain actions has developed under the belief that these actions are legally necessary or correct. In contrast, they use the term usage when a practice has developed without the belief in its legal nature. Therefore, in legal language, "custom" is a more specific term than "usage," as a particular behavior may be common without being customary. Certain behaviors of states in their international relations may therefore be common without being a result of customary International Law.
As usages have a tendency to become custom, the[Pg 23] question presents itself, at what time a usage turns into a custom. This question is one of fact, not of theory. All that theory can point out is this: Wherever and as soon as a frequently adopted international conduct of States is considered legally necessary or legally right, the rule which may be abstracted from such conduct, is a rule of customary International Law.
As practices often become customs, the[Pg 23] question arises: when does a practice turn into a custom? This question is about facts, not theory. All that theory can show is this: wherever and as soon as a commonly accepted international behavior of States is seen as legally necessary or legally correct, the rule that can be derived from that behavior is a rule of customary International Law.
Treaties as Source of International Law.
Treaties as a Source of International Law.
§ 18. Treaties are the second source of International Law, and a source which has of late become of the greatest importance. As treaties may be concluded for innumerable purposes,[14] it is necessary to emphasise that such treaties only are a source of International Law as either stipulate new rules for future international conduct or confirm, define, or abolish existing customary or conventional rules. Such treaties must be called law-making treaties. Since the Family of Nations is not a State-like community, there is no central authority which could make law for it in a similar way as Parliaments make law by statutes within the States. The only way in which International Law can be made by a deliberate act, in contradistinction to custom, is that the members of the Family of Nations conclude treaties in which certain rules for their future conduct are stipulated. Of course, such law-making treaties create law for the contracting parties solely. Their law is universal International Law then only, when all the members of the Family of Nations are parties to them. Many law-making treaties are concluded by a few States only, so that the law which they create is particular International Law. On the other hand, there have been many law-making treaties concluded which contain general International Law, because the majority of States, including leading Powers, are parties to them. General International Law has a tendency to become universal because such States as hitherto did[Pg 24] not consent to it will in future either expressly give their consent or recognise the respective rules tacitly through custom.[15] But it must be emphasised that, whereas custom is the original source of International Law, treaties are a source the power of which derives from custom. For the fact that treaties can stipulate rules of international conduct at all is based on the customary rule of the Law of Nations, that treaties are binding upon the contracting parties.[16]
§ 18. Treaties are the second source of International Law and have recently become extremely important. Since treaties can be made for countless purposes, [14] it’s crucial to highlight that only those treaties that establish new rules for future international behavior or confirm, define, or eliminate existing customary or conventional rules are considered a source of International Law. These treaties are referred to as law-making treaties. Given that the Family of Nations is not a state-like community, there is no central authority that can create laws for it in the same way that Parliaments legislate within states. The only way International Law can be established through a deliberate act, as opposed to custom, is if the members of the Family of Nations enter into treaties that outline certain rules for their future actions. Naturally, these law-making treaties create obligations only for the parties involved. Their law becomes universal International Law only when all members of the Family of Nations are part of them. Many law-making treaties are made by only a few states, resulting in a form of particular International Law. On the other hand, there have been numerous law-making treaties that encompass general International Law because a majority of states, including major powers, are involved. General International Law tends to become universal since states that previously did not consent to it will likely either explicitly agree in the future or acknowledge the relevant rules implicitly through custom.[15] However, it's important to stress that, while custom is the original source of International Law, treaties derive their power from custom. The fact that treaties can establish rules for international behavior is grounded in the customary rule of the Law of Nations, which states that treaties are binding on the parties that enter into them.[16]
Factors influencing the Growth of International Law.
Factors influencing the Growth of International Law.
§ 19. Thus custom and treaties are the two exclusive sources of the Law of Nations. When writers on International Law frequently enumerate other sources besides custom and treaties, they confound the term "source" with that of "cause" by calling sources of International Law such factors as influence the gradual growth of new rules of International Law without, however, being the historical facts from which these rules receive their legal force. Important factors of this kind are: Opinions of famous writers[17] on International Law, decisions of prize courts, arbitral awards,[18] instructions issued by the different States for the guidance of their diplomatic and other organs, State Papers concerning foreign politics, certain Municipal Laws, decisions of Municipal Courts.[19] All these and other factors may influence the growth of International Law either by creating usages which gradually turn into custom, or by inducing the members of the Family of Nations to conclude such treaties as stipulate legal rules for future international conduct.
§ 19. Customs and treaties are the two main sources of International Law. When authors discussing International Law mention other sources beyond customs and treaties, they mix up the term "source" with "cause." They refer to influences that lead to the gradual development of new International Law rules as sources, even though these influences aren’t the actual historical events that give these rules their legal authority. Important influences include: the opinions of well-known authors[17] on International Law, rulings from prize courts, arbitration decisions,[18] guidelines issued by various States for their diplomatic and other entities, State Papers on foreign policy, certain municipal laws, and judgments from municipal courts.[19] All these factors can impact the development of International Law by establishing practices that gradually become customs or by encouraging members of the Family of Nations to form treaties that set legal rules for future international behavior.
A factor of a special kind which also influences the growth of International Law is the so-called Comity (Comitas Gentium, Convenance et Courtoisie Internationale, Staatengunst).[Pg 25] In their intercourse with one another, States do observe not only legally binding rules and such rules as have the character of usages, but also rules of politeness, convenience, and goodwill. Such rules of international conduct are not rules of law, but of comity. The Comity of Nations is certainly not a source of International Law, as it is distinctly the contrast to the Law of Nations. But there can be no doubt that many a rule which formerly was a rule of International Comity only is nowadays a rule of International Law. And it is certainly to be expected that this development will go on in future also, and that thereby many a rule of present International Comity will in future become one of International Law.[20]
A special factor that also affects the growth of International Law is what we call Comity (Comitas Gentium, Convenance et Courtoisie Internationale, Staatengunst).[Pg 25] When interacting with each other, states follow not only legally binding rules and those that are customary but also rules of politeness, convenience, and goodwill. These rules of international conduct aren't legal rules but rather rules of comity. The Comity of Nations is definitely not a source of International Law, as it is clearly the opposite of the Law of Nations. However, there's no doubt that many rules that used to be just rules of International Comity have now become rules of International Law. It's clear that this trend will continue in the future, and many of today’s rules of International Comity will eventually become part of International Law.[20]
Not to be confounded with the rules of Comity are the rules of morality which ought to apply to the intercourse of States as much as to the intercourse of individuals.
Not to be confused with the rules of Comity are the rules of morality that should apply to the interactions of States just as much as to the interactions of individuals.
IV RELATIONS BETWEEN INTERNATIONAL AND NATIONAL LAW
Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 49-53, 117-120—Nys, I. pp. 185-189—Taylor, § 103—Holland, Studies, pp. 176-200—Kaufmann, "Die Rechtskraft des internationalen Rechts" (1899)—Triepel, "Völkerrecht und Landesrecht" (1899)—Anzilotti, "Il diritto internazionale nei giudizi interni" (1905)—Kohler in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 209-230.
Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 49-53, 117-120—Nys, I. pp. 185-189—Taylor, § 103—Holland, Studies, pp. 176-200—Kaufmann, "The Effect of International Law" (1899)—Triepel, "International Law and National Law" (1899)—Anzilotti, "International Law in Domestic Judgments" (1905)—Kohler in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 209-230.
Essential Difference between International and Municipal Law.
Essential Difference between International and Municipal Law.
§ 20. The Law of Nations and the Municipal Law of the single States are essentially different from each other. They differ, first, as regards their sources. Sources of Municipal Law are custom grown up within the boundaries of the respective State and statutes enacted by the law-giving authority. Sources of International Law are custom grown up within the Family[Pg 26] of Nations and law-making treaties concluded by the members of that family.
§ 20. The Law of Nations and the Municipal Law of individual States are fundamentally different from one another. They differ primarily in their sources. The sources of Municipal Law are customs developed within the boundaries of each State and statutes enacted by the legislative authority. The sources of International Law are customs developed within the Family[Pg 26] of Nations and treaties made by the members of that family.
The Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ, secondly, regarding the relations they regulate. Municipal Law regulates relations between the individuals under the sway of the respective State and the relations between this State and the respective individuals. International Law, on the other hand, regulates relations between the member States of the Family of Nations.
The Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ in terms of the relationships they govern. Municipal Law deals with the interactions between individuals subject to a specific State and the relationships between that State and those individuals. In contrast, International Law manages the relations among the member States of the Family of Nations.
The Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ, thirdly, with regard to the substance of their law: whereas Municipal Law is a law of a Sovereign over individuals subjected to his sway, the Law of Nations is a law not above, but between Sovereign States, and therefore a weaker law.[21]
The Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ, thirdly, in terms of the substance of their laws: while Municipal Law is a law enacted by a Sovereign governing individuals under their authority, the Law of Nations exists not above, but between Sovereign States, and is therefore a weaker law.[21]
Law of Nations never per se Municipal Law.
Law of Nations never per se Municipal Law.
§ 21. If the Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ as demonstrated, the Law of Nations can neither as a body nor in parts be per se a part of Municipal Law. Just as Municipal Law lacks the power of altering or creating rules of International Law, so the latter lacks absolutely the power of altering or creating rules of Municipal Law. If, according to the Municipal Law of an individual State, the Law of Nations as a body or in parts is considered the law of the land, this can only be so either by municipal custom or by statute, and then the respective rules of the Law of Nations have by adoption[22] become at the same time rules of Municipal Law. Wherever and whenever such total or partial adoption has not taken place, municipal courts cannot be considered to be bound by International[Pg 27] Law, because it has, per se, no power over municipal courts.[23] And if it happens that a rule of Municipal Law is in indubitable conflict with a rule of the Law of Nations, municipal courts must apply the former. If, on the other hand, a rule of the Law of Nations regulates a fact without conflicting with, but without expressly or tacitly having been adopted by Municipal Law, municipal courts cannot apply such rule of the Law of Nations.
§ 21. If the Law of Nations and Municipal Law differ as shown, the Law of Nations cannot be considered a part of Municipal Law, neither as a whole nor in parts. Just as Municipal Law cannot change or create rules for International Law, the same goes for International Law—it cannot change or create rules for Municipal Law. If the Municipal Law of a specific State recognizes the Law of Nations as a part of its law, it can only do so through local custom or statute. In that case, the rules of the Law of Nations have been incorporated[22] as rules of Municipal Law. When such full or partial incorporation hasn’t happened, municipal courts cannot be seen as bound by International Law, because it has, per se, no authority over municipal courts.[23] If a rule of Municipal Law undeniably conflicts with a rule of the Law of Nations, municipal courts must follow the Municipal Law. Conversely, if a rule of the Law of Nations addresses a situation without conflicting with Municipal Law, and hasn't been adopted by it either expressly or implicitly, municipal courts cannot apply that rule from the Law of Nations.
[22] This has been done by the United States. See The Nereide, 9 Cranch, 388; United States v. Smith, 5 Wheaton, 153; The Scotia, 14 Wallace, 170; The Paquette Habana, 175 United States, 677. See also Taylor, § 103, and Scott in A.J.I. (1908), pp. 852-865. As regards Great Britain, see Blackstone, IV. ch. 5, and Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XXII. (1906), pp. 14-26; see also the case of the West Rand Central Mining Co. v. The King (1905), 2 K. B. 391.
[22] This has been done by the United States. See The Nereide, 9 Cranch, 388; United States v. Smith, 5 Wheaton, 153; The Scotia, 14 Wallace, 170; The Paquette Habana, 175 United States, 677. See also Taylor, § 103, and Scott in A.J.I. (1908), pp. 852-865. As for Great Britain, see Blackstone, IV. ch. 5, and Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XXII. (1906), pp. 14-26; see also the case of the West Rand Central Mining Co. v. The King (1905), 2 K. B. 391.
[23] This ought to be generally recognised, but, in fact, is not; says, for instance, Kohler in Z.V. II.(1908), p. 210:—"... das Völkerrecht ist ein überstaatliches Recht, das der Gesetzgebung des einzelnen Staates nicht unterworfen ist und von den Richtern ohne weiteres respectirt werden muss: das Völkerrecht steht über dem staatlichen Recht."
[23] This should be commonly accepted, but in reality, it’s not; for example, Kohler states in Z.V. II.(1908), p. 210:—"... international law is a supranational law that is not subject to the legislation of any individual state and must be respected by judges without question: international law stands above state law."
Certain Rules of Municipal Law necessitated or interdicted.
Certain rules of municipal law were required or prohibited.
§ 22. If Municipal Courts cannot apply unadopted rules of the Law of Nations, and must apply even such rules of Municipal Law as conflict with the Law of Nations, it is evident that the several States, in order to fulfil their international obligations, are compelled to possess certain rules, and are prevented from having certain other rules as part of their Municipal Law. It is not necessary to enumerate all the rules of Municipal Law which a State must possess, and all those rules it is prevented from having. It suffices to give some illustrative examples. Thus, on the one hand, the Municipal Law of every State, for instance, is compelled to possess rules granting the necessary privileges to foreign diplomatic envoys, protecting the life and liberty of foreign citizens residing on its territory, threatening punishment for certain acts committed on its territory in violation of a foreign State. On the other hand, the Municipal Law of every State is prevented by the Law of Nations from having rules, for instance, conflicting with the freedom of the high seas, or prohibiting the innocent passage of foreign merchantmen through its maritime belt, or refusing justice to foreign residents with regard to injuries committed[Pg 28] on its territory to their lives, liberty, and property by its own citizens. If a State does nevertheless possess such rules of Municipal Law as it is prevented from having by the Law of Nations, or if it does not possess such Municipal rules as it is compelled to have by the Law of Nations, it violates an international legal duty, but its courts[24] cannot by themselves alter the Municipal Law to meet the requirements of the Law of Nations.
§ 22. If Municipal Courts can’t use unadopted rules of International Law and must apply Municipal Law rules that conflict with International Law, it’s clear that states need to have certain rules to meet their international obligations while being restricted from having other rules in their Municipal Law. It’s not necessary to list all the Municipal Law rules a state must have or those it can’t have. A few examples will suffice. For instance, every state's Municipal Law must include rules that grant necessary privileges to foreign diplomatic envoys, protect the life and freedom of foreign citizens living in its territory, and impose penalties for certain actions that violate foreign states within its territory. Conversely, International Law prevents every state’s Municipal Law from having rules that conflict with the freedom of the high seas, restrict the innocent passage of foreign merchant vessels through its maritime zone, or deny justice to foreign residents regarding harm done to their lives, freedom, and property by its own citizens. If a state does have Municipal Law rules that it’s not allowed to have under International Law, or if it lacks the Municipal rules it must have according to International Law, it breaches an international legal obligation, but its courts cannot unilaterally change Municipal Law to comply with International Law.
Presumption against conflicts between International and Municipal Law.
Presumption against conflicts between International and National Law.
§ 23. However, although Municipal Courts must apply Municipal Law even if conflicting with the Law of Nations, there is a presumption against the existence of such a conflict. As the Law of Nations is based upon the common consent of the different States, it is improbable that a civilised State would intentionally enact a rule conflicting with the Law of Nations. A part of Municipal Law, which ostensibly seems to conflict with the Law of Nations, must, therefore, if possible, always be so interpreted as essentially not containing such conflict.
§ 23. However, even though Municipal Courts have to apply Municipal Law even when it conflicts with the Law of Nations, there’s a presumption that such a conflict doesn't exist. Since the Law of Nations is based on the shared agreement of different States, it’s unlikely that a civilized State would purposefully create a law that contradicts the Law of Nations. Any part of Municipal Law that appears to conflict with the Law of Nations should, whenever possible, be interpreted in a way that essentially avoids any conflict.
Presumption of Existence of certain necessary Municipal Rules.
Presumption of Existence of Certain Essential Municipal Rules.
§ 24. In case of a gap in the statutes of a civilised State regarding certain rules necessitated by the Law of Nations, such rules ought to be presumed by the Courts to have been tacitly adopted by such Municipal Law. It may be taken for granted that a State which is a member of the Family of Nations does not intentionally want its Municipal Law to be deficient in such rules. If, for instance, the Municipal Law of a State does not by a statute grant the necessary privileges to diplomatic envoys, the courts ought to presume that such privileges are tacitly granted.
§ 24. If there's a gap in the laws of a civilized State regarding certain rules required by international law, the Courts should assume that these rules have been silently included in the Municipal Law. It's reasonable to believe that a State that is part of the Family of Nations does not intend for its Municipal Law to lack these rules. For example, if a State's Municipal Law doesn't specify certain privileges for diplomatic envoys, the courts should assume that those privileges are implicitly granted.
Presumption of the Existence of certain Municipal Rules in Conformity with Rights granted by the Law of Nations.
Presumption of the Existence of certain Municipal Rules in Conformance with Rights granted by the Law of Nations.
§ 25. There is no doubt that a State need not make use of all the rights it has by the Law of Nations, and that, consequently, every State can by its laws expressly[Pg 29] renounce the whole or partial use of such rights, provided always it is ready to fulfil such duties, if any, as are connected with these rights. However, when no such renunciation has taken place, Municipal Courts ought, in case the interests of justice demand it, to presume that their Sovereign has tacitly consented to make use of such rights. If, for instance, the Municipal Law of a State does not by a statute extend its jurisdiction over its maritime belt, its courts ought to presume that, since by the Law of Nations the jurisdiction of a State does extend over its maritime belt, their Sovereign has tacitly consented to that wider range of its jurisdiction.
§ 25. There’s no doubt that a state doesn’t have to use all the rights it has under international law, and therefore, any state can via its laws explicitly[Pg 29]give up some or all of those rights, as long as it is prepared to fulfill any duties that are linked to those rights. However, when there’s no such renunciation, municipal courts should, if the interests of justice require it, assume that their sovereign has implicitly agreed to exercise those rights. For example, if the municipal law of a state does not establish its jurisdiction over its maritime area, its courts should assume that, since under international law a state’s jurisdiction does extend over its maritime area, their sovereign has implicitly agreed to that broader jurisdiction.
A remarkable case illustrating this happened in this country in 1876. The German vessel Franconia, while passing through the British maritime belt within three miles of Dover, negligently ran into the British vessel Strathclyde, and sank her. As a passenger on board the latter was thereby drowned, the commander of the Franconia, the German Keyn, was indicted at the Central Criminal Court and found guilty of manslaughter. The Court for Crown Cases Reserved, however, to which the Central Criminal Court referred the question of jurisdiction, held by a majority of one judge that, according to the law of the land, English courts had no jurisdiction over crimes committed in the English maritime belt. Keyn was therefore not punished.[25] To provide for future cases of like kind, Parliament passed, in 1878, the "Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act."[26]
A notable case demonstrating this occurred in this country in 1876. The German ship Franconia, while navigating through the British waters within three miles of Dover, carelessly collided with the British vessel Strathclyde, causing it to sink. Since a passenger on the latter drowned as a result, the captain of the Franconia, German Keyn, was charged at the Central Criminal Court and found guilty of manslaughter. However, the Court for Crown Cases Reserved, to which the Central Criminal Court referred the jurisdiction question, determined by a narrow majority of one judge that, under the law, English courts had no authority over crimes committed in the English waters. Consequently, Keyn was not punished.[25] To address future cases of this nature, Parliament enacted the "Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act" in 1878.[26]
V DOMINION OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
Lawrence, § 44—Phillimore, I. §§ 27-33—Twiss, I. § 62—Taylor, §§ 61-64—Westlake, I. p. 40—Bluntschli, §§ 1-16—Heffter, § 7—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 13-18—Nys, I. pp. 116-132—Rivier, I. § 1—Bonfils, Nos. 40-45—Despagnet, Nos. 51-53—Martens, I. § 41—Fiore, Code, Nos. 38-43—Ullmann, § 10—Nippold in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 441-443—Cavaglieri in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 259-292.
Lawrence, § 44—Phillimore, I. §§ 27-33—Twiss, I. § 62—Taylor, §§ 61-64—Westlake, I. p. 40—Bluntschli, §§ 1-16—Heffter, § 7—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 13-18—Nys, I. pp. 116-132—Rivier, I. § 1—Bonfils, Nos. 40-45—Despagnet, Nos. 51-53—Martens, I. § 41—Fiore, Code, Nos. 38-43—Ullmann, § 10—Nippold in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 441-443—Cavaglieri in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 259-292.
Range of Dominion of International Law controversial.
Range of Dominion of International Law is controversial.
§ 26. Dominion of the Law of Nations is the name given to the area within which International Law is applicable—that is, those States between which International Law finds validity. The range of the dominion of the Law of Nations is controversial, two extreme opinions concerning this dominion being opposed. Some publicists[27] maintain that the dominion of the Law of Nations extends as far as humanity itself, that every State, whether Christian or non-Christian, civilised or uncivilised, is a subject of International Law. On the other hand, several jurists[28] teach that the dominion of the Law of Nations extends only as far as Christian civilisation, and that Christian States only are subjects of International Law. Neither of these opinions would seem to be in conformity with the facts of the present international life and the basis of the Law of Nations. There is no doubt that the Law of Nations is a product of Christian civilisation. It originally arose between the States of Christendom only, and for hundreds of years was confined to these States. Between Christian and Mohammedan nations a condition of perpetual enmity prevailed in former centuries. And no constant intercourse existed in former times between Christian and Buddhistic States. But from about the beginning of the nineteenth century matters gradually changed. A condition of perpetual enmity between whole groups[Pg 31] of nations exists no longer either in theory or in practice. And although there is still a broad and deep gulf between Christian civilisation and others, many interests, which knit Christian States together, knit likewise some non-Christian and Christian States.
§ 26. The Dominion of the Law of Nations refers to the area where International Law applies—that is, among those States that recognize the validity of International Law. The scope of this dominion is debated, with two opposing extreme views. Some publicists[27] argue that the dominion of the Law of Nations reaches as far as humanity itself, meaning every State, whether Christian or non-Christian, civilized or uncivilized, is subject to International Law. Conversely, several jurists[28] claim that the dominion of the Law of Nations only extends as far as Christian civilization, asserting that only Christian States are subjects of International Law. Neither of these views seems to align with the realities of current international relations and the foundations of the Law of Nations. It is clear that the Law of Nations originated from Christian civilization. It initially developed among the States of Christendom and was limited to these States for hundreds of years. There was a state of constant hostility between Christian and Muslim nations in earlier centuries. Additionally, there was no regular interaction between Christian and Buddhist States in past times. However, starting in the early nineteenth century, things gradually shifted. The state of perpetual enmity between entire groups of nations no longer exists, either in theory or practice. While there is still a significant divide between Christian civilization and others, many common interests that connect Christian States also link some non-Christian and Christian States.
Three Conditions of Membership of the Family of Nations.
Three Conditions of Membership in the Family of Nations.
§ 27. Thus the membership of the Family of Nations has of late necessarily been increased, and the range of the dominion of the Law of Nations has extended beyond its original limits. This extension has taken place in conformity with the basis of the Law of Nations. As this basis is the common consent of the civilised States, there are three conditions for the admission of new members into the circle of the Family of Nations. A State to be admitted must, first, be a civilised State which is in constant intercourse with members of the Family of Nations. Such State must, secondly, expressly or tacitly consent to be bound for its future international conduct by the rules of International Law. And, thirdly, those States which have hitherto formed the Family of Nations must expressly or tacitly consent to the reception of the new member.
§ 27. Recently, the membership of the Family of Nations has had to expand, and the reach of International Law has grown beyond its initial boundaries. This growth has happened in line with the principles of International Law. Since these principles are based on the mutual agreement of civilized states, there are three conditions for allowing new members into the Family of Nations. A state seeking admission must, first, be a civilized state that regularly interacts with existing members of the Family of Nations. Second, that state must explicitly or implicitly agree to adhere to the rules of International Law for its future international conduct. Lastly, those states that have already formed the Family of Nations must explicitly or implicitly agree to welcome the new member.
The last two conditions are so obvious that they need no comment. Regarding the first condition, however, it must be emphasised that not particularly Christian civilisation, but civilisation of such kind only is conditioned as to enable the State concerned and its subjects to understand and to act in conformity with the principles of the Law of Nations. These principles cannot be applied to a State which is not able to apply them on its own part to other States. On the other hand, they can well be applied to a State which is able and willing to apply them to other States, provided a constant intercourse has grown up between it and other States. The fact is that the Christian States have been of late compelled by pressing circumstances to receive[Pg 32] several non-Christian States into the community of States which are subjects of International Law.
The last two conditions are so clear that they don't need any explanation. However, regarding the first condition, it should be emphasized that it's not specifically Christian civilization that matters, but any civilization that allows the State and its citizens to understand and act according to the principles of International Law. These principles can't be applied by a State that isn't able to apply them to other States. On the flip side, they can be applied to a State that can and wants to apply them to other States, provided there is ongoing interaction between it and those other States. The reality is that recently, Christian States have been forced by urgent circumstances to include several non-Christian States in the community of States that are subjects of International Law.
Present range of Dominion of the Law of Nations.
Present scope of the Dominion of International Law.
(1) The old Christian States of Western Europe are the original members of the Family of Nations, because the Law of Nations grew up gradually between them through custom and treaties. Whenever afterwards a new Christian State made its appearance in Europe, it was received into the charmed circle by the old members of the Family of Nations. It is for this reason that this law was in former times frequently called "European Law of Nations." But this name has nowadays historical value only, as it has been changed into "Law of Nations," or "International Law" pure and simple.
(1) The established Christian states of Western Europe are the original members of the Family of Nations because the Law of Nations developed gradually among them through customs and treaties. Whenever a new Christian state emerged in Europe, the older members of the Family of Nations welcomed it into their circle. This is why this law was often referred to in the past as the "European Law of Nations." However, that name now holds only historical significance, as it has evolved into "Law of Nations" or simply "International Law."
(2) The next group of States which entered into the Family of Nations is the body of Christian States which grew up outside Europe. All the American[29] States which arose out of colonies of European States belong to this group. And it must be emphasised that the United States of America have largely contributed to the growth of the rules of International Law. The two Christian Negro Republics of Liberia in West Africa and of Haiti on the island of San Domingo belong to this group.
(2) The next group of countries that joined the Family of Nations is made up of Christian nations that developed outside of Europe. All the American States that emerged from European colonies are part of this group. It should be emphasized that the United States of America has significantly contributed to the development of International Law. The two Christian Black Republics of Liberia in West Africa and Haiti on the island of Hispaniola are also included in this group.
[29] But it ought not to be maintained that there is—in contradistinction to the European—an American International Law in existence; see, however, Alvarez, "Le Droit International Américain" (1910), and again Alvarez in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 269-353.
[29] But it shouldn't be claimed that there is—unlike the European—an American International Law in existence; see, however, Alvarez, "Le Droit International Américain" (1910), and again Alvarez in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 269-353.
(3) With the reception of the Turkish Empire into the Family of Nations International Law ceased to be a law between Christian States solely. This reception has expressly taken place through Article 7 of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856, in which the five Great[Pg 33] European Powers of the time, namely, France, Austria, England, Prussia, and Russia, and besides those Sardinia, the nucleus of the future Great Power Italy, expressly "déclarent la Sublime Porte admise à participer aux avantages du droit public et du concert européens." Since that time Turkey has on the whole endeavoured in time of peace and war to act in conformity with the rules of International Law, and she has, on the other hand, been treated[30] accordingly by the Christian States. No general congress has taken place since 1856 to which Turkey has not been invited to send her delegates.
(3) When the Turkish Empire was accepted into the Family of Nations, International Law was no longer just a set of rules for Christian States. This acceptance happened through Article 7 of the Peace Treaty of Paris in 1856, where the five Great European Powers at the time—France, Austria, England, Prussia, and Russia—along with Sardinia, which would later become part of a unified Italy, officially declared that "la Sublime Porte is allowed to participate in the benefits of public law and the European concert." Since then, Turkey has generally tried to follow the rules of International Law during both peace and war, and in turn, Christian States have treated Turkey accordingly. There hasn’t been a general congress since 1856 to which Turkey hasn’t been invited to send representatives.
[30] There is no doubt that Turkey, in spite of having been received into the Family of Nations, has nevertheless hitherto been in an anomalous position as a member of that family, owing to the fact that her civilisation has not yet reached the level of that of the Western States. It is for this reason that the so-called Capitulations are still in force and that other anomalies still prevail, but their disappearance is only a question of time.
[30] There’s no doubt that Turkey, despite being welcomed into the global community, has still held a unique position as a member of that community because its civilization hasn’t yet matched the level of the Western nations. This is why the so-called Capitulations are still in place and other oddities still exist, but their end is just a matter of time.
(4) Another non-Christian member of the Family of Nations is Japan. A generation ago one might have doubted whether Japan was a real and full member of that family, but since the end of the nineteenth century no doubt is any longer justified. Through marvellous efforts, Japan has become not only a modern State, but an influential Power. Since her war with China in 1895, she must be considered one of the Great Powers that lead the Family of Nations.
(4) Another non-Christian member of the Family of Nations is Japan. A generation ago, people might have questioned whether Japan was truly a full member of that family, but since the end of the nineteenth century, that doubt is no longer warranted. Through remarkable efforts, Japan has transformed into not just a modern state, but also an influential power. Since its war with China in 1895, it must be regarded as one of the Great Powers that lead the Family of Nations.
(5) The position of such States as Persia, Siam, China, Morocco, Abyssinia, and the like, is doubtful. These States are certainly civilised States, and Abyssinia is even a Christian State. However, their civilisation has not yet reached that condition which is necessary to enable their Governments and their population in every respect to understand and to carry out the command of the rules of International Law. On the other hand, international intercourse has widely arisen between these States and the States of the so-called[Pg 34] Western civilisation. Many treaties have been concluded with them, and there is full diplomatic intercourse between them and the Western States. China, Persia, and Siam have even taken part in the Hague Peace Conferences. All of them make efforts to educate their populations, to introduce modern institutions, and thereby to raise their civilisation to the level of that of the Western. They will certainly succeed in this respect in the near future. But as yet they have not accomplished this task, and consequently they are not yet able to be received into the Family of Nations as full members. Although they are, as will be shown below (§ 103), for some parts within the circle of the Family of Nations, they remain for other parts outside. But the example of Japan can show them that it depends entirely upon their own efforts to be received as full members into that family.
(5) The status of countries like Persia, Siam, China, Morocco, Abyssinia, and similar nations is uncertain. These countries are certainly modern nations, and Abyssinia is even a Christian nation. However, their level of civilization hasn’t yet reached the point where their governments and people fully understand and can implement the rules of International Law. On the flip side, there has been significant international interaction between these nations and those with Western civilization. Numerous treaties have been signed with them, and they have established full diplomatic relations with Western nations. China, Persia, and Siam have even participated in the Hague Peace Conferences. All of these nations are working to educate their citizens and introduce modern systems to elevate their civilization to match that of the West. They will definitely succeed in this regard in the near future. However, they have not yet completed this journey, and as a result, they are not fully accepted as members of the Family of Nations. While they are, as will be discussed below (§ 103), part of the Family of Nations in some aspects, they remain outside in others. But Japan's experience shows that their acceptance as full members of this family is entirely up to their own efforts.
(6) It must be mentioned that a State of quite a unique character, the former Congo Free State,[31] was, since the Berlin Conference of 1884-1885, a member of the Family of Nations. But it lost its membership in 1908 when it merged in Belgium by cession.
(6) It's important to note that a State with a very unique nature, the former Congo Free State,[31] became part of the Family of Nations after the Berlin Conference of 1884-1885. However, it lost this membership in 1908 when it merged with Belgium through cession.
Treatment of States outside the Family of Nations.
Treatment of States Outside the Family of Nations.
§ 29. The Law of Nations as a law between States based on the common consent of the members of the Family of Nations naturally does not contain any rules concerning the intercourse with and treatment of such States as are outside that circle. That this intercourse and treatment ought to be regulated by the principles of Christian morality is obvious. But actually a practice frequently prevails which is not only contrary to Christian morality, but arbitrary and barbarous. Be that as it may, it is discretion, and not International Law, according to which the members of the Family of Nations deal with such States as still remain outside[Pg 35] that family. But the United States of America apply, as far as possible, the rules of International Law to their relations with the Red Indians.
§ 29. The Law of Nations as a law between States based on the common consent of the members of the Family of Nations doesn’t include any rules about how to interact with and treat those outside that circle. It’s clear that these interactions and treatments should follow the principles of Christian morality. However, in reality, there’s a common practice that is not only against Christian morality but also arbitrary and cruel. Regardless, it’s up to each member of the Family of Nations to decide how to engage with those States that remain outside that family. The United States of America, however, tries to apply the rules of International Law as much as possible in their relations with the Native Americans.
VI CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 136-152—Ullmann, § 11—Despagnet, Nos. 67-68—Bonfils, Nos. 1713-1727—Mérignhac, I. pp. 26-28—Nys, I. pp. 166-183—Rivier, I. § 2—Fiore, I. Nos. 124-127—Martens, I. § 44—Holland, Studies, pp. 78-95—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877), pp. 44-77—Bulmerincq, "Praxis, Theorie, und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 167-192—Roszkowski in R.I. XXI. (1889), p. 520—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, IV. (1910), pp. 208-227.
Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 136-152—Ullmann, § 11—Despagnet, Nos. 67-68—Bonfils, Nos. 1713-1727—Mérignhac, I. pp. 26-28—Nys, I. pp. 166-183—Rivier, I. § 2—Fiore, I. Nos. 124-127—Martens, I. § 44—Holland, Studies, pp. 78-95—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877), pp. 44-77—Bulmerincq, "Praxis, Theorie, und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 167-192—Roszkowski in R.I. XXI. (1889), p. 520—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, IV. (1910), pp. 208-227.
Movement in Favour of Codification.
Movement for Codification.
§ 30. The lack of precision which is natural to a large number of the rules of the Law of Nations on account of its slow and gradual growth has created a movement for its codification. The idea of a codification of the Law of Nations in its totality arose at the end of the eighteenth century. It was Bentham who first suggested such a codification. He did not, however, propose codification of the existing positive Law of Nations, but thought of a utopian International Law which could be the basis of an everlasting peace between the civilised States.[32]
§ 30. The lack of clarity that is typical of many rules in International Law, due to its slow and gradual development, has sparked a push for its codification. The idea of codifying International Law as a whole emerged at the end of the eighteenth century. Bentham was the first to propose such a codification. However, he didn’t suggest codifying the existing positive International Law; instead, he envisioned a utopian International Law that could serve as the foundation for lasting peace among civilized nations.[32]
Another utopian project is due to the French Convention, which resolved in 1792 to create a Declaration of the Rights of Nations as a pendant to the Declaration of the Rights of Mankind of 1789. For this purpose the Abbé Grégoire was charged with the drafting of such a declaration. In 1795, Abbé Grégoire produced a draft of twenty-one articles, which, however,[Pg 36] was rejected by the Convention, and the matter dropped.[33]
Another utopian project came from the French Convention, which decided in 1792 to create a Declaration of the Rights of Nations as a counterpart to the Declaration of the Rights of Mankind from 1789. To achieve this, the Abbé Grégoire was assigned to draft the declaration. In 1795, Abbé Grégoire completed a draft of twenty-one articles, but it was rejected by the Convention, and the issue was set aside.[Pg 36][33]
It was not until 1861 that a real attempt was made to show the possibility of a codification. This was done by an Austrian jurist, Alfons von Domin-Petrushevecz, who published in that year at Leipzig a "Précis d'un Code de Droit International."
It wasn’t until 1861 that a genuine effort was made to demonstrate the potential for a codification. This was carried out by an Austrian legal expert, Alfons von Domin-Petrushevecz, who published that year in Leipzig a "Summary of an International Law Code."
In 1862, the Russian Professor Katschenowsky brought an essay before the Juridical Society of London (Papers II. 1863) arguing the necessity of a codification of International Law.
In 1862, Russian Professor Katschenowsky presented an essay to the Juridical Society of London (Papers II. 1863) advocating for the need to codify International Law.
In 1863, Professor Francis Lieber, of the Columbia College, New York, drafted the Laws of War in a body of rules which the United States published during the Civil War for the guidance of her army.[34]
In 1863, Professor Francis Lieber from Columbia College in New York created the Laws of War, a set of rules that the United States published during the Civil War to guide its army.[34]
In 1868, Bluntschli, the celebrated Swiss interpreter of the Law of Nations, published "Das moderne Völkerrecht der civilisirten Staaten als Rechtsbuch dargestellt." This draft code has been translated into the French, Greek, Spanish, and Russian languages, and the Chinese Government produced an official Chinese translation as a guide for Chinese officials.
In 1868, Bluntschli, the well-known Swiss expert on international law, published "Das moderne Völkerrecht der civilisirten Staaten als Rechtsbuch dargestellt." This draft code has been translated into French, Greek, Spanish, and Russian, and the Chinese government created an official Chinese translation to serve as a guide for Chinese officials.
In 1872, the great Italian politician and jurist Mancini raised his voice in favour of codification of the Law of Nations in his able essay "Vocazione del nostro secolo per la riforma e codificazione del diritto delle genti."
In 1872, the prominent Italian politician and legal expert Mancini advocated for the codification of the Law of Nations in his insightful essay "Vocazione del nostro secolo per la riforma e codificazione del diritto delle genti."
Likewise in 1872 appeared at New York David Dudley Field's "Draft Outlines of an International Code."
Likewise, in 1872, David Dudley Field's "Draft Outlines of an International Code" was published in New York.
In 1873 the Institute of International Law was founded at Ghent in Belgium. This association of jurists of all nations meets periodically, and has produced a number of drafts concerning various parts of[Pg 37] International Law, and in especial a Draft Code of the Law of War on Land (1880).
In 1873, the Institute of International Law was established in Ghent, Belgium. This group of legal experts from all over the world meets regularly and has created several drafts related to different aspects of [Pg 37] International Law, particularly a Draft Code of the Law of War on Land (1880).
Likewise in 1873 was founded the Association for the Reform and Codification of the Law of Nations, which also meets periodically and which styles itself now the International Law Association.
Similarly, in 1873, the Association for the Reform and Codification of the Law of Nations was established, which also meets regularly and now calls itself the International Law Association.
In 1874 the Emperor Alexander II. of Russia took the initiative in assembling an international conference at Brussels for the purpose of discussing a draft code of the Law of Nations concerning land warfare. At this conference jurists, diplomatists, and military men were united as delegates of the invited States, and they agreed upon a body of sixty articles which goes under the name of The Declaration of Brussels. But the Powers have never ratified these articles.
In 1874, Emperor Alexander II of Russia organized an international conference in Brussels to discuss a proposed code of international law regarding land warfare. At this conference, legal experts, diplomats, and military officials came together as representatives of the invited countries, and they agreed on a set of sixty articles known as The Declaration of Brussels. However, the nations involved have never ratified these articles.
In 1880 the Institute of International Law published its "Manuel des Lois de la Guerre sur Terre."
In 1880, the Institute of International Law published its "Manual of the Laws of War on Land."
In 1887 Leone Levi published his "International Law with Materials for a Code of International Law."
In 1887, Leone Levi released his "International Law with Materials for a Code of International Law."
In 1890 the Italian jurist Fiore published his "Il diritto internazionale codificato e sua sanzione giuridica," of which a fourth edition appeared in 1911.
In 1890, the Italian jurist Fiore published his "Il diritto internazionale codificato e sua sanzione giuridica," with a fourth edition released in 1911.
In 1906 E. Duplessix published his "La loi des Nations. Projet d'institution d'une autorité nationale, législative, administrative, judiciaire. Projet de Code de Droit international public."
In 1906, E. Duplessix published his "The Law of Nations. Proposal for Establishing a National Authority, Legislative, Administrative, Judicial. Draft of a Code of Public International Law."
In 1911 Jerome Internoscia published his "New Code of International Law" in English, French, and Italian.
In 1911, Jerome Internoscia published his "New Code of International Law" in English, French, and Italian.
Work of the first Hague Peace Conference.
Work of the first Hague Peace Conference.
§ 31. At the end of the nineteenth century, in 1899, the so-called Peace Conference at the Hague, convened on the personal initiative of the Emperor Nicholas II. of Russia, has shown the possibility that parts of the Law of Nations may well be codified. Apart from three Declarations of minor value and of the convention concerning the adaptation of the Geneva Convention to naval warfare, this conference has succeeded in[Pg 38] producing two important conventions which may well be called codes—namely, first, the "Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes," and, secondly, the "Convention with respect to the Laws and Customs of War on Land." The great practical importance of the first-named convention is now being realised, as the Permanent Court of Arbitration has in a number of cases already successfully given its award. Nor can the great practical value of the second-named convention be denied. Although the latter contains, even in the amended form given to it by the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, many gaps, which must be filled up by the customary Law of Nations, and although it is not a masterpiece of codification, it represents a model, the very existence of which teaches that codification of parts of the Law of Nations is practicable, provided the Powers are inclined to come to an understanding. The first Hague Peace Conference has therefore made an epoch in the history of International Law.
§ 31. By the end of the nineteenth century, in 1899, the Peace Conference in The Hague, organized on the personal initiative of Emperor Nicholas II of Russia, demonstrated that parts of International Law could potentially be codified. Aside from three less significant Declarations and the convention adapting the Geneva Convention to naval warfare, this conference successfully created two important conventions that can be considered codes: first, the "Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes," and second, the "Convention regarding the Laws and Customs of War on Land." The significant practical importance of the first convention is becoming evident, as the Permanent Court of Arbitration has successfully issued rulings in several cases. The substantial practical value of the second convention is also clear. Although it contains many gaps that need to be addressed by the customary Law of Nations, even in its revised form given by the second Hague Peace Conference in 1907, it serves as a model that demonstrates that codifying parts of International Law is feasible, provided the nations are willing to reach an agreement. The first Hague Peace Conference has thus marked a milestone in the history of International Law.
Work of the second Hague Peace Conference and the Naval Conference of London.
Work of the second Hague Peace Conference and the London Naval Conference.
§ 32. Shortly after the Hague Peace Conference of 1899, the United States of America took a step with regard to sea warfare similar to that taken by her in 1863 with regard to land warfare. She published on June 27, 1900, a body of rules for the use of her navy under the title "The Laws and Usages of War at Sea"—the so-called "United States Naval War Code"—which was drafted by Captain Charles H. Stockton, of the United States Navy.
§ 32. Shortly after the Hague Peace Conference of 1899, the United States took a step regarding naval warfare similar to what it did in 1863 for land warfare. On June 27, 1900, it published a set of rules for the use of its navy titled "The Laws and Usages of War at Sea"—known as the "United States Naval War Code"—which was written by Captain Charles H. Stockton of the United States Navy.
Although, on February 4, 1904, this code was by authority of the President of the United States withdrawn it provided the starting-point of a movement for codification of maritime International Law. No complete Naval War Code agreed upon by the Powers has as yet made its appearance, but the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 and the Naval Conference of London of 1908-9 have produced a number of law-making[Pg 39] treaties which represent codifications of several parts of maritime International Law.
Although, on February 4, 1904, this code was withdrawn by the authority of the President of the United States, it marked the beginning of a movement to codify maritime International Law. No comprehensive Naval War Code agreed upon by the Powers has emerged yet, but the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 and the Naval Conference of London from 1908-9 produced several treaties that represent codifications of various aspects of maritime International Law.[Pg 39]
The second Hague Peace Conference met in 1907 and produced not less than thirteen conventions and one declaration. This declaration prohibits the discharge of projectiles and explosives from balloons and takes the place of a corresponding declaration of the first Hague Peace Conference. And three of the thirteen conventions, namely that for the pacific settlement of international disputes, that concerning the laws and customs of war on land, and that concerning the adaptation of the principles of the Geneva Convention to maritime war, likewise take the place of three corresponding conventions of the first Hague Peace Conference. But the other ten conventions are entirely new and concern: the limitation of the employment of force for the recovery of contract debts, the opening of hostilities, the rights and duties of neutral Powers and persons in war on land, the status of enemy merchant ships at the outbreak of hostilities, the conversion of merchant ships into war ships, the laying of automatic submarine contact mines, bombardments by naval forces in time of war, restrictions on the exercise of the right of capture in maritime war, the establishment of a Prize Court, the rights and duties of neutral Powers in maritime war.
The second Hague Peace Conference took place in 1907 and resulted in thirteen conventions and one declaration. This declaration bans the use of projectiles and explosives from balloons and replaces a similar declaration from the first Hague Peace Conference. Three of the thirteen conventions—those regarding the peaceful resolution of international disputes, the laws and customs of war on land, and the adaptation of the Geneva Convention principles to maritime warfare—also replace corresponding conventions from the first conference. The remaining ten conventions are entirely new and address the limitation of force for recovering contract debts, the initiation of hostilities, the rights and responsibilities of neutral Powers and individuals during land warfare, the status of enemy merchant ships when hostilities begin, the transformation of merchant vessels into warships, the deployment of automatic submarine contact mines, naval bombardments during wartime, restrictions on the right to capture in maritime warfare, the establishment of a Prize Court, and the rights and duties of neutral Powers in maritime conflict.
The Naval Conference of London which met in November 1908, and sat till February 1909, produced the Declaration of London, the most important law-making treaty as yet concluded. Its nine chapters deal with: blockade, contraband, unneutral service, destruction of neutral prizes, transfer to a neutral flag, enemy character, convoy, resistance to search, compensation. The Declaration of London, when ratified, will make the establishment of an International Prize Court possible.[Pg 40]
The Naval Conference of London, which met in November 1908 and continued until February 1909, resulted in the Declaration of London, the most significant law-making treaty completed so far. Its nine chapters address: blockade, contraband, unneutral service, destruction of neutral prizes, transfer to a neutral flag, enemy character, convoy, resistance to search, and compensation. Once ratified, the Declaration of London will allow for the creation of an International Prize Court.[Pg 40]
Value of Codification of International Law contested.
Value of codifying international law is debated.
§ 33. In spite of the movement in favour of codification of the Law of Nations, there are many eminent jurists who oppose such codification. They argue that codification would never be possible on account of differences of languages and of technical juridical terms. They assert that codification would cut off the organic growth and future development of International Law. They postulate the existence of a permanent International Court with power of executing its verdicts as an indispensable condition, since without such a court no uniform interpretation of controversial parts of a code could be possible. Lastly, they maintain that the Law of Nations is not yet at present, and will not be for a long time to come, ripe for codification. Those jurists, on the other hand, who are in favour of codification argue that the customary Law of Nations to a great extent lacks precision and certainty, that writers on International Law differ in many points regarding its rules, and that, consequently, there is no broad and certain basis for the practice of the States to stand upon.
§ 33. Despite the push for codifying International Law, many respected legal experts oppose it. They argue that codification is impossible due to differences in language and specialized legal terminology. They believe that codification would hinder the natural growth and future evolution of International Law. They propose the establishment of a permanent International Court with the authority to enforce its rulings as a necessary requirement, since, without such a court, a consistent interpretation of controversial sections of a code would not be achievable. Finally, they assert that International Law is not currently, and will not be for a long time, ready for codification. On the other hand, those jurists who support codification argue that customary International Law often lacks clarity and precision, that scholars of International Law have significant disagreements on its rules, and that, as a result, there is no solid and reliable foundation for state practices to rely on.
Merits of Codification in general.
Advantages of Codification in general.
§ 34. I am decidedly not a blind and enthusiastic admirer of codification in general. It cannot be maintained that codification is everywhere, at all times, and under all circumstances opportune. Codification certainly interferes with the so-called organic growth of the law through usage into custom. It is true that a law, once codified, cannot so easily adapt itself to the individual merits of particular cases which come under it. It is further a fact, which cannot be denied, that together with codification there frequently enters into courts of justice and into the area of juridical literature a hair-splitting tendency and an interpretation of the law which often clings more to the letter and the word of the law than to its spirit and its principles. And it is not at all a fact that codification does away with controversies altogether. Codification[Pg 41] certainly clears up many questions of law which have been hitherto debatable, but it creates at the same time new controversies. And, lastly, all jurists know very well that the art of legislation is still in its infancy and not at all highly developed. The hands of legislators are very often clumsy, and legislation often does more harm than good. Yet, on the other hand, the fact must be recognised that history has given its verdict in favour of codification. There is no civilised State in existence whose Municipal Law is not to a greater or lesser extent codified. The growth of the law through custom goes on very slowly and gradually, very often too slowly to be able to meet the demands of the interests at stake. New interests and new inventions very often spring up with which customary law cannot deal. Circumstances and conditions frequently change so suddenly that the ends of justice are not met by the existing customary law of a State. Thus, legislation, which is, of course, always partial codification, becomes often a necessity in the face of which all hesitation and scruple must vanish. Whatever may be the disadvantages of codification, there comes a time in the development of every civilised State when it can no longer be avoided. And great are the advantages of codification, especially of a codification that embraces a large part of the law. Many controversies are done away with. The science of Law receives a fresh stimulus. A more uniform spirit enters into the law of the country. New conditions and circumstances of life become legally recognised. Mortifying principles and branches are cut off with one stroke. A great deal of fresh and healthy blood is brought into the arteries of the body of the law in its totality. If codification is carefully planned and prepared, if it is imbued with true and healthy conservatism, many disadvantages can be avoided. And interpretation[Pg 42] on the part of good judges can deal with many a fault that codification has made. If the worst comes to the worst, there is always a Parliament or another law-giving authority of the land to mend through further legislation the faults of previous codification.
§ 34. I’m definitely not a blind and overly enthusiastic supporter of codification in general. It can't be argued that codification is always timely or appropriate in every situation. Codification tends to disrupt the so-called organic growth of law through usage and custom. Once a law is codified, it can't easily adapt to the specific circumstances of individual cases that fall under it. Additionally, it’s a reality that codification often brings a nitpicky approach into the courts and legal literature, focusing more on the letter of the law than its spirit and principles. Moreover, it’s simply not true that codification eliminates controversies altogether. While codification clarifies many legal questions that were previously debated, it also creates new controversies. Furthermore, all legal experts know that the art of legislation is still quite young and not highly developed. Legislators often fumble, and the laws they create can do more harm than good. However, we must acknowledge that history has shown support for codification. There is no civilized nation whose municipal law isn't, to some degree, codified. The evolution of law through custom happens very slowly, often too slowly to meet the needs of current interests. New interests and inventions frequently emerge that customary law can’t address. Situations can shift so suddenly that existing customary law fails to achieve justice. Thus, legislation, which is essentially a form of codification, often becomes necessary, and any hesitation or doubts must disappear. Despite the drawbacks of codification, there comes a point in the evolution of every civilized nation when it can no longer be avoided. The benefits of codification are significant, especially when it encompasses a large portion of the law. Many disputes are resolved. The field of law receives a renewed boost. A more consistent spirit permeates the country’s laws. New conditions and circumstances in life gain legal recognition. Outdated principles and areas are eliminated in one sweep. A surge of fresh and healthy ideas invigorates the overall body of law. If codification is thoughtfully designed and executed with a genuine and sound conservative approach, many disadvantages can be mitigated. Moreover, skilled judges can address many flaws resulting from codification through interpretation. If worst comes to worst, there is always Parliament or another legislative body available to rectify the shortcomings of previous codifications through additional legislation.
Merits of Codification of International Law.
Benefits of Codifying International Law.
§ 35. But do these arguments in favour of codification in general also apply to codification of the Law of Nations? I have no doubt that they do more or less. If some of these arguments have no force in view of the special circumstances of the existence of International Law and of the peculiarities of the Family of Nations, there are other arguments which take their place.
§ 35. But do these arguments in favor of codification in general also apply to codifying International Law? I’m pretty sure they do to some extent. If some of these arguments don't hold up considering the unique circumstances of International Law and the specific traits of the international community, there are other arguments that can fill that gap.
When opponents maintain that codification would never be practicable on account of differences of language and of technical juridical terms, I answer that this difficulty is only as great an obstacle in the way of codification as it is in the way of contracting international treaties. The fact that such treaties are concluded every day shows that difficulties which arise out of differences of language and of technical juridical terms are not at all insuperable.
When critics argue that creating a code would never be practical due to differences in language and legal terminology, I respond that this challenge is no greater an obstacle to codification than it is to forming international treaties. The fact that such treaties are made every day demonstrates that the challenges stemming from language differences and legal terms are entirely manageable.
Of more weight than this is the next argument of opponents, that codification of the Law of Nations would cut off its organic growth and future development. It cannot be denied that codification always interferes with the growth of customary law, although the assertion is not justified that codification does cut off such growth. But this disadvantage can be met by periodical revisions of the code and by its gradual increase and improvement through enactment of additional and amending rules according to the wants and needs of the days to come.
The next point made by opponents is even more significant: they argue that codifying the Law of Nations would hinder its natural growth and future development. It’s true that codification often disrupts the evolution of customary law, although claiming that it completely halts such growth isn’t accurate. However, this drawback can be addressed by regularly updating the code and gradually enhancing it through the addition of new and amended rules that reflect the needs and demands of the future.
When opponents postulate an international court with power of executing its verdicts as an indispensable condition of codification, I answer that the non-existence[Pg 43] of such a court is quite as much or as little an argument against codification as against the very existence of International Law. If there is a Law of Nations in existence in spite of the non-existence of an international court to guarantee its realisation, I cannot see why the non-existence of such a court should be an obstacle to codifying the very same Law of Nations. It may indeed be maintained that codification is all the more necessary as such an international court does not exist. For codification of the Law of Nations and the solemn recognition of a code by a universal law-making international treaty would give more precision, certainty, and weight to the rules of the Law of Nations than they have now in their unwritten condition. And a uniform interpretation of a code is now, since the first Hague Peace Conference has instituted a Permanent Court of Arbitration, and since the second Peace Conference has resolved upon the establishment of an International Prize Court, much more realisable than in former times, although these courts will never have the power of executing their verdicts.
When opponents propose an international court with the authority to enforce its rulings as a necessary condition for codification, I respond that the lack of such a court is just as much an argument against codification as it is against the very existence of International Law. If there is a Law of Nations in effect despite the absence of an international court to ensure its implementation, I don’t understand why the absence of such a court should be a barrier to codifying that same Law of Nations. In fact, one could argue that codification becomes even more necessary in light of the lack of such an international court. Codifying the Law of Nations and formally recognizing a code through a universal law-making international treaty would provide more clarity, certainty, and authority to the rules of the Law of Nations than they currently possess in their unwritten form. Additionally, since the first Hague Peace Conference established a Permanent Court of Arbitration and the second Peace Conference decided to create an International Prize Court, a consistent interpretation of a code is now much more achievable than it was in the past, even though these courts will never have the authority to enforce their rulings.
But is the Law of Nations ripe for codification? I readily admit that there are certain parts of that law which would offer the greatest difficulty, and which therefore had better remain untouched for the present. But there are other parts, and I think that they constitute the greater portion of the Law of Nations, which are certainly ripe for codification. There can be no doubt that, whatever can be said against codification of the whole of the Law of Nations, partial codification is possible and comparatively easy. The work done by the Institute of International Law, and published in the "Annuaire de l'Institut de Droit International," gives evidence of it. And the number and importance of the law-making treaties produced by the Hague Peace Conferences and the Maritime[Pg 44] Conference of London, 1908-9, should leave no doubt as to the feasibility of such partial codification.
But is the Law of Nations ready for codification? I acknowledge that some aspects of that law present significant challenges, and it would be better to leave those alone for now. However, there are other parts, which I believe make up the majority of the Law of Nations, that are definitely ready for codification. There’s no doubt that, despite any arguments against codifying the entire Law of Nations, partial codification is both possible and relatively straightforward. The work completed by the Institute of International Law, as published in the "Annuaire de l'Institut de Droit International," proves this point. Additionally, the quantity and significance of the law-making treaties created by the Hague Peace Conferences and the Maritime Conference of London from 1908 to 1909 should make it clear that such partial codification is feasible.
How Codification could be realised.
How codification could be achieved.
§ 36. However, although possible, codification could hardly be realised at once. The difficulties, though not insuperable, are so great that it would take the work of perhaps a generation of able jurists to prepare draft codes for those parts of International Law which may be considered ripe for codification. The only way in which such draft codes could be prepared consists in the appointment on the part of the Powers of an international committee composed of a sufficient number of able jurists, whose task would be the preparation of the drafts. Public opinion of the whole civilised world would, I am sure, watch the work of these men with the greatest interest, and the Parliaments of the civilised States would gladly vote the comparatively small sums of money necessary for the costs of the work. But in proposing codification it is necessary to emphasise that it does not necessarily involve a reconstruction of the present international order and a recasting of the whole system of International Law as it at present stands. Naturally, a codification would in many points mean not only an addition to the rules at present recognised, but also the repeal, alteration, and reconstruction of some of these rules. Yet, however this may be, I do not believe that a codification ought to be or could be undertaken which would revolutionise the present international order and put the whole system of International Law on a new basis. The codification which I have in view is one that would embody the existing rules of International Law together with such modifications and additions as are necessitated by the conditions of the age and the very fact of codification being taken in hand. If International Law, as at present recognised, is once codified, nothing prevents reformers from making proposals which could be realised by successive codification.[Pg 45]
§ 36. However, while possible, codification probably couldn't happen all at once. The challenges, though not impossible to overcome, are significant enough that it would require the efforts of perhaps a generation of skilled jurists to draft codes for those parts of International Law that are ready for codification. The only way to prepare these draft codes is through the appointment by the Powers of an international committee made up of a sufficient number of capable jurists, whose job would be to create the drafts. I’m sure public opinion from the entire civilized world would follow the work of these individuals with great interest, and the Parliaments of civilized States would be willing to allocate the relatively small amounts of money needed to cover the costs of the work. However, in proposing codification, it’s important to stress that it doesn’t necessarily mean a complete overhaul of the current international order or a total restructuring of the whole system of International Law as it exists today. Naturally, codification would, in many ways, not only add to the rules currently recognized but also involve the repeal, modification, and restructuring of some of those rules. Yet, regardless of this, I don’t believe that a codification should or could be undertaken that would radically change the current international order and place the entire system of International Law on a new foundation. The codification I envision would reflect the existing rules of International Law along with any necessary modifications and additions that arise from the needs of the time and from the very act of codification itself. Once International Law as currently recognized is codified, there’s nothing stopping reformers from making proposals that could be implemented through successive codifications.[Pg 45]
CHAPTER 2 DEVELOPMENT AND SCIENCE OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
I DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL LAW BEFORE GROTIUS
Lawrence, §§ 20-29—Manning, pp. 8-20—Halleck, I. pp. 1-11—Walker, History, I. pp. 30-137—Taylor, §§ 6-29—Ullmann, §§ 12-14—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I, pp. 159-386—Nys, I. pp. 1-18—Martens, I. §§ 8-20—Fiore, I. Nos. 3-31—Calvo, I. pp. 1-32—Bonfils, Nos. 71-86—Despagnet, Nos. 1-19—Mérignhac, I. pp. 38-43—Laurent, "Histoire du Droit des Gens," &c., 14 vols. (2nd ed. 1861-1868)—Ward, "Enquiry into the Foundation and History of the Law of Nations," 2 vols. (1795)—Osenbrüggen, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis Romanorum" (1876)—Müller-Jochmus, "Geschichte des Völkerrechts im Alterthum" (1848)—Hosack, "Rise and Growth of the Law of Nations" (1883), pp. 1-226—Nys, "Le Droit de la Guerre et les Précurseurs de Grotius" (1882) and "Les Origines du Droit International" (1894)—Hill, "History of Diplomacy in the International Development of Europe," vol. I. (1905) and vol. II. (1906)—Cybichowski, "Das antike Völkerrecht" (1907)—Phillipson, "The International Law and Custom of Ancient Greece and Rome," 2 vols. (1910)—Strupp, "Urkunden zur Geschichte des Völkerrechts," 2 vols. (1911).
Lawrence, §§ 20-29—Manning, pp. 8-20—Halleck, I. pp. 1-11—Walker, History, I. pp. 30-137—Taylor, §§ 6-29—Ullmann, §§ 12-14—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, I, pp. 159-386—Nys, I. pp. 1-18—Martens, I. §§ 8-20—Fiore, I. Nos. 3-31—Calvo, I. pp. 1-32—Bonfils, Nos. 71-86—Despagnet, Nos. 1-19—Mérignhac, I. pp. 38-43—Laurent, "Histoire du Droit des Gens," &c., 14 vols. (2nd ed. 1861-1868)—Ward, "Enquiry into the Foundation and History of the Law of Nations," 2 vols. (1795)—Osenbrüggen, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis Romanorum" (1876)—Müller-Jochmus, "Geschichte des Völkerrechts im Alterthum" (1848)—Hosack, "Rise and Growth of the Law of Nations" (1883), pp. 1-226—Nys, "Le Droit de la Guerre et les Précurseurs de Grotius" (1882) and "Les Origines du Droit International" (1894)—Hill, "History of Diplomacy in the International Development of Europe," vol. I. (1905) and vol. II. (1906)—Cybichowski, "Das antike Völkerrecht" (1907)—Phillipson, "The International Law and Custom of Ancient Greece and Rome," 2 vols. (1910)—Strupp, "Urkunden zur Geschichte des Völkerrechts," 2 vols. (1911).
No Law of Nations in antiquity.
No international law in ancient times.
§ 37. International Law as a law between Sovereign and equal States based on the common consent of these States is a product of modern Christian civilisation, and may be said to be hardly four hundred years old. However, the roots of this law go very far back into history. Such roots are to be found in the rules and usages which were observed by the different nations of antiquity with regard to their external relations. But it is well known that the conception of a Family of Nations did not arise in the mental horizon of the ancient world. Each nation had its own religion and gods, its own language, law, and morality. International interests of sufficient vigour to wind a band around all[Pg 46] the civilised States, bring them nearer to each other, and knit them together into a community of nations, did not spring up in antiquity. On the other hand, however, no nation could avoid coming into contact with other nations. War was waged and peace concluded. Treaties were agreed upon. Occasionally ambassadors were sent and received. International trade sprang up. Political partisans whose cause was lost often fled their country and took refuge in another. And, just as in our days, criminals often fled their country for the purpose of escaping punishment.
§ 37. International Law, as a system between sovereign and equal states based on their mutual agreement, is a product of modern Christian civilization and is hardly four hundred years old. However, the roots of this law stretch far back into history. Those roots can be found in the rules and practices that various ancient nations followed regarding their external relations. It is well-known that the idea of a Family of Nations did not exist in the ancient world. Each nation had its own religion and gods, its own language, laws, and morals. There were not enough international interests strong enough to connect all the civilized states, bring them closer together, and weave them into a community of nations during ancient times. On the other hand, no nation could avoid interacting with others. Wars were fought, and peace was made. Treaties were established. Occasionally, ambassadors were sent and received. International trade developed. Political exiles, whose causes had failed, often fled to another country for refuge. Similarly, as today, criminals frequently escaped their own country to avoid punishment.
Such more or less frequent and constant contact of different nations with one another could not exist without giving rise to certain fairly congruent rules and usages to be observed with regard to external relations. These rules and usages were considered under the protection of the gods; their violation called for religious expiation. It will be of interest to throw a glance at the respective rules and usages of the Jews, Greeks, and Romans.
Such regular contact between different nations couldn't happen without creating some common rules and customs for handling external relations. These rules and customs were seen as protected by the gods, and breaking them required religious atonement. It will be interesting to take a look at the specific rules and customs of the Jews, Greeks, and Romans.
The Jews.
The Jewish people.
§ 38. Although they were monotheists and the standard of their ethics was consequently much higher than that of their heathen neighbours, the Jews did not in fact raise the standard of the international relations of their time except so far as they afforded foreigners living on Jewish territory equality before the law. Proud of their monotheism and despising all other nations on account of their polytheism, they found it totally impossible to recognise other nations as equals. If we compare the different parts of the Bible concerning the relations of the Jews with other nations, we are struck by the fact that the Jews were sworn enemies of some foreign nations, as the Amalekites, for example, with whom they declined to have any relations whatever in peace. When they went to war with those nations, their practice was extremely[Pg 47] cruel. They killed not only the warriors on the battlefield, but also the aged, the women, and the children in their homes. Read, for example, the short description of the war of the Jews against the Amalekites in 1 Samuel xv., where we are told that Samuel instructed King Saul as follows: (3) "Now go and smite Amalek, and utterly destroy all that they have, and spare them not; but slay both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and ass." King Saul obeyed the injunction, save that he spared the life of Agag, the Amalekite king, and some of the finest animals. Then we are told that the prophet Samuel rebuked Saul and "hewed Agag in pieces with his own hand." Or again, in 2 Samuel xii. 31, we find that King David, "the man after God's own heart," after the conquest of the town of Rabbah, belonging to the Ammonites, "brought forth the people that were therein and put them under saws, and under harrows of iron, and made them pass through the brick-kiln...."
§ 38. Although they believed in one God and their ethical standards were therefore much higher than those of their pagan neighbors, the Jews did not actually elevate the standards of international relations of their time other than giving foreigners living on Jewish land equal rights under the law. Proud of their belief in one God and looking down on other nations for their belief in many gods, they found it completely impossible to consider other nations as equals. When we examine the different parts of the Bible regarding the interactions of the Jews with other nations, it stands out that the Jews had sworn enemies among foreign nations, like the Amalekites, with whom they refused to have any peaceful relations. When they went to war against those nations, their actions were extremely brutal. They killed not only the warriors on the battlefield but also the elderly, women, and children in their homes. For instance, in 1 Samuel 15, there's a brief account of the war between the Jews and the Amalekites, where we see that Samuel instructed King Saul: (3) "Now go and strike Amalek, and completely destroy all that they have; do not spare them; kill both man and woman, infant and nursing child, ox and sheep, camel and donkey." King Saul followed this order, except he spared Agag, the Amalekite king, and some of the best livestock. Then it is revealed that the prophet Samuel confronted Saul and "cut Agag to pieces with his own hand." Similarly, in 2 Samuel 12:31, we learn that King David, "the man after God's own heart," after conquering the city of Rabbah, which belonged to the Ammonites, "brought out the people who were there and put them under saws, and under iron harrows, and made them pass through the brick-kiln...."
With those nations, however, of which they were not sworn enemies the Jews used to have international relations. And when they went to war with those nations, their practice was in no way exceptionally cruel, if looked upon from the standpoint of their time and surroundings. Thus we find in Deuteronomy xx. 10-14 the following rules:—
With those nations, however, with which they were not sworn enemies, the Jews used to have international relations. And when they went to war with those nations, their practices were not exceptionally cruel when viewed from the perspective of their time and context. Thus, we find in Deuteronomy 20:10-14 the following rules:—
(10) "When thou comest nigh unto a city to fight against it, then proclaim peace unto it.
(10) "When you approach a city to fight against it, then proclaim peace to it."
(11) "And it shall be, if it make thee answer of peace and open unto thee, that all the people that is found therein shall be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee.
(11) "And it will be, if they give you a peaceful answer and open up to you, that all the people found there will become your subjects, and they will serve you."
(12) "And if it will make no peace with thee, but will make war against thee, then thou shalt besiege it.
(12) "And if it does not make peace with you, but instead starts a war against you, then you shall besiege it."
(13) "And when the Lord thy God hath delivered[Pg 48] it into thine hands, thou shalt smite every male thereof with the edge of the sword.
(13) "And when the Lord your God has delivered[Pg 48] it into your hands, you shall strike down every male with the sword.
(14) "But the women, and the little ones, and the cattle, and all that is in the city, even all the spoil thereof, shalt thou take unto thyself; and thou shalt eat the spoil of thine enemies, which the Lord thy God hath given thee."
(14) "But you can take the women, the children, the livestock, and everything else in the city, including all the plunder; you will eat the spoils from your enemies that the Lord your God has given you."
Comparatively mild, like these rules for warfare, were the Jewish rules regarding their foreign slaves. Such slaves were not without legal protection. The master who killed a slave was punished (Exodus ii. 20); if the master struck his slave so severely that he lost an eye or a tooth, the slave became a free man (Exodus ii. 26 and 27). The Jews, further, allowed foreigners to live among them under the full protection of their laws. "Love ... the stranger, for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt," says Deuteronomy x. 19, and in Leviticus xxiv. 22 there is the command: "You shall have one manner of law, as well for the stranger as for one of your own country."
Compared to these rules of warfare, the Jewish rules about their foreign slaves were relatively mild. These slaves had legal protections. If a master killed a slave, he was punished (Exodus ii. 20); if he struck his slave so hard that the slave lost an eye or a tooth, the slave became a free person (Exodus ii. 26 and 27). Additionally, the Jews allowed foreigners to live among them with the full protection of their laws. "Love ... the stranger, for you were strangers in the land of Egypt," says Deuteronomy x. 19, and in Leviticus xxiv. 22, there's the command: "You shall have one manner of law, for the stranger as well as for one of your own country."
Of the greatest importance, however, for the International Law of the future, are the Messianic ideals and hopes of the Jews, as these Messianic ideals and hopes are not national only, but fully international. The following are the beautiful words in which the prophet Isaiah (ii. 2-4) foretells the state of mankind when the Messiah shall have appeared:
Of utmost importance for the future of International Law are the Messianic ideals and hopes of the Jews, as these ideals and hopes are not just national, but truly international. Here are the beautiful words from the prophet Isaiah (ii. 2-4) that predict the state of humanity when the Messiah arrives:
(2) "And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord's house shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow unto it.
(2) "In the last days, the mountain of the Lord's house will be established on the highest mountains and will be lifted above the hills; and all nations will come to it."
(3) "And many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths; for out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.[Pg 49]
(3) "Many people will say, 'Come, let’s go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of Jacob. He will teach us his ways, and we will follow his paths; for the law will go out from Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.'[Pg 49]
(4) "And he shall judge among the nations, and shall rebuke many people: and they shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruning-hooks: nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more."
(4) "And he will judge among the nations and will correct many people; they will turn their swords into plows and their spears into pruning hooks. Nation will not take up sword against nation, nor will they learn war anymore."
Thus we see that the Jews, at least at the time of Isaiah, had a foreboding and presentiment of a future when all the nations of the world should be united in peace. And the Jews have given this ideal to the Christian world. It is the same ideal which has in bygone times inspired all those eminent men who have laboured to build up an International Law. And it is again the same ideal which nowadays inspires all lovers of international peace. Although the Jewish State and the Jews as a nation have practically done nothing to realise that ideal, yet it sprang up among them and has never disappeared.
Thus, we can see that the Jews, at least during Isaiah's time, had a sense of anticipation about a future where all the nations of the world would be united in peace. The Jews have shared this ideal with the Christian world. It's the same ideal that has inspired many great individuals in the past who worked to establish International Law. Today, it continues to inspire all those who advocate for international peace. Even though the Jewish State and the Jewish people as a nation have done very little to bring this ideal to life, it emerged among them and has never faded away.
The Greeks.
The Greeks.
§ 39. Totally different from this Jewish contribution to a future International Law is that of the Greeks. The broad and deep gulf between their civilisation and that of their neighbours necessarily made them look down upon those neighbours as barbarians, and thus prevented them from raising the standard of their relations with neighbouring nations above the average level of antiquity. But the Greeks before the Macedonian conquest were never united into one powerful national State. They lived in numerous more or less small city States, which were totally independent of one another. It is this very fact which, as time went on, called into existence a kind of International Law between these independent States. They could never forget that their inhabitants were of the same race. The same blood, the same religion, and the same civilisation of their citizens united these independent and—as we should say nowadays—Sovereign States into a community of States which in time of peace and war[Pg 50] held themselves bound to observe certain rules as regards the relations between one another. The consequence was that the practice of the Greeks in their wars among themselves was a very mild one. It was a rule that war should never be commenced without a declaration of war. Heralds were inviolable. Warriors who died on the battlefield were entitled to burial. If a city was captured, the lives of all those who took refuge in a temple had to be spared. War prisoners could be exchanged or ransomed; their lot was, at the utmost, slavery. Certain places, as, for example, the temple of the god Apollo at Delphi, were permanently inviolable. Even certain persons in the armies of the belligerents were considered inviolable, as, for instance, the priests, who carried the holy fire, and the seers.
§ 39. The Jewish contribution to future International Law is completely different from that of the Greeks. The significant gap between their civilization and that of their neighbors led them to view those neighbors as barbarians, which kept their diplomatic relationships at an average level for antiquity. However, prior to the Macedonian conquest, the Greeks were never united as one strong national state. They existed in numerous small city-states, each completely independent from the others. This very fact eventually led to the development of a form of International Law among these independent states. They could never forget that their people shared the same race. The same blood, the same religion, and the same civilization of their citizens connected these independent and—what we would call today—Sovereign States into a community that, in times of peace and war, felt obligated to follow certain rules regarding their relations. As a result, the way the Greeks conducted their wars against each other was relatively mild. It was a norm that war should never be initiated without a declaration. Heralds were considered untouchable. Warriors who fell on the battlefield were entitled to a proper burial. If a city was taken, the lives of anyone seeking refuge in a temple had to be spared. War prisoners could be exchanged or ransomed; their worst fate was, at most, slavery. Certain places, such as the temple of the god Apollo at Delphi, were permanently sacred. Even specific individuals in the armies of the opposing sides were deemed untouchable, such as the priests who carried the sacred fire and the seers.
Thus the Greeks left to history the example that independent and Sovereign States can live, and are in reality compelled to live, in a community which provides a law for the international relations of the member-States, provided that there exist some common interests and aims which bind these States together. It is very often maintained that this kind of International Law of the Greek States could in no way be compared with our modern International Law, as the Greeks did not consider their international rules as legally, but as religiously binding only. We must, however, not forget that the Greeks never made the same distinction between law, religion, and morality which the modern world makes. The fact itself remains unshaken that the Greek States set an example to the future that independent States can live in a community in which their international regulations are governed by certain rules and customs based on the common consent of the members of that community.
Thus, the Greeks showed history that independent and sovereign states can coexist, and are in fact required to coexist, in a community that establishes laws for the international relationships among member states, as long as there are common interests and goals that unite these states. It’s often argued that this type of international law among Greek states cannot be compared to our modern international law because the Greeks viewed their international rules as religiously binding rather than legally binding. However, we must remember that the Greeks did not make the same distinction between law, religion, and morality that the modern world does. The undeniable fact remains that the Greek states set an example for the future, demonstrating that independent states can exist within a community where their international regulations are governed by specific rules and customs based on the shared agreement of the community members.
The Romans.
The Romans.
§ 40. Totally different again from the Greek contribution[Pg 51] to a future International Law is that of the Romans. As far back as their history goes, the Romans had a special set of twenty priests, the so-called fetiales, for the management of functions regarding their relations with foreign nations. In fulfilling their functions the fetiales did not apply a purely secular but a divine and holy law, a jus sacrale, the so-called jus fetiale. The fetiales were employed when war was declared or peace was made, when treaties of friendship or of alliance were concluded, when the Romans had an international claim before a foreign State, or vice versa.
§ 40. The Roman contribution to future International Law is completely different from that of the Greeks.[Pg 51] Throughout their history, the Romans had a unique group of twenty priests known as the fetiales, who were responsible for managing their relationships with foreign nations. When carrying out their duties, the fetiales relied on a law that was not just secular but also divine and sacred, a jus sacrale, referred to as jus fetiale. The fetiales were called upon when declaring war, making peace, concluding treaties of friendship or alliance, or when the Romans had an international claim against a foreign state, and vice versa.
According to Roman Law the relations of the Romans with a foreign State depended upon the fact whether or not there existed a treaty of friendship between Rome and the respective State. In case no such treaty was in existence, persons or goods coming from the foreign land into the land of the Romans, and likewise persons and goods going from the land of the Romans into the foreign land, enjoyed no legal protection whatever. Such persons could be made slaves, and such goods could be seized, and became the property of the captor. Should such an enslaved person ever come back to his country, he was at once considered a free man again according to the so-called jus postliminii. An exception was made as regards ambassadors. They were always considered inviolable, and whoever violated them was handed over to the home State of those ambassadors to be punished according to discretion.
According to Roman Law, the relationships between the Romans and a foreign state depended on whether there was a treaty of friendship in place. If no such treaty existed, people or goods coming from the foreign land into Roman territory, as well as those moving from Roman territory to the foreign land, had no legal protection at all. These individuals could be enslaved, and their belongings could be seized, becoming the property of the captor. If a previously enslaved person ever returned to their homeland, they were immediately recognized as free again under the principle known as jus postliminii. An exception was made for ambassadors, who were always considered inviolable, and anyone who harmed them would be handed over to their home state to be punished as deemed appropriate.
Different were the relations when a treaty of friendship existed. Persons and goods coming from one country into the other stood then under legal protection. So many foreigners came in the process of time to Rome that a whole system of law sprang up regarding these foreigners and their relations with Roman citizens, the so-called jus gentium in contradistinction to the jus civile. And a special magistrate, the praetor [Pg 52] peregrinus, was nominated for the administration of that law. Of such treaties with foreign nations there were three different kinds, namely, of friendship (amicitia), of hospitality (hospitium), or of alliance (foedus). I do not propose to go into details about them. It suffices to remark that, although the treaties were concluded without any such provision, notice of termination could be given. Very often these treaties used to contain a provision according to which future controversies could be settled by arbitration of the so-called recuperatores.
The relationships were quite different when a treaty of friendship was in place. People and goods moving from one country to another were then protected by law. Over time, so many foreigners arrived in Rome that an entire system of law developed to govern their interactions with Roman citizens, known as jus gentium as opposed to jus civile. A special magistrate, the praetor [Pg 52] peregrinus, was appointed to oversee this law. There were three types of treaties with foreign nations: of friendship (amicitia), of hospitality (hospitium), and of alliance (foedus). I won’t go into details about them. It’s enough to note that, even if the treaties didn’t specify, notice of termination could still be given. Often, these treaties included a clause stating that any future disputes could be resolved through arbitration by the so-called recuperatores.
Very precise legal rules existed as regards war and peace. Roman law considered war a legal institution. There were four different just reasons for war, namely: (1) Violation of the Roman dominion; (2) violation of ambassadors; (3) violation of treaties; (4) support given during war to an opponent by a hitherto friendly State. But even in such cases war was only justified if satisfaction was not given by the foreign State. Four fetiales used to be sent as ambassadors to the foreign State from which satisfaction was asked. If such satisfaction was refused, war was formally declared by one of the fetiales throwing a lance from the Roman frontier into the foreign land. For warfare itself no legal rules existed, but discretion only, and there are examples enough of great cruelty on the part of the Romans. Legal rules existed, however, for the end of war. War could be ended, first, through a treaty of peace, which was then always a treaty of friendship. War could, secondly, be ended by surrender (deditio). Such surrender spared the enemy their lives and property. War could, thirdly and lastly, be ended through conquest of the enemy's country (occupatio). It was in this case that the Romans could act according to discretion with the lives and the property of the enemy.
Very specific legal rules were in place regarding war and peace. Roman law viewed war as a legal institution. There were four legitimate reasons for war: (1) Violation of Roman authority; (2) violation of ambassadors; (3) violation of treaties; (4) support given to an enemy during war by a previously friendly State. Even in these cases, war was only justified if the foreign State did not provide satisfaction. Four fetiales were sent as ambassadors to the foreign State to request satisfaction. If satisfaction was denied, war was formally declared when one of the fetiales threw a lance from the Roman border into the foreign territory. There were no legal rules for the conduct of warfare itself; it was left to discretion, and there are plenty of examples of great cruelty by the Romans. However, legal rules did exist for ending a war. War could end, first, through a peace treaty, which was always a treaty of friendship. War could also end by surrender (deditio), which spared the enemy their lives and property. Lastly, war could end through the conquest of the enemy’s territory (occupatio). In this case, the Romans could exercise discretion regarding the lives and property of the defeated enemy.
From this sketch of their rules concerning external[Pg 53] relations, it becomes apparent that the Romans gave to the future the example of a State with legal rules for its foreign relations. As the legal people par excellence, the Romans could not leave their international relations without legal treatment. And though this legal treatment can in no way be compared to modern International Law, yet it constitutes a contribution to the Law of Nations of the future, in so far as its example furnished many arguments to those to whose efforts we owe the very existence of our modern Law of Nations.
From this overview of their rules about external[Pg 53] relations, it's clear that the Romans set an example for future states by establishing legal norms for their foreign relations. As the foremost experts in law, the Romans couldn't ignore the legal aspects of their international dealings. Although this legal framework doesn't match contemporary International Law, it nonetheless contributed to the future Law of Nations by providing many arguments for those who helped establish our modern Law of Nations.
No need for a Law of Nations during the Middle Ages.
No need for a Law of Nations during the Middle Ages.
§ 41. The Roman Empire gradually absorbed nearly the whole civilised ancient world, so far as it was known to the Romans. They hardly knew of any independent civilised States outside the borders of their empire. There was, therefore, neither room nor need for an International Law as long as this empire existed. It is true that at the borders of this world-empire there were always wars, but these wars gave opportunity for the practice of a few rules and usages only. And matters did not change when under Constantine the Great (313-337) the Christian faith became the religion of the empire and Byzantium its capital instead of Rome, and, further, when in 395 the Roman Empire was divided into the Eastern and the Western Empire. This Western Empire disappeared in 476, when Romulus Augustus, the last emperor, was deposed by Odoacer, the leader of the Germanic soldiers, who made himself ruler in Italy. The land of the extinct Western Roman Empire came into the hands of different peoples, chiefly of Germanic extraction. In Gallia the kingdom of the Franks springs up in 486 under Chlodovech the Merovingian. In Italy, the kingdom of the Ostrogoths under Theoderich the Great, who defeated Odoacer, rises in 493. In Spain the kingdom of the Visigoths appears in 507. The Vandals had, as early as in 429,[Pg 54] erected a kingdom in Africa, with Carthage as its capital. The Saxons had already gained a footing in Britannia in 449.
§ 41. The Roman Empire gradually took in almost the entire known civilized world, as far as the Romans were aware. They hardly recognized any independent civilized states outside their empire's borders. Thus, there was neither a need nor a place for International Law as long as this empire existed. It's true that there were always wars at the edges of this world-empire, but these conflicts only allowed for the practice of a few rules and customs. Things didn’t change when, under Constantine the Great (313-337), Christianity became the religion of the empire, and Byzantium became its capital instead of Rome. Additionally, in 395, the Roman Empire split into the Eastern and Western Empire. This Western Empire fell in 476 when Romulus Augustus, the last emperor, was overthrown by Odoacer, the leader of the Germanic soldiers, who declared himself ruler in Italy. The territory of the fallen Western Roman Empire was taken over by various peoples, primarily of Germanic origin. In Gaul, the kingdom of the Franks emerged in 486 under Chlodovech the Merovingian. In Italy, the kingdom of the Ostrogoths, led by Theoderich the Great, who defeated Odoacer, was established in 493. In Spain, the kingdom of the Visigoths appeared in 507. The Vandals had already set up a kingdom in Africa as early as 429, with Carthage as its capital. The Saxons had also established a presence in Britain in 449.
All these peoples were barbarians in the strict sense of the term. Although they had adopted Christianity, it took hundreds of years to raise them to the standard of a more advanced civilisation. And, likewise, hundreds of years passed before different nations came to light out of the amalgamation of the various peoples that had conquered the old Roman Empire with the residuum of the population of that empire. It was in the eighth century that matters became more settled. Charlemagne built up his vast Frankish Empire, and was, in 800, crowned Roman Emperor by Pope Leo III. Again the whole world seemed to be one empire, headed by the Emperor as its temporal, and by the Pope as its spiritual, master, and for an International Law there was therefore no room and no need. But the Frankish Empire did not last long. According to the Treaty of Verdun, it was, in 843, divided into three parts, and with that division the process of development set in, which led gradually to the rise of the several States of Europe.
All these peoples were considered barbarians in the strictest sense. Even though they had adopted Christianity, it took hundreds of years to bring them up to the level of a more advanced civilization. Similarly, it took hundreds of years before different nations emerged from the mix of the various peoples who had conquered the old Roman Empire along with the remaining population of that empire. It was in the eighth century that things became more settled. Charlemagne built his vast Frankish Empire and was crowned Roman Emperor by Pope Leo III in 800. Once again, the entire world seemed like one empire, led by the Emperor as its temporal ruler and by the Pope as its spiritual leader, so there was no need for international law. However, the Frankish Empire didn't last long. According to the Treaty of Verdun, it was divided into three parts in 843, and with that division began the process of development that gradually led to the rise of the various States of Europe.
In theory the Emperor of the Germans remained for hundreds of years to come the master of the world, but in practice he was not even master at home, as the German Princes step by step succeeded in establishing their independence. And although theoretically the world was well looked after by the Emperor as its temporal and the Pope as its spiritual head, there were constantly treachery, quarrelling, and fighting going on. War practice was the most cruel possible. It is true that the Pope and the Bishops succeeded sometimes in mitigating such practice, but as a rule there was no influence of the Christian teaching visible.
In theory, the Emperor of the Germans was supposed to be the ruler of the world for centuries to come, but in reality, he wasn't even in control at home, as the German Princes gradually gained their independence. While the Emperor was seen as the temporal leader and the Pope as the spiritual leader, there was always betrayal, conflict, and fighting happening. Warfare was incredibly brutal. Although the Pope and the Bishops occasionally managed to soften this brutality, generally, the influence of Christian teachings was not evident.
The Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries.
The 1500s and 1600s.
§ 42. The necessity for a Law of Nations did not[Pg 55] arise until a multitude of States absolutely independent of one another had successfully established themselves. The process of development, starting from the Treaty of Verdun of 843, reached that climax with the reign of Frederic III., Emperor of the Germans from 1440 to 1493. He was the last of the emperors crowned in Rome by the hands of the Popes. At that time Europe was, in fact, divided up into a great number of independent States, and thenceforth a law was needed to deal with the international relations of these Sovereign States. Seven factors of importance prepared the ground for the growth of principles of a future International Law.
§ 42. The need for a Law of Nations didn't come about until many independent States had successfully established themselves. The development process, starting from the Treaty of Verdun in 843, peaked during the reign of Frederic III., Emperor of the Germans from 1440 to 1493. He was the last emperor crowned in Rome by the Popes. At that time, Europe was actually divided into many independent States, and from then on, a legal framework was needed to manage the international relations of these Sovereign States. Seven important factors laid the groundwork for the emergence of future principles of International Law.
(1) There were, first, the Civilians and the Canonists. Roman Law was in the beginning of the twelfth century brought back to the West through Irnerius, who taught this law at Bologna. He and the other glossatores and post-glossatores considered Roman Law the ratio scripta, the law par excellence. These Civilians maintained that Roman Law was the law of the civilised world ipso facto through the emperors of the Germans being the successors of the emperors of Rome. Their commentaries to the Corpus Juris Civilis touch upon many questions of the future International Law which they discuss from the basis of Roman Law.
(1) First, there were the Civilians and the Canonists. Roman Law was reintroduced to the West at the beginning of the twelfth century by Irnerius, who taught it at Bologna. He and the other glossators and post-glossators viewed Roman Law as the written law, the law par excellence. These Civilians argued that Roman Law was the law of the civilized world by default, since the German emperors were successors to the Roman emperors. Their commentaries on the Corpus Juris Civilis address many questions related to future International Law, which they discuss based on Roman Law.
The Canonists, on the other hand, whose influence was unshaken till the time of the Reformation, treated from a moral and ecclesiastical point of view many questions of the future International Law concerning war.[35]
The Canonists, however, whose influence remained strong until the Reformation, addressed many future International Law issues about war from a moral and church perspective.[35]
(2) There were, secondly, collections of Maritime Law of great importance which made their appearance in connection with international trade. From the eighth century the world trade, which had totally disappeared in consequence of the downfall of the Roman Empire and the destruction of the old civilisation[Pg 56] during the period of the Migration of the Peoples, began slowly to develop again. The sea trade specially flourished and fostered the growth of rules and customs of Maritime Law, which were collected into codes and gained some kind of international recognition. The more important of these collections are the following: The Consolato del Mare, a private collection made at Barcelona in Spain in the middle of the fourteenth century; the Laws of Oléron, a collection, made in the twelfth century, of decisions given by the maritime court of Oléron in France; the Rhodian Laws, a very old collection of maritime laws which probably was put together between the sixth and the eighth centuries;[36] the Tabula Amalfitana, the maritime laws of the town of Amalfi in Italy, which date at latest from the tenth century; the Leges Wisbuenses, a collection of maritime laws of Wisby on the island of Gothland, in Sweden, dating from the fourteenth century.
(2) Secondly, there were important collections of Maritime Law that emerged in connection with international trade. Starting in the eighth century, world trade, which had completely vanished due to the fall of the Roman Empire and the destruction of the old civilization[Pg 56] during the Migration periods, began to slowly develop again. Sea trade particularly thrived, leading to the establishment of rules and customs of Maritime Law, which were compiled into codes and earned some level of international recognition. The key collections include the following: the Consolato del Mare, a private collection created in Barcelona, Spain, in the mid-fourteenth century; the Laws of Oléron, a collection from the twelfth century of decisions made by the maritime court of Oléron in France; the Rhodian Laws, an ancient compilation of maritime laws likely assembled between the sixth and eighth centuries;[36] the Tabula Amalfitana, the maritime laws from the town of Amalfi in Italy, which date from no later than the tenth century; and the Leges Wisbuenses, a collection of maritime laws from Wisby on the island of Gothland in Sweden, dating back to the fourteenth century.
(3) A third factor was the numerous leagues of trading towns for the protection of their trade and trading citizens. The most celebrated of these leagues is the Hanseatic, formed in the thirteenth century. These leagues stipulated for arbitration on controversies between their member towns. They acquired trading privileges in foreign States. They even waged war, when necessary, for the protection of their interests.
(3) A third factor was the many leagues of trading towns that formed to protect their trade and merchants. The most famous of these leagues is the Hanseatic League, established in the thirteenth century. These leagues provided arbitration for disputes between their member towns. They secured trading privileges in foreign countries and even went to war when necessary to safeguard their interests.
(4) A fourth factor was the growing custom on the part of the States of sending and receiving permanent legations. In the Middle Ages the Pope alone had a permanent legation at the court of the Frankish kings.[Pg 57] Later, the Italian Republics, as Venice and Florence for instance, were the first States to send out ambassadors, who took up their residence for several years in the capitals of the States to which they were sent. At last, from the end of the fifteenth century, it became a universal custom for the kings of the different States to keep permanent legations at one another's capital. The consequence was that an uninterrupted opportunity was given for discussing and deliberating common international interests. And since the position of ambassadors in foreign countries had to be taken into consideration, international rules concerning inviolability and exterritoriality of foreign envoys gradually grew up.
(4) A fourth factor was the increasing practice among States of sending and receiving permanent embassies. During the Middle Ages, only the Pope had a permanent embassy at the court of the Frankish kings.[Pg 57] Later, the Italian Republics, such as Venice and Florence, were the first to send ambassadors who lived in the capitals of the countries they were assigned to for several years. Eventually, from the late fifteenth century onward, it became standard for kings of different States to maintain permanent embassies in each other's capitals. This led to a continuous opportunity for discussing and deliberating shared international interests. As the role of ambassadors in foreign countries became important, international rules around their inviolability and exterritoriality began to develop.
(5) A fifth factor was the custom of the great States of keeping standing armies, a custom which also dates from the fifteenth century. The uniform and stern discipline in these armies favoured the rise of more universal rules and practices of warfare.
(5) A fifth factor was the custom among the great states to maintain standing armies, a practice that goes back to the fifteenth century. The strict and consistent discipline in these armies encouraged the development of more universal rules and practices of warfare.
(6) A sixth factor was the Renaissance and the Reformation. The Renaissance of science and art in the fifteenth century, together with the resurrection of the knowledge of antiquity, revived the philosophical and aesthetical ideals of Greek life and transferred them to modern life. Through their influence the spirit of the Christian religion took precedence of its letter. The conviction awoke everywhere that the principles of Christianity ought to unite the Christian world more than they had done hitherto, and that these principles ought to be observed in matters international as much as in matters national. The Reformation, on the other hand, put an end to the spiritual mastership of the Pope over the civilised world. Protestant States could not recognise the claim of the Pope to arbitrate as of right in their conflicts either between one another or between themselves and Catholic States.[Pg 58]
(6) A sixth factor was the Renaissance and the Reformation. The revival of science and art in the fifteenth century, along with the rediscovery of ancient knowledge, brought back the philosophical and aesthetic ideals of Greek life and integrated them into modern living. Their impact led to the belief that the spirit of Christianity should take precedence over its literal interpretation. People everywhere began to feel that the principles of Christianity should unite the Christian world more than ever before, and these principles should be upheld in international affairs just as much as in national matters. Meanwhile, the Reformation ended the Pope's spiritual authority over the civilized world. Protestant States could not accept the Pope's claim to have the right to resolve disputes, whether between themselves or with Catholic States.[Pg 58]
(7) A seventh factor made its appearance in connection with the schemes for the establishment of eternal peace which arose from the beginning of the fourteenth century. Although these schemes were utopian, they nevertheless must have had great influence by impressing upon the Princes and the nations of Christendom the necessity for some kind of organisation of the numerous independent States into a community. The first of these schemes was that of the French lawyer, Pierre Dubois, who, as early as 1306, in "De Recuperatione Terre Sancte" proposed an alliance between all Christian Powers for the purpose of the maintenance of peace and the establishment of a Permanent Court of Arbitration for the settlement of differences between the members of the alliance.[37] Another project arose in 1461, when Podiebrad, King of Bohemia from 1420-1471, adopted the scheme of his Chancellor, Antoine Marini, and negotiated with foreign courts the foundation of a Federal State to consist of all the existing Christian States with a permanent Congress, seated at Basle, of ambassadors of all the member States as the highest organ of the Federation.[38] A third plan was that of Sully, adopted by Henri IV. of France, which proposed the division of Europe into fifteen States and the linking together of these into a federation with a General Council as its highest organ, consisting of Commissioners deputed by the member States.[39] A fourth project was that of Émeric Crucée, who, in 1623, proposed the establishment of a Union consisting not only of the Christian States but of all States then existing[Pg 59] in the whole of the world, with a General Council as its highest organ, seated at Venice, and consisting of ambassadors of all the member States of the Union.[40]
(7) A seventh factor emerged regarding the plans for establishing lasting peace that began to surface in the early fourteenth century. Although these plans were idealistic, they still likely had a significant impact by highlighting to the rulers and nations of Christendom the need for some sort of organization of the many independent states into a community. The first of these plans came from the French lawyer, Pierre Dubois, who, as early as 1306, in "De Recuperatione Terre Sancte," suggested an alliance among all Christian powers to maintain peace and create a Permanent Court of Arbitration for resolving disputes between the members of the alliance.[37] Another proposal arose in 1461 when Podiebrad, King of Bohemia from 1420-1471, adopted the plan of his Chancellor, Antoine Marini, and negotiated with foreign courts to create a Federal State made up of all existing Christian states, featuring a permanent Congress in Basel, composed of ambassadors from all the member states, as the highest authority of the Federation.[38] A third plan came from Sully, endorsed by Henri IV of France, which suggested dividing Europe into fifteen states and linking them into a federation with a General Council as its top authority, made up of commissioners appointed by the member states.[39] A fourth proposal was put forth by Émeric Crucée in 1623, suggesting the creation of a Union that would include not only the Christian states but all existing states around the world, with a General Council as its highest body, located in Venice, composed of ambassadors from all member states of the Union.[40]
[37] See Meyer, "Die staats- und völkerrechtlichen Ideen von Pierre Dubois" (1909); Schücking, "Die Organisation der Welt" (1909), pp. 28-30; Vesnitch, "Deux Précurseurs Français du Pacifism, etc." (1911), pp. 1-29.
[37] See Meyer, "The Legal and International Ideas of Pierre Dubois" (1909); Schücking, "The Organization of the World" (1909), pp. 28-30; Vesnitch, "Two French Precursors of Pacifism, etc." (1911), pp. 1-29.
[39] See Nys, "Études de Droit International et de Droit Politique" (1896), pp. 301-306, and Darby, "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904), pp. 10-21.
[39] See Nys, "Studies in International Law and Political Law" (1896), pp. 301-306, and Darby, "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904), pp. 10-21.
[40] See Balch, "Le Nouveau Cynée de Émeric Crucée" (1909); Darby, "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904), pp. 22-33; Vesnitch, "Deux Précurseurs Français du Pacifism, etc." (1911), pp. 29-54.
[40] See Balch, "The New Cynic by Émeric Crucée" (1909); Darby, "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904), pp. 22-33; Vesnitch, "Two French Precursors of Pacifism, etc." (1911), pp. 29-54.
The schemes enumerated in the text are those which were advanced before the appearance of Grotius's work "De Jure Belli ac Pacis" (1625). The numerous plans which made their appearance afterwards—that of the Landgrave of Hesse-Rheinfels, 1666; of Charles, Duke of Lorraine, 1688; of William Penn, 1693; of John Bellers, 1710; of the Abbé de St. Pierre (1658-1743); of Kant, 1795; and of others—are all discussed in Schücking, "Die Organisation der Welt" (1909), and Darby, "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904). They are as utopian as the pre-Grotian schemes, but they are nevertheless of great importance. They preached again and again the gospel of the organisation of the Family of Nations, and although their ideal has not been and can never be realised, they drew the attention of public opinion to the fact that the international relations of States should not be based on arbitrariness and anarchy, but on rules of law and comity. And thereby they have indirectly influenced the gradual growth of rules of law for these international relations.
The plans mentioned in the text were proposed before Grotius's work "De Jure Belli ac Pacis" (1625) was published. The many proposals that came afterward—including those by the Landgrave of Hesse-Rheinfels in 1666, Charles, Duke of Lorraine in 1688, William Penn in 1693, John Bellers in 1710, Abbé de St. Pierre (1658-1743), Kant in 1795, and others—are all analyzed in Schücking's "Die Organisation der Welt" (1909) and Darby's "International Arbitration" (4th ed. 1904). These ideas are just as utopian as the pre-Grotian proposals, but they are still very significant. They repeatedly advocated for the organization of the Family of Nations, and even though their vision has not been and can never be fully achieved, they raised public awareness about the need for international relations among States to be founded on laws and mutual respect rather than chaos and randomness. As a result, they have indirectly contributed to the slow development of legal standards for these international relationships.
II DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL LAW AFTER GROTIUS
Lawrence, §§ 29-53, and Essays, pp. 147-190—Halleck, I. pp. 12-45—Walker, History, I. pp. 138-202—Taylor, §§ 65-95—Nys, I. pp. 19-46—Martens, I. §§ 21-33—Fiore, I. Nos. 32-52—Calvo, I. pp. 32-101—Bonfils, Nos. 87-146—Despagnet, Nos. 20-27—Mérignhac, I. pp. 43-78—Ullmann, §§ 15-17—Laurent, "Histoire du Droit des Gens, &c.," 14 vols. (2nd ed. 1861-1868)—Wheaton, "Histoire des Progrès du Droit des Gens en Europe" (1841)—Bulmerincq, "Die Systematik des Völkerrechts" (1858)—Pierantoni, "Storia del diritto internazionale nel secolo XIX." (1876)—Hosack, "Rise and Growth of the Law of Nations" (1883), pp. 227-320—Brie, "Die Fortschritte des Völkerrechts seit dem Wiener Congress" (1890)—Gareis, "Die Fortschritte des internationalen Rechts im letzten Menschenalter" (1905)—Dupuis, "Le Principe d'Équilibre et le Concert Européen de la Paix de Westphalie à l'Acte d'Algésiras" (1909)—Strupp, "Urkunden zur Geschichte des Völkerrechts," 2 vols. (1911).
Lawrence, §§ 29-53, and Essays, pp. 147-190—Halleck, I. pp. 12-45—Walker, History, I. pp. 138-202—Taylor, §§ 65-95—Nys, I. pp. 19-46—Martens, I. §§ 21-33—Fiore, I. Nos. 32-52—Calvo, I. pp. 32-101—Bonfils, Nos. 87-146—Despagnet, Nos. 20-27—Mérignhac, I. pp. 43-78—Ullmann, §§ 15-17—Laurent, "Histoire du Droit des Gens, &c.," 14 vols. (2nd ed. 1861-1868)—Wheaton, "Histoire des Progrès du Droit des Gens en Europe" (1841)—Bulmerincq, "Die Systematik des Völkerrechts" (1858)—Pierantoni, "Storia del diritto internazionale nel secolo XIX." (1876)—Hosack, "Rise and Growth of the Law of Nations" (1883), pp. 227-320—Brie, "Die Fortschritte des Völkerrechts seit dem Wiener Congress" (1890)—Gareis, "Die Fortschritte des internationalen Rechts im letzten Menschenalter" (1905)—Dupuis, "Le Principe d'Équilibre et le Concert Européen de la Paix de Westphalie à l'Acte d'Algésiras" (1909)—Strupp, "Urkunden zur Geschichte des Völkerrechts," 2 vols. (1911).
The time of Grotius.
The era of Grotius.
§ 43. The seventeenth century found a multitude of independent States established and crowded on the comparatively small continent of Europe. Many interests and aims knitted these States together into a community of States. International lawlessness was henceforth an impossibility. This was the reason for the fact that Grotius's work "De Jure Belli ac Pacis[Pg 60] libri III.," which appeared in 1625, won the ear of the different States, their rulers, and their writers on matters international. Since a Law of Nations was now a necessity, since many principles of such a law were already more or less recognised and appeared again among the doctrines of Grotius, since the system of Grotius supplied a legal basis to most of those international relations which were at the time considered as wanting such basis, the book of Grotius obtained such a world-wide influence that he is correctly styled the "Father of the Law of Nations." It would be very misleading and in no way congruent with the facts of history to believe that Grotius's doctrines were as a body at once universally accepted. No such thing happened, nor could have happened. What did soon take place was that, whenever an international question of legal importance arose, Grotius's book was consulted, and its authority was so overwhelming that in many cases its rules were considered right. How those rules of Grotius, which have more or less quickly been recognised by the common consent of the writers on International Law, have gradually received similar acceptance at the hands of the Family of Nations is a process of development which in each single phase cannot be ascertained. It can only be stated that at the end of the seventeenth century the civilised States considered themselves bound by a Law of Nations the rules of which were to a great extent the rules of Grotius. This does not mean that these rules have from the end of that century never been broken. On the contrary, they have frequently been broken. But whenever this occurred, the States concerned maintained either that they did not intend to break these rules, or that their acts were in harmony with them, or that they were justified by just causes and circumstances in breaking them. And the development of the Law of Nations did[Pg 61] not come to a standstill with the reception of the bulk of the rules of Grotius. More and more rules were gradually required and therefore gradually grew. All the historically important events and facts of international life from the time of Grotius down to our own have, on the one hand, given occasion to the manifestation of the existence of a Law of Nations, and, on the other hand, in their turn made the Law of Nations constantly and gradually develop into a more perfect and more complete system of legal rules.
§ 43. By the seventeenth century, numerous independent states had established themselves across the relatively small continent of Europe. Various interests and goals connected these states into a community. From that point on, the idea of international lawlessness became impossible. This is why Grotius’s work "De Jure Belli ac Pacis[Pg 60] libri III.," published in 1625, gained the attention of different states, their leaders, and their scholars on international matters. With a Law of Nations now a necessity, many principles of that law were already somewhat recognized and echoed in Grotius’s doctrines. His system provided a legal foundation for most international relations that were then seen as lacking one. Grotius’s book achieved such global influence that he is rightly called the "Father of the Law of Nations." It would be quite misleading and inconsistent with historical facts to think that Grotius’s ideas were universally accepted right away. That never happened, nor could it have. What did happen was that whenever an important international legal question arose, Grotius’s book was referenced, its authority being so strong that in many cases its rules were deemed correct. The way Grotius’s rules, which have been more or less quickly accepted by international law scholars, gained similar acceptance among the Family of Nations is a gradual process that can’t be pinpointed in every phase. It can only be noted that by the end of the seventeenth century, civilized states felt bound by a Law of Nations, much of which reflected Grotius’s rules. This doesn’t mean these rules were never broken after that century ended. On the contrary, they were often violated. However, when this happened, the states involved either claimed they didn’t intend to break these rules, insisted their actions were consistent with them, or argued they were justified in breaking them due to legitimate causes and circumstances. The development of the Law of Nations didn’t stop with the acceptance of Grotius’s core rules. More and more rules were gradually needed and evolved over time. All the historically significant events and facts of international life, from Grotius's time to the present, have both demonstrated the existence of a Law of Nations and continuously contributed to its gradual development into a more refined and complete system of legal rules.
It serves the purpose to divide the history of the development of the Law of Nations from the time of Grotius into seven periods—namely, 1648-1721, 1721-1789, 1789-1815, 1815-1856, 1856-1874, 1874-1899, 1899-1911.
It aims to split the history of the development of International Law from Grotius' time into seven periods: 1648-1721, 1721-1789, 1789-1815, 1815-1856, 1856-1874, 1874-1899, and 1899-1911.
The period 1648-1721.
The period 1648-1721.
§ 44. The ending of the Thirty Years' War through the Westphalian Peace of 1648 is the first event of great importance after the death of Grotius in 1645. What makes remarkable the meetings of Osnaburg, where the Protestant Powers met, and Münster, where the Catholic Powers met, is the fact that there was for the first time in history a European Congress assembled for the purpose of settling matters international by common consent of the Powers. With the exception of England, Russia, and Poland, all the important Christian States were represented at this congress, as were also the majority of the minor Powers. The arrangements made by this congress show what a great change had taken place in the condition of matters international. The Swiss Confederation and the Netherlands were recognised as independent States. The 355 different States which belonged to the German Empire were practically, although not theoretically, recognised as independent States which formed a Confederation under the Emperor as its head. Of these 355 States, 150 were secular States governed by hereditary monarchs[Pg 62] (Electors, Dukes, Landgraves, and the like), 62 were free-city States, and 123 were ecclesiastical States governed by archbishops and other Church dignitaries. The theory of the unity of the civilised world under the German Emperor and the Pope as its temporal and spiritual heads respectively was buried for ever. A multitude of recognised independent States formed a community on the basis of equality of all its members. The conception of the European equilibrium[41] made its appearance and became an implicit principle as a guaranty of the independence of the members of the Family of Nations. Protestant States took up their position within this family along with Catholic States, as did republics along with monarchies.
§ 44. The conclusion of the Thirty Years' War with the Westphalian Peace of 1648 is the first significant event after Grotius's death in 1645. What stands out about the meetings in Osnaburg, where the Protestant Powers gathered, and Münster, where the Catholic Powers convened, is that for the first time in history, a European Congress was assembled to resolve international issues through the common agreement of the Powers. With the exception of England, Russia, and Poland, all the major Christian States were represented at this congress, along with most of the smaller Powers. The agreements made by this congress demonstrate the significant shift in the international landscape. The Swiss Confederation and the Netherlands were recognized as independent States. The 355 different States that were part of the German Empire were, practically speaking, recognized as independent States that formed a Confederation under the Emperor as its leader. Of these 355 States, 150 were secular States ruled by hereditary monarchs (Electors, Dukes, Landgraves, etc.), 62 were free-city States, and 123 were ecclesiastical States led by archbishops and other Church leaders. The idea of a unified civilized world under the German Emperor and the Pope as its temporal and spiritual leaders, respectively, was permanently discarded. A multitude of recognized independent States came together as a community based on the equality of all its members. The concept of European equilibrium made its appearance and became an implicit principle guaranteeing the independence of the members of the Family of Nations. Protestant States positioned themselves within this family alongside Catholic States, just as republics coexisted with monarchies.
In the second half of the seventeenth century the policy of conquest initiated by Louis XIV. of France led to numerous wars. But Louis XIV. always pleaded a just cause when he made war, and even the establishment of the ill-famed so-called Chambers of Reunion (1680-1683) was done under the pretext of law. There was no later period in history in which the principles of International Law were more frivolously violated, but the violation was always cloaked by some excuse. Five treaties of peace between France and other Powers during the reign of Louis XIV. are of great importance. (1) The Peace of the Pyrenees, which ended in 1659 the war between France and Spain, who had not come to terms at the Westphalian Peace. (2) The Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, which ended in 1668 another war between France and Spain, commenced in 1667 because France claimed the Spanish Netherlands from Spain. This peace was forced upon Louis XIV. through the triple alliance between England, Holland, and Sweden. (3) The Peace of Nymeguen, which ended in 1678 the war originally commenced by Louis XIV.[Pg 63] in 1672 against Holland, into which many other European Powers were drawn. (4) The Peace of Ryswick, which ended in 1697 the war that had existed since 1688 between France on one side, and, on the other, England, Holland, Denmark, Germany, Spain, and Savoy. (5) The Peace of Utrecht, 1713, and the Peace of Rastadt and Baden, 1714, which ended the war of the Spanish Succession that had lasted since 1701 between France and Spain on the one side, and, on the other, England, Holland, Portugal, Germany, and Savoy.
In the second half of the seventeenth century, the conquest policy initiated by Louis XIV of France led to many wars. However, Louis XIV always claimed to have a just cause for his wars, and even the creation of the notorious Chambers of Reunion (1680-1683) was done under the guise of legality. There wasn't a later period in history when the principles of International Law were more casually violated, but those violations were always justified by some excuse. Five peace treaties between France and other powers during Louis XIV's reign are particularly significant. (1) The Peace of the Pyrenees, which ended the war between France and Spain in 1659, as they had not reached an agreement at the Westphalian Peace. (2) The Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, which concluded another war between France and Spain in 1668, beginning in 1667 when France claimed the Spanish Netherlands. This peace was imposed on Louis XIV by the triple alliance of England, Holland, and Sweden. (3) The Peace of Nymeguen, which ended the war originally started by Louis XIV in 1672 against Holland, drawing in many other European powers by 1678. (4) The Peace of Ryswick, which concluded the war that had been ongoing since 1688 between France on one side and England, Holland, Denmark, Germany, Spain, and Savoy on the other. (5) The Peace of Utrecht in 1713 and the Peace of Rastadt and Baden in 1714, which brought an end to the War of the Spanish Succession that had started in 1701 between France and Spain and England, Holland, Portugal, Germany, and Savoy.
But wars were not only waged between France and other Powers during this period. The following treaties of peace must therefore be mentioned:—(1) The Peaces of Roeskild (1658), Oliva (1660), Copenhagen (also 1660), and Kardis (1661). The contracting Powers were Sweden, Denmark, Poland, Prussia, and Russia. (2) The Peace of Carlowitz, 1699, between Turkey, Austria, Poland, and Venice. (3) The Peace of Nystaedt, 1721, between Sweden and Russia under Peter the Great.
But wars weren't just fought between France and other powers during this time. The following peace treaties should be noted: (1) The Peaces of Roeskild (1658), Oliva (1660), Copenhagen (also 1660), and Kardis (1661). The involved powers were Sweden, Denmark, Poland, Prussia, and Russia. (2) The Peace of Carlowitz, 1699, between Turkey, Austria, Poland, and Venice. (3) The Peace of Nystaedt, 1721, between Sweden and Russia under Peter the Great.
The year 1721 is epoch-making because with the Peace of Nystaedt Russia enters as a member into the Family of Nations, in which she at once held the position of a Great Power. The period ended by the year 1721 shows in many points progressive tendencies regarding the Law of Nations. Thus the right of visit and search on the part of belligerents over neutral vessels becomes recognised. The rule "free ships, free goods," rises as a postulate, although it was not universally recognised till 1856. The effectiveness of blockades, which were first made use of in war by the Netherlands at the end of the sixteenth century, rose as a postulate and became recognised in treaties between Holland and Sweden (1667) and Holland and England (1674), although its universal recognition was not realised until the nineteenth century. The freedom of the high seas, claimed by Grotius and others, began gradually[Pg 64] to obtain recognition in practice, although it did likewise not meet with universal acceptance till the nineteenth century. The balance of power is solemnly recognised by the Peace of Utrecht as a principle of the Law of Nations.
The year 1721 is significant because, with the Peace of Nystaedt, Russia officially became part of the Family of Nations, instantly taking its place as a Great Power. The period leading up to 1721 shows many progressive trends regarding international law. For instance, the right for warring nations to visit and search neutral vessels became acknowledged. The rule "free ships, free goods" emerged as an important principle, even though it wasn't universally accepted until 1856. The concept of effective blockades, first utilized in warfare by the Netherlands at the end of the sixteenth century, gained recognition and was included in treaties between Holland and Sweden (1667) and Holland and England (1674), although it didn't achieve universal acceptance until the nineteenth century. The freedom of the high seas, advocated by Grotius and others, gradually began to gain practical recognition, but it also didn't achieve universal acceptance until the nineteenth century. The balance of power was officially recognized as a principle of international law by the Peace of Utrecht.
The period 1721-1789.
The period 1721-1789.
§ 45. Before the end of the first half of the eighteenth century peace in Europe was again disturbed. The rivalry between Austria and Prussia, which had become a kingdom in 1701 and the throne of which Frederick II. had ascended in 1740, led to several wars in which England, France, Spain, Bavaria, Saxony, and Holland took part. Several treaties of peace were successively concluded which tried to keep up or re-establish the balance of power in Europe. The most important of these treaties are: (1) The Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle of 1748 between France, England, Holland, Austria, Prussia, Sardinia, Spain, and Genoa. (2) The Peace of Hubertsburg and the Peace of Paris, both of 1763, the former between Prussia, Austria, and Saxony, the latter between England, France, and Spain. (3) The Peace of Versailles of 1783 between England, the United States of America, France, and Spain.
§ 45. Before the first half of the eighteenth century was over, peace in Europe was once again disrupted. The competition between Austria and Prussia, which had become a kingdom in 1701 and whose throne Frederick II. ascended in 1740, sparked several wars involving England, France, Spain, Bavaria, Saxony, and Holland. Several peace treaties were successively signed in an attempt to maintain or restore the balance of power in Europe. The most significant of these treaties are: (1) The Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle of 1748 between France, England, Holland, Austria, Prussia, Sardinia, Spain, and Genoa. (2) The Peace of Hubertsburg and the Peace of Paris, both from 1763, the former between Prussia, Austria, and Saxony, and the latter between England, France, and Spain. (3) The Peace of Versailles of 1783 between England, the United States of America, France, and Spain.
These wars gave occasion to disputes as to the right of neutrals and belligerents regarding trade in time of war. Prussia became a Great Power. The so-called First Armed Neutrality[42] made its appearance in 1780 with claims of great importance, which were not generally recognised till 1856. The United States of America succeeded in establishing her independence and became a member of the Family of Nations, whose future attitude fostered the growth of several rules of International Law.
These wars led to arguments about the rights of neutral and warring countries regarding trade during wartime. Prussia emerged as a Great Power. The so-called First Armed Neutrality[42] appeared in 1780 with significant claims, which weren't widely acknowledged until 1856. The United States successfully established its independence and became part of the Family of Nations, which helped develop several rules of International Law.
The period 1789-1815.
The years 1789-1815.
§ 46. All progress, however, was endangered, and indeed the Law of Nations seemed partly non-existent,[Pg 65] during the time of the French Revolution and the Napoleonic wars. Although the French Convention resolved in 1792 (as stated above, § 30) to create a "Declaration of the Rights of Nations," the Revolutionary Government and afterwards Napoleon I. very often showed no respect for the rules of the Law of Nations. The whole order of Europe, which had been built up by the Westphalian and subsequent treaties of peace for the purpose of maintaining a balance of power, was overthrown. Napoleon I. was for some time the master of Europe, Russia and England excepted. He arbitrarily created States and suppressed them again. He divided existing States into portions and united separate States. The kings depended upon his goodwill, and they had to follow orders when he commanded. Especially as regards maritime International Law, a condition of partial lawlessness arose during this period. Already in 1793 England and Russia interdicted all navigation with the ports of France, with the intention of subduing her by famine. The French Convention answered with an order to the French fleet to capture all neutral ships carrying provisions to the ports of the enemy or carrying enemy goods. Again Napoleon, who wanted to ruin England by destroying her commerce, announced in 1806 in his Berlin Decrees the boycott of all English goods. England answered with the blockade of all French ports and all ports of the allies of France, and ordered her fleet to capture all ships destined to any such port.
§ 46. All progress, however, was at risk, and the Law of Nations seemed almost non-existent,[Pg 65] during the French Revolution and the Napoleonic wars. Although the French Convention decided in 1792 (as mentioned above, § 30) to create a "Declaration of the Rights of Nations," the Revolutionary Government and later Napoleon I. often disregarded the rules of the Law of Nations. The entire order of Europe, established by the Westphalian and subsequent peace treaties to maintain a balance of power, was thrown into chaos. For a time, Napoleon I. was the ruler of Europe, except for Russia and England. He arbitrarily created states and then dissolved them again. He divided existing states into parts and merged separate states. Kings relied on his favor and had to follow his orders. Particularly concerning maritime International Law, a state of partial lawlessness emerged during this time. In 1793, England and Russia banned all navigation with French ports, intending to weaken France by starvation. The French Convention responded by ordering the French fleet to seize all neutral ships delivering supplies to enemy ports or carrying enemy goods. Again, Napoleon, aiming to ruin England by crippling its commerce, announced a boycott of all English goods in his Berlin Decrees in 1806. England retaliated by blockading all French ports and those of France's allies and ordered its fleet to capture any ships bound for those ports.
When at last the whole of Europe was mobilised against Napoleon and he was finally defeated, the whole face of Europe was changed, and the former order of things could not possibly be restored. It was the task of the European Congress of Vienna in 1814 and 1815 to create a new order and a fresh balance of power. This new order comprised chiefly the following arrangements:—The[Pg 66] Prussian and the Austrian monarchies were re-established, as was also the Germanic Confederation, which consisted henceforth of thirty-nine member States. A kingdom of the Netherlands was created out of Holland and Belgium. Norway and Sweden became a Real Union. The old dynasties were restored in Spain, in Sardinia, in Tuscany, and in Modena, as was also the Pope in Rome. To the nineteen cantons of the Swiss Confederation were added those of Geneva, Valais, and Neuchâtel, and this Confederation was neutralised for all the future.
When Europe finally came together against Napoleon and he was defeated, everything changed, and the old order couldn't be restored. It was up to the European Congress of Vienna in 1814 and 1815 to establish a new order and a new balance of power. This new arrangement mainly included the following: The[Pg 66] Prussian and Austrian monarchies were reinstated, along with the Germanic Confederation, which now had thirty-nine member states. A kingdom of the Netherlands was formed from Holland and Belgium. Norway and Sweden joined together in a Real Union. The old dynasties were brought back in Spain, Sardinia, Tuscany, and Modena, as well as the Pope in Rome. The nineteen cantons of the Swiss Confederation welcomed Geneva, Valais, and Neuchâtel, and this Confederation was neutralized for all future conflicts.
But the Vienna Congress did not only establish a new political order in Europe, it also settled some questions of International Law. Thus, free navigation was agreed to on so-called international rivers, which are rivers navigable from the Open Sea and running through the land of different States. It was further arranged that henceforth diplomatic agents should be divided into three classes (Ambassadors, Ministers, Chargés d'Affaires). Lastly, a universal prohibition of the trade in negro slaves was agreed upon.
But the Vienna Congress didn’t just create a new political order in Europe; it also addressed some issues of International Law. They agreed on free navigation of so-called international rivers, which are rivers that can be navigated from the Open Sea and flow through the territory of different States. They also decided that diplomatic agents would now be divided into three classes (Ambassadors, Ministers, Chargés d'Affaires). Finally, there was a universal ban on the trade of enslaved people.
The period 1815-1856.
The period 1815-1856.
§ 47. The period after the Vienna Congress begins with the so-called Holy Alliance. Already on September 26, 1815, before the second Peace of Paris, the Emperors of Russia and Austria and the King of Prussia called this alliance into existence, the object of which was to make it a duty upon its members to apply the principles of Christian morality in the administration of the home affairs of their States as well as in the conduct of their international relations. After the Vienna Congress the sovereigns of almost all the European States had joined that alliance with the exception of England. George IV., at that time prince-regent only, did not join, because the Holy Alliance was an alliance not of the States, but of sovereigns, and therefore was concluded without the signatures of the respective[Pg 67] responsible Ministers, whereas according to the English Constitution the signature of such a responsible Minister would have been necessary.
§ 47. The period after the Vienna Congress begins with the so-called Holy Alliance. On September 26, 1815, before the second Peace of Paris, the Emperors of Russia and Austria and the King of Prussia created this alliance, which aimed to make it a duty for its members to apply the principles of Christian morality in the management of their domestic affairs and in their international relations. After the Vienna Congress, almost all the European sovereigns joined this alliance, except for England. George IV., who was only the prince-regent at the time, did not join because the Holy Alliance was an agreement of sovereigns, not states, and was therefore established without the signatures of the respective[Pg 67] responsible Ministers, whereas according to the English Constitution, such a signature from a responsible Minister would have been necessary.
The Holy Alliance had not as such any importance for International Law, for it was a religious, moral, and political, but scarcely a legal alliance. But at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818, which the Emperors of Russia and Austria and the King of Prussia attended in person, and where it might be said that the principles of the Holy Alliance were practically applied, the Great Powers signed a Declaration,[43] in which they solemnly recognised the Law of Nations as the basis of all international relations, and in which they pledged themselves for all the future to act according to its rules. The leading principle of their politics was that of legitimacy,[44] as they endeavoured to preserve everywhere the old dynasties and to protect the sovereigns of the different countries against revolutionary movements of their subjects. This led, in fact, to a dangerous neglect of the principles of International Law regarding intervention. The Great Powers, with the exception of England, intervened constantly with the domestic affairs of the minor States in the interest of the legitimate dynasties and of an anti-liberal legislation. The Congresses at Troppau, 1820, Laibach, 1821, Verona, 1822, occupied themselves with a deliberation on such interventions.
The Holy Alliance didn't really hold any significance for International Law, as it was more of a religious, moral, and political agreement than a legal one. However, at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818, where the Emperors of Russia and Austria and the King of Prussia were present, the principles of the Holy Alliance were practically put into action. The Great Powers signed a Declaration,[43] in which they formally acknowledged the Law of Nations as the foundation of all international relations and committed themselves to follow its rules moving forward. The main principle guiding their politics was legitimacy,[44] as they sought to maintain the old dynasties and protect the sovereigns of various countries from revolutionary movements by their subjects. This approach actually led to a concerning disregard for the principles of International Law regarding intervention. The Great Powers, except for England, frequently intervened in the domestic affairs of smaller States to support the legitimate dynasties and uphold anti-liberal legislation. The Congresses at Troppau, 1820, Laibach, 1821, and Verona, 1822, focused on discussions about such interventions.
The famous Monroe Doctrine (see below, § 139) owes its origin to that dangerous policy of the European Powers as regards intervention, although this doctrine embraces other points besides intervention. As from 1810 onwards the Spanish colonies in South America were falling off from the mother country and declaring their independence, and as Spain was, after the Vienna[Pg 68] Congress, thinking of reconquering these States with the help of other Powers who upheld the principle of legitimacy, President Monroe delivered his message on December 2, 1823, which pointed out amongst other things, that the United States could not allow the interference of a European Power with the States of the American continent.
The famous Monroe Doctrine (see below, § 139) originated from the risky policies of European Powers regarding intervention, although this doctrine covers more than just intervention. Starting in 1810, the Spanish colonies in South America began to break away from Spain and declare their independence, and after the Vienna Congress, Spain considered regaining control of these states with help from other powers that supported the idea of legitimacy. On December 2, 1823, President Monroe delivered his message, highlighting that the United States would not permit any European power to interfere with the states of the American continent.
Different from the intervention of the Powers of the Holy Alliance in the interest of legitimacy were the two interventions in the interest of Greece and Belgium. England, France, and Russia intervened in 1827 in the struggle of Turkey with the Greeks, an intervention which led finally in 1830 to the independence of Greece. And the Great Powers of the time, namely, England, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, invited by the provisional Belgian Government, intervened in 1830 in the struggle of the Dutch with the Belgians and secured the formation of a separate Kingdom of Belgium.
Different from the intervention of the Powers of the Holy Alliance for the sake of legitimacy were the two interventions for Greece and Belgium. England, France, and Russia intervened in 1827 in the conflict between Turkey and the Greeks, which ultimately led to Greece's independence in 1830. Additionally, the Great Powers of the time—England, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia—were invited by the provisional Belgian Government to intervene in 1830 in the conflict between the Dutch and the Belgians, successfully ensuring the formation of a separate Kingdom of Belgium.
It may be maintained that the establishment of Greece and Belgium inferred the breakdown of the Holy Alliance. But it was not till the year 1848 that this alliance was totally swept away through the disappearance of absolutism and the victory of the constitutional system in most States of Europe. Shortly afterwards, in 1852, Napoleon III., who adopted the principle of nationality,[45] became Emperor of France. Since he exercised preponderant influence in Europe, one may say that this principle of nationality superseded in European politics the principle of legitimacy.
It can be argued that the creation of Greece and Belgium signaled the end of the Holy Alliance. However, it wasn't until 1848 that this alliance was completely dismantled by the fall of absolutism and the rise of constitutional governance in most European states. Shortly afterwards, in 1852, Napoleon III, who embraced the principle of nationality, became Emperor of France. Given his significant influence in Europe, it can be said that this principle of nationality replaced the principle of legitimacy in European politics.
The last event of this period is the Crimean War, which led to the Peace as well as to the Declaration of Paris in 1856. This war broke out in 1853 between Russia and Turkey. In 1854, England, France, and Sardinia joined Turkey, but the war continued nevertheless[Pg 69] for another two years. Finally, however, Russia was defeated, a Congress assembled at Paris, where England, France, Austria, Russia, Sardinia, Turkey, and eventually Prussia, were represented, and peace was concluded in March 1856. In the Peace Treaty, Turkey is expressly received as a member into the Family of Nations. Of greater importance, however, is the celebrated Declaration of Paris regarding maritime International Law which was signed on April 16, 1856, by the delegates of the Powers that had taken part in the Congress. This declaration abolished privateering, recognised the rules that enemy goods on neutral vessels and that neutral goods on enemy vessels cannot be confiscated, and stipulated that a blockade in order to be binding must be effective. Together with the fact that at the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century the principle of the freedom of the high seas[46] became universally recognised, the Declaration of Paris is a prominent landmark in the progress of the Law of Nations. The Powers that had not been represented at the Congress of Paris were invited to sign the Declaration afterwards, and the majority of the members of the Family of Nations did sign it before the end of the year 1856. The few States, such as the United States of America, Spain, Mexico, and others, which did not then sign,[47] have in practice since 1856 not acted in opposition to the Declaration, and one may therefore, perhaps, maintain that the Declaration of Paris has already become or will soon become universal International Law through custom. Spain and Mexico, however, signed the Declaration in 1907, as Japan had already done in 1886.
The last event of this period is the Crimean War, which led to peace as well as the Declaration of Paris in 1856. This war started in 1853 between Russia and Turkey. In 1854, England, France, and Sardinia joined Turkey, but the war continued for another two years. Ultimately, Russia was defeated, and a Congress was held in Paris, where England, France, Austria, Russia, Sardinia, Turkey, and later Prussia were represented, resulting in peace in March 1856. In the Peace Treaty, Turkey was officially recognized as a member of the Family of Nations. More importantly, the notable Declaration of Paris regarding maritime International Law was signed on April 16, 1856, by the delegates from the Powers that participated in the Congress. This declaration abolished privateering, acknowledged that enemy goods on neutral ships and neutral goods on enemy ships cannot be confiscated, and stated that a blockade must be effective to be binding. Additionally, by the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century, the principle of the freedom of the high seas had become universally recognized, making the Declaration of Paris a significant milestone in the development of International Law. The Powers that were not represented at the Congress of Paris were invited to sign the Declaration later, and most members of the Family of Nations did so before the end of 1856. The few nations, such as the United States, Spain, Mexico, and others, that did not sign at that time have since 1856 acted in accordance with the Declaration, leading one to argue that the Declaration of Paris has already become or will soon become universal International Law through custom. Spain and Mexico, however, signed the Declaration in 1907, as Japan had already done in 1886.
[47] It should be mentioned that the United States did not sign the Declaration of Paris because it did not go far enough, and did not interdict capture of private enemy vessels.
[47] It's worth noting that the United States didn't sign the Declaration of Paris because it didn't go far enough and didn’t prevent the capture of private enemy ships.
The period 1856-1874.
The years 1856-1874.
§ 48. The next period, the time from 1856 to 1874,[Pg 70] is of prominent importance for the development of the Law of Nations. Under the aegis of the principle of nationality, Austria turns in 1867 into the dual monarchy of Austria-Hungary, and Italy as well as Germany becomes united. The unity of Italy rises out of the war of France and Sardinia against Austria in 1859, and Italy ranges henceforth among the Great Powers of Europe. The unity of Germany is the combined result of three wars: that of Austria and Prussia in 1864 against Denmark on account of Schleswig-Holstein, that of Prussia and Italy against Austria in 1866, and that of Prussia and the allied South German States against France in 1870. The defeat of France in 1870 had the consequence that Italy took possession of the Papal States, whereby the Pope disappeared from the number of governing sovereigns.
§ 48. The next period, from 1856 to 1874,[Pg 70] is very significant for the development of international law. Under the principle of nationality, Austria transformed in 1867 into the dual monarchy of Austria-Hungary, and both Italy and Germany became unified. Italy’s unification emerged from the war between France and Sardinia against Austria in 1859, positioning Italy among the Great Powers of Europe. Germany's unity resulted from three wars: the war between Austria and Prussia in 1864 over Schleswig-Holstein, the conflict of Prussia and Italy against Austria in 1866, and the war of Prussia and the allied South German states against France in 1870. France's defeat in 1870 led to Italy taking control of the Papal States, resulting in the Pope no longer being counted among the governing sovereigns.
The United States of America rise through the successful termination of the Civil War in 1865 to the position of a Great Power. Several rules of maritime International Law owe their further development to this war. And the instructions concerning warfare on land, published in 1863 by the Government of the United States, represent the first step towards codification of the Laws of War. In 1864, the Geneva Convention for the amelioration of the condition of soldiers wounded in armies in the field is, on the initiation of Switzerland, concluded by nine States, and in time almost all civilised States became parties to it. In 1868, the Declaration of St. Petersburg, interdicting the employment in war of explosive balls below a certain weight, is signed by many States. Since Russia in 1870 had arbitrarily shaken off the restrictions of Article 11 of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856 neutralising the Black Sea, the Conference of London, which met in 1871 and was attended by the representatives of the Powers which were parties to the Peace of Paris of 1856, solemnly[Pg 71] proclaimed "that it is an essential principle of the Law of Nations that no Power can liberate itself from the engagements of a treaty, or modify the stipulations thereof, unless with the consent of the contracting Powers by means of an amicable arrangement." The last event in this period is the Conference of Brussels of 1874 for the codification of the rules and usages of war on land. Although the signed code was never ratified, the Brussels Conference was nevertheless epoch-making, since it showed the readiness of the Powers to come to an understanding regarding such a code.
The United States of America emerged as a Great Power following the successful end of the Civil War in 1865. Several rules of maritime International Law further developed as a result of this conflict. The guidelines for land warfare published by the U.S. Government in 1863 marked the first step towards codifying the Laws of War. In 1864, the Geneva Convention, aimed at improving conditions for soldiers wounded in the field, was established by nine States, initiated by Switzerland, and eventually, almost all civilized nations joined it. In 1868, the Declaration of St. Petersburg was signed by many States, prohibiting the use of explosive projectiles below a specific weight in warfare. After Russia unilaterally disregarded the restrictions of Article 11 of the 1856 Peace Treaty of Paris that neutralized the Black Sea in 1870, the London Conference in 1871, attended by representatives of the Powers involved in the 1856 Treaty, solemnly declared "that it is an essential principle of the Law of Nations that no Power can free itself from the responsibilities of a treaty or change its terms, except with the consent of the contracting Powers through an amicable arrangement." The final event of this period was the Brussels Conference of 1874, which aimed to codify the rules and customs of land warfare. Though the code agreed upon was never ratified, the Brussels Conference was nonetheless groundbreaking, as it demonstrated the Powers' willingness to reach an agreement regarding such a code.
The period 1874-1899.
The era 1874-1899.
§ 49. After 1874 the principle of nationality continues to exercise its influence as before. Under its aegis takes place the partial decay of the Ottoman Empire. The refusal of Turkey to introduce reforms regarding the Balkan population led in 1877 to war between Turkey and Russia, which was ended in 1878 by the peace of San Stefano. As the conditions of this treaty would practically have done away with Turkey in Europe, England intervened and a European Congress assembled at Berlin in June 1878 which modified materially the conditions of the Peace of San Stefano. The chief results of the Berlin Congress are:—(1) Servia, Roumania, Montenegro become independent and Sovereign States; (2) Bulgaria becomes an independent principality under Turkish suzerainty; (3) the Turkish provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina come under the administration of Austria-Hungary; (4) a new province under the name of Eastern Rumelia is created in Turkey and is to enjoy great local autonomy (according to an arrangement of the Conference of Constantinople in 1885-1886 a bond is created between Eastern Rumelia and Bulgaria by the appointment of the Prince of Bulgaria as governor of Eastern Rumelia); (5) free navigation on the Danube from the Iron Gates to its mouth in the Black Sea is proclaimed.[Pg 72]
§ 49. After 1874, the principle of nationality continues to influence events as it did before. Under its influence, the Ottoman Empire begins to decline. Turkey's refusal to implement reforms for the Balkan population led to a war with Russia in 1877, which ended in 1878 with the Treaty of San Stefano. Since the terms of this treaty would have essentially removed Turkey from Europe, England intervened, and a European Congress met in Berlin in June 1878 to revise the conditions of the Treaty of San Stefano. The main outcomes of the Berlin Congress are: (1) Serbia, Romania, and Montenegro become independent and sovereign states; (2) Bulgaria becomes an independent principality under Turkish suzerainty; (3) the Turkish provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina are placed under Austro-Hungarian administration; (4) a new province named Eastern Rumelia is established in Turkey, which is to have significant local autonomy (following an agreement made at the Constantinople Conference in 1885-1886, a bond is formed between Eastern Rumelia and Bulgaria by appointing the Prince of Bulgaria as governor of Eastern Rumelia); (5) free navigation on the Danube from the Iron Gates to its mouth in the Black Sea is declared.[Pg 72]
In 1889 Brazil becomes a Republic and a Federal State (the United States of Brazil). In the same year the first Pan-American Congress meets at Washington.
In 1889, Brazil became a Republic and a Federal State (the United States of Brazil). The same year, the first Pan-American Congress met in Washington.
In 1897 Crete revolts against Turkey, war breaks out between Greece and Turkey, the Powers interfere, and peace is concluded at Constantinople. Crete becomes an autonomous half-Sovereign State under Turkish suzerainty with Prince George of Greece as governor, who, however, retires in 1906.
In 1897, Crete revolts against Turkey, war breaks out between Greece and Turkey, the Powers intervene, and peace is established in Constantinople. Crete becomes an autonomous half-sovereign state under Turkish control with Prince George of Greece as governor, who, however, resigns in 1906.
In the Far East war breaks out in 1894 between China and Japan, on account of Korea. China is defeated, and peace is concluded in 1895 at Shimonoseki.[48] Japan henceforth ranks as a Great Power. That she must now be considered a full member of the Family of Nations becomes apparent from the treaties concluded soon afterwards by her with other Powers for the purpose of abolishing their consular jurisdiction within the boundaries of Japan.
In the Far East, a war started in 1894 between China and Japan over Korea. China was defeated, and peace was established in 1895 at Shimonoseki.[48] From then on, Japan was recognized as a Great Power. It became clear that Japan was now a full member of the Family of Nations, as shown by the treaties it later signed with other Powers to end their consular jurisdiction within Japan.
In America the United States intervene in 1898 in the revolt of Cuba against the motherland, whereby war breaks out between Spain and the United States. The defeat of Spain secures the independence of Cuba through the Peace of Paris[49] of 1898. The United States acquires Porto Rico and other Spanish West Indian Islands, and, further, the Philippine Islands, whereby she becomes a colonial Power.
In the United States, intervention occurred in 1898 during Cuba's rebellion against Spain, leading to war between Spain and the U.S. Spain's defeat results in Cuba gaining independence through the Peace of Paris[49] of 1898. The United States also acquires Puerto Rico and other Spanish West Indian islands, as well as the Philippine Islands, thereby becoming a colonial power.
An event of great importance during this period is the Congo Conference of Berlin, which took place in 1884-1885, and at which England, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Turkey were represented. This conference stipulated freedom of commerce, interdiction of slave-trade, and neutralisation of the territories in the[Pg 73] Congo district, and secured freedom of navigation on the rivers Congo and Niger. The so-called Congo Free State was recognised as a member of the Family of Nations.
An important event during this time was the Congo Conference in Berlin, which happened in 1884-1885. Representatives from England, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Turkey attended. This conference established free trade, banned the slave trade, and neutralized the territories in the [Pg 73] Congo area, ensuring free navigation on the Congo and Niger rivers. The so-called Congo Free State was recognized as a member of the Family of Nations.
A second fact of great importance during this period is the movement towards the conclusion of international agreements concerning matters of international administration. This movement finds expression in the establishment of numerous International Unions with special International Offices. Thus a Universal Telegraphic Union is established in 1875, a Universal Postal Union in 1878, a Union for the Protection of Industrial Property in 1883, a Union for the Protection of Works of Literature and Art in 1886, a Union for the Publication of Custom Tariffs in 1890. There were also concluded conventions concerning:—(1) Private International Law (1900 and 1902); (2) Railway transports and freights (1890); (3) the metric system (1875); (4) phylloxera epidemics (1878 and 1881); (5) cholera and plague epidemics (1893, 1896, &c.); (6) Monetary Unions (1865, 1878, 1885, 1892, 1893).
A second important fact during this time is the shift toward creating international agreements related to global administration. This shift is reflected in the formation of many International Unions with dedicated International Offices. For instance, the Universal Telegraphic Union was established in 1875, the Universal Postal Union in 1878, a Union for the Protection of Industrial Property in 1883, a Union for the Protection of Works of Literature and Art in 1886, and a Union for the Publication of Custom Tariffs in 1890. There were also conventions established regarding:—(1) Private International Law (1900 and 1902); (2) Railway transport and freight (1890); (3) the metric system (1875); (4) phylloxera outbreaks (1878 and 1881); (5) cholera and plague outbreaks (1893, 1896, etc.); (6) Monetary Unions (1865, 1878, 1885, 1892, 1893).
A third fact of great importance is that in this period a tendency arises to settle international conflicts more frequently than in former times by arbitration. Numerous arbitrations are actually taking place, and several treaties are concluded between different States stipulating the settlement by arbitration of all conflicts which might arise in future between the contracting parties.
A third key point is that during this time, there is a growing trend to resolve international conflicts more often through arbitration than in the past. Many arbitrations are currently happening, and several treaties are being signed between different countries that agree to settle any future disputes through arbitration.
The last fact of great importance which is epoch-making for this period is the Peace Conference of the Hague of 1899. This Conference produces, apart from three Declarations of minor importance, a Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Conflicts, a Convention regarding the Laws and Customs of War on Land, and a Convention for the Adaptation to Maritime Warfare of the Principles of the Geneva Convention.[Pg 74] It also formulates, among others, the three wishes (1) that a conference should in the near future regulate the rights and duties of neutrals, (2) that a future conference should contemplate the declaration of the inviolability of private property in naval warfare, (3) that a future conference should settle the question of the bombardment of ports, towns, and villages by naval forces.
The last significant fact that is groundbreaking for this period is the Peace Conference of The Hague in 1899. This Conference resulted in, besides three minor Declarations, a Convention for the Peaceful Resolution of International Disputes, a Convention on the Laws and Customs of War on Land, and a Convention for Adapting the Geneva Convention Principles to Maritime Warfare.[Pg 74] It also outlines, among other things, three goals: (1) that a conference should soon address the rights and responsibilities of neutral parties, (2) that a future conference should consider declaring the inviolability of private property during naval warfare, and (3) that a future conference should resolve the issue of naval forces bombarding ports, towns, and villages.
The Twentieth Century.
The 20th Century.
§ 50. Soon after the Hague Peace Conference, in October 1899, war breaks out in South Africa between Great Britain and the two Boer Republics, which leads to the latter's subjugation at the end of 1901. The assassination on June 10, 1900, of the German Minister and the general attack on the foreign legations at Peking necessitate united action of the Powers against China for the purpose of vindicating this violation of the fundamental rules of the Laws of Nations. Friendly relations are, however, re-established with China on her submitting to the conditions enumerated in the Final Protocol of Peking,[50] signed on September 7, 1901. In December 1902 Great Britain, Germany, and Italy institute a blockade of the coast of Venezuela for the purpose of making her comply with their demands for the indemnification of their subjects wronged during civil wars in Venezuela, and the latter consents to pay indemnities to be settled by a mixed commission of diplomatists.[51] As, however, Powers other than those blockading likewise claim indemnities, the matter is referred to the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague, which in 1904 gives its award[52] in favour of the blockading Powers. In February 1904 war breaks out between Japan and Russia on account of Manchuria and Korea. Russia is defeated, and peace is concluded[Pg 75] through the mediation of the United States of America, on September 5, 1905, at Portsmouth.[53] Korea, now freed from the influence of Russia, places herself by the Treaty of Seoul[54] of November 17, 1905, under the protectorate of Japan. Five years later, however, by the Treaty of Seoul[55] of August 22, 1910, she merges entirely into Japan.
§ 50. Soon after the Hague Peace Conference in October 1899, war breaks out in South Africa between Great Britain and the two Boer Republics, leading to the latter's defeat by the end of 1901. The assassination of the German Minister on June 10, 1900, and the general assault on the foreign legations in Peking require the Powers to act together against China to address this violation of international law. However, friendly relations are re-established with China once she agrees to the terms outlined in the Final Protocol of Peking,[50] signed on September 7, 1901. In December 1902, Great Britain, Germany, and Italy impose a blockade on the coast of Venezuela to compel the country to comply with their demands for compensation for their citizens harmed during the civil wars there. Venezuela agrees to pay indemnities that will be determined by a mixed commission of diplomats.[51] However, other Powers claiming indemnities besides those blockading refer the matter to the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague, which issues its ruling in 1904[52] in favor of the blockading Powers. In February 1904, war breaks out between Japan and Russia over Manchuria and Korea. Russia is defeated, and peace is established[Pg 75] through the mediation of the United States on September 5, 1905, at Portsmouth.[53] Korea, now free from Russian influence, places itself under the protection of Japan by the Treaty of Seoul[54] on November 17, 1905. Five years later, however, by the Treaty of Seoul[55] on August 22, 1910, Korea completely merges into Japan.
The Real Union between Norway and Sweden, which was established by the Vienna Congress in 1815, is peacefully dissolved by the Treaty of Karlstad[56] of October 26, 1905. Norway becomes a separate kingdom under Prince Charles of Denmark, who takes the name of Haakon VIII., and Great Britain, Germany, Russia, and France guarantee by the Treaty of Christiania[57] of November 2, 1907, the integrity of Norway on condition that she would not cede any part of her territory to any foreign Power.
The Real Union between Norway and Sweden, which was created by the Vienna Congress in 1815, is peacefully dissolved by the Treaty of Karlstad[56] on October 26, 1905. Norway becomes an independent kingdom under Prince Charles of Denmark, who takes the name Haakon VIII. Great Britain, Germany, Russia, and France guarantee Norway's integrity through the Treaty of Christiania[57] on November 2, 1907, on the condition that Norway does not give up any part of its territory to any foreign power.
The rivalry between France and Germany—the latter protesting against the position conceded to France in Morocco by the Anglo-French agreement signed at London on April 8, 1904—leads in January 1906 to the Conference of Algeciras, in which Great Britain, France, Germany, Belgium, Holland, Italy, Austria-Hungary, Portugal, Russia, Sweden, Spain, and the United States of America take part, and where on April 7, 1906, the General Act of the International Conference of Algeciras[58] is signed. This Act, which recognises, on the one hand, the independence and integrity of Morocco, and, on the other, equal commercial facilities for all nations in that country, contains:—(1) A declaration concerning the organisation of the Moroccan police; (2) regulations concerning the detection and suppression of the illicit[Pg 76] trade in arms; (3) an Act of concession for a Moorish State Bank; (4) a declaration concerning an improved yield of the taxes and the creation of new sources of revenue; (5) regulations respecting customs and the suppression of fraud and smuggling; (6) a declaration concerning the public services and public works. But it would seem that this Act has not produced a condition of affairs of any permanency. Since, in 1911, internal disturbances in Morocco led to military action on the part of France and Spain, Germany, in July of the same year, sent a man-of-war to the port of Agadir. Thus the Moroccan question has been reopened, and fresh negotiations for its settlement are taking place between the Powers.[59]
The rivalry between France and Germany— the latter objecting to the position granted to France in Morocco by the Anglo-French agreement signed in London on April 8, 1904— led to the Conference of Algeciras in January 1906. Representatives from Great Britain, France, Germany, Belgium, Holland, Italy, Austria-Hungary, Portugal, Russia, Sweden, Spain, and the United States of America participated, and on April 7, 1906, the General Act of the International Conference of Algeciras[58] was signed. This Act acknowledges, on one hand, the independence and integrity of Morocco, and on the other, equal commercial opportunities for all nations in that country. It includes: (1) a declaration regarding the organization of the Moroccan police; (2) regulations for detecting and suppressing the illegal[Pg 76] arms trade; (3) an agreement for a Moorish State Bank; (4) a declaration concerning better tax revenue and the creation of new sources of income; (5) regulations on customs and the prevention of fraud and smuggling; (6) a declaration about public services and infrastructure projects. However, it seems that this Act hasn’t created a lasting situation. In 1911, internal conflicts in Morocco led to military actions by France and Spain, and Germany sent a warship to the port of Agadir that July. Thus, the Moroccan issue has reopened, and new negotiations for its resolution are happening among the Powers.[59]
[59] It should be mentioned that by the Treaty of London of December 13, 1906, Great Britain, France, and Italy agree to co-operate in maintaining the independence and integrity of Abyssinia; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. p. 556.
[59] It's worth noting that through the Treaty of London on December 13, 1906, Great Britain, France, and Italy agreed to work together to preserve the independence and integrity of Abyssinia; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. p. 556.
Two events of importance occur in 1908. The first is the merging of the Congo Free State[60] into Belgium, which annexation is not as yet recognised by all the Powers. The other is the crisis in the Near East caused by the ascendency of the so-called Young Turks and the introduction of a constitution in Turkey. Simultaneously on October 5, 1908, Bulgaria declares herself independent, and Austria-Hungary proclaims her sovereignty over Bosnia and Herzegovina, which two Turkish provinces had been under her administration since 1878. This violation of the Treaty of Berlin considerably endangers the peace of the world, and an international conference is proposed for the purpose of reconsidering the settlement of the Near Eastern question. Austria-Hungary, however, does not consent to this, but prefers to negotiate with Turkey alone in the matter, and a Protocol is signed by the two Powers on February 26, 1909, according to which Turkey receives a substantial indemnity in money and other concessions. Austria-Hungary[Pg 77] negotiates likewise with Montenegro alone, and consents to the modifications in Article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin concerning the harbour of Antivary, which is to be freed from Austria-Hungarian control and is henceforth to be open to warships of all nations. Whereupon the demand for an international conference is abandoned and the Powers notify on April 7, 1909, their consent to the abolition of Article 25 and the amendment of Article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin.[61]
Two important events happen in 1908. The first is the merging of the Congo Free State[60] into Belgium, although this annexation isn't recognized by all the Powers yet. The second is the crisis in the Near East triggered by the rise of the so-called Young Turks and the introduction of a constitution in Turkey. At the same time, on October 5, 1908, Bulgaria declares its independence, and Austria-Hungary announces its sovereignty over Bosnia and Herzegovina, two Turkish provinces that had been under its administration since 1878. This breach of the Treaty of Berlin seriously threatens global peace, and an international conference is suggested to reconsider the resolution of the Near Eastern issue. However, Austria-Hungary refuses this and prefers to negotiate with Turkey independently on the matter. A Protocol is signed by both Powers on February 26, 1909, which grants Turkey a significant financial indemnity and other concessions. Austria-Hungary[Pg 77] also negotiates solely with Montenegro, agreeing to changes in Article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin regarding the port of Antivary, which will be released from Austria-Hungarian control and will now be accessible to warships from all nations. Consequently, the call for an international conference is dropped, and on April 7, 1909, the Powers confirm their agreement to abolish Article 25 and amend Article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin.[61]
In 1910 Portugal becomes a Republic; but the Powers, although they enter provisionally into communication with the de facto government, do not recognise the Republic until September 1911, after the National Assembly adopted the republican form of government.
In 1910, Portugal became a Republic; however, the Powers, even though they temporarily communicated with the de facto government, did not recognize the Republic until September 1911, after the National Assembly established the republican form of government.
In September 1911 war breaks out between Italy and Turkey, on account of the alleged maltreatment of Italian subjects in Tripoli.
In September 1911, war breaks out between Italy and Turkey due to the claimed mistreatment of Italian citizens in Tripoli.
International Law as a body of rules for the international conduct of States makes steady progress during this period. This is evidenced by congresses, conferences, and law-making treaties. Of conferences and congresses must be mentioned the second, third, and fourth Pan-American Congresses,[62] which take place at Mexico in 1901, at Rio in 1906, and at Buenos Ayres in 1910. Although the law-making treaties of these congresses have not found ratification, their importance cannot be denied. Further, in 1906 a conference assembles in Geneva for the purpose of revising the Geneva Convention of 1864 concerning the wounded in land warfare, and on July 6, 1906, the new Geneva[63] Convention is signed. Of the greatest importance, however, are the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 and the Naval Conference of London of 1898-9.
International Law, as a set of rules guiding how countries interact, makes steady progress during this time. This is shown by various congresses, conferences, and treaties aimed at creating laws. Notably, the second, third, and fourth Pan-American Congresses[62] took place in Mexico in 1901, in Rio in 1906, and in Buenos Aires in 1910. While the treaties made during these congresses haven't been ratified, their significance can't be overlooked. Additionally, in 1906, a conference meets in Geneva to revise the Geneva Convention of 1864 regarding the treatment of wounded soldiers in land warfare, and on July 6, 1906, the new Geneva[63] Convention is signed. However, the most important events are the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 and the Naval Conference in London from 1898 to 1899.
The second Peace Conference assembles at the Hague on June 15, 1907. Whereas at the first there were only 26 States represented, 44 are represented at the second Peace Conference. The result of this Conference is contained in its Final Act,[64] which is signed on October 18, 1907, and embodies no fewer than thirteen law-making Conventions besides a declaration of minor importance. Of these Conventions, 1, 4, and 10 are mere revisions of Conventions agreed upon at the first Peace Conference of 1899, but the others are new and concern:—The employment of force for the recovery of contract debts (2); the commencement of hostilities (3); the rights and duties of neutrals in land warfare (5); the status of enemy merchant-ships at the outbreak of hostilities (6); the conversion of merchantmen into men-of-war (7); the laying of submarine mines (8); the bombardment by naval forces (9); restrictions of the right of capture in maritime war (11); the establishment of an International Prize Court (12); the rights and duties of neutrals in maritime war (13).
The second Peace Conference takes place in The Hague on June 15, 1907. While the first conference had just 26 countries represented, the second one has 44. The outcome of this Conference is documented in its Final Act,[64] which is signed on October 18, 1907, and includes at least thirteen law-making Conventions along with a less significant declaration. Out of these Conventions, 1, 4, and 10 are simply updates of the Conventions agreed upon at the first Peace Conference in 1899, but the others are new and cover: the use of force for recovering contract debts (2); the initiation of hostilities (3); the rights and responsibilities of neutral parties in land warfare (5); the status of enemy merchant ships when hostilities begin (6); the transformation of merchant ships into warships (7); the placement of underwater mines (8); naval bombardment (9); limitations on the right of capture in maritime conflict (11); the creation of an International Prize Court (12); and the rights and responsibilities of neutral parties in maritime warfare (13).
The Naval Conference of London assembles on December 4, 1908, for the purpose of discussing the possibility of creating a code of prize law without which the International Prize Court, agreed upon at the second Hague Peace Conference, could not be established, and produces the Declaration of London, signed on February 26, 1909. This Declaration contains 71 articles, and settles in nine chapters the law concerning:—(1) Blockade; (2) contraband; (3) un-neutral service; (4) destruction of neutral prizes; (5) transfer to a neutral flag; (6) enemy character; (7) convoy; (8) resistance to search; and (9) compensation. The Declaration is accompanied by a General Report on its stipulations which is intended to serve as an official commentary.[Pg 79]
The London Naval Conference meets on December 4, 1908, to discuss the possibility of creating a code of prize law, which is necessary for establishing the International Prize Court agreed upon at the second Hague Peace Conference. The conference produces the Declaration of London, signed on February 26, 1909. This Declaration contains 71 articles and covers the law in nine chapters regarding: (1) Blockade; (2) contraband; (3) un-neutral service; (4) destruction of neutral prizes; (5) transfer to a neutral flag; (6) enemy character; (7) convoy; (8) resistance to search; and (9) compensation. The Declaration is accompanied by a General Report on its stipulations, which serves as an official commentary.[Pg 79]
The movement which began in the last half of the nineteenth century towards the conclusion of international agreements concerning matters of international administration, develops favourably during this period. The following conventions are the outcome of this movement:—(1) Concerning the preservation of wild animals, birds, and fish in Africa (1900); (2) concerning international hydrographic and biological investigations in the North Sea (1901); (3) concerning protection of birds useful for agriculture (1902); (4) concerning the production of sugar (1902); (5) concerning the White Slave traffic (1904); (6) concerning the establishment of an International Agricultural Institute at Rome (1905); (7) concerning unification of the Pharmacopœial Formulas (1906); (8) concerning the prohibition of the use of white phosphorus (1906); (9) concerning the prohibition of night work for women (1906); (10) concerning the international circulation of motor vehicles (1909).
The movement that started in the last half of the nineteenth century aimed at creating international agreements about international administration progressed positively during this time. The following conventions resulted from this movement:—(1) Regarding the protection of wild animals, birds, and fish in Africa (1900); (2) on international hydrographic and biological studies in the North Sea (1901); (3) about the protection of birds beneficial for agriculture (1902); (4) on sugar production (1902); (5) addressing the White Slave trade (1904); (6) for establishing an International Agricultural Institute in Rome (1905); (7) for unifying Pharmacopoeial Formulas (1906); (8) on banning the use of white phosphorus (1906); (9) on prohibiting night work for women (1906); (10) on the international movement of motor vehicles (1909).
It is, lastly, of the greatest importance to mention that the so-called peace movement,[65] which aims at the settlement of all international disputes by arbitration or judicial decision of an International Court, gains considerable influence over the Governments and public opinion everywhere since the first Hague Peace Conference. A great number of arbitration treaties are agreed upon, and the Permanent Court of Arbitration established at the Hague gives its first award[66] in a case in 1902 and its ninth in 1911. The influence of these decisions upon the peaceful settlement of international differences generally is enormous, and it may confidently be expected that the third Hague Peace Conference will make arbitration obligatory for some of the matters which do not concern the vital interests, the honour, and the independence of the States. It is a hopeful sign that, whereas most of the existing arbitration[Pg 80] treaties exempt conflicts which concern the vital interests, the honour, and the independence, Argentina and Chili in 1902, Denmark and Holland in 1903, Denmark and Italy in 1905, Denmark and Portugal in 1907, Argentina and Italy in 1907, the Central American Republics of Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador in 1907, Italy and Holland in 1907, entered into general arbitration treaties according to which all differences, without any exception, shall be settled by arbitration.[67]
It is, finally, very important to note that the so-called peace movement,[65] which seeks to resolve all international disputes through arbitration or the judicial decision of an International Court, has gained significant influence over governments and public opinion everywhere since the first Hague Peace Conference. A large number of arbitration treaties have been established, and the Permanent Court of Arbitration set up in The Hague issued its first ruling[66] in a case in 1902 and its ninth in 1911. The impact of these decisions on the peaceful resolution of international conflicts is enormous, and it can be confidently expected that the third Hague Peace Conference will make arbitration mandatory for some issues that do not involve the vital interests, honor, and independence of the states. It's a promising sign that, while most existing arbitration treaties exclude conflicts involving vital interests, honor, and independence, Argentina and Chile in 1902, Denmark and the Netherlands in 1903, Denmark and Italy in 1905, Denmark and Portugal in 1907, Argentina and Italy in 1907, and the Central American Republics of Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador in 1907, as well as Italy and the Netherlands in 1907, entered into general arbitration treaties stating that all differences, without exception, will be settled through arbitration.[67]
[67] The general arbitration treaties concluded in August 1911 by the United States with Great Britain and France have not yet been ratified, as the consent of the American Senate is previously required.
[67] The general arbitration treaties signed in August 1911 by the United States with Great Britain and France still haven't been ratified, as they need approval from the American Senate first.
Six Lessons of the History of the Law of Nations.
Six Lessons from the History of International Law.
§ 51. It is the task of history, not only to show how things have grown in the past, but also to extract a moral for the future out of the events of the past. Six morals can be said to be deduced from the history of the development of the Law of Nations:
§ 51. History's job is not just to show how things have evolved in the past, but also to draw lessons for the future from past events. We can identify six lessons that can be learned from the history of the development of the Law of Nations:
(1) The first and principal moral is that a Law of Nations can exist only if there be an equilibrium, a balance of power, between the members of the Family of Nations. If the Powers cannot keep one another in check, no rules of law will have any force, since an over-powerful State will naturally try to act according to discretion and disobey the law. As there is not and never can be a central political authority above the Sovereign States that could enforce the rules of the Law of Nations, a balance of power must prevent any member of the Family of Nations from becoming omnipotent. The history of the times of Louis XIV. and Napoleon I. shows clearly the soundness of this principle.[68]
(1) The main takeaway is that a Law of Nations can only exist if there’s a balance of power among the members of the Family of Nations. If countries can't keep each other in check, no legal rules will hold any weight, because a dominant state will likely disregard the law and act on its own terms. Since there’s no central political authority above sovereign states to enforce the Law of Nations, a balance of power is necessary to stop any member of the Family of Nations from becoming all-powerful. The history during the times of Louis XIV and Napoleon I clearly illustrates the validity of this principle.[68]
[68] Attention ought to be drawn to the fact that, although the necessity of a balance of power is generally recognised, there are some writers of great authority who vigorously oppose this principle, as, for instance, Bulmerincq, "Praxis, Theorie und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 40-50. On the principle itself see Donnadieu, "Essai sur la Théorie de l'Équilibre" (1900), and Dupuis, "Le Principe d'Équilibre et de Concert Européen" (1909).
[68] It's important to note that, while the necessity of a balance of power is widely accepted, there are some highly respected authors who strongly oppose this idea, such as Bulmerincq in "Praxis, Theorie und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 40-50. For more on the principle itself, see Donnadieu's "Essai sur la Théorie de l'Équilibre" (1900) and Dupuis' "Le Principe d'Équilibre et de Concert Européen" (1909).
(2) The second moral is that International Law can develop progressively only when international politics,[Pg 81] especially intervention, are made on the basis of real State interests. Dynastic wars belong to the past, as do interventions in favour of legitimacy. It is neither to be feared, nor to be hoped, that they should occur again in the future. But if they did, they would hamper the development of the Law of Nations in the future as they have done in the past.
(2) The second lesson is that International Law can only grow and evolve when international politics,[Pg 81] particularly interventions, are driven by genuine State interests. Dynastic wars are a thing of the past, just like interventions for the sake of legitimacy. There’s no need to fear or wish for their return in the future. However, if they were to happen again, they would hinder the progress of the Law of Nations moving forward, just as they have in the past.
(3) The third moral is that the principle of nationality is of such force that it is fruitless to try to stop its victory. Wherever a community of many millions of individuals, who are bound together by the same blood, language, and interests, become so powerful that they think it necessary to have a State of their own, in which they can live according to their own ideals and can build up a national civilisation, they will certainly get that State sooner or later. What international politics can, and should, do is to enforce the rule that minorities of individuals of another race shall not be outside the law, but shall be treated on equal terms with the majority. States embracing a population of several nationalities can exist and will always exist, as many examples show.
(3) The third lesson is that the principle of nationality is so strong that trying to stop its triumph is pointless. Whenever a large community of millions of people, who are connected by the same blood, language, and interests, becomes powerful enough to feel the need for their own State—where they can live by their ideals and create a national civilization—they will eventually achieve that State. What international politics can and should do is enforce the principle that minorities of a different race should not be outside the law but treated equally with the majority. States with populations of multiple nationalities can and will continue to exist, as numerous examples demonstrate.
(4) The fourth moral is that every progress in the development of International Law wants due time to ripen. Although one must hope that the time will come when war will entirely disappear, there is no possibility of seeing this hope realised in our time. The first necessities of an eternal peace are that the surface of the earth should be shared between States of the same standard of civilisation, and that the moral ideas of the governing classes in all the States of the world should undergo such an alteration and progressive development as would create the conviction that arbitral awards and decisions of courts of justice are alone adequate means for the settlement of international differences. Eternal peace is an ideal, and in the very term "ideal" is involved the conviction of the impossibility of its realisation in the present, although[Pg 82] it is a duty to aim constantly at such realisation. The Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague, now established by the Hague Peace Conference of 1899, is an institution that can bring us nearer to such realisation than ever could have been hoped. And codification of parts of the Law of Nations, following the codification of the rules regarding land warfare and the codification comprised in the Declaration of London, will in due time arrive, and will make the legal basis of international intercourse firmer, broader, and more manifest than before.[69]
(4) The fourth lesson is that every advancement in the development of International Law needs time to mature. While we hope for a time when war will completely vanish, it's unlikely that we'll see this happen in our lifetime. The first requirements for lasting peace are that the Earth's resources should be shared among nations with similar levels of civilization, and that the moral standards of the ruling classes in all countries should change and develop in a way that fosters the belief that arbitration and court decisions are the only proper ways to resolve international disputes. Lasting peace is an ideal, and by its very nature, it reflects the understanding that achieving it in the present is impossible, although it remains our duty to strive for that goal. The Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague, established by the Hague Peace Conference of 1899, is an institution that can bring us closer to achieving this goal than we could have ever imagined. Additionally, the codification of parts of International Law, following the codification of rules concerning land warfare and the rules outlined in the Declaration of London, will eventually happen and will strengthen the legal foundation for international relations, making it more solid, expansive, and clearer than before.[69]
(5) The fifth moral is that the progress of International Law depends to a great extent upon whether the legal school of International Jurists prevails over the diplomatic school.[70] The legal school desires International Law to develop more or less on the lines of Municipal Law, aiming at the codification of firm, decisive, and unequivocal rules of International Law, and working for the establishment of international Courts for the purpose of the administration of international justice. The diplomatic school, on the other hand, considers International Law to be, and prefers it to remain, rather a body of elastic principles than of firm and precise rules. The diplomatic school opposes the establishment of international Courts because it considers diplomatic settlement of international disputes, and failing this arbitration, preferable to international administration of justice by international Courts composed of permanently appointed judges. There is, however, no doubt that international Courts are urgently needed, and that the rules of International Law require now such an authoritative interpretation and administration as only an international Court can supply.
(5) The fifth moral is that the advancement of International Law largely depends on whether the legal school of International Jurists takes precedence over the diplomatic school.[70] The legal school wants International Law to evolve similarly to Municipal Law, focusing on creating clear, definite, and unambiguous rules of International Law, and pushing for the establishment of international Courts to provide international justice. In contrast, the diplomatic school views International Law as a collection of flexible principles and prefers it to stay that way. They oppose the creation of international Courts, advocating instead for diplomatic resolutions of international disputes and, if those fail, arbitration over the international administration of justice by Courts with permanently appointed judges. However, it's clear that international Courts are urgently needed, and the rules of International Law require the kind of authoritative interpretation and enforcement that only an international Court can provide.
(6) The sixth, and last, moral is that the progressive development of International Law depends chiefly upon the standard of public morality on the one hand, and, on the other, upon economic interests. The higher the standard of public morality rises, the more will International Law progress. And the more important international economic interests grow, the more International Law will grow. For, looked upon from a certain stand-point, International Law is, just like Municipal Law, a product of moral and of economic factors, and at the same time the basis for a favourable development of moral and economic interests. This being an indisputable fact, it may, therefore, fearlessly be maintained that an immeasurable progress is guaranteed to International Law, since there are eternal moral and economic factors working in its favour.
(6) The sixth and final lesson is that the advancement of International Law mainly relies on the level of public morality on one hand and economic interests on the other. As the standard of public morality rises, International Law will also progress. Similarly, as international economic interests become more significant, International Law will expand. Viewed from a certain perspective, International Law is, like Municipal Law, shaped by moral and economic influences and serves as a foundation for the positive development of moral and economic interests. Given this undeniable fact, it's safe to say that International Law is assured significant progress, thanks to the enduring moral and economic factors supporting it.
III THE SCIENCE OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
Phillimore, I., Preface to the first edition—Lawrence, §§ 31-36—Manning, pp. 21-65—Halleck, I. pp. 12, 15, 18, 22, 25, 29, 34, 42—Walker, History, I. pp. 203-337, and "The Science of International Law" (1893), passim—Taylor, §§ 37-48—Wheaton, §§ 4-13—Rivier in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 337-475—Nys, I. pp. 213-328—Martens, I. §§ 34-38—Fiore, I. Nos. 53-88, 164-185, 240-272—Calvo, I. pp. 27-34, 44-46, 51-55, 61-63, 70-73, 101-137—Bonfils, Nos. 147-153—Despagnet, Nos. 28-35—Ullmann, § 18—Kaltenborn, "Die Vorläufer des Hugo Grotius" (1848)—Holland, Studies, pp. 1-58, 168-175—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 23-77—Ward, "Enquiry into the Foundation and History of the Law of Nations," 2 vols. (1795)—Nys, "Le droit de la guerre et les précurseurs de Grotius" (1882), "Notes pour servir à l'histoire ... du droit international en Angleterre" (1888), "Les origines du droit international" (1894)—Wheaton, "Histoire des progrès du droit des gens en Europe" (1841)—Oppenheim in A.J. I. (1908), pp. 313-356—Pollock in the Cambridge Modern History, vol. XII. (1910), pp. 703-729—See also the bibliographies enumerated below in § 61.
Phillimore, I., Preface to the first edition—Lawrence, §§ 31-36—Manning, pp. 21-65—Halleck, I. pp. 12, 15, 18, 22, 25, 29, 34, 42—Walker, History, I. pp. 203-337, and "The Science of International Law" (1893), passim—Taylor, §§ 37-48—Wheaton, §§ 4-13—Rivier in Holtzendorff, I. pp. 337-475—Nys, I. pp. 213-328—Martens, I. §§ 34-38—Fiore, I. Nos. 53-88, 164-185, 240-272—Calvo, I. pp. 27-34, 44-46, 51-55, 61-63, 70-73, 101-137—Bonfils, Nos. 147-153—Despagnet, Nos. 28-35—Ullmann, § 18—Kaltenborn, "Die Vorläufer des Hugo Grotius" (1848)—Holland, Studies, pp. 1-58, 168-175—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 23-77—Ward, "Enquiry into the Foundation and History of the Law of Nations," 2 vols. (1795)—Nys, "Le droit de la guerre et les précurseurs de Grotius" (1882), "Notes pour servir à l'histoire ... du droit international en Angleterre" (1888), "Les origines du droit international" (1894)—Wheaton, "Histoire des progrès du droit des gens en Europe" (1841)—Oppenheim in A.J. I. (1908), pp. 313-356—Pollock in the Cambridge Modern History, vol. XII. (1910), pp. 703-729—See also the bibliographies listed below in § 61.
Forerunners of Grotius.
Predecessors of Grotius.
§ 52. The science of the modern Law of Nations commences from Grotius's work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," because in it a fairly complete system[Pg 84] of International Law was for the first time built up as an independent branch of the science of law. But there were many writers before Grotius who wrote on special parts of the Law of Nations. They are therefore commonly called "Forerunners of Grotius." The most important of these forerunners are the following: (1) Legnano, Professor of Law in the University of Bologna, who wrote in 1360 his book "De bello, de represaliis, et de duello," which was, however, not printed before 1477; (2) Belli, an Italian jurist and statesman, who published in 1563 his book, "De re militari et de bello"; (3) Brunus, a German jurist, who published in 1548 his book, "De legationibus"; (4) Victoria, Professor in the University of Salamanca, who published in 1557 his "Relectiones theologicae,"[71] which partly deals with the Law of War; (5) Ayala, of Spanish descent but born in Antwerp, a military judge in the army of Alexandro Farnese, the Prince of Parma. He published in 1582 his book, "De jure et officiis bellicis et disciplina militari"; (6) Suarez, a Spanish Jesuit and Professor at Coimbra, who published in 1612 his "Tractatus de legibus et de legislatore," in which (II. c. 19, n. 8) for the first time the attempt is made to found a law between the States on the fact that they form a community of States; (7) Gentilis (1552-1608), an Italian jurist, who became Professor of Civil Law in Oxford. He published in 1585 his work, "De legationibus," in 1588 and 1589 his "Commentationes de jure belli," and in 1598 an enlarged work on the same matter under the title "De jure belli libri tres."[72] His "Advocatio Hispanica" was edited, after his death, in 1613 by his brother Scipio. Gentilis's book "De jure belli" supplies,[Pg 85] as Professor Holland shows, the model and the framework of the first and third book of Grotius's "De Jure Belli ac Pacis." "The first step"—Holland rightly says—"towards making International Law what it is was taken, not by Grotius, but by Gentilis."
§ 52. The study of modern International Law starts with Grotius's work, "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," because it established a fairly complete system of International Law as an independent field for the first time. However, there were many writers before Grotius who addressed specific aspects of International Law. They are often referred to as the "Forerunners of Grotius." The most important of these forerunners include: (1) Legnano, a Law Professor at the University of Bologna, who wrote his book "De bello, de represaliis, et de duello" in 1360, but it wasn’t printed until 1477; (2) Belli, an Italian jurist and statesman, who published "De re militari et de bello" in 1563; (3) Brunus, a German jurist, who published "De legationibus" in 1548; (4) Victoria, a Professor at the University of Salamanca, who published "Relectiones theologicae" in 1557, which partly discusses the Law of War; (5) Ayala, of Spanish descent but born in Antwerp, a military judge in the army of Alexandro Farnese, the Prince of Parma. He published "De jure et officiis bellicis et disciplina militari" in 1582; (6) Suarez, a Spanish Jesuit and Professor at Coimbra, who published "Tractatus de legibus et de legislatore" in 1612, which for the first time tried to establish a legal foundation between States based on the idea that they form a community of States (II. c. 19, n. 8); (7) Gentilis (1552-1608), an Italian jurist who became a Professor of Civil Law at Oxford. He published "De legationibus" in 1585, "Commentationes de jure belli" in 1588 and 1589, and a revised edition of the same subject titled "De jure belli libri tres" in 1598. His "Advocatio Hispanica" was published posthumously in 1613 by his brother Scipio. Gentilis's book "De jure belli" provides, as Professor Holland points out, the model and structure for the first and third books of Grotius's "De Jure Belli ac Pacis." "The first step"—Holland correctly states—"towards shaping International Law as it is today was taken, not by Grotius, but by Gentilis."
[72] Re-edited in 1877 by Professor Holland. On Gentilis, see Holland, Studies, pp. 1-391; Westlake, Chapters, pp. 33-36; Walker, History, I. pp. 249-277; Thamm, "Albericus Gentilis und seine Bedeutung für das Völkerrecht" (1896); Phillipson in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, XII. (1912), pp. 52-80; Balch in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 665-679.
[72] Re-edited in 1877 by Professor Holland. For information on Gentilis, refer to Holland, Studies, pp. 1-391; Westlake, Chapters, pp. 33-36; Walker, History, I. pp. 249-277; Thamm, "Albericus Gentilis and His Impact on International Law" (1896); Phillipson in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, XII. (1912), pp. 52-80; Balch in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 665-679.
Grotius.
Grotius.
§ 53. Although Grotius owes much to Gentilis, he is nevertheless the greater of the two and bears by right the title of "Father of the Law of Nations." Hugo Grotius was born at Delft in Holland in 1583. He was from his earliest childhood known as a "wondrous child" on account of his marvellous intellectual gifts and talents. He began to study law at Leyden when only eleven years old, and at the age of fifteen he took the degree of Doctor of Laws at Orleans in France. He acquired a reputation, not only as a jurist, but also as a Latin poet and a philologist. He first practised as a lawyer, but afterwards took to politics and became involved in political and religious quarrels which led to his arrest in 1618 and condemnation to prison for life. In 1621, however, he succeeded in escaping from prison and went to live for ten years in France. In 1634 he entered into the service of Sweden and became Swedish Minister in Paris. He died in 1645 at Rostock in Germany on his way home from Sweden, whither he had gone to tender his resignation.
§ 53. Although Grotius owes much to Gentilis, he is still the greater of the two and rightfully holds the title of "Father of the Law of Nations." Hugo Grotius was born in Delft, Holland, in 1583. From a young age, he was recognized as a "wondrous child" due to his remarkable intellectual abilities and talents. He started studying law at Leyden when he was only eleven years old, and by the age of fifteen, he earned a Doctor of Laws degree in Orleans, France. He gained a reputation not just as a jurist, but also as a Latin poet and linguist. Initially, he practiced law, but later shifted to politics and became embroiled in political and religious conflicts that resulted in his arrest in 1618 and life imprisonment. In 1621, however, he managed to escape from prison and lived in France for ten years. In 1634, he began serving Sweden and became the Swedish Minister in Paris. He passed away in 1645 in Rostock, Germany, on his way home from Sweden, where he had gone to submit his resignation.
Even before he had the intention of writing a book on the Law of Nations Grotius took an interest in matters international. For in 1609, when only twenty-four years old, he published—anonymously at first—a short treatise under the title "Mare liberum," in which he contended that the open sea could not be the property of any State, whereas the contrary opinion was generally prevalent.[73] But it was not until fourteen years[Pg 86] later that Grotius began, during his exile in France, to write his "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," which was published, after a further two years, in 1625, and of which it has rightly been maintained that no other book, with the single exception of the Bible, has ever exercised a similar influence upon human minds and matters. The whole development of the modern Law of Nations itself, as well as that of the science of the Law of Nations, takes root from this for ever famous book. Grotius's intention was originally to write a treatise on the Law of War, since the cruelties and lawlessness of warfare of his time incited him to the work. But thorough investigation into the matter led him further, and thus he produced a system of the Law of Nature and Nations. In the introduction he speaks of many of the authors before him, and he especially quotes Ayala and Gentilis. Yet, although he recognises their influence upon his work, he is nevertheless aware that his system is fundamentally different from those of his forerunners. There was in truth nothing original in Grotius's start from the Law of Nature for the purpose of deducing therefrom rules of a Law of Nations. Other writers before his time, and in especial Gentilis, had founded their works upon it. But nobody before him had done it in such a masterly way and with such a felicitous hand. And it is on this account that Grotius bears not only, as already mentioned, the title of "Father of the Law of Nations," but also that of "Father of the Law of Nature."
Even before he intended to write a book on the Law of Nations, Grotius was interested in international issues. In 1609, when he was just twenty-four years old, he anonymously published a short treatise titled "Mare liberum," where he argued that no State could claim ownership of the open sea, despite the fact that the opposite view was widely accepted.[73] However, it wasn't until fourteen years later, during his exile in France, that Grotius began writing "De Jure Belli ac Pacis libri III.," which was published two years later in 1625. It's rightly asserted that no other book, except for the Bible, has ever had a similar impact on human thought and affairs. The entire development of modern Law of Nations, as well as the study of International Law, originates from this renowned book. Initially, Grotius intended to write a treatise on the Law of War, motivated by the brutality and chaos of warfare in his time. However, a deep dive into the subject led him to expand his work into a comprehensive system of the Law of Nature and Nations. In the introduction, he discusses many authors who came before him, specifically acknowledging Ayala and Gentilis. While he recognizes their influence, he also understands that his system is fundamentally different from those of his predecessors. In reality, there was nothing innovative about Grotius's approach of starting from the Law of Nature to derive rules for the Law of Nations; other authors, especially Gentilis, had based their works on it before him. But no one prior had done it so skillfully and with such grace. For this reason, Grotius is not only called the "Father of the Law of Nations," but also the "Father of the Law of Nature."
[73] See details with regard to the controversy concerning the freedom of the open sea below, §§ 248-250. Grotius's treatise "Mare liberum" is—as we know now—the twelfth chapter of the work "De jure praedae," written in 1604 but never published by Grotius; it was not printed till 1868. See below, § 250.
Grotius, as a child of his time, could not help starting from the Law of Nature, since his intention was to find such rules of a Law of Nations as were eternal, unchangeable, and independent of the special consent of the single States. Long before Grotius, the opinion was generally prevalent that above the positive law, which had grown up by custom or by legislation of a State,[Pg 87] there was in existence another law which had its roots in human reason and which could therefore be discovered without any knowledge of positive law. This law of reason was called Law of Nature or Natural Law. But the system of the Law of Nature which Grotius built up and from which he started when he commenced to build up the Law of Nations, became the most important and gained the greatest influence, so that Grotius appeared to posterity as the Father of the Law of Nature as well as that of the Law of Nations.
Grotius, reflecting the beliefs of his time, naturally began with the Law of Nature because he aimed to uncover rules for a Law of Nations that were eternal, unchangeable, and independent of the specific agreement of individual States. Long before Grotius, it was widely accepted that beyond the positive law, which had developed through custom or state legislation,[Pg 87] there existed another law rooted in human reasoning that could be identified without any reference to positive law. This law of reason was referred to as the Law of Nature or Natural Law. However, the system of Natural Law that Grotius established and from which he began to formulate the Law of Nations became the most significant and influential, leading Grotius to be recognized by future generations as the Father of both Natural Law and the Law of Nations.
Whatever we may nowadays think of this Law of Nature, the fact remains unshaken that for more than two hundred years after Grotius jurists, philosophers, and theologians firmly believed in it. And there is no doubt that, but for the systems of the Law of Nature and the doctrines of its prophets, the modern Constitutional Law and the modern Law of Nations would not be what they actually are. The Law of Nature supplied the crutches with whose help history has taught mankind to walk out of the institutions of the Middle Ages into those of modern times. The modern Law of Nations in especial owes its very existence[74] to the theory of the Law of Nature. Grotius did not deny that there existed in his time already a good many customary rules for the international conduct of the States, but he expressly kept them apart from those rules which he considered the outcome of the Law of Nature. He distinguishes, therefore, between the natural Law of Nations on the one hand, and, on the other hand, the customary Law of Nations, which he calls the voluntary Law of Nations. The bulk of Grotius's interest is concentrated upon the natural Law of Nations, since he considered the voluntary of minor importance. But nevertheless he does not quite neglect the voluntary[Pg 88] Law of Nations. Although he mainly and chiefly lays down the rules of the natural Law of Nations, he always mentions also voluntary rules concerning the different matters.
Whatever we may think about this Law of Nature today, the fact remains that for over two hundred years after Grotius, scholars, philosophers, and theologians strongly believed in it. There’s no doubt that without the systems of the Law of Nature and the ideas of its advocates, modern Constitutional Law and modern International Law wouldn’t be what they are today. The Law of Nature provided the support that helped humanity transition from the institutions of the Middle Ages to those of modern times. In particular, modern International Law owes its very existence to the theory of the Law of Nature. Grotius didn’t deny that there were already many customary rules governing international relations among States at his time, but he made a clear distinction between those and the rules he viewed as stemming from the Law of Nature. He differentiates between the natural Law of Nations and the customary Law of Nations, which he refers to as the voluntary Law of Nations. Grotius focused mainly on the natural Law of Nations, considering the voluntary one to be of lesser importance. However, he doesn’t completely overlook the voluntary Law of Nations. Although he primarily establishes the rules of the natural Law of Nations, he also consistently references voluntary rules related to various issues.[Pg 88]
Grotius's influence was soon enormous and reached over the whole of Europe. His book[75] went through more than forty-five editions, and many translations have been published.
Grotius's influence quickly grew immensely and spread throughout all of Europe. His book[75] went through more than forty-five editions and has been translated into many languages.
Zouche.
Zouch.
§ 54. But the modern Law of Nations has another, though minor, founder besides Grotius, and this is an Englishman, Richard Zouche[76] (1590-1660), Professor of Civil Law at Oxford and a Judge of the Admiralty Court. A prolific writer, the book through which he acquired the title of "Second founder of the Law of Nations," appeared in 1650 and bears the title: "Juris et judicii fecialis, sive juris inter gentes, et quaestionum de eodem explicatio, qua, quae ad pacem et bellum inter diversos principes aut populos spectant, ex praecipuis historico jure peritis exhibentur." This little book has rightly been called the first manual of the positive Law of Nations. The standpoint of Zouche is totally different from that of Grotius in so far as, according to him, the customary Law of Nations is the most important part of that law, although, as a child of his time, he does not at all deny the existence of a natural Law of Nations. It must be specially mentioned that Zouche is the first who used the term jus inter gentes for that new branch of law. Grotius knew very well and says that the Law of Nations is a law between the States, but he called it jus gentium, and it is due to his influence that until Bentham nobody called the Law of Nations International Law.
§ 54. But the modern Law of Nations has another, though lesser, founder besides Grotius, and that is an Englishman, Richard Zouche[76] (1590-1660), Professor of Civil Law at Oxford and a Judge of the Admiralty Court. A prolific writer, the book through which he earned the title "Second founder of the Law of Nations" was published in 1650 and is titled: "Juris et judicii fecialis, sive juris inter gentes, et quaestionum de eodem explicatio, qua, quae ad pacem et bellum inter diversos principes aut populos spectant, ex praecipuis historico jure peritis exhibentur." This little book has rightly been called the first manual of the positive Law of Nations. Zouche's perspective is completely different from Grotius in that he believes the customary Law of Nations is the most significant part of that law, although, being a product of his time, he does not deny the existence of a natural Law of Nations. It should be specifically noted that Zouche is the first to use the term jus inter gentes for this new branch of law. Grotius was well aware and stated that the Law of Nations is a law between the States, but he referred to it as jus gentium, and it is due to his influence that until Bentham, no one referred to the Law of Nations as International Law.
The distinction between the natural Law of Nations,[Pg 89] chiefly treated by Grotius, and the customary or voluntary Law of Nations, chiefly treated by Zouche,[77] gave rise in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries to three different schools[78] of writers on the Law of Nations—namely, the "Naturalists," the "Positivists," and the "Grotians."
The difference between the natural Law of Nations,[Pg 89] primarily discussed by Grotius, and the customary or voluntary Law of Nations, mainly addressed by Zouche,[77] led to the emergence in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries of three distinct schools[78] of writers on the Law of Nations—specifically, the "Naturalists," the "Positivists," and the "Grotians."
[77] It should be mentioned that already before Zouche, another Englishman, John Selden, in his "De jure naturali et gentium secundum disciplinam ebraeorum" (1640), recognised the importance of the positive Law of Nations. The successor of Zouche as a Judge of the Admiralty Court, Sir Leoline Jenkins (1625-1684) ought also to be mentioned. His opinions concerning questions of maritime law, and in especial prize law, were of the greatest importance for the development of maritime international law. See Wynne, "Life of Sir Leoline Jenkins," 2 vols. (1740).
[77] It's worth noting that even before Zouche, another Englishman, John Selden, in his "De jure naturali et gentium secundum disciplinam ebraeorum" (1640), recognized the significance of the positive Law of Nations. The next Judge of the Admiralty Court after Zouche, Sir Leoline Jenkins (1625-1684), should also be acknowledged. His views on maritime law, particularly prize law, were crucial for the evolution of maritime international law. See Wynne, "Life of Sir Leoline Jenkins," 2 vols. (1740).
The Naturalists.
The Naturalists.
§ 55. "Naturalists," or "Deniers of the Law of Nations," is the appellation of those writers who deny that there is any positive Law of Nations whatever as the outcome of custom or treaties, and who maintain that all Law of Nations is only a part of the Law of Nature. The leader of the Naturalists is Samuel Pufendorf (1632-1694), who occupied the first chair which was founded for the Law of Nature and Nations at a University—namely, that at Heidelberg. Among the many books written by Pufendorf, three are of importance for the science of International Law:—(1) "Elementa jurisprudentiae universalis," 1666; (2) "De jure naturae et gentium," 1672; (3) "De officio hominis et civis juxta legem naturalem," 1673. Starting from the assertion of Hobbes, "De Cive," XIV. 4, that Natural Law is to be divided into Natural Law of individuals and of States, and that the latter is the Law of Nations, Pufendorf[79] adds that outside this Natural Law of Nations no voluntary or positive Law of Nations exists which has the force of real law (quod quidem legis proprie dictae vim habeat, quae gentes tamquam a superiore profecta stringat).
§ 55. "Naturalists," or "Deniers of the Law of Nations," refers to those writers who argue that there is no positive Law of Nations resulting from customs or treaties and claim that all Law of Nations is simply a part of the Law of Nature. The leader of the Naturalists is Samuel Pufendorf (1632-1694), who held the first chair established for the Law of Nature and Nations at a university—specifically, at Heidelberg. Among the many books written by Pufendorf, three are significant for the field of International Law:—(1) "Elementa jurisprudentiae universalis," 1666; (2) "De jure naturae et gentium," 1672; (3) "De officio hominis et civis juxta legem naturalem," 1673. Building on Hobbes' assertion in "De Cive," XIV. 4, that Natural Law can be divided into Natural Law for individuals and for States, where the latter is the Law of Nations, Pufendorf[79] adds that beyond this Natural Law of Nations, there is no voluntary or positive Law of Nations that carries the weight of true law (quod quidem legis proprie dictae vim habeat, quae gentes tamquam a superiore profecta stringat).
The most celebrated follower of Pufendorf is the German philosopher, Christian Thomasius (1655-1728), who published in 1688 his "Institutiones jurisprudentiae divinae," and in 1705 his "Fundamenta juris naturae et gentium." Of English Naturalists may be mentioned Francis Hutcheson ("System of Moral Philosophy," 1755) and Thomas Rutherford ("Institutes of Natural Law; being the Substance of a Course of Lectures on Grotius read in St. John's College, Cambridge," 2 vols. 1754-1756). Jean Barbeyrac (1674-1744), the learned French translator and commentator of the works of Grotius, Pufendorf, and others, and, further, Jean Jacques Burlamaqui (1694-1748), a native of Geneva, who wrote the "Principes du droit de la nature et des gens," ought likewise to be mentioned.
The most well-known follower of Pufendorf is the German philosopher Christian Thomasius (1655-1728), who published "Institutiones jurisprudentiae divinae" in 1688 and "Fundamenta juris naturae et gentium" in 1705. From English Naturalists, we can mention Francis Hutcheson ("System of Moral Philosophy," 1755) and Thomas Rutherford ("Institutes of Natural Law; being the Substance of a Course of Lectures on Grotius read in St. John's College, Cambridge," 2 vols. 1754-1756). Jean Barbeyrac (1674-1744), the knowledgeable French translator and commentator of the works of Grotius, Pufendorf, and others, as well as Jean Jacques Burlamaqui (1694-1748), a native of Geneva who wrote "Principes du droit de la nature et des gens," should also be acknowledged.
The Positivists.
The Positivists.
§ 56. The "Positivists" are the antipodes of the Naturalists. They include all those writers who, in contradistinction to Hobbes and Pufendorf, not only defend the existence of a positive Law of Nations as the outcome of custom or international treaties, but consider it more important than the natural Law of Nations, the very existence of which some of the Positivists deny, thus going beyond Zouche. The positive writers had not much influence in the seventeenth century, during which the Naturalists and the Grotians carried the day, but their time came in the eighteenth century.
§ 56. The "Positivists" are the complete opposite of the Naturalists. They include all those writers who, unlike Hobbes and Pufendorf, not only support the idea of a positive Law of Nations as a result of customs or international treaties but also consider it more essential than the natural Law of Nations, which some Positivists even deny the existence of, thus going further than Zouche. The positive writers had little impact in the seventeenth century, when the Naturalists and the Grotians were dominant, but their time arrived in the eighteenth century.
Of seventeenth-century writers, the Germans Rachel and Textor must be mentioned. Rachel published in 1676 his two dissertations, "De jure naturae et gentium," in which he defines the Law of Nations as the law to which a plurality of free States are subjected, and which comes into existence through tacit or express consent of these States (Jus plurium liberalium gentium pacto sive placito expressim aut tacite initum, quo utilitatis[Pg 91] gratia sibi in vicem obligantur). Textor published in 1680 his "Synopsis juris gentium."
Of seventeenth-century writers, we need to mention the Germans Rachel and Textor. Rachel published two papers in 1676, "De jure naturae et gentium," where he defines the Law of Nations as the law that applies to multiple free States, which comes into being through the explicit or implied agreement of these States (Jus plurium liberalium gentium pacto sive placito expressim aut tacite initum, quo utilitatis[Pg 91] gratia sibi in vicem obligantur). Textor published his "Synopsis juris gentium" in 1680.
In the eighteenth century the leading Positivists, Bynkershoek, Moser, and Martens, gained an enormous influence.
In the eighteenth century, the prominent Positivists, Bynkershoek, Moser, and Martens, had a significant impact.
Cornelius van Bynkershoek[80] (1673-1743), a celebrated Dutch jurist, never wrote a treatise on the Law of Nations, but gained fame through three books dealing with different parts of this Law. He published in 1702 "De dominio maris," in 1721 "De foro legatorum," in 1737 "Quaestionum juris publici libri II." According to Bynkershoek the basis of the Law of Nations is the common consent of the nations which finds its expression either in international custom or in international treaties.
Cornelius van Bynkershoek[80] (1673-1743), a well-known Dutch legal scholar, never wrote a formal treatise on the Law of Nations but became famous through three books that address different aspects of this law. He published "De dominio maris" in 1702, "De foro legatorum" in 1721, and "Quaestionum juris publici libri II" in 1737. Bynkershoek argued that the foundation of the Law of Nations is the common agreement among nations, which is reflected either in international customs or in international treaties.
Johann Jakob Moser (1701-1785), a German Professor of Law, published many books concerning the Law of Nations, of which three must be mentioned: (1) "Grundsätze des jetzt üblichen Völkerrechts in Friedenszeiten," 1750; (2) "Grundsätze des jetzt üblichen Völkerrechts in Kriegszeiten," 1752; (3) "Versuch des neuesten europäischen Völkerrechts in Friedens- und Kriegszeiten," 1777-1780. Moser's books are magazines of an enormous number of facts which are of the greatest value for the positive Law of Nations. Moser never fights against the Naturalists, but he is totally indifferent towards the natural Law of Nations, since to him the Law of Nations is positive law only and based on international custom and treaties.
Johann Jakob Moser (1701-1785), a German law professor, published many books on the Law of Nations, of which three are particularly noteworthy: (1) "Principles of Current International Law in Peace Times," 1750; (2) "Principles of Current International Law in War Times," 1752; (3) "An Attempt at the Latest European International Law in Peace and War Times," 1777-1780. Moser's books are a treasure trove of facts that are incredibly valuable for the positive Law of Nations. Moser does not oppose the Naturalists, but he is completely indifferent to the natural Law of Nations, viewing it solely as positive law grounded in international custom and treaties.
Georg Friedrich von Martens (1756-1821), Professor of Law in the University of Göttingen, also published many books concerning the Law of Nations. The most important is his "Précis du droit des gens moderne de l'Europe," published in 1789, of which William[Pg 92] Cobbett published in 1795 at Philadelphia an English translation, and of which as late as 1864 appeared a new edition at Paris with notes by Charles Vergé. Martens began the celebrated collection of treaties which goes under the title "Martens, Recueil des Traités," and is continued to our days.[81] The influence of Martens was great, and even at the present time is considerable. He is not an exclusive Positivist, since he does not deny the existence of natural Law of Nations, and since he sometimes refers to the latter in case he finds a gap in the positive Law of Nations. But his interest is in the positive Law of Nations, which he builds up historically on international custom and treaties.
Georg Friedrich von Martens (1756-1821), a law professor at the University of Göttingen, published many books on international law. The most significant of these is his "Précis du droit des gens moderne de l'Europe," published in 1789. An English translation by William Cobbett was published in Philadelphia in 1795, and a new edition with notes by Charles Vergé was released in Paris as late as 1864. Martens also started the well-known collection of treaties titled "Martens, Recueil des Traités," which continues to this day. The influence of Martens was substantial and remains significant even now. He is not a strict Positivist, as he acknowledges the existence of natural law in international relations and refers to it when he identifies gaps in positive international law. However, his primary focus is on positive international law, which he develops historically based on international custom and treaties.
[81] Georg Friedrich von Martens is not to be confounded with his nephew Charles de Martens, the author of the "Causes célèbres de droit des gens" and of the "Guide diplomatique."
[81] Georg Friedrich von Martens should not be confused with his nephew Charles de Martens, who wrote "Causes célèbres de droit des gens" and "Guide diplomatique."
The Grotians.
The Grotians.
§ 57. The "Grotians" stand midway between the Naturalists and the Positivists. They keep up the distinction of Grotius between the natural and the voluntary Law of Nations, but, in contradistinction to Grotius, they consider the positive or voluntary of equal importance to the natural, and they devote, therefore, their interest to both alike. Grotius's influence was so enormous that the majority of the authors of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries were Grotians, but only two of them have acquired a European reputation—namely, Wolff and Vattel.
§ 57. The "Grotians" are positioned between the Naturalists and the Positivists. They maintain the distinction made by Grotius between natural and voluntary Law of Nations, but unlike Grotius, they view positive or voluntary law as equally important as natural law, and as a result, they focus their attention on both. Grotius had such a significant influence that most authors in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries were Grotians, but only two of them gained a European reputation—Wolff and Vattel.
Christian Wolff (1679-1754), a German philosopher who was first Professor of Mathematics and Philosophy in the Universities of Halle and Marburg and afterwards returned to Halle as Professor of the Law of Nature and Nations, was seventy years of age when, in 1749, he published his "Jus gentium methodo scientifica pertractatum." In 1750 followed his "Institutiones juris naturae et gentium." Wolff's conception of the Law of Nations is influenced by his conception[Pg 93] of the civitas gentium maxima. The fact that there is a Family of Nations in existence is strained by Wolff into the doctrine that the totality of the States forms a world-State above the component member States, the so-called civitas gentium maxima. He distinguishes four different kinds of Law of Nations—namely, the natural, the voluntary, the customary, and that which is expressly created by treaties. The latter two kinds are alterable, and have force only between those single States between which custom and treaties have created them. But the natural and the voluntary Law of Nations are both eternal, unchangeable, and universally binding upon all the States. In contradistinction to Grotius, who calls the customary Law of Nations "voluntary," Wolff names "voluntary" those rules of the Law of Nations which are, according to his opinion, tacitly imposed by the civitas gentium maxima, the world-State, upon the member States.
Christian Wolff (1679-1754), a German philosopher who was the first Professor of Mathematics and Philosophy at the Universities of Halle and Marburg, later returned to Halle as a Professor of the Law of Nature and Nations. He was seventy years old when, in 1749, he published his "Jus gentium methodo scientifica pertractatum." In 1750, he followed up with his "Institutiones juris naturae et gentium." Wolff's view of the Law of Nations is shaped by his idea of the civitas gentium maxima. He argues that the existence of a Family of Nations leads to the belief that all States together form a world-State above the individual member States, known as the civitas gentium maxima. He identifies four types of Law of Nations: natural, voluntary, customary, and those explicitly created by treaties. The last two types can change and are only effective between the particular States that have established them through custom and treaties. However, both the natural and voluntary Law of Nations are eternal, unchangeable, and universally applicable to all States. Unlike Grotius, who refers to customary Law of Nations as "voluntary," Wolff considers "voluntary" to be those rules of Law of Nations which he believes are tacitly imposed by the civitas gentium maxima, the world-State, onto the member States.
Emerich de Vattel[82] (1714-1767), a Swiss from Neuchâtel, who entered into the service of Saxony and became her Minister at Berne, did not in the main intend any original work, but undertook the task of introducing Wolff's teachings concerning the Law of Nations into the courts of Europe and to the diplomatists. He published in 1758 his book, "Le droit des gens, ou principes de la loi naturelle appliqués à la conduite et aux affaires des Nations et des Souverains." But it must be specially mentioned that Vattel expressly rejects Wolff's conception of the civitas gentium maxima in the preface to his book. Numerous editions of Vattel's book have appeared, and as late as 1863 Pradier-Fodéré re-edited it at Paris. An English translation by Chitty appeared in 1834 and went through several editions. His influence was very great, and in diplomatic[Pg 94] circles his book still enjoys an unshaken authority.
Emerich de Vattel[82] (1714-1767), a Swiss from Neuchâtel, who served Saxony and became its Minister in Berne, mainly didn't intend to create original work but took on the task of introducing Wolff's ideas about the Law of Nations to the courts of Europe and diplomats. In 1758, he published his book, "Le droit des gens, ou principes de la loi naturelle appliqués à la conduite et aux affaires des Nations et des Souverains." It’s important to note that Vattel specifically rejects Wolff's idea of the civitas gentium maxima in the preface of his book. Many editions of Vattel's book have been published, and as recently as 1863, Pradier-Fodéré re-edited it in Paris. An English translation by Chitty came out in 1834 and underwent several editions. His influence was significant, and in diplomatic circles, his book still holds strong authority.[Pg 94]
Treatises of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries.
Treatises of the 19th and 20th Centuries.
§ 58. Some details concerning the three schools of the Naturalists, Positivists, and Grotians were necessary, because these schools are still in existence. I do not, however, intend to give a list of writers on special subjects, and the following list of treatises comprises the more important ones only.
§ 58. Some details about the three schools of the Naturalists, Positivists, and Grotians are necessary because these schools still exist. However, I don’t plan to provide a list of writers on specific topics, and the following list of treatises includes only the most important ones.
(1) British Treatises
British Treatises
William Oke Manning: Commentaries on the Law of Nations, 1839; new ed. by Sheldon Amos, 1875.
William Oke Manning: Commentaries on the Law of Nations, 1839; new edition by Sheldon Amos, 1875.
Archer Polson: Principles of the Law of Nations, 1848; 2nd ed. 1853.
Archer Polson: Principles of the Law of Nations, 1848; 2nd ed. 1853.
Richard Wildman: Institutes of International Law, 2 vols. 1849-1850.
Richard Wildman: Institutes of International Law, 2 volumes. 1849-1850.
Sir Robert Phillimore: Commentaries upon International Law, 4 vols. 1854-1861; 3rd ed. 1879-1888.
Sir Robert Phillimore: Commentaries on International Law, 4 vols. 1854-1861; 3rd ed. 1879-1888.
Sir Travers Twiss: The Law of Nations, etc., 2 vols. 1861-1863; 2nd ed., vol. I. (Peace) 1884, vol. II. (War) 1875; French translation, 1887-1889.
Sir Travers Twiss: The Law of Nations, etc., 2 vols. 1861-1863; 2nd ed., vol. I. (Peace) 1884, vol. II. (War) 1875; French translation, 1887-1889.
Sheldon Amos: Lectures on International Law, 1874.
Sheldon Amos: Lectures on International Law, 1874.
Sir Edward Shepherd Creasy: First Platform of International Law, 1876.
Sir Edward Shepherd Creasy: First Platform of International Law, 1876.
William Edward Hall: Treatise on International Law, 1880; 6th ed. 1909 (by Atlay).
William Edward Hall: Treatise on International Law, 1880; 6th ed. 1909 (by Atlay).
Sir Henry Sumner Maine: International Law, 1883; 2nd ed. 1894 (Whewell Lectures, not a treatise).
Sir Henry Sumner Maine: International Law, 1883; 2nd ed. 1894 (Whewell Lectures, not a full treatise).
James Lorimer: The Institutes of International Law, 2 vols. 1883-1884; French translation by Nys, 1885.
James Lorimer: The Institutes of International Law, 2 vols. 1883-1884; French translation by Nys, 1885.
Leone Levi: International Law, 1888.
Leone Levi: International Law, 1888.
T. J. Lawrence: The Principles of International Law, 1895; 4th ed. 1910.
T. J. Lawrence: The Principles of International Law, 1895; 4th ed. 1910.
Thomas Alfred Walker: A Manual of Public International Law, 1895.
Thomas Alfred Walker: A Manual of Public International Law, 1895.
Sir Sherston Baker: First Steps in International Law, 1899.
Sir Sherston Baker: First Steps in International Law, 1899.
F. E. Smith: International Law, 1900; 4th ed. 1911 (by Wylie).
F. E. Smith: International Law, 1900; 4th ed. 1911 (by Wylie).
John Westlake: International Law, vol. I. (Peace) 1904, vol. II. (War) 1907; 2nd ed. vol. I. 1910.
John Westlake: International Law, vol. I. (Peace) 1904, vol. II. (War) 1907; 2nd ed. vol. I. 1910.
(2) North American Treatises
North American Treatises
James Kent: Commentary on International Law, 1826; English edition by Abdy, Cambridge, 1888.
James Kent: Commentary on International Law, 1826; English edition by Abdy, Cambridge, 1888.
Henry Wheaton: Elements of International Law, 1836; 8th American ed. by Dana, 1866; 3rd English ed. by Boyd, 1889; 4th English ed. by Atlay, 1904.
Henry Wheaton: Elements of International Law, 1836; 8th American edition by Dana, 1866; 3rd English edition by Boyd, 1889; 4th English edition by Atlay, 1904.
Theodore D. Woolsey: Introduction to the Study of International Law, 1860; 6th ed. by Th. S. Woolsey, 1891.
Theodore D. Woolsey: Introduction to the Study of International Law, 1860; 6th ed. by Th. S. Woolsey, 1891.
Henry W. Halleck: International Law, 2 vols. 1861; 4th English ed. by Sir Sherston Baker, 1907.
Henry W. Halleck: International Law, 2 vols. 1861; 4th English ed. by Sir Sherston Baker, 1907.
Francis Wharton: A Digest of the International Law of the United States, 3 vols. 1886.
Francis Wharton: A Digest of the International Law of the United States, 3 vols. 1886.
George B. Davis: The Elements of International Law, 1887; 3rd ed. 1908.
George B. Davis: The Elements of International Law, 1887; 3rd ed. 1908.
Hannis Taylor: A Treatise on International Public Law, 1901.
Hannis Taylor: A Treatise on International Public Law, 1901.
George Grafton Wilson and George Fox Tucker: International Law, 1901; 5th ed. 1910.
George Grafton Wilson and George Fox Tucker: International Law, 1901; 5th ed. 1910.
Edwin Maxey: International Law, with illustrative cases, 1906.
Edwin Maxey: International Law, with example cases, 1906.
John Basset Moore: A Digest of International Law, 8 vols. 1906.
John Basset Moore: A Digest of International Law, 8 vols. 1906.
George Grafton Wilson: Handbook of International Law, 1910.
George Grafton Wilson: Handbook of International Law, 1910.
(3) French Treatises
French Treatises
Funck-Brentano et Albert Sorel: Précis du Droit des Gens, 1877; 2nd ed. 1894.
Funck-Brentano and Albert Sorel: Summary of International Law, 1877; 2nd ed. 1894.
P. Pradier-Fodéré: Traité de Droit International Public, 8 vols. 1885-1906.
P. Pradier-Fodéré: Treatise on Public International Law, 8 vols. 1885-1906.
Henry Bonfils: Manuel de Droit International Public, 1894; 5th ed. by Fauchille, 1908.
Henry Bonfils: Manuel of Public International Law, 1894; 5th ed. by Fauchille, 1908.
Georges Bry: Précis élémentaire de Droit International Public; 5th ed. 1906.
Georges Bry: Basic Summary of Public International Law; 5th ed. 1906.
Frantz Despagnet: Cours de Droit International Public, 1894; 4th ed. by De Boeck, 1910.
Frantz Despagnet: Course on Public International Law, 1894; 4th ed. by De Boeck, 1910.
Robert Piédelièvre: Précis de Droit International Public, 2 vols. 1894-1895.
Robert Piédelièvre: Summary of Public International Law, 2 vols. 1894-1895.
A. Mérignhac: Traité de Droit Public International, vol. I. 1905; vol. II. 1907.
A. Mérignhac: Treatise on International Public Law, vol. I. 1905; vol. II. 1907.
(4) German Treatises
German Treatises
Theodor Schmalz: Europäisches Völkerrecht, 1816.
Theodor Schmalz: European international law, 1816.
Johann Ludwig Klüber: Droit des Gens moderne, 1819; German ed. under the title of Europäisches Völkerrecht in 1821; last German ed. by Morstadt in 1851, and last French ed. by Ott in 1874.
Johann Ludwig Klüber: Modern Law of Nations, 1819; German edition titled European Public Law in 1821; last German edition by Morstadt in 1851, and last French edition by Ott in 1874.
Karl Heinrich Ludwig Poelitz: Practisches (europäisches) Völkerrecht, 1828.
Karl Heinrich Ludwig Poelitz: Practical (European) International Law, 1828.
Friedrich Saalfeld: Handbuch des positiven Völkerrechts, 1833.
Friedrich Saalfeld: Handbook of Positive International Law, 1833.
August Wilhelm Heffter: Das europäische Völkerrecht der Gegenwart, 1844; 8th ed. by Geffcken, 1888; French translations by Bergson in 1851 and Geffcken in 1883.
August Wilhelm Heffter: The Current European International Law, 1844; 8th ed. by Geffcken, 1888; French translations by Bergson in 1851 and Geffcken in 1883.
Heinrich Bernhard Oppenheim: System des Völkerrechts, 1845; 2nd ed. 1866.
Heinrich Bernhard Oppenheim: System of International Law, 1845; 2nd ed. 1866.
Johann Caspar Bluntschli: Das moderne Völkerrecht der civilisirten Staaten als Rechtsbuch dargestellt, 1868; 3rd ed. 1878; French translation by Lardy, 5th ed. 1895.
Johann Caspar Bluntschli: The Modern International Law of Civilized Nations Presented as a Legal Text, 1868; 3rd ed. 1878; French translation by Lardy, 5th ed. 1895.
Adolf Hartmann: Institutionen des praktischen Völkerrechts in Friedenszeiten, 1874; 2nd ed. 1878.
Adolf Hartmann: Institutions of Practical International Law in Peace Times, 1874; 2nd ed. 1878.
Franz von Holtzendorff: Handbuch des Völkerrechts, 4 vols. 1885-1889. Holtzendorff is the editor and a contributor, but there are many other contributors.
Franz von Holtzendorff: Handbook of International Law, 4 vols. 1885-1889. Holtzendorff is the editor and a contributor, but there are many other contributors.
August von Bulmerincq: Das Völkerrecht, 1887.
August von Bulmerincq: International Law, 1887.
Karl Gareis: Institutionen des Völkerrechts, 1888; 2nd. ed. 1901.
Karl Gareis: Institutions of International Law, 1888; 2nd ed. 1901.
E. Ullmann: Völkerrecht, 1898; 2nd ed. 1908.
E. Ullmann: International Law, 1898; 2nd ed. 1908.
Franz von Liszt: Das Völkerrecht, 1898; 6th ed. 1910.
Franz von Liszt: International Law, 1898; 6th ed. 1910.
(5) Italian Treatises
(5) Italian Handbooks
Luigi Casanova: Lezioni di diritto internazionale, published after the death of the author by Cabella, 1853; 3rd. ed. by Brusa, 1876.
Luigi Casanova: Lessons in International Law, published after the author's death by Cabella, 1853; 3rd ed. by Brusa, 1876.
Pasquale Fiore: Trattato di diritto internazionale publico, 1865; 4th ed. in 3 vols. 1904; French translation of the 2nd ed. by Antoine, 1885.
Pasquale Fiore: Treatise on Public International Law, 1865; 4th ed. in 3 vols. 1904; French translation of the 2nd ed. by Antoine, 1885.
Giuseppe Carnazza-Amari: Trattato di diritto internazionale di pace, 2 vols. 1867-1875; French translation by Montanari-Pevest, 1881.
Giuseppe Carnazza-Amari: Treatise on International Law of Peace, 2 volumes, 1867-1875; French translation by Montanari-Pevest, 1881.
Antonio del Bon: Institutioni del diritto publico internazionale, 1868.
Antonio del Bon: Institutions of International Public Law, 1868.
Giuseppe Sandona: Trattato di diritto internazionale moderno, 2 vols. 1870.
Giuseppe Sandona: Modern International Law Treatise, 2 vols. 1870.
Gian Battista Pertille: Elementi di diritto internazionale, 2 vols. 1877.
Gian Battista Pertille: Elements of International Law, 2 vols. 1877.
Augusto Pierantoni: Trattato di diritto internazionale, vol. I. 1881. (No further volume has appeared.)
Augusto Pierantoni: Treatise on International Law, vol. I. 1881. (No additional volumes have been released.)
Giovanni Lomonaco: Trattato di diritto internazionale publico, 1905.
Giovanni Lomonaco: Treatise on Public International Law, 1905.
Giulio Diena: Principî di diritto internazionale, Parte Prima, Diritto internaziole publico, 1908.[Pg 97]
Giulio Diena: Principles of International Law, Part One, Public International Law, 1908.[Pg 97]
(6) Spanish And Spanish-american Treatises
(6) Spanish and Latin American Treatises
Andrés Bello: Principios de derecho de gentes (internacional), 1832; last ed. in 2 vols. by Silva, 1883.
Andrés Bello: Principles of International Law, 1832; latest edition in 2 volumes by Silva, 1883.
José Maria de Pando: Elementos del derecho internacional, published after the death of the author, 1843-1844.
José Maria de Pando: Elements of International Law, published after the author's death, 1843-1844.
Antonio Riquelme: Elementos de derecho público internacional, etc.; 2 vols. 1849.
Antonio Riquelme: Elements of International Public Law, etc.; 2 volumes. 1849.
Carlos Calvo: Le Droit International, etc. (first edition in Spanish, following editions in French), 1868; 5th ed. in 6 vols. 1896.
Carlos Calvo: International Law, etc. (first edition in Spanish, later editions in French), 1868; 5th ed. in 6 vols. 1896.
Amancio Alcorta: Curso de derecho internacional público, vol. I. 1886; French translation by Lehr, 1887.
Amancio Alcorta: Course of Public International Law, vol. I. 1886; French translation by Lehr, 1887.
Marquis de Olivart: Trattato y notas de derecho internacional público, 4 vols. 1887; 4th ed. 1903-1904.
Marquis de Olivart: Treatise and notes on public international law, 4 vols. 1887; 4th ed. 1903-1904.
Luis Gesteso y Acosta: Curso de derecho internacional público, 1894.
Luis Gesteso y Acosta: Course on Public International Law, 1894.
Miguel Cruchaga: Nociones de derecho internacional, 1899; 2nd ed. 1902.
Miguel Cruchaga: Concepts of International Law, 1899; 2nd ed. 1902.
Manuel Torres Campos: Elementos de derecho internacional público; 2nd. ed. 1904.
Manuel Torres Campos: Elements of Public International Law; 2nd ed. 1904.
(7) Treatises of Authors of other Nationalities
(7) Works by Authors from Other Countries
Frederick Kristian Bornemann: Forelæsninger over den positive Folkeret, 1866.
Frederick Kristian Bornemann: Lectures on Positive International Law, 1866.
Friedrich von Martens: Völkerrecht, 2 vols. 1883; a German translation by Berghohm of the Russian original. A French translation by Léo in 3 vols. appeared in the same year. The Russian original went through its 5th ed. in 1905.
Friedrich von Martens: International Law, 2 vols. 1883; a German translation by Berghohm of the original Russian text. A French translation by Léo in 3 vols. was published in the same year. The original Russian text went through its 5th edition in 1905.
Jan Helenus Ferguson: Manual of International Law, etc., 2 vols. 1884. The author is Dutch, but the work is written in English.
Jan Helenus Ferguson: Manual of International Law, etc., 2 vols. 1884. The author is from the Netherlands, but the book is written in English.
Alphonse Rivier: Lehrbuch des Völkerrechts, 1894; 2nd ed. 1899, and the larger work in two vols. under the title: Principes du Droit des Gens, 1896. The author of these two excellent books was a Swiss who taught International Law at the University of Brussels.
Alphonse Rivier: Textbook of International Law, 1894; 2nd ed. 1899, and the larger work in two volumes titled: Principles of International Law, 1896. The author of these two excellent books was a Swiss national who taught International Law at the University of Brussels.
H. Matzen: Forelæsninger over den positive Folkeret, 1900.
H. Matzen: Lectures on Positive International Law, 1900.
Ernest Nys: Le droit international, 3 vols. 1904-1906. The author of this exhaustive treatise is a Belgian jurist whose researches in the history of the science of the Law of Nations have gained him far-reaching reputation.[83]
Ernest Nys: International Law, 3 vols. 1904-1906. The author of this comprehensive work is a Belgian lawyer whose studies in the history of international law have earned him a wide-reaching reputation.[83]
[83] The first volume of Nys contains in its pp. 251-328 an exhaustive enumeration of all the more important works on International Law, treatises as well as monographs, and I have much pleasure in referring my readers to this learned work.
[83] The first volume of Nys has a detailed list of all significant works on International Law, including both treatises and monographs, on pages 251-328, and I’m glad to recommend this scholarly work to my readers.
J. De Louter: Het Stellig Volkenrecht, 2 vols. 1910.
J. De Louter: The Firm International Law, 2 vols. 1910.
The Science of the Law of Nations in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries as represented by treatises.
The Science of the Law of Nations in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries as shown by written works.
§ 59. The Science of the Law of Nations, as left by the French Revolution, developed progressively during the nineteenth century under the influence of three factors. The first factor is the endeavour, on the whole sincere, of the Powers since the Congress of Vienna to submit to the rules of the Law of Nations. The second factor is the many law-making treaties which arose during this century. And the last, but not indeed the least factor, is the downfall of the theory of the Law of Nature, which after many hundreds of years has at last been shaken off during the second half of this century.
§ 59. The study of International Law, as shaped by the French Revolution, gradually evolved during the nineteenth century due to three main factors. The first factor is the generally sincere effort by the Powers since the Congress of Vienna to adhere to the rules of International Law. The second factor is the numerous treaties created throughout this century. Finally, the last and certainly not least factor is the decline of the theory of Natural Law, which has finally been discarded during the latter half of this century after many centuries.
When the nineteenth century opens, the three schools of the Naturalists, the Positivists, and the Grotians are still in the field, but Positivism[84] gains slowly and gradually the upper hand, until at the end it may be said to be victorious, without, however, being omnipotent. The most important writer[85] up to 1836 is Klüber, who may be called a Positivist in the same sense as Martens, for he also applies the natural Law of Nations to fill up the gaps of the positive. Wheaton appears in 1836 with his "Elements," and, although an American, at once attracts the attention of the whole of Europe. He may be called a Grotian. And the same may be maintained of Manning, whose treatise appeared in 1839, and is the first that attempts a survey of British practice regarding sea warfare based on the judgments of Sir William Scott (Lord Stowell). Heffter, whose book appeared in 1844, is certainly a Positivist, although he does not absolutely deny the Law of Nature. In exact application of the juristic method, Heffter's book excels all former ones, and all the following authors[Pg 99] are in a sense standing on his shoulders. In Phillimore, Great Britain sends in 1854 a powerful author into the arena, who may, on the whole, be called a Positivist of the same kind as Martens and Klüber. Generations to come will consult Phillimore's volumes on account of the vast amount of material they contain and the sound judgment they exhibit. And the same is valid with regard to Sir Travers Twiss, whose first volume appeared in 1861. Halleck's work, which appeared in the same year, is of special importance as regards war, because the author, who was a General in the service of the United States, gave to this part his special attention. The next prominent author, the Italian Fiore, who published his system in 1865 and may be called a Grotian, is certainly the most prominent Italian author, and the new edition of his work will for a long time to come be consulted. Bluntschli, the celebrated Swiss-German author, published his book in 1867; it must, in spite of the world-wide fame of its author, be consulted with caution, because it contains many rules which are not yet recognised rules of the Law of Nations. Calvo's work, which first appeared in 1868, contains an invaluable store of facts and opinions, but its juristic basis is not very exact.
When the nineteenth century begins, the three schools of Naturalists, Positivists, and Grotians are still active, but Positivism[84] slowly starts to take the lead, ultimately becoming dominant, though not all-powerful. The most notable writer[85] until 1836 is Klüber, who can be considered a Positivist similar to Martens, as he also uses the natural Law of Nations to address the gaps in positive law. Wheaton appears in 1836 with his "Elements," and, despite being American, quickly garners attention throughout Europe. He can be classified as a Grotian. The same can be said about Manning, whose work came out in 1839 and was the first to attempt a review of British practices in sea warfare based on the rulings of Sir William Scott (Lord Stowell). Heffter, whose book was published in 1844, is definitely a Positivist, although he doesn't completely reject the Law of Nature. In terms of applying legal methodology, Heffter's book surpasses all previous ones, and subsequent authors[Pg 99] effectively build on his insights. In 1854, Great Britain contributes a strong author to the field in Phillimore, who can generally be considered a Positivist like Martens and Klüber. Future generations will reference Phillimore's volumes for their extensive material and sound reasoning. The same holds true for Sir Travers Twiss, whose first volume was published in 1861. Halleck's work, released in the same year, is particularly significant regarding war, as the author, a General in the United States Army, focused on this area. The next notable author, the Italian Fiore, published his system in 1865 and can be classified as a Grotian; he is the most prominent Italian author, and the new edition of his work will be consulted for a long time. Bluntschli, the renowned Swiss-German author, published his book in 1867; despite the author's global reputation, it should be used cautiously due to many rules it presents that are not yet recognized as standard Law of Nations. Calvo's work, first published in 1868, offers a wealth of facts and opinions, although its legal foundation is not very precise.
[84] Austin and his followers who hold that the rules of International Law are rules of "positive morality" must be considered Positivists, although they do not agree to International Law being real law.
[84] Austin and his supporters who believe that the rules of International Law are rules of "positive morality" should be seen as Positivists, even though they don't accept that International Law constitutes real law.
[85] I do not intend to discuss the merits of writers on special subjects, and I mention only the authors of the most important treatises which are written in, or translated into, English, French, or German.
[85] I'm not looking to debate the value of writers on specific topics, and I only mention the authors of the most significant works that are written in or translated into English, French, or German.
From the seventies of the nineteenth century the influence of the downfall of the theory of the Law of Nature becomes visible in the treatises on the Law of Nations, and therefore real positivistic treatises make their appearance. For the Positivism of Zouche, Bynkershoek, Martens, Klüber, Heffter, Phillimore, and Twiss was no real Positivism, since these authors recognised a natural Law of Nations, although they did not make much use of it. Real Positivism must entirely avoid a natural Law of Nations. We know nowadays that a Law of Nature does not exist. Just as the so-called Natural Philosophy had to give way to real[Pg 100] natural science, so the Law of Nature had to give way to jurisprudence, or the philosophy of the positive law. Only a positive Law of Nations can be a branch of the science of law.
Starting in the 1870s, the decline of the theory of the Law of Nature became apparent in the writings on the Law of Nations, leading to the emergence of genuine positivist texts. The Positivism of Zouche, Bynkershoek, Martens, Klüber, Heffter, Phillimore, and Twiss was not true Positivism, as these authors acknowledged a natural Law of Nations, even if they didn’t rely on it much. True Positivism must completely reject the concept of a natural Law of Nations. Today, we understand that a Law of Nature does not exist. Just as so-called Natural Philosophy had to yield to genuine natural science, the Law of Nature also had to yield to jurisprudence, or the philosophy of positive law. Only a positive Law of Nations can be considered a branch of legal science.
The first real positive treatise known to me is Hartmann's "Institutionen des praktischen Völkerrechts in Friedenszeiten," which appeared in 1874, but is hardly known outside Germany. In 1880 Hall's treatise appeared, and at once won the attention of the whole world; it is one of the best books on the Law of Nations that have ever been written. Lorimer, whose two volumes appeared in 1883 and 1884, is a Naturalist pure and simple, but his work is nevertheless of value. The Russian Martens, whose two volumes appeared in German and French translations in 1883 and at once put their author in the forefront of the authorities, certainly intends to be a real Positivist, but traces of Natural Law are nevertheless now and then to be found in his book. A work of a special kind is that of Holtzendorff, the first volume of which appeared in 1885. Holtzendorff himself is the editor and at the same time a contributor to the work, but there are many other contributors, each of them dealing exhaustively with a different part of the Law of Nations. The copious work of Pradier-Fodéré, which also began to appear in 1885, is far from being positive, although it has its merits. Wharton's three volumes, which appeared in 1886, are not a treatise, but contain the international practice of the United States. Bulmerincq's book, which appeared in 1887, gives a good survey of International Law from the positive point of view. In 1894 three French jurists, Bonfils, Despagnet, and Piédelievre, step into the arena; their treatises are comprehensive and valuable, but not absolutely positive. On the other hand, the English authors Lawrence and Walker, whose excellent manuals[Pg 101] appeared in 1895, are real Positivists. Of the greatest value are the two volumes of Rivier which appeared in 1896; they are full of sound judgment, and will influence the theory and practice of International Law for a long time to come. Liszt's short manual, which in its first edition made its appearance in 1898, is positive throughout, well written, and suggestive. Ullmann's work, which likewise appeared in its first edition in 1898, is an excellent and comprehensive treatise which thoroughly discusses all the more important problems and points from the positive standpoint. Hannis Taylor's comprehensive treatise, which appeared in 1901, is likewise thoroughly positive, and so are the serviceable manuals of Wilson and Maxey. Of great value are the two volumes of Westlake which appeared in 1904 and 1907; they represent rather a collection of thorough monographs than a treatise, and will have great and lasting influence. A work of particular importance is the "Digest" of John Basset Moore, which appeared in 1906, comprises eight volumes, and contains the international practice of the United States in a much more exhaustive form than the work of Wharton; it is an invaluable work which must be consulted on every subject. The same is valid with regard to the three volumes of Nys, who may be characterised as a Grotian, and whose work is full of information on the historical and literary side of the problems.[86]
The first real positive work I'm aware of is Hartmann's "Institutionen des praktischen Völkerrechts in Friedenszeiten," which was published in 1874, but is mostly unknown outside of Germany. Hall's treatise came out in 1880 and quickly captured worldwide attention; it's considered one of the best books on International Law ever written. Lorimer, whose two volumes were published in 1883 and 1884, is a pure Naturalist, but his work still holds value. The Russian Martens published two volumes in German and French in 1883, quickly establishing him as a leading authority; he aims to be a real Positivist, but traces of Natural Law can still be found in his writing. A special work is by Holtzendorff, whose first volume was released in 1885. Holtzendorff is both the editor and a contributor to this work, which features many other contributors, each thoroughly covering different aspects of International Law. Pradier-Fodéré's extensive work also began in 1885; while it's not entirely positive, it does have its strengths. Wharton's three volumes from 1886 aren't a treatise but present the international practices of the United States. Bulmerincq's book, published in 1887, provides a solid overview of International Law from a positive perspective. In 1894, three French jurists—Bonfils, Despagnet, and Piédelievre—entered the scene with comprehensive and valuable, yet not entirely positive, treatises. Conversely, the English authors Lawrence and Walker released their excellent manuals in 1895 and are true Positivists. The two volumes by Rivier, published in 1896, are enormously valuable, filled with sound judgment, and are likely to influence the theory and practice of International Law for many years. Liszt's concise manual, which first appeared in 1898, is fully positive, well-written, and thought-provoking. Ullmann's work, also first published in 1898, is an excellent and comprehensive treatise that thoroughly addresses significant issues from a positive viewpoint. Hannis Taylor's comprehensive treatise, which was published in 1901, is also completely positive, as are the useful manuals by Wilson and Maxey. The two volumes by Westlake, published in 1904 and 1907, are of great value; they represent a collection of thorough monographs rather than a standard treatise and will have a significant and lasting impact. Of particular importance is the "Digest" by John Basset Moore, released in 1906, comprising eight volumes that detail the international practices of the United States in far more depth than Wharton's work; it's an indispensable resource for any topic. The same can be said for the three volumes of Nys, who can be described as a Grotian and whose work is rich in historical and literary insights on the issues.
§ 60. COLLECTIONS OF TREATIES
§ 60. Treaty Collections
(1) General Collections
General Collections
Leibnitz: Codex iuris gentium diplomaticus (1693); Mantissa codicis iuris gentium diplomatici (1700).
Leibnitz: Codex of Diplomatic International Law (1693); Supplement to the Codex of Diplomatic International Law (1700).
Bernard: Recueil des traités, etc. 4 vols. (1700).
Bernard: Collection of treaties, etc. 4 volumes. (1700).
Rymer: Foedera etc. inter reges angliae et alios quosvis imperatores ... ab anno 1101 ad nostra usque tempora habita et tradata, 20 vols. 1704-1718 (Contains documents from 1101-1654).
Rymer: Treaties, etc. between the kings of England and other emperors from the year 1101 to our present time, 20 vols. 1704-1718 (Contains documents from 1101-1654).
Dumont: Corps universel diplomatique, etc., 8 vols. (1726-1731).
Dumont: Universal Diplomatic Corps, etc., 8 volumes (1726-1731).
Rousset: Supplément au corps universel diplomatique de Dumont, 5 vols. (1739).
Rousset: Supplement to the Universal Diplomatic Body by Dumont, 5 vols. (1739).
Schmauss: Corpus iuris gentium academicum (1730).
Schmauss: Academic Body of International Law (1730).
Wenck: Codex iuris gentium recentissimi, 3 vols. (1781, 1786, 1795).
Wenck: Recent Collection of International Law, 3 vols. (1781, 1786, 1795).
Martens: Recueil de Traités d'Alliance, etc., 8 vols. (1791-1808); Nouveau Recueil de Traités d'Alliance, etc., 16 vols. (1817-1842); Nouveaux Suppléments au Recueil de Traités et d'autres Actes remarquables, etc., 3 vols. (1839-1842); Nouveau Recueil Général de Traités, Conventions et autres Actes remarquables, etc., 20 vols. (1843-1875); Nouveau Recueil Général de Traités et autres Actes relatifs aux Rapports de droit international, Deuxième Série, 35 vols. (1876-1908); Nouveau Recueil Général de Traités et autres Actes relatifs aux Rapports de droit international, Troisième Série, vol. I. 1908, continued up to date. Present editor, Heinrich Triepel, professor in the University of Kiel in Germany.
Martens: Collection of Alliance Treaties, etc., 8 vols. (1791-1808); New Collection of Alliance Treaties, etc., 16 vols. (1817-1842); New Supplements to the Collection of Treaties and other Notable Acts, etc., 3 vols. (1839-1842); New General Collection of Treaties, Conventions, and other Notable Acts, etc., 20 vols. (1843-1875); New General Collection of Treaties and other Acts related to International Law, Second Series, 35 vols. (1876-1908); New General Collection of Treaties and other Acts related to International Law, Third Series, vol. I. 1908, continued to date. Current editor, Heinrich Triepel, professor at the University of Kiel in Germany.
Ghillany: Diplomatisches Handbuch, 3 vols. (1855-1868).
Ghillany: Diplomatic Handbook, 3 vols. (1855-1868).
Martens et Cussy: Recueil manuel, etc., 7 vols. (1846-1857); continuation by Geffcken, 3 vols. (1857-1885).
Martens et Cussy: Manual collection, etc., 7 vols. (1846-1857); continuation by Geffcken, 3 vols. (1857-1885).
British and Foreign State Papers: Vol. I. 1814, continued up to date, one volume yearly.
British and Foreign State Papers: Vol. I. 1814, updated annually, one volume each year.
Das Staatsarchiv: Sammlung der officiellen Actenstücke zur Geschichte der Gegenwart, vol. I. 1861, continued up to date, one volume yearly.
The State Archive: Collection of official documents concerning the history of the present, vol. I. 1861, updated annually, one volume per year.
Archives diplomatiques: Recueil mensuel de diplomatie, d'histoire, et de droit international, first and second series, 1861-1900, third series from 1901 continued up to date (4 vols. yearly).
Diplomatic Archives: Monthly collection of diplomacy, history, and international law, first and second series, 1861-1900, third series from 1901 and ongoing (4 vols. yearly).
Recueil International des Traités du XX^e Siècle: Edited by Descamps and Renault since 1901.
International Collection of Treaties from the 20th Century: Edited by Descamps and Renault since 1901.
Strupp: Urkunden zur Geschichte des Völkerrechts, 2 vols. (1911).[Pg 103]
Strupp: Documents on the History of International Law, 2 vols. (1911).[Pg 103]
(2) Collections of English Treaties only
Collections of English Treaties only
Jenkinson: Collection of all the Treaties, etc., between Great Britain and other Powers from 1648 to 1783, 3 vols. (1785).
Jenkinson: A complete collection of all the treaties, etc., between Great Britain and other nations from 1648 to 1783, 3 volumes. (1785).
Chalmers: A Collection of Maritime Treaties of Great Britain and other Powers, 2 vols. (1790).
Chalmers: A Collection of Maritime Treaties of Great Britain and Other Powers, 2 vols. (1790).
Hertslet: Collection of Treaties and Conventions between Great Britain and other Powers (vol. I. 1820, continued to date).
Hertslet: A collection of treaties and agreements between Great Britain and other countries (vol. I. 1820, updated to present).
Treaty Series: Vol. I. 1892, and a volume every year.
Treaty Series: Vol. I. 1892, and one volume each year.
Ompteda: Litteratur des gesammten Völkerrechts, 2 vols. (1785).
Ompteda: Literature on International Law, 2 vols. (1785).
Kamptz: Neue Litteratur des Völkerrechts seit 1784 (1817).
Kamptz: New Literature on International Law since 1784 (1817).
Klüber: Droit des gens moderne de l'Europe (Appendix) (1819).
Klüber: Modern Law of Nations in Europe (Appendix) (1819).
Miruss: Das Europäische Gesandschaftsrecht, vol. II. (1847).
Miruss: The European Diplomatic Law, vol. II. (1847).
Mohl: Geschichte und Litteratur des Staatswissenschaften, vol. I. pp. 337-475 (1855).
Mohl: History and Literature of Political Science, vol. I. pp. 337-475 (1855).
Woolsey: Introduction to the Study of International Law (6th ed. 1891), Appendix I.
Woolsey: Introduction to the Study of International Law (6th ed. 1891), Appendix I.
Rivier: pp. 393-523 of vol. I. of Holtzendorff's Handbuch des Völkerrechts (1885).
Rivier: pp. 393-523 of vol. I of Holtzendorff's Handbook of International Law (1885).
Stoerk: Die Litteratur des internationalen Rechts von 1884-1894 (1896).
Stoerk: The Literature of International Law from 1884-1894 (1896).
Olivart: Catalogue d'une bibliothèque de droit international (1899).
Olivart: Catalog of an International Law Library (1899).
Nys: Le droit international, vol. I. (1904), pp. 213-328.
Nys: International Law, vol. I. (1904), pp. 213-328.
§ 62. PERIODICALS
§ 62. MAGAZINES
Revue de droit international et de législation comparée. It has appeared in Brussels since 1869, one volume yearly. Present editor, Edouard Rolin.
Revue de droit international et de législation comparée. It has been published in Brussels since 1869, one volume per year. Current editor, Edouard Rolin.
Revue générale de droit international public. It has appeared in Paris since 1894, one volume yearly. Founder and present editor, Paul Fauchille.
Revue générale de droit international public. It has been published in Paris since 1894, with one volume released each year. The founder and current editor is Paul Fauchille.
Zeitschrift für internationales Recht. It has appeared in Leipzig since 1891, one volume yearly. Present editor, Theodor Niemeyer.[Pg 104]
Zeitschrift für internationales Recht. It has been published in Leipzig since 1891, with one volume released each year. Current editor, Theodor Niemeyer.[Pg 104]
Annuaire de l'Institut de Droit International, vol. I. 1877. A volume appears after each meeting of the Institute.
Annuaire de l'Institut de Droit International, vol. I. 1877. A volume is published after each meeting of the Institute.
Kokusaiho-Zasshi, the Japanese International Law Review. It has appeared in Tokio since 1903.
Kokusaiho-Zasshi, the Japanese International Law Review. It has been published in Tokyo since 1903.
Revista de Derecho Internacional y politica exterior. It has appeared in Madrid since 1905, one volume yearly. Editor, Marquis de Olivart.
Revista de Derecho Internacional y política exterior. It has been published in Madrid since 1905, with one volume released each year. Editor, Marquis de Olivart.
Rivista di Diritto Internazionale. It has appeared in Rome since 1906, one volume yearly. Editors, D. Anzilotti, A. Ricci-Busatti, and L. A. Senigallia.
Rivista di Diritto Internazionale. It has been published in Rome since 1906, one volume per year. Editors: D. Anzilotti, A. Ricci-Busatti, and L. A. Senigallia.
Zeitschrift für Völkerrecht und Bundesstaatsrecht. It has appeared in Breslau since 1906, one volume yearly. Editors, Joseph Kohler, L. Oppenheim, and F. Holldack.
Zeitschrift für Völkerrecht und Bundesstaatsrecht. It has been published in Breslau since 1906, one volume each year. Editors: Joseph Kohler, L. Oppenheim, and F. Holldack.
The American Journal of International Law. It has appeared in Washington since 1907, one volume yearly. Editor, James Brown Scott.
The American Journal of International Law has been published in Washington since 1907, with one volume released each year. The editor is James Brown Scott.
Essays and Notes concerning International Law frequently appear also in the Journal du droit international privé et de la Jurisprudence comparée (Clunet), the Archiv für öffentliches Recht, The Law Quarterly Review, The Law Magazine and Review, The Juridical Review, The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, The American Law Review, the Annalen des deutschen Reiches, the Zeitschrift für das privat- und öffentliche Recht der Gegenwart (Grünhut), the Revue de droit public et de la science politique (Larnaude), the Annales des sciences politiques, the Archivio giuridico, the Jahrbuch des öffentlichen Rechts, and many others.
Essays and notes on international law often appear in the Journal of Private International Law and Comparative Jurisprudence (Clunet), the Archive for Public Law, The Law Quarterly Review, The Law Magazine and Review, The Juridical Review, The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, The American Law Review, the Annals of the German Empire, the Journal for Private and Public Law of Today (Grünhut), the Review of Public Law and Political Science (Larnaude), the Annals of Political Science, the Legal Archive, the Yearbook of Public Law, and many others.
PART I THE SUBJECTS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW
CHAPTER 1 GLOBAL CITIZENS
I Sovereign states as international entities
Vattel, I. §§ 1-12—Hall, § 1—Lawrence, § 42—Phillimore, I. §§ 61-69—Twiss, I. §§ 1-11—Taylor, § 117—Walker, § 1—Westlake, I. pp. 1-5, 20-21—Wheaton, §§ 16-21—Ullmann, § 19—Heffter, § 15—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 5-11—Bonfils, Nos. 160-164—Despagnet, Nos. 69-74—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 43-81—Nys, I. pp. 329-356—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 39-41—Fiore, I. Nos. 305-309, and Code, Nos. 51-77—Martens, I. §§ 53-54—Mérignhac, I. pp. 114-231, and II. pp. 5, 154-221—Moore, I. § 3.
Vattel, I. §§ 1-12—Hall, § 1—Lawrence, § 42—Phillimore, I. §§ 61-69—Twiss, I. §§ 1-11—Taylor, § 117—Walker, § 1—Westlake, I. pp. 1-5, 20-21—Wheaton, §§ 16-21—Ullmann, § 19—Heffter, § 15—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 5-11—Bonfils, Nos. 160-164—Despagnet, Nos. 69-74—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 43-81—Nys, I. pp. 329-356—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 39-41—Fiore, I. Nos. 305-309, and Code, Nos. 51-77—Martens, I. §§ 53-54—Mérignhac, I. pp. 114-231, and II. pp. 5, 154-221—Moore, I. § 3.
Real and apparent International Persons.
Real and perceived International Persons.
§ 63. The conception of International Persons is derived from the conception of the Law of Nations. As this law is the body of rules which the civilised States consider legally binding in their intercourse, every State which belongs to the civilised States, and is, therefore, a member of the Family of Nations, is an International Person. Sovereign States exclusively are International Persons—i.e. subjects of International Law. There are, however, as will be seen, full and not-full Sovereign States. Full Sovereign States are perfect, not-full Sovereign States are imperfect International Persons, for not-full Sovereign States are for some parts only subjects of International Law.
§ 63. The idea of International Persons comes from the concept of the Law of Nations. This law is the set of rules that civilized states view as legally binding in their interactions with each other. Any state that is part of the civilized nations and thus a member of the Family of Nations is considered an International Person. Only sovereign states are International Persons—i.e. they are subjects of International Law. However, as will be discussed, there are fully sovereign states and not fully sovereign states. Fully sovereign states are complete, while not fully sovereign states are incomplete International Persons, as not fully sovereign states only adhere to International Law in certain respects.
In contradistinction to Sovereign States which are real, there are also apparent, but not real, International Persons—namely, Confederations of States, insurgents recognised as a belligerent Power in a civil war, and the Holy See. All these are not, as will be seen,[87] real[Pg 108] subjects of International Law, but in some points are treated as though they were International Persons, without thereby becoming members of the Family of Nations.
In contrast to Sovereign States, which are genuine, there are also apparent, but not real, International Persons—specifically, Confederations of States, insurgents recognized as a belligerent Power in a civil war, and the Holy See. All these are not, as will be shown,[87] real[Pg 108] subjects of International Law, but in some ways are treated as if they were International Persons, without actually becoming members of the Family of Nations.
It must be specially mentioned that the character of a subject of the Law of Nations and of an International Person can be attributed neither to monarchs, diplomatic envoys, private individuals, or churches, nor to chartered companies, nations, or races after the loss of their State (as, for instance, the Jews or the Poles), and organised wandering tribes.[88]
It should be specifically noted that the status of a subject in International Law and as an International Person cannot be assigned to monarchs, diplomatic representatives, private individuals, or religious institutions, nor to chartered companies, nations, or ethnic groups after they have lost their state (like the Jews or the Poles), or to organized nomadic tribes.[88]
[88] Most jurists agree with this opinion, but there are some who disagree. Thus, for instance, Heffter (§ 48) claims for monarchs the character of subjects of the Law of Nations; Lawrence (§ 42) claims that character for corporations; and Westlake, Chapters, p. 2, and Fiore, Code, Nos. 51, 61-64, claim it for individuals. The matter will be discussed below in §§ 288, 290, 344, 384.
[88] Most legal experts agree with this view, but some do not. For example, Heffter (§ 48) argues that monarchs should be considered subjects of International Law; Lawrence (§ 42) believes that corporations should hold that status; and Westlake, in Chapters, p. 2, and Fiore, in Code, Nos. 51, 61-64, argue it for individuals. This issue will be discussed further below in §§ 288, 290, 344, 384.
Conception of the State.
State Concept.
§ 64. A State proper—in contradistinction to so-called Colonial States—is in existence when a people is settled in a country under its own Sovereign Government. The conditions which must obtain for the existence of a State are therefore four:
§ 64. A proper State—in contrast to what are called Colonial States—exists when a people live in a country under their own Sovereign Government. The conditions that must be met for the existence of a State are therefore four:
There must, first, be a people. A people is an aggregate of individuals of both sexes who live together as a community in spite of the fact that they may belong to different races or creeds, or be of different colour.
There must, first, be a people. A people is a group of individuals of all genders who live together as a community, even though they may come from different races, beliefs, or have different skin colors.
There must, secondly, be a country in which the people has settled down. A wandering people, such as the Jews were whilst in the desert for forty years before their conquest of the Holy Land, is not a State. But it matters not whether the country is small or large; it may consist, as with City States, of one town only.
There must, secondly, be a country where the people have settled down. A wandering people, like the Jews were during the forty years in the desert before they took over the Holy Land, do not form a State. But it doesn't matter whether the country is small or large; it can consist, like City States, of just one town.
There must, thirdly, be a Government—that is, one or more persons who are the representatives of the people and rule according to the law of the land. An anarchistic community is not a State.
There must, thirdly, be a Government—meaning one or more individuals who represent the people and govern according to the country's laws. An anarchistic community is not a State.
There must, fourthly and lastly, be a Sovereign[Pg 109] Government. Sovereignty is supreme authority, an authority which is independent of any other earthly authority. Sovereignty in the strict and narrowest sense of the term includes, therefore, independence all round, within and without the borders of the country.
There must, fourthly and lastly, be a Sovereign[Pg 109] Government. Sovereignty is the highest authority, an authority that is not dependent on any other earthly authority. Sovereignty, in the strictest sense, includes complete independence, both within and beyond the country's borders.
Not-full Sovereign States.
Partially Recognized States.
§ 65. A State in its normal appearance does possess independence all round and therefore full sovereignty. Yet there are States in existence which certainly do not possess full sovereignty, and are therefore named not-full Sovereign States. All States which are under the suzerainty or under the protectorate of another State or are member States of a so-called Federal State, belong to this group. All of them possess supreme authority and independence with regard to a part of the tasks of a State, whereas with regard to another part they are under the authority of another State. Hence it is that the question is disputed whether such not-full Sovereign States can be International Persons and subjects of the Law of Nations at all.[89]
§ 65. A State, in its typical form, has complete independence and full sovereignty. However, there are States that do not have full sovereignty, which is why they are referred to as not-fully Sovereign States. These include any States that are under the influence or protection of another State, or are member States of a so-called Federal State. All of them have supreme authority and independence over some state functions, but for other functions, they fall under the authority of another State. This leads to ongoing debates about whether these not-fully Sovereign States can be considered International Persons and subjects of International Law at all.[89]
[89] The question will be discussed again below, §§ 89, 91, 93, with regard to each kind of not-full Sovereign States. The object of discussion here is the question whether such States can be considered as International Persons at all. Westlake, I. p. 21, answers it affirmatively by stating: "It is not necessary for a State to be independent in order to be a State of International Law."
[89] This question will be revisited below, §§ 89, 91, 93, in relation to each type of not-fully Sovereign States. The focus here is on whether these States can be recognized as International Persons at all. Westlake, I. p. 21, responds affirmatively by stating: "A State does not need to be independent to qualify as a State of International Law."
That they cannot be full, perfect, and normal subjects of International Law there is no doubt. But it is wrong to maintain that they can have no international position whatever and can never be members of the Family of Nations at all. If we look at the matter as it really stands, we observe that they actually often enjoy in many points the rights and fulfil in other points the duties of International Persons. They often send and receive diplomatic envoys or at least consuls. They often conclude commercial or other international treaties. Their monarchs enjoy the privileges which according to the Law of Nations the Municipal Laws of the different States must grant to the monarchs of foreign States.[Pg 110] No other explanation of these and similar facts can be given except that these not-full Sovereign States are in some way or another International Persons and subjects of International Law. Such imperfect International Personality is, of course, an anomaly; but the very existence of States without full sovereignty is an anomaly in itself. And history teaches that States without full sovereignty have no durability, since they either gain in time full sovereignty or disappear totally as separate States and become mere provinces of other States. So anomalous are these not-full Sovereign States that no hard-and-fast general rule can be laid down with regard to their position within the Family of Nations, since everything depends upon the special case. What may be said in general concerning all the States without full sovereignty is that their position within the Family of Nations, if any, is always more or less overshadowed by other States. But their partial character of International Persons comes clearly to light when they are compared with so-called Colonial States, such as the Dominion of Canada or the Commonwealth of Australia. Colonial States have no international position[90] whatever; they are, from the standpoint of the Law of Nations, nothing else than colonial portions of the mother-country, although they enjoy perfect self-government, and may therefore in a sense be called States. The deciding factor is that their Governor, who has a veto, is appointed by the mother-country, and that the Parliament of the mother-country could withdraw self-government from its Colonial States and legislate directly for them.
There’s no doubt that they can’t be full, perfect, and normal subjects of International Law. However, it’s incorrect to claim that they have no international status at all and can never be part of the Family of Nations. When we examine the situation, we see that they often possess certain rights and fulfill various duties as International Persons. They frequently send and receive diplomatic envoys or at least consuls. They often enter into commercial or other international treaties. Their monarchs receive the privileges that, according to International Law, the domestic laws of different states must grant to the monarchs of foreign states.[Pg 110] The only explanation for these and similar situations is that these semi-sovereign states are, in some manner, International Persons and subjects of International Law. This incomplete status as International Persons is, of course, an anomaly, but the very existence of states without full sovereignty is an anomaly in itself. History shows that states lacking full sovereignty are not durable, as they either eventually gain full sovereignty or completely vanish as separate entities, becoming mere provinces of other states. These semi-sovereign states are so anomalous that no strict general rule can be applied to their role within the Family of Nations; it all depends on the specific situation. What can be generally stated about all states without full sovereignty is that their standing within the Family of Nations, if it exists, is always somewhat overshadowed by other states. Their partial status as International Persons becomes particularly evident when compared to so-called Colonial States, like the Dominion of Canada or the Commonwealth of Australia. Colonial States have no international status[90] whatsoever; from the perspective of International Law, they are merely colonial extensions of the mother country, despite having perfect self-government, which allows them to be considered states in a sense. The crucial point is that their Governor, who has veto power, is appointed by the mother country, and the Parliament of the mother country can withdraw self-government from its Colonial States and legislate for them directly.
[90] Therefore treaties concluded by Canada with foreign States are not Canadian treaties, but treaties concluded by Great Britain for Canada. Should Colonial States ever acquire the right to conclude treaties directly with foreign States without the consent of the mother-country, they would become internationally part-sovereign and thereby obtain a certain international position.
[90] Therefore, treaties made by Canada with foreign countries are not Canadian treaties but treaties made by Great Britain on behalf of Canada. If colonial states ever gained the right to make treaties directly with foreign countries without the approval of their mother country, they would become partially sovereign on the international stage and gain a certain position in international relations.
Divisibility of Sovereignty contested.
Contested sovereignty.
§ 66. The distinction between States full Sovereign[Pg 111] and not-full Sovereign is based upon the opinion that sovereignty is divisible, so that the powers connected with sovereignty need not necessarily be united in one hand. But many jurists deny the divisibility of sovereignty and maintain that a State is either sovereign or not. They deny that sovereignty is a characteristic of every State and of the membership of the Family of Nations. It is therefore necessary to face the conception of sovereignty more closely. And it will be seen that there exists perhaps no conception the meaning of which is more controversial than that of sovereignty. It is an indisputable fact that this conception, from the moment when it was introduced into political science until the present day, has never had a meaning which was universally agreed upon.[91]
§ 66. The difference between fully Sovereign States[Pg 111] and not-fully Sovereign States is based on the view that sovereignty can be divided, meaning the powers associated with sovereignty don’t have to be held by a single entity. However, many legal experts argue against the division of sovereignty, asserting that a State is either fully sovereign or not at all. They reject the idea that sovereignty is a trait of every State and its place in the Family of Nations. Therefore, we need to examine the concept of sovereignty more closely. It appears that there is perhaps no concept with a more contentious meaning than sovereignty. It is an undeniable fact that since this concept was introduced into political science, it has never had a meaning that everyone agrees on.[91]
[91] The literature upon sovereignty is extensive. The following authors give a survey of the opinions of the different writers:—Dock,"Der Souveränitäts-begriff von Bodin bis zu Friedrich dem Grossen," 1897; Merriam, "History of the Theory of Sovereignty since Rousseau," 1900; Rehm, "Allgemeine Staatslehre," 1899, §§ 10-16. See also Maine, "Early Institutions," pp. 342-400.
[91] The literature on sovereignty is vast. The following authors provide an overview of the views of various writers:—Dock, "The Concept of Sovereignty from Bodin to Frederick the Great," 1897; Merriam, "A History of the Theory of Sovereignty since Rousseau," 1900; Rehm, "General Theory of the State," 1899, §§ 10-16. Also see Maine, "Early Institutions," pp. 342-400.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.
§ 67. The term Sovereignty was introduced into political science by Bodin in his celebrated work, "De la république," which appeared in 1577. Before Bodin, at the end of the Middle Ages, the word souverain[92] was used in France for an authority, political or other, which had no other authority above itself. Thus the highest courts were called Cours Souverains. Bodin, however, gave quite a new meaning to the old conception. Being under the influence and in favour of the policy of centralisation initiated by Louis XI. of France (1461-1483), the founder of French absolutism, he defined sovereignty as "the absolute and perpetual power within a State." Such power is the supreme power within a State without any restriction whatever except the Commandments of God and the Law of Nature. No constitution can limit sovereignty, which is an attribute of the king[Pg 112] in a monarchy and of the people in a democracy. A Sovereign is above positive law. A contract only is binding upon the Sovereign, because the Law of Nature commands that a contract shall be binding.[93]
§ 67. The term Sovereignty was introduced into political science by Bodin in his influential work, "De la république," which was published in 1577. Before Bodin, at the end of the Middle Ages, the word souverain[92] was used in France to refer to any authority, political or otherwise, that had no higher authority above it. Thus the highest courts were called Cours Souverains. However, Bodin gave a completely new meaning to this old concept. Influenced by and supporting the centralization policies initiated by Louis XI of France (1461-1483), the founder of French absolutism, he defined sovereignty as "the absolute and perpetual power within a State." This power is the highest authority within a State without any constraints other than the Commandments of God and the Law of Nature. No constitution can limit sovereignty, which belongs to the king in a monarchy and to the people in a democracy. A Sovereign stands above positive law. A contract is the only thing that binds the Sovereign, as the Law of Nature dictates that contracts must be binding.[93]
The conception of sovereignty thus introduced was at once accepted by writers on politics of the sixteenth century, but the majority of these writers taught that sovereignty could be restricted by a constitution and by positive law. Thus at once a somewhat weaker conception of sovereignty than that of Bodin made its appearance. On the other hand, in the seventeenth century, Hobbes went even beyond Bodin, maintaining[94] that a Sovereign was not bound by anything and had a right over everything, even over religion. Whereas a good many publicists followed Hobbes, others, especially Pufendorf, denied, in contradistinction to Hobbes, that sovereignty includes omnipotence. According to Pufendorf, sovereignty is the supreme power in a State, but not absolute power, and sovereignty may well be constitutionally restricted.[95] Yet in spite of all the differences in defining sovereignty, all authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries agree that sovereignty is indivisible and contains the centralisation of all power in the hands of the Sovereign, whether a monarch or the people itself in a republic. Yet the way for another conception of sovereignty is prepared by Locke, whose "Two Treatises on Government" appeared in 1689, and paved the way for the doctrine that the State itself is the original Sovereign, and that all supreme powers of the Government are derived from this sovereignty of the State.
The idea of sovereignty introduced at that time was quickly accepted by political writers in the sixteenth century, but most of them argued that sovereignty could be limited by a constitution and by positive law. This created a somewhat weaker understanding of sovereignty compared to Bodin's. In the seventeenth century, Hobbes took this further, claiming that a Sovereign was bound by nothing and had authority over everything, even religion. While many writers followed Hobbes, others, especially Pufendorf, argued against Hobbes, stating that sovereignty does not include absolute power. According to Pufendorf, sovereignty is the highest power in a State, but not unlimited, and it can be constitutionally restricted. Yet despite all the differing definitions of sovereignty, all authors from the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries agree that sovereignty is indivisible and involves the centralization of all power in the hands of the Sovereign, whether that is a monarch or the people in a republic. However, Locke paved the way for a new understanding of sovereignty with his "Two Treatises on Government," published in 1689, suggesting that the State itself is the original Sovereign and that all supreme powers of the Government come from this sovereignty of the State.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the Eighteenth Century.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the Eighteenth Century.
§ 68. In the eighteenth century matters changed again. The fact that the several hundred reigning[Pg 113] princes of the member-States of the German Empire had practically, although not theoretically, become more or less independent since the Westphalian Peace enforced the necessity upon publicists to recognise a distinction between an absolute, perfect, full sovereignty, on the one hand, and, on the other, a relative, imperfect, not-full or half-sovereignty. Absolute and full sovereignty was attributed to those monarchs who enjoyed an unqualified independence within and without their States. Relative and not-full sovereignty, or half-sovereignty, was attributed to those monarchs who were, in various points of internal or foreign affairs of State, more or less dependent upon other monarchs. By this distinction the divisibility of sovereignty was recognised. And when in 1787 the United States of America turned from a Confederation of States into a Federal State, the division of sovereignty between the Sovereign Federal State and the Sovereign member-States appeared. But it cannot be maintained that divisibility of sovereignty was universally recognised in the eighteenth century. It suffices to mention Rousseau, whose "Contrat Social" appeared in 1762 and defended again the indivisibility of sovereignty. Rousseau's conception of sovereignty is essentially that of Hobbes, since it contains absolute supreme power, but he differs from Hobbes in so far as, according to Rousseau, sovereignty belongs to the people only and exclusively, is inalienable, and therefore cannot be transferred from the people to any organ of the State.
§ 68. In the eighteenth century, things changed once more. The several hundred reigning[Pg 113] princes of the member states of the German Empire had, in practice if not in theory, become somewhat independent since the Peace of Westphalia. This situation forced publicists to acknowledge a distinction between absolute, full sovereignty on one hand, and relative, imperfect, or half-sovereignty on the other. Absolute and full sovereignty was attributed to monarchs who had complete independence both within and outside their states. Relative and not-full sovereignty, or half-sovereignty, was assigned to monarchs who were somewhat dependent on others in certain internal or foreign state affairs. This distinction recognized the divisibility of sovereignty. When the United States transitioned from a Confederation of States to a Federal State in 1787, the division of sovereignty between the Sovereign Federal State and the Sovereign member states became evident. However, it can't be claimed that the divisibility of sovereignty was universally accepted in the eighteenth century. A notable counterpoint is Rousseau, whose "Contrat Social" was published in 1762 and defended the indivisibility of sovereignty. Rousseau's view of sovereignty is similar to Hobbes', as it implies absolute supreme power, but he diverges from Hobbes in asserting that sovereignty belongs solely and exclusively to the people, is inalienable, and therefore cannot be transferred from the people to any state body.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the Nineteenth Century.
Meaning of Sovereignty in the 19th Century.
§ 69. During the nineteenth century three different factors of great practical importance have exercised their influence on the history of the conception of sovereignty.
§ 69. During the nineteenth century, three different factors of great practical importance influenced the history of the idea of sovereignty.
The first factor is that, with the exception of Russia, all civilised Christian monarchies during this period turned into constitutional monarchies. Thus identification[Pg 114] of sovereignty with absolutism belongs practically to the past, and the fact was during the nineteenth century generally recognised that a sovereign monarch may well be restricted in the exercise of his powers by a Constitution and positive law.
The first factor is that, except for Russia, all civilized Christian monarchies during this time became constitutional monarchies. So, the idea of sovereignty being linked to absolutism is largely a thing of the past. By the nineteenth century, it was generally accepted that a sovereign monarch could be limited in how they use their powers by a Constitution and established laws.
The second factor is, that the example of a Federal State set by the United States has been followed by Switzerland, Germany, and others. The Constitution of Switzerland as well as that of Germany declares decidedly that the member-States of the Federal State remain Sovereign States, thus indirectly recognising the divisibility of sovereignty between the member-States and the Federal State according to different matters.
The second factor is that the example of a Federal State set by the United States has been followed by Switzerland, Germany, and others. The Constitution of Switzerland as well as that of Germany clearly states that the member States of the Federal State remain Sovereign States, thus indirectly recognizing the division of sovereignty between the member States and the Federal State in different matters.
The third and most important factor is, that the science of politics has learned to distinguish between sovereignty of the State and sovereignty of the organ which exercises the powers of the State. The majority of publicists teach henceforth that neither the monarch, nor Parliament, nor the people is originally Sovereign in a State, but the State itself. Sovereignty, we say nowadays, is a natural attribute of every State as a State. But a State, as a Juristic Person, wants organs to exercise its powers. The organ or organs which exercise for the State powers connected with sovereignty are said to be sovereign themselves, yet it is obvious that this sovereignty of the organ is derived from the sovereignty of the State. And it is likewise obvious that the sovereignty of a State may be exercised by the combined action of several organs, as, for instance, in Great Britain, King and Parliament are the joint administrators of the sovereignty of the State. And it is, thirdly, obvious that a State can, as regards certain matters, have its sovereignty exercised by one organ and as regards other matters by another organ.
The third and most important factor is that the science of politics has learned to distinguish between the sovereignty of the State and the sovereignty of the entity that exercises the powers of the State. Most publicists now teach that neither the monarch, nor Parliament, nor the people is originally Sovereign in a State, but the State itself. Sovereignty, as we say today, is a natural attribute of every State as a State. However, a State, as a legal entity, needs organs to exercise its powers. The organ or organs that exercise powers connected with sovereignty on behalf of the State are regarded as sovereign themselves, but it's clear that this sovereignty of the organ is derived from the sovereignty of the State. It's also clear that the sovereignty of a State can be exercised by the combined action of several organs; for example, in Great Britain, the King and Parliament are the joint administrators of the State's sovereignty. Lastly, it's evident that a State can have its sovereignty exercised by one organ for certain matters and by another organ for different matters.
In spite of this condition of things, the old controversy regarding divisibility of sovereignty has by no[Pg 115] means died out. It acquired a fresh stimulus, on the one hand, through Switzerland and Germany turning into Federal States, and, on the other, through the conflict between the United States of America and her Southern member-States. The theory of the concurrent sovereignty of the Federal State and its member-States, as defended by "The Federalist" (Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay) in 1787, was in Germany taken up by Waitz,[96] whom numerous publicists followed. The theory of the indivisibility of sovereignty was defended by Calhoun,[97] and many European publicists followed him in time.
Despite this situation, the long-standing debate over the division of sovereignty hasn’t vanished. It gained renewed attention, partly due to Switzerland and Germany becoming Federal States, and partly because of the conflict between the United States and its Southern member States. The theory of concurrent sovereignty of the Federal State and its member States, as argued by "The Federalist" (Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay) in 1787, was taken up in Germany by Waitz,[96] who was followed by several publicists. The theory of indivisible sovereignty was promoted by Calhoun,[97] and many European publicists later supported him.
[96] Politik, 1862.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Politics, 1862.
[97] A Disquisition on Government, 1851.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ A Treatise on Government, 1851.
Result of the Controversy regarding Sovereignty.
Result of the Controversy over Sovereignty.
§ 70. From the foregoing sketch of the history of the conception of sovereignty it becomes apparent that there is not and never was unanimity regarding this conception. It is therefore no wonder that the endeavour has been made to eliminate the conception of sovereignty from the science of politics altogether, and likewise to eliminate sovereignty as a necessary characteristic of statehood, so that States with and without sovereignty would in consequence be distinguishable. It is a fact that sovereignty is a term used without any well-recognised meaning except that of supreme authority. Under these circumstances those who do not want to interfere in a mere scholastic controversy must cling to the facts of life and the practical, though abnormal and illogical, condition of affairs. As there can be no doubt about the fact that there are semi-independent States in existence, it may well be maintained that sovereignty is divisible.[Pg 116]
§ 70. From the overview of the history of the idea of sovereignty, it’s clear that there has never been a consensus on this concept. So it’s not surprising that some have tried to remove the idea of sovereignty from political science altogether, and also to dismiss sovereignty as an essential feature of statehood, allowing for a distinction between States with and without sovereignty. The term sovereignty is often used without a clear, widely accepted meaning beyond the notion of supreme authority. Given this situation, those who want to avoid engaging in a purely academic debate should focus on the realities of life and the practical, although unusual and illogical, conditions that exist. Since there’s no doubt that semi-independent States do exist, it can be argued that sovereignty is divisible.[Pg 116]
II RECOGNITION OF STATES AS INTERNATIONAL ENTITIES
Hall, §§ 2 and 26—Lawrence, §§ 44-47—Phillimore, II. §§ 10-23—Taylor, §§ 153-160—Walker, § 1—Westlake, I. pp. 49-58—Wheaton, § 27—Moore, §§ 27-75—Bluntschli, §§ 28-38—Hartmann, § 11—Heffter, § 23—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 18-33—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, §§ 29-30—Bonfils, Nos. 195-213—Despagnet, Nos. 79-85—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 136-145—Nys, I. pp. 69-115—Mérignhac, I. pp. 320-329—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 87-98—Fiore, I. Nos. 311-320, and Code, Nos. 160-177—Martens, I. §§ 63-64—Le Normand, "La reconnaissance internationale et ses diverses applications" (1899).
Hall, §§ 2 and 26—Lawrence, §§ 44-47—Phillimore, II. §§ 10-23—Taylor, §§ 153-160—Walker, § 1—Westlake, I. pp. 49-58—Wheaton, § 27—Moore, §§ 27-75—Bluntschli, §§ 28-38—Hartmann, § 11—Heffter, § 23—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 18-33—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, §§ 29-30—Bonfils, Nos. 195-213—Despagnet, Nos. 79-85—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 136-145—Nys, I. pp. 69-115—Mérignhac, I. pp. 320-329—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 87-98—Fiore, I. Nos. 311-320, and Code, Nos. 160-177—Martens, I. §§ 63-64—Le Normand, "La reconnaissance internationale et ses diverses applications" (1899).
Recognition a condition of Membership of the Family of Nations.
Recognition is a requirement for being part of the Family of Nations.
§ 71. As the basis of the Law of Nations is the common consent of the civilised States, statehood alone does not include membership of the Family of Nations. There are States in existence, although their number decreases gradually, which are not, or not fully, members of that family, because their civilisation, if any, does not enable them and their subjects to act in conformity with the principles of International Law. Those States which are members are either original members because the Law of Nations grew up gradually between them through custom and treaties, or they are members which have been recognised by the body of members already in existence when they were born.[98] For every State that is not already, but wants to be, a member, recognition is therefore necessary. A State is and becomes an International Person through recognition only and exclusively.
§ 71. The foundation of the Law of Nations is the shared agreement of civilized States; simply having statehood doesn't guarantee membership in the Family of Nations. There are still some States in existence, though their numbers are gradually decreasing, that are not or are not entirely part of that family because their level of civilization, if any, doesn't allow them and their citizens to act according to the principles of International Law. The States that are members are either original members, as the Law of Nations developed gradually among them through customs and treaties, or they are members that have been recognized by the existing members at the time of their emergence.[98] For any State that isn’t already a member but wishes to be, recognition is necessary. A State is and becomes an International Person solely through recognition.
Many writers do not agree with this opinion. They maintain that, if a new civilised State comes into existence either by breaking off from an existing recognised State, as Belgium did in 1831, or otherwise, such new State enters of right into the Family of Nations and becomes of right an International Person.[99] They do[Pg 117] not deny that practically such recognition is necessary to enable every new State to enter into official intercourse with other States. Yet they assert that theoretically every new State becomes a member of the Family of Nations ipso facto by its rising into existence, and that recognition supplies only the necessary evidence for this fact.
Many writers disagree with this view. They argue that when a new civilized State is created—either by separating from an existing recognized State, as Belgium did in 1831, or through some other means—that new State automatically becomes part of the Family of Nations and is recognized as an International Person.[99] They do[Pg 117] acknowledge that in practice, such recognition is essential for every new State to engage officially with other States. However, they maintain that theoretically, every new State becomes a member of the Family of Nations ipso facto by simply coming into existence, and that recognition merely provides the necessary proof of this reality.
If the real facts of international life are taken into consideration, this opinion cannot stand. It is a rule of International Law that no new State has a right towards other States to be recognised by them, and that no State has the duty to recognise a new State. It is generally agreed that a new State before its recognition cannot claim any right which a member of the Family of Nations has towards other members. It can, therefore, not be seen what the function of recognition could be if a State entered at its birth really of right into the membership of the Family of Nations. There is no doubt that statehood itself is independent of recognition. International Law does not say that a State is not in existence as long as it is not recognised, but it takes no notice of it before its recognition. Through recognition only and exclusively a State becomes an International Person and a subject of International Law.
If we consider the actual realities of international relations, this viewpoint doesn’t hold up. It's a principle of International Law that no new State has the right to demand recognition from others, and no State is obligated to recognize a new State. It's generally accepted that a new State cannot claim any rights that other members of the Family of Nations have before it is recognized. Therefore, it’s unclear what the purpose of recognition would be if a State automatically gained membership in the Family of Nations upon its creation. Clearly, a State's existence is independent of recognition. International Law doesn’t state that a State doesn’t exist as long as it hasn't been recognized, but it doesn’t acknowledge it until it is recognized. Only through recognition does a State become an International Person and a subject of International Law.
Mode of Recognition.
Recognition Method.
§ 72. Recognition is the act through which it becomes apparent that an old State is ready to deal with a new State as an International Person and a member of the Family of Nations. Recognition is given either expressly or tacitly. If a new State asks formally for recognition and receives it in a formal declaration of any kind, it receives express recognition. On the other hand, recognition is tacitly and indirectly given when an old State enters officially into intercourse with the new, be it by sending or receiving a diplomatic envoy,[100] or [Pg 118]by concluding a treaty, or by any other act through which it becomes apparent that the new State is actually treated as an International Person.
§ 72. Recognition is the act of acknowledging that an old State is willing to engage with a new State as an International Person and a member of the Family of Nations. Recognition can be given either explicitly or implicitly. If a new State formally requests recognition and receives it through any official declaration, it gets explicit recognition. On the other hand, recognition is given implicitly and indirectly when an old State officially interacts with the new one, whether by sending or receiving a diplomatic envoy,[100] or [Pg 118]by signing a treaty, or through any other action that indicates the new State is indeed treated as an International Person.
But no new State has by International Law a right to demand recognition, although practically such recognition cannot in the long run be withheld, because without it there is no possibility of entering into intercourse with the new State. The interests of the old States must suffer quite as much as those of the new State, if recognition is for any length of time refused, and practically these interests in time enforce either express or tacit recognition. History nevertheless records many cases of deferred recognition,[101] and, apart from other proof, it becomes thereby apparent that the granting or the denial of recognition is not a matter of International Law but of international policy.
But no new State has the right to demand recognition under International Law, although in practice, such recognition cannot be withheld for long because without it, there’s no way to engage with the new State. The interests of the old States will be just as affected as those of the new State if recognition is delayed for any significant time, and eventually, these interests will push for either clear or implied recognition. History, however, shows many instances of delayed recognition,[101] and aside from other evidence, it becomes clear that the decision to grant or deny recognition is not governed by International Law but by international policy.
It must be specially mentioned that recognition by one State is not at all binding upon other States, so that they must follow suit. But in practice such an example, if set by one or more Great Powers and at a time when the new State is really established on a sound basis, will make many other States at a later period give their recognition too.
It should be noted that recognition by one state is not mandatory for other states to follow. However, if one or more major powers recognize a new state when it is genuinely stable, it will likely encourage many other states to recognize it later on.
Recognition under Conditions.
Recognition in Specific Situations.
§ 73. Recognition will as a rule be given without any conditions whatever, provided the new State is safely and permanently established. Since, however, the granting of recognition is a matter of policy, and not of law, nothing prevents an old State from making the recognition of a new State dependent upon the latter fulfilling certain conditions. Thus the Powers assembled at the Berlin Congress in 1878 recognised Bulgaria, Montenegro, Servia, and Roumania under the condition only that these States did not[102] impose any[Pg 119] religious disabilities on any of their subjects.[103] The meaning of such conditional recognition is not that recognition can be withdrawn in case the condition is not complied with. The nature of the thing makes recognition, if once given, incapable of withdrawal. But conditional recognition, if accepted by the new State, imposes the internationally legal duty upon such State of complying with the condition; failing which a right of intervention is given to the other party for the purpose of making the recognised State comply with the imposed condition.
§ 73. Generally, recognition will be granted without any conditions, as long as the new State is securely and permanently established. However, since the decision to grant recognition is a political matter and not a legal one, there’s nothing stopping an old State from making the recognition of a new State contingent on certain conditions being met. For example, the Powers gathered at the Berlin Congress in 1878 recognized Bulgaria, Montenegro, Serbia, and Romania on the condition that these States would not [102] impose any[Pg 119] religious restrictions on their subjects.[103] Conditional recognition does not mean that recognition can be revoked if the condition is not fulfilled. Once recognition is granted, it generally cannot be taken away. However, if the new State accepts conditional recognition, it has an international legal obligation to meet the condition; otherwise, the other party has the right to intervene to ensure the recognized State complies with the set condition.
Recognition timely and precipitate.
Timely and swift recognition.
§ 74. Recognition is of special importance in those cases where a new State tries to establish itself by breaking off from an existing State in the course of a revolution. And here the question is material whether a new State has really already safely and permanently established itself or only makes efforts to this end without having already succeeded. That in every case of civil war a foreign State can recognise the insurgents as a belligerent Power if they succeed in keeping a part of the country in their hands and set up a Government of their own, there is no doubt. But between this recognition as a belligerent Power and the recognition of these insurgents and their part of the country as a new State, there is a broad and deep gulf. And the question is precisely at what exact time recognition of a new State may be given instead of the recognition as a belligerent Power. For an untimely and precipitate recognition as a new State is a violation of the dignity[104] of the mother-State, to which the latter need not patiently submit.
§ 74. Recognition is particularly important in situations where a new state attempts to establish itself by separating from an existing state during a revolution. Here, the key question is whether the new state has truly established itself safely and permanently or is merely striving to do so without having achieved it yet. It’s clear that in any case of civil war, a foreign state can recognize the insurgents as a belligerent power if they manage to control part of the country and set up their own government. However, there is a significant difference between recognizing them as a belligerent power and recognizing their claim as a new state. The critical issue is determining the precise moment when recognition of a new state should occur instead of merely recognizing their status as a belligerent power. Premature and hasty recognition as a new state undermines the dignity[104] of the parent state, which the latter does not have to tolerate.
[104] It is frequently maintained that such untimely recognition contains an intervention. But this is not correct, since intervention is (see below, § 134) dictatorial interference in the affairs of another State. The question of recognition of the belligerency of insurgents is exhaustively treated by Westlake, I. pp. 50-57.
[104] It's often argued that such premature recognition involves intervention. However, that's not accurate, as intervention is (see below, § 134) dictatorial interference in another state's matters. The issue of recognizing the belligerency of insurgents is thoroughly discussed by Westlake, I. pp. 50-57.
In spite of the importance of the question, no hard-and-fast rule[Pg 120] can be laid down as regards the time when it can be said that a State created by revolution has established itself safely and permanently. The characteristic of such safe and permanent establishment may be found either in the fact that the revolutionary State has utterly defeated the mother-State, or that the mother-State has ceased to make efforts to subdue the revolutionary State, or even that the mother-State, in spite of its efforts, is apparently incapable of bringing the revolutionary back under its sway.[105] Of course, as soon as the mother-State itself recognises the new State, there is no reason for other States to withhold any longer their recognition, although they have even then no legal obligation to grant it.
In spite of the importance of the question, no strict rule[Pg 120] can be established regarding the time when a State created by revolution can be considered securely and permanently established. The defining feature of such a secure and permanent establishment can be found either in the fact that the revolutionary State has completely defeated the mother-State, or that the mother-State has stopped trying to control the revolutionary State, or even that the mother-State, despite its efforts, seems unable to bring the revolutionary State back under its control.[105] Of course, as soon as the mother-State itself recognizes the new State, there’s no reason for other States to hold back their recognition any longer, although they still have no legal obligation to grant it.
[105] When, in 1903, Panama fell away from Colombia, the United States immediately recognised the new Republic as an independent State. For the motives of this quick action, see Moore, I. § 344, pp. 46 and following.
[105] When Panama separated from Colombia in 1903, the United States quickly recognized the new Republic as an independent country. For the reasons behind this swift decision, see Moore, I. § 344, pp. 46 and following.
The breaking off of the American States from their European mother-States furnishes many illustrative examples. Thus the recognition of the United States by France in 1778 was precipitate. But when in 1782 England herself recognised the independence of the United States, other States could accord recognition too without giving offence to England. Again, when the South American colonies of Spain declared their independence in 1810, no Power recognised the new States for many years. When, however, it became apparent that Spain, although she still kept up her claims, was not able to restore her sway, the United States recognised the new States in 1822, and England followed the example in 1824 and 1825.[106]
The separation of the American States from their European mother countries provides many clear examples. For instance, France's recognition of the United States in 1778 was rushed. However, when England recognized the independence of the United States in 1782, other countries felt they could recognize the US too without upsetting England. Similarly, when the South American colonies of Spain declared their independence in 1810, no country recognized the new states for many years. It wasn't until it became clear that Spain, despite maintaining its claims, was unable to regain control, that the United States recognized the new states in 1822, with England following suit in 1824 and 1825.[106]
State Recognition in contradistinction to other Recognitions.
State Recognition in contrast to other Recognitions.
§ 75. Recognition of a new State must not be confounded with other recognitions. Recognition of insurgents as a belligerent Power has already been mentioned. Besides this, recognition of a change in the[Pg 121] form of the government or of change in the title of an old State is a matter of importance. But the granting or refusing of these recognitions has nothing to do with recognition of the State itself. If a foreign State refuses the recognition of a change in the form of the government of an old State, the latter does not thereby lose its recognition as an International Person, although no official intercourse is henceforth possible between the two States as long as recognition is not given either expressly or tacitly. And if recognition of a new title[107] of an old State is refused, the only consequence is that such State cannot claim any privileges connected with the new title.
§ 75. Recognizing a new State should not be confused with other types of recognition. The recognition of insurgents as a belligerent Power has already been mentioned. Additionally, recognizing a change in the[Pg 121] form of government or a change in the title of an existing State is significant. However, granting or denying these recognitions does not affect the recognition of the State itself. If a foreign State refuses to recognize a change in the form of government of an existing State, that State does not lose its status as an International Person; it simply means that no official interaction can occur between the two States as long as recognition is not granted, either explicitly or implicitly. If recognition of a new title[107] of an old State is denied, the only result is that the State cannot claim any benefits associated with the new title.
III Changes in the Status of International Individuals
Grotius, II. c. 9, §§ 5-13—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 12—Vattel, I. § 11—Hall, § 2—Halleck, I. pp. 89-92—Phillimore, I. §§ 124-137—Taylor, § 163—Westlake, I. pp. 58-66—Wheaton, §§ 28-32—Moore, I. §§ 76-79—Bluntschli, §§ 39-53—Hartmann, §§ 12-13—Heffter, § 24—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 21-23—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, §§ 31 and 35—Bonfils, Nos. 214-215—Despagnet, Nos. 86-89—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 146-157—Nys, I. pp. 399-401—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 81-106—Fiore, I. Nos. 321-331, and Code, Nos. 119-141—Martens, I. §§ 65-69.
Grotius, II. c. 9, §§ 5-13—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 12—Vattel, I. § 11—Hall, § 2—Halleck, I. pp. 89-92—Phillimore, I. §§ 124-137—Taylor, § 163—Westlake, I. pp. 58-66—Wheaton, §§ 28-32—Moore, I. §§ 76-79—Bluntschli, §§ 39-53—Hartmann, §§ 12-13—Heffter, § 24—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 21-23—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, §§ 31 and 35—Bonfils, Nos. 214-215—Despagnet, Nos. 86-89—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 146-157—Nys, I. pp. 399-401—Rivier, I. § 3—Calvo, I. §§ 81-106—Fiore, I. Nos. 321-331, and Code, Nos. 119-141—Martens, I. §§ 65-69.
Important in contradistinction to Indifferent Changes.
Important in contrast to Indifferent Changes.
§ 76. The existence of International Persons is exposed to the flow of things and times. There is a constant and gradual change in their citizens through deaths and births, emigration, and immigration. There is a frequent change in those individuals who are at the head of the States, and there is sometimes a change in the form of their governments, or in their dynasties if they are monarchies. There are sometimes changes in their territories through loss or increase of parts thereof, and there are sometimes changes regarding their independence through partial or total loss of the[Pg 122] same. Several of these and other changes in the condition and appearance of International Persons are indifferent to International Law, although they may be of great importance for the inner development of the States concerned and directly or indirectly for international policy. Those changes, on the other hand, which are, or may be, of importance to International Law must be divided into three groups according to their influence upon the character of the State concerned as an International Person. For some of these changes affect a State as an International Person, others do not; again, others extinguish a State as an International Person altogether.
§ 76. The existence of International Persons is influenced by the flow of time and events. There is a constant and gradual change in their citizens through births and deaths, emigration, and immigration. There is frequent turnover in leadership, and sometimes there are changes in the type of government or the ruling dynasties if they are monarchies. Occasionally, territories change due to the loss or gain of land, and sometimes a state's independence can be partially or completely compromised. Many of these changes and others in the status and appearance of International Persons are not significant to International Law, even though they may greatly impact the internal development of the states involved and have direct or indirect effects on international relations. However, changes that are, or could be, significant to International Law must be categorized into three groups based on their impact on the character of the state in question as an International Person. Some of these changes affect a state as an International Person, while others do not; still, others completely extinguish a state’s status as an International Person.
Changes not affecting States as International Persons.
Changes not affecting States as International Persons.
§ 77. A State remains one and the same International Person in spite of changes in its headship, in its dynasty, in its form, in its rank and title, and in its territory. These changes cannot be said to be indifferent to International Law. Although strictly no notification to and recognition by foreign Powers are necessary, according to the Law of Nations, in case of a change in the headship of a State or in its entire dynasty, or if a monarchy becomes a republic or vice versa, no official intercourse is possible between the Powers refusing recognition and the State concerned. Although, further, a State can assume any title it likes, it cannot claim the privileges of rank connected with a title if foreign States refuse recognition. And although, thirdly, a State can dispose according to discretion of parts of its territory and acquire as much territory as it likes, foreign Powers may intervene for the purpose of maintaining a balance of power or on account of other vital interests.
§ 77. A State remains the same International Entity despite changes in its leadership, dynasty, form, rank, title, or territory. These changes are not insignificant in International Law. While it's true that no formal notification to or recognition by other countries is required under the Law of Nations when there's a change in a State's leadership or its entire dynasty, or if a monarchy turns into a republic or vice versa, no official relations can occur between the countries that refuse to recognize the State involved. Additionally, while a State can choose any title it wants, it cannot claim the privileges associated with that title if other States do not recognize it. Furthermore, although a State can manage its territory as it sees fit and acquire as much territory as it wants, foreign Powers may intervene to maintain a balance of power or for other significant reasons.
But whatever may be the importance of such changes, they neither affect a State as an International Person, nor affect the personal identity of the States concerned. France, for instance, has retained her personal identity from the time the Law of Nations came into existence[Pg 123] until the present day, although she acquired and lost parts of her territory, changed her dynasty, was a kingdom, a republic, an empire, again a kingdom, again a republic, again an empire, and is now, finally as it seems, a republic. All her international rights and duties as an International Person remained the very same throughout the centuries in spite of these important changes in her condition and appearance. Even such loss of territory as occasions the reduction of a Great Power to a small Power, or such increase of territory and strength as turns a small State into a Great Power, does not affect a State as an International Person. Thus, although through the events of the years 1859-1861 Sardinia acquired the whole territory of the Italian Peninsula and turned into the Great Power of Italy, she remained one and the same International Person.
But no matter how significant these changes may be, they don't alter a State's role as an International Person, nor do they change the personal identity of the States involved. France, for example, has maintained her personal identity from the time the Law of Nations was established[Pg 123] up to now, even though she has gained and lost parts of her territory, changed her monarchy, been a kingdom, a republic, an empire, then a kingdom again, then a republic again, and finally, it seems, a republic once more. All her international rights and responsibilities as an International Person have remained unchanged throughout the centuries, despite these significant transformations in her status and appearance. Even losing territory that reduces a Great Power to a smaller one, or gaining territory and strength that turns a small State into a Great Power, does not impact a State as an International Person. Therefore, despite the events between 1859 and 1861 that led Sardinia to acquire the entire Italian Peninsula and become the Great Power of Italy, it remained the same International Person.
Changes affecting States as International Persons.
Changes affecting States as International Entities.
§ 78. Changes which affect States as International Persons are of different character.
§ 78. Changes That Affect States as International Entities Are of Different Types.
(1) As in a Real Union the member-States of the union, although fully independent, make one International Person,[108] two States which hitherto were separate International Persons are affected in that character by entering into a Real Union. For through that change they appear henceforth together as one and the same International Person. And should this union be dissolved, the member-States are again affected, for they now become again separate International Persons.
(1) In a Real Union, the member states, while fully independent, create one international entity. Two states that were previously separate international entities are impacted by forming a Real Union. This change causes them to be seen together as one single international entity. If this union is ever dissolved, the member states are once again affected, as they revert to being separate international entities.
(2) Other changes affecting States as International Persons are such changes as involve a partial loss of independence on the part of the States concerned. Many restrictions may be imposed upon States without interfering with their independence proper,[109] but certain restrictions involve inevitably a partial loss of[Pg 124] independence. Thus if a hitherto independent State comes under the suzerainty of another State and becomes thereby a half-Sovereign State, its character as an International Person is affected. The same is valid with regard to a hitherto independent State which comes under the protectorate of another State. Again, if several hitherto independent States enter into a Federal State, they transfer a part of their sovereignty to the Federal State and become thereby part-Sovereign States. On the other hand, if a vassal State or a State under protectorate is freed from the suzerainty or protectorate, it is thereby affected as an International Person, because it turns now into a full Sovereign State. And the same is valid with regard to a member-State of a Federal State which leaves the union and gains the condition of a full Sovereign State.
(2) Other changes affecting states as international entities involve a partial loss of independence for the states involved. Many restrictions can be placed on states without undermining their full independence, but some restrictions inevitably lead to a partial loss of independence. For example, if an independent state comes under the control of another state and becomes a semi-sovereign state, its status as an international entity is impacted. The same applies to an independent state that falls under the protection of another state. Similarly, when several independent states form a federal state, they give up part of their sovereignty to the federal entity and become semi-sovereign states. Conversely, if a vassal state or a state under protection gains freedom from supervision, it is affected as an international entity because it transitions to being a fully sovereign state. The same is true for a member state of a federal state that leaves the union and achieves the status of a fully sovereign state.
(3) States which become permanently neutralised are thereby also affected in their character as International Persons, although their independence remains untouched. But permanent neutralisation alters the condition of a State so much that it thereby becomes an International Person of a particular kind.
(3) States that become permanently neutralized are also impacted in their status as International Persons, even though their independence remains intact. However, permanent neutralization changes a State's condition so significantly that it becomes an International Person of a specific type.
Extinction of International Persons.
Extinction of Global Citizens.
§ 79. A State ceases to be an International Person when it ceases to exist. Theoretically such extinction of International Persons is possible through emigration or the perishing of the whole population of a State, or through a permanent anarchy within a State. But it is evident that such cases will hardly ever occur in fact. Practical cases of extinction of States are: Merger of one State into another, annexation after conquest in war, breaking up of a State into several States, and breaking up of a State into parts which are annexed by surrounding States.
§ 79. A state stops being an international entity when it no longer exists. In theory, this could happen through emigration, the complete loss of a state's population, or through ongoing chaos within the state. However, it's clear that such situations are unlikely to happen in reality. Practical examples of states ceasing to exist are: the merging of one state into another, annexation following a military conquest, the division of a state into multiple states, and the fragmentation of a state into parts that are taken over by neighboring states.
By voluntarily merging into another State, a State loses all its independence and becomes a mere part of another. In this way the Duchy of Courland merged in 1795 into Russia, the two Principalities of Hohenzollern-Hechingen[Pg 125] and Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen in 1850 into Prussia, the Congo Free State in 1908 into Belgium, and Korea in 1910 into Japan. And the same is the case if a State is subjugated by another. In this way the Orange Free State and the South African Republic were absorbed by Great Britain in 1901. An example of the breaking up of a State into different States is the division of the Swiss canton of Basle into Basel-Stadt and Basel-Land in 1833. And an example of the breaking up of a State into parts which are annexed by surrounding States, is the absorption of Poland by Russia, Austria, and Prussia in 1795.
By choosing to merge with another state, a state loses all its independence and simply becomes part of a greater whole. For example, the Duchy of Courland merged into Russia in 1795, the two Principalities of Hohenzollern-Hechingen[Pg 125] and Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen merged into Prussia in 1850, the Congo Free State became part of Belgium in 1908, and Korea was annexed by Japan in 1910. The same applies when a state is conquered by another. For instance, the Orange Free State and the South African Republic were taken over by Great Britain in 1901. An example of a state splitting into separate entities is the division of the Swiss canton of Basle into Basel-Stadt and Basel-Land in 1833. An example of a state being divided into parts that are absorbed by neighboring states is Poland's partition by Russia, Austria, and Prussia in 1795.
IV INTERNATIONAL PERSONS SUCCESSION
Grotius, II. c. 9 and 10—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 12—Hall, §§ 27-29—Phillimore, I. § 137—Lawrence, § 49—Halleck, I. pp. 89-92—Taylor, §§ 164-168—Westlake, I. pp. 68-83—Wharton, I. § 5—Moore, I. §§ 92-99—Wheaton, §§ 28-32—Bluntschli, §§ 47-50—Hartmann, § 12—Heffter, § 25—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 33-47—Liszt, § 23—Ullmann, § 32—Bonfils, Nos. 216-233—Despagnet, Nos. 89-102—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 156-163—Nys, I. pp. 399-401—Rivier, I. § 3, pp. 69-75 and p. 438—Calvo, I. §§ 99-103—Fiore, I. Nos. 349-366—Martens, I. § 67—Appleton, "Des effets des annexions sur les dettes de l'état démembré ou annexé" (1895)—Huber, "Die Staatensuccession" (1898)—Keith, "The Theory of State Succession, with special reference to English and Colonial Law" (1907)—Cavaglieri, "La dottrina della successione di stato a stato, &c." (1910)—Richards in The Law Magazine and Review, XXVIII. (1903), pp. 129-141—Keith in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 618-648—Hershey in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 285-297.
Grotius, II. c. 9 and 10—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 12—Hall, §§ 27-29—Phillimore, I. § 137—Lawrence, § 49—Halleck, I. pp. 89-92—Taylor, §§ 164-168—Westlake, I. pp. 68-83—Wharton, I. § 5—Moore, I. §§ 92-99—Wheaton, §§ 28-32—Bluntschli, §§ 47-50—Hartmann, § 12—Heffter, § 25—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 33-47—Liszt, § 23—Ullmann, § 32—Bonfils, Nos. 216-233—Despagnet, Nos. 89-102—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 156-163—Nys, I. pp. 399-401—Rivier, I. § 3, pp. 69-75 and p. 438—Calvo, I. §§ 99-103—Fiore, I. Nos. 349-366—Martens, I. § 67—Appleton, "Des effets des annexions sur les dettes de l'état démembré ou annexé" (1895)—Huber, "Die Staatensuccession" (1898)—Keith, "The Theory of State Succession, with special reference to English and Colonial Law" (1907)—Cavaglieri, "La dottrina della successione di stato a stato, &c." (1910)—Richards in The Law Magazine and Review, XXVIII. (1903), pp. 129-141—Keith in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 618-648—Hershey in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 285-297.
[110] The following text treats only of the broad outlines of the subject, as the practice of the States has hardly settled more than general principles. Details must be studied in Huber, "Die Staatensuccession" (1898), and Keith, "The Theory of State Succession, &c." (1907); the latter writer's analysis of cases in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 618-648, is likewise very important.
[110] The following text only covers the general outlines of the topic, as the practices of the States have barely established more than basic principles. Details should be examined in Huber's "Die Staatensuccession" (1898) and Keith's "The Theory of State Succession, &c." (1907); the latter writer's analysis of cases in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 618-648, is also very significant.
Common Doctrine regarding Succession of International Persons.
Common Doctrine regarding Succession of International Persons.
§ 80. Although there is no unanimity among the writers on International Law with regard to the so-called succession of International Persons, nevertheless the following common doctrine can be stated to exist.
§ 80. Although there is no agreement among the writers on International Law regarding the so-called succession of International Persons, there is a common understanding that can be stated.
A succession of International Persons occurs when[Pg 126] one or more International Persons take the place of another International Person, in consequence of certain changes in the latter's condition.
A succession of International Persons happens when[Pg 126] one or more International Persons replace another International Person due to specific changes in that person's situation.
Universal succession takes place when one International Person is absorbed by another, either through subjugation or through voluntary merger. And universal succession further takes place when a State breaks up into parts which either become separate International Persons of their own or are annexed by surrounding International Persons.
Universal succession happens when one International Person is taken over by another, either through domination or a voluntary merger. It also occurs when a State divides into parts that become separate International Persons on their own or are joined by nearby International Persons.
Partial succession takes place, first, when a part of the territory of an International Person breaks off in a revolt and by winning its independence becomes itself an International Person; secondly, when one International Person acquires a part of the territory of another through cession; thirdly, when a hitherto full Sovereign State loses part of its independence through entering into a Federal State, or coming under suzerainty or under a protectorate, or when a hitherto not-full Sovereign State becomes full Sovereign; fourthly, when an International Person becomes a member of a Real Union or vice versa.
Partial succession occurs in a few ways: first, when a part of an International Person's territory breaks away in a revolt and gains independence, becoming an International Person itself; second, when one International Person acquires part of another's territory through cession; third, when a previously fully Sovereign State loses part of its independence by joining a Federal State, entering into suzerainty, or coming under a protectorate, or when a previously not-fully Sovereign State becomes fully Sovereign; fourth, when an International Person joins a Real Union or vice versa.
Nobody ever maintained that on the successor devolve all the rights and duties of his predecessor. But after stating that a succession takes place, the respective writers try to educe the consequences and to make out what rights and duties do, and what do not, devolve.
Nobody ever argued that the successor inherits all the rights and responsibilities of their predecessor. However, after acknowledging that a succession occurs, the respective writers attempt to draw out the consequences and clarify which rights and duties do, and which do not, transfer.
Several writers,[111] however, contest the common doctrine and maintain that a succession of International Persons never takes place. Their argument is that the rights and duties of an International Person disappear with the extinguished Person or become modified according to the modifications an International Person undergoes through losing part of its sovereignty.
Several writers,[111] however, challenge the common belief and argue that a series of International Persons never occurs. Their point is that the rights and responsibilities of an International Person vanish with the Person that is no longer there or change based on the alterations an International Person goes through when losing part of its sovereignty.
How far Succession actually takes place.
How far does Succession actually take place?
§ 81. If the real facts of life are taken into consideration, the common doctrine cannot be upheld. To say that succession takes place in such and such cases and to make out afterwards what rights and duties devolve, shows a wrong method of dealing with the problem. It is certain that no general succession takes place according to the Law of Nations. With the extinction of an International Person disappear its rights and duties as a person. But it is equally wrong to maintain that no succession whatever occurs. For nobody doubts that certain rights and duties actually and really devolve upon an International Person from its predecessor. And since this devolution takes place through the very fact of one International Person following another in the possession of State territory, there is no doubt that, as far as these devolving rights and duties are concerned, a succession of one International Person to the rights and duties of another really does take place. But no general rule can be laid down concerning all the cases in which a succession takes place. These cases must be discussed singly.
§ 81. When we consider the true facts of life, the common doctrine doesn’t hold up. It’s misleading to say that succession happens in certain cases and then later determine what rights and duties are passed on. It’s clear that no general succession occurs under International Law. When an International Person ceases to exist, its rights and duties as a person vanish along with it. However, it’s also incorrect to claim that no succession happens at all. Everyone agrees that some rights and duties are indeed transferred to an International Person from its predecessor. And since this transfer happens simply because one International Person takes over the territory of a State from another, it’s clear that, regarding these transferred rights and duties, a succession of one International Person to the rights and duties of another actually does occur. But we can’t establish a general rule for all the cases where succession happens. Each case needs to be examined individually.
Succession in consequence of Absorption.
Succession due to Absorption.
§ 82. When a State merges voluntarily into another State—as, for instance, Korea in 1910 did into Japan—or when a State is subjugated by another State, the latter remains one and the same International Person and the former becomes totally extinct as an International Person. No succession takes place, therefore, with regard to rights and duties of the extinct State arising either from the character of the latter as an International Person or from its purely political treaties. Thus treaties of alliance or of arbitration or of neutrality or of any other political nature fall to the ground with the extinction of the State which concluded them. They are personal treaties, and they naturally, legally, and necessarily presuppose the existence of the contracting State. But it is controversial whether treaties[Pg 128] of commerce, extradition, and the like, of the extinct State remain valid and therefore a succession takes place. The majority of writers correctly, I think, answer the question in the negative, because such treaties, although they are non-political in a sense, possess some prominent political traits.[112]
§ 82. When a state voluntarily merges into another state—like Korea did into Japan in 1910—or when one state is taken over by another, the latter remains one and the same International Person, while the former completely ceases to exist as an International Person. Therefore, there is no succession regarding the rights and duties of the extinct state that arise from its nature as an International Person or from its purely political treaties. Consequently, treaties of alliance, arbitration, neutrality, or any other political treaties become void with the extinction of the state that made them. They are personal treaties that inherently rely on the existence of the contracting state. However, there is debate about whether treaties of commerce, extradition, and similar agreements from the extinct state remain valid, and thus if succession occurs. Most writers, I believe correctly, answer this in the negative, because while these treaties may not be political in nature, they still have significant political characteristics.[112]
[112] On the whole question concerning the extinction of treaties in consequence of the absorption of a State by another, see Moore, V. § 773, and below, § 548. When, in 1910, Korea merged into Japan, the latter published a Declaration—see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. p. 26—containing the following articles with regard to the treaty obligations of the extinct State of Korea:—
[112] For the overall issue of the disappearance of treaties due to one state being absorbed by another, refer to Moore, V. § 773, and below, § 548. When Korea was absorbed into Japan in 1910, Japan issued a Declaration—see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. p. 26—outlining the following articles concerning the treaty obligations of the now-defunct state of Korea:—
1. Treaties hitherto concluded by Korea with foreign Powers ceasing to be operative, Japan's existing treaties will, so far as practicable, be applied to Korea. Foreigners resident in Korea will, so far as conditions permit, enjoy the same rights and immunities as in Japan proper, and the protection of their legally acquired rights subject in all cases to the jurisdiction of Japan. The Imperial Government of Japan is ready to consent that the jurisdiction in respect of the cases actually pending in any foreign Consular Court in Korea at the time the Treaty of Annexation takes effect shall remain in such Court until final decision.
1. Treaties that Korea had previously made with foreign countries will no longer be in effect, and Japan's current treaties will be applied to Korea as much as possible. Foreigners living in Korea will, to the extent that conditions allow, have the same rights and protections as those in Japan itself, with their legally acquired rights being protected but still subject to Japan's jurisdiction. The Imperial Government of Japan is willing to agree that any cases currently pending in foreign Consular Courts in Korea at the time the Treaty of Annexation goes into effect will remain in those Courts until a final decision is reached.
2. Independently of any conventional engagements formerly existing on the subject, the Imperial Government of Japan will for a period of ten years levy upon goods imported into Korea from foreign countries or exported from Korea to foreign countries and upon foreign vessels entering any of the open ports of Korea the same import or export duties and the same tonnage dues as under the existing schedules. The same import or export duties and tonnage dues as those to be levied upon the aforesaid goods and vessels will also for a period of ten years be applied in respect of goods imported into Korea from Japan or exported from Korea to Japan and Japanese vessels entering any of the open ports of Korea.
2. Regardless of any previous agreements on the matter, the Imperial Government of Japan will, for the next ten years, impose the same import or export duties and tonnage fees on goods brought into Korea from foreign countries or shipped out of Korea to foreign nations, as well as on foreign ships entering any of Korea's open ports, as are currently in place. The same import or export duties and tonnage fees will also be charged for goods imported from Japan into Korea or exported from Korea to Japan, and for Japanese ships entering any of Korea's open ports, for a period of ten years.
3. The Imperial Government of Japan will also permit for a period of ten years vessels under flags of the Powers having treaties with Japan to engage in the coasting trade between the open ports of Korea and between those ports and any open port of Japan.
3. The Imperial Government of Japan will also allow, for a period of ten years, vessels flying the flags of countries with treaties with Japan to participate in the coastal trade between the open ports of Korea and between those ports and any open port in Japan.
4. The existing open ports of Korea, with the exemption of Masampo, will be continued as open ports, and in addition Shiwiju will be newly opened so that vessels, foreign as well as Japanese, will there be admitted and goods may be imported into and exported from these ports.
4. The current open ports of Korea, except for Masampo, will remain open, and in addition, Shiwiju will be newly opened so that both foreign and Japanese vessels will be allowed entry, and goods can be imported to and exported from these ports.
A real succession takes place, however, first, with regard to such international rights and duties of the extinct State as are locally connected with its land, rivers, main roads, railways, and the like. According to the principle res transit cum suo onere, treaties of the extinct State concerning boundary lines, repairing of main roads, navigation on rivers, and the like, remain valid, and all rights and duties arising from such treaties of the extinct State devolve on the absorbing State.
A real succession occurs, however, first in relation to the international rights and duties of the expired State that are linked to its land, rivers, main roads, railways, and similar elements. According to the principle res transit cum suo onere, treaties of the expired State regarding border lines, maintenance of main roads, navigation on rivers, and similar matters remain valid, and all rights and duties that come from such treaties of the expired State transfer to the absorbing State.
A real succession, secondly, takes place with regard[Pg 129] to the fiscal property and the fiscal funds of the extinct State. They both accrue to the absorbing State ipso facto by the absorption of the extinct State.[113] But the debts[114] of the extinct State must, on the other hand, also be taken over by the absorbing State.[115] The private creditor of an extinct State certainly acquires no right[116] by International Law against the absorbing State, since the Law of Nations is a law between States only and exclusively. But if he is a foreigner, the right of protection due to his home State enables the latter to exercise pressure upon the absorbing State for the purpose of making it fulfil its international duty to take over the debts of the extinct State. Some jurists[117] go so far as to maintain that the succeeding State must take over the debts of the extinct State, even when they are higher than the value of the accrued fiscal property and fiscal funds. But I doubt whether in such cases the practice of the States would follow that opinion. On the other hand, a State which has subjugated another would be compelled[118] to take over even[Pg 130] such obligations as have been incurred by the annexed State for the immediate purpose of the war which led to its subjugation.[119]
A real succession, secondly, happens regarding[Pg 129] the financial assets and funds of the defunct State. Both of these automatically transfer to the absorbing State with the absorption of the defunct State.[113] However, the debts[114] of the defunct State must also be assumed by the absorbing State.[115] A private creditor of a defunct State has no rights[116] under International Law against the absorbing State, since International Law applies solely between States. However, if the creditor is a foreigner, the protection due from their home State allows that State to exert pressure on the absorbing State to fulfill its international obligation to take on the debts of the defunct State. Some jurists[117] argue that the succeeding State must assume the debts of the defunct State, even if those debts exceed the value of the transferred financial assets and funds. But I question whether State practice would support that view in such cases. On the other hand, a State that has conquered another would be required[118] to take on any obligations incurred by the annexed State for the purpose of the war that led to its conquest.[119]
[113] This was recognised by the High Court of Justice in 1866 in the case of the United States v. Prioleau. See Scott, "Cases on International Law" (1902), p. 85.
[113] This was acknowledged by the High Court of Justice in 1866 in the case of the United States v. Prioleau. See Scott, "Cases on International Law" (1902), p. 85.
[115] This is almost generally recognised by writers on International Law and the practice of the States. (See Huber, op. cit. pp. 156 and 282, note 449.) The Report of the Transvaal Concessions Commission (see British State Papers, South Africa, 1901, Cd. 623), although it declares (p. 7), that "it is clear that a State which has annexed another is not legally bound by any contracts made by the State which has ceased to exist," nevertheless agrees that "the modern usage of nations has tended in the acknowledgment of such contracts." It may, however, safely be maintained that not a usage, but a real rule of International Law, based on custom, is in existence with regard to this point. (See Hall, § 29, and Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XVII. (1901), pp. 392-401, XXXI. (1905), p. 335, and now Westlake, I. pp. 74-82.)
[115] This is widely recognized by experts in International Law and the practices of states. (See Huber, op. cit. pp. 156 and 282, note 449.) The Report of the Transvaal Concessions Commission (see British State Papers, South Africa, 1901, Cd. 623), while stating (p. 7) that "it is clear that a state that has annexed another is not legally bound by any contracts made by the state that has ceased to exist," also acknowledges that "the modern practice of nations has leaned toward recognizing such contracts." However, it can be confidently stated that there is not just a practice but a genuine rule of International Law, based on custom, regarding this matter. (See Hall, § 29, and Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XVII. (1901), pp. 392-401, XXXI. (1905), p. 335, and now Westlake, I. pp. 74-82.)
[116] This is the real portent of the judgment in the case of Cook v. Sprigg, L.R. (1899), A.C. 572, and in the case of the West Rand Central Gold Mining Co. v. The King (1905), 2 K.B. 391. In so far as the latter judgment denies the existence of a rule of International Law that compels a subjugator to pay the debts of the subjugated State, its arguments are in no wise decisive. An International Court would recognise such a rule.
[116] This is the true significance of the judgment in the case of Cook v. Sprigg, L.R. (1899), A.C. 572, and in the case of the West Rand Central Gold Mining Co. v. The King (1905), 2 K.B. 391. As far as the latter ruling denies the existence of a rule of International Law that requires a conqueror to pay the debts of the conquered State, its arguments are not conclusive at all. An International Court would acknowledge such a rule.
[119] The question how far concessions granted by a subjugated State to a private individual or to a company must be upheld by the subjugating State, is difficult to answer in its generality. The merits of each case would seem to have to be taken into consideration. See Westlake, I. p. 82; Moore, I. § 98; Gidel, "Des effets de l'annexion sur les concessions" (1904).
[119] The question of how much the conquering State must respect concessions made by a conquered State to an individual or a company is complex and cannot be answered generally. The specifics of each situation need to be considered. See Westlake, I. p. 82; Moore, I. § 98; Gidel, "Des effets de l'annexion sur les concessions" (1904).
The case of a Federal State arising—like the German Empire in 1871—above a number of several hitherto full Sovereign States also presents, with regard to many points, a case of State succession.[120] However, no hard-and-fast rules can be laid down concerning it, since everything depends upon the question whether the Federal State is one which—like all those of America—totally absorbs all international relations of the member-States, or whether it absorbs—like the German Empire and Switzerland—these relations to a greater extent only.[121]
The situation of a Federal State emerging—like the German Empire in 1871—above several previously fully Sovereign States also raises, in many ways, an issue of State succession.[120] However, there are no strict rules that can be established regarding this, as it all depends on whether the Federal State completely absorbs all international relations of the member States, like those in America, or whether it primarily absorbs these relations to a lesser degree, as seen with the German Empire and Switzerland.[121]
Succession in consequence of Dismemberment.
Succession due to Dismemberment.
§ 83. When a State breaks up into fragments which themselves become States and International Persons, or which are annexed by surrounding States, it becomes extinct as an International Person, and the same rules are valid as regards the case of absorption of one State by another. A difficulty is, however, created when the territory of the extinct State is absorbed by several States. Succession actually takes place here too, first, with regard to the international rights and duties locally connected with those parts of the territory which the respective States have absorbed. Succession takes place, secondly, with regard to the fiscal property and the fiscal funds which each of the several absorbing States finds on the part of the territory it absorbs.[Pg 131] And the debts of the extinct State must be taken over. But the case is complicated through the fact that there are several successors to the fiscal property and funds, and the only rule which can be laid down is that proportionate parts of the debts must be taken over by the different successors.
§ 83. When a state breaks apart into smaller parts that become independent states and international entities, or when those parts are absorbed by neighboring states, the original state ceases to exist as an international entity, and the same rules apply in cases of one state being absorbed by another. However, issues arise when the territory of the now-extinct state is absorbed by multiple states. Here, succession occurs in two ways: first, concerning the international rights and responsibilities tied to the portions of territory that the respective states have taken over. Second, succession also pertains to the financial assets and funds that each absorbing state acquires from the part of the territory it absorbs.[Pg 131] Additionally, the debts of the extinct state must be assumed. The situation is complicated because there are multiple successors to the financial assets and funds, and the only guideline that can be established is that proportional shares of the debts must be assumed by the different successors.
When—as in the case of Sweden-Norway in 1905—a Real Union[122] is dissolved and the members become International Persons of their own, a succession likewise takes place. All treaties concluded by the Union devolve upon the former members, except those which were concluded by the Union for one member only—e.g. by Sweden-Norway for Norway—and which, therefore, devolve upon such former member only, and, further, except those which concerned the very Union and lose all meaning by its dissolution.
When, as happened with Sweden-Norway in 1905, a Real Union[122] is ended and the members become independent entities, a succession also takes place. All treaties made by the Union are transferred to the former members, except those that were made by the Union for just one member—like the treaties made by Sweden-Norway specifically for Norway—which only apply to that former member. Additionally, treaties that were about the Union itself lose their relevance when the Union is dissolved.
Succession in case of Separation or Cession.
Succession in case of Separation or Cession.
§ 84. When in consequence of war or otherwise one State cedes a part of its territory to another, or when a part of the territory of a State breaks off and becomes a State and an International Person of its own, succession takes place with regard to such international rights and duties of the predecessor as are locally connected with the part of the territory ceded or broken off, and with regard to the fiscal property found on that part of the territory. It would only be just, if the successor had to take over a corresponding part of the debt of its predecessor, but no rule of International Law concerning this point can be said to exist, although many treaties have stipulated a devolution of a part of the debt of the predecessor upon the successor.[123] Thus, for instance, arts. 9, 33, 42 of the Treaty of Berlin[124] of 1878 stipulate that Bulgaria, Montenegro, and Servia should take over a part of the Turkish debt. On the[Pg 132] other hand, the United States refused, after the cession of Cuba in 1898, to take over from Spain the so-called Cuban debt—that is, the debt which was settled by Spain on Cuba before the war.[125] Spain argued that it was not intended to transfer to the United States a proportional part of the debt of Spain, but only such debt as attached individually to the island of Cuba. The United States, however, met this argument by the correct assertion that the debt concerned was not one incurred by Cuba, but by Spain, and settled by her on Cuba.
§ 84. When, due to war or any other reason, one state gives up part of its territory to another, or when part of a state’s territory separates and forms its own state and becomes an international entity, succession happens in relation to the international rights and responsibilities of the predecessor that are linked to the portion of territory that was ceded or separated, as well as to any fiscal property on that territory. It would only be fair for the successor to assume a corresponding portion of its predecessor’s debt, but no established rule of International Law covers this issue, although many treaties have specified that part of the predecessor's debt should be transferred to the successor.[123] For example, articles 9, 33, and 42 of the Treaty of Berlin[124] from 1878 state that Bulgaria, Montenegro, and Serbia should take on a portion of the Turkish debt. On the[Pg 132] other hand, the United States declined to accept the so-called Cuban debt from Spain after the cession of Cuba in 1898—that is, the debt that Spain settled on Cuba before the war.[125] Spain argued that there was no intention to transfer a proportional part of its debt to the United States, only the debt specifically related to the island of Cuba. However, the United States countered this argument with the correct point that the debt in question was not something that Cuba incurred, but rather a debt that Spain had taken on and settled regarding Cuba.
[123] Many writers, however, maintain that there is such a rule of International Law. See Huber, op. cit. Nos. 125-135 and 205, where the respective treaties are enumerated.
[123] Many writers argue that there is indeed a rule of International Law. See Huber, op. cit. Nos. 125-135 and 205, where the relevant treaties are listed.
V Composite International Individuals
Pufendorf, VII. c. 5—Hall, § 4—Westlake, I. pp. 31-37—Phillimore, I. §§ 71-74, 102-105—Twiss, I. §§ 37-60—Halleck, I. pp. 70-74—Taylor, §§ 120-130—Wheaton, §§ 39-51—Moore, I. §§ 6-11—Hartmann, § 70—Heffter, §§ 20-21—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 118-141—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, §§ 20-24—Bonfils, Nos. 165-174—Despagnet, Nos. 109-126—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 117-123—Mérignhac, II. pp. 6-42—Nys, I. pp. 367-378—Rivier, I. §§ 5-6—Calvo, I. §§ 44-61—Fiore, I. Nos. 335-339, and Code, Nos. 96-104—Martens, I. §§ 56-59—Pufendorf, "De systematibus civitatum" (1675)—Jellinek, "Die Lehre von den Staatenverbindungen" (1882)—Borel, "Etude sur la souveraineté de l'Etat fédératif" (1886)—Brie, "Theorie der Staatenverbindungen" (1886)—Hart, "Introduction to the Study of Federal Government" in "Harvard Historical Monographs," 1891 (includes an excellent bibliography)—Le Fur, "Etat fédéral et confédération d'Etats" (1896)—Moll, "Der Bundesstaatsbegriff in den Vereinigten Staaten von America" (1905)—Ebers, "Die Lehre vom Staatenbunde" (1910).
Pufendorf, VII. c. 5—Hall, § 4—Westlake, I. pp. 31-37—Phillimore, I. §§ 71-74, 102-105—Twiss, I. §§ 37-60—Halleck, I. pp. 70-74—Taylor, §§ 120-130—Wheaton, §§ 39-51—Moore, I. §§ 6-11—Hartmann, § 70—Heffter, §§ 20-21—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 118-141—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, §§ 20-24—Bonfils, Nos. 165-174—Despagnet, Nos. 109-126—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 117-123—Mérignhac, II. pp. 6-42—Nys, I. pp. 367-378—Rivier, I. §§ 5-6—Calvo, I. §§ 44-61—Fiore, I. Nos. 335-339, and Code, Nos. 96-104—Martens, I. §§ 56-59—Pufendorf, "De systematibus civitatum" (1675)—Jellinek, "Die Lehre von den Staatenverbindungen" (1882)—Borel, "Etude sur la souveraineté de l'Etat fédératif" (1886)—Brie, "Theorie der Staatenverbindungen" (1886)—Hart, "Introduction to the Study of Federal Government" in "Harvard Historical Monographs," 1891 (includes an excellent bibliography)—Le Fur, "Etat fédéral et confédération d'Etats" (1896)—Moll, "Der Bundesstaatsbegriff in den Vereinigten Staaten von America" (1905)—Ebers, "Die Lehre vom Staatenbunde" (1910).
Real and apparent Composite International Persons.
Real and apparent Composite International Persons.
§ 85. International Persons are as a rule single Sovereign States. In such single States there is one central political authority as Government which represents the State, within its borders as well as without in the international intercourse with other International Persons. Such single States may be called simple International Persons. And a State remains a simple[Pg 133] International Person, although it may grant so much internal independence to outlying parts of its territory that these parts become in a sense States themselves. Great Britain is a simple International Person, although the Dominion of Canada, Newfoundland, the Commonwealth of Australia, New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa, are now States of their own, because Great Britain is alone Sovereign and represents exclusively the British Empire within the Family of Nations.
§ 85. International Persons are usually individual Sovereign States. In these individual States, there is one central political authority known as the Government, which represents the State both within its borders and in its international dealings with other International Persons. These individual States can be referred to as simple International Persons. A State remains a simple[Pg 133] International Person even if it grants significant internal independence to distant parts of its territory, making those parts somewhat like individual States. Great Britain is a simple International Person, even though the Dominion of Canada, Newfoundland, the Commonwealth of Australia, New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa are now independent States, because Great Britain is the sole Sovereign and exclusively represents the British Empire in the Family of Nations.
Historical events, however, have created, in addition to the simple International Persons, composite International Persons. A composite International Person is in existence when two or more Sovereign States are linked together in such a way that they take up their position within the Family of Nations either exclusively or at least to a great extent as one single International Person. History has produced two different kinds of such composite International Persons—namely, Real Unions and Federal States. In contradistinction to Real Unions and Federal States, a so-called Personal Union and the union of so-called Confederated States are not International Persons.[126]
Historical events have led to the creation of not just simple International Persons, but also composite International Persons. A composite International Person exists when two or more Sovereign States are connected in a way that they present themselves within the Family of Nations either exclusively or largely as a single International Person. History has given rise to two different types of these composite International Persons—Real Unions and Federal States. Unlike Real Unions and Federal States, a so-called Personal Union and the union of so-called Confederated States do not qualify as International Persons.[126]
[126] I cannot agree with Westlake (I. p. 37) that "the space which some writers devote to the distinctions between the different kinds of union between States" is "disproportioned ... to their international importance." Very important questions are connected with these distinctions. The question, for instance, whether a diplomatic envoy sent by Bavaria to this country must be granted the privileges due to a foreign diplomatic envoy depends upon the question whether Bavaria is an International Person in spite of her being a member-State of the German Empire.
[126] I can't agree with Westlake (I. p. 37) that "the space which some writers devote to the distinctions between the different kinds of union between States" is "disproportioned ... to their international importance." Very important questions are tied to these distinctions. For example, whether a diplomatic envoy sent by Bavaria to this country should be granted the privileges of a foreign diplomatic envoy depends on whether Bavaria is considered an International Person despite being a member-State of the German Empire.
States in Personal Union.
Countries in Personal Union.
§ 86. A Personal Union is in existence when two Sovereign States and separate International Persons are linked together through the accidental fact that they have the same individual as monarch. Thus a Personal Union existed from 1714 to 1837 between Great Britain and Hanover, from 1815 to 1890 between the Netherlands and Luxemburg, and from 1885 to 1908 between[Pg 134] Belgium and the former Congo Free State. At present there is no Personal Union in existence. A Personal Union is not, and is in no point treated as though it were, an International Person, and its two Sovereign member-States remain separate International Persons. Theoretically it is even possible that they make war against each other, although practically this will never occur. If, as sometimes happens, they are represented by one and the same individual as diplomatic envoy, such individual is the envoy of both States at the same time, but not the envoy of the Personal Union.
§ 86. A Personal Union exists when two Sovereign States and separate International Entities are connected simply because they have the same person as monarch. For example, a Personal Union existed from 1714 to 1837 between Great Britain and Hanover, from 1815 to 1890 between the Netherlands and Luxembourg, and from 1885 to 1908 between[Pg 134] Belgium and the former Congo Free State. Currently, there is no Personal Union in existence. A Personal Union is not, and is never treated as if it were, an International Entity, and its two Sovereign member-States remain distinct International Entities. In theory, it’s even possible for them to go to war against each other, although this is unlikely to ever happen. If, as happens occasionally, they are represented by the same individual as a diplomatic envoy, that individual is the envoy for both States simultaneously, but not the envoy of the Personal Union.
States in Real Union.
States in a Real Union.
§ 87. A Real Union[127] is in existence when two Sovereign States are by an international treaty, recognised by other Powers, linked together for ever under the same monarch, so that they make one and the same International Person. A Real Union is not itself a State, but merely a union of two full Sovereign States which together make one single but composite International Person. They form a compound Power, and are by the treaty of union prevented from making war against each other. On the other hand, they cannot make war separately against a foreign Power, nor can war be made against one of them separately. They can enter into separate treaties of commerce, extradition, and the like, but it is always the Union which concludes such treaties for the separate States, as they separately are not International Persons. It is, for instance, Austria-Hungary which concludes an international treaty of extradition between Hungary and a foreign Power. The only Real Union at present in existence outside the German Empire[128] is that of Austria-Hungary, that of Sweden-Norway having been dissolved in 1905.
§ 87. A Real Union[127] exists when two Sovereign States are linked together forever under the same monarch through an international treaty recognized by other powers, creating one single International Person. A Real Union itself is not a State, but rather a combination of two fully Sovereign States that together form one composite International Person. They create a joint Power and, through the treaty of union, are prohibited from waging war against one another. Likewise, they cannot independently declare war on a foreign Power, nor can war be declared against one of them alone. They are allowed to enter into separate treaties regarding trade, extradition, and similar matters, but it is always the Union that signs these treaties on behalf of the individual States, as they are not recognized as International Persons on their own. For instance, it is Austria-Hungary that enters into an international extradition treaty between Hungary and a foreign Power. The only Real Union currently existing outside the German Empire[128] is Austria-Hungary, as the union of Sweden-Norway was dissolved in 1905.
Austria-Hungary became a Real Union in 1723. In[Pg 135] 1849, Hungary was united with Austria, but in 1867 Hungary became again a separate Sovereign State and the Real Union was re-established. Their army, navy, and foreign ministry are united. The Emperor-King declares war, makes peace, concludes alliances and other treaties, and sends and receives the same diplomatic envoys for both States.
Austria-Hungary became a Real Union in 1723. In[Pg 135] 1849, Hungary was joined with Austria, but in 1867, Hungary became a separate Sovereign State once again, and the Real Union was re-established. Their army, navy, and foreign ministry are combined. The Emperor-King declares war, makes peace, forms alliances and other treaties, and sends and receives the same diplomatic envoys for both States.
Sweden-Norway became a Real Union[129] in 1814. The King could declare war, make peace, conclude alliances and other treaties, and send and receive the same diplomatic envoys for both States. The Foreign Secretary of Sweden managed at the same time the foreign affairs of Norway. Both States had, however, in spite of the fact that they made one and the same International Person, different commercial and naval flags. The Union was peacefully dissolved by the Treaty of Karlstad of October 26, 1905. Norway became a separate kingdom, the independence and integrity of which is guaranteed by Great Britain, France, Germany, and Russia by the Treaty of Christiania of November 2, 1907.[130]
Sweden-Norway became a real union in 1814. The King could declare war, make peace, form alliances and other treaties, and send and receive the same diplomatic representatives for both countries. The Foreign Secretary of Sweden also handled the foreign affairs of Norway at the same time. However, despite being one and the same international entity, both countries had different commercial and naval flags. The union was peacefully dissolved by the Treaty of Karlstad on October 26, 1905. Norway became a separate kingdom, its independence and integrity guaranteed by Great Britain, France, Germany, and Russia through the Treaty of Christiania on November 2, 1907.
[129] This is not universally recognised. Phillimore, I. § 74, maintains that there was a Personal Union between Sweden and Norway, and Twiss, I. § 40, calls it a Federal Union.
[129] This isn't widely accepted. Phillimore, I. § 74, argues that there was a Personal Union between Sweden and Norway, while Twiss, I. § 40, describes it as a Federal Union.
Confederated States (Staatenbund).
Confederate States (Staatenbund).
§ 88. Confederated States (Staatenbund) are a number of full Sovereign States linked together for the maintenance of their external and internal independence by a recognised international treaty into a union with organs of its own, which are vested with a certain power over the member-States, but not over the citizens of these States. Such a union of Confederated States is not any more itself a State than a Real Union is; it is merely an International Confederation of States, a society of international character, since the member-States remain full Sovereign States and separate International Persons. Consequently, the union of Confederated[Pg 136] States is not an International Person, although it is for some parts so treated on account of its representing the compound power of the full Sovereign member-States. The chief and sometimes the only organ of the union is a Diet, where the member-States are represented by diplomatic envoys. The power vested in the Diet is an International Power which does not in the least affect the full sovereignty of the member-States. That power is essentially nothing else than the right of the body of the members to make war against such a member as will not submit to those commandments of the Diet which are in accordance with the Treaty of Confederation, war between the member-States being prohibited in all other cases.
§ 88. Confederated States are a group of fully Sovereign States connected by a recognized international treaty for maintaining their external and internal independence in a union with its own institutions. These institutions have certain powers over the member States, but not over the citizens of those States. This union of Confederated States is not a State itself, just like a Real Union is not; it is simply an International Confederation of States, an international society, since the member States remain fully Sovereign States and distinct International Persons. Therefore, the union of Confederated[Pg 136] States is not an International Person, although it is treated as such in some respects because it represents the combined authority of the fully Sovereign member States. The main, and sometimes only, governing body of the union is a Diet, where the member States are represented by diplomatic envoys. The power held by the Diet is an International Power that does not affect the full sovereignty of the member States. That power essentially consists of the right of the member body to wage war against any member that refuses to comply with the Diet’s directives in accordance with the Treaty of Confederation, with war between member States prohibited in all other circumstances.
History has shown that Confederated States represent an organisation which in the long run gives very little satisfaction. It is for that reason that the three important unions of Confederated States of modern times—namely, the United States of America, the German, and the Swiss Confederation—have turned into unions of Federal States. Notable historic Confederations are those of the Netherlands from 1580 to 1795, the United States of America from 1778 to 1787, Germany from 1815 to 1866, Switzerland from 1291 to 1798 and from 1815 to 1848, and the Confederation of the Rhine (Rheinbund) from 1806 to 1813. At present there is no union of Confederated States. The last in existence, the major Republic of Central America,[131] which comprised the three full Sovereign States of Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador, and was established in 1895, came to an end in 1898.
History has shown that Confederated States represent an organization that, in the long run, provides very little satisfaction. That’s why the three major unions of Confederated States in modern times—namely, the United States of America, Germany, and the Swiss Confederation—have evolved into unions of Federal States. Notable historical Confederations include the Netherlands from 1580 to 1795, the United States of America from 1778 to 1787, Germany from 1815 to 1866, Switzerland from 1291 to 1798 and from 1815 to 1848, and the Confederation of the Rhine (Rheinbund) from 1806 to 1813. Currently, there is no union of Confederated States. The last one to exist, the major Republic of Central America,[131] which included the three fully Sovereign States of Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador and was established in 1895, ended in 1898.
Federal States (Bundesstaaten).
Federal States.
§ 89. A Federal State[132] is a perpetual union of several Sovereign States which has organs of its own and is[Pg 137] invested with power, not only over the member-States, but also over their citizens. The union is based, first, on an international treaty of the member-States, and, secondly, on a subsequently accepted constitution of the Federal State. A Federal State is said to be a real State side by side with its member-States because its organs have a direct power over the citizens of those member-States. This power was established by American[133] jurists of the eighteenth century as a characteristic distinction of a Federal State from Confederated States, and Kent as well as Story, the two later authorities on the Constitutional Law of the United States, adopted this distinction, which is indeed kept up until to-day by the majority of writers on politics. Now if a Federal State is recognised as a State of its own, side by side with its member-States, it is evident that sovereignty must be divided between the Federal State on the one hand, and, on the other, the member-States. This division is made in this way, that the competence over one part of the objects for which a State is in existence is handed over to the Federal State, whereas the competence over the other part remains with the member-States. Within its competence the Federal State can make laws which bind the citizens of the member-States directly without any interference of these member-States. On the other hand, the member-States are totally independent as far as their competence reaches.
§ 89. A Federal State[132] is a lasting union of several Sovereign States that has its own governing bodies and is[Pg 137] granted authority, not only over the member States, but also over their citizens. The union is based, first, on an international agreement among the member States, and second, on a constitution that was accepted later for the Federal State. A Federal State is considered a genuine State alongside its member States because its governing bodies have direct power over the citizens of those member States. This power was recognized by American[133] jurists in the eighteenth century as a key distinction that sets a Federal State apart from Confederated States, a view that was embraced by Kent and Story, two later authorities on the Constitutional Law of the United States, and is still upheld today by most political writers. Since a Federal State is acknowledged as its own entity alongside its member States, it’s clear that sovereignty must be shared between the Federal State and the member States. This sharing occurs in such a way that authority over certain areas of governance is delegated to the Federal State, while authority over other areas remains with the member States. Within its area of authority, the Federal State can create laws that directly affect the citizens of the member States without any interference from those member States. Conversely, the member States maintain complete independence within their own areas of authority.
[132] The distinction between Confederated States and a Federal State is not at all universally recognised, and the terminology is consequently not at all the same with all writers on International Law.
[132] The difference between Confederated States and a Federal State is not universally acknowledged, and the terminology varies significantly among writers on International Law.
[133] When in 1787 the draft of the new Constitution of the United States, which had hitherto been Confederated States only, was under consideration by the Congress at Philadelphia, three members of the Congress—namely, Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay—made up their minds to write newspaper articles on the draft Constitution with the intention of enlightening the nation which had to vote for the draft. For this purpose they divided the different points among themselves and treated them separately. All these articles, which were not signed with the names of their authors, appeared under the common title "The Federalist." They were later on collected into book-form and have been edited several times. It is especially Nos. 15 and 16 of "The Federalist" which establish the difference between Confederated States and a Federal State in the way mentioned in the text above.[Pg 138]
[133] In 1787, while Congress in Philadelphia was discussing the draft of the new Constitution for the United States, which had previously been known as the Confederated States, three members—Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay—decided to write newspaper articles about the draft Constitution to inform the public that needed to vote on it. They split up the various points and each handled them separately. These articles, published anonymously, were collectively titled "The Federalist." They were later compiled into a book and have been edited several times. Notably, Articles 15 and 16 of "The Federalist" clarify the difference between Confederated States and a Federal State as mentioned in the text above.[Pg 138]
For International Law this division of competence is only of interest in so far as it concerns competence in international matters. Since it is always the Federal State which is competent to declare war, make peace, conclude treaties of alliance and other political treaties, and send and receive diplomatic envoys, whereas no member-State can of itself declare war against a foreign State, make peace, conclude alliances and other political treaties, the Federal State, if recognised, is certainly an International Person of its own, with all the rights and duties of a sovereign member of the Family of Nations. On the other hand, the international position of the member-States is not so clear. It is frequently maintained that they have totally lost their position within the Family of Nations. But this opinion cannot stand if compared with the actual facts. Thus, the member-States of the Federal State of Germany have retained their competence to send and receive diplomatic envoys, not only in intercourse with one another, but also with foreign States. Further, the reigning monarchs of these member-States are still treated by the practice of the States as heads of Sovereign States, a fact without legal basis if these States were no longer International Persons. Thirdly, the member-States of Germany as well as of Switzerland have retained their competence to conclude international treaties between themselves without the consent of the Federal State, and they have also retained the competence to conclude international treaties with foreign States as regards matters of minor interest. If these facts[134] are taken into consideration, one is obliged to acknowledge that the member-States of a Federal State can be International Persons in a degree. Full subjects of International Law, International Persons with all the rights and duties regularly connected with the membership of the Family of Nations, they[Pg 139] certainly cannot be. Their position, if any, within this circle is overshadowed by their Federal State, they are part-Sovereign States, and they are, consequently, International Persons for some parts only.
For International Law, this division of authority is relevant only as it pertains to international matters. It's always the Federal State that has the power to declare war, make peace, enter into treaties of alliance, and engage in other political agreements, as well as to send and receive diplomatic envoys. No member State can declare war against a foreign State or make peace, form alliances, and other political treaties on its own. Therefore, the Federal State, if recognized, certainly qualifies as an International Person in its own right, with all the rights and responsibilities of a sovereign member of the Family of Nations. On the other hand, the international standing of the member States is less clear. It's often claimed that they have completely lost their position within the Family of Nations. However, this view doesn’t hold up when compared to the actual facts. For instance, the member States of the Federal State of Germany still have the authority to send and receive diplomatic envoys, not only with each other but also with foreign States. Additionally, the reigning monarchs of these member States continue to be treated by other States as heads of Sovereign States, which would have no legal basis if these States were no longer regarded as International Persons. Furthermore, the member States of Germany and Switzerland have maintained their authority to sign international treaties among themselves without the Federal State's consent, and they can also enter into international treaties with foreign States regarding less significant matters. Considering these facts[134] makes it clear that the member States of a Federal State can be International Persons to some extent. They certainly can't be considered full subjects of International Law, or International Persons with all the rights and responsibilities that come with being a member of the Family of Nations. Their position, if it exists, is overshadowed by their Federal State; they are partial Sovereign States, which means they are International Persons only in certain areas.
But it happens frequently that a Federal State assumes in every way the external representation of its member-States, so that, so far as international relations are concerned, the member-States do not make an appearance at all. This is the case with the United States of America and all those other American Federal States whose Constitution is formed according to the model of that of the United States. Here the member-States are sovereign too, but only with regard to internal[135] affairs. All their external sovereignty being absorbed by the Federal State, it is certainly a fact that they are not International Persons at all so long as this condition of things lasts.
But it often happens that a Federal State takes on completely the external representation of its member states, so that, in terms of international relations, the member states don’t really show up at all. This is true for the United States of America and all those other American Federal States that have constitutions modeled after that of the United States. Here, member states are also sovereign, but only concerning internal affairs. With all their external sovereignty being taken over by the Federal State, it's clear that they are not considered International Persons as long as this situation continues.
[135] The Courts of the United States of America have always upheld the theory that the United States are sovereign as to all powers of government actually surrendered, whereas each member-State is sovereign as to all powers reserved. See Merriam, "History of the Theory of Sovereignty since Rousseau" (1900), p. 163.
[135] The Courts of the United States have always maintained the idea that the United States is sovereign over all government powers that have been given up, while each individual state is sovereign over all powers that are kept. See Merriam, "History of the Theory of Sovereignty since Rousseau" (1900), p. 163.
This being so, two classes of Federal States must be distinguished[136] according to whether their member-States are or are not International Persons, although Federal States are in any case composite International Persons. And whenever a Federal State comes into existence which leaves the member-States for some parts International Persons, the recognition granted to it by foreign States must include their readiness to recognise for the future, on the one hand, the body of the member-States, the Federal State, as one composite International Person regarding all important matters, and, on the other hand, the single member-States as International Persons with regard to less important matters and side by side with the Federal State. That such a condition[Pg 140] of things is abnormal and illogical cannot be denied, but the very existence of a Federal State side by side the member-States is quite as abnormal and illogical.
This being the case, we need to distinguish between two types of Federal States[136] based on whether their member States are or aren’t recognized as International Persons. However, Federal States are always composite International Persons regardless. Whenever a Federal State is formed that leaves some member States as International Persons, the recognition it receives from other countries must include their willingness to acknowledge, in the future, the body of the member States, the Federal State, as one composite International Person for all significant issues, and, at the same time, recognize the individual member States as International Persons concerning less critical matters, alongside the Federal State. It’s undeniable that this situation[Pg 140] is abnormal and illogical, but the existence of a Federal State alongside the member States is equally abnormal and illogical.
The Federal States in existence are the following:—The United States of America since 1787, Switzerland since 1848, Germany since 1871, Mexico since 1857, Argentina since 1860, Brazil since 1891, Venezuela since 1893.
The current Federal States are as follows:—The United States of America since 1787, Switzerland since 1848, Germany since 1871, Mexico since 1857, Argentina since 1860, Brazil since 1891, and Venezuela since 1893.
VI Client States
Hall, § 4—Westlake, I. pp. 25-27—Lawrence, § 39—Phillimore, I. §§ 85-99—Twiss, I. §§ 22-36, 61-73—Taylor, §§ 140-144—Wheaton, § 37—Moore, I. § 13—Bluntschli, §§ 76-77—Hartmann, § 16—Heffter, §§ 19 and 22—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 98-117—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 25—Gareis, § 15—Bonfils, Nos. 188-190—Despagnet, Nos. 127-129—Mérignhac, I. pp. 201-218—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 109-112—Nys, I. pp. 357-364—Rivier, I. § 4—Calvo, I. §§ 66-72—Fiore, I. No. 341, and Code, Nos. 105-110—Martens, I. §§ 60-61—Stubbs, "Suzerainty" (1884)—Baty, "International Law in South Africa" (1900), pp. 48-68—Boghitchévitch, "Halbsouveränität" (1903).
Hall, § 4—Westlake, I. pp. 25-27—Lawrence, § 39—Phillimore, I. §§ 85-99—Twiss, I. §§ 22-36, 61-73—Taylor, §§ 140-144—Wheaton, § 37—Moore, I. § 13—Bluntschli, §§ 76-77—Hartmann, § 16—Heffter, §§ 19 and 22—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 98-117—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 25—Gareis, § 15—Bonfils, Nos. 188-190—Despagnet, Nos. 127-129—Mérignhac, I. pp. 201-218—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 109-112—Nys, I. pp. 357-364—Rivier, I. § 4—Calvo, I. §§ 66-72—Fiore, I. No. 341, and Code, Nos. 105-110—Martens, I. §§ 60-61—Stubbs, "Suzerainty" (1884)—Baty, "International Law in South Africa" (1900), pp. 48-68—Boghitchévitch, "Halbsouveränität" (1903).
The Union between Suzerain and Vassal State.
The alliance between the Suzerain and Vassal State.
§ 90. The union and the relations between a Suzerain and its Vassal State create much difficulty in the science of the Law of Nations. As both are separate States, a union of States they certainly make, but it would be wrong to say that the Suzerain State is, like the Real Union of States or the Federal State, a composite International Person. And it would be equally wrong to maintain either that a Vassal State cannot be in any way a separate International Person of its own, or that it is an International Person of the same kind as any other State. What makes the matter so complicated, is the fact that a general rule regarding the relation between the suzerain and vassal, and, further, regarding the position, if any, of the vassal within the Family of Nations, cannot be laid down, as everything depends upon the special case. What can and must be said is[Pg 141] that there are some States in existence which, although they are independent of another State as regards their internal affairs, are as regards their international affairs either absolutely or for the most part dependent upon another State. They are called half-Sovereign[137] States because they are sovereign within their borders but not without. The full Sovereign State upon which such half-Sovereign States are either absolutely or for the most part internationally dependent, is called the Suzerain State.
§ 90. The relationship between a Suzerain and its Vassal State creates a lot of challenges in the field of International Law. Both are distinct States, and while they form a union of States, it would be incorrect to claim that the Suzerain State is, like a true Union of States or a Federal State, a single International Person. It would also be wrong to insist that a Vassal State cannot be a separate International Person of its own, or that it is the same type of International Person as any other State. What complicates matters is that a general rule about the relationship between the suzerain and vassal, as well as the vassal's status in the Family of Nations, cannot be established since everything relies on the specific situation. What can and must be said is[Pg 141] that there are some States that, while independent in their internal matters, are either completely or mostly dependent on another State when it comes to international affairs. They are referred to as half-Sovereign[137] States because they are sovereign within their own borders but not beyond them. The fully Sovereign State that these half-Sovereign States depend on, either entirely or mostly, in international matters is called the Suzerain State.
[137] In contradistinction to the States which are under suzerainty or protectorate, and which are commonly called half-Sovereign States, I call member-States of a Federal State part-Sovereign States.
[137] Unlike the states that are under suzerainty or a protectorate, often referred to as half-Sovereign States, I refer to the member-States of a Federal State as part-Sovereign States.
Suzerainty is a term which originally was used for the relation between the feudal lord and his vassal; the lord was said to be the suzerain of the vassal, and at that time suzerainty was a term of Constitutional Law only. With the disappearance of the feudal system, suzerainty of this kind likewise disappeared. Modern suzerainty contains only a few rights of the Suzerain State over the Vassal State which can be called constitutional rights. The rights of the Suzerain State over the Vassal are principally international rights, of whatever they may consist. Suzerainty is by no means sovereignty. If it were, the Vassal State could not be Sovereign in its domestic affairs and could never have any international relations whatever of its own. And why should suzerainty be distinguished from sovereignty if it be a term synonymous with sovereignty? One may correctly maintain that suzerainty is a kind of international guardianship, since the Vassal State is either absolutely or mainly represented internationally by the Suzerain State.
Suzerainty is a term that originally described the relationship between a feudal lord and his vassal; the lord was considered the suzerain of the vassal, and at that time, suzerainty was a concept within Constitutional Law only. As the feudal system faded away, this form of suzerainty also disappeared. Modern suzerainty only includes a few rights of the Suzerain State over the Vassal State that can be referred to as constitutional rights. The rights of the Suzerain State over the Vassal primarily consist of international rights, regardless of their nature. Suzerainty is definitely not the same as sovereignty. If it were, the Vassal State wouldn’t be sovereign in its domestic matters and wouldn't be able to have any international relations of its own. And why should suzerainty be separated from sovereignty if it were synonymous with it? One can accurately argue that suzerainty is a form of international guardianship, as the Vassal State is either fully or mainly represented internationally by the Suzerain State.
International Position of Vassal States.
Vassal States' Global Standing.
§ 91. The fact that the relation between the suzerain and the vassal always depends upon the special case, excludes the possibility of laying down a general rule as regards the position of Vassal States within the Family[Pg 142] of Nations. It is certain that a Vassal State as such need not have any position whatever within the Family of Nations. In every case in which a Vassal State has absolutely no relations whatever with other States, since the suzerain absorbs these relations entirely, such vassal remains nevertheless a half-Sovereign State on account of its internal independence, but it has no position whatever within the Family of Nations, and consequently is for no part whatever an International Person and a subject of International Law. This is the position of the Indian Vassal States of Great Britain, which have no international relations whatever either between themselves or with foreign States.[138] Yet instances can be given which demonstrate that Vassal States can have some small and subordinate position within that family, and that they must in consequence thereof in some few points be considered as International Persons. Thus Egypt can conclude commercial and postal treaties with foreign States without the consent of suzerain Turkey, and Bulgaria could, while she was under Turkish Suzerainty, conclude treaties regarding railways, post, and the like. Thus, further, Egypt can send and receive consuls as diplomatic agents, and so could Bulgaria while she was a Turkish Vassal State. Thus, thirdly, the former South African Republic, although in the opinion of Great Britain under her suzerainty, could conclude all kinds of treaties with other States, provided Great Britain did not interpose a veto within six months after receiving a copy of the draft treaty, and was absolutely independent in concluding treaties with the neighbouring Orange Free State. Again, Egypt possesses, since 1898, together with Great Britain condominium[139] over the Soudan, which means that they[Pg 143] exercise conjointly sovereignty over this territory. Although Vassal States have not the right to make war independently of their suzerain, Bulgaria, at the time a Vassal State, nevertheless fought a war against the full-Sovereign Servia in 1885, and Egypt conquered the Soudan conjointly with Great Britain in 1898.
§ 91. The relationship between the suzerain and the vassal always depends on specific circumstances, which prevents us from establishing a general rule about the status of Vassal States within the Family[Pg 142] of Nations. It's clear that a Vassal State doesn’t necessarily have any status within the Family of Nations. In instances where a Vassal State has no relations with other States, since the suzerain completely absorbs these relations, that vassal remains a semi-Sovereign State due to its internal independence, but it holds no position within the Family of Nations, and thus is not considered an International Person or subject to International Law. This applies to the Indian Vassal States of Great Britain, which have no international relations either among themselves or with foreign States.[138] However, there are examples that show Vassal States can have a small and subordinate role within that family, and as a result, they may be regarded as International Persons in some limited ways. For instance, Egypt can enter into commercial and postal treaties with foreign States without needing consent from its suzerain, Turkey, and Bulgaria was able to negotiate treaties regarding railways, posts, and similar matters while under Turkish Suzerainty. Additionally, Egypt could send and receive consuls as diplomatic representatives, as could Bulgaria when it was a Turkish Vassal State. Furthermore, the former South African Republic, though considered by Great Britain to be under its suzerainty, could make various treaties with other States, as long as Great Britain did not impose a veto within six months after receiving a copy of the draft treaty, and it was completely independent in its dealings with the neighboring Orange Free State. Also, since 1898, Egypt shares condominium[139] with Great Britain over the Soudan, meaning they[Pg 143] jointly exercise sovereignty over this territory. While Vassal States do not have the right to wage war independently of their suzerain, Bulgaria, when it was a Vassal State, nonetheless fought a war against fully Sovereign Servia in 1885, and Egypt jointly conquered the Soudan with Great Britain in 1898.
[138] See Westlake, Chapters, pp. 211-219; Westlake, I. pp. 41-43, and again Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XXVI. (1910), pp. 312-319.—See also Lee-Warner, "The Native States of India" (1910), pp. 254-279.
[138] See Westlake, Chapters, pp. 211-219; Westlake, I. pp. 41-43, and also Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XXVI. (1910), pp. 312-319.—See also Lee-Warner, "The Native States of India" (1910), pp. 254-279.
How could all these and other facts be explained, if Vassal States could never for some small part be International Persons?
How can all these other facts be explained if vassal states can never be considered international persons, even in a small way?
Side by side with these facts stand, of course, other facts which show that for the most part the Vassal State, even if it has some small position of its own within the Family of Nations, is considered a mere portion of the Suzerain State. Thus all international treaties concluded by the Suzerain State are ipso facto concluded for the vassal, if an exception is not expressly mentioned or self-evident. Thus, again, war of the suzerain is ipso facto war of the vassal. Thus, thirdly, the suzerain bears within certain limits a responsibility for actions of the Vassal State.
Alongside these facts, there are also other facts that indicate that for the most part, a Vassal State, even if it holds some minor standing within the Family of Nations, is viewed as just a part of the Suzerain State. Therefore, all international treaties made by the Suzerain State are automatically applied to the vassal unless an exception is clearly stated or is obvious. Similarly, a war declared by the suzerain is automatically considered a war for the vassal. Finally, the suzerain is, to some extent, responsible for the actions of the Vassal State.
Under these circumstances it is generally admitted that the conception of suzerainty lacks juridical precision, and experience teaches that Vassal States do not remain half-Sovereign for long. They either shake off suzerainty, as Roumania, Servia, and Montenegro did in 1878, and Bulgaria[140] did in 1908, or they lose their half-Sovereignty through annexation, as in the case of the South African Republic in 1901, or through merger, as when the half-Sovereign Seignory of Kniephausen in Germany merged in 1854 into its suzerain Oldenburg.
Under these circumstances, it's widely accepted that the concept of suzerainty lacks legal clarity, and experience shows that Vassal States don’t stay semi-sovereign for long. They either break away from suzerainty, like Romania, Serbia, and Montenegro did in 1878, and Bulgaria did in 1908, or they lose their semi-sovereignty through annexation, like the South African Republic in 1901, or through merger, as happened when the semi-sovereign Seignory of Kniephausen in Germany merged into its suzerain Oldenburg in 1854.
[140] As regards the position of Bulgaria while she was a Vassal State under Turkish suzerainty, see Holland, "The European Concert in the Eastern Question" (1885), pp. 277-307, and Nédjmidin, "Völkerrechtliche Entwicklung Bulgariens" (1908).
[140] For information about Bulgaria's status as a Vassal State under Turkish control, see Holland's "The European Concert in the Eastern Question" (1885), pp. 277-307, and Nédjmidin's "Völkerrechtliche Entwicklung Bulgariens" (1908).
Vassal States of importance which are for some parts International Persons are, at present, Egypt,[141] and[Pg 144] Crete.[142] They are both under Turkish suzerainty, although Egypt is actually under the administration of Great Britain. Samos,[143] which some writers consider a Vassal State under Turkish suzerainty, is not half-Sovereign, but enjoys autonomy to a vast degree.
Vassal states that are currently significant as international entities include Egypt,[141] and[Pg 144] Crete.[142] Both are ultimately under Turkish control, although Egypt is effectively managed by Great Britain. Samos,[143] which some authors view as a vassal state under Turkish control, is not fully sovereign but enjoys a high level of autonomy.
[141] See Holland, "The European Concert in the Eastern Question" (1885), pp. 89-205; Grünau, "Die staats- und völkerrechtliche Stellung Aegyptens" (1903); Cocheris, "Situation internationale de l'Egypte et du Soudan" (1903); Freycinet, "La question d'Egypte" (1905); Moret in R.J. XIV. (1907), pp. 405-416; Lamba in R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 36-55. In the case of the "Charkieh," 1873, L.R. 4 Adm. and Eccl. 59, the Court refused to acknowledge the half-sovereignty of Egypt; see Phillimore, I. § 99.
[141] See Holland, "The European Concert in the Eastern Question" (1885), pp. 89-205; Grünau, "Die staats- und völkerrechtliche Stellung Aegyptens" (1903); Cocheris, "Situation internationale de l'Egypte et du Soudan" (1903); Freycinet, "La question d'Egypte" (1905); Moret in R.J. XIV. (1907), pp. 405-416; Lamba in R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 36-55. In the case of the "Charkieh," 1873, L.R. 4 Adm. and Eccl. 59, the Court refused to recognize the partial sovereignty of Egypt; see Phillimore, I. § 99.
VII Protectorate States
Hall, §§ 4 and 38*—Westlake, I. pp. 22-24—Lawrence, § 39—Phillimore, I. 75-82—Twiss, I. §§ 22-36—Taylor, §§ 134-139—Wheaton, §§ 34-36—Moore, I. § 14—Bluntschli, § 78—Hartmann, § 9—Heffter, §§ 19 and 22—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 98-117—Gareis, § 15—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 26—Bonfils, Nos. 176-187—Despagnet, Nos. 130-136—Mérignhac, II. pp. 180-220—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 94-108—Nys, I. pp. 364-366—Rivier, I. § 4—Calvo, I. §§ 62-65—Fiore, I. § 341, and Code, Nos. 111-118—Martens, I. §§ 60-61—Pillet in R.G. II. (1895), pp. 583-608—Heilborn, "Das völkerrechtliche Protectorat" (1891)—Engelhardt, "Les Protectorats, &c." (1896)—Gairal, "Le protectorat international" (1896)—Despagnet, "Essai sur les protectorats" (1896)—Boghitchévitch, "Halbsouveränität" (1903).
Hall, §§ 4 and 38*—Westlake, I. pp. 22-24—Lawrence, § 39—Phillimore, I. 75-82—Twiss, I. §§ 22-36—Taylor, §§ 134-139—Wheaton, §§ 34-36—Moore, I. § 14—Bluntschli, § 78—Hartmann, § 9—Heffter, §§ 19 and 22—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 98-117—Gareis, § 15—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 26—Bonfils, Nos. 176-187—Despagnet, Nos. 130-136—Mérignhac, II. pp. 180-220—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 94-108—Nys, I. pp. 364-366—Rivier, I. § 4—Calvo, I. §§ 62-65—Fiore, I. § 341, and Code, Nos. 111-118—Martens, I. §§ 60-61—Pillet in R.G. II. (1895), pp. 583-608—Heilborn, "Das völkerrechtliche Protectorat" (1891)—Engelhardt, "Les Protectorats, &c." (1896)—Gairal, "Le protectorat international" (1896)—Despagnet, "Essai sur les protectorats" (1896)—Boghitchévitch, "Halbsouveränität" (1903).
Conception of Protectorate.
Concept of Protectorate.
§ 92. Legally and materially different from suzerainty is the relation of protectorate between two States. It happens that a weak State surrenders itself by treaty into the protection of a strong and mighty State in such a way that it transfers the management[144] of all its more important[145] international affairs to the protecting State. Through such treaty an international[Pg 145] union is called into existence between the two States, and the relation between them is called protectorate. The protecting State is internationally the superior of the protected State, the latter has with the loss of the management of its more important international affairs lost its full sovereignty and is henceforth only a half-Sovereign State. Protectorate is, however, a conception which, just like suzerainty, lacks exact juristic precision,[146] as its real meaning depends very much upon the special case. Generally speaking, protectorate may, again like suzerainty, be called a kind of international guardianship.
§ 92. In contrast to suzerainty, the relationship of protectorate between two States is both legally and materially distinct. This occurs when a weaker State enters into a treaty to seek protection from a stronger, more powerful State, thereby transferring the management[144] of its major[145] international affairs to the protecting State. Through this treaty, an international[Pg 145] union is established between the two States, creating a protectorate relationship. The protecting State is internationally superior to the protected State, which, by losing control over its more important international matters, also loses its full sovereignty and becomes only a semi-sovereign State. However, the concept of protectorate, like suzerainty, lacks precise legal clarity,[146] as its true meaning largely depends on the specific circumstances. Generally speaking, a protectorate can be described, much like suzerainty, as a form of international guardianship.
[144] A treaty of protectorate must not be confounded with a treaty of protection in which one or more strong States promise to protect a weak State without absorbing the international relations of the latter.
[144] A protectorate treaty should not be confused with a protection treaty, where one or more powerful states agree to protect a weaker state without taking over its international relations.
[145] That the admittance of Consuls belongs to these affairs became apparent in 1906, when Russia, after some hesitation, finally agreed upon Japan, and not Korea, granting the exequatur to the Consul-general appointed by Russia for Korea, which was then a State under Japanese protectorate. See below, § 427.
[145] It became clear in 1906 that the admission of Consuls was relevant to these matters when Russia, after some uncertainty, ultimately agreed to recognize Japan, not Korea, by granting the exequatur to the Consul-general Russia appointed for Korea, which was then under Japanese protection. See below, § 427.
[146] It is therefore of great importance that the parties should make quite clear the meaning of a clause which is supposed to stipulate a protectorate. Thus art. 17 of the Treaty of Friendship and Commerce between Italy and Abyssinia, signed at Uccialli on May 2, 1889—see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XVIII. p. 697—was interpreted by Italy as establishing a protectorate over Abyssinia, but the latter refused to recognise it.
[146] It's really important for both sides to clearly understand the meaning of a clause that is meant to establish a protectorate. For instance, Article 17 of the Treaty of Friendship and Commerce between Italy and Abyssinia, signed in Uccialli on May 2, 1889—see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XVIII. p. 697—was interpreted by Italy as creating a protectorate over Abyssinia, but Abyssinia refused to acknowledge it.
International position of States under Protectorate.
International Position of States Under Protectorate.
§ 93. The position of a State under protectorate within the Family of Nations cannot be defined by a general rule, since it is the treaty of protectorate which indirectly specialises it by enumerating the reciprocal rights and duties of the protecting and the protected State. Each case must therefore be treated according to its own merits. Thus the question whether the protected State can conclude certain international treaties and can send and receive diplomatic envoys, as well as other questions, must be decided according to the terms of the individual treaty of protectorate. In any case, recognition of the protectorate on the part of third States is necessary to enable the superior State to represent the protected State internationally. But it is characteristic of the protectorate, in contradistinction to suzerainty, that the protected State always has and retains for some parts a position of its own within the Family of Nations, and that it is always for some parts an International Person and a subject of[Pg 146] International Law. It is never in any respect considered a mere portion of the superior State. It is, therefore, not necessarily a party in a war[147] of the superior State against a third, and treaties concluded by the superior State are not ipso facto concluded for the protected State. And, lastly, it can at the same time be under the protectorate of two different States, which, of course, must exercise the protectorate conjointly.
§ 93. The status of a state under protectorate within the Family of Nations can’t be defined by a general rule, as it’s the treaty of protectorate that specifically outlines the reciprocal rights and responsibilities of both the protecting and protected states. Each situation must be evaluated based on its unique circumstances. Therefore, whether the protected state can enter into certain international treaties and send and receive diplomatic representatives, along with other related issues, must be determined according to the specifics of the individual protectorate treaty. In any event, recognition of the protectorate by third states is essential for the superior state to represent the protected state internationally. However, a defining feature of the protectorate, as opposed to suzerainty, is that the protected state always has and maintains its own status within the Family of Nations, and it remains an International Person and a subject of[Pg 146] International Law in some respects. It is never regarded as simply a part of the superior state. Consequently, it is not necessarily involved in a conflict involving the superior state against a third party, and treaties made by the superior state do not automatically apply to the protected state. Lastly, it can simultaneously be under the protectorate of two different states, which must, of course, exercise the protectorate together.
[147] This was recognised by the English Prize Courts during the Crimean War with regard to the Ionian Islands, which were then still under British protectorate; see the case of the Ionian Ships, 2 Spinks 212, and Phillimore, I. § 77.
[147] This was acknowledged by the English Prize Courts during the Crimean War concerning the Ionian Islands, which were still under British protection at that time; see the case of the Ionian Ships, 2 Spinks 212, and Phillimore, I. § 77.
In Europe there are at present only two very small States under protectorate—namely, the republic of Andorra, under the joint protectorate of France and Spain,[148] and the republic of San Marino, an enclosure of Italy, which was formerly under the protectorate of the Papal States and is now under that of Italy. The Principality of Monaco, which was under the protectorate, first of Spain until 1693, afterwards of France until 1815, and then of Sardinia, has now, through custom, become a full-Sovereign State, since Italy has never[149] exercised the protectorate. The Ionian Islands, which were under British protectorate from 1815, merged into the Kingdom of Greece in 1863.
In Europe, there are currently only two very small states under protectorate: the Republic of Andorra, which is under the joint protectorate of France and Spain,[148] and the Republic of San Marino, a part of Italy that was previously under the protectorate of the Papal States and is now protected by Italy. The Principality of Monaco, which was under the protectorate of Spain until 1693, then France until 1815, and finally Sardinia, has now, by custom, become a fully sovereign state since Italy has never[149] exercised the protectorate. The Ionian Islands, which were under British protectorate from 1815, were incorporated into the Kingdom of Greece in 1863.
[148] This protectorate is exercised for Spain by the Bishop of Urgel. As regards the international position of Andorra, see Vilar, "L'Andorre" (1905).
[148] This protectorate is held for Spain by the Bishop of Urgel. For details on Andorra's international position, refer to Vilar, "L'Andorre" (1905).
Protectorates outside the Family of Nations.
Protectorates outside the Family of Nations.
§ 94. Outside Europe there are numerous States under the protectorate of European States, but all of them are non-Christian States of such a civilisation as would not admit them to full membership of the Family of Nations, apart from the protectorate under which they are now. And it may therefore be questioned whether they have any real position within the Family of Nations at all. As the protectorate over them is recognised by third States, the latter are legally prevented from exercising[Pg 147] any political influence in these protected States, and, failing special treaty rights, they have no right to interfere if the protecting State annexes the protected State and makes it a mere colony of its own, as, for instance, France did with Madagascar in 1896. Protectorates of this kind are actually nothing else than the first step to annexation.[150] Since they are based on treaties with real States, they cannot in every way be compared with the so-called protectorates over African tribes which European States acquire through a treaty with the chiefs of these tribes, and by which the respective territory is preserved for future occupation on the part of the so-called protector.[151] But actually they always lead to annexation, if the protected State does not succeed in shaking off by force the protectorate, as Abyssinia did in 1896 when she shook off the pretended Italian protectorate.
§ 94. Outside Europe, there are many states under the protection of European countries, but all of them are non-Christian states with a level of civilization that doesn't qualify them for full membership in the Family of Nations, aside from their current protectorate status. Therefore, it's questionable whether they have any real standing within the Family of Nations at all. Since their protectorate status is recognized by third countries, those countries are legally barred from exercising[Pg 147] any political influence in these protected states. Without specific treaty rights, they also have no right to intervene if the protecting country annexes the protected state and turns it into just another colony, like France did with Madagascar in 1896. Protectorates like these are essentially just a first step toward annexation.[150] Because they are based on treaties with actual states, they aren't entirely comparable to the so-called protectorates over African tribes that European countries acquire through agreements with the tribes' chiefs, which merely preserve the territory for future occupation by the supposed protector.[151] However, these arrangements almost always lead to annexation, unless the protected state successfully breaks free by force, as Abyssinia did in 1896 when it rid itself of the bogus Italian protectorate.
VIII Neutral States
Westlake, I. pp. 27-30—Lawrence, §§ 43 and 225—Taylor, § 133—Moore, I. § 12—Bluntschli, § 745—Heffter, § 145—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 643-646—Gareis, § 15—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 27—Bonfils, Nos. 348-369—Despagnet, Nos. 137-146—Mérignhac, II. pp. 56-65—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1001-1015—Nys, I. pp. 379-398—Rivier, I. § 7—Calvo, IV. §§ 2596-2610—Piccioni's "Essai sur la neutralité perpétuelle" (2nd ed. 1902)—Regnault, "Des effets de la neutralité perpétuelle" (1898)—Tswettcoff, "De la situation juridique des états neutralisés" (1895)—Morand in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 522-537—Hagerup in R.G. XII. (1909), pp. 577-602—Nys in R.I. 2nd Ser. II. (1900), pp. 468-583, III. (1901), p. 15—Westlake in R.I. 2nd Ser. III. (1901), pp. 389-397—Winslow in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 366-386—Wicker in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 639-654.
Westlake, I. pp. 27-30—Lawrence, §§ 43 and 225—Taylor, § 133—Moore, I. § 12—Bluntschli, § 745—Heffter, § 145—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 643-646—Gareis, § 15—Liszt, § 6—Ullmann, § 27—Bonfils, Nos. 348-369—Despagnet, Nos. 137-146—Mérignhac, II. pp. 56-65—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1001-1015—Nys, I. pp. 379-398—Rivier, I. § 7—Calvo, IV. §§ 2596-2610—Piccioni's "Essay on Permanent Neutrality" (2nd ed. 1902)—Regnault, "On the Effects of Permanent Neutrality" (1898)—Tswettcoff, "On the Legal Status of Neutralized States" (1895)—Morand in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 522-537—Hagerup in R.G. XII. (1909), pp. 577-602—Nys in R.I. 2nd Ser. II. (1900), pp. 468-583, III. (1901), p. 15—Westlake in R.I. 2nd Ser. III. (1901), pp. 389-397—Winslow in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 366-386—Wicker in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 639-654.
Conception of Neutralised States.
Concept of Neutralized States.
§ 95. A neutralised State is a State whose independence and integrity are for all the future guaranteed by an international convention of the Powers, under[Pg 148] the condition that such State binds itself never to take up arms against any other State except for defence against attack, and never to enter into such international obligations as could indirectly drag it into war. The reason why a State asks or consents to become neutralised is that it is a weak State and does not want an active part in international politics, being exclusively devoted to peaceable developments of welfare. The reason why the Powers neutralise a weak State may be a different one in different cases. The chief reasons have been hitherto the balance of power in Europe and the interest in keeping up a weak State as a so-called Buffer-State between the territories of Great Powers.
§ 95. A neutralized State is a State whose independence and integrity are guaranteed for the future by an international agreement of the Powers, under[Pg 148] the condition that the State commits to never take up arms against any other State except in self-defense and never to enter into international obligations that could indirectly lead it into war. A State seeks or agrees to become neutralized because it is a weak State and does not want to be involved in international politics, focusing solely on peaceful development and welfare. The reasons the Powers neutralize a weak State can vary by case. Historically, the main reasons have been to maintain the balance of power in Europe and to keep a weak State as a so-called Buffer-State between the areas of Great Powers.
Not to be confounded with neutralisation of States is neutralisation of parts of States,[152] of rivers, canals, and the like, which has the effect that war cannot there be made and prepared.
Not to be confused with the neutralization of entire states is the neutralization of parts of states,[152] such as rivers, canals, and similar entities, which ensures that war cannot be initiated or planned in those areas.
Act and Condition of Neutralisation.
Act and Condition of Neutralization.
§ 96. Without thereby becoming a neutralised State, every State can conclude a treaty with another State and undertake the obligation to remain neutral if such other State enters upon war. The act through which a State becomes a neutralised State for all the future is always an international treaty of the Powers between themselves and between the State concerned, by which treaty the Powers guarantee collectively the independence and integrity of the latter State. If all the Great Powers do not take part in the treaty, those which do not take part in it must at least give their tacit consent by taking up an attitude which shows that they agree to the neutralisation, although they do not guarantee it. In guaranteeing the permanent neutrality of a State the contracting Powers enter into the obligation not to violate on their part the independence of the neutral State and to prevent other States from such violation. But the neutral State becomes, apart from[Pg 149] the guaranty, in no way dependent upon the guarantors, and the latter gain no influence whatever over the neutral State in matters which have nothing to do with the guaranty.
§ 96. Without becoming a neutralized State, any State can make a treaty with another State and agree to remain neutral if that other State goes to war. The process through which a State becomes a neutralized State for the future is always through an international treaty among the Powers and the State involved. This treaty collectively guarantees the independence and integrity of that State. If not all the Great Powers participate in the treaty, those that do not must at least show their silent consent by adopting a stance that indicates their agreement to the neutralization, even though they do not guarantee it. In guaranteeing the permanent neutrality of a State, the contracting Powers commit to not violating the independence of the neutral State and to preventing others from doing so. However, aside from this guarantee, the neutral State is not dependent on the guarantors in any way, and the guarantors have no influence over the neutral State regarding matters unrelated to the guarantee.
The condition of the neutralisation is that the neutralised State abstains from any hostile action, and further from any international engagement which could indirectly[153] drag it into hostilities against any other State. And it follows from the neutralisation that the neutralised State can, apart from frontier regulations, neither cede a part of its territory nor acquire new parts of territory without the consent of the Powers.[154]
The condition of neutralization is that the neutralized State refrains from any hostile actions and also from any international involvement that could indirectly pull it into conflicts with any other State. Therefore, due to the neutralization, the neutralized State cannot, aside from border regulations, give up any part of its territory or gain new territory without the agreement of the Powers.
[153] It was, therefore, impossible for Belgium, which was a party to the treaty that neutralised Luxemburg in 1867, to take part in the guarantee of this neutralisation. See article 2 of the Treaty of London of May 11, 1867: "sous la sanction de la garantie collective des puissances signataires, à l'exception de la Belgique, qui est elle-même un état neutre."
[153] Therefore, it was impossible for Belgium, which was a signatory to the treaty that established Luxembourg's neutrality in 1867, to participate in guaranteeing this neutrality. See Article 2 of the Treaty of London from May 11, 1867: "under the sanction of the collective guarantee of the signatory powers, except for Belgium, which is itself a neutral state."
[154] This is a much discussed and very controverted point. See Descamps, "La Neutralité de la Belgique" (1902), pp. 508-527; Fauchille in R.G. II. (1895), pp. 400-439; Westlake in R.I. 2nd Ser. III. (1901), p. 396; Graux in R.I. 2nd Ser. VII. (1905), pp. 33-52; Rivier, I. p. 172. See also below, § 215.
[154] This is a widely discussed and very controversial topic. See Descamps, "The Neutrality of Belgium" (1902), pp. 508-527; Fauchille in R.G. II. (1895), pp. 400-439; Westlake in R.I. 2nd Ser. III. (1901), p. 396; Graux in R.I. 2nd Ser. VII. (1905), pp. 33-52; Rivier, I. p. 172. See also below, § 215.
International position of Neutralised States.
International status of Neutralized States.
§ 97. Since a neutralised State is under the obligation not to make war against any other State, except when attacked, and not to conclude treaties of alliance, guaranty, and the like, it is frequently maintained that neutralised States are part-Sovereign only and not International Persons of the same position within the Family of Nations as other States. This opinion has, however, no basis if the real facts and conditions of the neutralisation are taken into consideration. If sovereignty is nothing else than supreme authority, a neutralised State is as fully Sovereign as any not neutralised State. It is entirely independent outside as well as inside its borders, since independence does not at all mean boundless liberty of action.[155] Nobody maintains that the guaranteed protection of the independence and integrity of the neutralised State places this State under the protectorate or any other kind of authority of the[Pg 150] guarantors. And the condition of the neutralisation to abstain from war, treaties of alliance, and the like, contains restrictions which do in no way destroy the full sovereignty of the neutralised State. Such condition has the consequence only that the neutralised State exposes itself to an intervention by right, and loses the guaranteed protection in case it commits hostilities against another State, enters into a treaty of alliance, and the like. Just as a not-neutralised State which has concluded treaties of arbitration with other States to settle all conflicts between one another by arbitration has not lost part of its sovereignty because it has thereby to abstain from arms, so a neutralised State has not lost part of its sovereignty through entering into the obligation to abstain from hostilities and treaties of alliance. This becomes quite apparent when it is taken into consideration that a neutralised State not only can conclude treaties of all kinds, except treaties of alliance, guarantee, and the like, but can also have an army and navy[156] and can build fortresses, as long as this is done with the purpose of preparing defence only. Neutralisation does not even exercise an influence upon the rank of a State. Belgium, Switzerland, and Luxemburg are States with royal honours and do not rank behind Great Britain or any other of the guarantors of their neutralisation. Nor is it denied that neutralised States, in spite of their weakness and comparative unimportance, can nevertheless play an important part within the Family of Nations. Although she has no voice where history is made by the sword, Switzerland has exercised great influence with regard to several points of progress in International Law. Thus the Geneva Convention owes its existence to the initiative of Switzerland. The fact that a permanently[Pg 151] neutralised State is in many questions a disinterested party makes such State fit to take the initiative where action by a Great Power would create suspicion and reservedness on the part of other Powers.
§ 97. Since a neutralized State is required not to go to war against any other State unless attacked and not to form alliances or guarantees, it's often argued that neutralized States are only partially sovereign and do not hold the same international status within the Family of Nations as other States. However, this view has no basis if we consider the real facts and conditions of neutralization. If sovereignty simply means supreme authority, a neutralized State is as fully sovereign as any non-neutralized State. It is completely independent both inside and outside its borders, as independence doesn’t imply unlimited freedom of action. [155] No one argues that the guaranteed protection of the independence and integrity of the neutralized State puts it under the control or authority of the [Pg 150]guarantors. The requirement of neutralization to avoid war, alliances, and similar commitments imposes restrictions that do not undermine the full sovereignty of the neutralized State. This condition only means that the neutralized State risks intervention by right and loses its guaranteed protection if it engages in hostilities against another State or enters into an alliance. Just as a non-neutralized State that signs arbitration treaties with other States to resolve conflicts has not lost any autonomy because it must refrain from armed conflict, a neutralized State does not lose sovereignty by agreeing to refrain from hostilities and alliances. This is clear when we consider that a neutralized State can enter treaties of all kinds, except for alliances, guarantees, and similar agreements, and can have a military and navy[156] and build fortifications, as long as these are solely for defense purposes. Neutralization does not impact a State's rank. Belgium, Switzerland, and Luxembourg are States with royal status and are on par with Great Britain or any other guarantors of their neutralization. It is also recognized that neutralized States, despite their relative weakness and lesser significance, can still play a significant role in the Family of Nations. Although Switzerland has no influence where military power determines history, it has had a considerable impact on various advancements in International Law. For example, the Geneva Convention was established through Switzerland's initiative. The fact that a permanently [Pg 151]neutralized State is often an impartial party makes it suitable to take the lead where actions by a Great Power might raise suspicion and caution among other Powers.
[156] The case of Luxemburg, which became neutralised under the condition not to keep an armed force with the exception of a police, is an anomaly.
[156] The situation with Luxembourg, which was declared neutral on the condition that it wouldn't maintain an armed force except for a police force, is unusual.
But neutralised States are and must always be an exception. The Family and the Law of Nations could not be what they are if ever the number of neutralised States should be much increased. It is neither in the interest of the Law of Nations, nor in that of humanity, that all the small States should become neutralised, as thereby the political influence of the few Great Powers would become still greater than it already is. The neutralised States still in existence—namely, Switzerland, Belgium, and Luxemburg—are a product of the nineteenth century only, and it remains to be seen whether neutralisation can stand the test of history.[157]
But neutralized states are and must always be an exception. The family of nations and international law couldn't exist as they do if the number of neutralized states were to significantly increase. It’s neither in the interest of international law nor humanity for all small states to become neutralized, as that would only further enhance the political influence of the few great powers. The neutralized states that still exist—namely, Switzerland, Belgium, and Luxembourg—are a product of the nineteenth century, and it remains to be seen whether neutralization can withstand the test of history.[157]
[157] The fate of the Republic of Cracow, which was created an independent State under the joint protection of Austria, Prussia, and Russia by the Vienna Congress in 1815, and permanently neutralised, but which was annexed by Austria in 1846 (see Nys, I. pp. 383-385), cannot be quoted as an example that neutralised States have no durability. This annexation was only the last act in the drama of the absorption of Poland by her neighbours. As regards the former Congo Free State, see below, § 101.
[157] The fate of the Republic of Cracow, which became an independent state under the joint protection of Austria, Prussia, and Russia at the Vienna Congress in 1815, and was permanently neutralized, is not a valid example to argue that neutral states don’t last. This annexation was simply the final act in the ongoing absorption of Poland by its neighbors. For information on the former Congo Free State, see below, § 101.
Switzerland.
Switzerland.
§ 98. The Swiss Confederation,[158] which was recognised by the Westphalian Peace of 1648, has pursued a traditional policy of neutrality since that time. During the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars, however, she did not succeed in keeping up her neutrality. French intervention brought about in 1803 a new Constitution, according to which the single cantons ceased to be independent States and Switzerland turned from a Confederation of States into the simple State of the Helvetic Republic, which was, moreover, through a treaty of alliance linked to France. It was not till 1813 that Switzerland became again a Confederation of States, and not till 1815 that she succeeded in becoming permanently neutralised. On March 20, 1815, at the[Pg 152] Congress at Vienna, Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Spain, and Russia signed the declaration in which the permanent neutrality of Switzerland was recognised and collectively guaranteed, and on May 27, 1815, Switzerland acceded to this declaration. Article 84 of the Act of the Vienna Congress confirmed this declaration, and an Act, dated November 20, 1815, of the Powers assembled at Paris after the final defeat of Napoleon recognised it again.[159] Since that time Switzerland has always succeeded in keeping up her neutrality. She has built fortresses and organised a strong army for that purpose, and in January 1871, during the Franco-German War, she disarmed a French army of more than 80,000 men who had taken refuge on her territory, and guarded them till after the war.
§ 98. The Swiss Confederation,[158] which was recognized by the Peace of Westphalia in 1648, has maintained a traditional policy of neutrality since then. However, during the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars, it failed to uphold that neutrality. French intervention in 1803 led to a new Constitution, which resulted in the cantons losing their status as independent States, turning Switzerland from a Confederation of States into the Helvetic Republic, which was also tied to France through a treaty of alliance. It wasn't until 1813 that Switzerland became a Confederation of States again, and it wasn't until 1815 that it achieved lasting neutrality. On March 20, 1815, at the[Pg 152] Congress of Vienna, Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Spain, and Russia signed a declaration that recognized and collectively guaranteed Switzerland's permanent neutrality, and on May 27, 1815, Switzerland agreed to this declaration. Article 84 of the Act of the Vienna Congress reaffirmed this declaration, and an Act from November 20, 1815, by the Powers gathered in Paris after Napoleon's final defeat also recognized it.[159] Since then, Switzerland has consistently managed to maintain its neutrality. It has built fortifications and organized a strong military for this purpose, and in January 1871, during the Franco-German War, it disarmed a French army of over 80,000 men who took refuge on its territory and kept them secure until after the war.
Belgium.
Belgium.
§ 99. Belgium[160] became neutralised from the moment she was recognised as an independent State in 1831. The Treaty of London, signed on November 15, 1831, by Great Britain, Austria, Belgium, France, Prussia, and Russia, stipulates in its article 7 at the same time the independence and the permanent neutrality of Belgium, and in its article 25 the guaranty of the signatory five Great Powers.[161] And the guaranty was renewed in article 1 of the Treaty of London of April 19, 1839,[162] to which the same Powers are parties, and which is the final treaty concerning the separation of Belgium from the Netherlands.
§ 99. Belgium[160] became neutral the moment it was recognized as an independent state in 1831. The Treaty of London, signed on November 15, 1831, by Great Britain, Austria, Belgium, France, Prussia, and Russia, specifies in Article 7 both the independence and the permanent neutrality of Belgium, and in Article 25, the guarantee from the five signatory Great Powers.[161] This guarantee was reaffirmed in Article 1 of the Treaty of London on April 19, 1839,[162] to which the same powers are parties, and which is the final treaty regarding the separation of Belgium from the Netherlands.
Belgium has, just like Switzerland, also succeeded in keeping up her neutrality. She, too, has built fortresses and possesses a strong army.
Belgium has, just like Switzerland, managed to maintain its neutrality. It has also built fortifications and has a strong military.
Luxemburg.
Luxembourg.
§ 100. The Grand Duchy of Luxemburg[163] was since 1815 in personal union with the Netherlands, but at[Pg 153] the same time a member of the Germanic Confederation, and Prussia had since 1856 the right to keep troops in the fortress of Luxemburg. In 1866 the Germanic Confederation came to an end, and Napoleon III. made efforts to acquire Luxemburg by purchase from the King of Holland, who was at the same time Grand Duke of Luxemburg. As Prussia objected to this, it seemed advisable to the Powers to neutralise Luxemburg. A Conference met in London, at which Great Britain, Austria, Belgium, France, Holland and Luxemburg, Italy, Prussia, and Russia were represented, and on May 11, 1867, a treaty was signed for the purpose of the neutralisation, which is stipulated and collectively guaranteed by all the signatory Powers, Belgium as a neutralised State herself excepted, by article 2.[164]
§ 100. The Grand Duchy of Luxemburg[163] had been in personal union with the Netherlands since 1815, while also being a member of the Germanic Confederation. Prussia had the right to station troops at the fortress of Luxemburg since 1856. In 1866, the Germanic Confederation dissolved, and Napoleon III attempted to purchase Luxemburg from the King of Holland, who was also the Grand Duke of Luxemburg. Since Prussia opposed this, the Powers decided it would be best to neutralize Luxemburg. A conference took place in London, with representatives from Great Britain, Austria, Belgium, France, Holland and Luxemburg, Italy, Prussia, and Russia, and on May 11, 1867, a treaty was signed to formalize the neutralization, which was outlined and collectively guaranteed by all the signatory Powers, with Belgium being the only exception as a neutralized State per article 2.[164]
[163] See Wompach, "Le Luxembourg neutre" (1900).
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Wompach, "Neutral Luxembourg" (1900).
The neutralisation took place, however, under the abnormal condition that Luxemburg is not allowed to keep any armed force, with the exception of a police for the maintenance of safety and order, nor to possess any fortresses. Under these circumstances Luxemburg herself can do nothing for the defence of her neutrality, as Belgium and Switzerland can.
The neutralization occurred, however, under the unusual condition that Luxembourg is not allowed to maintain any armed forces, except for a police force to ensure safety and order, nor to have any fortifications. Given these circumstances, Luxembourg itself can do nothing to defend its neutrality, unlike Belgium and Switzerland.
The former Congo Free State.
The old Congo Free State.
§ 101. The former Congo Free State,[165] which was recognised as an independent State by the Berlin Congo Conference[166] of 1884-1885, was a permanently neutralised State from 1885-1908, but its neutralisation was imperfect in so far as it was not guaranteed by the Powers. This fact is explained by the circumstances under which the Congo Free State attained its neutralisation. Article 10 of the General Act of the Congo Conference of Berlin stipulates that the signatory Powers shall respect the neutrality of any territory within the[Pg 154] Congo district, provided the Power then or hereafter in possession of the territory proclaims its neutrality. Accordingly, when the Congo Free State was recognised by the Congress of Berlin, the King of the Belgians, as the sovereign of the Congo State, declared[167] it permanently neutral, and this declaration was notified to and recognised by the Powers. Since the Congo Conference did not guarantee the neutrality of the territories within the Congo district, the neutralisation of the Congo Free State was not guaranteed either. In 1908[168] the Congo Free State merged by cession into Belgium.
§ 101. The former Congo Free State,[165] which was recognized as an independent state by the Berlin Congo Conference[166] of 1884-1885, was a permanently neutral state from 1885-1908, but its neutrality was flawed because it wasn't guaranteed by the Powers. This flaw is explained by how the Congo Free State achieved its neutrality. Article 10 of the General Act of the Congo Conference of Berlin states that the signatory Powers must respect the neutrality of any territory within the[Pg 154] Congo district, as long as the Power currently or later controlling the territory declares its neutrality. Thus, when the Congo Free State was recognized by the Congress of Berlin, the King of the Belgians, as the sovereign of the Congo State, declared[167] it permanently neutral, and this declaration was communicated to and recognized by the Powers. Since the Congo Conference did not guarantee the neutrality of the territories within the Congo district, the neutrality of the Congo Free State was not guaranteed either. In 1908[168] the Congo Free State was merged by cession into Belgium.
[165] Moynier, "La fondation de l'État indépendant du Congo" (1887); Hall, § 26; Westlake, I. p., 30; Navez, "Essai historique sur l'État Indépendant du Congo," Vol. I. (1905); Reeves in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 99-118.
[165] Moynier, "The Foundation of the Independent State of the Congo" (1887); Hall, § 26; Westlake, I. p., 30; Navez, "Historical Essay on the Independent State of the Congo," Vol. I. (1905); Reeves in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 99-118.
[168] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. pp. 101, 106, 109, and Delpech and Marcaggi in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 105-163. The question is doubtful, whether the guarantee of the neutrality of Belgium extends now to territory of the former Congo Free State ipso facto by its merger into Belgium.
[168] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. pp. 101, 106, 109, and Delpech and Marcaggi in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 105-163. It’s uncertain if the guarantee of Belgium's neutrality now automatically includes the territory of the former Congo Free State due to its integration into Belgium.
IX NON-CHRISTIAN COUNTRIES
Westlake, I. p. 40—Phillimore, I. §§ 27-33—Bluntschli, §§ 1-16—Heffter, § 7—Gareis, § 10—Rivier, I. pp. 13-18—Bonfils, No. 40—Martens, § 41—Nys, I. pp. 122-125—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 114-143.
Westlake, I. p. 40—Phillimore, I. §§ 27-33—Bluntschli, §§ 1-16—Heffter, § 7—Gareis, § 10—Rivier, I. pp. 13-18—Bonfils, No. 40—Martens, § 41—Nys, I. pp. 122-125—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 114-143.
No essential difference between Christian and other States.
No significant difference between Christian and other states.
§ 102. It will be remembered from the previous discussion of the dominion[169] of the Law of Nations that this dominion extends beyond the Christian and includes now the Mahometan State of Turkey and the Buddhistic State of Japan. As all full-Sovereign International Persons are equal to one another, no essential difference exists within the Family of Nations between Christian and non-Christian States. That foreigners residing in Turkey are still under the exclusive jurisdiction of their consuls, is an anomaly based on a restriction on territorial supremacy arising partly from custom and partly from treaties. If Turkey could ever succeed, as Japan did, in introducing such reforms as[Pg 155] would create confidence in the impartiality of her Courts of Justice, this restriction would certainly be abolished.
§ 102. It will be remembered from the earlier discussion of the dominion[169] of the Law of Nations that this dominion extends beyond just the Christian nations, now including the Muslim State of Turkey and the Buddhist State of Japan. Since all fully Sovereign International Persons are equal to each other, there is no fundamental difference within the Family of Nations between Christian and non-Christian States. The fact that foreigners living in Turkey are still under the exclusive jurisdiction of their consuls is an oddity stemming from a limitation on territorial authority that is partly due to tradition and partly due to treaties. If Turkey could ever accomplish, like Japan did, the necessary reforms that would foster trust in the fairness of its Courts of Justice, this limitation would likely be removed.
International position of non-Christian States except Turkey and Japan.
International position of non-Christian countries except Turkey and Japan.
§ 103. Doubtful is the position of all non-Christian States except Turkey and Japan, such as China, Morocco, Siam, Persia, and further Abyssinia, although the latter is a Christian State, and although China, Persia, and Siam took part in the Hague Peace Conferences of 1899 and 1907. Their civilisation is essentially so different from that of the Christian States that international intercourse with them of the same kind as between Christian States has been hitherto impossible. And neither their governments nor their populations are at present able to fully understand the Law of Nations and to take up an attitude which is in conformity with all the rules of this law. There should be no doubt that these States are not International Persons of the same kind and the same position within the Family of Nations as Christian States. But it is equally wrong to maintain that they are absolutely outside the Family of Nations, and are for no part International Persons. Since they send and receive diplomatic envoys and conclude international treaties, the opinion is justified that such States are International Persons only in some respects—namely, those in which they have expressly or tacitly been received into the Family of Nations. When Christian States begin such intercourse with these non-Christian States as to send diplomatic envoys to them and receive their diplomatic envoys, and when they enter into treaty obligations with them, they indirectly declare that they are ready to recognise them for these parts as International Persons and subjects of the Law of Nations. But for other parts such non-Christian States remain as yet outside the circle of the Family of Nations, especially with regard to war, and they are for those parts treated by the Christian Powers according to discretion. This condition of things will,[Pg 156] however, not last very long. It may be expected that with the progress of civilisation these States will become sooner or later International Persons in the full sense of the term. They are at present in a state of transition, and some of them are the subjects of international arrangements of great political importance. Thus by the Treaty of London of December 13, 1906, Great Britain, France, and Italy agree to co-operate in maintaining the independence and integrity of Abyssinia,[170] and the General Act of the Conference of Algeciras of April 7, 1906,[171] signed by Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, the United States of America, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Sweden, and Morocco herself, endeavours to suppress anarchy in Morocco and to introduce reforms in its internal administration. This Act,[172] which recognises, on the one hand, the independence and integrity of Morocco, and, on the other, equal commercial facilities in that country for all nations, contains:—(1) A Declaration concerning the organisation of the Moroccan police; (2) Regulations concerning the detection and suppression of the illicit trade in arms; (3) An Act of concession for a Moorish State Bank; (4) A Declaration concerning an improved yield of the taxes and the creation of new sources of revenue; (5) Regulations respecting customs and the suppression of fraud and smuggling; (6) A Declaration concerning the public services and public works.
§ 103. The status of all non-Christian countries, except Turkey and Japan, like China, Morocco, Siam, Persia, and even Abyssinia—though the latter is a Christian country—is uncertain. This is despite China, Persia, and Siam participating in the Hague Peace Conferences of 1899 and 1907. Their civilizations are fundamentally different from those of Christian nations, making consistent international relations between them and Christian countries impossible. Currently, neither their governments nor their populations fully grasp the Law of Nations or are able to align with all its principles. It’s clear that these countries do not hold the same status as Christian nations within the Family of Nations. However, it's also incorrect to claim they are completely excluded from the Family of Nations or not considered International Persons at all. Since these countries send and receive diplomatic representatives and engage in international treaties, it’s valid to argue that they are International Persons in some respects—specifically in areas where they have been accepted into the Family of Nations, either explicitly or implicitly. When Christian nations initiate diplomatic exchanges with these non-Christian nations by sending and receiving envoys and entering into treaties, they indirectly indicate their willingness to recognize them as International Persons and subjects of the Law of Nations in those contexts. Yet, in other areas, such non-Christian states remain outside the Family of Nations, particularly concerning warfare, and are treated at the discretion of Christian Powers. This situation, however, will not last long. With advances in civilization, it’s expected that these states will eventually become fully recognized International Persons. They are currently in a transitional phase, and some are involved in significant international agreements. For instance, through the Treaty of London on December 13, 1906, Great Britain, France, and Italy agreed to work together to maintain the independence and integrity of Abyssinia,[170] and the General Act of the Conference of Algeciras on April 7, 1906,[171] signed by Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, the United States, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Sweden, and Morocco, aims to curb chaos in Morocco and implement reforms in its internal governance. This Act,[172] while recognizing Morocco's independence and integrity, also provides equal commercial opportunities in the country for all nations. It includes: (1) A Declaration regarding the organization of Moroccan police; (2) Regulations for detecting and preventing illegal arms trade; (3) A charter for a Moroccan State Bank; (4) A Declaration aimed at improving tax collection and creating new revenue sources; (5) Customs regulations and measures against fraud and smuggling; (6) A Declaration on public services and public infrastructure.
X The Vatican
Hall, § 98—Westlake, I. pp. 37-39—Phillimore, I. §§ 278-440—Twiss, I. §§ 206-207—Taylor, §§ 277, 278, 282—Wharton, I. § 70, p. 546—Moore, I. § 18—Bluntschli, § 172—Heffter, §§ 40-41—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 151-222—Gareis, § 13—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, § 28—Bonfils, Nos. 370-396—Despagnet, Nos. 147-164—Mérignhac, II. pp. 119-153—Nys, II. pp. 297-324—Rivier, I. § 8—Fiore, I. Nos. 520, 521—Martens, I. § 84—Fiore, "Della condizione giuridica internazionale della chiesa e del Papa" (1887)—Bombard, "Le Pape et le droit des gens" (1888)—Imbart-Latour, "La papauté en droit international" (1893)—Olivart, "Le Pape, les états de l'église et l'Italie" (1897)—Chrétien in R.G. VI. (1899), pp. 281-291—Bompart in R.G. VII. (1900), pp. 369-387—Higgins in The Journal of the Society for Comparative Legislation, New Series, IX. (1907), pp. 252-264.
Hall, § 98—Westlake, I. pp. 37-39—Phillimore, I. §§ 278-440—Twiss, I. §§ 206-207—Taylor, §§ 277, 278, 282—Wharton, I. § 70, p. 546—Moore, I. § 18—Bluntschli, § 172—Heffter, §§ 40-41—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 151-222—Gareis, § 13—Liszt, § 5—Ullmann, § 28—Bonfils, Nos. 370-396—Despagnet, Nos. 147-164—Mérignhac, II. pp. 119-153—Nys, II. pp. 297-324—Rivier, I. § 8—Fiore, I. Nos. 520, 521—Martens, I. § 84—Fiore, "Della condizione giuridica internazionale della chiesa e del Papa" (1887)—Bombard, "Le Pape et le droit des gens" (1888)—Imbart-Latour, "La papauté en droit international" (1893)—Olivart, "Le Pape, les états de l'église et l'Italie" (1897)—Chrétien in R.G. VI. (1899), pp. 281-291—Bompart in R.G. VII. (1900), pp. 369-387—Higgins in The Journal of the Society for Comparative Legislation, New Series, IX. (1907), pp. 252-264.
The former Papal States.
The old Papal States.
§ 104. When the Law of Nations began to grow up among the States of Christendom, the Pope was the monarch of one of those States—namely, the so-called Papal States. This State owed its existence to Pepin-le-Bref and his son Charlemagne, who established it in gratitude to the Popes Stephen III. and Adrian I., who crowned them as Kings of the Franks. It remained in the hands of the Popes till 1798, when it became a republic for about three years. In 1801 the former order of things was re-established, but in 1809 it became a part of the Napoleonic Empire. In 1814 it was re-established, and remained in existence till 1870, when it was annexed to the Kingdom of Italy. Throughout the existence of the Papal States, the Popes were monarchs and, as such, equals of all other monarchs. Their position was, however, even then anomalous, as their influence and the privileges granted to them by the different States were due, not alone to their being monarchs of a State, but to their being the head of the Roman Catholic Church. But this anomaly did not create any real difficulty, since the privileges granted to the Popes existed within the province of precedence only.[Pg 158]
§ 104. When the Law of Nations started to develop among the States of Christendom, the Pope was the leader of one of those States—specifically, the Papal States. This territory was established by Pepin the Short and his son Charlemagne as a gesture of gratitude to Popes Stephen III and Adrian I, who crowned them as Kings of the Franks. It remained under the control of the Popes until 1798, when it briefly became a republic for about three years. In 1801, the previous order was restored, but in 1809 it became part of the Napoleonic Empire. In 1814, it was re-established and continued to exist until 1870, when it was annexed to the Kingdom of Italy. Throughout the existence of the Papal States, the Popes were monarchs and, as such, were equal to all other monarchs. However, their position was still unusual, as their influence and the privileges granted to them by different States were not solely due to their role as rulers but also because they were the heads of the Roman Catholic Church. Nevertheless, this unusual situation did not cause any significant problems, since the privileges granted to the Popes were mainly about precedence.[Pg 158]
The Italian Law of Guaranty.
The Italian Guarantee Law.
§ 105. When, in 1870, Italy annexed the Papal States and made Rome her capital, she had to undertake the task of creating a position for the Holy See and the Pope which was consonant with the importance of the latter to the Roman Catholic Church. It seemed impossible that the Pope should become an ordinary Italian subject and that the Holy See should be an institution under the territorial supremacy of Italy. For many reasons no alteration was desirable in the administration by the Holy See of the affairs of the Roman Catholic Church or in the position of the Pope as the inviolable head of that Church. To meet the case the Italian Parliament passed an Act regarding the guaranties granted to the Pope and the Holy See, which is commonly called the "Law of Guaranty." According to this the position of the Pope and the Holy See is in Italy as follows:—
§ 105. When Italy annexed the Papal States and made Rome its capital in 1870, it had to find a way to create a role for the Holy See and the Pope that matched the significance of the Pope to the Roman Catholic Church. It seemed impossible for the Pope to become just another Italian citizen and for the Holy See to be an institution under Italy's territorial authority. For many reasons, there was no desire to change how the Holy See managed the affairs of the Roman Catholic Church or to alter the Pope’s position as its untouchable leader. To address this, the Italian Parliament enacted a law regarding the guarantees provided to the Pope and the Holy See, commonly known as the "Law of Guaranty." Under this law, the status of the Pope and the Holy See in Italy is as follows:—
The person of the Pope is sacred and inviolable (article 1), although he is subjected to the Civil Courts of Italy.[173] An offence against his person is to be punished in the same way as an offence against the King of Italy (article 2). He enjoys all the honours of a sovereign, retains the privileges of precedence conceded to him by Roman Catholic monarchs, has the right to keep an armed body-guard of the same strength as before the annexation for the safety of his person and of his palaces (article 3), and receives an allowance of 3,225,000 francs (article 4). The Vatican, the seat of the Holy See, and the palaces where a conclave for the election of a new Pope or where an Oecumenical Council meets, are inviolable, and no Italian official is allowed to enter them without consent of the Holy See (articles 5-8). The Pope is absolutely free in performing all the functions connected with his mission as head of the Roman Catholic Church, and so are his officials (articles[Pg 159] 9 and 10). The Pope has the right to send and to receive envoys, who enjoy all the privileges of the diplomatic envoys sent and received by Italy (article 11). The freedom of communication between the Pope and the entire Roman Catholic world is recognised, and the Pope has therefore the right to a post and telegraph office of his own in the Vatican or any other place of residence and to appoint his own post-office clerks (article 12). And, lastly, the colleges and other institutions of the Pope for the education of priests in Rome and the environments remain under his exclusive supervision, without any interference on the part of the Italian authorities.
The Pope is a sacred and untouchable figure (article 1), although he is subject to Italy's civil courts.[173] An offense against him will be punished in the same way as an offense against the King of Italy (article 2). He is entitled to all the honors of a sovereign, retains the privileges granted by Roman Catholic monarchs, has the right to maintain an armed bodyguard of the same strength as before the annexation for his personal and palace security (article 3), and receives an annual allowance of 3,225,000 francs (article 4). The Vatican, the seat of the Holy See, and the palaces where a conclave meets to elect a new Pope or where an Ecumenical Council convenes, are inviolable, and no Italian official can enter them without the Holy See's permission (articles 5-8). The Pope is fully free to perform all tasks related to his role as the head of the Roman Catholic Church, and so are his officials (articles[Pg 159] 9 and 10). The Pope has the right to send and receive envoys, who hold all the privileges of diplomatic envoys sent and received by Italy (article 11). The freedom of communication between the Pope and the global Roman Catholic community is recognized, so the Pope has the right to have his own post and telegraph office in the Vatican or any other residence and appoint his own postal clerks (article 12). Lastly, the Pope's colleges and other institutions for training priests in Rome and its surroundings are under his exclusive oversight, without any interference from Italian authorities.
[173] See Bonfils, No. 379.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Check Bonfils, No. 379.
No Pope has as yet recognised this Italian Law of Guaranty, nor had foreign States an opportunity of giving their express consent to the position of the Pope in Italy created by that law. But practically foreign States as well as the Popes themselves, although the latter have never ceased to protest against the condition of things created by the annexation of the Papal States, have made use of the provisions[174] of that law. Several foreign States send side by side with their diplomatic envoys accredited to Italy special envoys to the Pope, and the latter sends envoys to several foreign States.
No Pope has recognized this Italian Law of Guarantee yet, nor have foreign states had the chance to give their explicit consent to the Pope's situation in Italy established by that law. However, in practice, both foreign states and the Popes themselves, even though the latter have continuously protested against the situation created by the annexation of the Papal States, have utilized the provisions[174] of that law. Several foreign states send special envoys to the Pope alongside their diplomatic envoys accredited to Italy, and the Pope sends envoys to several foreign states.
International position of the Holy See and the Pope.
International position of the Holy See and the Pope.
§ 106. The Law of Guaranty is not International but Italian Municipal Law, and the members of the Family of Nations have hitherto not made any special arrangements with regard to the International position of the Holy See and the Pope. And, further, there can be no doubt that since the extinction of the Papal States the Pope is no longer a monarch whose sovereignty is derived from his position as the head of a State. For these reasons many writers[175] maintain that the Holy See and the Pope have no longer any international[Pg 160] position whatever according to the Law of Nations, since States only and exclusively are International Persons. But if the facts of international life and the actual condition of things in every-day practice are taken into consideration, this opinion has no basis to stand upon. Although the Holy See is not a State, the envoys sent by her to foreign States are treated by the latter on the same footing with diplomatic envoys as regards exterritoriality, inviolability, and ceremonial privileges, and those foreign States which send envoys to the Holy See claim for them from Italy all the privileges and the position of diplomatic envoys. Further, although the Pope is no longer the head of a State, the privileges due to the head of a monarchical State are still granted to him by foreign States. Of course, through this treatment the Holy See does not acquire the character of an International Person, nor does the Pope thereby acquire the character of a head of a monarchical State. But for some points the Holy See is actually treated as though she were an International Person, and the Pope is treated actually in every point as though he were the head of a monarchical State. It must therefore be maintained that by custom, by tacit consent of the members of the Family of Nations, the Holy See has a quasi international position. This position allows her to claim against all the States treatment on some points as though she were an International Person, and further to claim treatment of the Pope in every point as though he were the head of a monarchical State. But it must be emphasised that, although the envoys sent and received by the Holy See must be treated as diplomatic envoys,[176] they are not such in fact,[Pg 161] for they are not agents for international affairs of States, but exclusively agents for the affairs of the Roman Catholic Church. And it must further be emphasised that the Holy See cannot conclude international treaties or claim a vote at international congresses and conferences. The so-called Concordats—that is, treaties between the Holy See and States with regard to matters of the Roman Catholic Church—are not international treaties, although analogous treatment is usually given to them. Even formerly, when the Pope was the head of a State, such Concordats were not concluded with the Papal States, but with the Holy See and the Pope as representatives of the Roman Catholic Church.
§ 106. The Law of Guaranty is not International but Italian Municipal Law, and the members of the Family of Nations have not yet made any specific arrangements regarding the international status of the Holy See and the Pope. Furthermore, there is no doubt that since the Papal States were abolished, the Pope is no longer a monarch whose authority comes from being the head of a State. For these reasons, many scholars[175] argue that the Holy See and the Pope no longer have any international status according to the Law of Nations, since only States are considered International Persons. However, when you consider the realities of international relations and the current situation in everyday practice, this viewpoint lacks support. Although the Holy See is not a State, the representatives it sends to other states are treated by those states similarly to diplomatic envoys in terms of extraterritoriality, inviolability, and ceremonial privileges. Additionally, foreign states that send envoys to the Holy See expect from Italy all the privileges and status of diplomatic envoys. Moreover, even though the Pope is no longer the head of a State, foreign states still grant him the privileges typically accorded to the head of a monarchic State. Of course, this treatment does not mean that the Holy See becomes an International Person, nor does it mean that the Pope becomes the head of a monarchic State. Yet, in certain respects, the Holy See is in practice treated as if it were an International Person, and the Pope is treated in every respect as if he were the head of a monarchic State. Therefore, it can be argued that, through custom and the tacit agreement of the Family of Nations, the Holy See has a quasi international status. This status allows it to seek treatment from all states as if it were an International Person, and further to seek treatment for the Pope in all respects as if he were the head of a monarchic State. However, it must be highlighted that although the envoys sent and received by the Holy See are expected to be treated as diplomatic envoys,[176] they are not actually such, as they are not representatives for the international affairs of States but solely for the Roman Catholic Church. It should also be noted that the Holy See cannot enter into international treaties or participate in voting at international congresses and conferences. The so-called Concordats—treaties between the Holy See and States concerning matters of the Roman Catholic Church—are not international treaties, even though they are often treated similarly. Even in the past, when the Pope was the head of a State, such Concordats were not made with the Papal States but with the Holy See and the Pope as representatives of the Roman Catholic Church.
[176] The case of Montagnini, which occurred in December 1906, cannot be quoted against this assertion, for Montagnini was not at the time a person enjoying diplomatic privileges. Diplomatic relations between France and the Holy See had come to an end in 1905 by France recalling her envoy at the Vatican and at the same time sending the passports to Lorenzelli, the Papal Nuncio in Paris. Montagnini, who remained at the nunciature in Paris, did not possess any diplomatic character after the departure of the Nuncio. Neither his arrest and his expulsion in December 1906, nor the seizure of his papers at the nunciature amounted therefore to an international delinquency on the part of the French Government. The papers left by the former Papal Nuncio Lorenzelli were not touched and remained in the archives of the former nunciature until the Austrian ambassador in Paris, in February 1907, asked the French Foreign Office to transfer them to him for the purpose of handing them on to the Holy See. It must be specially mentioned that the seizure of his papers and the arrest and expulsion of Montagnini took place because he conspired against the French Government by encouraging the clergy to refuse obedience to French laws. And it must further be mentioned that Lorenzelli, when he left the nunciature, did not, contrary to all precedent, place the archives of the nunciature under seals and confide them to the protection of another diplomatic envoy in Paris. Details of the case are to be found in R.I. 2nd Ser. IX. (1907), pp. 60-66, and R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 175-186.
[176] The Montagnini case, which happened in December 1906, doesn’t support this claim because Montagnini wasn’t a person holding diplomatic privileges at that time. Diplomatic relations between France and the Holy See ended in 1905 when France recalled its envoy at the Vatican and sent passports to Lorenzelli, the Papal Nuncio in Paris. Montagnini, who stayed at the nunciature in Paris, lost any diplomatic status after the Nuncio left. Therefore, neither his arrest and expulsion in December 1906 nor the seizure of his papers at the nunciature constituted an international wrongdoing by the French Government. The documents left by the former Papal Nuncio Lorenzelli were not disturbed and remained in the archives of the former nunciature until, in February 1907, the Austrian ambassador in Paris requested the French Foreign Office to hand them over to him for delivery to the Holy See. It’s important to note that the seizing of his papers and Montagnini's arrest and expulsion were due to his conspiracy against the French Government by urging the clergy to disobey French laws. Additionally, when Lorenzelli departed from the nunciature, he did not, contrary to all usual procedures, seal the nunciature’s archives and entrust them to the protection of another diplomatic envoy in Paris. Details of the case can be found in R.I. 2nd Ser. IX. (1907), pp. 60-66, and R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 175-186.
Violation of the Holy See and the Pope.
Violation of the Holy See and the Pope.
§ 107. Since the Holy See has no power whatever to protect herself and the person of the Pope against violations, the question as to the protection of the Holy See and the person of the Pope arises. I believe that, since the present international position of the Holy See rests on the tacit consent of the members of the Family of Nations, many a Roman Catholic Power would raise its voice in case Italy or any other State should violate the Holy See or the person of the Pope, and an intervention for the purpose of protecting either of them would have the character of an intervention by right.[Pg 162] Italy herself would certainly make such a violation by a foreign Power her own affair, although she has no more than any other Power the legal duty to do so, and although she is not responsible to other Powers for violations of the Personality of the latter by the Holy See and the Pope.
§ 107. Since the Holy See has no means to protect itself or the Pope from violations, there is a need to consider how to protect the Holy See and the Pope. I believe that, given the current international stance of the Holy See relies on the silent agreement of the nations, many Catholic countries would speak out if Italy or any other state threatened the Holy See or the Pope, and any intervention to safeguard either would be seen as a rightful intervention.[Pg 162] Italy would certainly treat any violation by a foreign power as her own issue, even though she, like any other nation, has no legal obligation to do so and is not accountable to other nations for the actions of the Holy See and the Pope against their sovereignty.
XI INTERNATIONAL FIGURES OF TODAY
European States.
European countries.
§ 108. All the seventy-four European States are, of course, members of the Family of Nations. They are the following:
§ 108. All seventy-four European countries are, of course, part of the Family of Nations. They are as follows:
Great Powers are:
Major Powers are:
Austria-Hungary.
Austria-Hungary.
Great Britain.
UK.
France.
France.
Italy.
Italy.
Germany.
Germany.
Russia.
Russia.
Smaller States are:
Smaller states are:
Bulgaria.
Bulgaria.
Denmark.
Denmark.
Greece.
Greece.
Holland.
Netherlands.
Montenegro.
Montenegro.
Norway.
Norway.
Portugal.
Portugal.
Roumania.
Romania.
Servia.
Serbia.
Spain.
Spain.
Sweden.
Sweden.
Turkey.
Turkey.
Very small, but nevertheless full-Sovereign, States are:
Very small, but still fully sovereign, states are:
Monaco and Lichtenstein.
Monaco and Liechtenstein.
Neutralised States are:
Neutralized States are:
Switzerland, Belgium, and Luxemburg.
Switzerland, Belgium, and Luxembourg.
Half-Sovereign States are:
Half-Sovereign States include:
Andorra (under the protectorate of France and Spain).
Andorra (under the protection of France and Spain).
San Marino (under the protectorate of Italy).
San Marino (protected by Italy).
Crete (under the suzerainty of Turkey).
Crete (under the control of Turkey).
[Pg 163] Part-Sovereign States are:
Part-Sovereign States are:
(a) Member-States of Germany:
Member States of Germany:
Kingdoms: Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony, Würtemberg.
Kingdoms: Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony, Württemberg.
Grand-Duchies: Baden, Hesse, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Mecklenburg-Strelitz, Oldenburg.
Grand Duchies: Baden, Hesse, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Mecklenburg-Strelitz, Oldenburg.
Dukedoms: Anhalt, Brunswick, Saxe-Altenburg, Saxe-Coburg-Gotha, Saxe-Meiningen, Saxe-Weimar.
Dukedoms: Anhalt, Brunswick, Saxe-Altenburg, Saxe-Coburg-Gotha, Saxe-Meiningen, Saxe-Weimar.
Principalities: Reuss Elder Line, Reuss Younger Line, Lippe, Schaumburg-Lippe, Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt, Schwarzburg-Sondershausen Waldeck.
Principalities: Reuss Elder Line, Reuss Younger Line, Lippe, Schaumburg-Lippe, Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt, Schwarzburg-Sondershausen, Waldeck.
Free Towns are: Bremen, Lübeck, Hamburg.
Free Towns are Bremen, Lübeck, and Hamburg.
(b) Member-States of Switzerland:
Switzerland's Member States:
Zurich, Berne, Lucerne, Uri, Schwyz, Unterwalden (ob und nid dem Wald), Glarus, Zug, Fribourg, Soleure, Basle (Stadt und Landschaft), Schaffhausen, Appenzell (beider Rhoden), St. Gall, Grisons, Aargau, Thurgau, Tessin, Vaud, Valais, Neuchâtel, Geneva.
Zurich, Bern, Lucerne, Uri, Schwyz, Unterwalden (with or without the forest), Glarus, Zug, Fribourg, Solothurn, Basel (City and Region), Schaffhausen, Appenzell (both Cantons), St. Gallen, Graubünden, Aargau, Thurgau, Ticino, Vaud, Valais, Neuchâtel, Geneva.
American States.
U.S. States.
§ 109. In America there are twenty-one States which are members of the Family of Nations, but it must be emphasised that the member-States of the five Federal States on the American continent, although they are part-Sovereign, have no footing within the Family of Nations, because the American Federal States, in contradistinction to Switzerland and Germany, absorb all possible international relations of their member-States.
§ 109. In America, there are twenty-one states that are part of the Family of Nations. However, it should be emphasized that the member states of the five federal states on the American continent, while partially sovereign, do not have a position within the Family of Nations. This is because the American federal states, unlike Switzerland and Germany, take on all international relations for their member states.
In North America there are:
In North America, there are:
The United States of America.
The United States.
In Central America there are:
In Central America, there are:
Costa Rica.
Costa Rica.
Cuba.
Cuba.
San Domingo.
Santo Domingo.
Guatemala.
Guatemala.
Hayti.
Haiti.
Honduras.
Honduras.
Nicaragua.
Nicaragua.
Panama (since 1903).
Panama (since 1903).
San Salvador.
San Salvador.
In South America there are:
In South America, there are:
The United States of Argentina.
The United States of Argentina.
Bolivia.
Bolivia.
The United States of Brazil.
Brazilian United States.
Chili.
Chili peppers.
Colombia.
Colombia.
Ecuador.
Ecuador.
Paraguay.
Paraguay.
Peru.
Peru.
Uruguay.
Uruguay.
The United States of Venezuela.
Venezuela United States.
African States.
African countries.
§ 110. In Africa the Negro Republic of Liberia is the only real and full member of the Family of Nations. Egypt and Tunis are half-Sovereign, the one under Turkish suzerainty, the other under French protectorate. Morocco and Abyssinia are both full-Sovereign States, but for some parts only within the Family of Nations. The Soudan has an exceptional position; being under the condominium of Great Britain and Egypt, a footing of its own within the Family of Nations the Soudan certainly has not.
§ 110. In Africa, the Republic of Liberia is the only true and full member of the Family of Nations. Egypt and Tunisia are semi-sovereign, with Egypt under Turkish control and Tunisia under French protection. Morocco and Ethiopia are both fully sovereign states, but only partially recognized within the Family of Nations. The Sudan has a unique status; being under the condominium of Great Britain and Egypt, it definitely does not have its own standing within the Family of Nations.
Asiatic States.
Asian States.
§ 111. In Asia only Japan is a full and real member of the Family of Nations. Persia, China, Siam, Tibet, and Afghanistan are for some parts only within that family.[Pg 165]
§ 111. In Asia, only Japan is a true and complete member of the Family of Nations. Persia, China, Siam, Tibet, and Afghanistan are only partially part of that family.[Pg 165]
CHAPTER 2 POSITION OF THE STATES WITHIN THE FAMILY OF NATIONS
I Global persona
Vattel, I. §§ 13-25—Hall, § 7—Westlake, I. pp. 293-296—Lawrence, § 57—Phillimore, I. §§ 144-147—Twiss, I. § 106—Wharton, § 60—Moore, I. § 23—Bluntschli, §§ 64-81—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, § 26—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 47-51—Gareis, §§ 24-25—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 235-241—Despagnet, Nos. 165-166—Nys, II. pp. 176-181—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 165-195—Mérignhac, I. pp. 233-238—Rivier, I. § 19—Fiore, I. Nos. 367-371—Martens, I. § 72—Fontenay, "Des droits et des devoirs des États entre eux" (1888)—Pillet in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 66 and 236, VI. (1899), p. 503—Cavaglieri, "I diritti fondamentali degli Stati nella Società Internazionale" (1906).
Vattel, I. §§ 13-25—Hall, § 7—Westlake, I. pp. 293-296—Lawrence, § 57—Phillimore, I. §§ 144-147—Twiss, I. § 106—Wharton, § 60—Moore, I. § 23—Bluntschli, §§ 64-81—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, § 26—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 47-51—Gareis, §§ 24-25—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 235-241—Despagnet, Nos. 165-166—Nys, II. pp. 176-181—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 165-195—Mérignhac, I. pp. 233-238—Rivier, I. § 19—Fiore, I. Nos. 367-371—Martens, I. § 72—Fontenay, "On the Rights and Duties of States Towards Each Other" (1888)—Pillet in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 66 and 236, VI. (1899), p. 503—Cavaglieri, "The Fundamental Rights of States in International Society" (1906).
The so-called Fundamental Rights.
The so-called Basic Rights.
§ 112. Until the last two decades of the nineteenth century all jurists agreed that the membership of the Family of Nations includes so-called fundamental rights for States. Such rights are chiefly enumerated as the right of existence, of self-preservation, of equality, of independence, of territorial supremacy, of holding and acquiring territory, of intercourse, and of good name and reputation. It was and is maintained that these fundamental rights are a matter of course and self-evident, since the Family of Nations consists of Sovereign States. But no unanimity exists with regard to the number, the names, and the contents of these alleged fundamental rights. A great confusion exists in this matter, and hardly two text-book writers agree in details with regard to it. This condition of things has led to a searching criticism of the whole matter,[Pg 166] and several writers[177] have in consequence thereof asked that the fundamental rights of States should totally disappear from the treatises on the Law of Nations. I certainly agree with this. Yet it must be taken into consideration that under the wrong heading of fundamental rights a good many correct statements have been made for hundreds of years, and that numerous real rights and duties are customarily recognised which are derived from the very membership of the Family of Nations. They are rights and duties which do not rise from international treaties between a multitude of States, but which the States customarily hold as International Persons, and which they grant and receive reciprocally as members of the Family of Nations. They are rights and duties connected with the position of the States within the Family of Nations, and it is therefore only adequate to their importance to discuss them in a special chapter under that heading.
§ 112. Until the last twenty years of the nineteenth century, all legal experts agreed that the membership of the Family of Nations includes certain fundamental rights for States. These rights are mainly identified as the right to exist, self-preserve, be treated equally, maintain independence, have territorial supremacy, acquire territory, engage in relations, and uphold a good name and reputation. It has been argued that these fundamental rights are obvious and self-evident because the Family of Nations consists of Sovereign States. However, there is no consensus regarding the number, names, or specifics of these so-called fundamental rights. A significant amount of confusion surrounds this issue, and hardly any two textbook authors agree on the details. This situation has led to a thorough critique of the entire topic,[Pg 166] and several writers[177] have consequently called for the fundamental rights of States to be completely removed from discussions on the Law of Nations. I definitely agree with this perspective. However, it should be noted that under the misleading title of fundamental rights, many accurate assertions have been made for centuries, and numerous real rights and duties are commonly acknowledged that stem from the very membership in the Family of Nations. These are rights and duties that do not arise from international treaties among many States, but which States recognize as International Persons, granting and receiving these rights reciprocally as members of the Family of Nations. They are rights and duties associated with the status of the States within the Family of Nations, and it is therefore appropriate to discuss them in a separate chapter under that title.
[177] See Stoerk in Holtzendorff's "Encyklopädie der Rechtswissenschaft," 2nd ed. (1890), p. 1291; Jellinek, "System der subjectiven öffentlichen Rechte" (1892), p. 302; Heilborn, "System," p. 279; and others. The arguments of these writers have met, however, considerable resistance, and the existence of fundamental rights of States is emphatically defended by other writers. See, for instance, Pillet, l.c., Liszt, § 7, and Gareis, §§ 24 and 25. Westlake, I. p. 293, now joins the ranks of those writers who deny the existence of fundamental rights.
[177] See Stoerk in Holtzendorff's "Encyclopedia of Legal Science," 2nd ed. (1890), p. 1291; Jellinek, "System of Subjective Public Rights" (1892), p. 302; Heilborn, "System," p. 279; and others. However, the arguments of these authors have faced significant pushback, and the existence of fundamental rights of States is strongly supported by other scholars. For example, see Pillet, l.c., Liszt, § 7, and Gareis, §§ 24 and 25. Westlake, I. p. 293, now joins those who argue against the existence of fundamental rights.
International Personality a Body of Qualities.
International Personality: A Body of Qualities.
§ 113. International Personality is the term which characterises fitly the position of the States within the Family of Nations, since a State acquires International Personality through its recognition as a member. What it really means can be ascertained by going back to the basis[178] of the Law of Nations. Such basis is the common consent of the States that a body of legal rules shall regulate their intercourse with one another. Now a legally regulated intercourse between Sovereign States is only possible under the condition that a certain liberty of action is granted to every State, and that, on the other hand, every State consents to a certain restriction[Pg 167] of action in the interest of the liberty of action granted to every other State. A State that enters into the Family of Nations retains the natural liberty of action due to it in consequence of its sovereignty, but at the same time takes over the obligation to exercise self-restraint and to restrict its liberty of action in the interest of that of other States. In entering into the Family of Nations a State comes as an equal to equals[179]; it demands that certain consideration be paid to its dignity, the retention of its independence, of its territorial and its personal supremacy. Recognition of a State as a member of the Family of Nations contains recognition of such State's equality, dignity, independence, and territorial and personal supremacy. But the recognised State recognises in turn the same qualities in other members of that family, and thereby it undertakes responsibility for violations committed by it. All these qualities constitute as a body the International Personality of a State, and International Personality may therefore be said to be the fact, given by the very membership of the Family of Nations, that equality, dignity, independence, territorial and personal supremacy, and the responsibility of every State are recognised by every other State. The States are International Persons because they recognise these qualities in one another and recognise their responsibility for violations of these qualities.
§ 113. International Personality is the term that accurately describes the status of States within the Family of Nations, as a State gains International Personality through its acknowledgment as a member. What this really means can be understood by looking back at the foundation[178] of the Law of Nations. This foundation is based on the mutual agreement of States that a set of legal rules will govern their interactions with one another. Legally regulated interactions between Sovereign States are only possible if each State is granted a certain degree of freedom and, on the other hand, if every State agrees to limit its actions to ensure the freedom of others. A State that joins the Family of Nations retains the natural freedom of action it deserves due to its sovereignty but simultaneously adopts the commitment to practice self-restraint and limit its actions in the interest of the freedoms of other States. When a State joins the Family of Nations, it does so as an equal among equals[179]; it expects its dignity to be respected, along with its independence, territorial integrity, and personal authority. The recognition of a State as a member of the Family of Nations encompasses the acknowledgment of that State's equality, dignity, independence, and territorial and personal authority. However, the recognized State in turn acknowledges the same attributes in other family members, and thus it accepts responsibility for any violations it may commit. All these attributes together form the International Personality of a State, which can be defined as the fact, conferred by membership in the Family of Nations, that equality, dignity, independence, territorial and personal authority, and the responsibility of every State are recognized by every other State. States are International Persons because they acknowledge these qualities in each other and recognize their responsibility for any breaches of these qualities.
Other Characteristics of the position of the States within the Family of Nations.
Other Characteristics of the position of the States within the Family of Nations.
§ 114. But the position of the States within the Family of Nations is not exclusively characterised by these qualities. The States make a community because there is constant intercourse between them. Intercourse is therefore a condition without which the Family of Nations would not and could not exist. Again, there are exceptions to the protection of the qualities which constitute the International Personality of the States,[Pg 168] and these exceptions are likewise characteristic of the position of the States within the Family of Nations. Thus, in time of war belligerents have a right to violate one another's Personality in many ways; even annihilation of the vanquished State, through subjugation after conquest, is allowed. Thus, further, in time of peace as well as in time of war, such violations of the Personality of other States are excused as are committed in self-preservation or through justified intervention. And, finally, jurisdiction is also important for the position of the States within the Family of Nations. Intercourse, self-preservation, intervention, and jurisdiction must, therefore, likewise be discussed in this chapter.
§ 114. However, the role of the States within the Family of Nations isn't solely defined by these traits. The States form a community because they constantly interact with each other. This interaction is essential; without it, the Family of Nations wouldn't exist. Additionally, there are exceptions to the protections covering the qualities that make up the International Personality of the States, and these exceptions also define the States' role within the Family of Nations. For instance, during wartime, opposing forces have the right to infringe on each other's Personality in various ways; even the complete destruction of the defeated State through conquest is permitted. Furthermore, both in times of peace and war, violations of the Personality of other States are justified if they occur in self-defense or through legitimate intervention. Finally, jurisdiction also plays a key role in the position of the States within the Family of Nations. Therefore, interaction, self-preservation, intervention, and jurisdiction must be addressed in this chapter.
II EQUALITY, STATUS, AND TITLES
Vattel, II. §§ 35-48—Westlake, I. pp. 308-312—Lawrence, §§ 112-119—Phillimore, I. § 147, II. §§ 27-43—Twiss, I. § 12—Halleck, I. pp. 116-140 —Taylor, § 160—Wheaton, §§ 152-159—Moore, I. § 24—Bluntschli, §§ 81-94—Hartmann, § 14—Heffter, §§ 27-28—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 11-14—Ullmann, §§ 36 and 37—Bonfils, Nos. 272-278—Despagnet, Nos. 167-171—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 484-594—Mérignhac, I. pp. 310-320—Rivier, I. § 9—Nys, II. pp. 194-199, 208-218—Calvo, I. §§ 210-259—Fiore, I. Nos. 428-451, and Code, Nos. 388-421—Martens, I. §§ 70-71—Lawrence, Essays, pp. 191-213—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 86-109—Huber, "Die Gleichheit der Staaten" (1909)—Streit in R.I. 2nd Ser. II. pp. 5-27—Hicks in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 530-561.
Vattel, II. §§ 35-48—Westlake, I. pp. 308-312—Lawrence, §§ 112-119—Phillimore, I. § 147, II. §§ 27-43—Twiss, I. § 12—Halleck, I. pp. 116-140—Taylor, § 160—Wheaton, §§ 152-159—Moore, I. § 24—Bluntschli, §§ 81-94—Hartmann, § 14—Heffter, §§ 27-28—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 11-14—Ullmann, §§ 36 and 37—Bonfils, Nos. 272-278—Despagnet, Nos. 167-171—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 484-594—Mérignhac, I. pp. 310-320—Rivier, I. § 9—Nys, II. pp. 194-199, 208-218—Calvo, I. §§ 210-259—Fiore, I. Nos. 428-451, and Code, Nos. 388-421—Martens, I. §§ 70-71—Lawrence, Essays, pp. 191-213—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 86-109—Huber, "Die Gleichheit der Staaten" (1909)—Streit in R.I. 2nd Ser. II. pp. 5-27—Hicks in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 530-561.
Legal Equality of States.
Equality of States under Law.
§ 115. The equality before International Law of all member-States of the Family of Nations is an invariable quality derived from their International Personality.[180] Whatever inequality may exist between States as regards their size, population, power, degree of civilisation, wealth, and other qualities, they are nevertheless equals as International Persons. This legal equality has three important consequences:
§ 115. All member states of the Family of Nations are equally recognized under International Law, a constant characteristic that comes from their International Personality.[180] No matter the differences in size, population, power, level of civilization, wealth, or other attributes, they are still equal as International Persons. This legal equality has three significant implications:
The first is that, whenever a question arises which has to be settled by the consent of the members of the Family of Nations, every State has a right to a vote, but to one vote only.
The first point is that whenever a question comes up that needs to be decided by the agreement of the members of the Family of Nations, each State has the right to one vote only.
The second consequence is that legally—although not politically—the vote of the weakest and smallest State has quite as much weight as the vote of the largest and most powerful. Therefore any alteration of an existing rule or creation of a new rule of International Law by a law-making treaty has legal validity for the signatory Powers and those only who later on accede expressly or submit to it tacitly through custom.
The second consequence is that, legally—though not politically—the vote of the weakest and smallest State carries just as much weight as the vote of the largest and most powerful. So, any change to an existing rule or the establishment of a new rule of International Law through a law-making treaty is legally valid for the signatory Powers and only for those who later join it either explicitly or accept it implicitly through custom.
The third consequence is that—according to the rule par in parem non habet imperium—no State can claim jurisdiction over another full-Sovereign State. Therefore, although foreign States can sue in foreign Courts,[181] they cannot as a rule be sued[182] there, unless they voluntarily accept[183] the jurisdiction of the Court concerned, or have submitted themselves to such jurisdiction by suing in such foreign Court.[184]
The third consequence is that—according to the rule par in parem non habet imperium—no State can claim authority over another fully Sovereign State. Therefore, while foreign States can bring lawsuits in foreign Courts,[181] they generally cannot be sued[182] there, unless they voluntarily agree to[183] the jurisdiction of the Court in question, or have submitted themselves to such jurisdiction by suing in that foreign Court.[184]
[181] See Phillimore, II. § 113 A; Nys, II. pp. 288-296; Loening, "Die Gerichtsbarkeit über fremde Staaten und Souveräne" (1903); and the following cases:—The United States v. Wagner (1867), L.R. 2 Ch. App. 582; The Republic of Mexico v. Francisco de Arrangoiz, and others, 11 Howard's Practice Reports 1 (quoted by Scott, "Cases on International Law," 1902, p. 170); The Sapphire (1870), 11 Wallace, 164. See also below, § 348.
[181] See Phillimore, II. § 113 A; Nys, II. pp. 288-296; Loening, "Die Gerichtsbarkeit über fremde Staaten und Souveräne" (1903); and the following cases:—The United States v. Wagner (1867), L.R. 2 Ch. App. 582; The Republic of Mexico v. Francisco de Arrangoiz, and others, 11 Howard's Practice Reports 1 (quoted by Scott, "Cases on International Law," 1902, p. 170); The Sapphire (1870), 11 Wallace, 164. See also below, § 348.
[184] Provided the cross-suit is really connected with the claim in the action. As regards the German case of Hellfeld v. the Russian Government, see Köhler in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 309-333; the opinions of Laband, Meili, and Seuffert, ibidem, pp. 334-448; Baty in The Law Magazine and Review, XXV. (1909-1910), p. 207; Wolfman in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 373-383.
[184] As long as the cross-suit is actually related to the claim in the case. For the German case of Hellfeld v. the Russian Government, see Köhler in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 309-333; the opinions of Laband, Meili, and Seuffert, ibidem, pp. 334-448; Baty in The Law Magazine and Review, XXV. (1909-1910), p. 207; Wolfman in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 373-383.
To the rule of equality there are three exceptions:—
To the rule of equality, there are three exceptions:—
First, such States as can for some parts[185] only be considered International Persons, are not equals of the full members of the Family of Nations.
First, those States that can only be considered International Persons in certain aspects[185] are not equal to the full members of the Family of Nations.
Thirdly, the part-sovereign member-States of a Federal State are not equals of full-Sovereign States.
Thirdly, the member states of a federal state are not the same as fully sovereign states.
It is, however, quite impossible to lay down a hard and fast general rule concerning the amount of inequality between the equal and the unequal States, as everything depends upon the circumstances and conditions of the special case.
It is, however, quite impossible to establish a strict general rule regarding the level of inequality between equal and unequal States, as everything depends on the specific circumstances and conditions of each case.
Political Hegemony of Great Powers.
Political Dominance of Superpowers.
§ 116. Legal equality must not be confounded with political equality. The enormous differences between States as regards their strength are the result of a natural inequality which, apart from rank and titles, finds its expression in the province of policy. Politically, States are in no manner equals, as there is a difference between the Great Powers and others. Eight States must at present be considered as Great Powers—namely, Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Italy, and Russia in Europe, the United States in America, and Japan in Asia. All arrangements made by the body of the Great Powers naturally gain the consent of the minor States, and the body of the six Great Powers in Europe is therefore called the European Concert. The Great Powers are the leaders of the Family of Nations, and every progress of the Law of Nations during the past is the result of their political hegemony, although the initiative towards the progress was frequently taken by a minor Power.
§ 116. Legal equality should not be confused with political equality. The significant differences in strength between states stem from a natural inequality that, aside from rank and titles, is evident in their political actions. Politically, states are not equal; there is a clear distinction between the Great Powers and others. Currently, eight states are recognized as Great Powers: Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Italy, and Russia in Europe, the United States in America, and Japan in Asia. Any agreements made by the Great Powers naturally have the approval of the smaller states, and the group of the six Great Powers in Europe is referred to as the European Concert. The Great Powers lead the Family of Nations, and every advancement in international law over the years has been a result of their political dominance, even though smaller powers often initiated progress.
But, however important the position and the influence of the Great Powers may be, they are by no means derived from a legal basis or rule.[187] It is nothing else than powerful example which makes the smaller States[Pg 171] agree to the arrangements of the Great Powers. Nor has a State the character of a Great Power by law. It is nothing else than its actual size and strength which makes a State a Great Power. Changes, therefore, often take place. Whereas at the time of the Vienna Congress in 1815 eight States—namely, Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Spain, Sweden, and Russia—were still considered Great Powers, their number decreased soon to five, when Portugal, Spain, and Sweden lost that character. But the so-called Pentarchy of the remaining Great Powers turned into a Hexarchy after the unification of Italy, because the latter became at once a Great Power. The United States rose as a Great Power out of the civil war in 1865, and Japan did the same out of the war with China in 1895. Any day a change may take place and one of the present Great Powers may lose its position, or one of the weaker States may become a Great Power. It is a question of political influence, and not of law, whether a State is or is not a Great Power. Whatever large-sized State with a large population gains such strength that its political influence must be reckoned with by the other Great Powers, becomes a Great Power itself.[188]
But no matter how important the position and influence of the Great Powers may be, they don't come from any legal basis or rule.[187] It's really just the force of their example that makes the smaller states[Pg 171] agree to the arrangements set by the Great Powers. A state doesn't hold the title of Great Power by law either. It's purely its actual size and strength that defines it as a Great Power. Changes can happen frequently. For instance, at the Vienna Congress in 1815, eight states—specifically Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Spain, Sweden, and Russia—were still seen as Great Powers, but that number soon dropped to five when Portugal, Spain, and Sweden lost that status. However, the so-called Pentarchy of the remaining Great Powers became a Hexarchy after Italy unified, instantly turning it into a Great Power. The United States emerged as a Great Power following the Civil War in 1865, and Japan did the same after the war with China in 1895. Any day, things could change, and one of the current Great Powers might lose its status, or one of the smaller states could rise to become a Great Power. It's all about political influence, not legal definitions, when it comes to whether a state is considered a Great Power. Any large state with a big population that gains enough strength to be taken seriously by the other Great Powers becomes a Great Power in its own right.[188]
[187] This is, however, maintained by a few writers. See, for instance, Lorimer, I. p. 170; Lawrence, §§ 113 and 114; Westlake, I. pp. 308, 309; and Pitt Cobbett, "Cases and Opinions on International Law," 2nd ed. vol. I. (1909), p. 50.
[187] However, a few authors continue to support this view. For example, see Lorimer, I. p. 170; Lawrence, §§ 113 and 114; Westlake, I. pp. 308, 309; and Pitt Cobbett, "Cases and Opinions on International Law," 2nd ed. vol. I. (1909), p. 50.
[188] In contradistinction to the generally recognised political hegemony of the Great Powers, Lawrence (§§ 113 and 114) and Taylor (§ 69) maintain that the position of the Great Powers is legally superior to that of the smaller States, being a "Primacy" or "Overlordship." This doctrine, which professedly seeks to abolish the universally recognised rule of the equality of States, has no sound basis, and confounds political with legal inequality. I cannot agree with Lawrence when he says (§ 114, p. 276):—"... in a system of rules depending, like International Law, for their validity on general consent, what is political is legal also, if it is generally accepted and acted on." The Great Powers are de facto, by the smaller States, recognised as political leaders, but this recognition does not involve recognition of legal superiority.
[188] Unlike the generally accepted political dominance of the Great Powers, Lawrence (§§ 113 and 114) and Taylor (§ 69) argue that the Great Powers are legally superior to smaller States, possessing a "Primacy" or "Overlordship." This doctrine, which claims to eliminate the universally acknowledged principle of State equality, lacks a solid foundation and mixes political power with legal inequality. I disagree with Lawrence when he states (§ 114, p. 276):—"... in a system of rules like International Law, which rely on general consent for their validity, if something is political, it is also legal if it is widely accepted and practiced." The Great Powers are recognized as political leaders by the smaller States, but this acknowledgment does not imply a recognition of legal superiority.
Rank of States.
State Rankings.
§ 117. Although the States are equals as International Persons, they are nevertheless not equals as regards rank. The differences as regards rank are recognised by International Law, but the legal equality of States within the Family of Nations is thereby as little affected as the legal equality of the citizens is[Pg 172] within a modern State where differences in rank and titles of the citizens are recognised by Municipal Law. The vote of a State of lower rank has legally as much weight as that of a State of higher rank. And the difference in rank nowadays no longer plays such an important part as in the past, when questions of etiquette gave occasion for much dispute. It was in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries that the rank of the different States was zealously discussed under the heading of droit de préséance or questions de préséance. The Congress at Vienna of 1815 intended to establish an order of precedence within the Family of Nations, but dropped this scheme on account of practical difficulties. Thus the matter is entirely based on custom, which recognises the following three rules:
§ 117. While the States are equal as international entities, they are not equal in terms of rank. International Law recognizes these rank differences, but this does not affect the legal equality of States within the Family of Nations, just as legal equality among citizens in a modern State remains intact despite recognized differences in rank and titles by Municipal Law. A vote from a lower-ranked State carries the same legal weight as that from a higher-ranked State. Nowadays, differences in rank are less significant than in the past, when issues of etiquette often led to disputes. In the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the rank of various States was fervently debated under the terms droit de préséance or questions de préséance. The Congress of Vienna in 1815 aimed to establish an order of precedence within the Family of Nations but abandoned this plan due to practical difficulties. Thus, the matter relies entirely on custom, which acknowledges the following three rules:
(1) The States are divided into two classes—namely, States with and States without royal honours. To the first class belong Empires, Kingdoms, Grand Duchies, and the great Republics such as France, the United States of America, Switzerland, the South American Republics, and others. All other States belong to the second class. The Holy See is treated as though it were a State with royal honours. States with royal honours have exclusively the right to send and receive diplomatic envoys of the first class[189]—namely, ambassadors; and their monarchs address one another as "brothers" in their official letters. States with royal honours always precede other States.
(1) The States are divided into two classes: those with royal honors and those without. The first class includes Empires, Kingdoms, Grand Duchies, and major Republics like France, the United States of America, Switzerland, the South American Republics, and others. All other States fall into the second class. The Holy See is considered a State with royal honors. States with royal honors have the exclusive right to send and receive first-class diplomatic envoys[189]—that is, ambassadors; and their monarchs refer to each other as "brothers" in their official letters. States with royal honors always take precedence over other States.
(2) Full-Sovereign States always precede those under suzerainty or protectorate.
(2) Fully sovereign states always come before those under suzerainty or a protectorate.
(3) Among themselves States of the same rank do not precede one another. Empires do not precede kingdoms, and since the time of Cromwell and the first French Republic monarchies do not precede republics. But the Roman Catholic States always concede precedence[Pg 173] to the Holy See, and the monarchs recognise among themselves a difference with regard to ceremonials between emperors and kings on the one hand, and, on the other, grand dukes and other monarchs.
(3) Among themselves, states of the same rank do not come before one another. Empires don't take precedence over kingdoms, and since the era of Cromwell and the early French Republic, monarchies don't come before republics. However, Roman Catholic states always give precedence[Pg 173] to the Holy See, and monarchs acknowledge a distinction in ceremonial matters between emperors and kings on one side, and grand dukes and other monarchs on the other.
The "Alternat."
The "Alternative."
§ 118. To avoid questions of precedence, on signing a treaty, States of the same rank observe a conventional usage which is called the "Alternat." According to that usage the signatures of the signatory States of a treaty alternate in a regular order or in one determined by lot, the representative of each State signing first the copy which belongs to his State. But sometimes that order is not observed, and the States sign either in the alphabetical order of their names in French or in no order at all (pêle-mêle).
§ 118. To avoid issues with who goes first when signing a treaty, States of the same rank follow a standard practice called the "Alternat." Under this practice, the signatures of the signatory States alternate in a regular order or in one decided by chance, with the representative of each State first signing the copy meant for their State. However, sometimes that order isn't followed, and the States sign either in alphabetical order based on their names in French or in no specific order at all (pêle-mêle).
Titles of States.
State Titles.
§ 119. At the present time, States, save in a few exceptional instances, have no titles, although formerly such titles did exist. Thus the former Republic of Venice as well as that of Genoa was addressed as "Serene Republic," and up to the present day the Republic of San Marino[190] is addressed as "Most Serene Republic." Nowadays the titles of the heads of monarchical States are in so far of importance to International Law as they are connected with the rank of the respective States. Since States are Sovereign, they can bestow any titles they like on their heads. Thus, according to the German Constitution of 1871, the Kings of Prussia have the title "German Emperor"; the Kings of England have since 1877 borne the title "Emperor of India"; the Prince of Servia assumed in 1881, that of Roumania in 1882, that of Bulgaria in 1908, and that of Montenegro in 1910, the title "King." But no foreign State is obliged to recognise such a new title, especially when a higher rank would accrue to the respective State in consequence of such a new title of its head. In practice such recognition will regularly be given when the new title really[Pg 174] corresponds with the size and the importance of the respective State.[191] Servia, Roumania, Bulgaria, and Montenegro had therefore no difficulty in obtaining recognition as kingdoms.
§ 119. Right now, most States don't have titles, except for a few unusual cases where they used to exist. For example, the former Republic of Venice and the Republic of Genoa were called "Serene Republic," and even today, the Republic of San Marino[190] is referred to as "Most Serene Republic." Nowadays, the titles of the heads of monarchical States matter in International Law primarily because they relate to the rank of their respective States. Since States are Sovereign, they can give any titles they want to their leaders. According to the German Constitution of 1871, the Kings of Prussia hold the title "German Emperor"; the Kings of England have held the title "Emperor of India" since 1877; the Prince of Serbia adopted the title in 1881, Romania in 1882, Bulgaria in 1908, and Montenegro in 1910, all assuming the title "King." However, no foreign State is required to recognize a new title, especially if it would elevate the rank of that State because of the leader's new title. In practice, such recognition is usually granted when the new title genuinely reflects the size and importance of the State in question.[Pg 174] Servia, Romania, Bulgaria, and Montenegro therefore had no trouble gaining recognition as kingdoms.
[191] History, however, reports several cases where recognition was withheld for a long time. Thus the title "Emperor of Russia," assumed by Peter the Great in 1701, was not recognised by France till 1745, by Spain till 1759, nor by Poland till 1764. And the Pope did not recognise the kingly title of Prussia, assumed in 1701, till 1786.
[191] However, history shows several instances where recognition was delayed for a long time. For example, the title "Emperor of Russia," taken by Peter the Great in 1701, wasn’t accepted by France until 1745, by Spain until 1759, and by Poland until 1764. Additionally, the Pope didn’t recognize the royal title of Prussia, adopted in 1701, until 1786.
With the titles of the heads of States are connected predicates. Emperors and Kings have the predicate "Majesty," Grand Dukes "Royal Highness," Dukes "Highness," other monarchs "Serene Highness." The Pope is addressed as "Holiness" (Sanctitas). Not to be confounded with these predicates, which are recognised by the Law of Nations, are predicates which originally were bestowed on monarchs by the Pope and which have no importance for the Law of Nations. Thus the Kings of France called themselves Rex Christianissimus or "First-born Son of the Church," the Kings of Spain have called themselves since 1496 Rex Catholicus, the Kings of England since 1521 Defensor Fidei, the Kings of Portugal since 1748 Rex Fidelissimus, the Kings of Hungary since 1758 Rex Apostolicus.
With the titles of heads of state come corresponding honorifics. Emperors and kings are referred to as "Majesty," grand dukes as "Royal Highness," dukes as "Highness," and other monarchs as "Serene Highness." The Pope is addressed as "Holiness" (Sanctitas). It's important to distinguish these titles, which are recognized by international law, from those originally given to monarchs by the Pope, which hold no significance in international law. For example, the kings of France referred to themselves as Rex Christianissimus or "First-born Son of the Church," the kings of Spain have called themselves Rex Catholicus since 1496, the kings of England have held the title Defensor Fidei since 1521, the kings of Portugal have been known as Rex Fidelissimus since 1748, and the kings of Hungary have referred to themselves as Rex Apostolicus since 1758.
III Dignity
Vattel, II. §§ 35-48—Lawrence, § 120—Phillimore, II. §§ 27-43—Halleck, I. pp. 124-142—Taylor, § 162—Wheaton, § 160—Bluntschli, §§ 82-83—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 32, 102, 103—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 64-69—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 279-284—Despagnet, Nos. 184-186—Moore, I. pp. 310-320—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 451-483—Rivier, I. pp. 260-262—Nys, II. pp. 212-214—Calvo, III. §§ 1300-1302—Fiore, I. Nos. 439-451—Martens, I. § 78.
Vattel, II. §§ 35-48—Lawrence, § 120—Phillimore, II. §§ 27-43—Halleck, I. pp. 124-142—Taylor, § 162—Wheaton, § 160—Bluntschli, §§ 82-83—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 32, 102, 103—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 64-69—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 279-284—Despagnet, Nos. 184-186—Moore, I. pp. 310-320—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 451-483—Rivier, I. pp. 260-262—Nys, II. pp. 212-214—Calvo, III. §§ 1300-1302—Fiore, I. Nos. 439-451—Martens, I. § 78.
Dignity a Quality.
Dignity is a quality.
§ 120. The majority of text-book writers maintain that there is a fundamental right of reputation and of good name belonging to every State. Such a right, however, does not exist, because no duty corresponding[Pg 175] to it can be traced within the Law of Nations. Indeed, the reputation of a State depends just as much upon behaviour as that of every citizen within its boundaries. A State which has a corrupt government and behaves unfairly and perfidiously in its intercourse with other States will be looked down upon and despised, whereas a State which has an uncorrupt government and behaves fairly and justly in its international dealings will be highly esteemed. No law can give a good name and reputation to a rogue, and the Law of Nations does not and cannot give a right to reputation and good name to such a State as has not acquired them through its attitude. There are some States—nomina sunt odiosa!—which indeed justly possess a bad reputation.
§ 120. Most textbook authors argue that there is a fundamental right to reputation and a good name for every state. However, such a right doesn't actually exist, since there’s no corresponding duty traced within the Law of Nations. In fact, a state's reputation is just as dependent on its behavior as the reputation of every citizen within its borders. A state with a corrupt government that acts unfairly and treacherously in its interactions with other states will be looked down upon and despised, while a state with an honest government that behaves fairly and justly in its international relations will be highly respected. No law can grant a good name and reputation to a rogue, and the Law of Nations does not and cannot provide a right to reputation and good name to a state that hasn’t earned them through its actions. There are some states—nomina sunt odiosa!—that truly deserve their bad reputation.
On the other hand, a State as a member of the Family of Nations possesses dignity as an International Person. Dignity is a quality recognised by other States, and it adheres to a State from the moment of its recognition till the moment of its extinction, whatever behaviour it displays. Just as the dignity of every citizen within a State commands a certain amount of consideration on the part of fellow-citizens, so the dignity of a State commands a certain amount of consideration on the part of other States, since otherwise the different States could not live peaceably in the community which is called the Family of Nations.
On the other hand, a State as a member of the Family of Nations has dignity as an International Person. Dignity is a quality recognized by other States, and it belongs to a State from the moment it is recognized until the moment it ceases to exist, regardless of its behavior. Just like the dignity of every citizen within a State deserves a certain level of respect from their fellow citizens, the dignity of a State deserves a certain level of respect from other States, because otherwise the different States wouldn't be able to coexist peacefully in the community known as the Family of Nations.
Consequences of the Dignity of States.
Consequences of the Dignity of States.
§ 121. Since dignity is a recognised quality of States as International Persons, all members of the Family of Nations grant reciprocally to one another by custom certain rights and ceremonial privileges. These are chiefly the rights to demand—that their heads shall not be libelled and slandered; that their heads and likewise their diplomatic envoys shall be granted exterritoriality and inviolability when abroad, and at home and abroad in the official intercourse with representatives of foreign States shall be granted certain[Pg 176] titles; that their men-of-war shall be granted exterritoriality when in foreign waters; that their symbols of authority, such as flags and coats of arms, shall not be made improper use of and not be treated with disrespect on the part of other States. Every State must not only itself comply with the duties corresponding to these rights of other States, but must also prevent its subjects from such acts as violate the dignity of foreign States, and must punish them for acts of that kind which it could not prevent. The Municipal Laws of all States must therefore provide for the punishment of those who commit offences against the dignity of foreign States,[192] and, if the Criminal Law of the land does not contain such provisions, it is no excuse for failure by the respective States to punish offenders. But it must be emphasised that a State must prevent and punish such acts only as really violate the dignity of a foreign State. Mere criticism of policy, historical verdicts concerning the attitude of States and their rulers, utterances of moral indignation condemning immoral acts of foreign Governments and their monarchs need neither be suppressed nor punished.
§ 121. Since dignity is an acknowledged quality of states as members of the international community, all nations mutually grant each other certain rights and ceremonial privileges by convention. These primarily include the right to demand that their leaders not be libeled or slandered; that their leaders and diplomatic envoys receive exterritoriality and inviolability when abroad; and that, in official interactions with representatives of foreign states, they be given certain titles. Additionally, their warships should be afforded exterritoriality in foreign waters; their symbols of authority, such as flags and coats of arms, should not be misused or disrespected by other states. Each state must not only comply with the duties corresponding to these rights of other states but also prevent its citizens from actions that violate the dignity of foreign states and must punish them for such acts that it could not prevent. The domestic laws of all states must therefore include provisions to punish those who offend the dignity of foreign states,[192] and if local criminal law lacks such provisions, that is not a valid excuse for the respective states to not punish offenders. However, it should be emphasized that a state should only prevent and punish acts that genuinely violate the dignity of a foreign state. Simple criticism of policies, historical assessments of the behavior of states and their leaders, or expressions of moral outrage against immoral actions by foreign governments and their monarchs do not need to be silenced or punished.
[192] According to the Criminal Law of England, "every one is guilty of a misdemeanour who publishes any libel tending to degrade, revile, or expose to hatred and contempt any foreign prince or potentate, ambassador or other foreign dignitary, with the intent to disturb peace and friendship between the United Kingdom and the country to which any such person belongs." See Stephen, "A Digest of the Criminal Law," article 91.
[192] According to the Criminal Law of England, "anyone is guilty of a misdemeanor who publishes any libel aimed at degrading, insulting, or inciting hatred and contempt against any foreign prince, ruler, ambassador, or other foreign official, with the intent to disturb the peace and friendship between the United Kingdom and the country to which that person belongs." See Stephen, "A Digest of the Criminal Law," article 91.
Maritime Ceremonials.
Maritime Ceremonies.
§ 122. Connected with the dignity of States are the maritime ceremonials between vessels and between vessels and forts which belong to different States. In former times discord and jealousy existed between the States regarding such ceremonials, since they were looked upon as means of keeping up the superiority of one State over another. Nowadays, so far as the Open Sea is concerned, they are considered as mere acts of courtesy recognising the dignity of States. They are[Pg 177] the outcome of international usages, and not of International Law, in honour of the national flags. They are carried out by dipping flags or striking sails or firing guns.[193] But so far as the territorial maritime belt is concerned, littoral States can make laws concerning maritime ceremonials to be observed by foreign merchantmen.[194]
§ 122. Connected to the dignity of States are the maritime ceremonies between vessels and between vessels and forts that belong to different States. In the past, there was conflict and jealousy among the States regarding these ceremonies, as they were seen as ways to maintain the superiority of one State over another. Nowadays, in terms of the Open Sea, they are viewed simply as acts of courtesy that acknowledge the dignity of States. They are the result of international customs, not International Law, honoring the national flags. These acts are performed by dipping flags, striking sails, or firing guns.[193] However, concerning the territorial maritime belt, coastal States can establish laws regarding the maritime ceremonies to be followed by foreign merchant ships.[194]
IV INDEPENDENCE AND TERRITORIAL AND PERSONAL SOVEREIGNTY
Vattel, I. Préliminaires, §§ 15-17—Hall, § 10—Westlake, I. pp. 308-312—Lawrence, §§ 58-61—Phillimore, I. §§ 144-149—Twiss, I. § 20—Halleck, I. pp. 93-113—Taylor, § 160—Wheaton, §§ 72-75—Bluntschli, §§ 64-69—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 29 and 31—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 36-60—Gareis, §§ 25-26—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 253-271—Despagnet, Nos. 187-189—Mérignhac, I. pp. 233-383—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 287-332—Rivier, I. § 21—Nys, II. pp. 182-184—Calvo, I. §§ 107-109—Fiore, I. Nos. 372-427, and Code, Nos. 180-387—Martens, I. §§ 74 and 75—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 86-106.
Vattel, I. Préliminaires, §§ 15-17—Hall, § 10—Westlake, I. pp. 308-312—Lawrence, §§ 58-61—Phillimore, I. §§ 144-149—Twiss, I. § 20—Halleck, I. pp. 93-113—Taylor, § 160—Wheaton, §§ 72-75—Bluntschli, §§ 64-69—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 29 and 31—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 36-60—Gareis, §§ 25-26—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 253-271—Despagnet, Nos. 187-189—Mérignhac, I. pp. 233-383—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 287-332—Rivier, I. § 21—Nys, II. pp. 182-184—Calvo, I. §§ 107-109—Fiore, I. Nos. 372-427, and Code, Nos. 180-387—Martens, I. §§ 74 and 75—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 86-106.
Independence and Territorial as well as Personal Supremacy as Aspects of Sovereignty.
Independence and both Territorial and Personal Authority as Aspects of Sovereignty.
§ 123. Sovereignty as supreme authority, which is independent of any other earthly authority, may be said to have different aspects. As excluding dependence from any other authority, and in especial from the authority of another State, sovereignty is independence. It is external independence with regard to the liberty of action outside its borders in the intercourse with other States which a State enjoys. It is internal independence with regard to the liberty of action of a State inside its borders. As comprising the power of a State to exercise supreme authority over all persons and things within its territory, sovereignty is territorial supremacy. As comprising the power of a State to exercise supreme authority over its citizens at home and abroad, sovereignty is personal supremacy.[Pg 178]
§ 123. Sovereignty as the highest authority, independent of any other earthly authority, can be viewed in different ways. As it excludes dependence on any other authority, especially that of another State, sovereignty is independence. It represents external independence regarding the freedom of action a State has in its interactions with other States beyond its borders. It also signifies internal independence regarding the freedom of action a State has within its own borders. As it includes the power of a State to exercise supreme authority over all people and things within its territory, sovereignty is territorial supremacy. As it encompasses the power of a State to exert supreme authority over its citizens both at home and abroad, sovereignty is personal supremacy.[Pg 178]
For these reasons a State as an International Person possesses independence and territorial and personal supremacy. These three qualities are nothing else than three aspects of the very same sovereignty of a State, and there is no sharp boundary line between them. The distinction is apparent and useful, although internal independence is nothing else than sovereignty comprising territorial supremacy, but viewed from a different point of view.
For these reasons, a state as an international entity has independence, territorial control, and personal authority. These three qualities are just different aspects of the same sovereignty of a state, and there's no clear line separating them. The distinction is clear and helpful, although internal independence is simply sovereignty that includes territorial control, but looks at it from a different perspective.
Consequences of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy.
Consequences of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy.
§ 124. Independence and territorial as well as personal supremacy are not rights, but recognised and therefore protected qualities of States as International Persons. The protection granted to these qualities by the Law of Nations finds its expression in the right of every State to demand that other States abstain themselves, and prevent their agents and subjects, from committing any act which contains a violation of its independence and its territorial as well as personal supremacy.
§ 124. Independence and both territorial and personal authority are not rights; they are recognized and therefore protected attributes of States as International Persons. The protection provided to these attributes by International Law is expressed in the right of every State to demand that other States refrain from allowing their agents and citizens to commit any act that violates its independence and territorial as well as personal authority.
In consequence of its external independence, a State can manage its international affairs according to discretion, especially enter into alliances and conclude other treaties, send and receive diplomatic envoys, acquire and cede territory, make war and peace.
As a result of its external independence, a state can handle its international relations as it sees fit, particularly forming alliances and making other treaties, sending and receiving diplomats, acquiring and giving up territory, and declaring war or peace.
In consequence of its internal independence and territorial supremacy, a State can adopt any Constitution it likes, arrange its administration in a way it thinks fit, make use of legislature as it pleases, organise its forces on land and sea, build and pull down fortresses, adopt any commercial policy it likes, and so on. According to the rule, quidquid est in territorio est etiam de territorio, all individuals and all property within the territory of a State are under the latter's dominion and sway, and even foreign individuals and property fall at once under the territorial supremacy of a State when they cross its frontier. Aliens[Pg 179] residing in a State can therefore be compelled to pay rates and taxes, and to serve in the police under the same conditions as citizens for the purpose of maintaining order and safety. But aliens may be expelled, or not received at all. On the other hand, hospitality may be granted to them whatever act they have committed abroad, provided they abstain from making the hospitable territory the basis for attempts against a foreign State. And a State can through naturalisation adopt foreign subjects residing on its territory without the consent of the home State, provided the individuals themselves give their consent.
Because of its internal independence and territorial authority, a State can choose any Constitution it wants, organize its administration as it sees fit, use its legislature however it pleases, build and dismantle fortifications, adopt any trade policy it prefers, and so on. As per the rule, quidquid est in territorio est etiam de territorio, all individuals and all property within a State's territory are under its control and influence, and even foreign individuals and property come under the State's authority as soon as they cross its borders. Foreigners residing in a State can therefore be required to pay taxes and serve in the police under the same conditions as citizens to help maintain order and safety. However, foreigners can be expelled or not allowed entry at all. On the other hand, they may be granted hospitality regardless of what acts they have committed abroad, as long as they do not use the host territory to launch attacks against another State. Furthermore, a State can grant citizenship to foreign subjects living within its territory without needing consent from their home country, as long as the individuals themselves agree to it.
In consequence of its personal supremacy, a State can treat its subjects according to discretion, and it retains its power even over such subjects as emigrate without thereby losing their citizenship. A State may therefore command its citizens abroad to come home and fulfil their military service, may require them to pay rates and taxes for the support of the home finances, may ask them to comply with certain conditions in case they desire marriages concluded abroad or wills made abroad recognised by the home authorities, can punish them on their return for crimes they have committed abroad.
Due to its authority, a state can treat its citizens as it sees fit, retaining power even over those who emigrate without losing their citizenship. A state can therefore order its citizens living abroad to return home and complete their military service, require them to pay taxes to support the government, ask them to meet certain conditions if they want marriages or wills made abroad to be recognized by the home authorities, and can punish them upon their return for any crimes they committed while abroad.
Violations of Independence and Territorial and Personal Supremacy.
Violations of Independence and Territorial and Personal Authority.
§ 125. The duty of every State itself to abstain and to prevent its agents and subjects from any act which contains a violation[195] of another State's independence or territorial and personal supremacy is correlative to the respective right of the other State. It is impossible to enumerate all such actions as might contain a violation of this duty. But it is of value to give some illustrative examples. Thus, in the interest of the independence of other States, a State is not allowed to interfere in the management of their international affairs nor to prevent them from doing or to compel them[Pg 180] to do certain acts in their international intercourse. Further, in the interest of the territorial supremacy of other States, a State is not allowed to send its troops, its men-of-war, or its police forces into or through foreign territory, or to exercise an act of administration or jurisdiction on foreign territory, without permission.[196] Again, in the interest of the personal supremacy of other States, a State is not allowed to naturalise aliens residing on its territory without their consent,[197] nor to prevent them from returning home for the purpose of fulfilling military service or from paying rates and taxes to their home State, nor to incite citizens of foreign States to emigration.
§ 125. Every State has a duty to refrain from and prevent its agents and citizens from any actions that violate[195] another State's independence or its territorial and personal rights. This duty is directly related to the rights of the other State. It’s impossible to list every possible action that could violate this duty, but it helps to provide some examples. For one, to respect the independence of other States, a State cannot interfere with their international affairs, nor can it prevent them from taking certain actions in their international relations or force them to act in certain ways. Additionally, to uphold the territorial rights of other States, a State cannot send its troops, naval ships, or police forces into or through foreign territory, nor can it exercise administrative or legal authority on foreign land without permission.[196] Furthermore, to respect the personal rights of other States, a State cannot grant citizenship to foreign nationals living within its borders without their consent,[197] nor can it stop them from going home to serve in the military or from paying taxes to their home country, or encourage citizens of other States to emigrate.
[196] But neighbouring States very often give such permission to one another. Switzerland, for instance, allows German Custom House officers to be stationed on two railway stations of Basle for the purpose of examining the luggage of travellers from Basle to Germany.
[196] But neighboring states often allow each other this kind of permission. For example, Switzerland lets German customs officers be stationed at two train stations in Basel to check the luggage of travelers going from Basel to Germany.
Restrictions upon Independence.
Limits on Independence.
§ 126. Independence is not boundless liberty of a State to do what it likes without any restriction whatever. The mere fact that a State is a member of the Family of Nations restricts its liberty of action with regard to other States because it is bound not to intervene in the affairs of other States. And it is generally admitted that a State can through conventions, such as a treaty of alliance or neutrality and the like, enter into many obligations which hamper it more or less in the management of its international affairs. Independence is a question of degree, and it is therefore also a question of degree whether the independence of a State is destroyed or not by certain restrictions. Thus it is generally admitted that States under suzerainty or under protectorate are so much restricted that they are not fully independent, but half-Sovereign. And the same is the case with the member-States of a Federal State which are part-Sovereign. On the other hand, the[Pg 181] restriction connected with the neutralisation of States does not, according to the correct opinion,[198] destroy their independence, although they cannot make war except in self-defence, cannot conclude alliances, and are in other ways hampered in their liberty of action.
§ 126. Independence doesn't mean a State has unlimited freedom to act without any restrictions. The fact that a State is part of the Family of Nations limits its ability to act concerning other States because it must avoid interfering in their affairs. It's widely accepted that a State can enter into various agreements, like treaties of alliance or neutrality, that can constrain its ability to manage international relations. Independence is a matter of degree, so whether a State's independence is compromised by certain restrictions is also a matter of degree. For example, it is generally agreed that States under suzerainty or protectorate are so limited that they are not fully independent but rather semi-sovereign. The same applies to member-States of a Federal State, which hold partial sovereignty. Conversely, the restrictions that come with the neutralization of States do not, according to the prevailing view,[198] destroy their independence, even though they cannot go to war except in self-defense, cannot form alliances, and face other limitations in their ability to act.
From a political and a legal point of view it is of great importance that the States imposing and those accepting restrictions upon independence should be clear in their intentions. For the question may arise whether these restrictions make the respective State a dependent one.
From a political and legal perspective, it's really important that the States imposing and accepting restrictions on independence are clear about their intentions. The question could come up as to whether these restrictions make the respective State dependent.
Thus through article 4 of the Convention of London of 1884 between Great Britain and the former South African Republic stipulating that the latter should not conclude any treaty with any foreign State, the Orange Free State excepted, without approval on the part of Great Britain, the Republic was so much restricted that Great Britain considered herself justified in defending the opinion that the Republic was not an independent State, although the Republic itself and many writers were of a different opinion.[199]
Thus, according to Article 4 of the 1884 Convention of London between Great Britain and the former South African Republic, which stated that the latter couldn’t sign any treaty with any foreign state— except for the Orange Free State—without Great Britain's approval, the Republic was so limited that Great Britain felt justified in asserting that the Republic was not an independent state, even though the Republic itself and many writers disagreed. [199]
[199] It is of interest to state the fact that, before the last phase of the conflict between Great Britain and the Republic, influential Continental writers stated the suzerainty of Great Britain over the Republic. See Rivier, I. p. 89, and Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. p. 115.
[199] It's worth noting that, before the final stage of the conflict between Great Britain and the Republic, notable Continental writers acknowledged Great Britain's control over the Republic. See Rivier, I. p. 89, and Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. p. 115.
Thus, to give another example, through article 1 of the Treaty of Havana[200] of May 22, 1903, between the United States of America and Cuba, stipulating that Cuba shall never enter into any such treaty with a foreign Power as will impair, or tend to impair, the independence of Cuba, and shall abstain from other acts, the Republic of Cuba is so much restricted that some writers maintain—wrongly, I believe—that Cuba is under an American protectorate and only a half-Sovereign State.
Thus, to give another example, through Article 1 of the Treaty of Havana[200] of May 22, 1903, between the United States and Cuba, it is stated that Cuba shall never enter into any treaty with a foreign power that would undermine its independence and must avoid other actions as well. Because of this, some writers—incorrectly, I believe—argue that Cuba is under American protection and is only half a sovereign state.
Again, the Republic of Panama is, by the Treaty of Washington[201] of 1904, likewise burdened with some restrictions in favour of the United States, but here, too, it would be wrong to maintain that Panama is under an American protectorate.
Again, the Republic of Panama is, by the Treaty of Washington[201] of 1904, also subject to certain restrictions in favor of the United States, but it would still be incorrect to assert that Panama is under American protection.
Restrictions upon Territorial Supremacy.
Limits on Territorial Dominance.
§ 127. Just like independence, territorial supremacy does not give a boundless liberty of action. Thus, by customary International Law every State has a right to demand that its merchantmen can pass through the maritime belt of other States. Thus, further, navigation on so-called international rivers in Europe must be open to merchantmen of all States. Thus, thirdly, foreign monarchs and envoys, foreign men-of-war, and foreign armed forces must be granted exterritoriality. Thus, fourthly, through the right of protection over citizens abroad which is held by every State according to customary International Law, a State cannot treat foreign citizens passing through or residing on its territory arbitrarily according to discretion as it might treat its own subjects; it cannot, for instance, compel them to serve[202] in its army or navy. Thus, to give another and fifth example, a State, in spite of its territorial supremacy, is not allowed to alter the natural conditions of its own territory to the disadvantage of the natural conditions of the territory of a neighbouring State—for instance, to stop or to divert the flow of a river which runs from its own into neighbouring territory.[203]
§ 127. Similar to independence, territorial authority does not provide unlimited freedom of action. Therefore, under customary International Law, every State has the right to ensure that its merchant ships can pass through the maritime zones of other States. Furthermore, navigation on so-called international rivers in Europe must be accessible to merchant ships from all States. Additionally, foreign monarchs and envoys, foreign warships, and foreign armed forces must be granted extraterritorial rights. Moreover, through the right of protection over citizens abroad, which every State holds according to customary International Law, a State cannot arbitrarily treat foreign citizens passing through or living on its territory as it may treat its own citizens; for example, it cannot force them to serve[202] in its army or navy. Finally, to give another example, a State, despite its territorial authority, cannot change the natural conditions of its own territory to the detriment of neighboring States—such as stopping or redirecting the flow of a river that runs from its territory into that of a neighboring State.[203]
[202] Great Britain would seem to uphold an exception to this rule, for Lord Reay, one of her delegates, declared—see "Deuxième Conférence Internationale de la Paix, Actes et Documents," vol. III. p. 41—the following at the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907: "Nous reconnaissons qu'en règle générale le neutre est exempt de tout service militaire dans l'Etat où il réside. Cependant dans les colonies britanniques et, dans une certaine mesure, dans tous les pays en voie de formation, la situation est tout autre et la population toute entière, sans distinction de nationalité, peut être appelée sous les armes pour défendre leurs foyers menacés."
[202] Great Britain seems to be an exception to this rule, as Lord Reay, one of its delegates, stated—see "Deuxième Conférence Internationale de la Paix, Actes et Documents," vol. III. p. 41—at the second Hague Peace Conference in 1907: "We recognize that, as a general rule, a neutral is exempt from any military service in the state where they reside. However, in British colonies and, to some extent, in all countries undergoing formation, the situation is quite different, and the entire population, regardless of nationality, can be called to arms to defend their threatened homes."
In contradistinction to these restrictions by the customary Law of Nations, a State can through treaties[Pg 183] enter into obligations of many a kind without thereby losing its internal independence and territorial supremacy. Thus France by three consecutive treaties of peace—namely, that of Utrecht of 1713, that of Aix-la-Chapelle of 1748, and that of Paris of 1763—entered into the obligation to pull down and not to rebuild the fortifications of Dunkirk.[204] Napoleon I. imposed by the Peace Treaty of Tilsit of 1807 upon Prussia the restriction not to keep more than 42,000 men under arms. Again, article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878 imposed upon Montenegro the restriction not to possess a navy.[205] There is hardly a State in existence which is not in one point or another restricted in its territorial supremacy by treaties with foreign Powers.
In contrast to these limitations imposed by the customary Law of Nations, a State can create various obligations through treaties[Pg 183] without losing its internal independence and territorial authority. For example, France, through three consecutive peace treaties—specifically, the Treaty of Utrecht in 1713, the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748, and the Treaty of Paris in 1763—committed to dismantling and not rebuilding the fortifications of Dunkirk.[204] Napoleon I imposed a restriction on Prussia by the Peace Treaty of Tilsit in 1807, limiting its military to no more than 42,000 men. Similarly, Article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin in 1878 restricted Montenegro from having a navy.[205] There is hardly a State that isn't limited in its territorial authority by treaties with foreign Powers.
Restrictions upon Personal Supremacy.
Limits on Personal Power.
§ 128. Personal Supremacy does not give a boundless liberty of action either. Although the citizens of a State remain under its power when abroad, such State is restricted in the exercise of this power with regard to all those matters in which the foreign State on whose territory these citizens reside is competent in consequence of its territorial supremacy. The duty to respect the territorial supremacy of a foreign State must prevent a State from doing all acts which, although they are according to its personal supremacy within its competence, would violate the territorial supremacy of this foreign State. Thus, for instance, a State is prevented from requiring such acts from its citizens abroad as are forbidden to them by the Municipal Law of the land in which they reside.
§ 128. Personal Supremacy doesn’t provide unlimited freedom of action either. While citizens of a State remain under its authority when they are abroad, that State is limited in how it can exercise this authority concerning matters where the foreign State, where these citizens are located, has jurisdiction based on its territorial supremacy. The obligation to respect the territorial supremacy of a foreign State means that a State cannot perform actions that, although they are within its personal supremacy, would infringe upon the territorial supremacy of the foreign State. For example, a State cannot require its citizens abroad to do things that are prohibited by the local laws of the country where they are living.
But a State may also by treaty obligation be for some parts restricted in the liberty of action with regard to its citizens. Thus articles 5, 25, 35, and 44 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878 restrict the personal supremacy of Bulgaria, Montenegro, Servia, and Roumania[Pg 184] in so far as these States are thereby obliged not to impose any religious disabilities on any of their subjects.[206]
But a state may also be restricted in its ability to act regarding its citizens because of treaty obligations. For example, articles 5, 25, 35, and 44 of the Treaty of Berlin from 1878 limit the personal authority of Bulgaria, Montenegro, Serbia, and Romania in that these states are obligated not to impose any religious restrictions on their subjects.[Pg 184][206]
V Self-Preservation
Vattel, II. §§ 49-53—Hall, §§ 8, 83-86—Westlake, I. pp. 296-304—Phillimore, I. §§ 210-220—Twiss, I. §§ 106-112—Halleck, I. pp. 93-113—Taylor, §§ 401-409—Wheaton, §§ 61-62—Moore, II. §§ 215-219—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, § 30—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 51-56—Gareis, § 25—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 242-252—Despagnet, Nos. 172-175—Mérignhac, I. pp. 239-245—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 211-286—Rivier, I. § 20—Nys, II. pp. 178-181—Calvo, I. §§ 208-209—Fiore, I. Nos. 452-466—Martens, I. § 73—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 110-125.
Vattel, II. §§ 49-53—Hall, §§ 8, 83-86—Westlake, I. pp. 296-304—Phillimore, I. §§ 210-220—Twiss, I. §§ 106-112—Halleck, I. pp. 93-113—Taylor, §§ 401-409—Wheaton, §§ 61-62—Moore, II. §§ 215-219—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, § 30—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 51-56—Gareis, § 25—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 242-252—Despagnet, Nos. 172-175—Mérignhac, I. pp. 239-245—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 211-286—Rivier, I. § 20—Nys, II. pp. 178-181—Calvo, I. §§ 208-209—Fiore, I. Nos. 452-466—Martens, I. § 73—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 110-125.
Self-preservation an excuse for violations.
Self-preservation is an excuse for violations.
§ 129. From the earliest time of the existence of the Law of Nations self-preservation was considered sufficient justification for many acts of a State which violate other States. Although, as a rule, all States have mutually to respect one another's Personality and are therefore bound not to violate one another, as an exception, certain violations of another State committed by a State for the purpose of self-preservation are not prohibited by the Law of Nations. Thus, self-preservation is a factor of great importance for the position of the States within the Family of Nations, and most writers maintain that every State has a fundamental right of self-preservation.[207] But nothing of the kind is actually the case, if the real facts of the law are taken into consideration. If every State really had a right of self-preservation, all the States would have the duty to admit, suffer, and endure every violation done to one another in self-preservation. But such duty does not exist. On the contrary, although[Pg 185] self-preservation is in certain cases an excuse recognised by International Law, no State is obliged patiently to submit to violations done to it by such other State as acts in self-preservation, but can repulse them. It is a fact that in certain cases violations committed in self-preservation are not prohibited by the Law of Nations. But, nevertheless, they remain violations and can therefore be repulsed. Self-preservation is consequently an excuse, because violations of other States are in certain exceptional cases not prohibited when they are committed for the purpose and in the interest of self-preservation, although they need not patiently be suffered and endured by the States concerned.
§ 129. From the earliest days of the Law of Nations, self-preservation has been seen as a valid reason for many actions by a State that infringe on the rights of other States. While, generally, all States are expected to respect each other's sovereignty and refrain from violations, there are exceptions where a State’s actions, taken in self-preservation, aren’t forbidden by the Law of Nations. Thus, self-preservation plays a significant role in the relationships among States in the Family of Nations, and many scholars argue that every State has a fundamental right to self-preservation.[207] However, this is not entirely accurate when the actual legal facts are considered. If every State truly had a right to self-preservation, it would imply that all States must tolerate and accept violations committed against them in the name of self-preservation. But such an obligation does not exist. On the contrary, while self-preservation can sometimes be an accepted excuse under International Law, no State is required to passively endure violations inflicted by another State acting in self-preservation; they can defend themselves. It is true that in specific situations, violations carried out in the name of self-preservation are not prohibited by the Law of Nations. Nonetheless, they are still violations and can be resisted. Self-preservation is therefore a defense, as violations of other States are not prohibited in certain exceptional situations when they are made with self-preservation in mind, although the affected States do not have to tolerate such actions.
[207] This right was formerly frequently called droit de convenance, and was said to exist in the right of every State to act in favour of its interests in case of a conflict between its own and the interests of another State. See Heffter, § 26.
[207] This right was previously often referred to as droit de convenance, and it was understood to mean that every State has the right to act in its own interest when there's a conflict between its own interests and those of another State. See Heffter, § 26.
What acts of self-preservation are excused.
What acts of self-preservation are justified.
§ 130. It is frequently maintained that every violation is excused so long as it was caused by the motive of self-preservation, but it becomes more and more recognised that violations of other States in the interest of self-preservation are excused in cases of necessity only. Such acts of violence in the interest of self-preservation are exclusively excused as are necessary in self-defence, because otherwise the acting State would have to suffer or have to continue to suffer a violation against itself. If an imminent violation or the continuation of an already commenced violation can be prevented and redressed otherwise than by a violation of another State on the part of the endangered State, this latter violation is not necessary, and therefore not excused and justified. When, to give an example, a State is informed that on neighbouring territory a body of armed men is being organised for the purpose of a raid into its own territory, and when the danger can be removed through an appeal to the authorities of the neighbouring country, no case of necessity has arisen. But if such an appeal is fruitless or not possible, or if there is danger in delay, a case of necessity arises and the threatened State is justified in invading[Pg 186] the neighbouring country and disarming the intending raiders.
§ 130. It's often argued that any violation is excused as long as it's driven by the need for self-preservation, but it's increasingly accepted that violations of other states for self-preservation are only justified in cases of necessity. Such violent acts undertaken for self-preservation are only excused when they are essential for self-defense, because otherwise the acting state would have to endure or continue to endure a violation against itself. If an imminent violation or the continuation of an ongoing violation can be prevented and addressed through means other than violating another state by the endangered state, then that latter violation is not necessary and therefore not excused or justified. For example, if a state learns that armed groups are being assembled in neighboring territory to raid its own land, and the threat can be removed by appealing to the authorities of that neighboring country, then no case of necessity exists. However, if such an appeal is ineffective or impossible, or if there's a risk in delaying action, then a case of necessity arises, and the threatened state is justified in invading[Pg 186] the neighboring country to disarm the potential raiders.
The reason of the thing, of course, makes it necessary for every State to judge for itself when it considers a case of necessity has arisen, and it is therefore impossible to lay down a hard-and-fast rule regarding the question when a State can or cannot have recourse to self-help which violates another State. Everything depends upon the circumstances and conditions of the special case, and it is therefore of value to give some historical examples.
The reason for this makes it essential for each state to determine for itself when it believes a situation of necessity has come up. Therefore, it's impossible to establish a strict rule about when a state can or cannot resort to self-defense that infringes on another state. Everything relies on the specifics and conditions of the individual case, so it's useful to provide some historical examples.
Case of the Danish Fleet (1807).
Case of the Danish Fleet (1807).
§ 131. After the Peace of Tilsit of 1807 the British Government[208] was cognisant of the provision of some secret articles of this treaty that France should be at liberty to seize the Danish fleet and to make use of it against Great Britain. This plan, when carried out, would have endangered the position of Great Britain, which was then waging war against France. As Denmark was not capable of defending herself against an attack of the French army in North Germany under Bernadotte and Davoust, who had orders to invade Denmark, the British Government requested Denmark to deliver up her fleet to the custody of Great Britain, and promised to restore it after the war. And at the same time the means of defence against French invasion and a guaranty of her whole possessions were offered to Denmark by England. The latter, however, refused to comply with the British demands, whereupon the British considered a case of necessity in self-preservation had arisen, shelled Copenhagen, and seized the Danish fleet.
§ 131. After the Peace of Tilsit in 1807, the British Government[208] was aware of some secret articles in this treaty that allowed France to take control of the Danish fleet and use it against Great Britain. If this plan had been executed, it would have put Great Britain in a dangerous position while it was fighting against France. Since Denmark was unable to defend itself against an attack from the French army in North Germany led by Bernadotte and Davoust, who were ordered to invade Denmark, the British Government asked Denmark to hand over its fleet for safekeeping, promising to return it after the war. Simultaneously, England offered Denmark defense against the French invasion and a guarantee of its entire territory. However, Denmark rejected the British demands, leading the British to feel that a situation of necessity for self-preservation had arisen, resulting in the shelling of Copenhagen and the seizure of the Danish fleet.
Case of Amelia Island.
Amelia Island case.
§ 132. "Amelia Island, at the mouth of St. Mary's River, and at that time in Spanish territory, was seized in 1817 by a band of buccaneers, under the direction of an adventurer named McGregor, who in the name[Pg 187] of the insurgent colonies of Buenos Ayres and Venezuela preyed indiscriminately on the commerce of Spain and of the United States. The Spanish Government not being able or willing to drive them off, and the nuisance being one which required immediate action, President Monroe called his Cabinet together in October 1817, and directed that a vessel of war should proceed to the island and expel the marauders, destroying their works and vessels."[209]
§ 132. "Amelia Island, located at the mouth of the St. Mary's River and at that time part of Spanish territory, was taken over in 1817 by a group of pirates led by an adventurer named McGregor. They operated under the banner of the rebel colonies of Buenos Ayres and Venezuela, attacking the trade of both Spain and the United States without discrimination. Since the Spanish Government was unable or unwilling to remove them, and the issue required urgent action, President Monroe gathered his Cabinet in October 1817 and ordered a warship to go to the island and drive the marauders out, destroying their camps and ships."[Pg 187][209]
Case of the Caroline.
Case of the *Caroline*.
§ 133. In 1837, during the Canadian rebellion, several hundreds of insurgents got hold of an island in the river Niagara, on the territory of the United States, and with the help of American subjects equipped a boat called the Caroline, with the purpose of crossing into Canadian territory and bringing material help to the insurgents. The Canadian Government, timely informed of the imminent danger, sent a British force over into the American territory, which obtained possession of the Caroline, seized her arms, and then sent her adrift down the falls of the Niagara. The United States complained of this British violation of her territorial supremacy, but Great Britain was in a position to prove that her act was necessary in self-preservation, since there was not sufficient time to prevent the imminent invasion of her territory through application to the United States Government.[210]
§ 133. In 1837, during the Canadian rebellion, several hundred rebels took control of an island in the Niagara River, which is part of the United States, and with the help of American supporters, equipped a boat named the Caroline to cross into Canadian territory and provide support to the insurgents. The Canadian Government, alerted to the imminent threat, sent a British force into American territory, which seized the Caroline, confiscated its weapons, and then sent it drifting down the Niagara Falls. The United States protested this British violation of its territorial sovereignty, but Great Britain argued that its actions were necessary for self-defense since there wasn't enough time to prevent the impending invasion by appealing to the U.S. Government.[210]
[210] See Wharton, I. § 50 c, Moore, II. § 217, and Hall, § 84. With the case of the Caroline is connected the case of Macleod, which will be discussed below, § 446. Hall (§ 86), Martens (I. § 73), and others quote also the case of the Virginius (1873) as an example of necessity of self-preservation, but it seems that the Spanish Government did not plead self-preservation but piracy as justification of the capture of the vessel (see Moore, II. § 309, pp. 895-903). That a vessel sailing under another State's flag can nevertheless be seized on the high seas in case she is sailing to a port of the capturing State for the purpose of an invasion or bringing material help to insurgents, there is no doubt. No better case of necessity of self-preservation could be given, since the danger is imminent and can be frustrated only by capture of the vessel.[Pg 188]
[210] See Wharton, I. § 50 c, Moore, II. § 217, and Hall, § 84. The case of the Caroline is linked to the case of Macleod, which will be discussed below, § 446. Hall (§ 86), Martens (I. § 73), and others also mention the case of the Virginius (1873) as an example of the necessity of self-preservation, but it appears that the Spanish Government did not argue self-preservation but piracy as the reason for capturing the vessel (see Moore, II. § 309, pp. 895-903). There is no doubt that a vessel sailing under another state’s flag can still be seized on the high seas if it's headed to a port of the capturing state to invade or provide support to insurgents. This represents a clear case of self-preservation necessity, as the threat is immediate and can only be averted by capturing the vessel.[Pg 188]
VI Intervention
Vattel, II. §§ 54-62—Hall, §§ 88-95—Westlake, I. pp. 304-308—Lawrence, §§ 62-70—Phillimore, I. §§ 390-415A—Halleck, I. pp. 94-109—Taylor, §§ 410-430—Walker, § 7—Wharton, I. §§ 45-72—Moore, VI. §§ 897-926—Wheaton, §§ 63-71—Bluntschli, §§ 474-480—Hartmann, § 17—Heffter, §§ 44-46—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 131-168—Gareis, § 26—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, §§ 163-164—Bonfils, Nos. 295-323—Despagnet, Nos. 193-216—Mérignhac, I. pp. 284-310—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 354-441—Rivier, I. § 31—Nys, II. pp. 185-193, 200-205—Calvo, I. §§ 110-206—Fiore, I. Nos. 561-608, and Code, Nos. 543-557—Martens, I. § 76—Bernard, "On the Principle of non-Intervention" (1860)—Hautefeuille, "Le principe de non-intervention" (1863)—Stapleton, "Intervention and Non-intervention, or the Foreign Policy of Great Britain from 1790 to 1865" (1866)—Geffcken, "Das Recht der Intervention" (1887)—Kebedgy, "De l'intervention" (1890)—Floecker, "De l'intervention en droit international" (1896)—Drago, "Cobro coercitivo de deudas publicas" (1906)—Moulin, "La doctrine de Drago" (1908).
Vattel, II. §§ 54-62—Hall, §§ 88-95—Westlake, I. pp. 304-308—Lawrence, §§ 62-70—Phillimore, I. §§ 390-415A—Halleck, I. pp. 94-109—Taylor, §§ 410-430—Walker, § 7—Wharton, I. §§ 45-72—Moore, VI. §§ 897-926—Wheaton, §§ 63-71—Bluntschli, §§ 474-480—Hartmann, § 17—Heffter, §§ 44-46—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 131-168—Gareis, § 26—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, §§ 163-164—Bonfils, Nos. 295-323—Despagnet, Nos. 193-216—Mérignhac, I. pp. 284-310—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 354-441—Rivier, I. § 31—Nys, II. pp. 185-193, 200-205—Calvo, I. §§ 110-206—Fiore, I. Nos. 561-608, and Code, Nos. 543-557—Martens, I. § 76—Bernard, "On the Principle of Non-Intervention" (1860)—Hautefeuille, "The Principle of Non-Intervention" (1863)—Stapleton, "Intervention and Non-Intervention, or the Foreign Policy of Great Britain from 1790 to 1865" (1866)—Geffcken, "The Right of Intervention" (1887)—Kebedgy, "On Intervention" (1890)—Floecker, "On Intervention in International Law" (1896)—Drago, "Coercive Collection of Public Debts" (1906)—Moulin, "The Doctrine of Drago" (1908).
Conception and character of Intervention.
Intervention concept and character.
§ 134. Intervention is dictatorial interference by a State in the affairs of another State for the purpose of maintaining or altering the actual condition of things. Such intervention can take place by right or without a right, but it always concerns the external independence or the territorial or personal supremacy of the respective State, and the whole matter is therefore of great importance for the position of the States within the Family of Nations. That intervention is, as a rule, forbidden by the Law of Nations which protects the International Personality of the States, there is no doubt. On the other hand, there is just as little doubt[211] that this rule has exceptions, for there are interventions which take place by right, and there are others which, although they do not take place by right, are nevertheless admitted by the Law of Nations and are excused in spite of the violation of the Personality of the respective States they involve.
§ 134. Intervention is the authoritative interference by one State in the affairs of another State aimed at maintaining or changing the existing situation. This type of intervention can be justified or unjustified, but it always impacts the external independence or the territorial or personal authority of the involved State, making it crucial for the standing of States within the Family of Nations. It's clear that such intervention is generally prohibited by International Law, which protects the Sovereignty of States. On the flip side, it’s equally clear that there are exceptions to this rule; some interventions are justified, while others, though not justified, are still recognized by International Law and are tolerated despite the infringement on the Sovereignty of the involved States.
[211] The so-called doctrine of non-intervention as defended by some Italian writers (see Fiore, I. No. 565), who deny that intervention is ever justifiable, is a political doctrine without any legal basis whatever.
[211] The so-called doctrine of non-intervention, defended by some Italian authors (see Fiore, I. No. 565), who argue that intervention is never justified, is a political belief that has no legal foundation whatsoever.
Intervention can take place in the external as well[Pg 189] as in the internal affairs of a State. It concerns in the first case the external independence, and in the second either the territorial or the personal supremacy. But it must be emphasised that intervention proper is always dictatorial interference, not interference pure and simple.[212] Therefore intervention must neither be confounded with good offices, nor with mediation, nor with intercession, nor with co-operation, because none of these imply a dictatorial interference. Good offices is the name for such acts of friendly Powers interfering in a conflict between two other States as tend to call negotiations into existence for the peaceable settlement of the conflict, and mediation is the name for the direct conduct on the part of a friendly Power of such negotiations.[213] Intercession is the name for the interference consisting in friendly advice given or friendly offers made with regard to the domestic affairs of another State. And, lastly, co-operation is the appellation of such interference as consists in help and assistance lent by one State to another at the latter's request for the purpose of suppressing an internal revolution. Thus, for example, Russia sent troops in 1849, at the request of Austria, into Hungary to assist Austria in suppressing the Hungarian revolt.
Intervention can happen in both the external and internal affairs of a state. In the first case, it relates to external independence, and in the second, it involves either territorial or personal dominance. However, it’s important to note that true intervention is always *dictatorial* interference, not just simple interference.[212] Therefore, intervention should not be confused with good offices, mediation, intercession, or cooperation, because none of these involve *dictatorial* interference. Good offices refer to actions taken by friendly powers to intervene in a conflict between two other states to facilitate negotiations for a peaceful resolution. Mediation is when a friendly power directly conducts those negotiations.[213] Intercession is the interference that includes giving friendly advice or making friendly offers regarding another state's domestic matters. Lastly, cooperation describes the support and assistance one state provides to another at the latter's request to help deal with internal revolutions. For instance, Russia sent troops in 1849 at Austria's request to assist in quelling the Hungarian revolt.
Intervention by Right.
Interventive Action by Right.
§ 135. It is apparent that such interventions as take place by right must be distinguished from others. Wherever there is no right of intervention, although it may be admissible and excused, an intervention violates either the external independence or the territorial or the personal supremacy. But if an intervention takes place by right, it never contains such a violation, because the right of intervention is always based on a legal restriction upon the independence or territorial or personal supremacy of the State concerned, and because[Pg 190] the latter is in duty bound to submit to the intervention. Now a State may have a right of intervention against another State, mainly for six reasons:[214]
§ 135. It’s clear that interventions that are carried out legally must be differentiated from those that are not. When there is no legal right to intervene, although it might be considered acceptable or justified, such an intervention undermines either the external independence or the territorial or personal authority. However, if an intervention is legally justified, it doesn’t create such a violation, because the right to intervene is always grounded in a legal limitation of the independence or territorial or personal authority of the state involved, and because[Pg 190] that state is obligated to accept the intervention. A state can have a right to intervene against another state primarily for six reasons:[214]
(1) A Suzerain State has a right to intervene in many affairs of the Vassal, and a State which holds a protectorate has a right to intervene in all the external affairs of the protected State.
(1) A Suzerain State has the right to intervene in many matters of the Vassal, and a State that holds a protectorate has the right to intervene in all the external affairs of the protected State.
(2) If an external affair of a State is at the same time by right an affair of another State, the latter has a right to intervene in case the former deals with that affair unilaterally. The events of 1878 provide an illustrative example. Russia had concluded the preliminary Peace of San Stefano with defeated Turkey; Great Britain protested because the conditions of this peace were inconsistent with the Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention of London of 1871, and Russia agreed to the meeting of the Congress of Berlin for the purpose of arranging matters. Had Russia persisted in carrying out the preliminary peace, Great Britain as well as other signatory Powers of the Treaty of Paris and the Convention of London doubtless possessed a right of intervention.
(2) If an external matter of a State is also legally a matter for another State, the latter has the right to intervene if the former acts on that matter alone. The events of 1878 provide a clear example. Russia had reached the preliminary Peace of San Stefano with the defeated Turkey; Great Britain objected because the terms of this peace contradicted the Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention of London of 1871. As a result, Russia agreed to hold the Congress of Berlin to sort things out. If Russia had continued with the preliminary peace, Great Britain and the other signatory Powers of the Treaty of Paris and the Convention of London surely would have had the right to intervene.
(3) If a State which is restricted by an international treaty in its external independence or its territorial or personal supremacy does not comply with the restrictions concerned, the other party or parties have a right to intervene. Thus the United States of America, in 1906, exercised intervention in Cuba in conformity with article 3 of the Treaty of Havana[215] of 1903, which stipulates: "The Government of Cuba consents that the United States may exercise the right to intervene for[Pg 191] the preservation of Cuban independence, the maintenance of a Government adequate for the protection of life, property, and individual liberty...." And likewise the United States of America, in 1904, exercised intervention in Panama in conformity with article 7 of the Treaty of Washington[216] in 1903, which stipulates: "The same right and authority are granted to the United States for the maintenance of public order in the cities of Panama and Colon and the territories and harbours adjacent thereto in case the Republic of Panama should not be, in the judgment of the United States, able to maintain such order."
(3) If a country that is bound by an international treaty in its ability to act independently or in its territorial or personal authority fails to abide by those restrictions, the other party or parties have the right to intervene. For example, the United States intervened in Cuba in 1906 in accordance with article 3 of the Treaty of Havana[215] of 1903, which states: "The Government of Cuba agrees that the United States may intervene to protect Cuban independence and to maintain a government that is capable of safeguarding life, property, and individual liberty...." Similarly, the United States intervened in Panama in 1904 based on article 7 of the Treaty of Washington[216] in 1903, which states: "The same rights and authority are granted to the United States to maintain public order in the cities of Panama and Colon and in the surrounding areas and ports if the Republic of Panama is deemed by the United States to be unable to maintain such order."
[215] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 79.—Even if no special right of intervention is stipulated, it nevertheless exists in such cases. Thus—see below, § 574—those Powers which have guaranteed the integrity of Norway under the condition that she does not cede any part of her territory to any foreign Power would have a right to intervene in case such a cession were contemplated, although the treaty concerned does not stipulate this.
[215] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 79.—Even if no specific right to intervene is stated, it still applies in such situations. Therefore—see below, § 574—the Powers that have guaranteed Norway's territorial integrity, under the condition that she does not give up any part of her territory to any foreign Power, would have the right to intervene if any such transfer were being considered, even though the relevant treaty does not mention this.
(4) If a State in time of peace or war violates such rules of the Law of Nations as are universally recognised by custom or are laid down in law-making treaties, other States have a right to intervene and to make the delinquent submit to the rules concerned. If, for instance, a State undertook to extend its jurisdiction over the merchantmen of another State on the high seas, not only would this be an affair between the two States concerned, but all other States would have a right to intervene because the freedom of the open sea is a universally recognised principle. Or if a State which is a party to the Hague Regulations concerning Land Warfare were to violate one of these Regulations, all the other signatory Powers would have a right to intervene.
(4) If a country violates the universally recognized rules of international law, whether in peace or war, other countries have the right to step in and make the offending country comply with those rules. For example, if one country tried to impose its laws on the merchant ships of another country on the open seas, it wouldn't just affect those two countries; every other country would have the right to intervene because the freedom of the open sea is a principle accepted by all. Similarly, if a country that is part of the Hague Regulations on Land Warfare broke one of those rules, all the other signatory countries would have the right to take action.
(5) A State that has guaranteed by treaty the form of government of a State or the reign of a certain dynasty over the same has a right[217] to intervene in case of change of form of government or of dynasty, provided the respective treaty of guaranty was concluded between[Pg 192] the respective States and not between their monarchs personally.
(5) A state that has guaranteed by treaty the type of government of another state or the rule of a specific dynasty has the right[217] to intervene if there is a change in the government type or dynasty, as long as the relevant guarantee treaty was made between the states themselves and not just between their monarchs.
[217] But this is not generally recognised; see, for instance, Hall, § 93, who denies the existence of such a right. I do not see the reason why a State should not be able to undertake the obligation to retain a certain form of government or dynasty. That historical events can justify such State in considering itself no longer bound by such treaty according to the principle rebus sic stantibus (see below, § 539) is another matter.
[217] But this isn't widely acknowledged; for example, see Hall, § 93, who argues against the existence of such a right. I don't understand why a State shouldn't be allowed to commit to maintaining a specific form of government or dynasty. It's a separate issue that historical events might lead such a State to believe it's no longer bound by that treaty under the principle rebus sic stantibus (see below, § 539).
(6) The right of protection[218] over citizens abroad, which a State holds, may cause an intervention by right to which the other party is legally bound to submit. And it matters not whether protection of the life, security, honour, or property of a citizen abroad is concerned.
(6) The right of protection[218] over citizens overseas, which a State possesses, may justify an intervention that the other party is legally required to accept. It doesn't matter if the protection relates to the life, safety, dignity, or property of a citizen abroad.
The so-called Drago[219] doctrine, which asserts the rule that intervention is not allowed for the purpose of making a State pay its public debts, is unfounded, and has not received general recognition, although Argentina and some other South American States tried to establish this rule at the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907. But this Conference adopted, on the initiative of the United States of America, a "Convention[220] respecting the Limitation of the Employment of Force for the Recovery of Contract Debts." According to article 1 of this Convention, the contracting Powers agree not to have recourse to armed force for the recovery of contract debts claimed from the Government of one country by the Government of another country as being due to its nationals. This undertaking is, however, not applicable when the debtor State refuses or neglects to reply to an offer of arbitration, or, after accepting the offer, renders the settlement of the compromis impossible, or, after the arbitration, fails to submit to the award.—It must be emphasised that the stipulations of this Convention concern the recovery of[Pg 193] all contract debts, whether or no they arise from public loans.
The so-called Drago[219] doctrine, which claims that intervention is not allowed to force a country to pay its public debts, is baseless and hasn’t been widely recognized, even though Argentina and some other South American countries tried to establish this rule at the second Hague Peace Conference in 1907. However, this Conference adopted, on the initiative of the United States, a "Convention[220] concerning the Limitation of the Use of Force for Collecting Contract Debts." According to Article 1 of this Convention, the contracting Powers agree not to use armed force to collect contract debts claimed from the government of one country by the government of another as being owed to its nationals. This commitment, however, doesn’t apply if the debtor state refuses or fails to respond to an offer for arbitration, or after accepting the offer, makes it impossible to resolve the compromis, or fails to comply with the arbitration award. It must be emphasized that the terms of this Convention cover the recovery of[Pg 193] all contract debts, regardless of whether they arise from public loans.
[219] The Drago doctrine originates from Louis M. Drago, sometime Foreign Secretary of the Republic of Argentina. See Drago, "Cobro coercitivo de deudas publicas" (1906); Barclay, "Problems of International Practice, &c." (1907), pp. 115-122; Moulin, "La Doctrine de Drago" (1908); Higgins, "The Hague Peace Conferences, &c." (1909), pp. 184-197; Scott, "The Hague Peace Conferences" (1909), vol. I. pp. 415-422; Calvo in R.I. 2nd Ser. V. (1903), pp. 597-623; Drago in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 251-287; Moulin in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 417-472; Hershey in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 26-45; Drago in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 692-726.
[219] The Drago doctrine comes from Louis M. Drago, who was the Foreign Secretary of Argentina at one time. See Drago, "Cobro coercitivo de deudas publicas" (1906); Barclay, "Problems of International Practice, &c." (1907), pp. 115-122; Moulin, "La Doctrine de Drago" (1908); Higgins, "The Hague Peace Conferences, &c." (1909), pp. 184-197; Scott, "The Hague Peace Conferences" (1909), vol. I, pp. 415-422; Calvo in R.I. 2nd Ser. V. (1903), pp. 597-623; Drago in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 251-287; Moulin in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 417-472; Hershey in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 26-45; Drago in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 692-726.
Admissibility of Intervention in default of Right.
Admissibility of Intervention in case of Right Default.
§ 136. In contradistinction to intervention by right, there are other interventions which must be considered admissible, although they violate the independence or the territorial or personal supremacy of the State concerned, and although such State has by no means any legal duty to submit patiently and suffer the intervention. Of such interventions in default of right there are two kinds generally admitted and excused—namely, such as are necessary in self-preservation and such as are necessary in the interest of the balance of power.
§ 136. Unlike interventions that are legally justified, there are other interventions that can be viewed as acceptable, even if they go against the independence or territorial or personal authority of the affected State, and despite the fact that the State is not legally obliged to tolerate such interference. Generally, two types of interventions without legal justification are recognized and justified—those that are necessary for self-preservation and those that are essential for maintaining the balance of power.
(1) As regards interventions for the purpose of self-preservation, it is obvious that, if any necessary violation committed in self-preservation of the International Personality of other States is, as shown above (§ 130), excused, such violation must also be excused as is contained in an intervention. And it matters not whether such an intervention exercised in self-preservation is provoked by an actual or imminent intervention on the part of a third State, or by some other incident.
(1) When it comes to interventions aimed at self-preservation, it's clear that if any necessary violation made for the self-preservation of another State's International Personality is, as mentioned above (§ 130), justified, then such a violation must also be justified when it comes to an intervention. It doesn't matter if the intervention made for self-preservation is triggered by a real or impending action from a third State, or by any other situation.
(2) As regards intervention in the interest of the balance of power, it is likewise obvious that it must be excused. An equilibrium between the members of the Family of Nations is an indispensable[221] condition of the very existence of International Law. If the States could not keep one another in check, all Law of Nations would soon disappear, as, naturally, an over-powerful State would tend to act according to discretion instead of according to law. Since the Westphalian Peace of[Pg 194] 1648 the principle of balance of power has played a preponderant part in the history of Europe. It found express recognition in 1713 in the Treaty of Peace of Utrecht, it was the guiding star at the Vienna Congress in 1815 when the map of Europe was rearranged, at the Congress of Paris in 1856, the Conference of London in 1867, and the Congress of Berlin in 1878. The States themselves and the majority of writers agree upon the admissibility of intervention in the interest of balance of power. Most of the interventions exercised in the interest of the preservation of the Turkish Empire must, in so far as they are not based on treaty rights, be classified as interventions in the interest of balance of power. Examples of this are supplied by collective interventions exercised by the Powers in 1886 for the purpose of preventing the outbreak of war between Greece and Turkey, and in 1897 during the war between Greece and Turkey with regard to the island of Crete.
(2) When it comes to intervening to maintain the balance of power, it's clear that such actions are justifiable. A balance among the members of the Family of Nations is essential for the very existence of International Law. If states cannot keep each other in check, all international law would quickly vanish, as a dominant state would likely act based on its own will rather than following legal principles. Since the Peace of Westphalia in 1648, the balance of power principle has played a crucial role in European history. It was officially recognized in the Treaty of Peace of Utrecht in 1713, guided decisions at the Vienna Congress in 1815 when Europe's borders were redrawn, and influenced the Congress of Paris in 1856, the Conference of London in 1867, and the Congress of Berlin in 1878. Both states and most scholars agree that intervention for the sake of maintaining the balance of power is acceptable. Many interventions aimed at preserving the Turkish Empire should, to the extent they aren't backed by treaty rights, be seen as interventions in support of the balance of power. Examples include collective interventions by the powers in 1886 to prevent a war between Greece and Turkey, and in 1897 during the war between Greece and Turkey over the island of Crete.
[221] A survey of the opinions concerning the value of the principle of balance of power is given by Bulmerincq, "Praxis, Theorie und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 40-50, but Bulmerincq himself rejects the principle. See also Donnadieu, "Essai sur la théorie de l'équilibre" (1900) where the matter is exhaustively treated, and Dupuis, "Le principe d'équilibre et le concert européen" (1909), pp. 90-108, and 494-513. It is necessary to emphasise that the principle of the balance of power is not a legal principle and therefore not one of International Law, but one of International policy; it is a political principle indispensable to the existence of International Law in its present condition.
[221] A review of the views on the value of the principle of balance of power is provided by Bulmerincq in "Praxis, Theorie und Codification des Völkerrechts" (1874), pp. 40-50, but Bulmerincq himself dismisses the principle. See also Donnadieu's "Essai sur la théorie de l'équilibre" (1900), which covers the topic extensively, and Dupuis' "Le principe d'équilibre et le concert européen" (1909), pp. 90-108, and 494-513. It is important to highlight that the principle of balance of power is not a legal principle and thus not part of International Law; rather, it is a political principle essential for the existence of International Law as we know it today.
Intervention in the interest of Humanity.
Intervening for the sake of Humanity.
§ 137. Many jurists maintain that intervention is likewise admissible, or even has a basis of right, when exercised in the interest of humanity for the purpose of stopping religious persecution and endless cruelties in time of peace and war. That the Powers have in the past exercised intervention on these grounds, there is no doubt. Thus Great Britain, France, and Russia intervened in 1827 in the struggle between revolutionary Greece and Turkey, because public opinion was horrified at the cruelties committed during this struggle. And many a time interventions have taken place to stop the persecution of Christians in Turkey. But whether there is really a rule of the Law of Nations which admits such interventions may well be doubted. Yet, on the other hand, it cannot be denied that public opinion and the attitude of the Powers are in favour of such interventions, and it may perhaps be said that in time the Law of Nations will recognise the rule that[Pg 195] interventions in the interests of humanity are admissible provided they are exercised in the form of a collective intervention of the Powers.[222]
§ 137. Many legal experts believe that intervention is also acceptable, or even has a legitimate basis, when done in the interest of humanity to stop religious persecution and ongoing violence during both peace and war. There’s no doubt that the Powers have intervened in the past for these reasons. For example, Great Britain, France, and Russia intervened in 1827 in the conflict between revolutionary Greece and Turkey because public opinion was outraged by the atrocities happening during this conflict. Numerous interventions have also occurred to halt the persecution of Christians in Turkey. However, whether there is an actual rule in international law that permits such interventions remains debatable. On the other hand, it can't be denied that public opinion and the stance of the Powers support these kinds of interventions, and it might be said that over time, international law will acknowledge the principle that[Pg 195] interventions for humanitarian reasons are permissible, as long as they are carried out as a collective effort by the Powers.[222]
Intervention de facto a Matter of Policy.
Intervention is a Matter of Policy.
§ 138. Careful analysis of the rules of the Law of Nations regarding intervention and the hitherto exercised practice of intervention make it apparent that intervention is de facto a matter of policy just like war. This is the result of the combination of several factors. Since, even in the cases in which it is based on a right, intervention is not compulsory, but is solely in the discretion of the State concerned, it is for that reason alone a matter of policy. Since, secondly, every State must decide for itself whether vital interests of its own are at stake and whether a case of necessity in the interest of self-preservation has arisen, intervention is for this part again a matter of policy. Since, thirdly, the question of balance of power is so complicated and the historical development of the States involves gradually an alteration of the division of power between the States, it must likewise be left to the appreciation of every State whether or not it considers the balance of power endangered and, therefore, an intervention necessary. And who can undertake to lay down a hard-and-fast rule with regard to the amount of inhumanity on the part of a Government that would justify intervention according to the Law of Nations?
§ 138. A close examination of the rules of international law concerning intervention and the practice of intervention so far shows that intervention is essentially a matter of policy, just like war. This comes from a combination of several factors. First, even when intervention is grounded in a right, it is not mandatory; it is solely at the discretion of the state involved, making it a policy decision. Secondly, each state must determine for itself whether its vital interests are at stake and whether there is a situation that requires intervention for self-preservation. Therefore, intervention is again a policy matter. Thirdly, the complexities of the balance of power and the evolving relationships between states mean that it must ultimately be left to each state to decide whether it perceives the balance of power as threatened and thus whether intervention is necessary. Moreover, who can confidently establish a strict rule regarding the level of cruelty from a government that would warrant intervention under international law?
No State will ever intervene in the affairs of another if it has not some important interest in doing so, and it has always been easy for such State to find or pretend some legal justification for an intervention, be it self-preservation, balance of power, or humanity. There is no great danger to the welfare of the States in the fact that intervention is de facto a matter of policy. Too many interests are common to all the members of the[Pg 196] Family of Nations, and too great is the natural jealousy between the Great Powers, for an abuse of intervention on the part of one powerful State without calling other States into the field. Since unjustified intervention violates the very principles of the Law of Nations, and since, as I have stated above (§ 135), in case of a violation of these principles on the part of a State every other State has a right to intervene, any unjustifiable intervention by one State in the affairs of another gives a right of intervention to all other States. Thus it becomes apparent here, as elsewhere, that the Law of Nations is intimately connected with the interests of all the States, and that they must themselves secure the maintenance and realisation of this law. This condition of things tends naturally to hamper more the ambitions of weaker States than those of the several Great Powers, but it seems unalterable.
No country will ever get involved in the issues of another unless it has some significant interest in doing so, and it's always been easy for that country to find or fake some legal reason for an intervention, whether it's self-defense, maintaining a balance of power, or humanitarian reasons. There’s not much danger to the welfare of nations in the fact that intervention is de facto a policy choice. Too many interests are shared among all members of the[Pg 196] Family of Nations, and there’s too much natural rivalry among the Great Powers for one powerful country to misuse intervention without prompting other countries to respond. Since unjustified intervention goes against the fundamental principles of International Law, and since, as I mentioned earlier (§ 135), if a State violates these principles, every other State has the right to step in, any wrongful intervention by one State in another's affairs gives all other States the right to intervene as well. This makes it clear, as it does in many cases, that International Law is closely tied to the interests of all States, and they must ensure the enforcement and realization of this law themselves. This situation tends to put more pressure on the ambitions of weaker nations than on those of the Great Powers, but it seems unchangeable.
The Monroe Doctrine.
The Monroe Doctrine.
§ 139. The de facto political character of the whole matter of intervention becomes clearly apparent through the so-called Monroe doctrine[223] of the United States of America. This doctrine, at its first appearance, was indirectly a product of the policy of intervention in the interest of legitimacy which the Holy Alliance pursued in the beginning of the nineteenth century after the downfall of Napoleon. The Powers of this alliance were inclined to extend their policy of intervention to America and to assist Spain in regaining her hold over the former Spanish colonies in South America which had declared and maintained their independence, and which were recognised as independent Sovereign States by the United States of America. To meet and to check the[Pg 197] imminent danger, President James Monroe delivered his celebrated Message to Congress on December 2, 1823. This Message contains two quite different, but nevertheless equally important, declarations.
§ 139. The de facto political nature of the entire issue of intervention becomes clearly visible through the so-called Monroe Doctrine[223] of the United States of America. This doctrine, when it first appeared, was indirectly a result of the interventionist policies aimed at preserving legitimacy that the Holy Alliance pursued in the early nineteenth century after Napoleon's fall. The powers in this alliance were inclined to expand their interventionist policies to the Americas and to help Spain regain control over its former colonies in South America that had declared and maintained their independence and were recognized as independent sovereign states by the United States. In response to the looming threat, President James Monroe delivered his famous Message to Congress on December 2, 1823. This Message includes two distinct but equally significant declarations.
[223] Wharton, § 57; Dana's Note No. 36 to Wharton, p. 36; Tucker, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1885); Moore, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1895), and Digest, VI. §§ 927-968; Cespedès, "La doctrine de Monroe" (1893); Mérignhac, "La doctrine de Monroe à la fin du XIX^e siècle" (1896); Beaumarchais, "La doctrine de Monroe" (1898); Redaway, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1898); Pékin, "Les États-Unis et la doctrine de Monroe" (1900).
[223] Wharton, § 57; Dana's Note No. 36 to Wharton, p. 36; Tucker, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1885); Moore, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1895), and Digest, VI. §§ 927-968; Cespedès, "La doctrine de Monroe" (1893); Mérignhac, "La doctrine de Monroe à la fin du XIX^e siècle" (1896); Beaumarchais, "La doctrine de Monroe" (1898); Redaway, "The Monroe Doctrine" (1898); Pékin, "Les États-Unis et la doctrine de Monroe" (1900).
(1) In connection with the unsettled boundary lines in the north-west of the American continent, the Message declared "that the American continents, by the free and independent condition which they have assumed and maintained, are henceforth not to be considered as subjects for future colonisation by any European Power." This declaration was never recognised by the European Powers, and Great Britain and Russia protested expressly against it. In fact, however, no occupation of American territory has since then taken place on the part of a European State.
(1) Regarding the unclear boundary lines in the northwest of the American continent, the Message stated "that the American continents, by the free and independent condition they have taken on and upheld, are no longer to be regarded as targets for future colonization by any European Power." This declaration was never acknowledged by the European Powers, and Great Britain and Russia explicitly protested against it. Nevertheless, no European State has occupied American territory since that time.
(2) In regard to the contemplated intervention of the Holy Alliance between Spain and the South American States, the Message declared that the United States had not intervened, and never would intervene, in wars in Europe, but could not, on the other hand, in the interest of her own peace and happiness, allow the allied European Powers to extend their political system to any part of America and try to intervene in the independence of the South American republics.
(2) Concerning the planned involvement of the Holy Alliance between Spain and the South American States, the Message stated that the United States had not, and would never, get involved in wars in Europe. However, it also emphasized that, for the sake of its own peace and well-being, the U.S. could not allow the allied European Powers to spread their political system to any part of America or interfere with the independence of the South American republics.
(3) Since the time of President Monroe, the Monroe doctrine has been gradually somewhat extended in so far as the United States claims a kind of political hegemony over all the States of the American continent. Whenever a conflict occurs between such an American State and a European Power, the United States is ready to exercise intervention. Through the civil war her hands were to a certain extent bound in the sixties of the last century, and she could not prevent the occupation of Mexico by the French army, but she intervened[224] in 1865. Again, she did not intervene in 1902[Pg 198] when Great Britain, Germany, and Italy took combined action against Venezuela, because she was cognisant of the fact that this action intended merely to make Venezuela comply with her international duties. But she intervened in 1896 in the boundary conflict between Great Britain and Venezuela when Lord Salisbury had sent an ultimatum to Venezuela, and she retains the Monroe doctrine as a matter of principle.
(3) Since President Monroe's time, the Monroe Doctrine has gradually expanded in that the United States claims a sort of political dominance over all the nations of the American continent. Whenever there’s a conflict between an American nation and a European power, the United States is prepared to intervene. During the Civil War in the 1860s, the U.S. was somewhat constrained and couldn't stop the French army from occupying Mexico, but it did intervene in 1865. Similarly, it chose not to intervene in 1902 when Great Britain, Germany, and Italy took joint action against Venezuela, as the U.S. recognized that this was simply to make Venezuela fulfill its international obligations. However, it did intervene in 1896 during the boundary dispute between Great Britain and Venezuela after Lord Salisbury sent an ultimatum to Venezuela, and it continues to uphold the Monroe Doctrine as a matter of principle.
[224] See Moore, VI. § 957.
Merits of the Monroe Doctrine.
Benefits of the Monroe Doctrine.
§ 140. The importance of the Monroe doctrine is of a political, not of a legal character. Since the Law of Nations is a law between all the civilised States as equal members of the Family of Nations, the States of the American continent are subjects of the same international rights and duties as the European States. The European States are, as far as the Law of Nations is concerned, absolutely free to acquire territory in America as elsewhere. And the same legal rules are valid concerning intervention on the part of European Powers both in American affairs and in affairs of other States. But it is evident that the Monroe doctrine, as the guiding star of the policy of the United States, is of the greatest political importance. And it ought not to be maintained that this policy is in any way inconsistent with the Law of Nations. In the interest of balance of power in the world, the United States considers it a necessity that European Powers should not acquire more territory on the American continent than they actually possess. She considers, further, her own welfare so intimately connected with that of the other American States that she thinks it necessary, in the interest of self-preservation, to watch closely the relations of these States with Europe and also the relations between these very States, and eventually to intervene in conflicts. Since every State must decide for itself whether and where vital interests of its own are at stake and whether the balance of power is endangered to its[Pg 199] disadvantage, and since, as explained above (§ 138), intervention is therefore de facto a matter of policy, there is no legal impediment to the United States carrying out a policy in conformity with the Monroe doctrine. This policy hampers indeed the South American States, but with their growing strength it will gradually disappear. For, whenever some of these States become Great Powers themselves, they will no longer submit to the political hegemony of the United States, and the Monroe doctrine will have played its part.
§ 140. The significance of the Monroe Doctrine is political, not legal. Since international law applies equally to all civilized states as members of the Family of Nations, the countries in the Americas hold the same international rights and responsibilities as the European states. European countries are, under international law, completely free to acquire territory in the Americas just like anywhere else. The same legal principles also apply to European intervention in American affairs and in the affairs of other countries. However, it is clear that the Monroe Doctrine serves as a guiding principle for U.S. policy, carrying great political weight. It should not be argued that this policy conflicts with international law. To maintain global balance of power, the United States believes it is essential that European powers do not acquire more territory on the American continent than they currently hold. Furthermore, the U.S. sees its own well-being as closely linked to that of other American states, making it necessary for it to closely monitor these states' relationships with Europe and with each other, and potentially intervene in conflicts. Every country must determine for itself whether its vital interests are at risk and whether the balance of power is tilted against it. Since, as noted previously (§ 138), intervention is essentially a policy decision, there are no legal barriers preventing the United States from pursuing a policy consistent with the Monroe Doctrine. This policy may restrict the South American states, but as their power grows, these restrictions will gradually diminish. Because once some of these states become Great Powers themselves, they will no longer accept the political dominance of the United States, and the Monroe Doctrine will have fulfilled its role.
VII Sex
Grotius, II. c. 2, § 13—Vattel, II. §§ 21-26—Hall, § 13—Taylor, § 160—Bluntschli, § 381 and p. 26—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 26 and 33—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 60-64—Gareis, § 27—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 285-289—Despagnet, No. 183—Mérignhac, I. pp. 256-257—Pradier-Fodéré, I. No. 184—Rivier, I. pp. 262-264—Nys, II. pp. 221-228—Calvo, III. §§ 1303-1305—Fiore, I. No. 370—Martens, I. § 79.
Grotius, II. c. 2, § 13—Vattel, II. §§ 21-26—Hall, § 13—Taylor, § 160—Bluntschli, § 381 and p. 26—Hartmann, § 15—Heffter, §§ 26 and 33—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 60-64—Gareis, § 27—Liszt, § 7—Ullmann, § 38—Bonfils, Nos. 285-289—Despagnet, No. 183—Mérignhac, I. pp. 256-257—Pradier-Fodéré, I. No. 184—Rivier, I. pp. 262-264—Nys, II. pp. 221-228—Calvo, III. §§ 1303-1305—Fiore, I. No. 370—Martens, I. § 79.
Intercourse a presupposition of International Personality.
Intercourse as a basis for International Personality.
§ 141. Many adherents of the doctrine of fundamental rights include therein also a right of intercourse of every State with all others. This right of intercourse is said to contain a right of diplomatic, commercial, postal, telegraphic intercourse, of intercourse by railway, a right of foreigners to travel and reside on the territory of every State, and the like. But if the real facts of international life are taken into consideration, it becomes at once apparent that such a fundamental right of intercourse does not exist. All the consequences which are said to follow from the right of intercourse are not at all consequences of a right, but nothing else than consequences of the fact that intercourse between the States is a condition without which a Law of Nations would not and could not exist. The civilised States make a community of States because[Pg 200] they are knit together through their common interests and the manifold intercourse which serves these interests. Through intercourse with one another and with the growth of their common interests the Law of Nations has grown up among the civilised States. Where there is no intercourse there cannot be a community and a law for such community. A State cannot be a member of the Family of Nations and an International Person, if it has no intercourse whatever with at least one or more other States. Varied intercourse with other States is a necessity for every civilised State. The mere fact that a State is a member of the Family of Nations shows that it has various intercourse with other States, for otherwise it would never have become a member of that family. Intercourse is therefore one of the characteristics of the position of the States within the Family of Nations, and it may be maintained that intercourse is a presupposition of the international Personality of every State. But no special right or rights of intercourse between the States exist according to the Law of Nations. It is because such special rights of intercourse do not exist that the States conclude special treaties regarding matters of post, telegraphs, telephones, railways, and commerce. On the other hand, most States keep up protective duties to exclude or hamper foreign trade in the interest of their home commerce, industry, and agriculture. And although as a rule they allow[225] aliens to travel and to reside on their territory, they can expel every foreign subject according to discretion.
§ 141. Many supporters of the fundamental rights doctrine also believe in a right for every state to interact with all others. This right to interaction is thought to include diplomatic, commercial, postal, and telegraphic exchanges, as well as transport via railways, and the right for foreigners to travel and live in the territory of any state, among other things. However, when we consider the actual realities of international relations, it quickly becomes clear that such a fundamental right of interaction does not exist. The supposed consequences of this right are not truly the results of a right but are simply the outcomes of the fact that interaction between states is essential for the existence of a Law of Nations. Civilized states form a community because they are linked by common interests and the various interactions that support those interests. Through their connections with each other and the development of shared interests, the Law of Nations has emerged among civilized states. Without interaction, there cannot be a community or a legal framework for that community. A state cannot be part of the Family of Nations or recognized as an International Person if it does not interact with at least one or more other states. Diverse interactions with other states are essential for every civilized state. The very existence of a state as a member of the Family of Nations indicates that it engages in various interactions with other states; otherwise, it would never have become a member of that family. Interaction is thus one of the defining features of a state's position within the Family of Nations, and it can be argued that interaction is a prerequisite for the international personality of every state. However, no specific rights to interaction between states exist under the Law of Nations. The absence of such specific rights is why states enter into special treaties concerning matters like postal services, telegraphs, telephones, railways, and commerce. Conversely, most states maintain protective tariffs to limit or hinder foreign trade in favor of their domestic commerce, industry, and agriculture. While they generally permit aliens to travel and settle in their territories, they have the discretion to expel any foreign national.
[225] That an alien has no right to demand to be admitted to British territory was decided in the case of Musgrove v. Chun Teeong Toy, L.R. (1891), App. Cas. 272.
[225] The ruling in the case of Musgrove v. Chun Teeong Toy, L.R. (1891), App. Cas. 272 established that a foreigner does not have the right to insist on being allowed entry into British territory.
Consequences of Intercourse as a Presupposition of International Personality.
Consequences of Intercourse as a Basis of International Personality.
§ 142. Intercourse being a presupposition of International Personality, the Law of Nations favours intercourse in every way. The whole institution of legation serves the interest of intercourse between the States,[Pg 201] as does the consular institution. The right of legation,[226] which every full-Sovereign State undoubtedly holds, is held in the interest of intercourse, as is certainly the right of protection over citizens abroad[227] which every State possesses. The freedom of the Open Sea,[228] which has been universally recognised since the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century, the right of every State to the passage of its merchantmen through the maritime belt[229] of all other States, and, further, freedom of navigation for the merchantmen of all nations on so-called international rivers,[230] are further examples of provisions of the Law of Nations in the interest of international intercourse.
§ 142. Intercourse being a foundation of International Personality, the Law of Nations supports communication in every way. The entire system of diplomatic missions serves the interests of interaction between states,[Pg 201] as does the consular system. The right of diplomatic missions,[226] which every fully sovereign state undoubtedly possesses, is maintained to promote interaction, as is certainly the right to protect citizens abroad[227] that every state holds. The freedom of the Open Sea,[228] universally recognized since the early 19th century, the right of every state for its merchant ships to pass through the territorial waters[229] of all other states, and, furthermore, the freedom of navigation for the merchant ships of all nations on so-called international rivers,[230] are additional examples of the Law of Nations provisions that support international interaction.
The question is frequently discussed and answered in the affirmative whether a State has the right to require such States as are outside the Family of Nations to open their ports and allow commercial intercourse. Since the Law of Nations is a law between those States only which are members of the Family of Nations, it has certainly nothing to do with this question, which is therefore one of mere commercial policy and of morality.
The question is often brought up and answered positively regarding whether a State has the right to demand that countries outside the Family of Nations open their ports and allow trade. Since International Law applies only to those States that are part of the Family of Nations, it doesn't relate to this question, which is purely about commercial policy and ethics.
VIII JURISDICTION
Hall, §§ 62, 75-80—Westlake, I. pp. 236-271—Lawrence, §§ 93-109—Phillimore, I. §§ 317-356—Twiss, I. §§ 157-171—Halleck, I. pp. 186-245—Taylor, §§ 169-171—Wheaton, §§ 77-151—Moore, II. §§ 175-249—Bluntschli, §§ 388-393—Heffter, §§ 34-39—Bonfils, Nos. 263-266—Rivier, I. § 28—Nys, II. pp. 257-263—Fiore, I. Nos. 475-588.
Hall, §§ 62, 75-80—Westlake, I. pp. 236-271—Lawrence, §§ 93-109—Phillimore, I. §§ 317-356—Twiss, I. §§ 157-171—Halleck, I. pp. 186-245—Taylor, §§ 169-171—Wheaton, §§ 77-151—Moore, II. §§ 175-249—Bluntschli, §§ 388-393—Heffter, §§ 34-39—Bonfils, Nos. 263-266—Rivier, I. § 28—Nys, II. pp. 257-263—Fiore, I. Nos. 475-588.
Jurisdiction important for the position of the States within the Family of Nations.
Jurisdiction is important for the role of the States within the Family of Nations.
§ 143. Jurisdiction is for several reasons a matter of importance as regards the position of the States within the Family of Nations. States possessing independence[Pg 202] and territorial as well as personal supremacy can naturally extend or restrict their jurisdiction as far as they like. However, as members of the Family of Nations and International Persons, the States must exercise self-restraint in the exercise of this natural power in the interest of one another. Since intercourse of all kinds takes place between the States and their subjects, the matter ought to be thoroughly regulated by the Law of Nations. But such regulation has as yet only partially grown up. The consequence of both the regulation and non-regulation of jurisdiction is that concurrent jurisdiction of several States can often at the same time be exercised over the same persons and matters. And it can also happen that matters fall under no jurisdiction because the several States which could extend their jurisdiction over these matters refuse to do so, leaving them to each other's jurisdiction.
§ 143. Jurisdiction is important for several reasons regarding the position of states within the Family of Nations. Independent states with territorial and personal authority can naturally extend or limit their jurisdiction as they see fit. However, as members of the Family of Nations and international entities, states must practice self-restraint in exercising this natural power for the sake of one another. Since all kinds of interactions occur between states and their citizens, this should be thoroughly regulated by international law. Unfortunately, such regulation has only partially developed so far. The result of both regulated and unregulated jurisdiction is that several states can often exercise jurisdiction over the same individuals and issues at the same time. It can also happen that some matters may fall under no jurisdiction because the various states that could claim jurisdiction choose not to, leaving those matters without any designated authority.
Restrictions upon Territorial Jurisdiction.
Limits on Territorial Jurisdiction.
§ 144. As all persons and things within the territory of a State fall under its territorial supremacy, every State has jurisdiction over them. The Law of Nations, however, gives a right to every State to claim so-called exterritoriality and therefore exemption from local jurisdiction chiefly for its head,[231] its diplomatic envoys,[232] its men-of-war,[233] and its armed forces[234] abroad. And partly by custom and partly by treaty obligations, Eastern non-Christian States, Japan now excepted, are restricted[235] in their territorial jurisdiction with regard to foreign resident subjects of Christian Powers.
§ 144. Since all individuals and things within a State's territory fall under its authority, every State has jurisdiction over them. However, international law grants every State the right to claim what's known as exterritoriality, which means exemption from local jurisdiction, mainly for its leaders,[231] its diplomatic representatives,[232] its naval ships,[233] and its military personnel[234] overseas. Additionally, due to customs and treaty obligations, Eastern non-Christian States, excluding Japan, have limitations[235] on their jurisdiction in relation to foreign subjects residing within their territory who are from Christian Powers.
Jurisdiction over Citizens abroad.
Jurisdiction over citizens overseas.
§ 145. The Law of Nations does not prevent a State from exercising jurisdiction over its subjects travelling or residing abroad, since they remain under its personal supremacy. As every State can also exercise[Pg 203] jurisdiction over aliens[236] within its boundaries, such aliens are often under two concurrent jurisdictions. And, since a State is not obliged to exercise jurisdiction for all matters over aliens on its territory, and since the home State is not obliged to exercise jurisdiction over its subjects abroad, it may and does happen that aliens are actually for some matters under no State's jurisdiction.
§ 145. The Law of Nations doesn't stop a country from having authority over its citizens traveling or living abroad, as they still fall under its personal control. Since every country can also have jurisdiction over foreigners within its borders, these foreigners often find themselves under two overlapping jurisdictions. Moreover, since a country isn’t required to exercise authority over all issues involving foreigners in its territory, and since the home country isn’t obligated to oversee its citizens abroad, it can and does occur that foreigners, for certain matters, are actually not under the jurisdiction of any state.
Jurisdiction on the Open Sea.
Jurisdiction on the High Seas.
§ 146. As the Open Sea is not under the sway of any State, no State can exercise its jurisdiction there. But it is a rule of the Law of Nations that the vessels and the things and persons thereon remain during the time they are on the Open Sea under the jurisdiction of the State under whose flag they sail.[237] It is another rule of the Law of Nations that piracy[238] on the Open Sea can be punished by any State, whether or no the pirate sails under the flag of a State. Further,[239] a general practice seems to admit the claim of every maritime State to exercise jurisdiction over cases of collision at sea, whether the vessels concerned are or are not sailing under its flag. Again, in the interest of the safety of the Open Sea, every State has the right to order its men-of-war to ask any suspicious merchantman they meet on the Open Sea to show the flag, to arrest foreign merchantmen sailing under its flag without an authorisation for its use, and to pursue into the Open Sea and to arrest there such foreign merchantmen as have committed a violation of its law whilst in its ports or maritime belt.[240] Lastly, in time of war belligerent States have the right to order their men-of-war to visit, search, and eventually capture on the Open Sea all neutral vessels for carrying contraband, breach of blockade, or unneutral services to the enemy.
§ 146. Since the Open Sea is not controlled by any State, no State can enforce its laws there. However, according to international law, the ships and the people and goods on board are under the jurisdiction of the State whose flag they fly while they are on the Open Sea.[237] Additionally, international law states that piracy[238] on the Open Sea can be prosecuted by any State, regardless of whether the pirate is flying a State's flag. Furthermore,[239] it is generally accepted that every maritime State can exercise jurisdiction over incidents of collision at sea, whether or not the vessels involved are flying its flag. Again, to ensure the safety of the Open Sea, any State has the right to instruct its warships to request any suspicious merchant vessel they encounter on the Open Sea to show their flag, to detain foreign merchant vessels sailing under its flag without proper authorization, and to pursue and detain foreign merchant vessels on the Open Sea that have violated its laws while in its ports or territorial waters.[240] Finally, during wartime, warring States have the right to instruct their warships to board, search, and potentially capture any neutral vessels on the Open Sea that are carrying contraband, violating blockades, or providing unauthorized services to the enemy.
Criminal Jurisdiction over Foreigners in Foreign States.
Criminal Jurisdiction over Foreigners in Foreign Countries.
§ 147. Many States claim jurisdiction and threaten[Pg 204] punishment for certain acts committed by a foreigner in foreign countries.[241] States which claim jurisdiction of this kind threaten punishment for certain acts either against the State itself, such as high treason, forging bank-notes, and the like, or against its citizens, such as murder or arson, libel and slander, and the like. These States cannot, of course, exercise this jurisdiction as long as the foreigner concerned remains outside their territory. But if, after the committal of such act, he enters their territory and comes thereby under their territorial supremacy, they have an opportunity of inflicting punishment. The question is, therefore, whether States have a right to jurisdiction over acts of foreigners committed in foreign countries, and whether the home State of such an alien has a duty to acquiesce in the latter's punishment in case he comes into the power of these States. The question must be answered in the negative. For at the time such criminal acts are committed the perpetrators are neither under the territorial nor under the personal supremacy of the States concerned. And a State can only require respect for its laws from such aliens as are permanently or transiently within its territory. No right for a State to extend its jurisdiction over acts of foreigners committed in foreign countries can be said to have grown up according to the Law of Nations, and the right of protection over citizens abroad held by every State would justify it in an intervention in case one of its citizens abroad should be required to stand his trial before the Courts of another State for criminal acts which he did not commit during the time he was under the territorial supremacy of such State.[242] In the[Pg 205] only[243] case which is reported—namely, in the case of Cutting—an intervention took place according to this view. In 1886, one A. K. Cutting, a subject of the United States, was arrested in Mexico for an alleged libel against one Emigdio Medina, a subject of Mexico, which was published in the newspaper of El Paso in Texas. Mexico maintained that she had a right to punish Cutting, because according to her Criminal Law offences committed by foreigners abroad against Mexican subjects are punishable in Mexico. The United States, however, intervened,[244] and demanded Cutting's release. Mexico refused to comply with this demand, but nevertheless Cutting was finally released, as the plaintiff withdrew his action for libel. Since Mexico likewise refused to comply with the demand of the United States to alter her Criminal Law for the purpose of avoiding in the future a similar incident, diplomatic practice has not at all settled the subject.
§ 147. Many states claim authority and threaten punishment for certain actions committed by a foreigner in other countries.[Pg 204] States that assert this kind of jurisdiction threaten punishment for certain acts either against the state itself, like high treason, counterfeiting money, and similar offenses, or against its citizens, such as murder, arson, libel, and slander. These states cannot exercise this authority as long as the foreigner remains outside their territory. However, if that person enters their territory after committing such an act, they have the chance to impose punishment. The question is, do states have the right to assert jurisdiction over actions of foreigners committed in other countries, and does the home state of such a foreigner have a duty to accept their punishment if the foreigner is under the control of these states? The answer must be no. At the time the criminal acts are committed, the offenders are not under the territorial or personal authority of the states involved. A state can only demand respect for its laws from aliens who are either temporarily or permanently within its territory. No right for a state to extend its jurisdiction over acts of foreigners committed in other countries can be deemed to exist under international law, and the right of protection over citizens abroad that every state holds would allow it to intervene if one of its citizens abroad is required to stand trial in another state's courts for criminal acts they did not commit while under that state's authority. In the[Pg 205] only case reported—specifically, the case of Cutting—an intervention happened based on this perspective. In 1886, one A. K. Cutting, a citizen of the United States, was arrested in Mexico for an alleged libel against Emigdio Medina, a Mexican citizen, published in a newspaper in El Paso, Texas. Mexico claimed the right to punish Cutting, asserting that under its criminal law, offenses committed by foreigners abroad against Mexican nationals are punishable in Mexico. However, the United States intervened, and demanded Cutting's release. Mexico refused this demand, but Cutting was eventually released when the plaintiff withdrew his libel case. Since Mexico also declined to modify its criminal law to prevent similar incidents in the future, diplomatic practice has not settled the matter at all.
[242] The Institute of International Law has studied the question at several meetings and in 1883, at its meeting at Munich (see Annuaire, VII. p. 156), among a body of fifteen articles concerning the conflict of the Criminal Laws of different States, adopted the following (article 8):—"Every State has a right to punish acts committed by foreigners outside its territory and violating its penal laws when those acts contain an attack upon its social existence or endanger its security and when they are not provided against by the Criminal Law of the territory where they take place." But it must be emphasised that this resolution has value de lege ferenda only.
[242] The Institute of International Law has examined this issue at several meetings. In 1883, during its meeting in Munich (see Annuaire, VII. p. 156), it adopted the following article (article 8) from a set of fifteen articles addressing the conflict of Criminal Laws among different States: "Every State has the right to punish acts committed by foreigners outside its territory that violate its penal laws when those acts threaten its social order or jeopardize its security and are not addressed by the Criminal Law of the location where they occur." However, it should be noted that this resolution is only valuable de lege ferenda.
[243] The case of Cirilo Pouble—see Moore, II. § 200, pp. 227-228—concerning which the United States at first were inclined to intervene, proved to be a case of a crime committed within Spanish jurisdiction. The case of John Anderson—see Moore, I. § 174, p. 933—is likewise not relevant, as he claimed to be a British subject.
[243] The case of Cirilo Pouble—see Moore, II. § 200, pp. 227-228—initially prompted the United States to consider intervening, but it turned out to be a crime committed within Spanish jurisdiction. The case of John Anderson—see Moore, I. § 174, p. 933—is also not applicable, as he asserted that he was a British subject.
[244] See Westlake, I. p. 252; Taylor, § 192; Calvo, VI. §§ 171-173; Moore, II. § 201, and "Report on Extraterritorial Crime and the Cutting Case" (1887); Rolin in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 559-577. The case is fully discussed and the American claim is disputed by Mendelssohn Bartholdy, "Das räumliche Herrschaftsgebiet des Strafgesetzes" (1908), pp. 135-143.[Pg 206]
[244] See Westlake, I. p. 252; Taylor, § 192; Calvo, VI. §§ 171-173; Moore, II. § 201, and "Report on Extraterritorial Crime and the Cutting Case" (1887); Rolin in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 559-577. The case is fully discussed and the American claim is disputed by Mendelssohn Bartholdy, "Das räumliche Herrschaftsgebiet des Strafgesetzes" (1908), pp. 135-143.[Pg 206]
CHAPTER 3 STATE RESPONSIBILITY
I ON STATE RESPONSIBILITY IN GENERAL
Grotius, II. c. 21, § 2—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 6, § 12—Vattel, II. §§ 63-78—Hall, § 65—Halleck, I. pp. 440-444—Wharton, I. § 21—Moore, VI. §§ 979-1039—Wheaton, § 32—Bluntschli, § 74—Heffter, §§ 101-104—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 70-74—Liszt, § 24—Ullmann, § 39—Bonfils, Nos. 324-332—Despagnet, No. 466—Piedelièvre, I. pp. 317-322—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 196-210—Rivier, I. pp. 40-44—Calvo, III. §§ 1261-1298—Fiore, I. Nos. 659-679, and Code, Nos. 591-610—Martens, I. § 118—Clunet, "Offenses et actes hostiles commis par particuliers contre un état étranger" (1887)—Triepel, "Völkerrecht und Landesrecht" (1899), pp. 324-381—Anzillotti, "Teoria generale della responsabilità dello stato nel diritto internazionale" (1902)—Wiese, "Le droit international appliqué aux guerres civiles" (1898), pp. 43-65—Rougier, "Les guerres civiles et le droit des gens" (1903), pp. 448-474—Baty, "International Law" (1908), pp. 91-242—Anzillotti in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 5-29 and 285-309—Foster in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 5-10—Bar in R.I. 2nd Ser. I. (1899), pp. 464-481.
Grotius, II. c. 21, § 2—Pufendorf, VIII. c. 6, § 12—Vattel, II. §§ 63-78—Hall, § 65—Halleck, I. pp. 440-444—Wharton, I. § 21—Moore, VI. §§ 979-1039—Wheaton, § 32—Bluntschli, § 74—Heffter, §§ 101-104—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 70-74—Liszt, § 24—Ullmann, § 39—Bonfils, Nos. 324-332—Despagnet, No. 466—Piedelièvre, I. pp. 317-322—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 196-210—Rivier, I. pp. 40-44—Calvo, III. §§ 1261-1298—Fiore, I. Nos. 659-679, and Code, Nos. 591-610—Martens, I. § 118—Clunet, "Offenses et actes hostiles commis par particuliers contre un état étranger" (1887)—Triepel, "Völkerrecht und Landesrecht" (1899), pp. 324-381—Anzillotti, "Teoria generale della responsabilità dello stato nel diritto internazionale" (1902)—Wiese, "Le droit international appliqué aux guerres civiles" (1898), pp. 43-65—Rougier, "Les guerres civiles et le droit des gens" (1903), pp. 448-474—Baty, "International Law" (1908), pp. 91-242—Anzillotti in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 5-29 and 285-309—Foster in A.J. I. (1907), pp. 5-10—Bar in R.I. 2nd Ser. I. (1899), pp. 464-481.
Nature of State Responsibility.
Nature of State Responsibility.
§ 148. It is often maintained that a State, as a sovereign person, can have no legal responsibility whatever. This is only correct with reference to certain acts of a State towards its subjects. Since a State can abolish parts of its Municipal Law and can make new Municipal Law, it can always avoid legal, although not moral, responsibility by a change of Municipal Law. Different from this internal autocracy is the external responsibility of a State to fulfil its international legal duties. Responsibility for such duties is, as will be remembered,[245] a quality of every State as an International Person, without which the Family of Nations could not peaceably exist. Although there is no International[Pg 207] Court of Justice which could establish such responsibility and pronounce a fine or other punishment against a State for neglect of its international duties, State responsibility concerning international duties is nevertheless a legal responsibility. For a State cannot abolish or create new International Law in the same way as it can abolish or create new Municipal Law. A State, therefore, cannot renounce its international duties unilaterally[246] at discretion, but is and remains legally bound by them. And although there is not and never will be a central authority above the single States to enforce the fulfilment of these duties, there is the legalised self-help of the single States against one another. For every neglect of an international legal duty constitutes an international delinquency,[247] and the violated State can through reprisals or even war compel the delinquent State to comply with its international duties. It is only theorists who deny the possibility of a legal responsibility of States, the practice of the States themselves recognises it distinctly, although there may in a special case be controversy as to whether a responsibility is to be borne. And State responsibility is now in a general way recognised for the time of war by article 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, concerning the Laws and Customs of War on Land, which stipulates: "A belligerent party which violates the provisions of the said Regulations shall, if the case demands, be liable to make compensation. It shall be responsible for all acts committed by persons forming part of its armed forces."
§ 148. It’s often argued that a State, as a sovereign entity, has no legal responsibility at all. This is true only concerning certain actions a State takes towards its citizens. Since a State can modify parts of its Municipal Law and create new Municipal Law, it can always evade legal, though not moral, responsibility by changing its Municipal Law. Unlike this internal autonomy, a State has external responsibilities to fulfill its international legal obligations. Responsibility for these duties is, as we recall,[245] an inherent trait of every State as an International Person, without which the global community could not exist peacefully. Although there is no International[Pg 207] Court of Justice to establish such responsibility and impose fines or punishments on a State for failing to meet its international obligations, State responsibility regarding international duties is still a legal responsibility. A State cannot eliminate or create new International Law in the same way it can with Municipal Law. Therefore, a State cannot unilaterally renounce its international obligations[246] at will; it is and remains legally bound by them. While there is no and will never be a central authority above individual States to enforce these duties, there is legalized self-help among States against one another. Every failure to fulfill an international legal duty constitutes an international offense,[247] and the State that has been wronged can use reprisals or even war to compel the offending State to adhere to its international obligations. Only theorists deny the possibility of a State’s legal responsibility; in practice, States clearly recognize it, although there may be disputes in specific cases about who should bear that responsibility. Additionally, State responsibility is generally acknowledged during wartime by Article 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, concerning the Laws and Customs of War on Land, which states: "A belligerent party that violates the provisions of the said Regulations shall, if necessary, be liable to provide compensation. It shall be responsible for all acts committed by individuals who are part of its armed forces."
[246] See Annex to Protocol I. of Conference of London, 1871, where the Signatory Powers proclaim that "it is an essential principle of the Law of Nations that no Power can liberate itself from the engagements of a treaty, or modify the stipulations thereof, unless with the consent of the contracting Powers by means of an amicable arrangement."
[246] See Annex to Protocol I of the London Conference, 1871, where the Signatory Powers state that "it is a fundamental principle of international law that no power can free itself from the commitments of a treaty or change its terms without the agreement of the contracting powers through a friendly arrangement."
Original and Vicarious State Responsibility.
Original and Vicarious Accountability.
§ 149. Now if we examine the various international duties out of which responsibility of a State may rise,[Pg 208] we find that there is a necessity for two different kinds of State responsibility to be distinguished. They may be named "original" in contradistinction to "vicarious" responsibility. I name as "original" the responsibility borne by a State for its own—that is, its Government's actions, and for such actions of the lower agents or private individuals as are performed at the Government's command or with its authorisation. But States have to bear another responsibility besides that just mentioned. For States are, according to the Law of Nations, in a sense responsible for certain acts other than their own—namely, certain unauthorised injurious acts of their agents, of their subjects, and even of such aliens as are for the time living within their territory. This responsibility of States for acts other than their own I name "vicarious" responsibility. Since the Law of Nations is a law between States only, and since States are the sole exclusive subjects of International Law, individuals are mere objects[248] of International Law, and the latter is unable to confer directly rights and duties upon individuals. And for this reason the Law of Nations must make every State in a sense responsible for certain internationally injurious acts committed by its officials, subjects, and such aliens as are temporarily resident on its territory.[249]
§ 149. Now, if we look into the different international duties that can lead to a State's responsibility,[Pg 208] we see the need to distinguish between two types of State responsibility. They can be called "original" and "vicarious" responsibility. I refer to "original" responsibility as that which a State holds for its own actions—specifically, those actions of its Government—and for actions carried out by lower agents or private individuals that are done at the Government's command or with its authorization. However, States also carry another type of responsibility beyond this. According to the Law of Nations, States are, to some extent, responsible for certain actions that are not their own—specifically, unauthorized harmful actions by their agents, subjects, and even by foreigners temporarily residing within their territory. I call this type of responsibility "vicarious" responsibility. Since the Law of Nations is a law that applies only between States, and since States are the sole subjects of International Law, individuals are merely objects[248] of International Law, which cannot directly grant rights and duties to individuals. For this reason, the Law of Nations must hold every State at least somewhat accountable for certain internationally harmful acts committed by its officials, subjects, and foreigners who are temporarily living on its territory.[249]
[249] The distinction between original and vicarious responsibility was first made, in 1905, in the first edition of this treatise and ought therefore to have been discussed by Anzillotti in his able article in R.G. XIII. (1906), p. 292. The fact that he does not appreciate this distinction is prejudicial to the results of his researches concerning the responsibility of States.
[249] The difference between original and vicarious responsibility was first outlined in 1905 in the initial edition of this treatise and should have been addressed by Anzillotti in his insightful article in R.G. XIII. (1906), p. 292. The fact that he overlooks this distinction negatively impacts the outcomes of his research on the responsibility of States.
Essential Difference between Original and Vicarious Responsibility.
Essential Difference between Original and Vicarious Responsibility.
§ 150. It is, however, obvious that original and vicarious State responsibility are essentially different. Whereas the one is responsibility of a State for a neglect of its own duty, the other is not. A neglect of international legal duties by a State constitutes an international delinquency. The responsibility which a State bears for such delinquency is especially grave, and[Pg 209] requires, apart from other especial consequences, a formal expiatory act, such as an apology at least, by the delinquent State to repair the wrong done. On the other hand, the vicarious responsibility which a State bears requires chiefly compulsion to make those officials or other individuals who have committed internationally injurious acts repair as far as possible the wrong done, and punishment, if necessary, of the wrongdoers. In case a State complies with these requirements, no blame falls upon it on account of such injurious acts. But of course, in case a State refuses to comply with these requirements, it commits thereby an international delinquency, and its hitherto vicarious responsibility turns ipso facto into original responsibility.
§ 150. It’s clear that primary and vicarious State responsibility are fundamentally different. The former refers to a State's accountability for neglecting its own duties, while the latter does not. When a State fails to uphold its international legal obligations, it commits an international offense. The responsibility a State has for such an offense is particularly serious and[Pg 209] necessitates, in addition to other specific consequences, a formal act of atonement, such as at least an apology from the offending State to make amends for the harm caused. Conversely, vicarious responsibility that a State holds mainly requires action to compel those officials or individuals who have committed harmful international acts to rectify the damage as much as possible, along with punishments for the wrongdoers if necessary. If a State meets these demands, it doesn’t bear blame for those harmful actions. However, if a State chooses not to meet these demands, it thereby commits an international offense, and its prior vicarious responsibility automatically converts into primary responsibility.
II State Accountability for International Offenses
See the literature quoted above at the commencement of § 148.
See the literature mentioned earlier at the beginning of § 148.
Conception of International Delinquencies.
International Delinquency Concept.
§ 151. International delinquency is every injury to another State committed by the head and the Government of a State through violation of an international legal duty. Equivalent to acts of the head and Government are acts of officials or other individuals commanded or authorised by the head or Government.
§ 151. International wrongdoing refers to any harm caused to another State by the leader and the Government of a State through the breach of an international legal obligation. Actions taken by officials or other individuals directed or permitted by the leader or Government are considered equivalent to those acts.
An international delinquency is not a crime, because the delinquent State, as a Sovereign, cannot be punished, although compulsion may be exercised to procure a reparation of the wrong done.
An international delinquency isn't considered a crime, because the offending State, as a sovereign entity, can't be punished, although pressure can be applied to achieve compensation for the harm caused.
International delinquencies in the technical sense of the term must not be confounded either with so-called "Crimes against the Law of Nations" or with so-called "International Crimes." "Crimes against the Law of[Pg 210] Nations" in the wording of many Criminal Codes of the single States are such acts of individuals against foreign States as are rendered criminal by these Codes. Of these acts, the gravest are those for which the State on whose territory they are committed bears a vicarious responsibility according to the Law of Nations. "International Crimes," on the other hand, refer to crimes like piracy on the high seas or slave trade, which either every State can punish on seizure of the criminals, of whatever nationality they may be, or which every State has by the Law of Nations a duty to prevent.
International delinquencies in a technical sense should not be confused with so-called "Crimes against the Law of Nations" or "International Crimes." "Crimes against the Law of[Pg 210] Nations," as defined by many criminal codes in individual countries, are actions by individuals against foreign states that are classified as criminal by these codes. Among these actions, the most serious are those for which the state where they occur holds vicarious responsibility under international law. "International Crimes," on the other hand, include offenses like piracy on the high seas or human trafficking, which any state can punish when it captures the perpetrators, regardless of their nationality, or which every state is obligated to prevent under international law.
An international delinquency must, further, not be confounded with discourteous and unfriendly acts. Although such acts may be met by retorsion, they are not illegal and therefore not delinquent acts.
An international wrongdoing should not be confused with rude or unfriendly actions. While these actions may be addressed through retaliation, they are not illegal and hence not considered wrongful acts.
Subjects of International Delinquencies.
International Crime Subjects.
§ 152. An international delinquency may be committed by every member of the Family of Nations, be such member a full-Sovereign, half-Sovereign, or part-Sovereign State. Yet, half- and part-Sovereign States can commit international delinquencies in so far only as they have a footing within the Family of Nations, and therefore international duties of their own. And even then the circumstances of each case decide whether the delinquent has to account for its neglect of an international duty directly to the wronged State, or whether it is the full-Sovereign State (suzerain, federal, or protectorate-exercising State) to which the delinquent State is attached that must bear a vicarious responsibility for the delinquency. On the other hand, so-called Colonial States without any footing whatever within the Family of Nations and, further, the member-States of the American Federal States, which likewise lack any footing whatever within the Family of Nations because all their possible international relations are absorbed by the respective Federal States, cannot commit an international delinquency. Thus an injurious act against[Pg 211] France committed by the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia or by the Government of the State of California in the United States of America, would not be an international delinquency in the technical sense of the term, but merely an internationally injurious act for which Great Britain or the United States of America must bear a vicarious responsibility. An instance of this is to be found in the conflict[250] which arose in 1906 between Japan and the United States of America on account of the segregation of Japanese children by the Board of Education of San Francisco and the demand of Japan that this measure should be withdrawn. The Government of the United States at once took the side of Japan, and endeavoured to induce California to comply with the Japanese demands.
§ 152. An international wrongdoing can be committed by any member of the Family of Nations, whether that member is a fully sovereign, partially sovereign, or somewhat sovereign state. However, partially and somewhat sovereign states can only commit international wrongdoings to the extent that they participate in the Family of Nations and have their own international obligations. Even then, whether the offending state must answer directly to the harmed state for its failure to meet an international obligation, or if the fully sovereign state (like a suzerain, federal, or protective state) to which the offending state is connected must take on vicarious responsibility for the wrongdoing, depends on the specific circumstances of each case. On the other hand, so-called colonial states that have no standing at all within the Family of Nations, as well as member states of the American Federal States, which also have no standing within the Family of Nations since their potential international relations are fully incorporated by their respective Federal States, cannot commit an international wrongdoing. Therefore, if the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia or the Government of the State of California in the United States harms France, it would not technically be considered an international wrongdoing but rather simply an internationally harmful act for which Great Britain or the United States must take vicarious responsibility. A notable example is the conflict that arose in 1906 between Japan and the United States due to the segregation of Japanese children by the Board of Education of San Francisco and Japan’s request to reverse this measure. The Government of the United States immediately sided with Japan and tried to persuade California to comply with Japan's requests.
State Organs able to commit International Delinquencies.
State organs that can commit international offenses.
§ 153. Since States are juristic persons, the question arises, Whose internationally injurious acts are to be considered State acts and therefore international delinquencies? It is obvious that acts of this kind are, first, all such acts as are performed by the heads of States or by the members of Government acting in that capacity, so that their acts appear as State acts. Acts of such kind are, secondly, all acts of officials or other individuals which are either commanded or authorised by Governments. On the other hand, unauthorised acts of corporations, such as Municipalities, or of officials, such as magistrates or even ambassadors, or of private individuals, never constitute an international delinquency. And, further, all acts committed by heads of States and members of Government outside their official capacity, simply as individuals who act for themselves and not for the State, are not international delinquencies either.[251] The States concerned must certainly bear a vicarious responsibility for all such acts,[Pg 212] but for that very reason these acts do not comprise international delinquencies.
§ 153. Since States are legal entities, the question arises: Whose internationally harmful acts should be considered State acts and therefore international wrongdoings? It’s clear that these acts are, first, all actions taken by the heads of States or by Government members acting in that role, making their actions appear as State actions. Second, these also include any acts performed by officials or other individuals that are either ordered or authorized by the Government. On the flip side, unauthorized acts by corporations, like Municipalities, or by officials, such as magistrates or even ambassadors, or by private individuals, do not qualify as international wrongdoings. Furthermore, all actions taken by heads of States and members of Government outside of their official roles—just as individuals acting for themselves and not for the State—are not considered international wrongdoings either.[251] The concerned States must certainly face vicarious responsibility for all such acts,[Pg 212] but for that reason, these actions do not fall under the category of international wrongdoings.
No International Delinquency without Malice or culpable Negligence.
No International Delinquency without Malice or Culpable Negligence.
§ 154. An act of a State injurious to another State is nevertheless not an international delinquency if committed neither wilfully and maliciously nor with culpable negligence. Therefore, an act of a State committed by right or prompted by self-preservation in necessary self-defence does not contain an international delinquency, however injurious it may actually be to another State. And the same is valid in regard to acts of officials or other individuals committed by command or with the authorisation of a Government.
§ 154. A state's harmful act towards another state is not considered an international wrongdoing if it wasn’t done intentionally, maliciously, or with serious negligence. Therefore, if a state acts within its rights or in self-defense, even if the action harms another state, it doesn’t count as an international wrongdoing. The same applies to actions taken by officials or others if they are ordered or authorized by the government.
Objects of International Delinquencies.
International Delinquency Objects.
§ 155. International delinquencies may be committed against so many different objects that it is impossible to enumerate them. It suffices to give some striking examples. Thus a State may be injured—in regard to its independence through an unjustified intervention; in regard to its territorial supremacy through a violation of its frontier; in regard to its dignity through disrespectful treatment of its head or its diplomatic envoys; in regard to its personal supremacy through forcible naturalisation of its citizens abroad; in regard to its treaty rights through an act violating a treaty; in regard to its right of protection over citizens abroad through any act that violates the body, the honour, or the property[252] of one of its citizens abroad. A State may also suffer various injuries in time of war by illegitimate acts of warfare, or by a violation of neutrality on the part of a neutral State in favour of the other belligerent. And a neutral may in time of war be injured in various ways through a belligerent violating neutrality by acts of warfare within the[Pg 213] neutral State's territory; for instance, through a belligerent man-of-war attacking an enemy vessel in a neutral port or in neutral territorial waters, or through a belligerent violating neutrality by acts of warfare committed on the Open Sea against neutral vessels.
§ 155. International offenses can target so many different things that it’s impossible to list them all. A few notable examples will do. A state can be harmed—in terms of its independence through unwarranted intervention; in terms of its territorial integrity through border violations; in terms of its dignity through disrespectful treatment of its leader or diplomatic representatives; in terms of its sovereignty through forced naturalization of its citizens abroad; in terms of its treaty rights through actions that breach a treaty; and in terms of its right to protect its citizens abroad through any action that harms, dishonors, or infringes on the property[252] of one of its citizens in other countries. A state may also experience various injuries during war due to illegitimate acts of warfare or breaches of neutrality by a neutral state favoring one of the fighting parties. Additionally, a neutral state can suffer various harms during wartime if a belligerent violates neutrality by conducting military actions within its territory; for example, if a warship attacks an enemy vessel in a neutral port or in neutral waters, or if a belligerent commits acts of warfare on the open sea against neutral vessels.
[252] That a State which does not pay its public debts due to foreigners and refuses, on the demand of the home State of the foreigners concerned, to make satisfactory arrangements commits international delinquency there is no doubt. On the so-called Drago doctrine and the Hague Convention concerning the Employment of Force for the Recovery of Contract Debts, see above, § 135, No. 6.
[252] There's no doubt that a state that doesn't pay its public debts owed to foreigners and refuses to make satisfactory arrangements when requested by the home state of those foreigners is guilty of international wrongdoing. For information on the so-called Drago doctrine and the Hague Convention regarding the Use of Force for Recovering Contract Debts, see above, § 135, No. 6.
Legal consequences of International Delinquencies.
Legal consequences of international crimes.
§ 156. The nature of the Law of Nations as a law between, not above, Sovereign States excludes the possibility of punishing a State for an international delinquency and of considering the latter in the light of a crime. The only legal consequences of an international delinquency that are possible under existing circumstances are such as create a reparation of the moral and material wrong done. The merits and the conditions of the special cases are, however, so different that it is impossible for the Law of Nations to prescribe once for all what legal consequences an international delinquency should have. The only rule which is unanimously recognised by theory and practice is that out of an international delinquency arises a right for the wronged State to request from the delinquent State the performance of such expiatory acts as are necessary for a reparation of the wrong done. What kind of acts these are depends upon the special case and the discretion of the wronged State. It is obvious that there must be a pecuniary reparation for a material damage. Thus, according to article 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, concerning the Laws and Customs of War on Land, a belligerent party which violates these laws shall, if the case demands, be liable to make compensation. But at least a formal apology on the part of the delinquent will in every case be necessary. This apology may have to take the form of some ceremonial act, such as a salute to the flag or to the coat of arms of the wronged State, the mission of a special embassy bearing apologies, and the like. A great difference would naturally be made between acts of reparation for international[Pg 214] delinquencies deliberately and maliciously committed, on the one hand, and, on the other, for such as arise merely from culpable negligence.
§ 156. The nature of the Law of Nations as a law governing, rather than overriding, Sovereign States eliminates the possibility of punishing a State for an international offense or viewing it as a crime. The only legal consequences of an international offense that can currently occur are those that involve making amends for the moral and material harm done. However, the specifics and circumstances of individual cases are so varied that it's impossible for the Law of Nations to universally dictate what legal consequences an international offense should entail. The only rule that is broadly accepted in theory and practice is that an international offense gives the injured State the right to request that the offending State perform necessary reparative actions to rectify the harm caused. The nature of these actions depends on the specific case and the judgment of the injured State. It's clear that there must be financial compensation for physical damage. For example, according to article 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, regarding the Laws and Customs of War on Land, a warring party that breaks these laws will be required to provide compensation if warranted by the situation. At the very least, a formal apology from the offending party will always be necessary. This apology might need to take the form of a ceremonial gesture, such as a salute to the flag or coat of arms of the injured State, the sending of a special embassy to deliver apologies, and similar actions. There would naturally be a significant difference in reparative actions for international offenses that are committed intentionally and with malice, compared to those that result merely from careless negligence.
When the delinquent State refuses reparation of the wrong done, the wronged State can exercise such means as are necessary to enforce an adequate reparation. In case of international delinquencies committed in time of peace, such means are reprisals[253] (including embargo and pacific blockade) and war as the case may require. On the other hand, in case of international delinquencies committed in time of war through illegitimate acts of warfare on the part of a belligerent, such means are reprisals and the taking of hostages.[254]
When a state that has caused harm refuses to make amends, the affected state can take the necessary actions to enforce proper compensation. In situations where international wrongdoing occurs during peacetime, these actions can include reprisals (such as embargoes and peaceful blockades) or, if needed, war. Conversely, if international wrongdoing happens during wartime due to illegitimate acts of warfare by a combatant, the responses can include reprisals and taking hostages.
III STATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTIONS OF STATE ORGANS
See the literature quoted above at the commencement of § 148, and especially Moore, VI. §§ 998-1018.
See the literature mentioned above at the beginning of § 148, and especially Moore, VI. §§ 998-1018.
Responsibility varies with Organs concerned.
Responsibility varies by involved parties.
§ 157. States must bear vicarious responsibility for all internationally injurious acts of their organs. As, however, these organs are of different kinds and of different position, the actual responsibility of a State for acts of its organs varies with the agents concerned. It is therefore necessary to distinguish between internationally injurious acts of heads of States, members of Government, diplomatic envoys, parliaments, judicial functionaries, administrative officials, and military and naval forces.
§ 157. States are responsible for all harmful actions taken by their representatives. However, since these representatives come in different forms and hold different positions, a State's actual responsibility for their actions varies based on who is involved. Therefore, it’s important to differentiate between harmful acts committed by heads of States, government members, diplomatic envoys, parliaments, judges, administrative officials, and military and naval forces.
Internationally injurious Acts of Heads of States.
Internationally harmful actions by heads of state.
§ 158. Such international injurious acts as are committed by heads of States in the exercise of their official functions are not our concern here, because they constitute international delinquencies which have been discussed above (§§ 151-156). But a monarch can, just[Pg 215] as any other individual, in his private life commit many internationally injurious acts, and the question is, whether and in what degree a State must bear responsibility for such acts of its head. The position of a head of a State, who is within and without his State neither under the jurisdiction of a Court of Justice nor under any kind of disciplinary control, makes it a necessity for the Law of Nations to claim a certain vicarious responsibility from States for internationally injurious acts committed by their heads in private life. Thus, for instance, when a monarch during his stay abroad commits an act injurious to the property of a foreign subject and refuses adequate reparation, his State may be requested to pay damages on his behalf.
§ 158. The international harmful acts committed by heads of States while performing their official duties aren't our focus here, as they represent international offenses previously discussed (§§ 151-156). However, a monarch can, just like anyone else, engage in various harmful acts in their personal life, leading to the question of whether and to what extent a State must be held responsible for these actions by its leader. The situation of a head of State, who is neither subject to the jurisdiction of a Court of Justice nor under any sort of disciplinary oversight in both domestic and international contexts, makes it necessary for international law to impose some vicarious responsibility on States for internationally harmful acts committed by their leaders in private. For example, if a monarch injures the property of a foreign national while abroad and refuses to provide proper compensation, their State may be required to pay damages on their behalf.
Internationally injurious Acts of Members of Government.
Internationally harmful actions by government officials.
§ 159. As regards internationally injurious acts of members of a Government, a distinction must be made between such acts as are committed by the offenders in their official capacity, and other acts. Acts of the first kind constitute international delinquencies, as stated above (§ 153). But members of a Government can in their private life perform as many internationally injurious acts as private individuals, and we must ascertain therefore what kind of responsibility their State must bear for such acts. Now, as members of a Government have not the exceptional position of heads of States, and are, therefore, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary Courts of Justice, there is no reason why their State should bear for internationally injurious acts committed by them in their private life a vicarious responsibility different from that which it has to bear for acts of private persons.
§ 159. When it comes to internationally harmful actions by government members, we need to make a distinction between those carried out in their official roles and those that are personal. The first type represents international wrongdoings, as mentioned earlier (§ 153). However, government members can also commit the same internationally harmful acts in their personal lives as any private citizen, so we need to determine what kind of responsibility their country has for these actions. Since government members do not hold the exceptional status of heads of state and are subject to the ordinary court system, there’s no reason for their country to face a different level of responsibility for internationally harmful acts they commit in their personal lives compared to those done by private individuals.
Internationally injurious Acts of Diplomatic Envoys.
Internationally harmful actions by diplomatic envoys.
§ 160. The position of diplomatic envoys who, as representatives of their home State, enjoy the privileges of exterritoriality, gives, on the one hand, a very great importance to internationally injurious acts committed by them on the territory of the receiving State,[Pg 216] and, on the other hand, excludes the jurisdiction of the receiving State over such acts. The Law of Nations therefore makes the home State in a sense responsible for all acts of an envoy injurious to the State or its subjects in whose territory he resides. But it depends upon the merits of the special case what measures beyond simple recall must be taken to satisfy the wronged State. Thus, for instance, a crime committed by the envoy on the territory of the receiving State must be punished by his home State, and according to special circumstances and conditions the home State may be obliged to disown an act of its envoy, to apologise or express its regret for his behaviour, or to pay damages. It must, however, be remembered that such injurious acts as an envoy performs at the command or with the authorisation of the home State, constitute international delinquencies for which the home State bears original responsibility and for which the envoy cannot personally be blamed.
§ 160. The status of diplomatic envoys, who represent their home country and enjoy the privileges of extraterritoriality, highlights the significance of harmful actions they might take while in the territory of the host country,[Pg 216] while also preventing the host country from exercising jurisdiction over those actions. Therefore, international law places a degree of responsibility on the home country for all actions of an envoy that cause harm to the state or its citizens where he is present. However, the specific actions that need to be taken to address the grievances of the aggrieved state depend on the particular circumstances of each case. For example, if the envoy commits a crime in the host country, it must be addressed by the home country, and based on the situation, the home country may be required to distance itself from the envoy's actions, issue an apology or express regret, or pay damages. It's also important to note that harmful acts an envoy conducts at the request or with permission from the home country are considered international offenses for which the home country holds primary responsibility, and the envoy cannot be personally held accountable.
Internationally injurious Attitudes of Parliaments.
Harmful Attitudes of Parliaments Worldwide.
§ 161. As regards internationally injurious attitudes of parliaments, it must be kept in mind that, most important as may be the part parliaments play in the political life of a nation, they do not belong to the agents which represent the States in their international relations with other States. Therefore, however injurious to a foreign State an attitude of a parliament may be, it can never constitute an international delinquency. That, on the other hand, all States must bear vicarious responsibility for such attitudes of their parliaments, there can be no doubt. But, although the position of a Government is difficult in such cases, especially in States that have a representative Government, this does not concern the wronged State, which has a right to demand satisfaction and reparation for the wrong done.
§ 161. Regarding the harmful attitudes of parliaments on an international level, it’s important to remember that, despite the significant role parliaments play in a nation's political life, they are not the representatives of the States in their dealings with other countries. Therefore, no matter how damaging a parliament's stance may be to a foreign State, it cannot be classified as an international wrongdoing. However, it is undeniable that all States must take some level of responsibility for the actions of their parliaments. Even though a Government's position can be complicated in these situations—especially in countries with a representative Government—it doesn't affect the aggrieved State, which has the right to seek satisfaction and compensation for the wrongdoing.
Internationally injurious Acts of Judicial Functionaries.
Internationally harmful actions by judicial officials.
§ 162. Internationally injurious acts committed by[Pg 217] judicial functionaries in their private life are in no way different from such acts committed by other individuals. But these functionaries may in their official capacity commit such acts, and the question is how far a State's vicarious responsibility for acts of its judicial functionaries can reasonably be extended in face of the fact that in modern civilised States these functionaries are to a great extent independent of their Government.[255] Undoubtedly, in case of such denial or undue delay of justice by the Courts as is internationally injurious, a State must find means to exercise compulsion against such Courts. And the same is valid with regard to an obvious and malicious act of misapplication of the law by the Courts which is injurious to another State. But if a Court observes its own proper forms of justice and nevertheless makes a materially unjust order or pronounces a materially unjust judgment, matters become so complicated that there is hardly a peaceable way in which the injured State can successfully obtain reparation for the wrong done, unless the other party consents to bring the case before a Court of Arbitration.
§ 162. Internationally harmful actions carried out by[Pg 217] judicial officials in their personal lives are not any different from actions taken by other individuals. However, these officials can commit such actions in their official roles, raising the question of how far a state's indirect responsibility for the actions of its judicial officials can be sensibly extended, given that in modern civilized countries, these officials are largely independent of their governments.[255] Clearly, in cases where the courts unjustly deny or delay justice in a way that violates international norms, a state must find ways to compel these courts to act. The same applies to clear and malicious misapplications of the law by the courts that harm another state. However, if a court follows its proper procedures yet still issues a fundamentally unjust order or judgment, the situation becomes so complex that there is hardly a peaceful way for the injured state to secure compensation for the harm done, unless the other party agrees to take the matter to an Arbitration Court.
An illustrative case is that of the Costa Rica Packet,[256] which happened in 1891. Carpenter, the master of this Australian whaling-ship, was, by order of a Court of Justice, arrested on November 2, 1891, in the port of Ternate, in the Dutch East Indies, for having committed three years previously a theft on the sea within Dutch territorial waters. He was, however, released on November 28, because the Court found that the alleged crime was not committed within Dutch territorial waters, but on the High Seas. Great Britain demanded damages for the arrest of the master of the Costa Rica Packet, but Holland maintained that,[Pg 218] since the judicial authorities concerned had ordered the arrest of Carpenter in strict conformity with the Dutch laws, the British claim was unjustified. After some correspondence, extending over several years, Great Britain and Holland agreed, in 1895, upon having the conflict settled by arbitration and upon appointing the late Professor de Martens of St. Petersburg as arbitrator. The award, given in 1899, was in favour of Great Britain, and Holland was condemned to pay damages to the master, the proprietors, and the crew of the Costa Rica Packet.[257]
An illustrative case is that of the Costa Rica Packet,[256] which took place in 1891. Carpenter, the captain of this Australian whaling ship, was arrested on November 2, 1891, in the port of Ternate, in the Dutch East Indies, by order of a court for committing a theft at sea three years earlier within Dutch territorial waters. However, he was released on November 28 because the court determined that the alleged crime did not occur within Dutch waters, but on the High Seas. Great Britain demanded compensation for the arrest of the captain of the Costa Rica Packet, but the Netherlands argued that,[Pg 218] since the judicial authorities had ordered Carpenter’s arrest in accordance with Dutch laws, the British claim was unfounded. After several years of correspondence, Great Britain and the Netherlands agreed in 1895 to resolve the dispute through arbitration and appointed the late Professor de Martens from St. Petersburg as the arbitrator. The decision, issued in 1899, ruled in favor of Great Britain, and the Netherlands was ordered to pay damages to the captain, the owners, and the crew of the Costa Rica Packet.[257]
[256] See Bles in R.I. XXVIII. (1896), pp. 452-468; Regelsperger in R.G. IV. (1897), pp. 735-745; Valery in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 57-66; Moore, I. § 148. See also Ullmann, "De la responsabilité de l'état en matière judiciaire" (1911).
[256] See Bles in R.I. XXVIII. (1896), pp. 452-468; Regelsperger in R.G. IV. (1897), pp. 735-745; Valery in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 57-66; Moore, I. § 148. See also Ullmann, "On State Liability in Judicial Matters" (1911).
Internationally injurious Acts of administrative Officials and Military and Naval Forces.
Internationally harmful actions by administrative officials and military and naval forces.
§ 163. Internationally injurious acts committed in the exercise of their official functions by administrative officials and military and naval forces of a State without that State's command or authorisation, are not international delinquencies because they are not State acts. But a State bears a wide, unlimited, and unrestricted vicarious responsibility for such acts because its administrative officials and military and naval forces are under its disciplinary control, and because all acts of such officials and forces in the exercise of their official functions are prima facie acts of the respective State.[258] Therefore, a State has, first of all, to disown and disapprove of such acts by expressing its regret or even apologising to the Government of the injured State; secondly, damages must be paid where required; and, lastly, the offenders must be punished according to the merits of the special case.
§ 163. Acts that cause international harm committed by government officials and military personnel of a State while doing their official duties, without the State’s command or authorization, aren’t considered international wrongdoings since they don’t represent State actions. However, a State holds broad, unlimited responsibility for such acts because its officials and military personnel operate under its control, and all actions taken by these officials and forces in their official capacity are prima facie actions of that State.[258] Therefore, a State must, first, disown and condemn these acts by expressing regret or even apologizing to the injured State’s government; second, it must pay damages if necessary; and finally, the wrongdoers should be punished based on the specifics of the case.
[258] It is of importance to quote again here art. 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, concerning the Laws and Customs of War on Land, which stipulates that a State is responsible for all acts committed by its armed forces.
[258] It’s important to quote Article 3 of the Hague Convention of 1907, regarding the Laws and Customs of War on Land, which states that a State is accountable for all actions taken by its military forces.
As regards the question what kind of acts of administrative officials and military and naval forces are of an internationally injurious character, the rule may safely be laid down that such acts of these subjects are[Pg 219] internationally injurious as would constitute international delinquencies when committed by the State itself or with its authorisation. Three very instructive cases may be quoted as illustrative examples:
As for the question of what types of actions by administrative officials and military and naval forces are considered internationally harmful, it's safe to say that such actions are[Pg 219] internationally harmful if they would be considered international wrongdoings if carried out by the State itself or with its approval. Three very informative cases can be mentioned as examples:
(1) On September 26, 1887, a German soldier on sentry duty at the frontier near Vexaincourt shot from the German side and killed an individual who was on French territory. As this act of the sentry violated French territorial supremacy, Germany disowned and apologised for it and paid a sum of 50,000 francs to the widow of the deceased as damages. The sentry, however, escaped punishment because he proved that he had acted in obedience to orders which he had misunderstood.
(1) On September 26, 1887, a German soldier on guard duty at the border near Vexaincourt shot and killed a person on French land. Since this act violated French territorial rights, Germany denied responsibility, apologized, and paid the deceased's widow 50,000 francs in compensation. However, the soldier avoided punishment because he showed that he had misinterpreted his orders.
(2) On November 26, 1906, Hasmann, a member of the crew of the German gunboat Panther,[259] at that time in the port of Itajahi in Brazil, failed to return on board his ship. The commander of the Panther sent a searching party, comprising three officers in plain clothes and a dozen non-commissioned officers and soldiers in uniform, on shore for the purpose of finding the whereabouts of Hasmann. This party, during the following night, penetrated into several houses, and compelled some of the residents to assist them in their search for the missing Hasmann, who, however, could not be found. He voluntarily returned on board the following morning. As this act violated Brazilian territorial supremacy, Brazil lodged a complaint with Germany, which, after an inquiry, disowned the act of the commander of the Panther, formally apologised for it, and punished the commander of the Panther by relieving him of his command.[260]
(2) On November 26, 1906, Hasmann, a crew member of the German gunboat Panther,[259] which was docked in Itajahi, Brazil, didn’t return to the ship. The commander of the Panther sent a search party made up of three plainclothes officers and about a dozen uniformed non-commissioned officers and soldiers to find Hasmann. That night, this group went into several houses and forced some residents to help them search for the missing Hasmann, who, however, could not be located. He came back voluntarily the next morning. Since this action violated Brazil's territorial sovereignty, Brazil filed a complaint with Germany, which, after an investigation, disavowed the actions of the commander of the Panther, formally apologized, and punished the commander by relieving him of his duties.[260]
(3) On July 15, 1911, while the Spanish were in occupation[Pg 220] of Alcazar in Morocco, M. Boisset, the French Consular Agent, who was riding back to Alcazar from Suk el Arba with his native servants, was stopped at the gate of the town by a Spanish sentinel. The sentinel refused to allow him to enter unless he and his servants first delivered up their arms. As M. Boisset refused, the sentinel barred the way with his fixed bayonet and called out the guard. M. Boisset's horse reared, and the sentinel thereupon covered him with his rifle. After parleying to no purpose with the guard, to whom he explained who he was, the French Consular Agent was conducted by an armed escort of Spanish soldiers to the Spanish barracks. A native rabble followed upon the heels of the procession and cried out: "The French Consular Agent is being arrested by the Spaniards." Upon arriving at the barracks M. Boisset had an interview with a Spanish officer, who, without in any way expressing regret, merely observed that there had been a misunderstanding (equivocacione), and allowed the French Consular Agent to go his way. It is obvious that, as Consuls in Eastern non-Christian countries, Japan now excepted, are exterritorial and inviolable, the arrest of M. Boisset was a great injury to France, which lodged a complaint with Spain. As promptly as July 19 the Spanish Government tendered a formal apology to France, and instructed the Spanish Commander at Alcazar to tender a formal apology to M. Boisset.
(3) On July 15, 1911, while the Spanish were occupying Alcazar in Morocco, M. Boisset, the French Consular Agent, was riding back to Alcazar from Suk el Arba with his local servants when a Spanish sentinel stopped him at the town gate. The sentinel refused to let him enter unless he and his servants surrendered their weapons. When M. Boisset declined, the sentinel blocked the way with his fixed bayonet and called for backup. M. Boisset's horse reared up, and the sentinel then aimed his rifle at him. After fruitlessly trying to explain his identity to the guard, M. Boisset was escorted by armed Spanish soldiers to the barracks. A group of locals followed, shouting, "The French Consular Agent is being arrested by the Spaniards." Once at the barracks, M. Boisset spoke with a Spanish officer who, without showing any regret, simply noted that there had been a misunderstanding (equivocacione) and allowed the French Consular Agent to leave. Clearly, since Consuls in Eastern non-Christian countries, Japan being the exception, are considered extraterritorial and inviolable, the arrest of M. Boisset was a serious affront to France, which filed a complaint with Spain. As early as July 19, the Spanish Government issued a formal apology to France and instructed the Spanish Commander in Alcazar to apologize formally to M. Boisset.
But it must be specially emphasised that a State never bears any responsibility for losses sustained by foreign subjects through legitimate acts of administrative officials and military and naval forces. Individuals who enter foreign territory submit themselves to the law of the land, and their home State has no right to request that they should be otherwise treated than as the law of the land authorises a State to treat[Pg 221] its own subjects.[261] Therefore, since the Law of Nations does not prevent a State from expelling aliens, the home State of an expelled alien cannot request the expelling State to pay damages for the losses sustained by the expelled through his having to leave the country. Therefore, further, a State need not make any reparation for losses sustained by an alien through legitimate measures taken by administrative officials and military forces in time of war, insurrection,[262] riot, or public calamity, such as a fire, an epidemic outbreak of dangerous disease, and the like.
But it's important to emphasize that a state is never responsible for losses suffered by foreign individuals due to legitimate actions of its administrative officials or military forces. People who enter another country must follow its laws, and their home country has no right to demand they be treated differently than what the local laws allow for its own citizens.[Pg 221][261] Therefore, since international law does not stop a state from expelling foreigners, the home country of someone who has been expelled cannot ask the expelling state to compensate for the losses experienced by the individual due to leaving the country. Additionally, a state is not required to provide any compensation for losses suffered by a foreigner due to legitimate actions taken by administrative officials or military forces during war, insurrection,[262] riots, or public emergencies like fires, disease outbreaks, and similar situations.
IV STATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTIONS OF PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS
See the literature quoted above at the commencement of § 148, and especially Moore, VI. §§ 1019-1031.
See the literature mentioned earlier at the beginning of § 148, and especially Moore, VI. §§ 1019-1031.
Vicarious in contradistinction to original State Responsibility for Acts of Private Persons.
Vicarious, in contrast to original State Responsibility for the actions of private individuals.
§ 164. As regards State responsibility for acts of private persons, it is first of all necessary not to confound the original with the vicarious responsibility of States for internationally injurious acts of private persons. International Law imposes the duty upon every State to prevent as far as possible its own subjects, and such foreign subjects as live within its territory, from committing injurious acts against other States. A State which either intentionally and maliciously or through culpable negligence does not comply with this duty commits an international delinquency for which it has to bear original responsibility. But it is practically impossible for a State to prevent all injurious acts which a private person might commit against a foreign State. It is for that reason that a State must, according to International Law, bear vicarious responsibility[Pg 222] for such injurious acts of private individuals as are incapable of prevention.
§ 164. When it comes to a State's responsibility for the actions of private individuals, it's important to distinguish between original responsibility and vicarious responsibility for internationally harmful acts committed by private individuals. International Law requires every State to do its best to prevent its own citizens, as well as foreign individuals within its territory, from causing harm to other States. If a State fails to fulfill this obligation, whether intentionally, maliciously, or through serious negligence, it commits an international offense for which it holds original responsibility. However, it's nearly impossible for a State to stop every harmful act a private individual might commit against another State. For this reason, according to International Law, a State must also take on vicarious responsibility for those harmful acts by private individuals that it cannot prevent.[Pg 222]
Vicarious responsibility for Acts of Private Persons relative only.
Vicarious responsibility for actions of private individuals only.
§ 165. Now, whereas the vicarious responsibility of States for official acts of administrative officials and military and naval forces is unlimited and unrestricted, their vicarious responsibility for acts of private persons is only relative. For their sole duty is to procure satisfaction and reparation for the wronged State as far as possible by punishing the offenders and compelling them to pay damages where required. Beyond this limit a State is not responsible for acts of private persons; there is in especial no duty of a State itself to pay damages for such acts if the offenders are not able to do it.
§ 165. Now, while the liability of States for official actions taken by administrative officials and military and naval forces is unlimited and unrestricted, their liability for the actions of private individuals is only relative. Their primary obligation is to seek satisfaction and compensation for the harmed State as fully as possible by punishing the offenders and making them pay damages when necessary. Beyond this point, a State is not responsible for the actions of private individuals; specifically, there is no obligation for the State itself to pay damages for such actions if the offenders are unable to do so.
Municipal Law for Offences against Foreign States.
Municipal Law for Offenses against Foreign States.
§ 166. It is a consequence of the vicarious responsibility of States for acts of private persons that by the Criminal Law of every civilised State punishment is severe for certain offences of private persons against foreign States, such as violation of ambassadors' privileges, libel on heads of foreign States and on foreign envoys, and other injurious acts.[263] In every case that arises the offender must be prosecuted and the law enforced by the Courts of Justice. And it is further a consequence of the vicarious responsibility of States for acts of private persons that criminal offences of private persons against foreign subjects—such offences are indirectly offences against the respective foreign States because the latter exercise protection over their subjects abroad—must be punished according to the ordinary law of the land, and that the Civil Courts of Justice of the land must be accessible for claims of foreign subjects against individuals living under the territorial supremacy of such land.
§ 166. As a result of the vicarious responsibility of States for the actions of private individuals, the Criminal Law of every civilized State imposes strict penalties for certain offenses committed by private individuals against foreign States. These include violations of ambassadors' privileges, defamation of foreign heads of state and envoys, and other harmful actions.[263] In every case that arises, the offender must be prosecuted, and the law must be enforced by the Courts of Justice. Furthermore, due to the vicarious responsibility of States for the actions of private individuals, criminal offenses committed by private individuals against foreign nationals—these offenses are indirectly offenses against their respective foreign States, as the latter protect their citizens abroad—must be punished according to the ordinary law of the land. Additionally, the Civil Courts of Justice must be accessible for claims made by foreign nationals against individuals residing under the jurisdiction of that land.
Responsibility for Acts of Insurgents and Rioters.
Responsibility for the Actions of Rebels and Rioters.
§ 167. The vicarious responsibility of States for acts of insurgents and rioters is the same as for acts of other[Pg 223] private individuals. As soon as peace and order are re-established, such insurgents and rioters as have committed criminal injuries against foreign States must be punished according to the law of the land. The point need not be mentioned at all were it not for the fact that, in several cases of insurrection and riots, claims have been made by foreign States against the local State for damages for losses sustained by their subjects through acts of the insurgents or rioters respectively, and that some writers[264] assert that such claims are justified by the Law of Nations. The majority of writers maintain, correctly, I think, that the responsibility of States does not involve the duty to repair the losses which foreign subjects have sustained through acts of insurgents and rioters. Individuals who enter foreign territory must take the risk of an outbreak of insurrections or riots just as the risk of the outbreak of other calamities. When they sustain a loss from acts of insurgents or rioters, they may, if they can, trace their losses to the acts of certain individuals, and claim damages from the latter before the Courts of Justice. The responsibility of a State for acts of private persons injurious to foreign subjects reaches only so far that its Courts must be accessible to the latter for the purpose of claiming damages from the offenders, and must punish such of those acts as are criminal. And in States which, as France for instance, have such Municipal Laws as make the town or the county where an insurrection or riot has taken place responsible for the pecuniary loss sustained by individuals during those events, foreign subjects must be allowed to claim damages from the local authorities for losses of such kind. But the State itself never has by International Law a duty to pay such damages.
§ 167. The responsibility of States for actions of insurgents and rioters is the same as for actions of other[Pg 223] private individuals. Once peace and order are restored, insurgents and rioters who have committed crimes against foreign States must face punishment under local laws. This point is worth mentioning because, in several cases of uprisings and riots, foreign States have made claims against the local State for damages incurred by their citizens due to the acts of the insurgents or rioters, and some authors[264] argue that these claims are valid under International Law. Most writers correctly argue, I believe, that the responsibility of States does not require them to compensate for losses that foreign citizens suffer due to acts of insurgents and rioters. Individuals who enter foreign territory assume the risk of potential insurrections or riots, just as they do with any other disasters. If they incur losses from the actions of insurgents or rioters, they may, if possible, identify the individuals responsible and seek damages from them in court. The extent of a State's responsibility for actions of private individuals that harm foreign citizens is limited to ensuring that courts are available for these citizens to seek damages from the offenders and that criminal acts are punished. In States like France, which have Municipal Laws holding the town or county accountable for financial losses resulting from insurrections or riots, foreign citizens must be allowed to claim damages from local authorities for such losses. However, the State itself is never obligated under International Law to pay those damages.
The practice of the States agrees with this rule laid down by the majority of writers. Although in some[Pg 224] cases several States have paid damages for losses of such kind, they have done it, not through compulsion of law, but for political reasons. In most cases in which the damages have been claimed for such losses, the respective States have refused to comply with the request.[265] As such claims have during the second half of the nineteenth century frequently been tendered against American States which have repeatedly been the scene of insurrections, several of these States have in commercial and similar treaties which they concluded with other States expressly stipulated[266] that they are not responsible for losses sustained by foreign subjects on their territory through acts of insurgents and rioters.
The practice of the States aligns with this rule established by most writers. Although a few States have paid damages for such losses in some cases, they did so for political reasons rather than legal obligation. In most instances where claims for damages have been made for these losses, the respective States have declined the requests. Throughout the second half of the nineteenth century, these types of claims were frequently made against American States, which had often experienced insurrections. As a result, several of these States included explicit clauses in the commercial and similar treaties they signed with other States, stating that they are not liable for losses suffered by foreign individuals on their territory due to actions of insurgents and protesters.
[266] See Martens, N.R.G. IX. p. 474 (Germany and Mexico); XV. p. 840 (France and Mexico); XIX. p. 831 (Germany and Colombia); XXII. p. 308 (Italy and Colombia); and p. 507 (Italy and Paraguay).
[266] See Martens, N.R.G. IX. p. 474 (Germany and Mexico); XV. p. 840 (France and Mexico); XIX. p. 831 (Germany and Colombia); XXII. p. 308 (Italy and Colombia); and p. 507 (Italy and Paraguay).
The Institute of International Law has studied the matter and has proposed[267] the following Règlement concerning it:—
The Institute of International Law has looked into the issue and has proposed[267] the following Regulation regarding it:—
(1) Independently of the case in which indemnities are due to foreigners by virtue of the general laws of the country, foreigners have a right to compensation when they are injured as to their person or as to their property in the course of a riot, of an insurrection, or of a civil war:
(1) Regardless of the situation in which compensation is owed to foreigners under the country's general laws, foreigners have the right to compensation when they are harmed in their person or property during a riot, an uprising, or a civil war:
(a) When the act from which they have suffered is directed against foreigners as such in general, or against them as under the jurisdiction of a certain State, or
(a) When the act that has harmed them targets foreigners in general, or specifically those under the jurisdiction of a certain State, or
(b) When the act from which they have suffered consists in closing a port without due and proper previous notification, or in retaining foreign ships in a port, or
(b) When the act that caused them harm involves shutting down a port without proper prior notice, or keeping foreign ships in a port, or
(c) When the injury is the result of an act contrary to the laws committed by a government official, or
(c) When the injury is caused by an illegal act committed by a government official, or
(d) When the obligation to compensate is established by virtue of the general principles of the law of war.
(d) When the duty to provide compensation is established by the general principles of the law of war.
(2) The obligation is equally well established when the injury has been committed (No. 1, a and d) on the territory of an insurrectionary government, whether by this government itself, or by one of its functionaries.
(2) The obligation is also clearly established when the injury has occurred (No. 1, a and d) on the territory of a rebellious government, whether by that government itself or by one of its officials.
On the other hand, certain demands for indemnity may be[Pg 225] set aside when they concern facts which occur after the government of the State to which the injured person belongs has recognised the insurrectionary government as a belligerent Power, and when the injured person has continued to keep his domicile or his habitation on the territory of the insurrectionary government.
On the flip side, some claims for compensation may be[Pg 225] disregarded if they involve events that happen after the government of the State where the affected person resides has acknowledged the insurgent government as a belligerent Power, and if the affected person has chosen to stay in their home or residence within the territory of the insurgent government.
As long as the latter is considered by the government of the person alleged to be injured as a belligerent Power, the demand may only be addressed, in the case of paragraph 1 of article 2, to the insurrectionary government and not to the legitimate government.
As long as the government of the person who claims to be injured considers the latter a belligerent Power, the demand can only be directed, in the case of paragraph 1 of article 2, to the insurrectionary government and not to the legitimate government.
(3) The obligation to compensate disappears when the injured persons are themselves a cause of the event which has brought the injury.[268] Notably no obligation exists to indemnify those who have returned to the country or who wish to give themselves up to commerce or industry there, when they know, or ought to know, that troubles have broken out, nor to indemnify those who establish themselves or sojourn in a country which offers no security on account of the presence of savage tribes, unless the government of the country has given express assurance to immigrants.
(3) The responsibility to compensate is eliminated when the injured individuals themselves contribute to the incident that caused their injury.[268] Specifically, there is no obligation to compensate those who have returned to the country or who plan to engage in commerce or industry there if they know, or should know, that conflicts have erupted, nor is there any obligation to compensate those who settle or stay in a country that lacks safety due to the presence of hostile tribes, unless the government of that country has provided explicit guarantees to immigrants.
(4) The government of a Federal State composed of a certain number of smaller States, which it represents from an international point of view, may not plead, in order to avoid the responsibility which falls upon it, the fact that the constitution of the Federal State does not give it the right to control the member-States, nor the right to exact from them the discharge of their obligations.
(4) The government of a Federal State made up of several smaller States, which it represents internationally, cannot use the fact that its constitution doesn’t give it the authority to manage the member States or require them to fulfill their obligations as an excuse to avoid its responsibilities.
(5) The stipulations mutually exempting States from the duty of giving their diplomatic protection ought not to comprise the cases of refusal of justice, or of evident violation of justice or of International Law.[269]
(5) The agreements that mutually release States from the responsibility to provide diplomatic protection should not include situations of denial of justice, clear violations of justice, or breaches of International Law.[269]
[269] The Institute of International Law has likewise—see Annuaire, XVIII. pp. 253 and 256—expressed the two following vœux:—
[269] The Institute of International Law has also—see Annuaire, XVIII. pp. 253 and 256—stated the following two wishes:—
(a) The Institute of International Law expresses the wish that the States should avoid inserting in treaties clauses of reciprocal irresponsibility. It considers that these clauses are wrong in exempting States from the fulfilment of their duty of protecting their nationals abroad and of their duty of protecting foreigners on their territory. It considers that the States which, on account of extraordinary circumstances, do not feel themselves at all in a position to assure protection in a sufficiently efficacious manner to foreigners on their territory, can only avoid the consequences of this condition of things by temporarily prohibiting foreigners to enter their territory.
(a) The Institute of International Law wishes for states to refrain from including clauses of mutual irresponsibility in treaties. It believes these clauses are problematic because they free states from their obligation to protect their citizens abroad and to safeguard foreigners on their soil. It also holds that states that, due to extraordinary circumstances, cannot adequately ensure protection for foreigners within their territory can only address this situation by temporarily banning foreigners from entering their land.
(b) Recourse to international commissions of inquiry and to international tribunals is in general recommended for all differences which may arise on account of injury to foreigners in the course of a riot, an insurrection, or of civil war.
(b) It's generally advised to turn to international commissions of inquiry and international tribunals for any disputes that might come up due to harm done to foreigners during a riot, an uprising, or a civil war.
PART II THE PURPOSES OF THE LAW OF NATIONS
CHAPTER 1 State Area
I ON STATE LAND IN GENERAL
Vattel, II. §§ 79-83—Hall, § 30—Westlake, I. pp. 84-88—Lawrence, §§ 71-72—Phillimore, I. §§ 150-154—Twiss, I. §§ 140-144—Halleck, I. pp. 150-156—Taylor, § 217—Wheaton, §§ 161-163—Moore, I. § 125—Bluntschli, § 277—Hartmann, § 58—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 225-232—Gareis, § 18—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 86—Heffter, §§ 65-68—Bonfils, No. 483—Despagnet, Nos. 374-377—Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 612—Mérignhac, II. pp. 356-366—Nys, I. pp. 402-412—Rivier, I. pp. 135-142—Calvo, I. §§ 260-262—Fiore, I. Nos. 522-530—Martens, I. § 88—Del Bon, "Proprietà territoriale degli Stati" (1867)—Fricker, "Vom Staatsgebiet" (1867).
Vattel, II. §§ 79-83—Hall, § 30—Westlake, I. pp. 84-88—Lawrence, §§ 71-72—Phillimore, I. §§ 150-154—Twiss, I. §§ 140-144—Halleck, I. pp. 150-156—Taylor, § 217—Wheaton, §§ 161-163—Moore, I. § 125—Bluntschli, § 277—Hartmann, § 58—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 225-232—Gareis, § 18—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 86—Heffter, §§ 65-68—Bonfils, No. 483—Despagnet, Nos. 374-377—Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 612—Mérignhac, II. pp. 356-366—Nys, I. pp. 402-412—Rivier, I. pp. 135-142—Calvo, I. §§ 260-262—Fiore, I. Nos. 522-530—Martens, I. § 88—Del Bon, "Proprietà territoriale degli Stati" (1867)—Fricker, "Vom Staatsgebiet" (1867).
Conception of State Territory.
Concept of State Territory.
§ 168. State territory is that definite portion of the surface of the globe which is subjected to the sovereignty of the State. A State without a territory is not possible, although the necessary territory may be very small, as in the case of the Free Town of Hamburg, the Principality of Monaco, the Republic of San Marino, or the Principality of Lichtenstein. A wandering tribe, although it has a Government and is otherwise organised, is not a State before it has settled down on a territory of its own.
§ 168. State territory is the specific area on the Earth’s surface that falls under the control of the State. A State cannot exist without territory, even if that territory is quite small, like in the cases of the Free Town of Hamburg, the Principality of Monaco, the Republic of San Marino, or the Principality of Liechtenstein. A nomadic tribe, even if it has a Government and is otherwise organized, is not considered a State until it establishes a permanent territory of its own.
State territory is also named territorial property of a State. Yet it must be borne in mind that territorial property is a term of Public Law and must not be confounded with private property. The territory of a State is not the property of the monarch, or of the Government, or even of the people of a State; it is the country which is subjected to the territorial supremacy or the imperium of a State. This distinction has,[Pg 230] however, in former centuries not been sharply drawn.[270] In spite of the dictum of Seneca, "Omnia rex imperio possidet, singuli dominio," the imperium of the monarch and the State over the State territory has very often been identified with private property of the monarch or the State. But with the disappearance of absolutism this identification has likewise disappeared. It is for this reason that nowadays, according to the Constitutional Law of most countries, neither the monarch nor the Government is able to dispose of parts of the State territory at will and without the consent of Parliament.[271]
State territory is also referred to as the territorial property of a State. However, it’s important to remember that territorial property is a term used in Public Law and should not be confused with private property. The territory of a State does not belong to the monarch, the Government, or even the people of the State; it is the country that is subjected to the territorial authority or the imperium of a State. This distinction, however, was not always clearly made in earlier centuries.[Pg 230] In spite of Seneca's statement, "Omnia rex imperio possidet, singuli dominio," the imperium of the monarch and the State over the State territory has often been equated with the private property of the monarch or the State. But with the decline of absolutism, this identification has also faded away. For this reason, these days, according to the Constitutional Law of most countries, neither the monarch nor the Government can dispose of parts of State territory at will and without Parliament's consent.[271]
[271] In English Constitutional Law this point is not settled. The cession of the Island of Heligoland to Germany in 1890 was, however, made conditional on the approval of Parliament.
[271] In English Constitutional Law, this issue isn't resolved. The transfer of the Island of Heligoland to Germany in 1890 was, however, contingent on Parliament's approval.
It must, further, be emphasised that the territory of a State is totally independent of the racial character of the inhabitants of the State. The territory is the public property of the State, and not of a nation in the sense of a race. The State community may consist of different nations, as, for instance, the British or the Swiss or the Austrians.
It should also be stressed that a state's territory is completely separate from the racial makeup of its inhabitants. The territory belongs to the state as public property, not to a nation defined by race. The state’s community can include different nations, like the British, Swiss, or Austrians.
Different kinds of Territory.
Different types of Territory.
§ 169. The territory of a State may consist of one piece of the surface of the globe only, such as that of Switzerland. Such kind of territory is named "integrate territory" (territorium clausum). But the territory of a State may also be dismembered and consist of several pieces, such as that of Great Britain. All States with colonies have a "dismembered territory."
§ 169. A state's territory can be a single area of the Earth's surface, like Switzerland. This type of territory is called "integrated territory" (territorium clausum). However, a state's territory can also be fragmented and made up of multiple areas, like Great Britain. All states with colonies have a "fragmented territory."
If a territory or a piece of it is absolutely surrounded by the territory of another State, it is named an "enclosure." Thus the Republic of San Marino is an enclosure of Italy, and Birkenfeld, a piece of the territory of the Grand Duchy of Oldenburg situated on the river Rhine, is an enclosure of Prussia.
If an area or a part of it is completely surrounded by the territory of another state, it is called an "enclosure." For example, the Republic of San Marino is an enclosure within Italy, and Birkenfeld, a part of the Grand Duchy of Oldenburg located on the Rhine River, is an enclosure within Prussia.
Another distinction is that between motherland and[Pg 231] colonies. Colonies rank as territory of the motherland, although they may enjoy complete self-government and therefore be called Colonial States. Thus, if viewed from the standpoint of the Law of Nations, the Dominion of Canada, the Commonwealth of Australia, New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa are British territory.
Another distinction is between the motherland and[Pg 231] colonies. Colonies are considered part of the motherland, even though they might have full self-government and be referred to as Colonial States. Therefore, from the perspective of International Law, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa are all British territory.
As regards the relation between the Suzerain and the Vassal State, it is certain that the vassal is not, in the strict sense of the term, a part of the territory of the suzerain. Crete and Egypt are not Turkish territory, although under Turkish suzerainty. But no general rule can be laid down, as everything depends on the merits of the special case, and as the vassal, even if it has some footing of its own within the Family of Nations, is internationally for the most part considered a mere portion of the Suzerain State.[272]
Regarding the relationship between the Suzerain and the Vassal State, it’s clear that the vassal is not, strictly speaking, a part of the suzerain's territory. Crete and Egypt are not considered Turkish land, even though they are under Turkish suzerainty. However, no general rule can be established, as everything depends on the specifics of each case, and the vassal, despite having some degree of autonomy within the Family of Nations, is mostly viewed internationally as just a part of the Suzerain State.[272]
Importance of State Territory.
Importance of State Territory.
§ 170. The importance of State territory lies in the fact that it is the space within which the State exercises its supreme authority. State territory is an object of the Law of Nations because the latter recognises the supreme authority of every State within its territory. Whatever person or thing is on or enters into that territory, is ipso facto subjected to the supreme authority of the respective State according to the old rules, Quidquid est in territorio, est etiam de territorio and Qui in territorio meo est, etiam meus subditus est. No foreign authority has any power within the boundaries of the home territory, although foreign Sovereigns and diplomatic envoys enjoy the so-called privilege of exterritoriality, and although the Law of Nations does, and international treaties may, restrict[273] the home authority in many points in the exercise of its sovereignty.
§ 170. The significance of state territory lies in the fact that it is the space where the state exercises its ultimate authority. State territory is recognized by international law because it acknowledges the supreme authority of each state within its territory. Anyone or anything that is on or enters that territory is automatically subjected to the authority of the respective state, as the old rules state, "Whatever is in the territory is also of the territory" and "Whoever is in my territory is also my subject." No foreign authority has power within the boundaries of the home territory, although foreign sovereigns and diplomatic envoys have a privilege known as extraterritoriality, and while international law does, and international treaties may, limit the home authority in various ways in the exercise of its sovereignty.
One Territory, one State.
One Territory, one State.
§ 171. The supreme authority which a State exercises over its territory makes it apparent that on one[Pg 232] and the same territory can exist one full-Sovereign State only. Two or more full-Sovereign States on one and the same territory are an impossibility. The following five cases, of which the Law of Nations is cognisant, are apparent, but not real, exceptions to this rule.
§ 171. The ultimate power that a State holds over its territory makes it clear that only one fully Sovereign State can exist in a given territory. It's impossible for two or more fully Sovereign States to coexist in the same territory. The following five cases, which are recognized by international law, may seem like exceptions to this rule, but they are not actual exceptions.
(1) There is, first, the case of the so-called condominium. It happens sometimes that a piece of territory consisting of land or water is under the joint tenancy of two or more States, these several States exercising sovereignty conjointly over such piece and the individuals living thereon. Thus Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg from 1864 till 1866 were under the condominium of Austria and Prussia. Thus, further, Moresnet (Kelmis), on the frontier of Belgium and Prussia, is under the condominium of these two States[274] because they have not yet come to an agreement regarding the interpretation of a boundary treaty of 1815 between the Netherlands and Prussia. And since 1898 the Soudan is under the condominium of Great Britain and Egypt. It is easy to show that in such cases[275] there are not two States on one and the same territory, but pieces of territory, the destiny of which is not decided, and which are kept separate from the territories of the interested States[276] under a separate administration. Until a final settlement the interested States do not exercise each an individual sovereignty over these pieces, but they agree upon a joint administration under their conjoint sovereignty.
(1) First, there’s the situation of the so-called condominium. Sometimes, a piece of land or water is jointly owned by two or more States, with these States exercising sovereignty together over that area and the individuals living there. For example, Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg were under the condominium of Austria and Prussia from 1864 to 1866. Additionally, Moresnet (Kelmis), located on the border of Belgium and Prussia, is under the condominium of both States[274] because they haven't reached an agreement regarding the interpretation of a boundary treaty from 1815 between the Netherlands and Prussia. Since 1898, Sudan has been under the condominium of Great Britain and Egypt. It is clear that in these cases[275] there aren't two States laying claim to the same territory, but rather areas whose fate is undecided and are kept separate from the territories of the involved States[276] under a different administration. Until a final decision is made, the involved States do not individually exercise sovereignty over these areas, but instead agree on a joint administration under their shared sovereignty.
[275] The New Hebrides are materially likewise under a condominium, namely, that of Great Britain and France, although article 1 of the Convention of October 20, 1906—see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. I. (1909), p. 523—speaks only of "a region of joint influence" with regard to the New Hebrides. See Brunet, "Le Régime International des Nouvelles-Hebrides" (1908), and Politis in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 689-759.
[275] The New Hebrides are also under a condominium, specifically that of Great Britain and France, although article 1 of the Convention from October 20, 1906—see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. I. (1909), p. 523—only refers to "a region of joint influence" in relation to the New Hebrides. See Brunet, "Le Régime International des Nouvelles-Hebrides" (1908), and Politis in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 689-759.
[276] As regards the proposed condominium over Spitzbergen, see Waultrin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 80-105, and Piccioni in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 117-134.
[276] Regarding the suggested condominium over Spitzbergen, check out Waultrin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 80-105, and Piccioni in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 117-134.
(2) The second case is that of the administration of[Pg 233] a piece of territory by a foreign Power, with the consent of the owner-State. Thus, since 1878 the Turkish island of Cyprus has been under British administration, and the then Turkish provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina were from 1878 to 1908 under the administration of Austria-Hungary. In these cases a cession of pieces of territory has for all practical purposes taken place, although in law the respective pieces still belong to the former owner-State. Anyhow, it is certain that only one sovereignty is exercised over these pieces—namely, the sovereignty of the State which exercises administration. On the other hand, however, the fact that in these cases pieces of territory have for all practical purposes been ceded to another State does not empower the latter arbitrarily to annex the territory without the consent of the State owning it in law. Austria-Hungary had therefore no right to annex, in 1908, without the previous consent of Turkey, the provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina.[277]
(2) The second case involves the administration of[Pg 233] a territory by a foreign power, with the approval of the owner state. Since 1878, the Turkish island of Cyprus has been under British administration, and the Turkish provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina were administered by Austria-Hungary from 1878 to 1908. In these situations, a transfer of territory has practically occurred, even though legally the territories still belong to the former owner state. However, it is clear that only one sovereignty is exercised over these territories—specifically, the sovereignty of the state that administers them. Conversely, the fact that these territories have practically been ceded to another state does not give that state the right to arbitrarily annex the territory without the consent of the legal owner state. Therefore, Austria-Hungary had no right to annex, in 1908, the provinces of Bosnia and Herzegovina without prior consent from Turkey.[277]
(3) The third case is that of a piece of territory leased or pledged by the owner-State to a foreign Power. Thus, China in 1898 leased[278] the district of Kiauchau to Germany, Wei-Hai-Wei and the land opposite the island of Hong-Kong to Great Britain, and Port Arthur to Russia.[279] Thus, further, in 1803 Sweden pledged the town of Wismar[280] to the Grand Duchy of Mecklenburg-Schwerin, and the Republic of Genoa in 1768 pledged the island of Corsica to France. All such cases comprise, for all practical purposes, cessions of pieces of territory, but in strict law they remain the property of the leasing State. And such property is not a mere[Pg 234] fiction, as some writers[281] maintain, for it is possible that the lease comes to an end by expiration of time or by rescission. Thus the lease, granted in 1894 by Great Britain to the former Congo Free State, of the so-called Lado Enclave, was rescinded[282] in 1906. However this may be, as long as the lease has not expired it is the lease-holder who exercises sovereignty over the territory concerned.
(3) The third case involves a piece of territory rented or pledged by the owner-state to a foreign power. For example, China in 1898 leased[278] the district of Kiauchau to Germany, Wei-Hai-Wei and the land opposite Hong Kong to Great Britain, and Port Arthur to Russia.[279] Additionally, in 1803, Sweden pledged the town of Wismar[280] to the Grand Duchy of Mecklenburg-Schwerin, and the Republic of Genoa in 1768 pledged the island of Corsica to France. All these cases essentially involve cessions of territory, but legally, they still belong to the leasing state. This property isn't just a[Pg 234] fictional concept, as some writers[281] suggest, because the lease can end due to time expiration or cancellation. For instance, the lease granted in 1894 by Great Britain to the former Congo Free State for the so-called Lado Enclave was canceled[282] in 1906. Regardless, as long as the lease is in effect, the lease-holder has sovereignty over the territory in question.
[280] This transaction took place for the sum of 1,258,000 thaler, on condition that Sweden, after the lapse of 100 years, should be entitled to take back the town of Wismar on repayment of the money, with 3 per cent. interest per annum. Sweden in 1903—see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXI. (1905), pp. 572 and 574—formally waived her right to retake the town.
[280] This deal was made for 1,258,000 thaler, with the condition that Sweden, after 100 years, could reclaim the town of Wismar by repaying the amount with 3 percent interest per year. In 1903, Sweden officially gave up its right to reclaim the town—see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXI. (1905), pp. 572 and 574.
(4) The fourth case is that of a piece of territory of which the use, occupation, and control is in perpetuity granted by the owner-State to another State with the exclusion of the exercise of any sovereign rights over the territory concerned on the part of the grantor. In this way[283] the Republic of Panama transferred, in 1903, to the United States of America a ten-mile wide strip of territory for the purpose of constructing, administrating, and defending the so-called Panama Canal. In this case the grantor retains only in name the property of the territory, the transfer of the land concerned is really cession all but in name, and it is certain that only the grantee exercises sovereignty there.
(4) The fourth case involves a piece of land that the owner-State grants to another State for permanent use, occupation, and control, excluding any exercise of sovereign rights over that territory by the grantor. In this way[283] in 1903, the Republic of Panama transferred a ten-mile wide strip of land to the United States of America for the construction, administration, and defense of the Panama Canal. In this situation, the grantor only retains nominal ownership of the territory; the transfer is essentially a cession, and it is clear that only the grantee holds sovereignty there.
(5) The fifth case is that of the territory of a Federal State. As a Federal State is considered[284] a State of its own side by side with its single member-States, the fact is apparent that the different territories of the single member-States are at the same time collectively the territory of the Federal State. But this fact is only the consequence of the other illogical fact that sovereignty is divided between a Federal State and its member-States. Two different sovereignties are here by no means exercised over one and the same territory, for so far as the Federal State possesses sovereignty the member-States do not, and vice versa.
(5) The fifth case is that of the territory of a Federal State. A Federal State is recognized as a separate entity alongside its individual member states. It's clear that the various territories of the member states collectively make up the territory of the Federal State. However, this is just a result of the illogical situation where sovereignty is split between a Federal State and its member states. There aren’t two different sovereignties operating over the same territory, because when the Federal State has sovereignty, the member states do not, and vice versa.
II THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF STATE TERRITORY
Real and Fictional parts of Territory.
Real and Fictional Parts of Territory.
§ 172. To the territory of a State belong not only the land within the State boundaries, but also the so-called territorial waters. They consist of the rivers, canals, and lakes which water the land, and, in the case of a State with a seacoast, of the maritime belt and certain gulfs, bays, and straits of the sea. These different kinds of territorial waters will be separately discussed below in §§ 176-197. In contradistinction to these real parts of State territory there are some things that are either in every point or for some part treated as though they were territorial parts of a State. They are fictional and in a sense only parts of the territory. Thus men-of-war and other public vessels on the high seas as well as in foreign territorial waters are essentially in every point treated as though they were floating parts of their home State.[285] And the houses in which foreign diplomatic envoys have their official residence are in many points treated as though they were parts of the home States of the respective envoys.[286] Again, merchantmen on the high seas are for some points treated as though they were floating parts of the territory of the State under whose flag they legitimately sail.[287]
§ 172. The territory of a State includes not only the land within its borders but also what are known as territorial waters. These consist of the rivers, canals, and lakes that flow through the land, and for a coastal State, the maritime area and certain gulfs, bays, and straits. These different types of territorial waters will be discussed separately below in §§ 176-197. In contrast to these actual parts of State territory, there are some entities that are treated as if they are territorial parts of a State at every point or for certain aspects. These are fictional and can be considered only parts of the territory. For example, warships and other public vessels on the high seas and in foreign territorial waters are essentially treated as floating extensions of their home State.[285] Additionally, the residences of foreign diplomatic envoys are often regarded as extensions of their home States.[286] Furthermore, merchant ships on the high seas are sometimes treated as floating extensions of the territory of the State whose flag they are permitted to sail under.[287]
Territorial Subsoil.
Subsurface land.
§ 173. The subsoil beneath the territorial land and water[288] is of importance on account of telegraph and telephone wires and the like, and further on account of the working of mines and of the building of tunnels. A special part of territory the territorial subsoil is not, although this is frequently asserted. But it is a universally recognised rule of the Law of Nations that the[Pg 236] subsoil to an unbounded depth belongs to the State which owns the territory on the surface.
§ 173. The subsoil under the land and water[288] is significant because of telegraph and telephone lines and similar infrastructure, as well as for mining operations and tunnel construction. The territorial subsoil is not considered a separate part of the territory, despite common claims. However, it is a generally accepted principle of international law that the subsoil extends to an unlimited depth and belongs to the state that owns the surface land.
Territorial Atmosphere.
Territorial vibe.
§ 174. The space of the territorial atmosphere is no more a special part of territory than the territorial subsoil, but it is of the greatest importance on account of wires for telegraphs, telephones, electric traction, and the like; further on account of wireless telegraphy and of aviation.
§ 174. The area of the territorial atmosphere is not any more a specific part of the territory than the territorial subsoil, but it is extremely important due to the presence of wires for telegraphs, telephones, electric traction, and similar technologies; also because of wireless telegraphy and aviation.
(1) Nothing need be said concerning wires for telegraphs and the like, except that obviously the territorial State can prevent neighbouring States from making use of its territorial atmosphere for such wires.
(1) There’s nothing much to say about wires for telegraphs and similar things, except that clearly the country can stop neighboring countries from using its airspace for those wires.
(2) As regards wireless telegraphy,[289] the "International Radiographic Convention," signed at Berlin on November 3, 1906, represents an agreement[290] of the signatory Powers concerning the exchange of radio-telegrams on the part of coast stations and ship stations, but it contains no stipulation respecting the question in general whether the territorial State is compelled to allow the passage over its territory of waves emanating from a foreign wireless telegraphy station. There ought to be no doubt that no such compulsion exists according to customary International Law, and that therefore the territorial State can prevent the passage of such waves[291] over its territory.
(2) When it comes to wireless telegraphy,[289] the "International Radiographic Convention," which was signed in Berlin on November 3, 1906, represents an agreement[290] among the signatory Powers regarding the exchange of radio-telegrams between coast stations and ship stations. However, it does not include any provisions about whether a territorial State is required to allow the transmission of waves from a foreign wireless telegraphy station over its territory. There should be no doubt that, according to customary International Law, no such obligation exists, and therefore the territorial State has the right to block the transmission of such waves[291] over its territory.
[289] See Meili, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie, &c." (1908); Schneeli, "Drahtlose Telegraphie und Völkerrecht" (1908); Landsberg, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie" (1909); Kausen, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie im Völkerrecht" (1910); Rolland in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 58-92; Fauchille in Annuaire, XXI. (1906), pp. 76-87; Bonfils, Nos. 53110 and 53111; Despagnet, No. 433 quater; Meurer and Boidin in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 76 and 261.
[289] See Meili, "Wireless Telegraphy, &c." (1908); Schneeli, "Wireless Telegraphy and International Law" (1908); Landsberg, "Wireless Telegraphy" (1909); Kausen, "Wireless Telegraphy in International Law" (1910); Rolland in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 58-92; Fauchille in Annuaire, XXI. (1906), pp. 76-87; Bonfils, Nos. 53110 and 53111; Despagnet, No. 433 quater; Meurer and Boidin in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 76 and 261.
[290] See below, §§ 287a, 287b, and 582, No. 4.
[291] The Institute of International Law—see Annuaire, XXI. (1906), p. 328—proposes by art. 3 of its "Régime de la Télégraphie sans fil" to restrict the power of the territorial State to exclude such waves from passing over its territory to the case in which the exclusion is necessary in the interest of its security.
[291] The Institute of International Law—see Annuaire, XXI. (1906), p. 328—proposes in article 3 of its "Wireless Telegraphy Regulations" to limit the ability of the territorial state to block such waves from crossing its territory only to situations where the exclusion is essential for its security.
(3) The space of the territorial atmosphere is of particular importance with regard to aviation, but no customary or conventional rules of International Law[Pg 237] are as yet in existence which settle the very much controverted[292] matter. An international conference for the purpose of agreeing upon an international convention concerning aviation met in 1910 at Paris, but did not produce any result. The fact is that, since aviation is still in its infancy, practical experience is lacking concerning many questions which can only be settled when aviation has been more developed. It is tempting to apply the rules concerning the maritime belt and the Open Sea analogously to the space of the atmosphere, and, therefore, to distinguish between a zone of a certain height, in which the territorial State can exercise sovereignty, and, on the other hand, the atmosphere beyond that height, which is to be considered free like the Open Sea. This comparison between the atmosphere and the sea is, however, faulty for two reasons. Firstly, the Open Sea is an international highway that connects distant lands between which, except by sea, no communication would be possible, whereas the atmosphere is not such an indispensable highway. Secondly, navigation on the Open Sea comprises no danger whatever to the security of the different States and the lives and property of their inhabitants, whereas aviation threatens such danger to a great extent. The chief question at issue is, therefore, whether the territorial State should or should not be considered to[Pg 238] exercise sovereignty over the space of the atmosphere to an unbounded height, and to have the power to prevent the passage of foreign aviators altogether, or to enact stringent rules with which they have to comply. It would probably be best for the States in conference to adopt such rules concerning the whole space of the atmosphere as are similar to those valid by customary International Law for the maritime belt, that is:—to recognise, on the one hand, sovereignty of the territorial State over the space of its atmosphere, but, on the other hand, to give a right to foreign States to demand from the territorial State that foreign private—but not public!—air-vessels may pass through its atmosphere, provided they comply with the rules enacted by the territorial State for the aerial traffic.[293]
(3) The airspace above a country is particularly important for aviation, but there are no established international laws yet that clarify this debated issue. An international conference aimed at creating a convention on aviation took place in Paris in 1910, but it didn’t lead to any agreements. The reality is that since aviation is still developing, we lack practical experience on many issues that can only be resolved as it matures. While it's tempting to apply the same rules that govern the ocean to airspace, distinguishing between a certain height where a country can assert sovereignty and the airspace above that being free like international waters, this analogy has flaws. First, the ocean serves as a vital route connecting distant nations, while the atmosphere does not offer the same essential connectivity. Second, traveling on the open sea does not pose a threat to the security of different countries or their people and property, in contrast to aviation, which does present significant risks. The main question, therefore, is whether a country should be seen as having complete sovereignty over its airspace, enabling it to ban foreign aircraft, or to set strict regulations that they must follow. It would likely be best for countries in discussion to establish rules for the entire airspace that are similar to those recognized in international maritime law: acknowledging the sovereignty of each nation over its airspace while allowing foreign states the right to request that private—though not public!—aircraft be permitted to pass through, as long as they adhere to the regulations put in place by the territorial state.
[292] The literature on aviation is abundant, see Holtzendorff, II. p. 230; Lawrence, § 73; Bonfils, Nos. 5311-5319; Despagnet, Nos. 433 bis and 433 ter; Mérignhac, II. pp. 398-410; Nys, I. pp. 523-532; Grünwald, "Das Luftschiff, &c." (1908); Meili, "Das Luftschiff, &c." (1908); Meurer, "Luftschiffahrtsrecht" (1909); Meyer, "Die Erschliessung des Luftraums und ihre rechtlichen Folgen" (1909); Magnani, "Il diritto sullo spazio aereo e l'aeronautica" (1909); Leech, "The Jurisprudence of the Air" (1910), a reprint from the Journal of the Royal Artillery, vol. XXXVII.; Lycklama à Nijeholt, "Air Sovereignty" (1910); Hazeltine, "The Law of the Air" (1911); Bielenberg, "Die Freiheit des Luftraums" (1911); Catellani, "Il diritto aereo" (1911); Sperl, "Die Luftschiffahrt, &c." (1911); Loubeyre, "Les principes du droit aérien" (1911); Fauchille in Annuaire, XIX. (1902) pp. 19-114, XXIV. (1911), and in R.G. VIII. (1901), pp. 414-485, XVII. (1910), pp. 55-62; Zitelmann in the Zeitschrift für internationales Privat- und Öffentliches Recht, XIX. (1909), pp. 458-496; Baldwin and Kuhm in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 95-108, 109-132; Baldwin in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 394-399.
[292] There is a wealth of literature on aviation; see Holtzendorff, II. p. 230; Lawrence, § 73; Bonfils, Nos. 5311-5319; Despagnet, Nos. 433 bis and 433 ter; Mérignhac, II. pp. 398-410; Nys, I. pp. 523-532; Grünwald, "Das Luftschiff, &c." (1908); Meili, "Das Luftschiff, &c." (1908); Meurer, "Luftschiffahrtsrecht" (1909); Meyer, "Die Erschliessung des Luftraums und ihre rechtlichen Folgen" (1909); Magnani, "Il diritto sullo spazio aereo e l'aeronautica" (1909); Leech, "The Jurisprudence of the Air" (1910), a reprint from the Journal of the Royal Artillery, vol. XXXVII.; Lycklama à Nijeholt, "Air Sovereignty" (1910); Hazeltine, "The Law of the Air" (1911); Bielenberg, "Die Freiheit des Luftraums" (1911); Catellani, "Il diritto aereo" (1911); Sperl, "Die Luftschiffahrt, &c." (1911); Loubeyre, "Les principes du droit aérien" (1911); Fauchille in Annuaire, XIX. (1902) pp. 19-114, XXIV. (1911), and in R.G. VIII. (1901), pp. 414-485, XVII. (1910), pp. 55-62; Zitelmann in the Zeitschrift für internationales Privat- und Öffentliches Recht, XIX. (1909), pp. 458-496; Baldwin and Kuhm in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 95-108, 109-132; Baldwin in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 394-399.
[293] The Institute of International Law is studying the question of aviation, and passed, in 1911, at its meeting in Madrid, some rules concerning the "Régime juridiques des Aéronefs"; see Annuaire, XXIV. (1911).
[293] The Institute of International Law is looking into aviation issues and established some rules regarding the "Legal Framework for Aircraft" at its meeting in Madrid in 1911; see Annuaire, XXIV. (1911).
Aviation through the atmosphere above the Open Sea will require special regulation on account of the dangers to the vessels of all nations traversing the sea, as will also aviation in general in time of war.
Aviation over the open sea will need specific regulations because of the risks to ships from all countries traveling through these waters, and this applies to aviation in general during wartime as well.
Inalienability of Parts of Territory.
Inalienability of Territory Portions.
§ 175. It should be mentioned that not every part of territory is alienable by the owner-State. For it is evident that the territorial waters are as much inseparable appurtenances of the land as are the territorial subsoil and atmosphere. Only pieces of land together with the appurtenant territorial waters are alienable parts of territory.[294] There is, however, one exception to this, since boundary waters[295] may wholly belong to one of the riparian States, and may therefore be transferred through cession from one to the other riparian State without the bank itself. But it is obvious that this is only an apparent, not a real, exception to the rule that territorial waters are inseparable appurtenances[Pg 239] of the land. For boundary waters that are ceded to the other riparian State remain an appurtenance of land, although they are now an appurtenance of the one bank only.
§ 175. It's important to note that not every piece of land can be transferred by the owner-State. It's clear that territorial waters are just as much a part of the land as the subsoil and atmosphere. Only parcels of land along with their associated territorial waters can be transferred. [294] However, there is one exception to this: boundary waters[295] can completely belong to one of the bordering States and can be transferred from one bordering State to another without including the land next to it. But it's clear that this is merely a surface exception and not a genuine one to the rule that territorial waters are inseparable from the land. The boundary waters that are transferred to the other bordering State remain connected to the land, even though they are now connected to just one side. [Pg 239]
III Rivers
Grotius, II. c. 2, §§ 11-15—Pufendorf, III. c. 3, § 8—Vattel, II. §§ 117, 128, 129, 134—Hall, § 39—Westlake, I. pp. 142-159—Lawrence, § 92—Phillimore, I. §§ 125-151—Twiss, I. § 145—Halleck, I. pp. 171-177—Taylor, §§ 233-241—Walker, § 16—Wharton, I. § 30—Moore, I. §§ 128-132—Wheaton, §§ 192-205—Bluntschli, §§ 314, 315—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 77—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 279-406—Gareis, § 20—Liszt, §§ 9 and 27—Ullmann, §§ 87 and 105—Bonfils, Nos. 520-531—Despagnet, Nos. 419-421—Mérignhac, II. pp. 605-632—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 688-755—Nys, I. pp. 438-441, and II. pp. 109-131—Rivier, I. p. 142 and § 14—Calvo, I. §§ 302-340—Fiore, II. Nos. 755-776, and Code, §§ 283-285 and 976-982—Martens, I. § 102, II. § 57—Delavaud, "Navigation ... sur les fleuves internationaux" (1885)—Engehardt, "Du régime conventionnel des fleuves internationaux" (1879), and "Histoire du droit fluvial conventionnel" (1889)—Vernesco, "Des fleuves en droit international" (1888)—Orban, "Etude sur le droit fluvial international" (1896)—Berges, "Du régime de navigation des fleuves internationaux" (1902)—Lopez, "Regimen internacional de los rios navigables" (1905)—Huber in Z.V. I. (1906), pp. 29 and 159—Hyde in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 145-155.
Grotius, II. c. 2, §§ 11-15—Pufendorf, III. c. 3, § 8—Vattel, II. §§ 117, 128, 129, 134—Hall, § 39—Westlake, I. pp. 142-159—Lawrence, § 92—Phillimore, I. §§ 125-151—Twiss, I. § 145—Halleck, I. pp. 171-177—Taylor, §§ 233-241—Walker, § 16—Wharton, I. § 30—Moore, I. §§ 128-132—Wheaton, §§ 192-205—Bluntschli, §§ 314, 315—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 77—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 279-406—Gareis, § 20—Liszt, §§ 9 and 27—Ullmann, §§ 87 and 105—Bonfils, Nos. 520-531—Despagnet, Nos. 419-421—Mérignhac, II. pp. 605-632—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 688-755—Nys, I. pp. 438-441, and II. pp. 109-131—Rivier, I. p. 142 and § 14—Calvo, I. §§ 302-340—Fiore, II. Nos. 755-776, and Code, §§ 283-285 and 976-982—Martens, I. § 102, II. § 57—Delavaud, "Navigation ... sur les fleuves internationaux" (1885)—Engehardt, "Du régime conventionnel des fleuves internationaux" (1879), and "Histoire du droit fluvial conventionnel" (1889)—Vernesco, "Des fleuves en droit international" (1888)—Orban, "Etude sur le droit fluvial international" (1896)—Berges, "Du régime de navigation des fleuves internationaux" (1902)—Lopez, "Regimen internacional de los rios navegables" (1905)—Huber in Z.V. I. (1906), pp. 29 and 159—Hyde in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 145-155.
Rivers State property of Riparian States.
Rivers State property of Riparian States.
§ 176. Theory and practice agree upon the rule that rivers are part of the territory of the riparian State. Consequently, if a river lies wholly, that is, from its source to its mouth, within the boundaries of one and the same State, such State owns it exclusively. As such rivers are under the sway of one State only and exclusively, they are named "national rivers." Thus, all English, Scotch, and Irish rivers are national, and so are, to give some Continental examples, the Seine, Loire, and Garonne, which are French; the Tiber, which is Italian; the Volga, which is Russian. But many rivers do not run through the land of one and the same State only, whether they are so-called "boundary rivers," that is, rivers which separate two different[Pg 240] States from each other, or whether they run through several States and are therefore named "not-national rivers." Such rivers are not owned by one State alone. Boundary rivers belong to the territory of the States they separate, the boundary line[296] running either through the middle of the river or through the middle of the so-called mid-channel of the river. And rivers which run through several States belong to the territories of the States concerned; each State owns that part of the river which runs through its territory.
§ 176. Theory and practice agree that rivers are part of the territory of the riparian State. Therefore, if a river lies entirely, from its source to its mouth, within the borders of one State, that State owns it exclusively. Since such rivers are only governed by one State, they are referred to as "national rivers." This includes all rivers in England, Scotland, and Ireland, as well as some examples from the Continent, like the Seine, Loire, and Garonne in France; the Tiber in Italy; and the Volga in Russia. However, many rivers do not flow solely through one State. These can be "boundary rivers," which separate two different States, or they may flow through multiple States and are thus called "not-national rivers." Such rivers are not owned by just one State. Boundary rivers belong to the territories of the States they separate, with the boundary line running either through the center of the river or along the so-called mid-channel of the river. Rivers that flow through several States belong to the territories of the involved States; each State owns the segment of the river that runs through its territory.
There is, however, another group of rivers to be mentioned, which comprises all such rivers as are navigable from the Open Sea and at the same time either separate or pass through several States between their sources and their mouths. Such rivers, too, belong to the territory of the different States concerned, but they are nevertheless named "international rivers," because freedom of navigation in time of peace on all of those rivers in Europe and on many of them outside Europe for merchantmen of all nations is recognised by International Law.
There’s, however, another category of rivers to mention, which includes all rivers that are navigable from the Open Sea and at the same time either cross through or separate multiple States between their sources and their mouths. These rivers also belong to the territories of the different States involved, but they are still referred to as "international rivers" because international law recognizes the freedom of navigation during peacetime on all of those rivers in Europe and on many of them outside Europe for merchant ships from all nations.
Navigation on National, Boundary and not-National Rivers.
Navigation on National, Boundary, and Other Rivers.
§ 177. There is no rule of the Law of Nations in existence which grants foreign States the right of admittance of their public or private vessels to navigation on national rivers. In the absence of commercial or other treaties granting such a right, every State can exclude foreign vessels from its national rivers or admit them under certain conditions only, such as the payment of a due and the like. The teaching of Grotius (II. c. 2, § 12) that innocent passage through rivers must be granted has not been recognised by the practice of the States, and Bluntschli's assertion (§ 314) that such rivers as are navigable from the Open Sea must in time of peace be open to vessels of all nations, is at best an anticipation of a future rule of International Law, it does not as yet exist.[Pg 241]
§ 177. There's no rule in international law that gives foreign states the right to allow their public or private vessels to navigate national rivers. Without any commercial or other treaties granting this right, each state can choose to exclude foreign vessels from its national rivers or allow them only under certain conditions, like the payment of a fee or similar. Grotius's idea (II. c. 2, § 12) that innocent passage through rivers should be permitted has not been accepted in practice by states, and Bluntschli's claim (§ 314) that rivers navigable from the open sea must be open to vessels of all nations during peacetime is, at best, a prediction of a future international law rule that hasn't come into effect yet.[Pg 241]
As regards boundary rivers and rivers running through several States, the riparian States[297] can regulate navigation on such parts of these rivers as they own, and they can certainly exclude vessels of non-riparian States altogether unless prevented therefrom by virtue of special treaties.
As for boundary rivers and rivers that flow through multiple states, the states along the banks can control navigation on the sections of these rivers that they own, and they can definitely keep out vessels from non-riparian states unless specific treaties say otherwise.
Navigation on International Rivers.
International River Navigation.
§ 178. Whereas there is certainly no recognised principle of free navigation on national, boundary, and not-national rivers, a movement for the recognition of free navigation on international rivers set in at the beginning of the nineteenth century. Until the French Revolution towards the end of the eighteenth century, the riparian States of such rivers as are now called international rivers could, in the absence of special treaties, exclude foreign vessels altogether from those parts of the rivers which run through their territory, or admit them under discretionary conditions. Thus, the river Scheldt was wholly shut up in favour of the Netherlands according to article 14 of the Peace Treaty of Munster of 1648 between the Netherlands and Spain. The development of things in the contrary direction begins with a Decree of the French Convention, dated November 16, 1792, which opens the rivers Scheldt and Meuse to the vessels of all riparian States. But it was not until the Vienna Congress[298] in 1815 that the principle of free navigation on the international rivers of Europe by merchantmen of not only the riparian but of all States was proclaimed. The Congress itself realised theoretically that principle in making arrangements[299] for free navigation on the rivers Scheldt, Meuse, Rhine, and on the navigable tributaries of the latter—namely, the rivers Neckar, Maine, and Moselle—although more than fifty years elapsed before the principle became realised in practice.
§ 178. While there’s definitely no established principle of free navigation on national, border, and non-national rivers, a movement to recognize free navigation on international rivers began in the early nineteenth century. Before the French Revolution at the end of the eighteenth century, the countries alongside rivers that are now considered international could, without special treaties, completely block foreign ships from the sections of those rivers within their borders or allow them under certain conditions. For instance, the river Scheldt was entirely closed off for the benefit of the Netherlands according to article 14 of the Peace Treaty of Munster from 1648 between the Netherlands and Spain. The shift in this direction started with a decree from the French Convention dated November 16, 1792, which opened the Scheldt and Meuse rivers to ships from all bordering countries. However, it wasn’t until the Congress of Vienna[298] in 1815 that the principle of free navigation on the international rivers of Europe was proclaimed for merchant ships not just from riparian states but from all countries. The Congress itself theoretically recognized this principle when it made arrangements[299] for free navigation on the Scheldt, Meuse, Rhine, and the navigable tributaries of the Rhine, namely the Neckar, Maine, and Moselle rivers—though it took more than fifty years before this principle was put into practice.
The next step was taken by the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856, which by its article 15[300] stipulated free navigation on the Danube and expressly declared the principle of the Vienna Congress regarding free navigation on international rivers for merchantmen of all nations as a part of "European Public Law." A special international organ for the regulation of navigation on the Danube was created, the so-called European Danube Commission.
The next step was the Peace Treaty of Paris in 1856, which in its Article 15[300] mandated free navigation on the Danube and clearly stated the Vienna Congress principle about free navigation on international rivers for merchants from all countries as part of "European Public Law." A special international organization called the European Danube Commission was established to regulate navigation on the Danube.
[300] See Martens, N.R.G. XV. p. 776. The documents concerning navigation on the Danube are collected by Sturdza, "Recueil de documents relatifs à la liberté de navigation du Danube" (Berlin, 1904).
[300] See Martens, N.R.G. XV. p. 776. The documents related to navigation on the Danube are compiled by Sturdza in "Recueil de documents relatifs à la liberté de navigation du Danube" (Berlin, 1904).
A further development took place at the Congo Conference at Berlin in 1884-85, since the General Act[301] of this Conference stipulated free navigation on the rivers Congo and Niger and their tributaries, and created the so-called "International Congo Commission" as a special international organ for the regulation of the navigation of the said rivers.
A further development occurred at the Congo Conference in Berlin in 1884-85, as the General Act[301] of this Conference mandated free navigation on the Congo and Niger rivers and their tributaries, and established the "International Congo Commission" as a special international body to manage the navigation of these rivers.
Side by side with these general treaties, which recognise free navigation on international rivers, stand treaties[302] of several South American States with other States concerning free navigation for merchantmen of all nations on a number of South American rivers. And the Arbitration Court in the case of the boundary dispute between Great Britain and Venezuela decided in 1903 in favour of free navigation for merchantmen of all nations on the rivers Amakourou and Barima.
Side by side with these general treaties, which recognize free navigation on international rivers, are treaties[302] from several South American countries with other nations about allowing merchant ships from all countries to navigate various South American rivers. The Arbitration Court ruled in 1903 on the boundary dispute between Great Britain and Venezuela, deciding in favor of free navigation for merchant vessels from all nations on the Amakourou and Barima rivers.
Thus the principle of free navigation, which is a settled fact as regards all European and some African international rivers, becomes more and more extended over all other international rivers of the world. But when several writers maintain that free navigation on all international rivers of the world is already a recognised rule of the Law of Nations, they are decidedly[Pg 243] wrong, although such a universal rule will certainly be proclaimed in the future. There can be no doubt that as regards the South American rivers the principle is recognised by treaties between a small number of Powers only. And there are examples which show that the principle is not yet universally recognised. Thus by article 4 of the Treaty of Washington of 1854 between Great Britain and the United States the former grants to vessels of the latter free navigation on the river St. Lawrence as a revocable privilege, and article 26 of the Treaty of Washington of 1871 stipulates for vessels of the United States, but not for vessels of other nations, free navigation "for ever" on the same river.[303]
Thus, the principle of free navigation, which is well established for all European and some African international rivers, is increasingly being applied to all other international rivers worldwide. However, when several authors claim that free navigation on all international rivers is already an accepted rule of international law, they are definitely[Pg 243] mistaken, even though such a universal rule will likely be declared in the future. There is no doubt that, regarding South American rivers, the principle is recognized only by treaties among a limited number of countries. There are also examples that demonstrate the principle is not yet universally acknowledged. For instance, Article 4 of the Treaty of Washington of 1854 between Great Britain and the United States grants the latter's vessels free navigation on the St. Lawrence River as a revocable privilege, and Article 26 of the Treaty of Washington of 1871 provides for vessels of the United States, but not those of other countries, free navigation "forever" on the same river.[303]
However this may be, the principle of free navigation embodies the rule that vessels of all nations must be admitted without payment of any dues whatever. Yet this principle does not exclude the levy of dues from all navigating vessels for expenses incurred by the riparian States for such improvements of the navigability of rivers as embankments, breakwaters, and the like.[304]
However this may be, the principle of free navigation means that ships from all countries must be allowed entry without paying any fees. However, this principle doesn’t prevent the collection of fees from all ships for expenses incurred by the bordering states for improving the navigability of rivers, like building embankments, breakwaters, and similar structures.[304]
I should mention that the Institute of International Law, at its meeting at Heidelberg in 1888, adopted a Projet de Règlement international de navigation fluviale,[305] which comprises forty articles.
I should mention that the Institute of International Law, at its meeting in Heidelberg in 1888, adopted a Projet de Règlement international de navigation fluviale,[305] which includes forty articles.
[305] See Annuaire, IX. p. 182.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Directory, IX. p. 182.
Utilisation of the flow of rivers.
Use of river flow.
§ 178a. Apart from navigation on rivers, the question of the utilisation of the flow of rivers is of importance. With regard to national rivers, the question can not indeed be raised, since the local State is absolutely unhindered in the utilisation of the flow. But the flow of not-national, boundary, and international rivers is not within the arbitrary power of one of the riparian States, for it is a rule of International Law[306] that no[Pg 244] State is allowed to alter the natural conditions of its own territory to the disadvantage of the natural conditions of the territory of a neighbouring State. For this reason a State is not only forbidden to stop or to divert the flow of a river which runs from its own to a neighbouring State, but likewise to make such use of the water of the river as either causes danger to the neighbouring State or prevents it from making proper use[307] of the flow of the river on its part. Since, apart from special treaties between neighbouring countries concerning special cases, neither customary nor conventional detailed rules of International Law concerning this subject are in existence, the Institute of International Law, at its meeting at Madrid[308] in 1911, adopted the following "Réglementation internationale des cours d'eau internationaux au point de vue de leur force motrice et de leur utilisation industrielle ou agricole":—
§ 178a. Apart from navigation on rivers, the question of using river flow is important. For national rivers, this issue doesn't come up because the local state has complete freedom in how to use the flow. However, the flow of non-national, boundary, and international rivers is not under the arbitrary control of any single riparian state, as International Law[306] clearly states that no[Pg 244] state is allowed to change the natural conditions of its territory in a way that harms the natural conditions of a neighboring state. Therefore, a state cannot only stop or divert the flow of a river that runs from its territory to its neighbor's but also cannot use the river’s water in a way that endangers the neighboring state or prevents it from using the river’s flow properly[307]. Since there are no detailed customary or conventional rules of International Law on this topic, aside from specific treaties between neighboring countries dealing with unique situations, the Institute of International Law adopted the following "Réglementation internationale des cours d'eau internationaux au point de vue de leur force motrice et de leur utilisation industrielle ou agricole" at its meeting in Madrid[308] in 1911:—
[307] See, for instance, the treaty of Washington of January 11, 1909—Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. (1911), p. 208—between Great Britain and the United States concerning the utilisation of the boundary waters between the United States and Canada.
[307] For example, check out the Washington Treaty from January 11, 1909—Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. (1911), p. 208—between Great Britain and the United States regarding the use of the boundary waters between the United States and Canada.
I. When a stream of water forms the frontier of two States, neither State may, without the consent of the other, and in the absence of a special and valid legal title, make any changes prejudicial to the bank of the other State, nor allow such changes to be made by individuals, societies, &c. Moreover, neither State may on its own territory utilise the water, or allow it to be utilised, in such a manner as to cause great damage to its utilisation by the other State or by the individuals, societies, &c., of the other.
I. When a waterway serves as the border between two States, neither State can make any changes that harm the bank of the other State without its consent and without a special and valid legal agreement. They also cannot let individuals or organizations make such changes. Additionally, neither State can use the water on its own land, or permit its use, in a way that would significantly damage how the other State or its individuals, organizations, etc., can use it.
The foregoing conditions are also applicable when a lake is situated between territories of more than two States.
The above conditions also apply when a lake is located between the territories of more than two States.
II. When a stream of water traverses successively the territories of two or of several States:—
II. When a stream of water flows through the territories of two or more States:—
(1) The point at which this stream of water traverses the frontiers of the two States, whether natural or from time immemorial, may not be changed by the establishments of one of the States without the assent of the other.
(1) The point where this stream of water crosses the borders of the two states, whether it's natural or has been that way for a long time, can't be changed by one of the states without the agreement of the other.
(2) It is forbidden to make any alteration injurious to the[Pg 245] water, or to throw in injurious matter (coming from factories, &c.).
(2) It's not allowed to make any harmful changes to the[Pg 245] water or to throw in any harmful substances (from factories, etc.).
(3) Water may not be withdrawn by the establishments (especially factories for the working of hydraulic pressure) in such a quantity as to modify greatly the constitution, or, in other words, the utilisable character or the essential character, of the stream of water on its arrival at the territory nearer the mouth of the river.
(3) Factories and other establishments can't take water in amounts that would significantly change the quality or usability of the water stream when it gets closer to the river's mouth.
The right of navigation by virtue of a title recognised by International Law cannot be restricted by any usage whatever.
The right to navigate based on a title recognized by International Law cannot be limited by any practice whatsoever.
(4) A State farther down the river may not make, or allow to be made, in its territory any constructions or establishments which might cause danger of flooding a State farther up the river.
(4) A state further down the river cannot create or permit any constructions or developments in its territory that could pose a risk of flooding to a state further up the river.
(5) The foregoing rules are applicable in the same way to the case in which streams of water flow from a lake, which is situated in one territory, into the territory of another State or the territories of other States.
(5) The above rules apply equally to situations where streams of water flow from a lake located in one area into the area of another state or into the areas of other states.
(6) It is recommended that the States concerned appoint common permanent Commissions which may give decisions, or at least may give their advice, when such new establishments are built, or when such modifications are made in the existing establishments, as may influence the flow of the stream of water situated on the territory of another State.
(6) It is suggested that the involved states set up shared permanent Commissions that can make decisions, or at the very least offer advice, when new facilities are built or when changes are made to existing facilities that could affect the water flow in another state's territory.
IV Lakes and inland seas
Vattel, I. § 294—Hall, § 38—Phillimore, I. §§ 205-205A—Twiss, I. § 181—Halleck, I. p. 170—Moore, I. §§ 135-143—Bluntschli, § 316—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 77—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 378-385—Gareis, §§ 20-21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, §§ 88 and 106—Bonfils, Nos. 495-505—Despagnet, No. 407—Mérignhac, II. 587-596—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 640-649—Nys, I. pp. 447-450—Calvo, I. §§ 301, 373, 383—Fiore, II. Nos. 811-813, and Code, Nos. 279 and 1000—Martens, I. § 100—Rivier, I. pp. 143-145, 230—Mischeff, "La Mer Noire et les détroits de Constantinople" (1901)—Hunt in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 285-313.
Vattel, I. § 294—Hall, § 38—Phillimore, I. §§ 205-205A—Twiss, I. § 181—Halleck, I. p. 170—Moore, I. §§ 135-143—Bluntschli, § 316—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 77—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 378-385—Gareis, §§ 20-21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, §§ 88 and 106—Bonfils, Nos. 495-505—Despagnet, No. 407—Mérignhac, II. 587-596—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 640-649—Nys, I. pp. 447-450—Calvo, I. §§ 301, 373, 383—Fiore, II. Nos. 811-813, and Code, Nos. 279 and 1000—Martens, I. § 100—Rivier, I. pp. 143-145, 230—Mischeff, "La Mer Noire et les détroits de Constantinople" (1901)—Hunt in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 285-313.
Lakes and land-locked seas State Property of Riparian States.
Lakes and enclosed seas are the property of the surrounding states.
§ 179. Theory and practice agree upon the rule that such lakes and land-locked seas as are entirely enclosed by the land of one and the same State are part of the territory of this State. Thus the Dead Sea in Palestine is Turkish, the Sea of Aral is Russian, the Lake of Como[Pg 246] is Italian territory. As regards, however, such lakes and land-locked seas as are surrounded by the territories of several States, no unanimity exists. The majority of writers consider these lakes and land-locked seas parts of the surrounding territories, but several[309] dissent, asserting that these lakes and seas do not belong to the riparian States, but are free like the Open Sea. The practice of the States seems to favour the opinion of the majority of writers, for special treaties frequently arrange what portions of such lakes and seas belong to the riparian States.[310] Examples are:—The Lake of Constance,[311] which is surrounded by the territories of Germany (Baden, Würtemberg, Bavaria), Austria, and Switzerland (Thurgau and St. Gall); the Lake of Geneva, which belongs to Switzerland and France; the Lakes of Huron, Erie, and Ontario, which belong to British Canada and the United States; the Caspian Sea, which belongs to Persia and Russia.[312]
§ 179. Theory and practice agree that lakes and land-locked seas completely surrounded by land belonging to the same State are part of that State's territory. For example, the Dead Sea in Palestine is considered Turkish, the Sea of Aral is Russian, and Lake Como[Pg 246] is Italian territory. However, for lakes and land-locked seas surrounded by the territories of multiple States, there is no consensus. Most writers argue that these bodies of water are part of the surrounding territories, while some[309] disagree, claiming these lakes and seas do not belong to the states that border them and are free like the Open Sea. The actions of States seem to support the majority view, as specific treaties often define which portions of such lakes and seas belong to the bordering States.[310] Examples include: Lake Constance,[311] which is bordered by Germany (Baden, Würtemberg, Bavaria), Austria, and Switzerland (Thurgau and St. Gall); Lake Geneva, which is shared by Switzerland and France; the Lakes of Huron, Erie, and Ontario, which are part of British Canada and the United States; and the Caspian Sea, which is owned by Persia and Russia.[312]
[312] But the Caspian Sea is almost entirely under Russian control through the two treaties of Gulistan (1813) and Tourkmantschai (1828). See Rivier, I. p. 144, and Phillimore, I. § 205.
[312] But the Caspian Sea is mostly controlled by Russia due to the two treaties of Gulistan (1813) and Tourkmantschai (1828). See Rivier, I. p. 144, and Phillimore, I. § 205.
So-called International Lakes and Land-locked Seas.
So-called international lakes and landlocked seas.
§ 180. In analogy with so-called international rivers, such lakes and land-locked seas as are surrounded by the territories of several States and are at the same time navigable from the Open Sea, are called "international lakes and land-locked seas." However, although some writers[313] dissent, it must be emphasised that hitherto the Law of Nations has not recognised the principle of free navigation on such lakes and seas. The only case in which such free navigation is stipulated is that of the lakes within the Congo district.[314] But[Pg 247] there is no doubt that in a near future this principle will be recognised, and practically all so-called international lakes and land-locked seas are actually open to merchantmen of all nations. Good examples of such international lakes and land-locked seas are the fore-named lakes of Huron, Erie, and Ontario.
§ 180. Similar to so-called international rivers, lakes and land-locked seas that are surrounded by the territories of multiple States and are navigable from the Open Sea are referred to as "international lakes and land-locked seas." However, even though some writers[313] disagree, it's important to highlight that, so far, the Law of Nations has not recognized the principle of free navigation on these lakes and seas. The only instance where such free navigation is mentioned is in relation to the lakes in the Congo area.[314] But[Pg 247] there is no doubt that this principle will be acknowledged in the near future, and practically all so-called international lakes and land-locked seas are indeed accessible to merchant ships from all nations. Good examples of such international lakes and land-locked seas include the aforementioned lakes of Huron, Erie, and Ontario.
The Black Sea.
The Black Sea.
§ 181. It is of interest to give some details regarding the Black Sea. This is a land-locked sea which was undoubtedly wholly a part of Turkish territory as long as the enclosing land was Turkish only, and as long as the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles, the approach to the Black Sea, which are exclusively part of Turkish territory, were not open for merchantmen of all nations. But matters have changed through Russia, Roumania, and Bulgaria having become littoral States. It would be wrong to maintain that now the Black Sea belongs to the territories of the four States, for the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles, although belonging to Turkish territory, are nevertheless parts of the Mediterranean Sea, and are now open to merchantmen of all nations. The Black Sea is consequently now part of the Open Sea[315] and is not the property of any State. Article 11 of the Peace Treaty of Paris,[316] 1856, neutralised the Black Sea, declared it open to merchantmen of all nations, but interdicted it to men-of-war of the littoral as well as of other States, admitting only a few Turkish and Russian public vessels for the service of their coasts. But although the neutralisation was stipulated "formally and in perpetuity," it lasted only till 1870. In that year, during the Franco-German War, Russia shook off the restrictions of the Treaty of Paris, and the Powers assembled at the Conference of London signed on March 13, 1871, the Treaty of London,[317] by which the neutralisation of the Black Sea and the exclusion of[Pg 248] men-of-war therefrom were abolished. But the right of the Porte to forbid foreign men-of-war passage through the Dardanelles and the Bosphorus[318] was upheld by that treaty, as was also free navigation for merchantmen of all nations on the Black Sea.
§ 181. It's worth sharing some details about the Black Sea. This is a landlocked sea that was entirely part of Turkish territory as long as the surrounding land was Turkish, and as long as the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles—the gateways to the Black Sea—were closed to merchant ships of all nations. However, the situation has changed with Russia, Romania, and Bulgaria becoming coastal states. It would be inaccurate to claim that the Black Sea now belongs to the territories of these four states, because while the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles are part of Turkish territory, they are still connected to the Mediterranean Sea and are now open to merchant ships from all nations. Consequently, the Black Sea is now considered part of the Open Sea[315] and isn’t owned by any one state. Article 11 of the Peace Treaty of Paris,[316] 1856, neutralized the Black Sea, declared it open to merchant vessels from all nations, but banned warships from both the coastal and other states, allowing only a few Turkish and Russian ships for local service. Even though the neutralization was agreed upon "formally and in perpetuity," it lasted only until 1870. That year, during the Franco-German War, Russia disregarded the restrictions from the Treaty of Paris, and the powers at the Conference of London on March 13, 1871, signed the Treaty of London,[317] which abolished the neutralization of the Black Sea and the ban on warships there. However, the right of the Porte to deny foreign warships passage through the Dardanelles and the Bosphorus[318] was confirmed by that treaty, as was the right for merchant ships from all nations to navigate freely in the Black Sea.
V Waterways
Westlake, I. pp. 320-331—Lawrence, § 90, and Essays, pp. 41-162—Phillimore, I. §§ 399 and 207—Moore, III. §§ 336-371—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 386-405—Liszt, § 27—Ullmann, § 106—Bonfils, Nos. 511-515—Despagnet, No. 418—Mérignhac, II. pp. 597-604—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 658-660—Nys, I. pp. 475-495—Rivier, I. § 16—Calvo, I. §§ 376-380—Fiore, Code, Nos. 983-987—Martens, II. § 59—Sir Travers Twiss in R.I. VII. (1875), p. 682, XIV. (1882), p. 572, XVII. (1885), p. 615—Holland, Studies, pp. 270-298—Asser in R.I. XX. (1888), p. 529—Bustamante in R.I. XXVII. (1895), p. 112—Rossignol, "Le Canal de Suez" (1898)—Camand, "Étude sur le régime juridique du Canal de Suez" (1899)—Charles-Roux, "L'Isthme et le canal de Suez" (1901)—Othalom, "Der Suezkanal" (1905)—Müller-Heymer, "Der Panamakanal in der Politik der Vereinigten Staaten" (1909)—Arias, "The Panama Canal" (1911)—Hains, Davis, Knapp, Wambough, Olney, and Kennedy in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 354 and 885, IV. (1910), p. 314, V. (1911), pp. 298, 615, 620.
Westlake, I. pp. 320-331—Lawrence, § 90, and Essays, pp. 41-162—Phillimore, I. §§ 399 and 207—Moore, III. §§ 336-371—Caratheodory in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 386-405—Liszt, § 27—Ullmann, § 106—Bonfils, Nos. 511-515—Despagnet, No. 418—Mérignhac, II. pp. 597-604—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 658-660—Nys, I. pp. 475-495—Rivier, I. § 16—Calvo, I. §§ 376-380—Fiore, Code, Nos. 983-987—Martens, II. § 59—Sir Travers Twiss in R.I. VII. (1875), p. 682, XIV. (1882), p. 572, XVII. (1885), p. 615—Holland, Studies, pp. 270-298—Asser in R.I. XX. (1888), p. 529—Bustamante in R.I. XXVII. (1895), p. 112—Rossignol, "Le Canal de Suez" (1898)—Camand, "Étude sur le régime juridique du Canal de Suez" (1899)—Charles-Roux, "L'Isthme et le canal de Suez" (1901)—Othalom, "Der Suezkanal" (1905)—Müller-Heymer, "Der Panamakanal in der Politik der Vereinigten Staaten" (1909)—Arias, "The Panama Canal" (1911)—Hains, Davis, Knapp, Wambough, Olney, and Kennedy in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 354 and 885, IV. (1910), p. 314, V. (1911), pp. 298, 615, 620.
Canals State Property of Riparian States.
Canals are the property of the states along the water.
§ 182. That canals are parts of the territories of the respective territorial States is obvious from the fact that they are artificially constructed waterways. And there ought to be no doubt[319] that all the rules regarding rivers must analogously be applied to canals. The matter would need no special mention at all were it not for the interoceanic canals which have been constructed during the second half of the nineteenth century or are contemplated in the future. And as regards two of these, the Emperor William (Kiel or Baltic) Canal, which connects the Baltic with the North Sea, and the Corinth Canal, which connects the Gulf of Corinth with the Gulf of Ægina, there is not much to be said. The former is a canal made mainly for strategic purposes[Pg 249] by the German Empire entirely through German territory. Although Germany keeps it open for navigation to vessels of all other nations, she exclusively controls the navigation thereof, and can at any moment exclude foreign vessels at discretion, or admit them upon any conditions she likes, apart from special treaty arrangements to the contrary. The Corinth Canal is entirely within the territory of Greece, and although the canal is kept open for navigation to vessels of all nations, Greece exclusively controls the navigation thereof.
§ 182. It’s clear that canals are part of the territories of the respective territorial States since they are constructed waterways. There should be no doubt[319] that all the rules applicable to rivers also apply to canals. This wouldn’t need to be specifically mentioned if it weren't for the interoceanic canals built in the second half of the nineteenth century or those planned for the future. Regarding two of these, the Emperor William (Kiel or Baltic) Canal, which connects the Baltic Sea with the North Sea, and the Corinth Canal, linking the Gulf of Corinth to the Gulf of Ægina, there is not much to argue. The former is a canal primarily created for strategic reasons by the German Empire entirely on German land. While Germany keeps it navigable for vessels from all nations, it holds exclusive control over the navigation and can choose at any time to bar foreign ships or allow them under any terms it sees fit, unless there are specific treaty agreements stating otherwise. The Corinth Canal is fully within Greece's territory, and while it is kept open for navigation by vessels from all nations, Greece solely manages the navigation.
The Suez Canal.
The Suez Canal.
§ 183. The most important of the interoceanic canals is that of Suez, which connects the Red Sea with the Mediterranean. Already in 1838 Prince Metternich gave his opinion that such a canal, if ever made, ought to become neutralised by an international treaty of the Powers. When, in 1869, the Suez Canal was opened, jurists and diplomatists at once discussed what means could be found to secure free navigation upon it for vessels of all kinds and all nations in time of peace as well as of war. In 1875 Sir Travers Twiss[320] proposed the neutralisation of the canal, and in 1879 the Institute of International Law gave its vote[321] in favour of the protection of free navigation on the canal by an international treaty. In 1883 Great Britain proposed an international conference to the Powers for the purpose of neutralising the canal, but it took several years before an agreement was actualised. This was done by the Convention of Constantinople[322] of October 29, 1888,[Pg 250] between Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Spain, Russia, and Turkey. This treaty comprises seventeen articles, whose more important stipulations are the following:—
§ 183. The most significant of the interoceanic canals is the Suez Canal, which connects the Red Sea to the Mediterranean. As early as 1838, Prince Metternich expressed that if such a canal were ever constructed, it should be neutralized by an international treaty among the Powers. When the Suez Canal opened in 1869, legal experts and diplomats immediately began discussing ways to ensure free navigation for all types of vessels from all nations in both peacetime and wartime. In 1875, Sir Travers Twiss[320] suggested neutralizing the canal, and in 1879, the Institute of International Law voted[321] in favor of protecting free navigation on the canal through an international treaty. In 1883, Great Britain proposed an international conference to the Powers to discuss the neutralization of the canal, but it took several years to finalize an agreement. This was achieved by the Convention of Constantinople[322] on October 29, 1888,[Pg 250] among Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Spain, Russia, and Turkey. This treaty contains seventeen articles, with the most important stipulations being the following:—
[320] See R.I. VII. pp. 682-694.
[322] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd, Ser. XV. p. 557. It must, however, be mentioned that Great Britain is a party to the Convention of Constantinople under the reservation that its terms shall not be brought into operation in so far as they would not be compatible with the transitory and exceptional condition in which Egypt is put for the time being in consequence of her occupation by British forces, and in so far as they might fetter the liberty of action of the British Government during the occupation of Egypt. But article 6 of the Declaration respecting Egypt and Morocco signed at London on April 8, 1904, by Great Britain and France (see Parliamentary Papers, France, No. 1 (1904), p. 9), has done away with this reservation, since it stipulates the following:—"In order to ensure the free passage of the Suez Canal, his Britannic Majesty's Government declare that they adhere to the stipulations of the Treaty of October 29, 1888, and that they agree to their being put in force. The free passage of the canal being thus guaranteed, the execution of the last sentence of paragraph 1 as well as of paragraph 2 of article 8 of that treaty will remain in abeyance." (See Holland, Studies, p. 293, and Westlake, I. p. 328.)
[322] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd, Ser. XV. p. 557. However, it should be noted that Great Britain is a party to the Convention of Constantinople with the understanding that its terms will not be implemented to the extent that they conflict with the temporary and exceptional situation in Egypt due to British occupation, and as long as they do not restrict the British Government's ability to act during this occupation. However, Article 6 of the Declaration concerning Egypt and Morocco, signed in London on April 8, 1904, by Great Britain and France (see Parliamentary Papers, France, No. 1 (1904), p. 9), has removed this reservation, as it states: "To ensure the free passage of the Suez Canal, his Britannic Majesty's Government declares that they adhere to the stipulations of the Treaty of October 29, 1888, and agree to put them into effect. With the free passage of the canal guaranteed, the execution of the last sentence of paragraph 1 and paragraph 2 of article 8 of that treaty will be suspended." (See Holland, Studies, p. 293, and Westlake, I. p. 328.)
(1) The canal is open in time of peace as well as of war to merchantmen and men-of-war of all nations. No attempt to restrict this free usage of the canal is allowed in time either of peace or of war. The canal can never be blockaded (article 1).
(1) The canal is accessible during both peace and war to commercial ships and naval vessels from all nations. No restrictions on this free use of the canal are permitted during either peace or war. The canal can never be blockaded (article 1).
(2) In time of war, even if Turkey is a belligerent, no act of hostility is allowed either inside the canal itself or within three sea miles from its ports. Men-of-war of the belligerents have to pass through the canal without delay. They may not stay longer than twenty-four hours, a case of absolute necessity excepted, within the harbours of Port Said and Suez, and twenty-four hours must intervene between the departure from those harbours of a belligerent man-of-war and a vessel of the enemy. Troops, munitions, and other war material may neither be shipped nor unshipped within the canal and its harbours. All rules regarding belligerents' men-of-war are likewise valid for their prizes (articles 4, 5, 6).
(2) During wartime, even if Turkey is involved in the conflict, no hostile actions are permitted either in the canal itself or within three nautical miles of its ports. Warships from the opposing sides must transit the canal without delay. They can't remain in the harbors of Port Said and Suez for more than twenty-four hours, unless there's an absolute necessity. There must be a twenty-four-hour gap between the departure of a warship from one side and an enemy vessel from those harbors. Troops, weapons, and other military supplies cannot be loaded or unloaded within the canal and its harbors. All rules concerning the warships of the opposing sides apply equally to their captured ships (articles 4, 5, 6).
(3) No men-of-war are allowed to be stationed inside the canal, but each Power may station two men-of-war in the harbours of Port Said and Suez. Belligerents, however, are not allowed to station men-of-war in these harbours (article 7). No permanent fortifications are allowed in the canal (article 2).
(3) No warships are allowed to be stationed inside the canal, but each country can station two warships in the ports of Port Said and Suez. However, warring parties are not permitted to station warships in these ports (article 7). No permanent fortifications are allowed in the canal (article 2).
(4) It is the task of Egypt to secure the carrying out of the stipulated rules, but the consuls of the Powers in Egypt are charged to watch the execution of these rules (articles 8 and 9).[Pg 251]
(4) It's Egypt's responsibility to ensure that the agreed-upon rules are followed, but the consuls of the Powers in Egypt are tasked with overseeing the implementation of these rules (articles 8 and 9).[Pg 251]
(5) The signatory Powers are obliged to notify the treaty to others and to invite them to accede thereto (article 16).
(5) The signatory Powers are required to inform others about the treaty and to invite them to join it (article 16).
The Panama Canal.
The Panama Canal.
§ 184. Already in 1850 Great Britain and the United States in the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty[323] of Washington had stipulated the free navigation and neutralisation of a canal between the Pacific and the Atlantic Ocean proposed to be constructed by the way of the river St. Juan de Nicaragua and either or both of the lakes of Nicaragua and Managua. In 1881 the building of a canal through the Isthmus of Panama was taken in hand, but in 1888 the works were stopped in consequence of the financial collapse of the Company undertaking its construction. After this the United States came back to the old project of a canal by the way of the river St. Juan de Nicaragua. For the eventuality of the completion of this canal, Great Britain and the United States signed, on February 5, 1900, the Convention of Washington, which stipulated free navigation on and neutralisation of the proposed canal in analogy with the Convention of Constantinople, 1888, regarding the Suez Canal, but ratification was refused by the Senate of the United States. In the following year, however, on November 18, 1901, another treaty was signed and afterwards ratified. This so-called Hay-Pauncefote Treaty[324] applies to a canal between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by whatever route may be considered expedient, and its five articles are the following:—
§ 184. Back in 1850, Great Britain and the United States had agreed in the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty[323] of Washington to ensure free navigation and neutrality for a canal connecting the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans, which was proposed to be built via the San Juan River in Nicaragua and either or both of the lakes of Nicaragua and Managua. In 1881, work began on a canal through the Isthmus of Panama, but by 1888, construction was halted due to the financial collapse of the company overseeing the project. Following that, the United States revisited the earlier proposal for a canal via the San Juan River in Nicaragua. To prepare for the potential completion of this canal, Great Britain and the United States signed the Convention of Washington on February 5, 1900, which called for free navigation and neutrality of the proposed canal, similar to the 1888 Convention of Constantinople regarding the Suez Canal, but the U.S. Senate rejected the ratification. However, the following year, on November 18, 1901, another treaty was signed and subsequently ratified. This so-called Hay-Pauncefote Treaty[324] pertains to a canal between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by whatever route may be deemed suitable, and it consists of the following five articles:—
[323] See Martens, N.R.G. XV. p. 187, and Moore, III. §§ 351-365. According to its article 8 this treaty was also to be applied to a proposed canal through the Isthmus of Panama.
[323] See Martens, N.R.G. XV. p. 187, and Moore, III. §§ 351-365. According to Article 8, this treaty was also meant to be applied to a planned canal through the Isthmus of Panama.
[324] See Moore, III. §§ 366-368.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Moore, III. §§ 366-368.
Article 1
Article 1
The High Contracting Parties agree that the present Treaty shall supersede the aforementioned Convention of April 19, 1850.[Pg 252]
The High Contracting Parties agree that this Treaty shall replace the previously mentioned Convention of April 19, 1850.[Pg 252]
Article 2
Article 2
It is agreed that the canal may be constructed under the auspices of the Government of the United States, either directly at its own cost, or by gift or loan of money to individuals or corporations, or through subscription to or purchase of stock or shares, and that, subject to the provisions of the present Treaty, the said Government shall have and enjoy all the rights incident to such construction, as well as the exclusive right of providing for the regulation and management of the canal.
It is agreed that the canal can be built with the support of the U.S. Government, either directly at its own expense, or by offering loans or gifts to individuals or companies, or by buying stock or shares. Additionally, under the terms of this Treaty, the Government will have all the rights related to this construction, along with the exclusive authority to regulate and manage the canal.
Article 3
Article 3
The United States adopts, as the basis of the neutralisation of such ship canal, the following Rules, substantially as embodied in the Convention of Constantinople, signed October 29, 1888, for the free navigation of the Suez Canal, that is to say:—
The United States establishes the following Rules as the basis for the neutralization of the ship canal, which are mostly based on the Convention of Constantinople, signed on October 29, 1888, for the free navigation of the Suez Canal, namely:—
1. The canal shall be free and open to the vessels of commerce and of war of all nations observing these Rules, on terms of entire equality, so that there shall be no discrimination against any such nation, or its citizens or subjects, in respect of the conditions or charges of traffic, or otherwise. Such conditions and charges of traffic shall be just and equitable.
1. The canal will be free and accessible to commercial and military vessels from all countries that follow these Rules, ensuring complete equality. This means there will be no discrimination against any nation, or its citizens or subjects, regarding traffic conditions or fees, or in any other way. All traffic conditions and fees will be fair and reasonable.
2. The canal shall never be blockaded, nor shall any right of war be exercised or any act of hostility be committed within it. The United States, however, shall be at liberty to maintain such military police along the canal as may be necessary to protect[325] it against lawlessness and disorder.
2. The canal can never be blocked, and no acts of war or hostility should occur within it. However, the United States is allowed to keep military police along the canal as needed to protect[325] it from lawlessness and disorder.
[325] This does not mean that the United States have a right permanently to fortify the canal. Such a right has likewise been deduced from article 23 of the Hay-Varilla Treaty of November 18, 1903, which runs:—"If it should become necessary at any time to employ armed forces for the safety or protection of the canal, or of the ships that make use of the same, or the railways and auxiliary works, the United States shall have the right, at all times in its discretion, to use its police and its land and naval forces or to establish fortifications for these purposes." However, it would seem that by this article 23 only temporary fortifications are contemplated. On the other hand, if read by itself, article 3 of the Hay-Varilla Treaty, according to which the Republic of Panama grants to the United States all the rights, power, and authority which the United States would possess and exercise if she were the sovereign of the territory concerned, could be quoted as indirectly empowering the United States to fortify the Panama Canal permanently. But the question is whether article 3 must not be interpreted in connection with article 23. The fact that article 23 stipulates expressly the power of the United States temporarily to establish fortifications would seem to indicate that it was intended to exclude permanent fortifications. The question of the fortification of the Panama Canal is discussed by Hains (contra) and Davis (pro) in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 354-394 and pp. 885-908, and by Olney, Wambough, and Kennedy in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 298, 615, 620.
[325] This does not mean that the United States has the right to permanently fortify the canal. Such a right has also been inferred from Article 23 of the Hay-Varilla Treaty from November 18, 1903, which states: “If it becomes necessary at any time to use armed forces for the safety or protection of the canal, or of the ships that use it, or the railways and auxiliary works, the United States shall have the right, at all times in its discretion, to use its police and its land and naval forces or to establish fortifications for these purposes.” However, it seems that Article 23 only considers temporary fortifications. On the other hand, if taken on its own, Article 3 of the Hay-Varilla Treaty, which states that the Republic of Panama grants the United States all the rights, power, and authority it would have if it were the sovereign of the territory in question, could be interpreted as indirectly allowing the United States to permanently fortify the Panama Canal. But the question is whether Article 3 should be interpreted in relation to Article 23. The fact that Article 23 explicitly grants the United States the power to temporarily establish fortifications suggests that it was meant to exclude permanent fortifications. The topic of fortifying the Panama Canal is discussed by Hains (against) and Davis (in favor) in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 354-394 and pp. 885-908, and by Olney, Wambough, and Kennedy in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 298, 615, 620.
3. Vessels of war of a belligerent shall not revictual nor take any stores in the canal except so far as may be strictly necessary;[Pg 253] and the transit of such vessels through the canal shall be effected with the least possible delay in accordance with the regulations in force, and with only such intermission as may result from the necessities of the service.
3. Warships of a warring party cannot resupply or take any supplies in the canal except as absolutely necessary;[Pg 253] and the passage of these vessels through the canal must happen with minimal delay according to the current regulations, and only with interruptions that are required by the needs of the service.
Prizes shall be in all respects subject to the same rules as vessels of war of belligerents.
Prizes will be fully subject to the same rules as warships of the warring parties.
4. No belligerent shall embark or disembark troops, munitions of war, or warlike materials in the canal, except in case of accidental hindrance of the transit, and in such case the transit shall be resumed with all possible despatch.
4. No country involved in conflict shall load or unload troops, weapons, or military supplies in the canal, except in the event of a accidental interruption of transit, and in that case, transit shall continue as quickly as possible.
5. The provisions of this article shall apply to waters adjacent to the canal, within three marine miles of either end. Vessels of war of a belligerent shall not remain in such waters longer than twenty-four hours at any one time except in case of distress, and in such case shall depart as soon as possible; but a vessel of war of one belligerent shall not depart within twenty-four hours from the departure of a vessel of war of the other belligerent.
5. The rules in this article apply to waters next to the canal, within three nautical miles of either end. Warships from a warring side cannot stay in these waters for more than twenty-four hours at a time, unless they're in distress, and in that case, they must leave as soon as possible; however, a warship from one side cannot leave until twenty-four hours have passed since the departure of a warship from the opposing side.
6. The plant, establishments, buildings and all works necessary to the construction, maintenance, and operation of the canal shall be deemed to be part thereof, for the purposes of this Treaty, and in time of war, as in time of peace, shall enjoy complete immunity from attack or injury by belligerents, and from acts calculated to impair their usefulness as part of the canal.
6. The plant, facilities, buildings, and all work necessary for the construction, maintenance, and operation of the canal will be considered part of it for the purposes of this Treaty. During wartime, just like in peacetime, they will have complete protection from attacks or damage by combatants, and from actions that could reduce their usefulness as part of the canal.
Article 4
Article 4
It is agreed that no change of territorial sovereignty or of the international relations of the country or countries traversed by the before-mentioned canal shall affect the general principle of neutralisation or the obligation of the high contracting parties under the present Treaty.
It is agreed that any change in territorial sovereignty or the international relations of the country or countries crossed by the previously mentioned canal shall not impact the overall principle of neutrality or the commitments of the high contracting parties under this Treaty.
Article 5
Article 5
The present Treaty shall be ratified by his Britannic Majesty and by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof; and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington or at London at the earliest possible time within six months from the date hereof.
The current Treaty will be ratified by the British Monarch and the President of the United States, with the approval of their Senate; and the ratifications will be exchanged in Washington or London as soon as possible within six months from today.
In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Treaty and thereunto affixed their seals.
In faith of this, the respective representatives have signed this Treaty and attached their seals.
Done in duplicate at Washington, the 18th day of November, in the year of Our Lord 1901.
Done in duplicate at Washington, on the 18th day of November, in the year 1901.
(Seal) Pauncefote.
(Seal) John Hay.
(Seal) Pauncefote.
(Seal) John Hay.
[Pg 254] On November 18, 1903, the so-called Hay-Varilla Treaty[326] was concluded between the United States and the new Republic of Panama, according to which, on the one hand, the United States guarantees and will maintain the independence of the Republic of Panama, and, on the other hand, the Republic of Panama grants[327] to the United States in perpetuity for the construction, administration, and protection of a canal between Colon and Panama the use, occupation, and control of a strip of land required for the construction of the canal, and, further, of land on both sides of the canal to the extent of five miles on either side, with the exclusion, however, of the cities of Panama and Colon and the harbours adjacent to these cities. According to article 18 of this treaty the canal and the entrance thereto shall be neutral in perpetuity, and shall be open to vessels of all nations as stipulated by article 3 of the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty.
[Pg 254] On November 18, 1903, the Hay-Varilla Treaty[326] was finalized between the United States and the newly-formed Republic of Panama. Under this agreement, the United States commits to guaranteeing and maintaining the independence of the Republic of Panama, while the Republic of Panama grants[327] the United States, indefinitely, the right to use, occupy, and control a strip of land necessary for the construction, administration, and protection of a canal between Colon and Panama. Additionally, the U.S. is granted land on both sides of the canal extending five miles out from each side, excluding the cities of Panama and Colon and the nearby harbors. As per article 18 of this treaty, the canal and its entrance will be neutral forever and will be accessible to ships from all nations, according to article 3 of the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty.
VI Maritime Zone
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 13—Vattel, I. §§ 287-290—Hall, §§ 41-42—Westlake, I. pp. 183-192—Lawrence, § 187—Phillimore, I. §§ 197-201—Twiss, I. §§ 144, 190-192—Halleck, I. pp. 157-167—Taylor, §§ 247-250—Walker, § 17—Wharton, § 32—Moore, I. §§ 144-152—Wheaton, §§ 177-180—Bluntschli, §§ 302, 309-310—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 75—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 409-449—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 87—Bonfils, Nos. 491-494—Despagnet, Nos. 403-414—Mérignhac, II. pp. 370-392—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 617-639—Nys, I. pp. 496-520—Rivier, I. pp. 145-153—Calvo, I. §§ 353-362—Fiore, II. Nos. 801-809, and Code, Nos. 271-273, 1025—Martens, I. § 99—Bynkershoek, "De dominio maris" and "Quaestiones juris publici," I. c. 8—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 150-175—Heilborn, System, pp. 37-57—Imbart-Latour, "La mer territoriale, &c." (1889)—Godey, "La mer côtière" (1896)—Schücking, "Das Küstenmeer im internationalen Recht" (1897)—Perels, § 5—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 537-740—Barclay in Annuaire, XII. (1892), pp. 104-136, and XIII. (1894), pp. 125-162—Martens in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 32-43—Aubert, ibidem, pp. 429-441—Engelhardt in R.I. XXVI. (1894), pp. 209-213—Godey in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 224-237—Lapradelle in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 264-284, 309-347.
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 13—Vattel, I. §§ 287-290—Hall, §§ 41-42—Westlake, I. pp. 183-192—Lawrence, § 187—Phillimore, I. §§ 197-201—Twiss, I. §§ 144, 190-192—Halleck, I. pp. 157-167—Taylor, §§ 247-250—Walker, § 17—Wharton, § 32—Moore, I. §§ 144-152—Wheaton, §§ 177-180—Bluntschli, §§ 302, 309-310—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 75—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 409-449—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 87—Bonfils, Nos. 491-494—Despagnet, Nos. 403-414—Mérignhac, II. pp. 370-392—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 617-639—Nys, I. pp. 496-520—Rivier, I. pp. 145-153—Calvo, I. §§ 353-362—Fiore, II. Nos. 801-809, and Code, Nos. 271-273, 1025—Martens, I. § 99—Bynkershoek, "De dominio maris" and "Quaestiones juris publici," I. c. 8—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 150-175—Heilborn, System, pp. 37-57—Imbart-Latour, "La mer territoriale, &c." (1889)—Godey, "La mer côtière" (1896)—Schücking, "Das Küstenmeer im internationalen Recht" (1897)—Perels, § 5—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 537-740—Barclay in Annuaire, XII. (1892), pp. 104-136, and XIII. (1894), pp. 125-162—Martens in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 32-43—Aubert, ibidem, pp. 429-441—Engelhardt in R.I. XXVI. (1894), pp. 209-213—Godey in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 224-237—Lapradelle in R.G. V. (1898), pp. 264-284, 309-347.
State Property of Maritime Belt contested.
State Property of Maritime Belt contested.
§ 185. Maritime belt is that part of the sea which, in contradistinction to the Open Sea, is under the sway of the littoral States. But no unanimity exists with regard to the nature of the sway of the littoral States. Many writers maintain that such sway is sovereignty, that the maritime belt is a part of the territory of the littoral State, and that the territorial supremacy of the latter extends over its coast waters. Whereas it is nowadays universally recognised that the Open Sea cannot be State property, such part of the sea as makes the coast waters would, according to the opinion of these writers, actually be the State property of the littoral States, although foreign States have a right of innocent passage of their merchantmen through the coast waters.
§ 185. The maritime belt is the area of the sea that, unlike the Open Sea, is controlled by the coastal States. However, there is no agreement on the nature of this control by the coastal States. Many authors argue that this control equates to sovereignty, meaning the maritime belt is considered part of the territory of the coastal State, with its territorial authority extending over its coastal waters. While it is now widely accepted that the Open Sea cannot be owned by any State, these authors believe that the coastal waters are indeed the property of the coastal States, although foreign States have the right to pass through these waters with their merchant ships without interference.
On the other hand, many writers of great authority emphatically deny the territorial character of the maritime belt and concede to the littoral States, in the interest of the safety of the coast, only certain powers of[Pg 256] control, jurisdiction, police, and the like, but not sovereignty.
On the other hand, many highly regarded writers strongly reject the idea that the maritime zone has a territorial nature and only grant coastal states certain powers of[Pg 256] control, jurisdiction, policing, and similar areas, but not sovereignty, to ensure the safety of the coast.
This is surely erroneous, since the real facts of international life would seem to agree with the first-mentioned opinion only. Its supporters rightly maintain[328] that the universally recognised fact of the exclusive right of the littoral State to appropriate the natural products of the sea in the coast waters, especially the use of the fishery therein, can coincide only with the territorial character of the maritime belt. The argument of their opponents that, if the belt is to be considered a part of State territory, every littoral State must have the right to cede and exchange its coast waters, can properly be met by the statement that territorial waters of all kinds are inalienable appurtenances[329] of the littoral and riparian States.[330]
This is clearly incorrect, as the actual facts of international relations seem to support only the previously mentioned opinion. Its advocates are right to argue that the universally acknowledged fact of the exclusive right of the coastal State to claim the natural resources of the sea in its coastal waters, particularly the right to fish there, can only align with the territorial nature of the maritime zone. The counterargument from their opponents—that if this zone is considered part of State territory, every coastal State must have the ability to cede and trade its coastal waters—can be effectively addressed by stating that territorial waters of all types are inseparable extensions of the coastal and riverine States.
[330] The fact that art. I. of Convention 13 (Neutral Rights and Duties in Maritime War) of the second Hague Peace Conference, 1907, speaks of sovereign rights ... in neutral waters would seem to indicate that the States themselves consider their sway over the maritime belt to be of the nature of sovereignty.
[330] The fact that Article I of Convention 13 (Neutral Rights and Duties in Maritime War) from the second Hague Peace Conference in 1907 mentions sovereign rights in neutral waters suggests that the states themselves view their control over the maritime zone as a form of sovereignty.
Breadth of Maritime Belt.
Range of Maritime Zone.
§ 186. Be that as it may, the question arises how far into the sea those waters extend which are coast waters and are therefore under the sway of the littoral State. Here, too, no unanimity exists upon either the starting line of the belt on the coast or the breadth itself of the belt from such starting line.
§ 186. That being said, the question comes up about how far into the sea the coastal waters extend, which are therefore under the control of the nearby State. Here, too, there is no agreement on either where the coastal zone starts or how wide it is from that starting point.
(1) Whereas the starting line is sometimes drawn along high-water mark, many writers draw it along low-water mark. Others draw it along the depths where the waters cease to be navigable; others again along those depths where coast batteries can still be erected, and so on.[331] But the number of those who draw it along low-water mark is increasing. The[Pg 257] Institute of International Law[332] has voted in favour of this starting line, and many treaties stipulate the same.
(1) While some people set the starting line at the high-water mark, many writers set it at the low-water mark. Others choose the depth where the water is no longer navigable; some set it at the depths where coast batteries can still be placed, and so on.[331] However, the number of those who position it at the low-water mark is on the rise. The[Pg 257] Institute of International Law[332] has voted in favor of this starting line, and many treaties reflect the same decision.
[331] See Schücking, p. 13.
[332] See Annuaire, XIII. p. 329.
(2) With regard to the breadth of the maritime belt various opinions have in former times been held, and very exorbitant claims have been advanced by different States. And although Bynkershoek's rule that terrae potestas finitur ubi finitur armorum vis is now generally recognised by theory and practice, and consequently a belt of such breadth is considered under the sway of the littoral State as is within effective range of the shore batteries, there is still no unanimity on account of the fact that such range is day by day increasing. Since at the end of the eighteenth century the range of artillery was about three miles, or one marine league, that distance became generally[333] recognised as the breadth of the maritime belt. But no sooner was a common doctrine originated than the range of projectiles increased with the manufacture of heavier guns. And although Great Britain, France, Austria, the United States of America, and other States, in Municipal Laws and International Treaties still adhere to a breadth of one marine league, the time will come when by a common agreement of the States such breadth will be very much extended.[334] As regards Great Britain, the Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act[335] of 1878 (41 and 42 Vict. c. 73) specially recognises the extent of the territorial maritime belt as three miles, or one marine league, measured from the low-water mark of the coast.
(2) In the past, there have been various opinions about the width of the maritime belt, with different countries making very excessive claims. While Bynkershoek's principle that terrae potestas finitur ubi finitur armorum vis is now widely accepted in theory and practice, meaning that the belt of this width is considered under the control of the coastal State as far as their shore batteries can reach, there’s still no consensus because that range is constantly increasing. At the end of the eighteenth century, the range of artillery was about three miles, or one marine league, which became the generally accepted width of the maritime belt. However, just as this common understanding was formed, the range of projectiles began to increase with the production of heavier guns. Although Great Britain, France, Austria, the United States, and other countries still uphold a width of one marine league in their laws and international treaties, it’s likely that a future agreement among nations will greatly extend this width.[334] Regarding Great Britain, the Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act[335] of 1878 (41 and 42 Vict. c. 73) specifically recognizes the extent of the territorial maritime belt as three miles, or one marine league, measured from the low-water mark of the coast.
[333] But not universally. Thus Norway claims a breadth of four miles and Spain even a breadth of six miles. As regards Norway, see Aubert in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 429-441.
[333] But that's not the case everywhere. Norway claims a territorial limit of four miles, while Spain claims six miles. For details on Norway, see Aubert in R.G. I. (1894), pp. 429-441.
Fisheries, Cabotage, Police, and Maritime Ceremonials within the Belt.
Fisheries, cabotage, law enforcement, and maritime ceremonies within the Belt.
§ 187. Theory and practice agree upon the following[Pg 258] principles with regard to fisheries, cabotage, police, and maritime ceremonials within the maritime belt:—
§ 187. Theory and practice agree upon the following[Pg 258] principles regarding fisheries, coastal shipping, law enforcement, and maritime ceremonies within the maritime boundary:—
(1) The littoral State can exclusively reserve the fishery within the maritime belt[336] for its own subjects, whether fish or pearls or amber or other products of the sea are in consideration.
(1) The coastal State can exclusively reserve the fishery within the maritime zone[336] for its own citizens, whether it involves fish, pearls, amber, or other products from the sea.
[336] All treaties stipulate for the purpose of fishery a three miles wide territorial maritime belt. See, for instance, article 1 of the Hague Convention concerning police and fishery in the North Sea of May 6, 1882. (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. IX. p. 556.)
[336] All treaties define a three-mile-wide territorial sea zone for fishing purposes. For example, see Article 1 of the Hague Convention on policing and fisheries in the North Sea from May 6, 1882. (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. IX. p. 556.)
(2) The littoral State can, in the absence of special treaties to the contrary, exclude foreign vessels from navigation and trade along the coast, the so-called cabotage,[337] and reserve this cabotage exclusively for its own vessels. Cabotage meant originally navigation and trade along the same stretch of coast between the ports thereof, such coast belonging to the territory of one and the same State. However, the term cabotage or coasting trade as used in commercial treaties comprises now[338] sea trade between any two ports of the same country, whether on the same coasts or different coasts, provided always that the different coasts are all of them the coasts of one and the same country as a political and geographical unit in contradistinction to the coasts of colonial dependencies of such country.
(2) The coastal State can, unless there are special treaties saying otherwise, prevent foreign ships from navigating and trading along its coast, known as cabotage,[337] and reserve this cabotage solely for its own ships. Originally, cabotage referred to navigation and trade along the same stretch of coast between ports within the same State. However, the term cabotage or coasting trade as used in commercial treaties now[338] includes sea trade between any two ports in the same country, whether on the same coast or different ones, as long as all the coasts are part of the same political and geographical country, distinguishing them from the coasts of any colonial dependencies of that country.
(3) The littoral State can exclusively exercise police and control within its maritime belt in the interest of its custom-house duties, the secrecy of its coast fortifications, and the like. Thus foreign vessels can be ordered to take certain routes and to avoid others.
(3) The coastal State can solely enforce laws and control activities within its maritime zone to protect its customs duties, the confidentiality of its coastal defenses, and other similar interests. Therefore, foreign ships can be instructed to follow specific routes and steer clear of others.
(4) The littoral State can make laws and regulations regarding maritime ceremonials to be observed by such foreign merchantmen as enter its territorial maritime belt.[339]
(4) The coastal State can create laws and regulations about maritime ceremonies that must be followed by foreign merchant ships entering its territorial waters.[339]
[339] See Twiss, I. § 194.
Navigation within the Belt.
Navigation in the Belt.
§ 188. Although the maritime belt is a portion of[Pg 259] the territory of the littoral State and therefore under the absolute territorial supremacy of such State, the belt is nevertheless, according to the practice of all the States, open to merchantmen of all nations for inoffensive navigation, cabotage excepted. And it is the common conviction[340] that every State has by customary International Law the right to demand that in time of peace its merchantmen may inoffensively pass through the territorial maritime belt of every other State. Such right is correctly said to be a consequence of the freedom of the Open Sea, for without this right navigation on the Open Sea by vessels of all nations would in fact be an impossibility. And it is a consequence of this right that no State can levy tolls for the mere passage of foreign vessels through its maritime belt. Although the littoral State may spend a considerable amount of money for the erection and maintenance of lighthouses and other facilities for safe navigation within its maritime belt, it cannot make merely passing foreign vessels pay for such outlays. It is only when foreign ships cast anchor within the belt or enter a port that they can be made to pay dues and tolls by the littoral State. Some writers[341] maintain that all nations have the right of inoffensive passage for their merchantmen by usage only, and not by the customary Law of Nations, and that, consequently, in strict law a littoral State can prevent such passage. They are certainly mistaken. An attempt on the part of a littoral State to prevent free navigation through the maritime belt in time of peace would meet with stern opposition on the part of all other States.
§ 188. Even though the maritime belt is a part of the territory of the coastal State and is therefore completely under its territorial authority, the belt is still, according to the practices of all States, open to merchant ships from all nations for peaceful navigation, except for cabotage. It is widely accepted[340] that every State has the customary right in International Law to require that in times of peace its merchant vessels may safely pass through the territorial maritime belt of any other State. This right is considered a result of the freedom of the Open Sea, as without it, navigation on the Open Sea by ships from all nations would actually be impossible. Because of this right, no State can charge fees for the simple passage of foreign ships through its maritime belt. While a coastal State may invest a significant amount of money in building and maintaining lighthouses and other navigation aids within its maritime belt, it cannot require passing foreign vessels to cover those costs. Only when foreign ships anchor within the belt or enter a port can the coastal State impose fees and charges. Some authors[341] argue that all nations only have the right of peaceful passage for their merchant vessels through custom, rather than under the customary Law of Nations, and therefore, in strict legal terms, a coastal State could block such passage. They are clearly mistaken. Any attempt by a coastal State to restrict free navigation through the maritime belt during peacetime would face strong opposition from all other States.
But a right of foreign States for their men-of-war to pass unhindered through the maritime belt is not generally recognised. Although many writers assert the existence of such a right, many others emphatically[Pg 260] deny it. As a rule, however, in practice no State actually opposes in time of peace the passage of foreign men-of-war and other public vessels through its maritime belt. And it may safely be stated, first, that a usage has grown up by which such passage, if in every way inoffensive and without danger, shall not be denied in time of peace; and, secondly, that it is now a customary rule of International Law that the right of passage through such parts of the maritime belt as form part of the highways for international traffic cannot be denied to foreign men-of-war.[342]
But the right of foreign states for their warships to pass freely through the maritime area is not widely recognized. Although many writers claim this right exists, many others strongly deny it. Generally, though, in practice, no state actually prevents the passage of foreign warships and other public vessels through its maritime area during peacetime. It can be stated that, first, a practice has developed where such passage, if completely harmless and without risk, will not be denied in peacetime; and second, it is now a customary rule of International Law that the right of passage through those parts of the maritime area that serve as routes for international traffic cannot be denied to foreign warships.[342]
Jurisdiction within the Belt.
Jurisdiction within the Beltway.
§ 189. That the littoral State has exclusive jurisdiction within the belt as regards mere matters of police and control is universally recognised. Thus it can exclude foreign pilots, can make custom-house arrangements, sanitary regulations, laws concerning stranded vessels and goods, and the like. It is further agreed that foreign merchantmen casting anchor within the belt or entering a port,[343] fall at once and ipso facto under the jurisdiction of the littoral State. But it is a moot point whether such foreign vessels as do not stay but merely pass through the belt are for the time being under this jurisdiction. It is for this reason that the British Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act of 1878 (41 & 42 Vict. c. 73), which claims such jurisdiction, has called forth protests from many writers.[344] The controversy itself can be decided only by the practice of the States. The British Act quoted, the basis of which is, in my opinion, sound and reasonable, is a powerful factor in initiating such a practice; but as[Pg 261] yet no common practice of the States can be said to exist.
§ 189. The coastal State has exclusive authority within the area regarding basic police matters and control, and this is widely accepted. It can therefore exclude foreign pilots, set up customs arrangements, implement health regulations, and create laws regarding stranded vessels and goods, among other things. Additionally, it's agreed that foreign merchant ships anchoring within this area or entering a port,[343] are immediately and ipso facto subject to the authority of the coastal State. However, it is debated whether foreign vessels that simply pass through the area, rather than staying, are temporarily under this authority. This is why the British Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act of 1878 (41 & 42 Vict. c. 73), which asserts such authority, has prompted objections from many scholars.[344] The debate can only be resolved through the practices of the States. The British Act mentioned, which I believe is founded on sound and reasonable principles, plays a significant role in establishing such practices; however, a common practice among the States is not yet clearly established.
[343] The Institute of International Law—see Annuaire, XVII. (1898), p. 273—adopted at its meeting at the Hague in 1898 a "Règlement sur le régime légal des navires et de leurs équipages dans les ports étrangers" comprising seven rules.
[343] The Institute of International Law—see Annuaire, XVII. (1898), p. 273—adopted at its meeting in The Hague in 1898 a "Regulation on the Legal Status of Vessels and Their Crews in Foreign Ports" consisting of seven rules.
[344] See Perels, pp. 69-77. The Institute of International Law, which at its meeting at Paris in 1894 adopted a body of eleven rules regarding the maritime belt, gulfs, bays, and straits, voted against the jurisdiction of a littoral State over foreign vessels merely passing through the belt. See Annuaire, XIII. p. 328.
[344] See Perels, pp. 69-77. The Institute of International Law, which met in Paris in 1894 and established eleven rules concerning the maritime zone, gulfs, bays, and straits, voted against allowing a coastal State to have jurisdiction over foreign vessels that are just passing through the zone. See Annuaire, XIII. p. 328.
Zone for Revenue and Sanitary Laws.
Zone for Revenue and Sanitary Laws.
§ 190. Different from the territorial maritime belt is the zone of the Open Sea, over which a littoral State extends the operation of its revenue and sanitary laws. The fact is that Great Britain and the United States, as well as other States, possess revenue and sanitary laws which impose certain duties not only on their own but also on such foreign vessels bound to one of their ports as are approaching, but not yet within, their territorial maritime belt.[345] Twiss and Phillimore agree that in strict law these Municipal Laws have no basis, since every State is by the Law of Nations prevented from extending its jurisdiction over the Open Sea, and that it is only the Comity of Nations which admits tacitly the operation of such Municipal Laws as long as foreign States do not object, and provided that no measure is taken within the territorial maritime belt of another nation. I doubt not that in time special arrangements will be made as regards this point by a universal international convention. But I believe that, since Municipal Laws of the above kind have been in existence for more than a hundred years and have not been opposed by other States, a customary rule of the Law of Nations may be said to exist which allows littoral States in the interest of their revenue and sanitary laws to impose certain duties on such foreign vessels bound to their ports as are approaching, although not yet within, their territorial maritime belt.
§ 190. Different from the territorial maritime zone is the Open Sea, where a coastal State can enforce its revenue and health laws. Great Britain and the United States, along with other countries, have revenue and health laws that require certain obligations not just from their own vessels but also from foreign ships heading to one of their ports that are on approach but not yet inside their territorial maritime waters.[345] Twiss and Phillimore agree that, in strict legal terms, these Municipal Laws have no foundation, since international law prevents any State from extending its jurisdiction over the Open Sea. It's only through the Comity of Nations that these Municipal Laws are allowed to operate as long as foreign States do not raise objections, and no actions are taken within another nation’s territorial maritime zone. I have no doubt that, eventually, specific agreements will be established regarding this issue through a universal international convention. However, I believe that since such Municipal Laws have been in effect for over a century and haven't faced opposition from other States, a customary rule of International Law seems to exist that permits coastal States to levy certain obligations on foreign vessels that are approaching their ports, even if they are not yet within their territorial maritime zone.
[345] See, for instance, the British so-called Hovering Acts, 9 Geo. II. c. 35 and 24 Geo. III. c. 47. The matter is treated by Moore, I. § 151; Taylor, § 248; Twiss, I. § 190; Phillimore, I. § 198; Halleck, I. p. 157; Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 475-478; Perels, § 5, pp. 25-28. See also Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 108 and 109, and Annuaire, XIII. (1894), pp. 135 and 141.[Pg 262]
[345] Check out the British laws known as the Hovering Acts, 9 Geo. II. c. 35 and 24 Geo. III. c. 47. You can find discussions on this topic in Moore, I. § 151; Taylor, § 248; Twiss, I. § 190; Phillimore, I. § 198; Halleck, I. p. 157; Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 475-478; Perels, § 5, pp. 25-28. Also, see Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 108 and 109, and Annuaire, XIII. (1894), pp. 135 and 141.[Pg 262]
VII Gulfs and Bays
Vattel, I. § 291—Hall, § 41—Westlake, I. pp. 183-192—Lawrence, § 72—Phillimore, I. §§ 196-206—Twiss, I. §§ 181-182—Halleck, I. pp. 165-170—Taylor, §§ 229-231—Walker, § 18—Wharton, I. §§ 27-28—Moore, I. § 153—Wheaton, §§ 181-190—Bluntschli, §§ 309-310—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 76—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 419-428—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 88—Bonfils, No. 516—Despagnet, Nos. 405-406—Mérignhac, II. pp. 394-397—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 661-681—Nys, I. pp. 441-447—Rivier, I. pp. 153-157—Calvo, I. §§ 366-367—Fiore, II. Nos. 808-815, and Code, Nos. 278-279—Martens, I. § 100—Perels, § 5—Schücking, "Das Küstenmeer im internationalen Recht" (1897), pp. 20-24—Barclay in Annuaire, XII. pp. 127-129—Oppenheim in Z.V. I. (1907), pp. 579-587, and V. (1911), pp. 74-95.
Vattel, I. § 291—Hall, § 41—Westlake, I. pp. 183-192—Lawrence, § 72—Phillimore, I. §§ 196-206—Twiss, I. §§ 181-182—Halleck, I. pp. 165-170—Taylor, §§ 229-231—Walker, § 18—Wharton, I. §§ 27-28—Moore, I. § 153—Wheaton, §§ 181-190—Bluntschli, §§ 309-310—Hartmann, § 58—Heffter, § 76—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 419-428—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 88—Bonfils, No. 516—Despagnet, Nos. 405-406—Mérignhac, II. pp. 394-397—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 661-681—Nys, I. pp. 441-447—Rivier, I. pp. 153-157—Calvo, I. §§ 366-367—Fiore, II. Nos. 808-815, and Code, Nos. 278-279—Martens, I. § 100—Perels, § 5—Schücking, "Das Küstenmeer im internationalen Recht" (1897), pp. 20-24—Barclay in Annuaire, XII. pp. 127-129—Oppenheim in Z.V. I. (1907), pp. 579-587, and V. (1911), pp. 74-95.
Territorial Gulfs and Bays.
Territorial Gulfs and Bays.
§ 191. It is generally admitted that such gulfs and bays as are enclosed by the land of one and the same littoral State, and whose entrance from the sea is narrow enough to be commanded by coast batteries erected on one or both sides of the entrance, belong to the territory of the littoral State even if the entrance is wider[346] than two marine leagues, or six miles.
§ 191. It is widely accepted that gulfs and bays that are surrounded by the land of a single coastal state, and whose entrance from the sea is narrow enough to be monitored by coastal batteries positioned on one or both sides of the entrance, are considered part of the territory of that coastal state, even if the entrance is wider[346] than two marine leagues, or six miles.
[346] I have no reason to alter the above statement, although Lord Fitzmaurice declared in the House of Lords on February 21, 1907, in the name of the British Government, that they considered such bays only to be territorial as possessed an entrance not wider than six miles. The future will have to show whether Great Britain and her self-governing colonies consider themselves bound by this statement. No writer of authority can be quoted in favour of it, although Walker (§ 18) and Wilson and Tucker (5th ed., 1910, § 53) state it. Westlake (vol. I. p. 187) cannot be cited in favour of it, since he distinguishes between bays and gulfs in such a way as is not generally done by international lawyers, and as is certainly not recognised by geography; for the very examples which he enumerates as gulfs are all called bays, namely those of Conception, of Cancale, of Chesapeake, and of Delaware. In the North Atlantic Coast Fisheries case, between the United States and Great Britain, which was decided by the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague in 1910, the United States—see the official publication of the case, p. 136—also contended that only such bays could be considered territorial as possessed an entrance not wider than six miles, but the Court refused to agree to this contention.
[346] I have no reason to change the above statement, even though Lord Fitzmaurice claimed in the House of Lords on February 21, 1907, on behalf of the British Government, that they considered bays to be territorial only if they have an entrance that is not wider than six miles. The future will reveal whether Great Britain and its self-governing colonies feel bound by this statement. No authoritative writer can be cited in support of it, although Walker (§ 18) and Wilson and Tucker (5th ed., 1910, § 53) mention it. Westlake (vol. I. p. 187) cannot be cited in favor of it, as he makes a distinction between bays and gulfs that is not typically recognized by international lawyers and is definitely not acknowledged by geography; the very examples he lists as gulfs are all referred to as bays, specifically those of Conception, Cancale, Chesapeake, and Delaware. In the North Atlantic Coast Fisheries case between the United States and Great Britain, which was decided by the Permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague in 1910, the United States—see the official publication of the case, p. 136—also argued that only bays with entrances narrower than six miles could be considered territorial, but the Court disagreed with this argument.
Some writers maintain that gulfs and bays whose entrance is wider than ten miles, or three and a third marine leagues, cannot belong to the territory of the littoral State, and the practice of some States accords with this opinion. But the practice of other countries,[Pg 263] approved by many writers, goes beyond this limit. Thus Great Britain holds the Bay of Conception in Newfoundland to be territorial, although it goes forty miles into the land and has an entrance more than twenty miles wide. And the United States claim the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, as well as other inlets of the same character, as territorial,[347] although many European writers oppose this claim. The Institute of International Law has voted in favour of a twelve miles wide entrance, but admits the territorial character of such gulfs and bays with a wider entrance as have been considered territorial for more than one hundred years.[348]
Some writers argue that gulfs and bays with entrances wider than ten miles, or three and a third marine leagues, do not belong to the territory of the coastal State, and this view is supported by the practices of some States. However, other countries, [Pg 263] endorsed by many writers, extend beyond this limit. For example, Great Britain considers the Bay of Conception in Newfoundland to be territorial, even though it extends forty miles inland and has an entrance that is over twenty miles wide. The United States also claims the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, along with other similar inlets, as territorial, [347] despite opposition from many European writers. The Institute of International Law has voted in favor of a twelve-mile wide entrance but acknowledges the territorial status of gulfs and bays with wider entrances that have been recognized as territorial for over a hundred years.[348]
[348] See Annuaire, XIII. p. 329.
As the matter stands, it is doubtful as regards many gulfs and bays whether they are territorial or not. Examples of territorial bays in Europe are: The Zuider Zee is Dutch; the Frische Haff, the Kurische Haff, and the Bay of Stettin, in the Baltic, are German, as is also the Jade Bay in the North Sea. The whole matter calls for an international congress to settle the question once for all which gulfs and bays are to be considered territorial. And it must be specially observed that it is hardly possible that Great Britain would still, as she formerly did for centuries, claim the territorial character of the so-called King's Chambers,[349] which include portions of the sea between lines drawn from headland to headland.
As it stands, it's unclear whether many gulfs and bays are considered territorial or not. Examples of territorial bays in Europe include: the Zuider Zee in the Netherlands; the Frische Haff, the Kurische Haff, and the Bay of Stettin in the Baltic Sea, all of which are German, as is Jade Bay in the North Sea. This issue calls for an international conference to finally determine which gulfs and bays should be recognized as territorial. It's important to note that it's unlikely Great Britain would continue to claim the territorial nature of the so-called King's Chambers, which includes areas of the sea between lines drawn from one headland to another.
[349] Whereas Hall (§ 41, p. 162) says: "England would, no doubt, not attempt any longer to assert a right of property over the King's Chambers," Phillimore (I. § 200) still keeps up this claim. The attitude of the British Government in the Moray Firth Case—see below, p. 264—would seem to demonstrate that this claim is no longer upheld. See also Lawrence, § 87, and Westlake, I. p. 188.
[349] While Hall (§ 41, p. 162) states, "England would likely no longer try to claim ownership over the King's Chambers," Phillimore (I. § 200) continues to support this claim. The stance of the British Government in the Moray Firth Case—see below, p. 264—seems to indicate that this claim is no longer maintained. Also, refer to Lawrence, § 87, and Westlake, I. p. 188.
Non-territorial Gulfs and Bays.
Non-territorial Gulfs and Bays.
§ 192. Gulfs and bays surrounded by the land of one and the same littoral State whose entrance is so wide that it cannot be commanded by coast batteries, and, further, all gulfs and bays enclosed by the land of more than one littoral State, however narrow their[Pg 264] entrance may be, are non-territorial. They are parts of the Open Sea, the marginal belt inside the gulfs and bays excepted. They can never be appropriated, they are in time of peace and war open to vessels of all nations including men-of-war, and foreign fishing vessels cannot, therefore, be compelled to comply with municipal regulations of the littoral State concerning the mode of fishing.
§ 192. Gulfs and bays that are surrounded by the land of a single coastal State, where the entrance is so wide that it can't be controlled by coastal defenses, as well as all gulfs and bays bordered by the land of more than one coastal State, regardless of how narrow their[Pg 264]entrance is, are considered non-territorial. They are part of the Open Sea, except for the coastal areas within the gulfs and bays. They can never be claimed by any State, and during both peace and war, they are open to vessels from all nations, including military ships, meaning foreign fishing vessels cannot be forced to follow the local laws of the coastal State regarding fishing practices.
An illustrative case is that of the fisheries in the Moray Firth. By article 6 of the Herring[350] Fishery (Scotland) Act, 1889, beam and otter trawling is prohibited within certain limits of the Scotch coast, and the Moray Firth inside a line drawn from Duncansby Head in Caithness to Rattray Point in Aberdeenshire is included in the prohibited area. In 1905, Mortensen, the captain of a Norwegian fishing vessel, but a Danish subject, was prosecuted for an offence against the above-mentioned article 6, convicted, and fined by the Sheriff Court at Dornoch, although he contended that the incriminating act was committed outside three miles from the coast. He appealed to the High Court of Justiciary, which,[351] however, confirmed the verdict of the Sheriff Court, correctly asserting that, whether or not the Moray Firth could be considered as a British territorial bay, the Court was bound by a British Act of Parliament even if such Act violates a rule of International Law. The British Government, while recognising that the Scotch Courts were bound by the Act of Parliament concerned, likewise recognised that, the Moray Firth not being a British territorial bay, foreign fishing vessels could not be compelled to comply with an Act of Parliament regulating the mode of fishing in the Moray Firth outside three miles from the coast, and therefore remitted Mortensen's fine. To remedy the conflict between article 6 of the above-mentioned Herring[Pg 265] Fishery (Scotland) Act, 1889, and the requirements of International Law, Parliament passed the Trawling in Prohibited Areas Prevention Act,[352] 1909, according to which no prosecution can take place for the exercise of prohibited fishing methods outside the three miles from the coast, but the fish so caught may not be landed or sold in the United Kingdom.[353]
An illustrative case is the fisheries in the Moray Firth. According to Article 6 of the Herring[350] Fishery (Scotland) Act, 1889, beam and otter trawling is banned within certain limits along the Scottish coast, and the Moray Firth is included in this restricted area, defined by a line drawn from Duncansby Head in Caithness to Rattray Point in Aberdeenshire. In 1905, Mortensen, the captain of a Norwegian fishing vessel and a Danish citizen, was prosecuted for violating this article, convicted, and fined by the Sheriff Court in Dornoch, despite his claim that the act in question happened more than three miles offshore. He appealed to the High Court of Justiciary, which,[351] upheld the Sheriff Court's decision, maintaining that, regardless of whether the Moray Firth could be deemed a British territorial bay, the Court had to follow a British Act of Parliament, even if it conflicted with International Law. The British Government acknowledged that the Scottish Courts were obligated under the Act of Parliament, but also understood that since the Moray Firth was not a British territorial bay, foreign fishing vessels couldn't be forced to follow a law regulating fishing methods in the Moray Firth beyond three miles from the coast, leading to the cancellation of Mortensen's fine. To address the conflict between Article 6 of the Herring[Pg 265] Fishery (Scotland) Act, 1889, and International Law, Parliament passed the Trawling in Prohibited Areas Prevention Act,[352] 1909, which states that no one can be prosecuted for using prohibited fishing methods beyond three miles from the coast, but any fish caught this way cannot be brought ashore or sold in the United Kingdom.[353]
[352] 9 Edw. VII. c. 8.
Navigation and Fishery in Territorial Gulfs and Bays.
Navigation and Fishing in Coastal Gulfs and Bays.
§ 193. As regards navigation and fishery within territorial gulfs and bays, the same rules of the Law of Nations are valid as in the case of navigation and fishery within the territorial maritime belt. The right of fishery may, therefore, exclusively be reserved for subjects of the littoral State.[354] And navigation, cabotage excepted, must be open to merchantmen of all nations, but foreign men-of-war need not be admitted.
§ 193. When it comes to navigation and fishing in territorial gulfs and bays, the same rules of international law apply as in the case of navigation and fishing within the territorial sea. Therefore, the right to fish may only be reserved for citizens of the coastal state.[354] Additionally, navigation, except for coasting trade, must be accessible to merchant ships from all nations, but foreign warships do not need to be allowed.
[354] The Hague Convention concerning police and fishery in the North Sea, concluded on May 6, 1882, between Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, and Holland reserves by its article 2 the fishery for subjects of the littoral States of such bays as have an entrance from the sea not wider than ten miles, but reserves likewise a maritime belt of three miles to be measured from the line where the entrance is ten miles wide. Practically the fishery is therefore reserved for subjects of the littoral State within bays with an entrance thirteen miles wide. See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. IX. (1884), p. 556.
[354] The Hague Convention regarding policing and fishing in the North Sea, signed on May 6, 1882, by Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands, states in Article 2 that fishing is reserved for the citizens of the coastal states in bays that have an entrance from the sea not wider than ten miles. It also reserves a maritime zone of three miles measured from the point where the entrance is ten miles wide. Essentially, fishing is therefore reserved for the citizens of the coastal state within bays with an entrance that is thirteen miles wide. See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. IX. (1884), p. 556.
VIII STRAITS
Vattel, I. § 292—Hall, § 41—Westlake, I. pp. 193-197—Lawrence, §§ 87-89—Phillimore, I. §§ 180-196—Twiss, I. §§ 183, 184, 189—Halleck, I. pp. 165-170—Taylor, §§ 229-231—Walker, § 17—Wharton, §§ 27-29—Wheaton, §§ 181-190—Moore, I. §§ 133-134—Bluntschli, § 303—Hartmann, § 65—Heffter, § 76—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 419-428—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, §§ 9 and 26—Ullmann, § 88—Bonfils, Nos. 506-511—Despagnet, Nos. 415-417—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 650-656—Nys, I. pp. 451-474—Rivier, I. pp. 157-159—Calvo, I. §§ 368-372—Fiore, II. Nos. 745-754, and Code, Nos. 280-281—Martens, I. § 101—Holland, Studies, p. 277.
Vattel, I. § 292—Hall, § 41—Westlake, I. pp. 193-197—Lawrence, §§ 87-89—Phillimore, I. §§ 180-196—Twiss, I. §§ 183, 184, 189—Halleck, I. pp. 165-170—Taylor, §§ 229-231—Walker, § 17—Wharton, §§ 27-29—Wheaton, §§ 181-190—Moore, I. §§ 133-134—Bluntschli, § 303—Hartmann, § 65—Heffter, § 76—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 419-428—Gareis, § 21—Liszt, §§ 9 and 26—Ullmann, § 88—Bonfils, Nos. 506-511—Despagnet, Nos. 415-417—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 650-656—Nys, I. pp. 451-474—Rivier, I. pp. 157-159—Calvo, I. §§ 368-372—Fiore, II. Nos. 745-754, and Code, Nos. 280-281—Martens, I. § 101—Holland, Studies, p. 277.
What Straits are Territorial.
Territorial Straits.
§ 194. All straits which are so narrow as to be under the command of coast batteries erected either on one or both sides of the straits, are territorial. Therefore,[Pg 266] straits of this kind which divide the land of one and the same State belong to the territory of such State. Thus the Solent, which divides the Isle of Wight from England, is British, the Dardanelles and the Bosphorus are Turkish, and both the Kara and the Yugor Straits, which connect the Kara Sea with the Barents Sea, are Russian. On the other hand, if such narrow strait divides the land of two different States, it belongs to the territory of both, the boundary line running, failing a special treaty making another arrangement, through the mid-channel.[355] Thus the Lymoon Pass, the narrow strait which separates the British island of Hong Kong from the continent, was half British and half Chinese as long as the land opposite Hong Kong was Chinese territory.
§ 194. All straits that are so narrow that they are under the control of coast batteries located on one or both sides of the straits are considered territorial. Therefore,[Pg 266] straits of this kind that separate land belonging to the same State are part of that State's territory. For example, the Solent, which separates the Isle of Wight from England, is British, the Dardanelles and the Bosphorus are Turkish, and both the Kara and the Yugor Straits, connecting the Kara Sea to the Barents Sea, are Russian. On the other hand, if such a narrow strait separates land belonging to two different States, it is shared by both, with the boundary line running, unless there's a specific treaty stating otherwise, through the midpoint of the channel.[355] For instance, the Lymoon Pass, the narrow strait that divides the British island of Hong Kong from the mainland, was half British and half Chinese as long as the land across from Hong Kong was Chinese territory.
It would seem that claims of States over wider straits than those which can be commanded by guns from coast batteries are no longer upheld. Thus Great Britain used formerly to claim the Narrow Seas—namely, the St. George's Channel, the Bristol Channel, the Irish Sea, and the North Channel—as territorial; and Phillimore asserts that the exclusive right of Great Britain over these Narrow Seas is uncontested. But it must be emphasised that this right is contested, and I believe that Great Britain would now no longer uphold her former claim,[356] at least the Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act 1878 does not mention it.
It seems that claims by countries over wider straits than those that can be controlled by coastal artillery are no longer supported. In the past, Great Britain claimed the Narrow Seas—specifically, the St. George's Channel, the Bristol Channel, the Irish Sea, and the North Channel—as its territory; Phillimore argues that Great Britain's exclusive right over these Narrow Seas is undisputed. However, it's important to point out that this right is disputed, and I believe that Great Britain would no longer stand by its previous claim, especially since the Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act of 1878 does not refer to it.
[356] See Phillimore, I. § 189, and above, § 191 (King's Chambers). Concerning the Bristol Channel, Hall (§ 41, p. 162, note 2) remarks: "It was apparently decided by the Queen's Bench in Reg. v. Cunningham (Bell's "Crown Cases," 86) that the whole of the Bristol Channel between Somerset and Glamorgan is British territory; possibly, however, the Court intended to refer only to that portion of the Channel which lies within Steepholm and Flatholm." See also Westlake, I. p. 188, note 3.
[356] See Phillimore, I. § 189, and above, § 191 (King's Chambers). Regarding the Bristol Channel, Hall (§ 41, p. 162, note 2) comments: "It seems the Queen's Bench decided in Reg. v. Cunningham (Bell's "Crown Cases," 86) that the entire Bristol Channel between Somerset and Glamorgan is British territory; however, the Court might have meant to refer only to the part of the Channel that lies between Steepholm and Flatholm." See also Westlake, I. p. 188, note 3.
Navigation, Fishery, and Jurisdiction in Straits.
Navigation, Fishing, and Authority in Straits.
§ 195. All rules of the Law of Nations concerning navigation, fishery, and jurisdiction within the maritime belt apply likewise to navigation, fishery, and jurisdiction within straits. Foreign merchantmen, therefore,[Pg 267] cannot[357] be excluded; foreign men-of-war must be admitted to such straits as form part of the highways for international traffic;[358] the right of fishery may exclusively be reserved for subjects of the littoral State; and the latter can exercise jurisdiction over all foreign merchantmen passing through the straits. If the narrow strait divides the land of two different States, jurisdiction and fishery are reserved for each littoral State within the boundary line running through the mid-channel or otherwise as by treaty arranged.
§ 195. All rules of international law regarding navigation, fishing, and jurisdiction within the maritime zone also apply to navigation, fishing, and jurisdiction within straits. Therefore, foreign merchant ships cannot be excluded; foreign warships must be allowed into straits that serve as vital routes for international trade;[Pg 267] the fishing rights may be exclusively reserved for the citizens of the coastal state; and that state can enforce jurisdiction over all foreign merchant ships passing through the straits. If a narrow strait separates the land of two different states, jurisdiction and fishing rights are reserved for each coastal state according to the boundary line running through the middle of the channel or as arranged by treaty.
It must, however, be stated that foreign merchantmen cannot be excluded from the passage through territorial straits only when these connect two parts of the Open Sea. In case a territorial strait belonging to one and the same State connects a part of the Open Sea with a territorial gulf or bay, or with a territorial land-locked sea belonging to the same State—as, for instance, the Strait of Kertch[359] at present, and formerly the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles[360]—foreign vessels can be excluded therefrom.
It should be noted that foreign merchant ships cannot be denied passage through territorial straits only when those straits connect two areas of the Open Sea. If a territorial strait that belongs to the same State connects a part of the Open Sea with a territorial gulf or bay, or with a territorial sea that is land-locked and also belongs to the same State—like the Strait of Kertch[359] currently, and previously the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles[360]—foreign vessels can be excluded from those passages.
The former Sound Dues.
The previous Sound Dues.
§ 196. The rule that foreign merchantmen must be allowed inoffensive passage through territorial straits without any dues and tolls whatever, had one exception until the year 1857. From time immemorial, Denmark had not allowed foreign vessels the passage through the two Belts and the Sound, a narrow strait which divides Denmark from Sweden and connects the Kattegat with the Baltic, without payment of a toll, the so-called Sound Dues.[361] Whereas in former centuries[Pg 268] these dues were not opposed, they were not considered any longer admissible as soon as the principle of free navigation on the sea became generally recognised, but Denmark nevertheless insisted upon the dues. In 1857, however, an arrangement[362] was completed between the maritime Powers of Europe and Denmark by which the Sound Dues were abolished against a heavy indemnity paid by the signatory States to Denmark. And in the same year the United States entered into a convention[363] with Denmark for the free passage of their vessels, and likewise paid an indemnity. With these dues has disappeared the last witness of former times when free navigation on the sea was not universally recognised.
§ 196. The rule that foreign merchant ships must be allowed harmless passage through territorial straits without any fees or tolls had one exception until 1857. For as long as anyone can remember, Denmark did not permit foreign vessels to pass through the two Belts and the Sound, a narrow strait that separates Denmark from Sweden and connects the Kattegat with the Baltic, without paying a toll known as the Sound Dues.[361] In earlier centuries, these dues were accepted, but once the principle of free navigation at sea became widely recognized, they were deemed no longer acceptable. Nonetheless, Denmark insisted on maintaining the dues. However, in 1857, an agreement[362] was reached between the maritime powers of Europe and Denmark, leading to the abolition of the Sound Dues in exchange for a significant indemnity paid by the signatory states to Denmark. In that same year, the United States made a convention[363] with Denmark for the free passage of their vessels and also paid an indemnity. With the elimination of these dues, the last remnant of a time when free navigation at sea was not universally accepted has vanished.
[361] See the details, which have historical interest only, in Twiss, I. § 188; Phillimore, I. § 189; Wharton, I. § 29; and Scherer, "Der Sundzoll" (1845).
[361] Check the details, which are of historical interest only, in Twiss, I. § 188; Phillimore, I. § 189; Wharton, I. § 29; and Scherer, "Der Sundzoll" (1845).
The Bosphorus and Dardanelles.
The Bosphorus and Dardanelles.
§ 197. The Bosphorus and Dardanelles, the two Turkish territorial straits which connect the Black Sea with the Mediterranean, must be specially mentioned.[364] So long as the Black Sea was entirely enclosed by Turkish territory and was therefore a portion of this territory, Turkey could exclude[365] foreign vessels from the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles altogether, unless prevented by special treaties. But when in the eighteenth century Russia became a littoral State of the Black Sea, and the latter, therefore, ceased to be entirely a territorial sea, Turkey, by several treaties with foreign Powers, conceded free navigation through the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles to foreign merchantmen. But she always upheld the rule that foreign men-of-war should be excluded from these straits. And by article 1 of the Convention of London of July 10, 1841, between Turkey, Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, this rule was once for all accepted. Article 10 of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention[Pg 269] No. 1 annexed to this treaty, and, further, article 2 of the Treaty of London, 1871, again confirm the rule, and all those Powers which were not parties to these treaties submit nevertheless to it.[366] According to the Treaty of London of 1871, however, the Porte can open the straits in time of peace to the men-of-war of friendly and allied Powers for the purpose, if necessary, of securing the execution of the stipulations of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856.
§ 197. The Bosphorus and Dardanelles, the two Turkish straits that connect the Black Sea to the Mediterranean, need to be highlighted. [364] As long as the Black Sea was completely surrounded by Turkish territory, it was considered part of that territory, allowing Turkey to completely block foreign vessels from the Bosphorus and Dardanelles unless specific treaties dictated otherwise. However, when Russia became a coastal nation on the Black Sea in the eighteenth century, this area ceased to be fully a territorial sea, leading Turkey to concede free passage through the Bosphorus and Dardanelles to foreign merchant ships in several treaties with other nations. Nonetheless, Turkey maintained the policy that foreign military vessels should be barred from these straits. This policy was formally accepted in article 1 of the Convention of London on July 10, 1841, which involved Turkey, Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia. Additionally, article 10 of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention [Pg 269] No. 1 attached to this treaty, along with article 2 of the Treaty of London in 1871, reaffirm this rule, and all Powers not part of these treaties still adhere to it. [366] According to the Treaty of London of 1871, however, the Porte can allow the straits to be opened during peacetime to the warships of friendly and allied nations to ensure the fulfillment of the terms of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856 if necessary.
[366] The United States, although she actually acquiesces in the exclusion of her men-of-war, seems not to consider herself bound by the Convention of London, to which she is not a party. See Wharton, I. § 29, pp. 79 and 80, and Moore, I. § 134, pp. 666-668.
[366] The United States, while it goes along with the exclusion of its warships, doesn't seem to think it is obligated by the Convention of London, which it is not a part of. See Wharton, I. § 29, pp. 79 and 80, and Moore, I. § 134, pp. 666-668.
On the whole, the rule has in practice always been upheld by Turkey. Foreign light public vessels in the service of foreign diplomatic envoys at Constantinople can be admitted by the provisions of the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856. And on several occasions when Turkey has admitted a foreign man-of-war carrying a foreign monarch on a visit to Constantinople, there has been no opposition by the Powers.[367] But when, in 1902, Turkey allowed four Russian torpedo destroyers to pass through her straits on the condition that these vessels should be disarmed and sail under the Russian commercial flag, Great Britain protested and declared that she reserved the right to demand similar privileges for her men-of-war should occasion arise. As far as I know, however, no other Power has joined Great Britain in this protest. On the other hand, no protest was raised when, in 1904, during the Russo-Japanese war, two vessels belonging to the Russian volunteer fleet in the Black Sea were allowed to pass through to the Mediterranean, for nobody could presume that these vessels, which were flying the Russian commercial flag, would later on convert themselves into men-of-war by hoisting the Russian war flag.[368]
Overall, Turkey has consistently upheld this rule in practice. Foreign light public vessels serving foreign diplomatic envoys in Constantinople are allowed under the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856. On several occasions when Turkey permitted a foreign warship carrying a foreign monarch to visit Constantinople, there was no objection from the Powers.[367] However, when Turkey allowed four Russian torpedo destroyers to pass through her straits in 1902, on the condition that these vessels be disarmed and sail under the Russian commercial flag, Great Britain protested and stated that it reserved the right to request similar privileges for its warships if needed. As far as I know, no other Power supported Great Britain's protest. On the other hand, there was no objection when, in 1904, during the Russo-Japanese War, two vessels from the Russian volunteer fleet in the Black Sea were allowed to pass through to the Mediterranean, since no one could assume that these vessels, flying the Russian commercial flag, would later turn into warships by hoisting the Russian war flag.[368]
[367] See Perels, p. 30.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Perels, p. 30.
IX STATE BOUNDARIES
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 18—Vattel, I. § 266—Hall, § 38—Westlake, I. pp. 141-142—Twiss, I. §§ 147-148—Taylor, § 251—Moore, I. §§ 154-162—Bluntschli, §§ 296-302—Hartmann, § 59—Heffter, § 66—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 232-239—Gareis, § 19—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 91—Bonfils, Nos. 486-489—Despagnet, No. 377—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 759-777—Mérignhac, II. p. 358—Nys, I. pp. 413-422—Rivier, I. § 11—Calvo, I. §§ 343-352—Fiore, II. Nos. 799-806, and Code, Nos. 1040-1049—Martens, I. § 89—Lord Curzon of Kedleston, "Frontiers" (Romanes lecture of 1907).
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 18—Vattel, I. § 266—Hall, § 38—Westlake, I. pp. 141-142—Twiss, I. §§ 147-148—Taylor, § 251—Moore, I. §§ 154-162—Bluntschli, §§ 296-302—Hartmann, § 59—Heffter, § 66—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 232-239—Gareis, § 19—Liszt, § 9—Ullmann, § 91—Bonfils, Nos. 486-489—Despagnet, No. 377—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 759-777—Mérignhac, II. p. 358—Nys, I. pp. 413-422—Rivier, I. § 11—Calvo, I. §§ 343-352—Fiore, II. Nos. 799-806, and Code, Nos. 1040-1049—Martens, I. § 89—Lord Curzon of Kedleston, "Frontiers" (Romanes lecture of 1907).
Natural and Artificial Boundaries.
Natural and Man-Made Boundaries.
§ 198. Boundaries of State territory are the imaginary lines on the surface of the earth which separate the territory of one State from that of another, or from unappropriated territory, or from the Open Sea. The course of the boundary lines may or may not be indicated by boundary signs. These signs may be natural or artificial, and one speaks, therefore, of natural in contradistinction to artificial boundaries. Natural boundaries may consist of water, a range of rocks or mountains, deserts, forests, and the like. Artificial boundaries are such signs as have been purposely put up to indicate the way of the imaginary boundary-line. They may consist of posts, stones, bars, walls,[369] trenches, roads, canals, buoys in water, and the like. It must, however, be borne in mind that the distinction between artificial and natural boundaries is not sharp, in so far as some natural boundaries can be artificially created. Thus a forest may be planted, and a desert may be created, as was the frequent practice of the Romans of antiquity, for the purpose of marking the frontier.
§ 198. The boundaries of a state's territory are the imaginary lines on the earth's surface that separate one state's land from another, unclaimed territory, or the open sea. The path of these boundary lines may be marked by boundary signs or not. These signs can be natural or artificial, so we refer to natural boundaries in contrast to artificial ones. Natural boundaries might include rivers, mountain ranges, deserts, forests, and similar features. Artificial boundaries are markers that have been intentionally placed to show the location of the imaginary boundary line. They can consist of posts, stones, fences, walls,[369] ditches, roads, canals, buoys in water, and similar objects. However, it's important to note that the distinction between artificial and natural boundaries isn't always clear-cut, since some natural boundaries can be created artificially. For example, a forest could be planted, and a desert could be formed, as was commonly done by the Romans in ancient times to mark their borders.
Boundary Waters.
Boundary Waters.
(1) Boundary rivers[370] are such rivers as separate[Pg 271] two different States from each other.[371] If such river is not navigable, the imaginary boundary line runs down the middle of the river, following all turnings of the border line of both banks of the river. On the other hand, in a navigable river the boundary line runs through the middle of the so-called Thalweg, that is, the mid-channel of the river. It is, thirdly, possible that the boundary line is the border line of the river, so that the whole bed belongs to one of the riparian States only.[372] But this is an exception created by treaty or by the fact that a State has occupied the lands on one side of a river at a time prior to the occupation of the lands on the other side by some other State.[373] And it must be remembered that, since a river sometimes changes its course more or less, the boundary line running through the middle or the Thalweg or along the border line is thereby also altered. In case a bridge is built over a boundary river, the boundary line runs, failing special treaty arrangements, through the middle of the bridge. As regards the boundary lines running through islands rising in boundary rivers and through the abandoned beds of such rivers, see below, §§ 234 and 235.
(1) Boundary rivers[370] are rivers that separate[Pg 271] two different states from each other.[371] If a river is not navigable, the imaginary boundary line runs down the middle of the river, following all the twists and turns of both riverbanks. On the other hand, in a navigable river, the boundary line runs through the middle of the so-called Thalweg, which is the main channel of the river. Additionally, it's possible for the boundary line to follow the border line of the river, meaning the entire riverbed belongs to one of the adjacent states only.[372] However, this is an exception created by treaties or by the fact that one state occupied the land on one side of the river before another state occupied the land on the opposite side.[373] It's important to remember that since a river can change its course over time, the boundary line that runs through the middle, the Thalweg, or along the border line can also change. If a bridge is built over a boundary river, the boundary line runs, unless there are special treaty arrangements, through the middle of the bridge. For the boundary lines that run through islands formed in boundary rivers and through the abandoned riverbeds, see below, §§ 234 and 235.
[371] This case is not to be confounded with the other, in which a river runs through the lands of two different States. In this latter case the boundary line runs across the river.
[371] This situation should not be confused with the other one, where a river flows through the territories of two different states. In that case, the boundary line goes across the river.
(2) Boundary lakes and land-locked seas are such as separate the lands of two or more different States from each other. The boundary line runs through the middle of these lakes and seas, but as a rule special treaties portion off such lakes and seas between riparian States.[374]
(2) Boundary lakes and landlocked seas are those that separate the territories of two or more different states. The boundary line runs through the center of these lakes and seas, but typically, special treaties divide such lakes and seas between the bordering states.[374]
(3) The boundary line of the maritime belt is, according to details given above (§ 186), uncertain, since no unanimity prevails with regard to the width of the belt. It is, however, certain that the boundary line runs not nearer to the shore than three miles, or one marine league, from the low-water mark.[Pg 272]
(3) The boundary line of the maritime zone is, based on the details provided above (§ 186), unclear, as there's no agreement on the width of the zone. However, it's clear that the boundary line is no closer to the shore than three miles, or one marine league, from the low-water mark.[Pg 272]
(4) In a narrow strait separating the lands of two different States the boundary line runs either through the middle or through the mid-channel,[375] unless special treaties make different arrangements.
(4) In a narrow strait dividing the territories of two different States, the boundary line runs either through the center or through the main channel,[375] unless special treaties establish other arrangements.
Boundary Mountains.
Boundary Mountains.
§ 200. Boundary mountains or hills are such natural elevations from the common level of the ground as separate the territories of two or more States from each other. Failing special treaty arrangements, the boundary line runs on the mountain ridge along with the watershed. But it is quite possible that boundary mountains belong wholly to one of the States which they separate.[376]
§ 200. Boundary mountains or hills are natural elevations that rise above the surrounding ground level and separate the lands of two or more States. Without specific treaty agreements, the boundary line follows the mountain ridge along the watershed. However, it's entirely possible for boundary mountains to be completely within one of the States they divide.[376]
[376] See Fiore, II. No. 800.
Boundary Disputes.
Border Disputes.
§ 201. Boundary lines are, for many reasons, of such vital importance that disputes relating thereto are inevitably very frequent and have often led to war. During the nineteenth century, however, a tendency began to prevail to settle such disputes peaceably. The simplest way in which this can be done is always by a boundary treaty, provided the parties can come to terms.[377] In other cases arbitration can settle the matter, as, for instance, in the Alaska Boundary dispute between Great Britain (representing Canada) and the United States, settled in 1903. Sometimes International Commissions are specially appointed to settle the boundary lines. In this way the boundary lines between Turkey, Bulgaria, Servia, Montenegro, and Roumania were settled after the Berlin Congress of 1878. It sometimes happens that the States concerned, instead of settling the boundary line, keep a strip of land between their territories under their joint tenure and administration, so that a so-called condominium comes into existence,[Pg 273] as in the case of Moresnet (Kelmis) on the Prusso-Belgian frontier.[378]
§ 201. Boundary lines are incredibly important for many reasons, which means disputes over them happen often and have even led to wars. However, during the nineteenth century, there was a growing trend to resolve these disputes peacefully. The easiest way to do this is through a boundary treaty, as long as both parties can agree. In other situations, arbitration can resolve the issue, like the Alaska Boundary dispute between Great Britain (representing Canada) and the United States, which was settled in 1903. Sometimes, special International Commissions are created to define boundary lines. For example, the boundary lines between Turkey, Bulgaria, Serbia, Montenegro, and Romania were settled after the Berlin Congress of 1878. Occasionally, the involved states, instead of defining the boundary line, maintain a strip of land between their territories under joint control and administration, resulting in a so-called condominium, as seen in Moresnet (Kelmis) on the Prusso-Belgian border.[Pg 273]
[377] A good example of such a boundary treaty is that between Great Britain and the United States of America respecting the demarcation of the international boundary between the United States and the Dominion of Canada, signed at Washington on April 11, 1908. See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 191.
[377] A great example of this type of boundary treaty is the one between Great Britain and the United States regarding the demarcation of the international boundary between the United States and Canada, signed in Washington on April 11, 1908. See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 191.
Natural Boundaries sensu politico.
Political Natural Boundaries.
§ 202. Whereas the term "natural boundaries" in the theory and practice of the Law of Nations means natural signs which indicate the course of boundary lines, the same term is used politically[379] in various different meanings. Thus the French often speak of the river Rhine as their "natural" boundary, as the Italians do of the Alps. Thus, further, the zones within which the language of a nation is spoken are frequently termed that nation's "natural" boundary. Again, the line enclosing such parts of the land as afford great facilities for defence against an attack is often called the "natural" boundary of a State, whether or not these parts belong to the territory of the respective State. It is obvious that all these and other meanings of the term "natural boundaries" are of no importance to the Law of Nations, whatever value they may have politically.
§ 202. The term "natural boundaries" in the theory and practice of International Law refers to natural markers that indicate the path of boundary lines, but the same term is used in various political contexts[379]. For instance, the French often refer to the Rhine River as their "natural" boundary, just as the Italians do with the Alps. Additionally, the regions where a nation's language is spoken are often called that nation's "natural" boundary. Furthermore, the line that surrounds areas of land that provide strong defenses against attacks is frequently labeled the "natural" boundary of a state, regardless of whether those areas are part of that state's territory. It's clear that all these and other interpretations of the term "natural boundaries" have no significance in International Law, despite their political value.
[379] See Rivier, I. p. 166.
X State easements
Vattel, I. § 89—Hall, § 42*—Westlake, I. p. 61—Phillimore, I. §§ 281-283—Twiss, I. § 245—Taylor, § 252—Moore, I. §§ 163-168, II. § 177—Bluntschli, §§ 353-359—Hartmann, § 62—Heffter, § 43—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 242-252—Gareis, § 71—Liszt, §§ 8 and 19—Ullmann, § 99—Bonfils, Nos. 340-344—Despagnet, Nos. 190-192—Mérignhac, II. pp. 366-368—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 834-845, 1038—Rivier, I. pp. 296-303—Nys, II. pp. 271-279—Calvo, III. § 1583—Fiore, I. § 380, and Code, Nos. 1095-1097—Martens, I. §§ 94-95—Clauss, "Die Lehre von den Staatsdienstbarkeiten" (1894)—Fabres, "Des servitudes dans le droit international" (1901)—Hollatz, "Begriff und Wesen der Staatsservituten" (1909)—Labrousse, "Des servitudes en droit international public" (1911)—Nys in R.I. 2nd Ser. VII. (1905), pp. 118-125, and XIII. (1911), pp. 312-323.
Vattel, I. § 89—Hall, § 42*—Westlake, I. p. 61—Phillimore, I. §§ 281-283—Twiss, I. § 245—Taylor, § 252—Moore, I. §§ 163-168, II. § 177—Bluntschli, §§ 353-359—Hartmann, § 62—Heffter, § 43—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 242-252—Gareis, § 71—Liszt, §§ 8 and 19—Ullmann, § 99—Bonfils, Nos. 340-344—Despagnet, Nos. 190-192—Mérignhac, II. pp. 366-368—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 834-845, 1038—Rivier, I. pp. 296-303—Nys, II. pp. 271-279—Calvo, III. § 1583—Fiore, I. § 380, and Code, Nos. 1095-1097—Martens, I. §§ 94-95—Clauss, "Die Lehre von den Staatsdienstbarkeiten" (1894)—Fabres, "Des servitudes dans le droit international" (1901)—Hollatz, "Begriff und Wesen der Staatsservituten" (1909)—Labrousse, "Des servitudes en droit international public" (1911)—Nys in R.I. 2nd Ser. VII. (1905), pp. 118-125, and XIII. (1911), pp. 312-323.
Conception of State Servitudes.
Concept of State Servitudes.
§ 203. State servitudes are those exceptional and conventional restrictions on the territorial supremacy of a State by which a part or the whole of its territory[Pg 274] is in a limited way made perpetually to serve a certain purpose or interest of another State. Thus a State may by a convention be obliged to allow the passage of troops of a neighbouring State, or may in the interest of a neighbouring State be prevented from fortifying a certain town near the frontier.
§ 203. State servitudes are unique and traditional limitations on a State's control over its territory, where part or all of its land[Pg 274] is permanently designated to serve a specific purpose or interest of another State. This means that a State might, through an agreement, be required to let troops from a neighboring State pass through, or might, for the benefit of a neighboring State, be restricted from building defenses in a certain town close to the border.
Servitudes must not be confounded[380] with those general restrictions upon territorial supremacy which, according to certain rules of the Law of Nations, concern all States alike. These restrictions are named "natural" restrictions of territorial supremacy (servitutes juris gentium naturales), in contradistinction to the conventional restrictions (servitutes juris gentium voluntariae) which constitute the State servitudes in the technical sense of the term. Thus, for instance, it is not a State servitude, but a "natural" restriction on territorial supremacy, that a State is obliged to admit the free passage of foreign merchantmen through its territorial maritime belt.
Servitudes should not be confused[380] with the general restrictions on territorial supremacy that, according to certain rules of International Law, apply to all States. These restrictions are referred to as "natural" restrictions of territorial supremacy (servitutes juris gentium naturales), as opposed to the conventional restrictions (servitutes juris gentium voluntariae) that make up State servitudes in the technical sense. For example, it's not a State servitude but rather a "natural" restriction on territorial supremacy that requires a State to allow the free passage of foreign ships through its territorial waters.
[380] This is done, for instance, by Heffter (§ 43), Martens (§ 94), Nys (II. p. 271), and Hall (§ 42*); the latter speaks of the right of innocent use of territorial seas as a servitude.
[380] This is done, for example, by Heffter (§ 43), Martens (§ 94), Nys (II. p. 271), and Hall (§ 42*); the latter refers to the right of innocent use of territorial seas as a servitude.
That State servitudes are or may on occasions be of great importance, there can be no doubt whatever. The vast majority[381] of writers and the practice of the States accept, therefore, the conception of State servitudes, although they do not agree with regard to the definition and the width of the conception, and although, consequently, in many cases the question is disputed whether a certain restriction upon territorial supremacy is or is not a State servitude.
There’s no doubt that State servitudes are or can be very important. Most writers and the practices of the States accept the idea of State servitudes, even though they don't agree on the definition and scope of the concept. As a result, in many cases, there’s an ongoing debate about whether a specific restriction on territorial supremacy qualifies as a State servitude.
[381] The conception of State servitudes is rejected by Bulmerincq (§ 49), Gareis (§ 71), Liszt (§§ 8 and 19), Jellinek ("Allgemeine Staatslehre," p. 366).
[381] The idea of State servitudes is dismissed by Bulmerincq (§ 49), Gareis (§ 71), Liszt (§§ 8 and 19), and Jellinek ("General Theory of State," p. 366).
The theory of State servitudes has of late been rejected by the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague in the case[382] (1910) of the North Atlantic[Pg 275] Coast Fisheries between Great Britain and the United States, chiefly for the three reasons that a servitude in International Law predicated an express grant of a sovereign right, that the doctrine of international servitude originated in the peculiar and now obsolete conditions prevailing in the Holy Roman Empire, and that this doctrine, being little suited to the principle of sovereignty which prevails in States under a constitutional government and to the present international relations of Sovereign States, had found little, if any, support from modern publicists. It is hardly to be expected that this opinion of the Court will induce theory and practice to drop the conception of State servitudes, which is of great value because it fitly covers those restrictions on the territorial supremacy of the State by which a part or the whole of its territory is in a limited way made perpetually to serve a certain purpose or interest of another State. That the doctrine of State servitudes originated in the peculiar conditions of the Holy Roman Empire does not make it unfit for the conditions of modern life if its practical value can be demonstrated. Further, the assertion that the doctrine is but little suited to the principle of sovereignty which prevails in States under a constitutional government, and has, therefore, found little, if any, support from modern publicists, does not agree with the facts. Lastly, the statement that a servitude in International Law predicated an express grant of a sovereign right, is not based on any other authority than the contention of the United States, which made this unfounded statement in presenting their case before the Tribunal. The fact is that a State servitude, although to a certain degree it restricts the sovereignty (territorial supremacy) of the State concerned, does as little as any other restriction upon the sovereignty of a State confer a sovereign right upon the State in favour of which it is established.
The theory of state servitudes has recently been rejected by the Permanent Court of Arbitration in The Hague in the case[382] (1910) regarding the North Atlantic[Pg 275] Coast Fisheries between Great Britain and the United States. This rejection is mainly based on three reasons: first, that a servitude in international law requires an explicit grant of a sovereign right; second, that the idea of international servitude originated from specific and now outdated conditions in the Holy Roman Empire; and third, that this doctrine is not well-suited to the principle of sovereignty found in states with constitutional governments, nor to the current international relations of sovereign states, resulting in minimal support from modern scholars. It’s unlikely that this Court opinion will lead to the abandonment of the concept of state servitudes, which is significant because it accurately addresses the restrictions on a state's territorial authority, wherein part or all of its territory is limitedly used for the benefit of another state. While the doctrine of state servitudes arose from the unique conditions of the Holy Roman Empire, that does not render it irrelevant in modern contexts if its practical value can be shown. Additionally, the claim that the doctrine is not well-suited to the principle of sovereignty in constitutional states and has therefore received little support from contemporary theorists does not align with the facts. Lastly, the assertion that a servitude in international law requires an explicit grant of a sovereign right is based solely on the United States' argument, which presented this unfounded claim before the Tribunal. The reality is that a state servitude, although it does restrict the sovereignty (territorial authority) of the concerned state to some extent, does not grant a sovereign right to the state benefiting from it any more than any other limitation on sovereignty would.
[382] See the official publication of the case, pp. 115-116; Hogg in The Law Quarterly Review, XXVI. (1910), pp. 415-417; Richards in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, XI. (1910), pp. 18-27; Lansing in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 1-31; Balch and Louter in R.I. 2nd Ser. XIII. (1911), pp. 5-23, 131-157.[Pg 276]
[382] See the official publication of the case, pp. 115-116; Hogg in The Law Quarterly Review, XXVI. (1910), pp. 415-417; Richards in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, XI. (1910), pp. 18-27; Lansing in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 1-31; Balch and Louter in R.I. 2nd Ser. XIII. (1911), pp. 5-23, 131-157.[Pg 276]
Subjects of State Servitudes.
State Servitude Topics.
§ 204. Subjects of State servitudes are States only and exclusively, since State servitudes can exist between States only (territorium dominans and territorium serviens). Formerly some writers[383] maintained that private individuals and corporations were able to acquire a State servitude; but nowadays it is agreed that this is not possible, since the Law of Nations is a law between States only and exclusively. Whatever rights may be granted by a State to foreign individuals and corporations, such rights can never constitute State servitudes.
§ 204. State servitudes only involve States, and only States can enter into them (territorium dominans and territorium serviens). Some writers[383] once argued that private individuals and corporations could acquire a State servitude, but it's now widely accepted that this isn't possible. The Law of Nations is exclusively a law among States. Any rights granted by a State to foreign individuals and corporations can never amount to State servitudes.
On the other hand, every State can acquire and grant State servitudes, although some States may, in consequence of their particular position within the Family of Nations, be prevented from acquiring or granting some special kind or another of State servitudes. Thus neutralised States are in many points hampered in regard to acquiring and granting State servitudes, because they have to avoid everything that could drag them indirectly into war. Thus, further, half-Sovereign and part-Sovereign States may not be able to acquire and to grant certain State servitudes on account of their dependence upon their superior State. But apart from such exceptional cases, even not-full Sovereign States can acquire and grant State servitudes, provided they have any international status at all.
On the other hand, every state can acquire and grant state servitudes, although some states may, due to their specific position within the community of nations, be restricted from acquiring or granting certain types of state servitudes. For instance, neutral states often face limitations when it comes to acquiring and granting state servitudes because they need to avoid anything that could pull them indirectly into conflict. Additionally, semi-sovereign and partially sovereign states may not be able to acquire or grant certain state servitudes due to their reliance on a higher state. However, aside from such exceptional cases, even states that are not fully sovereign can acquire and grant state servitudes, as long as they have some form of international status.
Object of State Servitudes.
Purpose of State Easements.
§ 205. The object of State servitudes is always the whole or a part of the territory of the State the territorial supremacy of which is restricted by any such servitude.[384] Since the territory of a State includes not only the land but also the rivers which water the land, the maritime belt, the territorial subsoil, and the territorial[Pg 277] atmosphere, all these can, as well as the service of the land itself, be an object of State servitudes. Thus a State may have a perpetual right of admittance for its subjects to the fishery in the maritime belt of another State, or a right to lay telegraph cables through a foreign maritime belt, or a right to make and use a tunnel through a boundary mountain, and the like. And should ever aërostation become so developed as to be of practical utility, a State servitude might be created through a State acquiring a perpetual right to send military aerial vehicles through the territorial atmosphere of a neighbouring State. It must, however, be emphasised that the Open Sea can never be the object of a State servitude, since it is no State's territory.
§ 205. The purpose of state servitudes is always to concern the whole or part of a state's territory, where the territorial authority is limited by such servitude.[384] Since a state's territory includes not just the land but also the rivers that flow across it, the coastal waters, the seabed, and the airspace above, all these can, alongside the land itself, be subjects of state servitudes. For instance, a state may have a permanent right for its citizens to fish in another state's coastal waters, a right to lay down telegraph cables across a foreign maritime area, or a right to construct and operate a tunnel through a border mountain, among other things. Additionally, if air travel becomes sufficiently advanced for practical use, a state servitude could be established, allowing a state to have a permanent right to operate military aircraft through the airspace of a neighboring state. However, it should be noted that the open sea can never be the object of a state servitude, since it does not belong to any one state.
Since the object of State servitudes is the territory of a State, all such restrictions upon the territorial supremacy of a State as do not make a part or the whole of its territory itself serve a purpose or an interest of another State are not State servitudes. The territory as the object is the mark of distinction between State servitudes and other restrictions on the territorial supremacy. Thus the perpetual restriction imposed upon a State by a treaty not to keep an army beyond a certain size is certainly a restriction on territorial supremacy, but is not, as some writers[385] maintain, a State servitude, because it does not make the territory of one State serve an interest of another. On the other hand, when a State submits to a perpetual right enjoyed by another State of passage of troops, or to the duty not to fortify a certain town, place, or island,[386] or to the claim of another State for its subjects to be allowed the[Pg 278] fishery within the former's territorial belt;[387] in all these and the like[388] cases the territorial supremacy of a State is in such a way restricted that a part or the whole of its territory is made to serve the interest of another State, and such restrictions are therefore State servitudes.[389]
Since the focus of state servitudes is the territory of a state, any restrictions on a state's territorial authority that do not require part or all of that territory to benefit another state are not considered state servitudes. The fact that territory is the focus is what sets state servitudes apart from other limitations on territorial authority. For example, a treaty that permanently restricts a state from maintaining an army beyond a certain size is indeed a limitation on territorial authority, but it is not, as some writers[385] suggest, a state servitude, because it does not require one state's territory to serve the interests of another. Conversely, when a state agrees to let another state have a permanent right to move troops through its territory, or to refrain from fortifying a specific town, place, or island,[386] or to allow another state's citizens to fish within its territorial waters,[387] in all these instances and similar[388] situations, the territorial authority of a state is restricted in a way that requires part or all of its territory to benefit another state, and these restrictions are therefore state servitudes.[389]
[386] Thus by article 32 of the peace treaty of Paris, 1856, and by the Convention of March 30, 1856, between Great Britain, France, and Russia, annexed to the peace treaty of Paris—see Martens, N.R.G. XV. pp. 780 and 788—Russia is prevented from fortifying the Aland Islands in the Baltic. See below, § 522, and Waultrin in R.G. XIV. pp. 517-533. See also A.J. II. (1908), p. 397.
[386] According to Article 32 of the Treaty of Paris, 1856, and the Convention of March 30, 1856, between Great Britain, France, and Russia, which is attached to the Treaty of Paris—see Martens, N.R.G. XV. pp. 780 and 788—Russia is prohibited from fortifying the Aland Islands in the Baltic. See below, § 522, and Waultrin in R.G. XIV. pp. 517-533. Also see A.J. II. (1908), p. 397.
(a) The former French fishery rights in Newfoundland which were based on article 13 of the Treaty of Utrecht, 1713, and on the Treaty of Versailles, 1783. See the details regarding the Newfoundland Fishery Dispute, in Phillimore, I. § 195; Clauss, pp. 17-31; Geffcken in R.I. XXII. p. 217; Brodhurst in Law Magazine and Review, XXIV. p. 67. The French literature on the question is quoted in Bonfils, No. 342, note 1. The dispute is now settled by France's renunciation of the privileges due to her according to article 13 of the Treaty of Utrecht, which took place by article 1 of the Anglo-French Convention signed in London on April 8, 1904 (see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 29). But France retains, according to article 2 of the latter Convention, the right of fishing for her subjects in certain parts of the territorial waters of Newfoundland.
(a) The previous French fishing rights in Newfoundland were based on Article 13 of the Treaty of Utrecht from 1713 and the Treaty of Versailles from 1783. For more details on the Newfoundland Fishery Dispute, see Phillimore, I. § 195; Clauss, pp. 17-31; Geffcken in R.I. XXII. p. 217; and Brodhurst in Law Magazine and Review, XXIV. p. 67. French literature on the issue is referenced in Bonfils, No. 342, note 1. The dispute has now been resolved with France's renouncement of the privileges entitled to her under Article 13 of the Treaty of Utrecht, as stated in Article 1 of the Anglo-French Convention, which was signed in London on April 8, 1904 (see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 29). However, according to Article 2 of the latter Convention, France still maintains the right for her subjects to fish in certain areas of Newfoundland's territorial waters.
(b) The fishery rights granted by Great Britain to the United States of America in certain parts of the British North Atlantic Coast by article 1 of the Treaty of 1818 which gave rise to disputes extending over a long period. The dispute is now settled by an award of the Hague Permanent Court of Arbitration given in September (1910). That the Court refused to recognise the conception of State servitudes, was pointed out above, § 203. See above, § 203, and the literature there quoted.
(b) The fishing rights that Great Britain granted to the United States in specific areas along the British North Atlantic Coast by Article 1 of the Treaty of 1818 led to disputes that lasted for a long time. This dispute has now been resolved by a ruling from the Hague Permanent Court of Arbitration issued in September (1910). It was noted earlier that the Court did not accept the idea of state servitudes, as mentioned above, § 203. See above, § 203, and the literature cited there.
[388] Phillimore (I. § 283) quotes two interesting State servitudes which belong to the past. According to articles 4 and 10 of the Treaty of Utrecht, 1713, France was, in the interest of Great Britain, not to allow the Stuart Pretender to reside on French territory, and Great Britain was, in the interest of Spain, not to allow Moors and Jews to reside in Gibraltar.
[388] Phillimore (I. § 283) mentions two notable state servitudes from history. As stated in articles 4 and 10 of the Treaty of Utrecht, 1713, France was not allowed to let the Stuart Pretender stay on its land for the benefit of Great Britain, and Great Britain was not allowed to let Moors and Jews live in Gibraltar for the benefit of Spain.
[389] The controverted question whether neutralisation of a State creates a State servitude is answered by Clauss (p. 167) in the affirmative, but by Ullmann (§ 99), correctly, I think, in the negative. But a distinction must be drawn between neutralisation of a whole State and neutralisation of certain parts of a State. In the latter case a State servitude is indeed created.
[389] The debated question of whether the neutralization of a state creates a state servitude is answered affirmatively by Clauss (p. 167) but, I believe correctly, negatively by Ullmann (§ 99). However, a distinction should be made between the neutralization of an entire state and the neutralization of specific parts of a state. In the latter case, a state servitude is indeed created.
Different kinds of State Servitudes.
Types of State Servitudes.
§ 206. According to different qualities different kinds of State servitudes must be distinguished.
§ 206. Different types of state servitudes must be distinguished based on their various qualities.
(1) Affirmative, active, or positive, are those servitudes which give the right to a State to perform certain acts on the territory of another State, such as to build and work a railway, to establish a custom-house, to let an armed force pass through a certain territory (droit d'étape), or to keep troops in a certain fortress, to use a port or an island as a coaling station, and the like.
(1) Affirmative, active, or positive servitudes are those rights that allow one State to carry out specific actions on the territory of another State, such as constructing and operating a railway, setting up a customs office, allowing armed forces to pass through a territory (droit d'étape), maintaining troops in a particular fortress, and using a port or island as a coaling station, among other things.
(2) Negative, are such servitudes as give a right to[Pg 279] a State to demand of another State that the latter shall abstain from exercising its territorial supremacy in certain ways. Thus a State can have a right to demand that a neighbouring State shall not fortify certain towns near the frontier, that another State shall not allow foreign men-of-war in a certain harbour.[390]
(2) Negative servitudes are those that give one State the right to demand that another State refrain from exercising its territorial authority in specific ways. For example, one State can demand that a neighboring State not fortify certain towns near the border or that another State not permit foreign warships in a certain harbor.[390]
[390] Affirmative State servitudes consist in patiendo, negative servitudes in non faciendo. The rule of Roman Law servitus in faciendo consistere nequit has been adopted by the Law of Nations.
[390] Affirmative state servitudes involve taking action, while negative servitudes involve refraining from action. The principle of Roman Law that states servitudes cannot consist of doing something has been embraced by international law.
(3) Military, are those State servitudes which are acquired for military purposes, such as the right to keep troops in a foreign fortress, or to let an armed force pass through foreign territory, or to demand that a town on foreign territory shall not be fortified, and the like.
(3) Military servitudes are those state rights obtained for military reasons, like the right to station troops in a foreign fortress, allow an armed force to pass through another country's territory, or require that a town on foreign land not be fortified, and similar situations.
(4) Economic, are those servitudes which are acquired for the purpose of commercial interests, traffic, and intercourse in general, such as the right of fisheries in foreign territorial waters, to build a railway on or lay a telegraph cable through foreign territory, and the like.
(4) Economic servitudes are those rights acquired for the purpose of commercial interests, trade, and general interaction, like the right to fish in foreign waters, to build a railway on, or to lay a telegraph cable through foreign territory, and similar activities.
Validity of State Servitudes.
Validity of State Easements.
§ 207. Since State servitudes, in contradistinction to personal rights (rights in personam), are rights inherent to the object with which they are connected (rights in rem), they remain valid and may be exercised however the ownership of the territory to which they apply may change. Therefore, if, after the creation of a State servitude, the part of the territory affected comes by subjugation or cession under the territorial supremacy of another State, such servitude remains in force. Thus, when the Alsatian town of Hüningen became in 1871, together with the whole of Alsace, German territory, the State servitude created by the Treaty of Paris, 1815, that Hüningen should, in the interest of the Swiss canton of Basle, never be fortified, was not extinguished.[391] Thus, further, when in 1860 the former Sardinian provinces of Chablais and Faucigny became French, the[Pg 280] State servitude created by article 92 of the Act of the Vienna Congress, 1815, that Switzerland should have temporarily during war the right to locate troops in these provinces, was not extinguished.[392]
§ 207. State servitudes, unlike personal rights (rights in personam), are rights tied to the property they relate to (rights in rem). They remain valid and can be enforced regardless of changes in ownership of the territory they concern. So, if after a State servitude is established, the territory involved comes under the control of another State through conquest or cession, that servitude still remains effective. For example, when the Alsatian town of Hüningen became part of Germany in 1871, along with the rest of Alsace, the State servitude established by the Treaty of Paris in 1815—which required that Hüningen never be fortified in favor of the Swiss canton of Basle—was still in effect.[391] Similarly, when in 1860 the former Sardinian provinces of Chablais and Faucigny became French, the State servitude established by article 92 of the Act of the Vienna Congress in 1815—which granted Switzerland the right to temporarily station troops in these provinces during wartime—was not extinguished.[392]
[391] Details in Clauss, pp. 15-17.
It is a moot point whether military State servitudes can be exercised in time of war by a belligerent if the State with whose territory they are connected remains neutral. Must such State, for the purpose of upholding its neutrality, prevent the belligerent from exercising the respective servitude—for instance, the right of passage of troops?[393]
It’s unclear whether military state rights can be used during wartime by one side if the state linked to those rights stays neutral. Does that neutral state need to block the opposing side from using those rights, like allowing troops to pass through? [393]
Extinction of State Servitudes.
Ending of State Servitudes.
§ 208. State servitudes are extinguished by agreement between the States concerned, or by express or tacit[394] renunciation on the part of the State in whose interest they were created. They are not, according to the correct opinion, extinguished by reason of the territory involved coming under the territorial supremacy of another State. But it is difficult to understand why, although State servitudes are called into existence through treaties, it is sometimes maintained that the clause rebus sic stantibus[395] cannot be applied in case a vital change of circumstances makes the exercise of a State servitude unbearable. It is a matter of course that in such case the restricted State must previously try to come to terms with the State which is the subject of the servitude. But if an agreement cannot be arrived at on account of the unreasonableness of the other party, the clause rebus sic stantibus may well be resorted to.[396] The fact that the practice of the States does not provide any example of an appeal to this clause[Pg 281] for the purpose of doing away with a State servitude proves only that such appeal has hitherto been unnecessary.
§ 208. State servitudes are ended by agreement between the concerned States or by an explicit or implied[394] renunciation from the State that benefitted from them. According to the prevailing view, they are not extinguished simply because the territory in question comes under another State's jurisdiction. However, it’s hard to grasp why, even though State servitudes are established through treaties, it's sometimes argued that the clause rebus sic stantibus[395] cannot be applied when major changes in circumstances make it impossible to exercise a State servitude. It's expected that in such cases, the restricted State must first try to negotiate with the State that holds the servitude. But if an agreement can't be reached due to the other party's unreasonableness, then the clause rebus sic stantibus could definitely be used.[396] The fact that there aren't any examples of States invoking this clause[Pg 281] to eliminate a State servitude only indicates that such a move hasn't been necessary until now.
XI Ways to Acquire State Territory
Vattel, I. §§ 203-207—Hall, § 31—Westlake, I. pp. 84-116—Lawrence, §§ 74-78—Phillimore, I. §§ 222-225—Twiss, I. §§ 113-139—Halleck, I. p. 154—Taylor, §§ 217-228—Wheaton, §§ 161-163—Bluntschli, §§ 278-295—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 69—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 252-255—Gareis, § 76—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 532—Despagnet, No. 378—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 781-787—Mérignhac, II. pp. 410-412—Rivier, I. § 12—Nys, II. pp. 1-3—Calvo, I. § 263—Fiore, I. Nos. 838-840—Martens, I. § 90—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888).
Vattel, I. §§ 203-207—Hall, § 31—Westlake, I. pp. 84-116—Lawrence, §§ 74-78—Phillimore, I. §§ 222-225—Twiss, I. §§ 113-139—Halleck, I. p. 154—Taylor, §§ 217-228—Wheaton, §§ 161-163—Bluntschli, §§ 278-295—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 69—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 252-255—Gareis, § 76—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 532—Despagnet, No. 378—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 781-787—Mérignhac, II. pp. 410-412—Rivier, I. § 12—Nys, II. pp. 1-3—Calvo, I. § 263—Fiore, I. Nos. 838-840—Martens, I. § 90—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888).
Who can acquire State Territory?
Who can acquire state land?
§ 209. Since States only and exclusively are subjects of the Law of Nations, it is obvious that, as far as the Law of Nations is concerned, States[397] solely can acquire State territory. But the acquisition of territory by an existing State and member of the Family of Nations must not be confounded, first, with the foundation of a new State, and, secondly, with the acquisition of such territory and sovereignty over it by private individuals or corporations as lies outside the dominion of the Law of Nations.
§ 209. Since only States are subjects of International Law, it’s clear that, concerning International Law, only States[397] can acquire State territory. However, the acquisition of territory by an existing State and member of the international community should not be confused, first, with the creation of a new State, and, second, with the acquisition of territory and sovereignty over it by private individuals or corporations that falls outside the jurisdiction of International Law.
[397] There is no doubt that no full-Sovereign State is, as a rule, prevented by the Law of Nations from acquiring more territory than it already owns, unless some treaty arrangement precludes it from so doing. As regards the question whether a neutralised State is, by its neutralisation, prevented from acquiring territory, see above, § 96, and below, § 215.
[397] There's no doubt that a fully sovereign state is generally not restricted by international law from acquiring more territory than it currently has, unless a treaty specifically stops it from doing so. For the discussion on whether a neutralized state is prevented from acquiring territory due to its neutralization, see above, § 96, and below, § 215.
(1) Whenever a multitude of individuals, living on or entering into such a part of the surface of the globe as does not belong to the territory of any member of the Family of Nations, constitute themselves as a State and nation on that part of the globe, a new State comes into existence. This State is not, by reason of its birth, a member of the Family of Nations. The formation of a new State is, as will be remembered from former[Pg 282] statements,[398] a matter of fact, and not of law. It is through recognition, which is a matter of law, that such new State becomes a member of the Family of Nations and a subject of International Law. As soon as recognition is given, the new State's territory is recognised as the territory of a subject of International Law, and it matters not how this territory was acquired before the recognition.
(1) Whenever a large group of people, living on or moving into a part of the world that isn’t claimed by any nation, establishes itself as a State and nation in that area, a new State is formed. This State isn't automatically recognized as a member of the Family of Nations just because it exists. The creation of a new State is, as mentioned in earlier statements, a matter of fact, not law. It’s through recognition, which is a legal process, that this new State becomes part of the Family of Nations and falls under International Law. Once recognition is granted, the territory of the new State is acknowledged as the territory of a subject of International Law, regardless of how that territory was obtained prior to recognition.
(2) Not essentially different is the case in which a private individual or a corporation acquires land with sovereignty over it in countries which are not under the territorial supremacy of a member of the Family of Nations. The actual proceeding in all such cases is that all such acquisition is made either by occupation of hitherto uninhabited land, for instance an island, or by cession from a native tribe living on the land. Acquisition of territory and sovereignty thereon in such cases takes place outside the dominion of the Law of Nations, and the rules of this law, therefore, cannot be applied. If the individual or corporation which has made the acquisition requires protection by the Law of Nations, they must either declare a new State to be in existence and ask for its recognition by the Powers, as in the case of the former Congo Free State,[399] or they must ask a member of the Family of Nations to acknowledge the acquisition as made on its behalf.[400]
(2) The situation is pretty much the same when a private individual or a corporation takes ownership of land with sovereignty over it in countries that aren’t under the territorial authority of a member of the Family of Nations. In these cases, the acquisition typically happens through either occupying previously uninhabited land, like an island, or gaining the land through an agreement with a native tribe residing there. Gaining territory and sovereignty in these instances occurs outside the control of International Law, so its rules can't be applied. If the individual or corporation that acquired the land wants protection under International Law, they need to either establish a new State and request recognition from other Powers, like what happened with the former Congo Free State,[399] or they must ask a member of the Family of Nations to recognize the acquisition as made on their behalf.[400]
[399] See above, § 101. The case of Sir James Brooke, who acquired in 1841 Sarawak, in North Borneo, and established an independent State there, of which he became the Sovereign, may also be cited. Sarawak is under English protectorate, but the successor of Sir James Brooke is still recognised as Sovereign.
[400] The matter is treated with great lucidity by Heimburger, pp. 44-77, who defends the opinion represented in the text against Sir Travers Twiss (I. Preface, p. x.; also in R.I. XV. p. 547, and XVI. p. 237) and other writers. See also Ullmann, § 93.
[400] Heimburger addresses this issue very clearly on pages 44-77, defending the viewpoint expressed in the text against Sir Travers Twiss (I. Preface, p. x.; also in R.I. XV. p. 547, and XVI. p. 237) and other authors. Also, see Ullmann, § 93.
Former Doctrine concerning Acquisition of Territory.
Former Doctrine concerning Acquisition of Territory.
§ 210. No unanimity exists among writers on the Law of Nations with regard to the modes of acquiring territory on the part of the members of the Family of Nations. The topic owes its controversial character to[Pg 283] the fact that the conception of State territory has undergone a great change since the appearance of the science of the Law of Nations. When Grotius created that science, State territory used to be still, as in the Middle Ages, more or less identified with the private property of the monarch of the State. Grotius and his followers applied, therefore, the rules of Roman Law concerning the acquisition of private property to the acquisition of territory by States.[401] As nowadays, as far as International Law is concerned, every analogy to private property has disappeared from the conception of State territory, the acquisition of territory by a State can mean nothing else than the acquisition of sovereignty over such territory. It is obvious that under these circumstances the rules of Roman Law concerning the acquisition of private property can no longer be applied. Yet the fact that they have been applied in the past has left traces which can hardly be obliterated; and they need not be obliterated, since they contain a good deal of truth in agreement with the actual facts. But the different modes of acquiring territory must be taken from the real practice of the States, and not from Roman Law, although the latter's terminology and common-sense basis may be made use of.
§ 210. There is no agreement among scholars about the Law of Nations regarding how nations can acquire territory. This topic is controversial because the idea of state territory has greatly changed since the development of international law. When Grotius founded this field, state territory was still largely viewed, as in the Middle Ages, as the private property of the state's monarch. Grotius and those who followed him applied the principles of Roman Law about acquiring private property to how states acquire territory. Nowadays, in terms of international law, the connection to private property has vanished from the understanding of state territory. For a state, acquiring territory now means nothing more than gaining sovereignty over that territory. Clearly, under these circumstances, the principles of Roman Law regarding private property acquisition can no longer be applied. However, the historical application of these principles has left a lasting impact that can't easily be erased and doesn't necessarily need to be, as they contain elements of truth that align with current realities. Still, the various methods of acquiring territory should be based on the actual practices of states, not Roman Law, although its terminology and practical foundations can be utilized.
[401] See above, § 168. The distinction between imperium and dominium in Seneca's dictum that "omnia rex imperio possidet, singuli dominio" was well known, and Grotius, II. c. 3, § 4, quotes it, but the consequences thereof were nevertheless not deduced. (See Westlake, Chapters, pp. 129-133, and Westlake, I. pp. 84-88.)
[401] See above, § 168. The difference between imperium and dominium in Seneca's statement that "the king possesses everything by authority, individuals by ownership" was widely recognized, and Grotius, II. c. 3, § 4, references it, but the implications were still not drawn out. (See Westlake, Chapters, pp. 129-133, and Westlake, I. pp. 84-88.)
What Modes of Acquisition of Territory there are.
What Ways There Are to Acquire Territory.
§ 211. States as living organisms grow and decrease in territory. If the historical facts are taken into consideration, different reasons may be found to account for the exercise of sovereignty by a State over the different sections of its territory. One section may have been ceded by another State, another section may have come into the possession of the owner in consequence of accretion, a third through subjugation, a[Pg 284] fourth through occupation of no State's land. As regards a fifth section, a State may say that it has exercised its sovereignty over the same for so long a period that the fact of having had it in undisturbed possession is a sufficient title of ownership. Accordingly, five modes of acquiring territory may be distinguished, namely: cession, occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription. Most writers recognise these five modes. Some, however, do not recognise prescription; some assert that accretion creates nothing else than a modification of the territory of a State; and some do not recognise subjugation at all, or declare it to be only a special case of occupation. It is for these reasons that some writers recognise only two or three[402] modes of acquiring territory. Be that as it may, all modes, besides the five mentioned, enumerated by some writers, are in fact not special modes, but only special cases of cession.[403] And whatever may be the value of the opinions of publicists, so much is certain that the practice of the States recognises cession, occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription as distinct modes of acquiring territory.
§ 211. States, like living organisms, grow and shrink in their territory. When looking at historical facts, different reasons can be identified for a State's exercise of sovereignty over various parts of its land. One area might have been given up by another State, another might have been acquired due to natural growth, a third through conquest, a fourth by taking over land that belonged to no State. Regarding a fifth area, a State might claim that it has exercised sovereignty over it for such a long time that having held it without interruption is enough to prove ownership. Thus, five methods of acquiring territory can be identified: cession, occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription. Most scholars acknowledge these five methods. However, some do not accept prescription; some argue that accretion only modifies a State's territory; and others do not accept subjugation at all, or consider it merely a specific case of occupation. For these reasons, some scholars recognize only two or three modes of acquiring territory. Regardless, all other methods mentioned by some authors are not distinct methods but rather specific instances of cession. And no matter the value of publicists' opinions, it is certain that State practice recognizes cession, occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription as separate methods of acquiring territory.
[402] Thus Gareis (§ 70) recognises cession and occupation only, whereas Heimburger (pp. 106-110) and Holtzendorff (II. p. 254) recognise cession, occupation, and accretion only.
[402] Thus, Gareis (§ 70) acknowledges only cession and occupation, while Heimburger (pp. 106-110) and Holtzendorff (II. p. 254) acknowledge cession, occupation, and accretion.
Original and derivative Modes of Acquisition.
Original and derivative Modes of Acquisition.
§ 212. The modes of acquiring territory are correctly divided according as the title they give is derived from the title of a prior owner State, or not. Cession is therefore a derivative mode of acquisition, whereas occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription are original modes.[404]
§ 212. The ways to acquire territory are accurately classified based on whether the rights they confer come from a previous owner State or not. Cession is thus a derivative way of acquiring, while occupation, accretion, subjugation, and prescription are original methods.[404]
XII TRANSFER
Hall, § 35—Lawrence, § 76—Phillimore, I. §§ 252-273—Twiss, I. § 138—Walker, § 10—Halleck, I. pp. 154-157—Taylor, § 227—Moore, I. §§ 83-86—Bluntschli, §§ 285-287—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, §§ 69 and 182—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 269-274—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 97-98—Bonfils, Nos. 364-371—Mérignhac, II. pp. 487-497—Despagnet, Nos. 381-391—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 817-819—Rivier, I. pp. 197-217—Nys, II. pp. 8-31—Calvo, I. § 266—Fiore, II. §§ 860-861, and Code, No. 1053—Martens, I. § 91—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 110-120.
Hall, § 35—Lawrence, § 76—Phillimore, I. §§ 252-273—Twiss, I. § 138—Walker, § 10—Halleck, I. pp. 154-157—Taylor, § 227—Moore, I. §§ 83-86—Bluntschli, §§ 285-287—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, §§ 69 and 182—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 269-274—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 97-98—Bonfils, Nos. 364-371—Mérignhac, II. pp. 487-497—Despagnet, Nos. 381-391—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 817-819—Rivier, I. pp. 197-217—Nys, II. pp. 8-31—Calvo, I. § 266—Fiore, II. §§ 860-861, and Code, No. 1053—Martens, I. § 91—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 110-120.
Conception of cession of State Territory.
Conception of the transfer of State Territory.
§ 213. Cession of State territory is the transfer of sovereignty over State territory by the owner State to another State. There is no doubt whatever that such cession is possible according to the Law of Nations, and history presents innumerable examples of such transfer of sovereignty. The Constitutional Law of the different States may or may not lay down special rules[405] for the transfer or acquisition of territory. Such rules can have no direct influence upon the rules of the Law of Nations concerning cession, since Municipal Law can neither abolish existing nor create new rules of International Law.[406] But if such municipal rules contain constitutional restrictions on the Government with regard to cession of territory, these restrictions are so far important that such treaties of cession concluded by heads of States or Governments as violate these restrictions are not binding.[407]
§ 213. Cession of state territory is the transfer of sovereignty over state land from one state to another. There’s no doubt that this kind of cession is allowed under international law, and history shows countless examples of such transfers of sovereignty. The constitutional laws of different states may or may not establish specific rules[405] for how territory is transferred or acquired. However, these rules do not directly affect the rules of international law regarding cession, since domestic law cannot cancel existing or create new rules of international law.[406] But if such domestic rules include constitutional limitations on the government regarding the cession of territory, these limitations are significant enough that treaties of cession made by heads of states or governments that violate these restrictions are not legally binding.[407]
Subjects of cession.
Cession subjects.
§ 214. Since cession is a bilateral transaction, it has two subjects—namely, the ceding and the acquiring State. Both subjects must be States, and only those cessions in which both subjects are States concern the Law of Nations. Cessions of territory made to private persons and to corporations[408] by native tribes or by States outside the dominion of the Law of Nations[Pg 286] do not fall within the sphere of International Law, neither do cessions of territory by native tribes made to States[409] which are members of the Family of Nations. On the other hand, cession of territory made to a member of the Family of Nations by a State as yet outside that family is real cession and a concern of the Law of Nations, since such State becomes through the treaty of cession in some respects a member of that family.[410]
§ 214. Since cession is a two-sided transaction, it involves two parties—the ceding State and the acquiring State. Both parties must be States, and only those cessions where both parties are States are relevant to the Law of Nations. Cessions of territory made to private individuals or corporations[408] by indigenous tribes or by States that are outside the jurisdiction of the Law of Nations[Pg 286] do not fall under International Law, nor do cessions of territory made by indigenous tribes to States[409] that are part of the Family of Nations. Conversely, a cession of territory made to a member of the Family of Nations by a State that is not yet part of that family is considered a legitimate cession and falls within the Law of Nations, since that State, through the treaty of cession, becomes in some ways a member of that family.[410]
[408] See above, § 209, No. 2.
Object of cession.
Cession object.
§ 215. The object of cession is sovereignty over such territory as has hitherto already belonged to another State. As far as the Law of Nations is concerned, every State as a rule can cede a part of its territory to another State, or by ceding the whole of its territory can even totally merge in another State. However, since certain parts of State territory, as for instance rivers and the maritime belt, are inalienable appurtenances of the land, they cannot be ceded without a piece of land.[411]
§ 215. The purpose of cession is to transfer sovereignty over territory that has previously belonged to another State. According to international law, any State can generally cede part of its territory to another State, or by ceding its entire territory, can fully merge into another State. However, certain parts of a State's territory, such as rivers and the maritime zone, are inseparable parts of the land and cannot be transferred without also including a piece of land.[411]
The controverted question whether permanently neutralised parts of a not permanently neutralised State can be ceded to another State must be answered in the affirmative,[412] although the Powers certainly can exercise an intervention by right. On the other hand, a permanently neutralised State could not, except in the case of mere frontier regulation, cede a part of its neutralised territory to another State without the consent of the Powers.[413] Nor could a State under suzerainty or protectorate cede a part or the whole of its territory to a third State without the consent of the superior State. Thus, the Ionian Islands could not in 1863 have merged in Greece without the consent of Great Britain, which exercised a protectorate over these islands.
The debated question of whether the permanently neutralized parts of a not permanently neutralized State can be given to another State must be answered yes,[412] even though the Powers can definitely intervene by right. On the other hand, a permanently neutralized State could not, except for simple border adjustments, give any part of its neutralized territory to another State without the agreement of the Powers.[413] Similarly, a State under suzerainty or protection cannot give up a part or all of its territory to a third State without the approval of the superior State. Thus, the Ionian Islands could not have joined Greece in 1863 without the consent of Great Britain, which had a protectorate over those islands.
Form of cession.
Type of transfer.
§ 216. The only form in which a cession can be effected[Pg 287] is an agreement embodied in a treaty between the ceding and the acquiring State. Such treaty may be the outcome of peaceable negotiations or of war, and the cession may be one with or without compensation.
§ 216. The only way a transfer can happen[Pg 287] is through an agreement outlined in a treaty between the state giving up territory and the state taking it. This treaty can result from peaceful negotiations or from war, and the transfer can occur with or without compensation.
If a cession of territory is the outcome of war, it is the treaty of peace which stipulates the cession among its other provisions. Such cession is regularly one without compensation, although certain duties may be imposed upon the acquiring State, as, for instance, of taking over a part of the debts of the ceding State corresponding to the extent and importance of the ceded territory, or that of giving the individuals domiciled on the ceded territory the option to retain their old citizenship or, at least, to emigrate.
If a transfer of land happens as a result of war, it's the peace treaty that outlines the transfer along with its other terms. This transfer typically doesn’t come with any compensation, although there might be certain obligations placed on the acquiring country. For example, they might have to assume some of the debts of the country giving up the land, based on the size and significance of the territory being transferred, or they might need to allow the people living in the transferred area the choice to keep their original citizenship or, at the very least, to move elsewhere.
Cessions which are the outcome of peaceable negotiations may be agreed upon by the interested States from different motives and for different purposes. Thus Austria, during war with Prussia and Italy in 1866, ceded Venice to France as a gift, and some weeks afterwards France on her part ceded Venice to Italy. The Duchy of Courland ceded in 1795 its whole territory to and voluntarily merged thereby in Russia, in the same way the then Free Town of Mulhouse merged in France in 1798, the Congo Free State in Belgium in 1908, and the Empire of Korea in Japan in 1911.
Cessions that result from peaceful negotiations can be agreed upon by the involved countries for various reasons and goals. For example, Austria, during its war with Prussia and Italy in 1866, gave Venice to France as a gift, and a few weeks later, France ceded Venice to Italy. The Duchy of Courland willingly gave up its entire territory to merge with Russia in 1795, just as the then Free Town of Mulhouse merged with France in 1798, the Congo Free State became part of Belgium in 1908, and the Empire of Korea merged with Japan in 1911.
Cessions have in the past often been effected by transactions which are analogous to transactions in private business life. As long as absolutism was reigning over Europe, it was not at all rare for territory to be ceded in marriage contracts or by testamentary dispositions.[414] In the interest of frontier regulations, but also for other purposes, exchanges of territory frequently take place. Sale of territory is quite usual; as late as[Pg 288] 1868 Russia sold her territory in America to the United States for 7,200,000 dollars, and in 1899 Spain sold the Caroline Islands to Germany for 25,000,000 pesetas. Pledge and lease are also made use of. Thus, the then Republic of Genoa pledged Corsica to France in 1768, Sweden pledged Wismar to Mecklenburg in 1803; China[415] leased in 1898 Kiaochau to Germany,[416] Wei-Hai-Wei and the land opposite the island of Hong Kong to Great Britain,[417] and Port Arthur to Russia.
Cessions have historically often occurred through transactions similar to those in private business. While absolutism was in power across Europe, it was not uncommon for territories to be ceded in marriage contracts or through wills.[414] For purposes of regulating borders and other reasons, exchanges of territory frequently took place. The sale of territory is quite common; as recently as [Pg 288] 1868, Russia sold its territory in America to the United States for 7,200,000 dollars, and in 1899 Spain sold the Caroline Islands to Germany for 25,000,000 pesetas. Pledge and lease agreements are also utilized. For example, the Republic of Genoa pledged Corsica to France in 1768, Sweden pledged Wismar to Mecklenburg in 1803; China[415] leased Kiaochau to Germany in 1898,[416] Wei-Hai-Wei and the land opposite Hong Kong to Great Britain,[417] and Port Arthur to Russia.
[414] Phillimore, I. §§ 274-276, enumerates many examples of such cession. The question whether the monarch of a State under absolute government could nowadays by a testamentary disposition cede territory to another State must, I believe, be answered in the affirmative.
[414] Phillimore, I. §§ 274-276, lists many examples of such cession. I believe we can confidently say that a monarch in a country with absolute rule could, today, transfer territory to another country through a will.
[415] See above, § 171, No. 3. Cession may also take place under the disguise of an agreement according to which territory comes under the "administration" or under the "use, occupation, and control" of a foreign State. See above, § 171, Nos. 2 and 4.
[415] See above, § 171, No. 3. Cession can also occur under the pretense of an agreement where territory is placed under the "administration" or under the "use, occupation, and control" of a foreign State. See above, § 171, Nos. 2 and 4.
Whatever may be the motive and the purpose of the transaction, and whatever may be the compensation, if any, for the cession, the ceded territory is transferred to the new sovereign with all the international obligations[418] locally connected with the territory (Res transit cum suo onere, and Nemo plus juris transferre potest, quam ipse habet).
Whatever the reason and purpose behind the transaction, and whatever compensation, if any, is given for the transfer, the territory being ceded is handed over to the new sovereign with all the international obligations[418] related to that territory (Res transit cum suo onere, and Nemo plus juris transferre potest, quam ipse habet).
Tradition of the ceded Territory.
Tradition of the ceded land.
§ 217. The treaty of cession must be followed by actual tradition of the territory to the new owner State, unless such territory is already occupied by the new owner, as in the case where the cession is the outcome of war and the ceded territory has been during such war in the military occupation of the State to which it is now ceded. But the validity of the cession does not depend upon tradition,[419] the cession being completed by ratification of the treaty of cession, and the capability of the new owner to cede the acquired territory to a third State at once without taking actual possession of it.[420] But of course the new owner State cannot[Pg 289] exercise its territorial supremacy thereon until it has taken physical possession of the ceded territory.
§ 217. The treaty of cession must be followed by the actual transfer of the territory to the new owner State, unless that territory is already occupied by the new owner, as in cases where the cession results from war and the area ceded has been under military control of the State to which it is now ceded during the conflict. However, the validity of the cession does not rely on the transfer,[419] as the cession is finalized by the ratification of the treaty of cession, and the new owner is able to transfer the acquired territory to a third State immediately without having to take physical possession of it.[420] Yet, the new owner State cannot[Pg 289] exert its territorial authority until it has taken actual possession of the ceded territory.
[420] Thus France, to which Austria ceded in 1859 Lombardy, ceded this territory on her part to Sardinia without previously having actually taken possession of it.
[420] So, France, which Austria gave up Lombardy to in 1859, passed this territory on to Sardinia without ever actually taking control of it first.
Veto of third Powers.
Veto of third parties.
§ 218. As a rule, no third Power has the right of veto with regard to a cession of territory. Exceptionally, however, such right may exist. It may be that a third Power has by a previous treaty acquired a right of pre-emption concerning the ceded territory, or that some early treaty has created another obstacle to the cession, as, for instance, in the case of permanently neutralised parts of a not-permanently neutralised State.[421] And the Powers have certainly the right of veto in case a permanently neutralised State desires to increase its territory by acquiring land through cession from another State.[422] But even where no right of veto exists, a third Power might intervene for political reasons. For there is no duty on the part of third States to acquiesce in such cessions of territory as endanger the balance of power or are otherwise of vital importance.[423] And a strong State will practically always interfere in case a cession of such a kind as menaces its vital interests is agreed upon. Thus, when in 1867 the reigning King of Holland proposed to sell Luxemburg to France, the North German Confederation intervened, and the cession was not effected, but Luxemburg became permanently neutralised.
§ 218. Generally, no third country has the right to veto a transfer of territory. However, there can be exceptions. A third country might have gained a right of first refusal regarding the territory through a prior treaty, or an earlier treaty might create another barrier to the transfer, like in the case of permanently neutralized regions of a not-permanently neutralized State.[421] Additionally, countries certainly have the right to veto if a permanently neutralized State wants to expand its territory by acquiring land through cession from another State.[422] Even when no right of veto exists, a third country may intervene for political reasons. There’s no obligation for third States to accept territory transfers that threaten the balance of power or are otherwise critically significant.[423] A powerful State will almost always step in if a territory transfer poses a threat to its important interests. For example, in 1867, when the King of Holland proposed selling Luxembourg to France, the North German Confederation intervened, preventing the cession and resulting in Luxembourg becoming permanently neutralized.
Plebiscite and option.
Vote and choice.
§ 219. As the object of cession is sovereignty over the ceded territory, all such individuals domiciled thereon as are subjects of the ceding State become ipso facto by the cession subjects[424] of the acquiring State. The hardship involved in the fact that in all cases of cession the inhabitants of the territory lose their old citizenship and are handed over to a new Sovereign whether they like it or not, has created a movement in favour of the[Pg 290] claim that no cession shall be valid until the inhabitants have by a plebiscite[425] given their consent to the cession. And several treaties[426] of cession concluded during the nineteenth century stipulate that the cession shall only be valid provided the inhabitants consent to it through a plebiscite. But it is doubtful whether the Law of Nations will ever make it a condition of every cession that it must be ratified by a plebiscite.[427] The necessities of international policy may now and then allow or even demand such a plebiscite, but in most cases they will not allow it.
§ 219. Since the purpose of cession is to transfer sovereignty over the ceded territory, all individuals living there who are citizens of the ceding State automatically become ipso facto subjects[424] of the acquiring State. The difficulty arises from the fact that in every case of cession, the inhabitants of the territory lose their previous citizenship and are handed over to a new Sovereign whether they want it or not. This situation has sparked a movement advocating that no cession should be valid until the inhabitants have given their consent through a plebiscite[425]. Several treaties[426] from the nineteenth century specify that the cession would only be valid if the inhabitants consented via a plebiscite. However, it is uncertain whether international law will ever require that every cession be ratified by a plebiscite.[427] The demands of international relations might occasionally allow or even necessitate a plebiscite, but in most scenarios, they will not permit it.
[425] See Stoerk, "Option und Plebiscite" (1879); Rivier, I. p. 204; Freudenthal, "Die Volksabstimmung bei Gebietsabtretungen und Eroberungen" (1891); Bonfils, No. 570; Despagnet, No. 391; Ullmann, § 97.
[425] See Stoerk, "Option and Plebiscite" (1879); Rivier, I. p. 204; Freudenthal, "The Referendum in Territorial Cessions and Conquests" (1891); Bonfils, No. 570; Despagnet, No. 391; Ullmann, § 97.
The hardship of the inhabitants being handed over to a new Sovereign against their will can be lessened by a stipulation in the treaty of cession binding the acquiring State to give the inhabitants of the ceded territory the option of retaining their old citizenship on making an express declaration. Many treaties of cession concluded during the second half of the nineteenth century contain this stipulation. But it must be emphasised that, failing a stipulation expressly forbidding it, the acquiring State may expel those inhabitants who have made use of the option and retained their old citizenship, since otherwise the whole population of the ceded territory might actually consist of aliens and endanger the safety of the acquiring State.
The difficulty for the inhabitants being handed over to a new Sovereign against their will can be eased by including a clause in the treaty of transfer that requires the acquiring State to give the inhabitants of the transferred territory the choice to keep their old citizenship by making a clear declaration. Many treaties of cession from the second half of the nineteenth century include this clause. However, it’s important to note that, unless there is a clause explicitly prohibiting it, the acquiring State can expel those inhabitants who chose to retain their old citizenship, since otherwise, the entire population of the ceded territory could be made up of foreigners, which could threaten the security of the acquiring State.
The option to emigrate within a certain period, which is frequently stipulated in favour of the inhabitants of ceded territory, is another means of averting the charge that inhabitants are handed over to a new Sovereign against their will. Thus article 2 of the Peace Treaty of Frankfort, 1871, which ended the Franco-German war, stipulated that the French inhabitants of the[Pg 291] ceded territory of Alsace and Lorraine should up to October 1, 1872, enjoy the privilege of transferring their domicile from the ceded territory to French soil.[428]
The option to move away within a specific timeframe, which is often provided for the residents of transferred territory, serves as another way to prevent the claim that residents are being handed over to a new ruler against their wishes. For example, Article 2 of the Peace Treaty of Frankfurt, 1871, which concluded the Franco-German War, stated that French residents of the ceded regions of Alsace and Lorraine could, until October 1, 1872, exercise the right to relocate their residence from the ceded areas to France.[Pg 291][428]
[428] The important question whether subjects of the ceding States who are born on the ceded territory but have their domicile abroad become ipso facto by the cession subjects of the acquiring State, must, I think, be answered in the negative, unless special treaty arrangements stipulate the contrary. Therefore, Frenchmen born in Alsace but domiciled at the time of the cession in Great Britain, would not have lost their French citizenship through the cession to Germany but for article 1, part 2, of the additional treaty of Dec. 11, 1871, to the Peace Treaty of Frankfort. (Martens, N.R.G. XX. p. 847.) See Bonfils, No. 427, and Cogordan, "La Nationalité, &c." (1890), p. 361.
[428] The key question of whether individuals from the ceding States who are born in the ceded territory but reside abroad automatically become subjects of the acquiring State due to the cession should, in my opinion, be answered negatively, unless specific treaty agreements say otherwise. Therefore, French citizens born in Alsace but living in Great Britain at the time of the cession would not have lost their French citizenship by the cession to Germany, except for article 1, part 2, of the additional treaty of December 11, 1871, to the Peace Treaty of Frankfurt. (Martens, N.R.G. XX. p. 847.) See Bonfils, No. 427, and Cogordan, "La Nationalité, &c." (1890), p. 361.
XIII JOB
Hall, §§ 32-34—Westlake, I. pp. 96-111, 119-133—Lawrence, § 74—Phillimore, I. §§ 236-250—Twiss, I. §§ 118-126—Halleck, I. p. 154—Taylor, §§ 221-224—Walker, § 9—Wharton, I. § 2—Moore, I. §§ 80-81—Wheaton, §§ 165-174—Bluntschli, §§ 278-283—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 70—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 255-266—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 93-96—Bonfils, Nos. 536-563—Despagnet, Nos. 329-399—Mérignhac, II. pp. 419-487—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 784-802—Rivier, I. pp. 188-197—Nys, II. pp. 47-108—Calvo, I. §§ 266-282—Fiore, II. Nos. 841-849, and Code, Nos. 1054-1067—Martens, I. § 90—Tartarin, "Traité de l'occupation" (1873)—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 155-187—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 103-155—Salomon, "L'occupation des territoires sans maître" (1889)—Jèze, "Étude théorique et pratique sur l'occupation, &c." (1896)—Macdonell in the Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, I. (1899), pp. 276-286—Waultrin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 78, 185, 401.
Hall, §§ 32-34—Westlake, I. pp. 96-111, 119-133—Lawrence, § 74—Phillimore, I. §§ 236-250—Twiss, I. §§ 118-126—Halleck, I. p. 154—Taylor, §§ 221-224—Walker, § 9—Wharton, I. § 2—Moore, I. §§ 80-81—Wheaton, §§ 165-174—Bluntschli, §§ 278-283—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 70—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 255-266—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 93-96—Bonfils, Nos. 536-563—Despagnet, Nos. 329-399—Mérignhac, II. pp. 419-487—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 784-802—Rivier, I. pp. 188-197—Nys, II. pp. 47-108—Calvo, I. §§ 266-282—Fiore, II. Nos. 841-849, and Code, Nos. 1054-1067—Martens, I. § 90—Tartarin, "Traité de l'occupation" (1873)—Westlake, Chapters, pp. 155-187—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 103-155—Salomon, "L'occupation des territoires sans maître" (1889)—Jèze, "Étude théorique et pratique sur l'occupation, &c." (1896)—Macdonell in the Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, I. (1899), pp. 276-286—Waultrin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 78, 185, 401.
Conception of Occupation.
Idea of Occupation.
§ 220. Occupation is the act of appropriation by a State through which it intentionally acquires sovereignty over such territory as is at the time not under the sovereignty of another State. Occupation as a mode of acquisition differs from subjugation[429] chiefly in so far as the conquered and afterwards annexed territory has hitherto belonged to another State. Again, occupation differs from cession in so far as through cession the acquiring State receives sovereignty over the respective territory from the former owner State. In contradistinction to cession, which is a derivative mode of[Pg 292] acquisition, occupation is therefore an original mode. And it must be emphasised that occupation can only take place by and for a State;[430] it must be a State act, that is, it must be performed in the service of a State, or it must be acknowledged by a State after its performance.
§ 220. Occupation is the action taken by a State to intentionally gain control over a territory that is not currently under the authority of another State. Occupation, as a method of acquiring territory, differs from subjugation in that the territory in question has previously belonged to another State. Moreover, occupation is different from cession because, in cession, the acquiring State obtains sovereignty over the territory from the State that previously owned it. Unlike cession, which is a derivative method of acquisition, occupation is considered an original method. It's important to highlight that occupation can only be carried out by and for a State; it must be a State action, meaning it must be performed in the interest of a State or acknowledged by a State after the action has taken place.
Object of Occupation.
Object of Occupation.
§ 221. Only such territory can be the object of occupation as is no State's land, whether entirely uninhabited, as e.g. an island, or inhabited by natives whose community is not to be considered as a State. Even civilised individuals may live and have private property on a territory without any union by them into a State proper which exercises sovereignty over such territory. And natives may live on a territory under a tribal organisation which need not be considered a State proper. But a part or the whole of the territory of any State, even although such State is entirely outside the Family of Nations, is not a possible object of occupation, and it can only be acquired through cession[431] or subjugation. On the other hand, a territory which belonged at one time to a State but has been afterwards abandoned, is a possible object for occupation on the part of another State.[432]
§ 221. Only territory that is not owned by any state can be occupied, whether it's completely uninhabited, like an island, or inhabited by people whose community isn't recognized as a state. Even civilized individuals can live and own private property in a territory without forming a proper state that exercises sovereignty over that land. Natives can also inhabit a territory under a tribal organization that doesn't qualify as a proper state. However, any part or all of a territory belonging to a state, even if that state is entirely outside the Family of Nations, cannot be occupied and can only be acquired through cession[431] or subjugation. Conversely, a territory that once belonged to a state but has since been abandoned can be occupied by another state.[432]
[434] When, in 1909, Admiral Peary reached the North Pole and hoisted the flag of the United States the question was discussed whether the North Pole could be the object of occupation. The question must, I believe, be answered in the negative since there is no land on the Pole. See Scott in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 928-941, and Balch in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 265-275.
[434] When Admiral Peary reached the North Pole and planted the United States flag in 1909, there was debate about whether the North Pole could be claimed. I believe the answer should be no, since there is no land at the Pole. See Scott in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 928-941, and Balch in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 265-275.
Occupation how effected.
Occupation impact.
§ 222. Theory and practice agree nowadays upon the rule that occupation is effected through taking possession of and establishing an administration over the territory in the name of and for the acquiring State.[Pg 293] Occupation thus effected is real occupation, and, in contradistinction to fictitious occupation, is named effective occupation. Possession and administration are the two essential facts that constitute an effective occupation.
§ 222. Today, theory and practice agree on the rule that occupation happens when a state takes control of and establishes authority over a territory in its name. [Pg 293] This type of occupation is considered real occupation, and in contrast to fictitious occupation, it’s referred to as effective occupation. Possession and administration are the two key elements that define effective occupation.
(1) The territory must really be taken into possession by the occupying State. For this purpose it is necessary that the respective State should take the territory under its sway (corpus) with the intention to acquire sovereignty over it (animus). This can only be done by a settlement on the territory accompanied by some formal act which announces both that the territory has been taken possession of and that the possessor intends to keep it under his sovereignty. The necessary formal act is usually performed either by the publication of a proclamation or by the hoisting of a flag. But such formal act by itself constitutes fictitious occupation only, unless there is left on the territory a settlement which is able to keep up the authority of the flag. On the other hand, it is irrelevant whether or not some agreement is made with the natives by which they submit themselves to the sway of the occupying State. Any such agreement is usually neither understood nor appreciated by them, and even if the natives really do understand the meaning, such agreements have a moral value only.[435]
(1) The territory must truly be taken over by the occupying State. For this to happen, the State needs to assert control over the territory (corpus) with the intention to acquire sovereignty over it (animus). This can only be achieved by establishing a settlement on the territory along with a formal act that declares both the possession of the territory and the possessor's intent to maintain sovereignty over it. The necessary formal act is usually carried out either through a public proclamation or by raising a flag. However, such a formal act alone results in only a fictitious occupation unless there is a settlement on the territory that can uphold the authority of the flag. Additionally, it doesn't matter whether any agreement is made with the local people where they agree to the control of the occupying State. Such agreements are typically not understood or valued by them, and even if the locals do grasp the meaning, these agreements hold only moral significance.[435]
[435] If an agreement with natives were legally important, the respective territory would be acquired by cession, and not by occupation. But although it is nowadays quite usual to obtain a cession from a native chief, this is, nevertheless, not cession in the technical sense of the term in International Law; see above, § 214.
[435] If an agreement with Indigenous people was legally significant, the land would be acquired through cession, not occupation. However, while it’s quite common today to get a cession from an Indigenous chief, it still doesn’t qualify as cession in the technical sense defined by International Law; see above, § 214.
(2) After having, in the aforementioned way, taken possession of a territory, the possessor must establish some kind of administration thereon which shows that the territory is really governed by the new possessor. If within a reasonable time after the act of taking possession the possessor does not establish some responsible authority which exercises governing functions,[Pg 294] there is then no effective occupation, since in fact no sovereignty of a State is exercised over the territory.
(2) After taking control of a territory as described, the new possessor must set up some kind of administration that shows the territory is actually governed by them. If the possessor doesn’t create a responsible authority that performs governing functions within a reasonable time after taking possession,[Pg 294] then there is no effective occupation, because no state sovereignty is being exercised over the territory.
Inchoate Title of Discovery.
Preliminary Title of Discovery.
§ 223. In former times the two conditions of possession and administration which now make the occupation effective were not considered necessary for the acquisition of territory through occupation. In the age of the discoveries, States maintained that the fact of discovering a hitherto unknown territory was sufficient reason for considering it as acquired through occupation by the State in whose service the discoverer made his explorations. And although later on a real taking possession of the territory was considered necessary for its occupation, it was not until the eighteenth century that the writers on the Law of Nations postulated an effective occupation as necessary,[436] and it was not until the nineteenth century that the practice of the States accorded with this postulate. But although nowadays discovery does not constitute acquisition through occupation, it is nevertheless not without importance. It is agreed that discovery gives to the State in whose service it was made an inchoate title; it "acts as a temporary bar to occupation by another State"[437] within such a period as is reasonably sufficient for effectively occupying the discovered territory. If such period lapses without any attempt by the discovering State to turn its inchoate title into a real title of occupation, such inchoate title perishes, and any other State can now acquire the territory by means of an effective occupation.
§ 223. In the past, the two requirements of possession and administration that make occupation effective today were not deemed necessary for claiming territory through occupation. During the age of discoveries, states believed that simply discovering a previously unknown territory was enough to consider it acquired through occupation by the state that sponsored the discoverer’s explorations. Although later on, a physical taking of possession of the territory was seen as essential for its occupation, it wasn't until the eighteenth century that legal scholars on the Law of Nations insisted that an effective occupation was required,[436] and it wasn’t until the nineteenth century that state practices aligned with this view. Nowadays, while discovery doesn’t equate to acquisition through occupation, it still holds significance. It is widely accepted that discovery grants the state that carried it out an inchoate title; it "acts as a temporary bar to occupation by another state"[437] for a period deemed reasonably sufficient to effectively occupy the discovered territory. If this period passes without the discovering state making an effort to turn its inchoate title into a real title of occupation, that inchoate title expires, and any other state can then acquire the territory through effective occupation.
[436] See Vattel, I. § 208.
[437] Thus Hall, § 32.
Notification of Occupation to other Powers.
Notification of Occupation to Other Powers.
§ 224. No rule of the Law of Nations exists which makes notification of occupation to other Powers a necessary condition of its validity. But as regards all future occupations on the African coast the Powers assembled at the Berlin Congo Conference in 1884-1885 have by article 34 of the General Act[438] of this Conference[Pg 295] stipulated that occupation shall be notified to one another, so that such notification is now a condition of the validity of certain occupations in Africa. And there is no doubt that in time this rule will either by custom or by treaty be extended from occupations on the African coast to occupations everywhere else.
§ 224. There’s no international law that requires notifying other nations about claims of territory for them to be considered valid. However, regarding future claims on the African coast, the countries that met at the Berlin Congo Conference in 1884-1885 agreed in article 34 of the General Act[438] of this Conference[Pg 295] that such notifications must be made to each other, meaning that this notification is now a requirement for the validity of certain claims in Africa. It's quite likely that over time, this rule will extend, either through custom or treaty, from claims on the African coast to claims made elsewhere.
Extent of Occupation.
Occupation Levels.
§ 225. Since an occupation is valid only if effective, it is obvious that the extent of an occupation ought only to reach over so much territory as is effectively occupied. In practice, however, the interested States have neither in the past nor in the present acted in conformity with such a rule; on the contrary, they have always tried to attribute to their occupation a much wider area. Thus it has been maintained that an effective occupation of the land at the mouth of a river is sufficient to bring under the sovereignty of the occupying State the whole territory through which such river and its tributaries run up to the very crest of the watershed.[439] Again, it has been maintained that, when a coast line has been effectively occupied, the extent of the occupation reaches up to the watershed of all such rivers as empty into the coast line.[440] And it has, thirdly, been asserted that effective occupation of a territory extends the sovereignty of the possessor also over neighbouring territories as far as it is necessary for the integrity, security, and defence of the really occupied land.[441] But all these and other fanciful assertions have no basis to rest upon. In truth, no general rule can be laid down beyond the above, that occupation reaches as far as it is effective. How far it is effective is a question of the special case. It is obvious[Pg 296] that when the agent of a State takes possession of a territory and makes a settlement on a certain spot of it, he intends thereby to acquire a vast area by his occupation. Everything depends, therefore, upon the fact how far around the settlement or settlements the established responsible authority that governs the territory in the name of the possessor succeeds in gradually extending the established sovereignty. The payment of a tribute on the part of tribes settled far away, the fact that flying columns of the military or the police sweep, when necessary, remote spots, and many other facts, can show how far round the settlements the possessor is really able to assert the established authority. But it will always be difficult to mark exactly in this way the boundary of an effective occupation, since naturally the tendency prevails to extend the sway constantly and gradually over a wider area. It is, therefore, a well-known fact that disputes concerning the boundaries of occupations can only rarely be decided on the basis of strict law; they must nearly always be compromised, whether by a treaty or by arbitration.[442]
§ 225. Since an occupation is valid only if it's effective, it's clear that the extent of an occupation should only cover the territory that is genuinely occupied. In reality, however, the involved States have not acted according to this rule in the past or present; instead, they have consistently tried to claim a much larger area for their occupation. For example, it has been argued that effectively occupying land at the mouth of a river is enough to bring under the sovereignty of the occupying State the entire territory through which the river and its tributaries flow up to the very top of the watershed.[439] Similarly, it has been asserted that when a coastline is effectively occupied, the occupation extends up to the watershed of all rivers flowing into that coastline.[440] Furthermore, it has been claimed that effective occupation of a territory also extends the sovereignty of the occupier over neighboring areas, as far as necessary for the integrity, security, and defense of the actually occupied land.[441] However, all these and other questionable claims have no real foundation. In truth, no general rule can be established beyond what has been mentioned: the occupation extends as far as it is effective. How far it is effective depends on the specific case. It is evident[Pg 296] that when a representative of a State takes possession of a territory and establishes a settlement at a specific location, they intend to acquire a vast area through their occupation. Everything hinges on how far the responsible authority, acting on behalf of the possessor, can gradually extend its sovereignty around the settlements. The payment of tribute by distant tribes, the fact that military or police forces can patrol remote areas when needed, and many other factors, can indicate how far the possessor can assert their authority around the settlements. However, it is always difficult to precisely define the boundary of effective occupation in this way, as there is a natural tendency to continuously and gradually expand control over a larger area. Thus, it is a well-known fact that disputes regarding the boundaries of occupations can rarely be resolved strictly based on law; they usually have to be settled through compromise, whether by treaty or arbitration.[442]
[439] Claim of the United States in the Oregon Boundary dispute (1827) with Great Britain. See Twiss, I. §§ 126 and 127, and his "The Oregon Question Examined" (1846); Phillimore, I. § 250; Hall, § 34.
[439] Claim of the United States in the Oregon Boundary dispute (1827) with Great Britain. See Twiss, I. §§ 126 and 127, and his "The Oregon Question Examined" (1846); Phillimore, I. § 250; Hall, § 34.
[442] The Institute of International Law, in 1887, at its meeting in Lausanne, adopted a "Projet de déclaration internationale relatif aux occupations de territoires," comprising ten articles; see Annuaire, X. p. 201.
[442] The Institute of International Law, in 1887, at its meeting in Lausanne, adopted a "Draft Declaration on the International Regulation of Territorial Occupations," which included ten articles; see Annuaire, X. p. 201.
Protectorate as Precursor of Occupation.
Protectorate Before Occupation.
§ 226. The growing desire to acquire vast territories as colonies on the part of States unable at once to occupy effectively such territories has, in the second half of the nineteenth century, led to the contracting of agreements with the chiefs of natives inhabiting unoccupied territories, by which these chiefs commit themselves to the "protectorate" of States that are members of the Family of Nations. These so-called protectorates are certainly not protectorates in the technical sense of the term designating the relation that exists between a strong and a weak State through a treaty by which the weak State surrenders itself into the protection of the strong and transfers to the latter[Pg 297] the management of its more important international relations.[443] Neither can they be compared with the protectorate of members of the Family of Nations exercised over such non-Christian States as are outside that family,[444] because the respective chiefs of natives are not the heads of States, but heads of tribal communities only. Such agreements, although they are named "Protectorates," are nothing else than steps taken to exclude other Powers from occupying the respective territories. They give, like discovery, an inchoate title, and are preparations and precursors of future occupations.
§ 226. The increasing desire of states to acquire large territories as colonies, despite not being able to effectively occupy them right away, led in the second half of the nineteenth century to agreements with the leaders of native populations living in unoccupied areas. These leaders commit to a "protectorate" under states that are part of the Family of Nations. These so-called protectorates aren't true protectorates in the technical sense, which describes a relationship between a strong and a weak state through a treaty where the weak state seeks protection from the strong state, handing over its key international relations to the latter[Pg 297].[443] They also can't be compared to the protectorates that members of the Family of Nations hold over non-Christian states that are outside this family,[444] because the native leaders are not heads of states but leaders of tribal communities. These agreements, although called "Protectorates," are merely steps to prevent other powers from occupying those territories. They provide, similar to discovery, a preliminary claim and serve as preparations for future occupations.
Spheres of influence.
Spheres of influence.
§ 227. The uncertainty of the extent of an occupation and the tendency of every colonising State to extend its occupation constantly and gradually into the interior, the "Hinterland," of an occupied territory, has led several States which have colonies in Africa to secure for themselves "spheres of influence" by international treaties with other interested Powers. Spheres of influence are therefore the names of such territories as are exclusively reserved for future occupation on the part of a Power which has effectively occupied adjoining territories. In this way disputes are avoided for the future, and the interested Powers can gradually extend their sovereignty over vast territories without coming into conflict with other Powers. Thus, to give some examples, Great Britain has concluded treaties regarding spheres of influence with Portugal[445] in 1890, with Italy[446] in 1891, with Germany[447] in 1886 and 1890, and with France[448] in 1898.[449]
§ 227. The uncertainty about how far an occupation extends and the tendency of every colonizing state to continuously and gradually push into the interior, or the "Hinterland," of an occupied area has led several countries with colonies in Africa to establish "spheres of influence" through international treaties with other interested powers. Spheres of influence are essentially territories that are exclusively set aside for future occupation by a power that has already effectively occupied neighboring areas. This helps to avoid future disputes, allowing the involved powers to gradually expand their control over large regions without clashing with one another. For example, Great Britain signed treaties regarding spheres of influence with Portugal[445] in 1890, with Italy[446] in 1891, with Germany[447] in 1886 and 1890, and with France[448] in 1898.[449]
Consequences of Occupation.
Impact of Occupation.
§ 228. As soon as a territory is occupied by a member of the Family of Nations, it comes within the sphere of the Law of Nations, because it constitutes a portion of the territory of a subject of International Law. No other Power can acquire it hereafter through occupation, unless the present possessor has either intentionally withdrawn from it or has been successfully driven away by the natives without making efforts, or without capacity, to re-occupy it.[450] On the other hand, the Power which now exercises sovereignty over the occupied territory is hereafter responsible for all events of international importance on the territory. Such Power has in especial to keep up a certain order among the native tribes in order to restrain them from acts of violence against neighbouring territories, and has eventually to punish them for such acts.
§ 228. As soon as a territory is occupied by a member of the Family of Nations, it falls under the Law of Nations, as it becomes part of the territory of an entity in International Law. No other power can claim it through occupation afterwards unless the current possessor has either intentionally abandoned it or has been successfully driven away by the locals without making efforts, or lacking the ability, to reclaim it.[450] On the other hand, the power that currently has control over the occupied territory is responsible for all internationally significant events that occur there. This power is particularly obligated to maintain a certain level of order among the local tribes to prevent them from committing acts of violence against neighboring territories and must eventually punish them for such actions.
A question of some importance is how far occupation affects private property of the inhabitants of the occupied territory. As according to the modern conception of State territory the latter is not identical with private property of the State, occupation brings a territory under the sovereignty only of the occupying State, and therefore in no wise touches or affects existing private property of the inhabitants. In the age of the discoveries, occupation was indeed considered to include a title to property over the whole occupied land, but nowadays this can no longer be maintained. Being now their sovereign, the occupying State may impose any burdens it likes on its new subjects, and may, therefore, even confiscate their private property; but occupation as a mode of acquiring territory does not of itself touch or affect private property thereon. If the Municipal Law of the occupying State does give a title to private property over the whole occupied land, such title is not based on International Law.[Pg 299]
A significant question is how much occupation impacts the private property of people living in the occupied territory. According to today’s understanding of state territory, it is not the same as the state’s private property; occupation places a territory under the sovereignty of the occupying state, which does not influence or affect the existing private property of the inhabitants. During the age of exploration, occupation was viewed as granting ownership over all the land occupied, but that view is no longer valid. Now, as the new sovereign, the occupying state can impose any requirements it chooses on its new subjects and can even seize their private property; however, occupation as a way to acquire territory does not inherently touch or affect the private property on that land. If the local law of the occupying state does confer ownership of private property over all the occupied land, that ownership is not grounded in international law.[Pg 299]
XIV Growing accumulation
Grotius, II. c. 8, §§ 8-16—Hall, § 37—Lawrence, § 75—Phillimore, I. §§ 240-241—Twiss, I. §§ 131 and 154—Moore, I. § 82—Bluntschli, §§ 294-295—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 69—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 266-268—Gareis, § 20—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 533—Despagnet, No. 387—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 803-816—Rivier, I. pp. 179-180—Nys, II. pp. 3-7—Calvo, I. § 266—Fiore, II. No. 852, and Code, Nos. 1068-1070—Martens, I. § 90—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), p. 107.
Grotius, II. c. 8, §§ 8-16—Hall, § 37—Lawrence, § 75—Phillimore, I. §§ 240-241—Twiss, I. §§ 131 and 154—Moore, I. § 82—Bluntschli, §§ 294-295—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 69—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 266-268—Gareis, § 20—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 533—Despagnet, No. 387—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 803-816—Rivier, I. pp. 179-180—Nys, II. pp. 3-7—Calvo, I. § 266—Fiore, II. No. 852, and Code, Nos. 1068-1070—Martens, I. § 90—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), p. 107.
Conception of Accretion.
Conception of Accretion.
§ 229. Accretion is the name for the increase of land through new formations. Such new formations may be a modification only of the existing State territory, as, for instance, where an island rises within such river or a part of it as is totally within the territory of one and the same State; and in such case there is no increase of territory to correspond with the increase of land. On the other hand, many new formations occur which really do enlarge the territory of the State to which they accrue, as, for instance, where an island rises within the maritime belt. And it is a customary rule of the Law of Nations that enlargement of territory, if any, created through new formations, takes place ipso facto by the accretion, without the State concerned taking any special step for the purpose of extending its sovereignty. Accretion must, therefore, be considered as a mode of acquiring territory.
§ 229. Accretion refers to the increase of land through new formations. These new formations can simply modify the existing state territory, such as when an island emerges within a river that is entirely within the boundaries of one state; in this case, there’s no actual increase in territory despite the land expanding. Conversely, many new formations do actually expand the territory of the state they belong to, like when an island forms within the maritime zone. It is a standard rule in international law that any increase in territory due to new formations happens automatically through accretion, without the state needing to take any specific action to extend its sovereignty. Therefore, accretion should be viewed as a way to acquire territory.
Different kinds of Accretion.
Different types of Accretion.
§ 230. New formations through accretion may be artificial or natural. They are artificial if they are the outcome of human work. They are natural if they are produced through operation of nature. And within the circle of natural formations different kinds must again be distinguished—namely, alluvions, deltas, new-born islands, and abandoned river beds.
§ 230. New formations through accretion can be artificial or natural. They are considered artificial if they result from human activity. They are natural if they occur through natural processes. Within the category of natural formations, we can further distinguish between different types—specifically, alluvions, deltas, newly formed islands, and abandoned riverbeds.
Artificial Formations.
Artificial Structures.
§ 231. Artificial formations are embankments, breakwaters, dykes, and the like, built along the river or the coast-line of the sea. As such artificial new formations[Pg 300] along the bank of a boundary river may more or less push the volume of water so far as to encroach upon the other bank of the river, and as no State is allowed to alter the natural condition of its own territory to the disadvantage[451] of the natural conditions of a neighbouring State territory, a State cannot build embankments, and the like, of such kind without a previous agreement with the neighbouring State. But every State may construct such artificial formations as far into the sea beyond the low-water mark as it likes, and thereby gain considerably in land and also in territory, since the extent of the at least three miles wide maritime belt is now to be measured from the extended shore.
§ 231. Artificial formations are structures like embankments, breakwaters, dykes, and similar constructions, built along rivers or coastlines. These artificial formations[Pg 300] along the bank of a boundary river can push water enough to affect the opposite bank, and since no State can change its own territory in a way that harms the natural conditions of a neighboring State, a State cannot build embankments or similar structures without prior agreement with the neighboring State. However, every State may create such artificial formations as far into the sea beyond the low-water mark as it wishes, thus gaining significant land and territory, since the extent of the at least three-mile-wide maritime belt is now measured from the extended shore.
Alluvions.
Alluvial deposits.
§ 232. Alluvion is the name for an accession of land washed up on the sea-shore or on a river-bank by the waters. Such accession is as a rule produced by a slow and gradual process, but sometimes also through a sudden act of violence, the stream detaching a portion of the soil from one bank of a river, carrying it over to the other bank, and embedding it there so as to be immovable (avulsio). Through alluvions the land and also the territory of a State may be considerably enlarged. For, if the alluvion takes place on the shore, the extent of the territorial maritime belt is now to be measured from the extended shore. And, if the alluvion takes place on the one bank of a boundary river, and the course of the river is thereby naturally so altered that the waters in consequence cover a part of the other bank, the boundary line, which runs through the middle or through the mid-channel,[452] may thereby be extended into former territory of the other riparian State.
§ 232. Alluvion refers to the addition of land that is created along the seashore or riverbank by the action of water. This addition usually happens gradually over time, but it can also occur suddenly when a stream washes away a portion of soil from one bank and deposits it on the opposite bank, making it permanent (avulsio). Alluvions can significantly increase both land area and a State's territory. If alluvion occurs on the shore, the extent of the territorial maritime area is now measured from the expanded shore. If alluvion occurs on one bank of a boundary river, and the river's course is altered in such a way that part of the other bank is now covered by water, the boundary line, which runs through the middle or mid-channel,[452] may also be extended into the former territory of the other riparian State.
Deltas.
Deltas.
§ 233. Similar to alluvions are Deltas. Delta is the name for a tract of land at the mouth of a river shaped like the Greek letter Δ, which land owes its existence to a gradual deposit by the river of sand, stones, and[Pg 301] earth on one particular place at its mouth. As the Deltas are continually increasing, the accession of land they produce may be very considerable, and such accession is, according to the Law of Nations, considered an accretion to the land of the State to whose territory the mouth of the respective river belongs, although the Delta may be formed outside the territorial maritime belt. It is evident that in the latter case an increase of territory is the result, since the at least three miles wide maritime belt is now to be measured from the shore of the Delta.
§ 233. Deltas are similar to alluvions. A Delta is a piece of land at the mouth of a river shaped like the Greek letter Δ. This land is created by the gradual deposition of sand, stones, and[Pg 301]earth in one specific spot at the river's mouth. Since Deltas are always growing, the additional land they create can be quite substantial, and according to international law, this new land is considered an addition to the territory of the State where the river's mouth is located, even if the Delta forms outside the territorial maritime zone. It's clear that in this case, there is an increase in territory, as the maritime zone, which is at least three miles wide, is now measured from the shore of the Delta.
New-born Islands.
New Islands.
§ 234. The same and other natural processes which create alluvions on the shore and banks, and Deltas at the mouths of rivers, lead to the birth of new islands. If they rise on the High Seas outside the territorial maritime belt, they are no State's land, and may be acquired through occupation on the part of any State. But if they rise in rivers, lakes, and within the maritime belt, they are, according to the Law of Nations, considered accretions to the neighbouring land. It is for this reason that such new islands in boundary rivers as rise within the boundary line of one of the riparian States accrue to the land of such State, and that, on the other hand, such islands as rise upon the boundary line are divided into parts by it, the respective parts accruing to the land of the riparian States concerned. If an island rises within the territorial maritime belt, it accrues to the land of the littoral State, and the extent of the maritime belt is now to be measured from the shore of the new-born island.
§ 234. The same natural processes that create land along the shores and banks, as well as deltas at river mouths, also lead to the formation of new islands. If these islands emerge in the open sea beyond the territorial maritime zone, they are considered unclaimed land and can be claimed by any state through occupation. However, if they form in rivers, lakes, or within the maritime zone, international law regards them as extensions of the adjacent land. This is why new islands that emerge in boundary rivers within the territory of one of the bordering states belong to that state, while islands that form right on the boundary line are split into sections, with the respective portions belonging to the neighboring states. If an island arises within the territorial maritime zone, it belongs to the coastal state, and the extent of the maritime zone is now measured from the shore of the newly formed island.
An illustrative example is the case[453] of the Anna. In 1805, during war between Great Britain and Spain, the British privateer Minerva captured the Spanish vessel Anna near the mouth of the River Mississippi. When brought before the British Prize Court, the United[Pg 302] States claimed the captured vessel on the ground that she was captured within the American territorial maritime belt. Lord Stowell gave judgment in favour of this claim, because, although it appeared that the capture did actually take place more than three miles off the coast of the continent, the place of capture was within three miles of some small mud-islands composed of earth and trees drifted down into the sea.
An illustrative example is the case[453] of the Anna. In 1805, during the war between Great Britain and Spain, the British privateer Minerva captured the Spanish vessel Anna near the mouth of the River Mississippi. When the case was brought before the British Prize Court, the United[Pg 302] States claimed the captured vessel arguing that it was taken within the American territorial waters. Lord Stowell ruled in favor of this claim because, although it was clear that the capture actually happened more than three miles off the continent's coast, the location of the capture was within three miles of some small mud islands made of earth and trees washed into the sea.
[453] See 5 C. Rob. 373.
Abandoned Riverbeds.
Abandoned Riverbeds.
§ 235. It happens sometimes that a river abandons its bed entirely or dries up altogether. If such river was a boundary river, the abandoned bed is now the natural boundary. But often the old boundary line cannot be ascertained, and in such cases the boundary line is considered to run through the middle of the abandoned bed, and the portions ipso facto accrue to the land of the riparian States, although the territory of one of these States may become thereby enlarged, and that of the other diminished.
§ 235. Sometimes a river completely leaves its original channel or dries up. If that river served as a boundary, the new bed now acts as the natural boundary. However, it’s not always possible to determine the old boundary line, and in these instances, the boundary line is deemed to be in the middle of the abandoned channel, with the pieces ipso facto going to the land of the bordering States, even if this results in one State gaining land while the other loses some.
XV Oppression
Vattel, III. §§ 199-203—Hall, §§ 204-205—Lawrence, § 77—Halleck, II. pp. 467-498—Taylor, § 220—Walker, § 11—Wheaton, § 165—Moore, I. § 87—Bluntschli, §§ 287-289, 701-702—Heffter, § 178—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 92 and 97—Bonfils, No. 535—Despagnet, Nos. 387-390—Rivier, I. pp. 181-182, II. 436-441—Nys, II. pp. 40-46—Calvo, V. §§ 3117, 3118—Fiore, II. No. 863, III. No. 1693, and Code, Nos. 1078-1081—Martens, I. § 91—Holtzendorff, "Eroberung und Eroberungsrecht" (1871)—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 121-132—Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XVII. (1901), p. 392.
Vattel, III. §§ 199-203—Hall, §§ 204-205—Lawrence, § 77—Halleck, II. pp. 467-498—Taylor, § 220—Walker, § 11—Wheaton, § 165—Moore, I. § 87—Bluntschli, §§ 287-289, 701-702—Heffter, § 178—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, §§ 92 and 97—Bonfils, No. 535—Despagnet, Nos. 387-390—Rivier, I. pp. 181-182, II. 436-441—Nys, II. pp. 40-46—Calvo, V. §§ 3117, 3118—Fiore, II. No. 863, III. No. 1693, and Code, Nos. 1078-1081—Martens, I. § 91—Holtzendorff, "Eroberung und Eroberungsrecht" (1871)—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 121-132—Westlake in The Law Quarterly Review, XVII. (1901), p. 392.
Conception of Conquest and of Subjugation.
Conception of Conquest and of Subjugation.
§ 236. Conquest is the taking possession of enemy territory through military force in time of war. Conquest alone does not ipso facto make the conquering State the sovereign of the conquered territory, although such territory comes through conquest for the time under the sway of the conqueror. Conquest is only a[Pg 303] mode of acquisition if the conqueror, after having firmly established the conquest, formally annexed the territory. Such annexation makes the enemy State cease to exist and thereby brings the war to an end. And as such ending of war is named subjugation, it is conquest followed by subjugation, and not conquest alone, which gives a title and is a mode of acquiring territory.[454] It is, however, quite usual to speak of conquest as a title, and everybody knows that subjugation after conquest is thereby meant. But it must be specially mentioned that, if a belligerent conquers a part of the enemy territory and makes afterwards the vanquished State cede the conquered territory in the treaty of peace, the mode of acquisition is not subjugation but cession.[455]
§ 236. Conquest is the act of taking control of enemy territory using military force during wartime. Just because a territory is conquered does not automatically make the conquering state the sovereign ruler of that territory, although it is under the conqueror's control for the time being. Conquest only becomes a[Pg 303] means of acquisition if the conqueror, after firmly establishing their hold, officially annexes the territory. This annexation causes the enemy state to cease to exist, effectively ending the war. Since this ending of war is referred to as subjugation, it is the combination of conquest followed by subjugation that provides a legitimate claim and serves as a means of acquiring territory.[454] However, it is common to refer to conquest as a legitimate title, and it is widely understood that subjugation follows conquest. It should be specifically noted that if one side conquers part of the enemy territory and then forces the defeated state to cede that territory in a peace treaty, the method of acquisition is not subjugation, but cession.[455]
Subjugation in Contradistinction to Occupation.
Subjugation vs. Occupation.
§ 237. Some writers[456] maintain that subjugation is only a special case of occupation, because, as they assert, through conquest the enemy territory becomes no State's land and the conqueror can acquire it by turning his military occupation into absolute occupation. Yet this opinion cannot be upheld, because military occupation, which is conquest, in no way makes enemy territory no State's land. Conquered enemy territory, although actually in possession and under the sway of the conqueror, remains legally under the sovereignty of the enemy until through annexation it comes under the sovereignty of the conqueror. Annexation turns the conquest into subjugation. It is the very annexation which uno actu makes the vanquished State cease to exist and brings the territory under the conqueror's sovereignty. Thus the subjugated territory has not for one moment been no State's land, but comes from the enemy's into the conqueror's sovereignty, although not through cession, but through annexation.
§ 237. Some writers[456] argue that subjugation is just a specific type of occupation. They claim that, through conquest, enemy territory becomes land with no state and the conqueror can take it by converting their military occupation into absolute occupation. However, this viewpoint cannot be supported because military occupation, which is a form of conquest, does not make enemy territory land with no state. Conquered enemy territory, while actually held and controlled by the conqueror, remains legally under the enemy's sovereignty until it is annexed and comes under the sovereign control of the conqueror. Annexation transforms conquest into subjugation. It is this very annexation that uno actu causes the defeated state to cease to exist and places the territory under the conqueror's sovereignty. Therefore, the subjugated territory has never actually been land with no state; instead, it transitions from the enemy's sovereignty to that of the conqueror, not through cession, but through annexation.
Justification of Subjugation as a Mode of Acquisition.
Justifying Subjugation as a Way to Acquire.
§ 238. As long as a Law of Nations has been in existence, the States as well as the vast majority of writers have recognised subjugation as a mode of acquiring territory. Its justification lies in the fact that war is a contention between States for the purpose of overpowering one another. States which go to war know beforehand that they risk more or less their very existence, and that it may be a necessity for the victor to annex the conquered enemy territory, be it in the interest of national unity or of safety against further attacks, or for other reasons. One must hope that the time will come when war will disappear entirely, but, as long as war exists, subjugation will also be recognised. If some writers[457] refuse to recognise subjugation at all as a mode of acquiring territory, they show a lack of insight into the historical development of States and nations.[458]
§ 238. Since the establishment of international law, both States and most writers have acknowledged subjugation as a way to gain territory. The reasoning behind this is that war is a conflict between States aimed at overpowering each other. States that engage in war understand that they are risking their very existence, and it may be necessary for the victor to annex the conquered enemy territory, whether for the sake of national unity, security against future attacks, or other reasons. We can only hope for a time when war is completely eliminated, but as long as war exists, subjugation will also be acknowledged. If some writers[457] completely deny the recognition of subjugation as a method of acquiring territory, they demonstrate a lack of understanding of the historical development of States and nations.[458]
[458] It should be mentioned that the Pan-American Congress at Washington, 1890, passed a resolution that conquest should hereafter not be a mode of acquisition of territory in America; see Moore, I. § 87.
[458] It's worth noting that the Pan-American Congress in Washington, 1890, adopted a resolution stating that conquest should no longer be a means of acquiring territory in America; see Moore, I. § 87.
Subjugation of the whole or of a part of Enemy Territory.
Subjugation of all or part of enemy territory.
§ 239. Subjugation is as a rule a mode of acquiring the entire enemy territory. The actual process is regularly that the victor destroys the enemy military forces, takes possession of the enemy territory, and then annexes it, although the head and the Government of the extinguished State might have fled, might protest, and still keep up a claim. Thus after the war with Austria and her allies in 1866, Prussia subjugated the territories of the Duchy of Nassau, the Kingdom of Hanover, the Electorate of Hesse-Cassel, and the Free Town of Frankfort-on-the-Main; and Great Britain subjugated in 1900 the territories of the Orange Free State and the South African Republic.
§ 239. Subjugation is usually a way to gain control over the entire territory of the defeated enemy. The typical process involves the victor destroying the enemy's military forces, taking over their territory, and then annexing it, even if the leadership and government of the defeated state have fled, protest, or continue to make claims. For example, after the war with Austria and its allies in 1866, Prussia subjugated the territories of the Duchy of Nassau, the Kingdom of Hanover, the Electorate of Hesse-Cassel, and the Free City of Frankfurt-am-Main; similarly, Great Britain subjugated the territories of the Orange Free State and the South African Republic in 1900.
But it is possible, although it will nowadays hardly occur, for a State to conquer and annex a part of enemy territory, whether the war ends by a Treaty of Peace[Pg 305] in which the vanquished State, without ceding the conquered territory, submits silently[459] to the annexation, or by simple cessation of hostilities.[460]
But it's possible, although it's rare these days, for a state to conquer and take over a part of enemy territory, whether the war ends with a peace treaty in which the defeated state, without giving up the conquered land, quietly agrees to the annexation, or just through a ceasefire.
It must, however, be emphasised that such a mode of acquiring a part of enemy territory is totally different from forcibly taking possession of a part thereof during the continuance of war. Such a conquest, although the conqueror may intend to keep the conquered territory and therefore annex it, is not a title as long as the war has not terminated either actually through simple cessation of hostilities or through a Treaty of Peace. Therefore, the practice, which sometimes prevails, of annexing a conquered part of enemy territory during war cannot be approved. Concerning subjugation either of the whole or of a part of enemy territory, it must be asserted that annexation gives a title only after a firmly established conquest. So long as war continues, conquest is not firmly established.[461]
It should be stressed that acquiring a part of enemy territory this way is completely different from taking control of it forcibly during a war. Such a conquest, even if the conqueror plans to keep the land and annex it, doesn't count as legitimate until the war has ended, whether through a simple ceasefire or a peace treaty. Therefore, the practice of annexing territory taken during wartime is not justifiable. Regarding the domination of all or part of enemy territory, it should be noted that annexation only creates a legitimate claim after a firmly established conquest. While the war is ongoing, a conquest is not considered firmly established.[461]
Consequences of Subjugation.
Effects of Oppression.
§ 240. Although subjugation is an original mode of acquisition, since the sovereignty of the new acquirer is not derived from that of the former owner State, the new owner State is nevertheless the successor of the former owner State as regards many points which have been discussed above (§ 82). It must be specially mentioned that, as far as the Law of Nations is concerned, the subjugator does not acquire the private property of the inhabitants of the annexed territory. Being now their Sovereign, the subjugating State may indeed impose any burdens it pleases on its new subjects, it may even confiscate their private property, since a Sovereign State can do what it likes with its subjects, but subjugation itself does not by International Law touch or affect private property.[Pg 306]
§ 240. Although subjugation is an original way of taking control, since the ruling power of the new owner isn’t based on the authority of the previous governing State, the new owner State is still seen as the successor to the former owner State regarding many points we’ve discussed earlier (§ 82). It’s important to note that, from the perspective of International Law, the conquering State does not gain ownership of the private property belonging to the residents of the annexed territory. Now acting as their Sovereign, the conquering State can impose any rules it likes on its new subjects, and it can even take their private property, since a Sovereign State has the authority to manage its subjects as it sees fit, but the act of subjugation itself doesn’t affect private property under International Law.[Pg 306]
As regards the national status of the subjects of the subjugated State, doctrine and practice agree that such enemy subjects as are domiciled on the annexed territory and remain there after annexation become ipso facto by the subjugation[462] subjects of the subjugator. But the national status of such enemy subjects as are domiciled abroad and do not return, and further of such as leave the country before the annexation or immediately afterwards, is matter of dispute. Some writers maintain that these individuals do in spite of their absence become subjects of the subjugator, others emphatically deny it. Whereas the practice of the United States of America seems to be in conformity with the latter opinion,[463] the practice of Prussia in 1866 was in conformity with the former. Thus in the case of Count Platen-Hallermund, a Cabinet Minister of King George V. of Hanover, who left Hanover with his King before the annexation in 1866 and was in 1868 prosecuted for high treason before the Supreme Prussian Court at Berlin, this Court decided that the accused had become a Prussian subject through the annexation of Hanover.[464] I believe that a distinction must be made between those individuals who leave the country before and those who leave it after annexation. The former are not under the sway of the subjugator at the time of annexation, and, since the personal supremacy of their home State terminates with the latter's extinction through annexation, they would seem to be outside the sovereignty of the subjugator. But those individuals who leave the country after annexation leave it at a[Pg 307] time when they have become subjects of the new Sovereign, and they therefore remain such subjects even after they have left the country, for there is no rule of the Law of Nations in existence which obliges a subjugator to grant the privilege of emigration[465] to the inhabitants of the conquered territory.
Regarding the national status of the people from the conquered State, both legal theory and practice agree that enemy subjects living in the annexed territory who stay there after annexation become, ipso facto, subjects of the conqueror. However, the national status of those enemy subjects who live abroad and do not return, as well as those who leave the country before or right after the annexation, is a matter of debate. Some scholars argue that these individuals, despite being absent, do become subjects of the conqueror, while others strongly disagree. The practice in the United States seems to align with the latter view,[463] while Prussia's practice in 1866 supported the former. For example, in the case of Count Platen-Hallermund, a Cabinet Minister of King George V. of Hanover, who left Hanover with his King before the annexation in 1866 and was prosecuted for treason in 1868 by the Supreme Prussian Court in Berlin, the Court ruled that he had become a Prussian subject due to the annexation of Hanover.[464] I believe it’s important to differentiate between individuals who leave the country before and those who leave after annexation. The former are not subject to the conqueror at the time of annexation, and since their original state's authority ends with its disappearance due to annexation, they appear to be outside the conqueror's sovereignty. Conversely, those who leave the country after annexation do so at a time when they have become subjects of the new Sovereign, and they continue to be such even after exiting the country, as there is no international law that requires a conqueror to allow the right of emigration[465] to the residents of the conquered territory.
[463] See Halleck, II. p. 476.
[464] See Halleck, II. p. 476, on the one hand, and, on the other, Rivier, II. p. 436. Valuable opinions of Zachariae and Neumann, who deny that Count Platen was a Prussian subject, are printed in the "Deutsche Strafrechts-Zeitung" (1868), pp. 304-320.
[464] See Halleck, II. p. 476, and Rivier, II. p. 436. Important views from Zachariae and Neumann, who argue that Count Platen was not a Prussian subject, are published in the "Deutsche Strafrechts-Zeitung" (1868), pp. 304-320.
[465] Both Westlake and Halleck state that the inhabitants must have a free option to stay or leave the country; but there is no rule of International Law which imposes the duty upon a subjugator to grant this option.
[465] Both Westlake and Halleck say that the people must have the choice to either stay or leave the country; however, there is no International Law that requires an occupier to provide this option.
Different from the fact that enemy subjects become through annexation subjects of the subjugator is the question what position they acquire within the subjugating State. This question is one of Municipal, and not of International Law. The subjugator can, if he likes, allow them to emigrate and to renounce their newly acquired citizenship, and the Municipal Law of the subjugating State can put them in any position it likes, can in especial grant or refuse them the same rights as those which its citizens by birth enjoy.
Different from the fact that enemy subjects become subjects of the conqueror through annexation is the question of what status they hold within the conquering State. This question pertains to Municipal Law, not International Law. The conqueror can choose to allow them to emigrate and give up their newly acquired citizenship, and the Municipal Law of the conquering State can place them in any position it wants. In particular, it can grant or deny them the same rights that its native citizens enjoy.
Veto of third Powers.
Veto by third parties.
§ 241. Although subjugation is an original mode of acquiring territory and no third Power has as a rule[466] a right of intervention, the conqueror has not in fact an unlimited possibility of annexation of the territory of the vanquished State. When the balance of power is endangered or when other vital interests are at stake, third Powers can and will intervene, and history records many instances of such interventions. But it must be emphasised that the validity of the title of the subjugator does not depend upon recognition on the part of other Powers. And a mere protest of a third Power is of no legal weight either.
§ 241. While subjugation is a primary method of acquiring territory and, as a general rule, no third party has the right to intervene, the conqueror does not actually have unlimited power to annex the territory of the defeated state. When the balance of power is threatened or when other important interests are involved, third parties can and will intervene, and history shows many examples of such interventions. However, it should be noted that the legitimacy of the conqueror's claim does not depend on recognition from other powers. Moreover, a simple protest from a third party holds no legal significance.
XVI Prescription
Grotius, II. c. 4—Vattel, I. §§ 140-151—Hall, § 36—Westlake, I. pp. 92-94—Lawrence, § 78—Phillimore, I. §§ 251-261—Twiss, I. § 129—Taylor, §§ 218-219—Walker, § 13—Wheaton, § 164—Moore, I. § 88—Bluntschli, § 290—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 12—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. p. 255—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 534—Mérignhac, II. p. 412—Despagnet, No. 380—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 820-829—Rivier, I. pp. 182-184—Nys, II. pp. 34-39—Calvo, I. §§ 264-265—Fiore, II. Nos. 850-851, and Code, Nos. 1074-1077—Martens, I. § 90—G. F. Martens, §§ 70-71—Bynkershoek, "Quaestiones juris publici," IV. c 12—Heimburger, "Der Erwerb der Gebietshoheit" (1888), pp. 140-155—Ralston in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 133-144.
Grotius, II. c. 4—Vattel, I. §§ 140-151—Hall, § 36—Westlake, I. pp. 92-94—Lawrence, § 78—Phillimore, I. §§ 251-261—Twiss, I. § 129—Taylor, §§ 218-219—Walker, § 13—Wheaton, § 164—Moore, I. § 88—Bluntschli, § 290—Hartmann, § 61—Heffter, § 12—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. p. 255—Ullmann, § 92—Bonfils, No. 534—Mérignhac, II. p. 412—Despagnet, No. 380—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 820-829—Rivier, I. pp. 182-184—Nys, II. pp. 34-39—Calvo, I. §§ 264-265—Fiore, II. Nos. 850-851, and Code, Nos. 1074-1077—Martens, I. § 90—G. F. Martens, §§ 70-71—Bynkershoek, "Public Law Questions," IV. c 12—Heimburger, "The Acquisition of Territorial Sovereignty" (1888), pp. 140-155—Ralston in A.J. IV. (1910), pp. 133-144.
Conception of Prescription.
Prescription Concept.
§ 242. Since the existence of a science of the Law of Nations there has always been opposition to prescription as a mode of acquiring territory. Grotius rejected the usucaption of the Roman Law, yet adopted the same law's immemorial prescription[467] for the Law of Nations. But whereas a good many writers[468] still defend that standpoint, others[469] reject prescription altogether. Again, others[470] go beyond Grotius and his followers and do not require possession from time immemorial, but teach that an undisturbed continuous possession can under certain conditions produce a title for the possessor, if the possession has lasted for some length of time.
§ 242. Since the establishment of international law, there has always been resistance to using prescription as a way to acquire territory. Grotius dismissed the concept of usucaption from Roman law but accepted the idea of immemorial prescription[467] for international law. While many writers[468] continue to support this view, others[469] completely reject prescription. Additionally, some[470] expand on Grotius's ideas and argue that it is not necessary to have possession from time immemorial, suggesting that continuous and undisturbed possession for a certain period can create a title for the possessor.
[470] Vattel, II. § 147; Wheaton, § 165; Phillimore, I. § 259; Hall, § 36; Bluntschli, § 290; Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 825; Bonfils, No. 534, and many others.
[470] Vattel, II. § 147; Wheaton, § 165; Phillimore, I. § 259; Hall, § 36; Bluntschli, § 290; Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 825; Bonfils, No. 534, and many others.
This opinion would indeed seem to be correct, because it recognises theoretically what actually goes on in practice. There is no doubt that in the practice of the members of the Family of Nations a State is considered to be the lawful owner even of those parts of its territory of which originally it took possession wrongfully and unlawfully, provided only the possessor has[Pg 309] been in undisturbed possession for such a length of time as is necessary to create the general conviction among the members of the Family of Nations that the present condition of things is in conformity with international order. Such prescription cannot be compared with the usucaption of Roman Law because the latter required bona-fide possession, whereas the Law of Nations recognises prescription both in cases where the State is in bona-fide possession and in cases where it is not. The basis of prescription in International Law is nothing else than general recognition[471] of a fact, however unlawful in its origin, on the part of the members of the Family of Nations. And prescription in International Law may therefore be defined as the acquisition of sovereignty over a territory through continuous and undisturbed exercise of sovereignty over it during such a period as is necessary to create under the influence of historical development the general conviction that the present condition of things is in conformity with international order. Thus, prescription in International Law has the same rational basis as prescription in Municipal Law—namely, the creation of stability of order.
This opinion seems to be correct because it acknowledges what actually happens in practice. There's no doubt that, in practice, members of the Family of Nations view a state as the lawful owner even of territories it initially claimed wrongfully and unlawfully, as long as the possessor has been in undisturbed possession for long enough to build a general belief among the members of the Family of Nations that the current situation aligns with international order. This concept of prescription can't be compared to usucaption in Roman Law because the latter required genuine possession, while the Law of Nations recognizes prescription in both cases where a state has genuine possession and where it does not. The foundation of prescription in International Law is simply the general acknowledgment of a fact, regardless of its unlawful origins, by the members of the Family of Nations. Therefore, prescription in International Law can be defined as the acquisition of sovereignty over a territory through ongoing and undisturbed exercise of sovereignty over it for a duration sufficient to instill, through historical development, the general conviction that the present situation aligns with international order. Thus, prescription in International Law has the same rational basis as prescription in Municipal Law—namely, the creation of stable order.
[471] This is pointed out with great lucidity by Heimburger, pp. 151-155; he rejects, however, prescription as a mode of acquiring territory, maintaining that there is a customary rule of International Law in existence according to which recognition can make good originally wrongful possession.
[471] Heimburger clearly highlights this on pages 151-155; however, he dismisses prescription as a way to acquire territory, arguing that there is a customary International Law rule stating that recognition can legitimize initially wrongful possession.
Prescription how effected.
Prescription how it worked.
§ 243. From the conception of prescription, as above defined, it becomes apparent that no general rule can be laid down as regards the length of time and other circumstances which are necessary to create a title by prescription. Everything depends upon the merits of the individual case. As long as other Powers keep up protests and claims, the actual exercise of sovereignty is not undisturbed, nor is there the required general conviction that the present condition of things is in conformity with international order. But after such[Pg 310] protests and claims, if any, cease to be repeated, the actual possession ceases to be disturbed, and thus under certain circumstances matters may gradually ripen into that condition which is in conformity with international order. The question, at what time and under what circumstances such a condition of things arises, is not one of law but of fact. The question, for instance, whether, although the three partitions of Poland were wrongful and unlawful acts, Prussia, Austria, and Russia have now a good title by prescription to hold territories which were formerly Polish must, I doubt not, be answered in the affirmative. For all the members of the Family of Nations have now silently acquiesced in the present condition of things, although as late as 1846 Great Britain and France protested against the annexation of the Republic of Cracow on the part of Austria. In spite of the fact that the Polish nation has not yet given up its hope of seeing a Polish State re-established on the former Polish territory, the general conviction among the members of the Family of Nations is that the present condition of things is in conformity with international order. When, to give another example, a State which originally held an island mala fide under the title by occupation, knowing well that this land had already been occupied by another State, has succeeded in keeping up its possession undisturbed for so long a time that the former possessor has ceased to protest and has silently dropped the claim, the conviction will be prevalent among the members of the Family of Nations that the present condition of things is in conformity with international order. These examples show why a certain number of years[472] cannot, [Pg 311]once for all, be fixed to create the title by prescription. There are indeed immeasurable and imponderable circumstances and influences besides the mere run of time[473] at work to create the conviction on the part of the members of the Family of Nations that in the interest of stability of order the present possessor should be considered the rightful owner of a territory. And these circumstances and influences, which are of a political and historical character, differ so much in the different cases that the length of time necessary for prescription must likewise differ.
§ 243. From the understanding of prescription as defined above, it's clear that no universal rule can be established regarding the duration and other factors needed to create a title by prescription. It all depends on the specifics of each case. As long as other powers continue to protest and make claims, the actual exercise of sovereignty remains unsettled, and there isn't a widespread belief that the current situation aligns with international order. However, once those protests and claims stop being made, if the actual possession isn't challenged, then under certain conditions, matters may slowly develop into a state that is consistent with international order. The question of when and under what circumstances such a situation arises is not a legal issue but a factual one. For example, whether, despite the wrongful and unlawful nature of the three partitions of Poland, Prussia, Austria, and Russia now have a valid title by prescription to hold territories that used to be Polish should, I believe, be answered affirmatively. For all members of the Family of Nations have now quietly accepted the current situation, even though as recently as 1846, Great Britain and France objected to Austria's annexation of the Republic of Cracow. Even though the Polish nation has not completely given up hope of re-establishing a Polish state on former Polish territory, the general belief among the members of the Family of Nations is that the current situation aligns with international order. When, for instance, a state that initially occupied an island mala fide, fully aware that another state had already claimed it, manages to maintain its possession undisturbed for enough time that the former possessor stops protesting and has quietly dropped its claim, the belief will be widespread among the members of the Family of Nations that the current situation is consistent with international order. These examples illustrate why a specific number of years cannot be definitively established to create a title by prescription. There are indeed countless and complex circumstances and influences beyond just the passage of time at play in convincing the members of the Family of Nations that, for the sake of stability and order, the current possessor should be regarded as the rightful owner of a territory. These circumstances and influences, which are political and historical in nature, vary so much between cases that the required length of time for prescription must also differ.
[472] Vattel (II. § 151) suggests that the members of the Family of Nations should enter into an agreement stipulating the number of years necessary for prescription, and David Dudley Field proposes the following rule (52) in his Outlines of an International Code: "The uninterrupted possession of territory or other property for fifty years by a nation excludes the claim of every other nation."
[472] Vattel (II. § 151) suggests that the members of the Family of Nations should make an agreement on the number of years needed for prescription, and David Dudley Field proposes the following rule (52) in his Outlines of an International Code: "If a nation possesses territory or other property uninterruptedly for fifty years, it excludes the claims of any other nation."
[473] Heffter's (§ 12) dictum, "Hundert Jahre Unrecht ist noch kein Tag Recht" is met by the fact that it is not the operation of time alone, but the co-operation of other circumstances and influences which creates the title by prescription.
[473] Heffter's (§ 12) statement, "A hundred years of injustice is still not a single day of justice," is countered by the reality that it's not just the passage of time that matters, but also the combined effect of other factors and influences that establishes a claim through prescription.
XVII Loss of state territory
Hall, § 34—Phillimore, I. §§ 284-295—Moore, I. §§ 89 and 90—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 274-279—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 101—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 850-852—Rivier, I. § 13—Fiore, II. No. 865—Martens, I. § 92.
Hall, § 34—Phillimore, I. §§ 284-295—Moore, I. §§ 89 and 90—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 274-279—Gareis, § 70—Liszt, § 10—Ullmann, § 101—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 850-852—Rivier, I. § 13—Fiore, II. No. 865—Martens, I. § 92.
Six modes of losing State Territory.
Six ways to lose state territory.
§ 244. To the five modes of acquiring sovereignty over territory correspond five modes of losing it—namely, cession, dereliction, operation of nature, subjugation, prescription. But there is a sixth mode of losing territory—namely, revolt. No special details are necessary with regard to loss of territory through subjugation, prescription, and cession, except that it is of some importance to repeat here that the historical cases of pledging, leasing, and giving territory to another State to administer are in fact, although not in strict law, nothing else than cessions[474] of territory. But operation of nature, revolt, and dereliction must be specially discussed.
§ 244. To the five ways of gaining sovereignty over territory, there are five corresponding ways of losing it—cession, neglect, acts of nature, subjugation, and prescription. However, there is a sixth way to lose territory—revolt. There's no need for specific details about losing territory through subjugation, prescription, and cession, except to emphasize that historical instances of pledging, leasing, and granting territory to another state for management are essentially, though not legally, cessions[474] of territory. But we need to specifically discuss the effects of acts of nature, revolt, and neglect.
Operation of Nature.
Nature's operation.
§ 245. Operation of nature as a mode of losing corresponds to accretion as a mode of acquiring territory. Just as through accretion a State may become enlarged, so it may become diminished through the disappearance of land and other operations of nature. And the loss of territory through operation of nature takes place ipso facto by such operation. Thus, if an island near the shore disappears through volcanic action, the extent of the maritime territorial belt of the respective littoral State is hereafter to be measured from the low-water mark of the shore of the continent, instead of from the shore of the former island. Thus, further, if through a piece of land being detached by the current of a river from one bank and carried over to the other bank, the river alters its course and covers now part of the land on the bank from which such piece became detached, the territory of one of the riparian States may decrease through the boundary line being ipso facto transferred to the present middle or mid-channel of the river.
§ 245. The natural processes that lead to losing land correspond to the processes of gaining territory. Just like a State can grow through gaining land, it can shrink when land disappears due to natural events. The loss of territory due to natural processes occurs automatically through such actions. For example, if an island near the coast disappears because of volcanic activity, the area of the maritime territorial belt of the local State will now be measured from the low-water mark of the mainland instead of from the former island's shore. Furthermore, if a piece of land breaks away from one riverbank and is carried to the opposite bank, causing the river to change its course and covering part of the original bank, the territory of one of the riverbank States may shrink because the boundary line is automatically moved to the current center of the river.
Revolt.
Rebellion.
§ 246. Revolt followed by secession is a mode of losing territory to which no mode of acquisition corresponds.[475] Revolt followed by secession has, as history teaches, frequently been a cause of loss of territory. Thus the Netherlands fell away from Spain in 1579, Belgium from the Netherlands in 1830, the United States of America from Great Britain in 1776, Brazil from Portugal in 1822, the former Spanish South American States from Spain in 1810, Greece from Turkey in 1830, Cuba from Spain in 1898, Panama from Colombia in 1903. The question at what time a loss of territory through revolt is consummated cannot be answered once for all, since no hard-and-fast rule can be laid down regarding the time when it can be said that a[Pg 313] State broken off from another has established itself safely and permanently. The matter has, as will be remembered, been treated above (§ 74), in connection with recognition. It may well happen that, although such a seceded State is already recognised by a third Power, the mother country does not consider the territory to be lost and succeeds in reconquering it.
§ 246. Revolt followed by secession is a way of losing territory that has no corresponding method of acquisition.[475] As history shows, revolt followed by secession has often led to the loss of territory. For example, the Netherlands separated from Spain in 1579, Belgium from the Netherlands in 1830, the United States from Great Britain in 1776, Brazil from Portugal in 1822, the former Spanish South American States from Spain in 1810, Greece from Turkey in 1830, Cuba from Spain in 1898, and Panama from Colombia in 1903. The question of when a loss of territory through revolt is finalized can’t be definitively answered since there’s no strict rule about when it can be said that a[Pg 313] State that has broken away from another is securely and permanently established. This issue has been discussed above (§ 74), in relation to recognition. It’s possible that even if such a seceded State is recognized by a third party, the original country may not view the territory as lost and could succeed in reclaiming it.
[475] The possible case where a province revolts, secedes from the mother country, and, after having successfully defended itself against the attempts of the latter to reconquer it, unites itself with the territory of another State, is a case of merger by cession of the whole territory.
[475] The scenario where a region revolts, breaks away from the parent country, and, after successfully defending itself against attempts to take it back, joins up with another state's territory is an example of merging through the transfer of the entire territory.
Dereliction.
Neglect.
§ 247. Dereliction as a mode of losing corresponds to occupation as a mode of acquiring territory. Dereliction frees a territory from the sovereignty of the present owner State. Dereliction is effected through the owner State's complete abandonment of the territory with the intention of withdrawing from it for ever, thus relinquishing sovereignty over it. Just as occupation[476] requires, first, the actual taking into possession (corpus) of territory and, secondly, the intention (animus) to acquire sovereignty over it, so dereliction requires, first, actual abandonment of a territory, and, secondly, the intention to give up sovereignty over it. Actual abandonment alone does not involve dereliction as long as it must be presumed that the owner has the will and ability to retake possession of the territory. Thus, for instance, if the rising of natives forces a State to withdraw from a territory, such territory is not derelict as long as the former possessor is able and makes efforts to retake possession. It is only when a territory is really derelict that any State may acquire it through occupation.[477] History knows of several such cases. But very often, when such occupation of derelict territory occurs, the former owner protests and tries to prevent the new occupier from acquiring it. The cases of the island of Santa Lucia and of the Delagoa Bay may be quoted as illustrations:—
§ 247. Dereliction as a way of losing territory is similar to occupation as a way of gaining territory. Dereliction releases a territory from the control of the current owner State. Dereliction happens when the owner State completely abandons the territory with the intention of never returning, thus giving up sovereignty over it. Just like occupation[476] requires both the actual taking possession (corpus) of the territory and the intention (animus) to gain sovereignty over it, dereliction requires both the actual abandonment of territory and the intention to surrender sovereignty over it. Simply abandoning a territory does not constitute dereliction as long as it can be assumed that the owner has the desire and ability to reclaim the territory. For example, if an uprising by locals forces a State to pull out of a territory, that territory is not considered derelict as long as the former possessor can and is trying to regain possession. It is only when a territory is genuinely derelict that any State may claim it through occupation.[477] History has recorded several such instances. However, when occupation of derelict territory happens, the former owner often protests and tries to stop the new occupier from taking control. The cases of the island of Santa Lucia and Delagoa Bay serve as examples:—
(a) In 1639 Santa Lucia, one of the Antilles Islands, was occupied by England, but in the following year[Pg 314] the English settlers were massacred by the natives. No attempt was made by England to retake the island, and France, considering it no man's land, took possession of it in 1650. In 1664 an English force under Lord Willoughby attacked the French, drove them into the mountains, and held the island until 1667, when the English withdrew and the French returned from the mountains. No further step was made by England to retake the island, but she nevertheless asserted for many years to come that she had not abandoned it sine spe redeundi, and that, therefore, France in 1650 had no right to consider it no man's land. Finally, however, England resigned her claims by the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1763.[478]
(a) In 1639, Santa Lucia, one of the Antilles Islands, was taken over by England, but in the following year[Pg 314] the English settlers were killed by the native people. England made no effort to reclaim the island, and France, viewing it as unclaimed territory, took control of it in 1650. In 1664, an English force led by Lord Willoughby attacked the French, pushed them into the mountains, and held the island until 1667, when the English withdrew and the French came back from the mountains. England didn’t take any further action to recapture the island, but for many years afterward, she claimed that she had not abandoned it sine spe redeundi, and therefore, France had no right to consider it unclaimed land in 1650. Eventually, however, England gave up her claims with the Peace Treaty of Paris in 1763.[478]
(b) In 1823 England occupied, in consequence of a so-called cession from native chiefs, a piece of territory at Delagoa Bay, which Portugal claimed as part of the territory owned by her at the bay, maintaining that the chiefs concerned were rebels. The dispute was not settled until 1875, when the case was submitted to the arbitration of the President of France. The award was given in favour of Portugal, since the interruption of the Portuguese occupation in 1823 was not to be considered as abandonment of a territory over which Portugal had exercised sovereignty for nearly three hundred years.[479]
(b) In 1823, England took control of a piece of land at Delagoa Bay due to a so-called agreement with local chiefs, which Portugal claimed as part of its territory, arguing that the chiefs involved were rebels. The issue wasn't resolved until 1875 when the case was brought to the President of France for arbitration. The decision favored Portugal, as the interruption of Portuguese control in 1823 wasn't seen as giving up the territory that Portugal had governed for almost three hundred years.[479]
CHAPTER 2 The Open Sea
I RISE OF THE FREEDOM OF THE OPEN SEA
Grotius, II. c. 2, § 3—Pufendorf, IV. c. 5, § 5—Vattel, I. §§ 279-286—Hall, § 40—Westlake, I. pp. 161-162—Phillimore, I. §§ 172-179—Taylor, §§ 242-246—Walker, Science, pp. 163-171—Wheaton, §§ 186-187—Hartmann, § 64—Heffter, § 73—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 483-490—Bonfils, Nos. 573-576—Despagnet, No. 401—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 871-874—Nys, II. pp. 132-139—Mérignhac, II. pp. 498-505—Calvo, I. §§ 347-352—Fiore, II. Nos. 718-726—Martens, I. § 97—Perels, § 4—Azuni, "Diritto maritimo" (1796), 1, c. I. Article III.—Cauchy, "Le droit maritime international considéré dans ses origines," 2 vols. (1862)—Nys, "Les origines du droit international" (1894), pp. 377-388—Castel, "Du principe de la liberté des mers" (1900), pp. 1-15—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 1-56.
Grotius, II. c. 2, § 3—Pufendorf, IV. c. 5, § 5—Vattel, I. §§ 279-286—Hall, § 40—Westlake, I. pp. 161-162—Phillimore, I. §§ 172-179—Taylor, §§ 242-246—Walker, Science, pp. 163-171—Wheaton, §§ 186-187—Hartmann, § 64—Heffter, § 73—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 483-490—Bonfils, Nos. 573-576—Despagnet, No. 401—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 871-874—Nys, II. pp. 132-139—Mérignhac, II. pp. 498-505—Calvo, I. §§ 347-352—Fiore, II. Nos. 718-726—Martens, I. § 97—Perels, § 4—Azuni, "Diritto maritimo" (1796), 1, c. I. Article III.—Cauchy, "Le droit maritime international considéré dans ses origines," 2 vols. (1862)—Nys, "Les origines du droit international" (1894), pp. 377-388—Castel, "Du principe de la liberté des mers" (1900), pp. 1-15—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 1-56.
Former Claims to Control over the Sea.
Former Claims to Control over the Sea.
§ 248. In antiquity and the first half of the Middle Ages navigation on the Open Sea was free to everybody. According to Ulpianus,[480] the sea is open to everybody by nature, and, according to Celsus,[481] the sea, like the air, is common to all mankind. Since no Law of Nations in the modern sense of the term existed during antiquity and the greater part of the Middle Ages, no importance is to be attached to the pronouncement of Antoninus Pius, Roman Emperor from 138 to 161:—"Being[482] the Emperor of the world, I am consequently the law of the sea." Nor is it of importance that the Emperors of the old German Empire, who were considered to be the successors of the Roman Emperors, styled themselves among other titles "King of the[Pg 316] Ocean." Real claims to sovereignty over parts of the Open Sea begin, however, to be made in the second half of the Middle Ages. And there is no doubt whatever that at the time when the modern Law of Nations gradually rose it was the conviction of the States that they could extend their sovereignty over certain parts of the Open Sea. Thus, the Republic of Venice was recognised as the Sovereign over the Adriatic Sea, and the Republic of Genoa as the Sovereign of the Ligurian Sea. Portugal claimed sovereignty over the whole of the Indian Ocean and of the Atlantic south of Morocco, Spain over the Pacific and the Gulf of Mexico, both Portugal and Spain basing their claims on two Papal Bulls promulgated by Alexander VI. in 1493, which divided the new world between these Powers. Sweden and Denmark claimed sovereignty over the Baltic, Great Britain over the Narrow Seas, the North Sea, and the Atlantic from the North Cape to Cape Finisterre.
§ 248. In ancient times and the first half of the Middle Ages, navigation on the Open Sea was open to everyone. According to Ulpianus,[480] the sea is inherently accessible to all, and, according to Celsus,[481] the sea, like the air, belongs to everyone. Since there was no modern concept of international law in ancient times and most of the Middle Ages, little weight should be given to the statement of Antoninus Pius, who was Roman Emperor from 138 to 161: "As Emperor of the world, I am therefore the law of the sea." It is also not significant that the Emperors of the old German Empire, seen as the successors of the Roman Emperors, referred to themselves among other titles as "King of the Ocean." However, genuine claims to sovereignty over parts of the Open Sea began to emerge in the second half of the Middle Ages. There is no doubt that during the time when modern international law started to develop, states believed they could assert sovereignty over certain areas of the Open Sea. For instance, the Republic of Venice was recognized as sovereign over the Adriatic Sea, and the Republic of Genoa as sovereign over the Ligurian Sea. Portugal claimed authority over the entire Indian Ocean and the Atlantic south of Morocco, while Spain claimed sovereignty over the Pacific and the Gulf of Mexico, both backing their claims with two Papal Bulls issued by Alexander VI in 1493, which divided the new world between these powers. Sweden and Denmark asserted sovereignty over the Baltic, while Great Britain claimed the Narrow Seas, the North Sea, and the Atlantic from the North Cape to Cape Finisterre.
These claims have been more or less successfully asserted for several hundreds of years. They were favoured by a number of different circumstances, such as the maintenance of an effective protection against piracy for instance. And numerous examples can be adduced which show that such claims have more or less been recognised. Thus, Frederick III., Emperor of Germany, had in 1478 to ask the permission of Venice for a transportation of corn from Apulia through the Adriatic Sea.[483] Thus, Great Britain in the seventeenth century compelled foreigners to take out an English licence for fishing in the North Sea; and when in 1636 the Dutch attempted to fish without such licence, they were attacked and compelled to pay £30,000 as the price for the indulgence.[484] Again, when Philip II. of[Pg 317] Spain was in 1554 on his way to England to marry Queen Mary, the British Admiral, who met him in the "British Seas," fired on his ship for flying the Spanish flag. And the King of Denmark, when returning from a visit to James I. in 1606, was forced by a British captain, who met him off the mouth of the Thames, to strike the Danish flag.
These claims have been generally upheld for several hundred years. They were supported by various circumstances, like effective protection against piracy, for example. Numerous examples can be presented that show these claims have been mostly recognized. For instance, Frederick III, the Emperor of Germany, had to ask Venice for permission in 1478 to transport grain from Apulia across the Adriatic Sea.[483] Similarly, in the seventeenth century, Great Britain required foreigners to obtain an English license for fishing in the North Sea; when the Dutch tried to fish without a license in 1636, they were attacked and forced to pay £30,000 for the privilege.[484] Additionally, when Philip II of[Pg 317] Spain was en route to England to marry Queen Mary in 1554, the British Admiral who encountered him in the "British Seas" fired on his ship for flying the Spanish flag. Moreover, when the King of Denmark returned from a visit to James I in 1606, a British captain who met him off the mouth of the Thames forced him to lower the Danish flag.
Practical Expression of claims to Maritime Sovereignty.
Practical Expression of Claims to Maritime Sovereignty.
§ 249. Maritime sovereignty found expression in maritime ceremonials at least. Such State as claimed sovereignty over a part of the Open Sea required foreign vessels navigating on that part to honour its flag[485] as a symbol of recognition of its sovereignty. So late as 1805 the British Admiralty Regulations contained an order[486] to the effect that "when any of His Majesty's ships shall meet with the ships of any foreign Power within His Majesty's Seas (which extend to Cape Finisterre), it is expected that the said foreign ships do strike their topsail and take in their flag, in acknowledgment of His Majesty's sovereignty in those seas; and if any do resist, all flag officers and commanders are to use their utmost endeavours to compel them thereto, and not suffer any dishonour to be done to His Majesty."
§ 249. Maritime sovereignty was reflected in maritime ceremonies at least. Any state that claimed sovereignty over a section of the Open Sea required foreign vessels navigating in that area to respect its flag[485] as a sign of recognition of its sovereignty. As late as 1805, the British Admiralty Regulations included an order[486] stating that "when any of His Majesty's ships meet the ships of any foreign Power within His Majesty's Seas (which extend to Cape Finisterre), it is expected that the said foreign ships lower their topsails and take in their flags, acknowledging His Majesty's sovereignty in those seas; and if any refuse, all flag officers and commanders are to use their best efforts to compel them to comply, ensuring that no dishonor is done to His Majesty."
[486] Quoted by Hall, § 40.
But apart from maritime ceremonials maritime sovereignty found expression in the levying of tolls from foreign ships, in the interdiction of fisheries to foreigners, and in the control or even the prohibition of foreign navigation. Thus, Portugal and Spain attempted, after the discovery of America, to keep foreign vessels altogether out of the seas over which they claimed sovereignty. The magnitude of this claim created an opposition to the very existence of such rights. English, French, and Dutch explorers and traders navigated on the Indian Ocean and the Pacific in spite of the Spanish[Pg 318] and Portuguese interdictions. And when, in 1580, the Spanish ambassador Mendoza lodged a complaint with Queen Elizabeth against Drake for having made his famous voyage to the Pacific, Elizabeth answered that vessels of all nations could navigate on the Pacific, since the use of the sea and the air is common to all, and that no title to the ocean can belong to any nation, since neither nature nor regard for the public use permits any possession of the ocean.[487]
But aside from maritime ceremonies, maritime sovereignty was expressed through charging tolls on foreign ships, banning foreign fishing, and controlling or even prohibiting foreign navigation. After discovering America, Portugal and Spain tried to keep foreign vessels out of the seas they claimed sovereignty over. The size of this claim sparked resistance to the very existence of such rights. English, French, and Dutch explorers and traders sailed the Indian Ocean and the Pacific regardless of the Spanish and Portuguese bans. When the Spanish ambassador Mendoza complained to Queen Elizabeth in 1580 about Drake’s famous voyage to the Pacific, Elizabeth replied that ships of all nations could navigate the Pacific because the use of the sea and air is common to everyone, and that no nation could claim ownership of the ocean since neither nature nor the need for public use allows for any possession of it.[487]
[487] See Walker, "History," I. p. 161. It is obvious that this attitude of Queen Elizabeth was in no way the outcome of the conviction that really no State could claim sovereignty over a part of the Open Sea. For she herself did not think of dropping the British claims to sovereignty over the "British Seas." Her arguments against the Spanish claims were made in the interest of the growing commerce and navigation of England, and any one daring to apply the same arguments against England's claims would have incurred her royal displeasure.
[487] See Walker, "History," I. p. 161. It's clear that Queen Elizabeth's stance wasn't driven by the belief that no nation could assert sovereignty over a part of the Open Sea. In fact, she herself had no intention of giving up British claims to sovereignty over the "British Seas." Her arguments against the Spanish claims were designed to support the expanding trade and navigation of England, and anyone who attempted to use the same arguments against England's claims would have faced her royal anger.
Grotius's Attack on Maritime Sovereignty.
Grotius's Challenge to Maritime Sovereignty.
§ 250. Queen Elizabeth's attitude was the germ out of which grew gradually the present freedom of the Open Sea. Twenty-nine years after her answer to Mendoza, in 1609, appeared Grotius's short treatise[488] "Mare liberum." The intention of Grotius was to show that the Dutch had a right of navigation and commerce with the Indies in spite of the Portuguese interdictions. He contends that the sea cannot be State property, because it cannot really be taken into possession through occupation,[489] and that consequently the sea is by nature free from the sovereignty of any State.[490] The attack of Grotius was met by several authors of different nations. Gentilis defends Spanish and English claims in his "Advocatio Hispanica," which appeared in 1613. Likewise, in 1613 William Welwood defends the English claims in his book, "De dominio maris." John Selden wrote his "Mare Clausum[Pg 319] sive de dominio maris" in 1618, but it was not printed until 1635. Sir John Burroughs published in 1653 his book, "The Sovereignty of the British Seas proved by Records, History, and the Municipal Laws of this Kingdom." And in defence of the claims of the Republic of Venice Paolo Sarpi published in 1676 his book "Del dominio del mare Adriatico." The most important of these books defending maritime sovereignty is that of Selden. King Charles I., by whose command Selden's "Mare Clausum" was printed in 1635, was so much impressed by it that he instructed in 1629 his ambassador in the Netherlands to complain of the audacity of Grotius and to request that the author of the "Mare liberum" should be punished.[491]
§ 250. Queen Elizabeth's attitude was the foundation for the eventual freedom of the Open Sea. Twenty-nine years after her response to Mendoza, in 1609, Grotius's short treatise[488] "Mare liberum" was published. Grotius aimed to demonstrate that the Dutch had the right to navigate and trade with the Indies despite Portuguese prohibitions. He argued that the sea cannot be considered State property because it cannot truly be claimed through occupation,[489] and thus the sea is inherently free from the sovereignty of any State.[490] Grotius's arguments were challenged by various authors from different nations. Gentilis defended Spanish and English claims in his "Advocatio Hispanica," published in 1613. Similarly, in 1613, William Welwood upheld the English claims in his book, "De dominio maris." John Selden wrote his "Mare Clausum[Pg 319]sive de dominio maris" in 1618, but it wasn't printed until 1635. Sir John Burroughs released his book, "The Sovereignty of the British Seas proved by Records, History, and the Municipal Laws of this Kingdom," in 1653. In defense of the Republic of Venice's claims, Paolo Sarpi published "Del dominio del mare Adriatico" in 1676. The most significant of these works defending maritime sovereignty is Selden's. King Charles I., who ordered the printing of Selden's "Mare Clausum" in 1635, was so impressed that he instructed his ambassador in the Netherlands in 1629 to complain about Grotius's audacity and to request punishment for the author of "Mare liberum."[491]
[491] See Phillimore, I. § 182.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Phillimore, I. § 182.
The general opposition to Grotius's bold attack on maritime sovereignty prevented his immediate victory. Too firmly established were the then recognised claims to sovereignty over certain parts of the Open Sea for the novel principle of the freedom of the sea to supplant them. Progress was made regarding one point only—namely, freedom of navigation of the sea. England had never pushed her claims so far as to attempt the prohibition of free navigation on the so-called British Seas. And although Venice succeeded in keeping up her control of navigation on the Adriatic till the middle of the seventeenth century, it may be said that in the second half of that century navigation on all parts of the Open Sea was practically free for vessels of all nations. But with regard to other points, claims to maritime sovereignty continued to be kept up. Thus the Netherlands had by article 4 of the Treaty of Westminster, 1674, to acknowledge that their vessels had to salute the British flag within the "British Seas" as a recognition of British maritime sovereignty.[492]
The general opposition to Grotius's bold challenge to maritime sovereignty prevented him from winning right away. The established claims to sovereignty over certain parts of the Open Sea were too strong for the new idea of freedom of the sea to replace them. Progress was made on only one point—freedom of navigation on the sea. England had never gone so far as to prohibit free navigation in its so-called British Seas. Although Venice maintained its control over navigation in the Adriatic until the mid-seventeenth century, by the latter half of that century, navigation on all parts of the Open Sea was essentially free for ships from all nations. However, regarding other issues, claims to maritime sovereignty remained in effect. For instance, the Netherlands, according to Article 4 of the Treaty of Westminster, 1674, had to recognize that their vessels needed to salute the British flag within the "British Seas" as acknowledgment of British maritime sovereignty.[492]
Gradual Recognition of the Freedom of the Open Sea.
Gradual Recognition of the Freedom of the Open Sea.
§ 251. In spite of opposition, the work of Grotius[Pg 320] was not to be undone. All prominent writers of the eighteenth century take up again the case of the freedom of the Open Sea, making a distinction between the maritime belt which is to be considered under the sway of the littoral States, and, on the other hand, the High Seas, which are under no State's sovereignty. The leading author is Bynkershoek, whose standard work, "De dominio maris," appeared in 1702. Vattel, G. F. de Martens, Azuni, and others follow the lead. And although Great Britain upheld her claim to the salute due to her flag within the "British Seas" throughout the eighteenth and at the beginning of the nineteenth century, the principle of the freedom of the Open Sea became more and more vigorous with the growth of the navies of other States; and at the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century this principle became universally recognised in theory and practice. Great Britain silently dropped her claim to the salute due to her flag, and with it her claim to maritime sovereignty, and became now a champion of the freedom of the Open Sea. When, in 1821, Russia, who was then still the owner of Alaska in North America, attempted to prohibit all foreign ships from approaching the shore of Alaska within one hundred Italian miles, Great Britain and the United States protested in the interest of the freedom of the Open Sea, and Russia dropped her claims in conventions concluded with the protesting Powers in 1824 and 1825. And when, after Russia had sold Alaska in 1867 to the United States, the latter made regulations regarding the killing of seals within Behring Sea, claiming thereby jurisdiction and control over a part of the Open Sea, a conflict arose in 1886 with Great Britain, which was settled by arbitration[493] in 1893 in favour of the freedom of the Open Sea.
§ 251. Despite opposition, Grotius's work[Pg 320] remained intact. All major writers in the eighteenth century revisited the issue of freedom of the Open Sea, distinguishing between the coastal waters that fall under the jurisdiction of coastal states and the High Seas, which have no state sovereignty. The main author is Bynkershoek, whose influential book, "De dominio maris," was published in 1702. Vattel, G. F. de Martens, Azuni, and others followed his example. Although Great Britain maintained its claim to the salute owed to its flag within the "British Seas" throughout the eighteenth century and into the early nineteenth century, the principle of freedom of the Open Sea gained momentum as the navies of other states expanded. By the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century, this principle was widely accepted both in theory and practice. Great Britain quietly abandoned its claim to the salute for its flag, along with its maritime sovereignty, and became a supporter of the freedom of the Open Sea. When Russia, which still owned Alaska in North America in 1821, tried to ban all foreign ships from coming within one hundred Italian miles of Alaska's shoreline, Great Britain and the United States protested on behalf of the freedom of the Open Sea, leading Russia to drop its claims in agreements made with the protesting powers in 1824 and 1825. After Russia sold Alaska to the United States in 1867, the U.S. established regulations concerning seal hunting in the Bering Sea, asserting jurisdiction and control over part of the Open Sea, which resulted in a conflict with Great Britain in 1886 that was resolved by arbitration[493] in 1893 in favor of the freedom of the Open Sea.
II Concept of the open sea
Field, article 53—Westlake, I. p. 160—Moore, II. § 308—Rivier, I. pp. 234-235—Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 868—Ullmann, § 101—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 483.
Field, article 53—Westlake, I. p. 160—Moore, II. § 308—Rivier, I. pp. 234-235—Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 868—Ullmann, § 101—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 483.
Discrimination between Open Sea and Territorial Waters.
Discrimination between Open Sea and Territorial Waters.
§ 252. Open Sea or High Seas[494] is the coherent body of salt water all over the greater part of the globe, with the exception of the maritime belt and the territorial straits, gulfs, and bays, which are parts of the sea, but not parts of the Open Sea. Wherever there is a salt-water sea on the globe, it is part of the Open Sea, provided it is not isolated from, but coherent with, the general body of salt water extending over the globe, and provided that the salt water approach to it is navigable and open to vessels of all nations. The enclosure of a sea by the land of one and the same State does not matter, provided such a navigable connection of salt water as is open to vessels of all nations exists between such sea and the general body of salt water, even if that navigable connection itself be part of the territory of one or more littoral States. Whereas, therefore, the Dead Sea is Turkish and the Aral Sea is Russian territory, the Sea of Marmora is part of the Open Sea, although it is surrounded by Turkish land and although the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles are Turkish territorial straits, because these are now open to merchantmen of all nations. For the same reason the Black Sea[495] is now part of the Open Sea. On the other hand, the Sea of Azoff is not part of the Open Sea, but Russian territory, although there exists a navigable connection between it and the Black Sea. The reason is that this connection, the Strait of Kertch,[Pg 322] is not according to the Law of Nations open to vessels of all nations, since the Sea of Azoff is less a sea than a mere gulf of the Black Sea.[496]
§ 252. Open Sea or High Seas[494] is the continuous body of salt water covering most of the planet, excluding the coastal waters and territorial straits, gulfs, and bays, which are parts of the sea but not part of the Open Sea. Any saltwater body on the planet qualifies as part of the Open Sea, as long as it is connected to the larger body of saltwater that spans the globe, and the waterway leading to it is navigable and accessible to vessels from all nations. If a body of water is enclosed by the land of a single State, it doesn't affect its classification, provided there is a navigable link of saltwater open to vessels from all nations between that body of water and the main body of saltwater, even if that navigable link itself is under the jurisdiction of one or more coastal States. For instance, while the Dead Sea belongs to Turkey and the Aral Sea is under Russian control, the Sea of Marmara is classified as part of the Open Sea, despite being surrounded by Turkish territory and the Bosphorus and the Dardanelles being Turkish straits, as these are now accessible to merchant ships from all nations. Similarly, the Black Sea[495] is now regarded as part of the Open Sea. Conversely, the Sea of Azov is not part of the Open Sea but rather Russian territory, despite having a navigable connection to the Black Sea. This is because the connection, the Strait of Kerch,[Pg 322] is, under International Law, not open to vessels from all nations, as the Sea of Azov is more of a gulf of the Black Sea than a sea itself.[496]
[494] Field defines in article 53: "The High Seas are the ocean, and all connecting arms and bays or other extensions thereof not within the territorial limits of any nation whatever."
[494] Field defines in article 53: "The High Seas are the ocean, and all connected arms and bays or any other extensions not within the territorial limits of any nation."
[496] So say Rivier, I. p. 237, and Martens, I. § 97: but Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 513, declares that the Sea of Azoff is part of the Open Sea.
[496] Rivier, I. p. 237, and Martens, I. § 97 say this: however, Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 513, states that the Sea of Azoff is part of the Open Sea.
Clear Instances of Parts of the Open Sea.
Clear Instances of Parts of the Open Sea.
§ 253. It is not necessary and not possible to particularise every portion of the Open Sea. It is sufficient to state instances which clearly indicate the extent of the Open Sea. To the Open Sea belong, of course, all the so-called oceans—namely, the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. But the branches of the oceans, which go under special names, and, further, the branches of these branches, which again go under special names, belong likewise to the Open Sea. Examples of these branches are: the North Sea, the English Channel, and the Irish Sea; the Baltic Sea, the Gulf of Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland, the Kara Sea,[497] and the White Sea; the Mediterranean and the Ligurian, Tyrrhenian, Adriatic, Ionian, Marmora, and Black Seas; the Gulf of Guinea; the Mozambique Channel; the Arabian Sea and the Red Sea; the Bay of Bengal, the China Sea, the Gulf of Siam, and the Gulf of Tonking; the Eastern Sea, the Yellow Sea, the Sea of Japan, and the Sea of Okhotsk; the Behring Sea; the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea; Baffin's Bay.
§ 253. It’s not necessary and not possible to detail every part of the Open Sea. It’s enough to mention instances that clearly show the extent of the Open Sea. The Open Sea includes all the major oceans—specifically, the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic. Additionally, the ocean branches that have specific names, and further subdivisions of those branches that also have names, are part of the Open Sea. Examples of these branches include: the North Sea, the English Channel, and the Irish Sea; the Baltic Sea, the Gulf of Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland, the Kara Sea,[497] and the White Sea; the Mediterranean and the Ligurian, Tyrrhenian, Adriatic, Ionian, Marmora, and Black Seas; the Gulf of Guinea; the Mozambique Channel; the Arabian Sea and the Red Sea; the Bay of Bengal, the China Sea, the Gulf of Siam, and the Gulf of Tonkin; the Eastern Sea, the Yellow Sea, the Sea of Japan, and the Sea of Okhotsk; the Bering Sea; the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea; Baffin's Bay.
It will be remembered that it is doubtful as regards many gulfs and bays whether they belong to the Open Sea or are territorial.[498]
It’s worth noting that there’s uncertainty about whether many gulfs and bays belong to the Open Sea or if they are territorial.[498]
III THE LIBERTY OF THE OPEN SEA
Hall, § 75—Westlake, I. pp. 160-166—Lawrence, § 100—Twiss, I. §§ 172-173—Moore, II. §§ 309-310—Taylor, § 242—Wheaton, § 187—Bluntschli, §§ 304-308—Heffter, § 94—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 483-498—Ullmann, § 101—Bonfils, Nos. 572-577—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 874-881—Rivier, I. § 17—Nys, II. pp. 140-166—Calvo, I. § 346—Fiore, II. Nos. 724, 727, and Code, Nos. 928-930—Martens, I. § 97—Perels, § 4—Testa, pp. 63-66—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 119-149—De Burgh, "Elements of Maritime International Law" (1868), pp. 1-24—Castel, "Du principe de la liberté des mers" (1900), pp. 37-80.
Hall, § 75—Westlake, I. pp. 160-166—Lawrence, § 100—Twiss, I. §§ 172-173—Moore, II. §§ 309-310—Taylor, § 242—Wheaton, § 187—Bluntschli, §§ 304-308—Heffter, § 94—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 483-498—Ullmann, § 101—Bonfils, Nos. 572-577—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 874-881—Rivier, I. § 17—Nys, II. pp. 140-166—Calvo, I. § 346—Fiore, II. Nos. 724, 727, and Code, Nos. 928-930—Martens, I. § 97—Perels, § 4—Testa, pp. 63-66—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 119-149—De Burgh, "Elements of Maritime International Law" (1868), pp. 1-24—Castel, "Du principe de la liberté des mers" (1900), pp. 37-80.
Meaning of the Term "Freedom of the Open Sea."
Meaning of the Term "Freedom of the Open Sea."
§ 254. The term "Freedom of the Open Sea" indicates the rule of the Law of Nations that the Open Sea is not and never can be under the sovereignty of any State whatever. Since, therefore, the Open Sea is not the territory of any State, no State has as a rule a right to exercise its legislation, administration, jurisdiction,[499] or police[500] over parts of the Open Sea. Since, further, the Open Sea can never be under the sovereignty of any State, no State has a right to acquire parts of the Open Sea through occupation,[501] for, as far as the acquisition of territory is concerned, the Open Sea is what Roman Law calls res extra commercium.[502] But although the Open Sea is not the territory of any State, it is nevertheless an object of the Law of Nations. The very fact alone of such a rule exempting the Open Sea from the sovereignty of any State whatever shows this. But there are other reasons. For if the Law of Nations[Pg 324] were to content itself with the rule which excludes the Open Sea from possible State property, the consequence would be a condition of lawlessness and anarchy on the Open Sea. To obviate such lawlessness, customary International Law contains some rules which guarantee a certain legal order on the Open Sea in spite of the fact that it is not the territory of any State.
§ 254. The term "Freedom of the Open Sea" refers to the principle in international law that the Open Sea is not and can never be under the control of any state. Since the Open Sea isn't the territory of any state, no state generally has the right to impose its laws, administration, jurisdiction,[499] or police[500] over parts of it. Additionally, since the Open Sea can never be owned by any state, no state has the right to claim portions of the Open Sea through occupation,[501] because when it comes to territory, the Open Sea is what Roman Law refers to as res extra commercium.[502] However, although the Open Sea is not the territory of any state, it is still subject to international law. The mere existence of a rule that prevents any state from claiming the Open Sea illustrates this. Moreover, if international law were to simply accept the rule that excludes the Open Sea from potential state ownership, it would lead to chaos and anarchy in that space. To prevent such lawlessness, customary international law includes certain rules that establish a degree of legal order on the Open Sea despite it not being owned by any state.
[501] Following Grotius (II. c. 3, § 13) and Bynkershoek ("De dominio maris," c. 3), some writers (for instance, Phillimore, I. § 203) maintain that any part of the Open Sea covered for the time by a vessel is by occupation to be considered as the temporary territory of the vessel's flag State. And some French writers go even beyond that and claim a certain zone round the respective vessel as temporary territory of the flag State. But this is an absolutely superfluous fiction. (See Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 494; Rivier, I. p. 238; Perels, pp. 37-39.)
[501] Following Grotius (II. c. 3, § 13) and Bynkershoek ("De dominio maris," c. 3), some writers (for example, Phillimore, I. § 203) argue that any part of the Open Sea occupied by a vessel at the time should be regarded as temporary territory of the vessel's flag State. Some French writers even take it further, asserting that a specific zone around the vessel also qualifies as temporary territory of the flag State. However, this is an entirely unnecessary assumption. (See Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 494; Rivier, I. p. 238; Perels, pp. 37-39.)
Legal Provisions for the Open Sea.
Legal Provisions for the Open Sea.
§ 255. This legal order is created through the co-operation of the Law of Nations and the Municipal Laws of such States as possess a maritime flag. The following rules of the Law of Nations are universally recognised, namely:—First, that every State which has a maritime flag must lay down rules according to which vessels can claim to sail under its flag, and must furnish such vessels with some official voucher authorising them to make use of its flag; secondly, that every State has a right to punish all such foreign vessels as sail under its flag without being authorised to do so; thirdly, that all vessels with their persons and goods are, whilst on the Open Sea, considered under the sway of the flag State; fourthly, that every State has a right to punish piracy on the Open Seas even if committed by foreigners, and that, with a view to the extinction of piracy, men-of-war of all nations can require all suspect vessels to show their flag.
§ 255. This legal framework is established through the collaboration of international law and the domestic laws of states that have a maritime flag. The following principles of international law are universally acknowledged: First, every state with a maritime flag must set rules that allow vessels to claim that flag and must provide these vessels with an official document authorizing the use of that flag; second, every state has the right to punish any foreign vessels that fly its flag without proper authorization; third, all vessels, along with their crew and cargo, are considered to be under the jurisdiction of the flag state while on the open sea; fourth, every state has the authority to tackle piracy on the open sea, even if the perpetrators are foreign, and to combat piracy effectively, warships from all nations can require suspicious vessels to display their flag.
These customary rules of International Law are, so to say, supplemented by Municipal Laws of the maritime States comprising provisions, first, regarding the conditions to be fulfilled by vessels for the purpose of being authorised to sail under their flags; secondly, regarding the details of jurisdiction over persons and goods on board vessels sailing under their flags; thirdly, concerning the order on board ship and the relations between the master, the crew, and the passengers; fourthly, concerning punishment of ships sailing without authorisation under their flags.[Pg 325]
The usual rules of International Law are, in a sense, supplemented by the local laws of the maritime countries, which include provisions about, first, the conditions vessels must meet to be allowed to sail under their flags; second, the specifics of jurisdiction over people and goods on board vessels flying their flags; third, the order on the ship and the relationships between the captain, the crew, and the passengers; and fourth, the penalties for ships sailing without authorization under their flags.[Pg 325]
The fact that each maritime State has a right to legislate for its own vessels gives it a share in keeping up a certain order on the Open Sea. And such order has been turned into a more or less general order since the large maritime States have concurrently made more or less concordant laws for the conduct of their vessels on the Open Sea.
The fact that every maritime country has the right to make laws for its own ships allows it to play a role in maintaining some level of order on the Open Sea. This order has become more or less standardized since the major maritime countries have simultaneously created laws that are mostly in agreement regarding the operations of their vessels on the Open Sea.
Freedom of the Open Sea and war.
Freedom of the Open Sea and war.
§ 256. Although the Open Sea is free and not the territory of any State, it may nevertheless in its whole extent become the theatre of war, since the region of war is not only the territories of the belligerents, but likewise the Open Sea, provided that one of the belligerents at least is a Power with a maritime flag.[503] Men-of-war of the belligerents may fight a battle in any part of the Open Sea where they meet, and they may capture all enemy merchantmen they meet on the Open Sea. And, further, the jurisdiction and police of the belligerents become through the outbreak of war in so far extended over vessels of other States, that belligerent men-of-war may now visit, search, and capture neutral merchantmen for breach of blockade, contraband, and the like.
§ 256. Even though the Open Sea is free and not owned by any State, it can still become a battlefield, since the area of conflict includes not only the lands of the fighting nations but also the Open Sea, as long as at least one of the fighting nations has a naval flag. [503] Warships from the opposing sides can engage in battles anywhere in the Open Sea where they encounter each other, and they can seize any enemy merchant ships they come across in the Open Sea. Furthermore, when war breaks out, the authority and enforcement powers of the belligerents extend over the vessels of other States, allowing warships to visit, search, and capture neutral merchant ships for violations like blockade or contraband.
However, certain parts of the Open Sea can become neutralised and thereby be excluded from the region of war. Thus, the Black Sea became neutralised in 1856 through article 11 of the Peace Treaty of Paris stipulating:—"La Mer Noire est neutralisée: ouverte à la marine marchande de toutes les nations, ses eaux et ses ports sont formellement et à perpétuité interdites au pavillon de guerre, soit des puissances riveraines, soit de tout autre puissance." Yet this neutralisation of the Black Sea was abolished[504] in 1871 by article 1 of the Treaty of London, and no other part of the Open Sea is at present neutralised.
However, certain areas of the Open Sea can become neutralized and thus excluded from the zone of conflict. For instance, the Black Sea was neutralized in 1856 through Article 11 of the Peace Treaty of Paris, which stated:—"La Mer Noire est neutralisée: ouverte à la marine marchande de toutes les nations, ses eaux et ses ports sont formellement et à perpétuité interdites au pavillon de guerre, soit des puissances riveraines, soit de tout autre puissance." However, this neutralization of the Black Sea was reversed[504] in 1871 by Article 1 of the Treaty of London, and currently, no other part of the Open Sea is neutralized.
Navigation and ceremonials on the Open Sea.
Navigation and ceremonies on the Open Sea.
§ 257. The freedom of the Open Sea involves perfect freedom of navigation for vessels of all nations, whether men-of-war, other public vessels, or merchantmen. It involves, further, absence of compulsory maritime ceremonials on the Open Sea. According to the Law of Nations, no rights whatever of salute exist between vessels meeting on the Open Sea. All so-called maritime ceremonials on the Open Sea[505] are a matter either of courtesy and usage or of special conventions and Municipal Laws of those States under whose flags vessels sail. There is in especial no right of any State to require a salute from foreign merchantmen for its men-of-war.[506]
§ 257. The freedom of the Open Sea means unrestricted navigation for ships of all nations, including warships, other government vessels, and commercial ships. It also means there are no mandatory maritime rituals on the Open Sea. According to international law, no salute rights exist between ships meeting on the Open Sea. Any so-called maritime ceremonies on the Open Sea[505] are simply matters of courtesy, tradition, or specific agreements and local laws of the countries under whose flags the ships are sailing. In particular, no country has the right to demand a salute from foreign commercial vessels for its warships.[506]
The freedom of the Open Sea involves likewise freedom of inoffensive passage[507] through the maritime belt for merchantmen of all nations, and also for men-of-war of all nations in so far as the part concerned of the maritime belt forms a part of the highways for international traffic. Without such freedom of passage, navigation on the Open Sea by vessels of all nations would be a physical impossibility.
The freedom of the Open Sea also includes the right of safe passage[507] through the maritime zone for merchant ships from all nations, as well as for warships from all countries, as long as the relevant area of the maritime zone is part of the routes for international trade. Without this freedom of passage, navigation on the Open Sea by ships from all nations would be physically impossible.
Claim of States to Maritime Flag.
Claim of States to Maritime Flag.
§ 258. Since no State can exercise protection over vessels that do not sail under its flag, and since every vessel must, in the interest of the order and safety of the Open Sea, sail under the flag of a State, the question has been raised whether not only maritime States but also such States as are not littoral States of the Sea have a claim to a maritime flag. There ought to be no doubt[508] that the freedom of the Open Sea involves a claim of any State to a maritime flag. At present no non-littoral State actually has a maritime flag, and[Pg 327] all vessels belonging to subjects of such non-littoral States sail under the flag of a maritime State. But any day might bring a change. The question as to the claim to a maritime flag on the part of a non-littoral State was discussed in Switzerland. When, in 1864, Swiss merchants in Trieste, Smyrna, Hamburg, and St. Petersburg applied to the Swiss Bundesrath for permission to have their vessels sailing under the Swiss flag, the Bundesrath was ready to comply with the request, but the Swiss Parliament, the Bundesversammlung, refused the necessary consent. In 1889 and 1891 new applications of the same kind were made, but Switzerland again refused to have a maritime flag.[509] She had no doubt that she had a claim to such flag, but was aware of the difficulties arising from the fact that, having no seaports of her own, vessels sailing under her flag would in many points have to depend upon the goodwill of the maritime Powers.[510]
§ 258. Since no state can offer protection to vessels that don't fly its flag, and since every vessel must, for the sake of order and safety on the Open Sea, operate under the flag of a country, the question has arisen about whether not only maritime states but also landlocked states have a right to a maritime flag. There should be no doubt[508] that the freedom of the Open Sea includes any nation's right to a maritime flag. Currently, no landlocked state has a maritime flag, and[Pg 327] all vessels owned by individuals from these landlocked states fly the flag of a maritime nation. However, this situation could change at any time. The issue of a landlocked state's claim to a maritime flag was discussed in Switzerland. In 1864, Swiss merchants in Trieste, Smyrna, Hamburg, and St. Petersburg requested permission from the Swiss Bundesrath to allow their vessels to operate under the Swiss flag. The Bundesrath was willing to grant this request, but the Swiss Parliament, the Bundesversammlung, denied the necessary approval. In 1889 and 1891, similar requests were made, but Switzerland once again declined to adopt a maritime flag.[509] Switzerland was confident of its claim to such a flag but understood the complications arising from the fact that, lacking its own seaports, vessels sailing under its flag would often have to rely on the goodwill of maritime powers.[510]
Such States as have a maritime flag as a rule have a war flag different from their commercial flag; some States, however, have one and the same flag for both their navy and their mercantile marine. But it must be mentioned that a State can by an international convention be restricted to a mercantile flag only, such State being prevented from having a navy. This is the position of Montenegro[511] according to article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878.
States that have a maritime flag usually have a war flag that is different from their commercial flag; however, some States use the same flag for both their navy and their merchant marine. It's important to note that a State can be limited to a commercial flag only by an international agreement, which would prevent it from having a navy. This is the situation for Montenegro[511] according to article 29 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878.
[511] See above, § 127, but it is doubtful whether this restriction is still in existence, since article 29 has, after the annexation of Bosnia and Herzegovina by Austria in 1908, been modified by the Powers, so that the port of Antivari and the other Montenegrin waters are now no longer closed to men-of-war of all nations. See R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 173-176.
[511] See above, § 127, but it’s questionable whether this restriction still applies, since article 29 has been changed by the Powers after Austria annexed Bosnia and Herzegovina in 1908, so the port of Antivari and other Montenegrin waters are now open to warships from all nations. See R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 173-176.
Rationale for the Freedom of the Open Sea.
Rationale for the Freedom of the Open Sea.
§ 259. Grotius and many writers who follow[512] him establish two facts as the reason for the freedom of the Open Sea. They maintain, first, that a part of[Pg 328] the Open Sea could not effectively be occupied by a Navy and could therefore not be brought under the actual sway of any State. And they assert, secondly, that Nature does not give a right to anybody to appropriate such things as may inoffensively be used by everybody and are inexhaustible, and, therefore, sufficient for all.[513] The last argument has nowadays hardly any value, especially for those who have freed themselves from the fanciful rules of the so-called Law of Nature. And the first argument is now without basis in face of the development of the modern navies, since the number of public vessels which the different States possess at present would enable many a State to occupy effectively one part or another of the Open Sea. The real reason for the freedom of the Open Sea is represented in the motive which led to the attack against maritime sovereignty, and in the purpose for which such attack was made—namely, the freedom of communication, and especially commerce, between the States which are severed by the Sea. The Sea being an international highway which connects distant lands, it is the common conviction that it should not be under the sway of any State whatever. It is in the interest of free intercourse[514] between the States that the principle of the freedom of the Open Sea has become universally recognised and will always be upheld.[515]
§ 259. Grotius and many writers who follow[512] him point out two reasons why the Open Sea should be free. First, they argue that a part of[Pg 328] the Open Sea cannot be effectively occupied by a Navy, and so it can't really belong to any State. Second, they claim that Nature doesn’t grant anyone the right to claim things that can be used harmlessly by everyone and are infinite, making them sufficient for all.[513] This last point has little relevance today, especially for those who no longer adhere to the imaginary rules of the so-called Law of Nature. The first argument is also outdated given the advancements in modern navies, as many States now possess enough public vessels to effectively occupy various parts of the Open Sea. The true reason for the freedom of the Open Sea lies in the motives behind the challenge to maritime sovereignty and the goal of ensuring freedom of communication, particularly trade, among States separated by the Sea. Since the Sea acts as an international highway linking distant locations, it is widely accepted that it should not fall under the control of any one State. The principle of freedom of the Open Sea has gained universal recognition and will always be defended in the interest of promoting free interaction[514] between the States.[515]
[515] Connected with the reason for the freedom of the Open Sea is the merely theoretical question whether the vessels of a State could through an international treaty be prevented from navigating on the whole or on certain parts of the Open Sea. See Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 881-885, where this point is exhaustively discussed.[Pg 329]
IV JURISDICTION AT SEA
Vattel, II. § 80—Hall, § 45—Westlake, I. pp. 166-176—Lawrence, § 100—Halleck, p. 438—Taylor, §§ 262-267—Walker, § 20—Wheaton, § 106—Moore, II. §§ 309-310—Bluntschli, §§ 317-352—Heffter, §§ 78-80—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 518-550—Liszt, § 26—Bonfils, Nos. 578-580, 597-613—Despagnet, Nos. 422-430—Mérignhac, II. pp. 505-511—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2376-2470—Rivier, I. § 18—Nys, II. pp. 139-165—Calvo, I. §§ 385-473—Fiore, II. Nos. 730-742, and Code, Nos. 1001-1027—Martens, II. §§ 55-56—Perels, § 12—Testa, pp. 98-112—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), II. 254-326—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction of the British Crown" (1894), §§ 106-109.
Vattel, II. § 80—Hall, § 45—Westlake, I. pp. 166-176—Lawrence, § 100—Halleck, p. 438—Taylor, §§ 262-267—Walker, § 20—Wheaton, § 106—Moore, II. §§ 309-310—Bluntschli, §§ 317-352—Heffter, §§ 78-80—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 518-550—Liszt, § 26—Bonfils, Nos. 578-580, 597-613—Despagnet, Nos. 422-430—Mérignhac, II. pp. 505-511—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2376-2470—Rivier, I. § 18—Nys, II. pp. 139-165—Calvo, I. §§ 385-473—Fiore, II. Nos. 730-742, and Code, Nos. 1001-1027—Martens, II. §§ 55-56—Perels, § 12—Testa, pp. 98-112—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), II. 254-326—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction of the British Crown" (1894), §§ 106-109.
Jurisdiction on the Open Sea mainly connected with Flag.
Jurisdiction on the open sea is mainly determined by flag.
§ 260. Jurisdiction on the Open Sea is in the main connected with the maritime flag under which vessels sail. This is the consequence of the fact stated above[516] that a certain legal order is created on the Open Sea through the co-operation of rules of the Law of Nations with rules of the Municipal Laws of such States as possess a maritime flag. But two points must be emphasised. The one is that this jurisdiction is not jurisdiction over the Open Sea as such, but only over vessels, persons, and goods on the Open Sea. And the other is that jurisdiction on the Open Sea is, although mainly, not exclusively connected with the flag under which vessels sail, because men-of-war of all nations have, as will be seen,[517] certain powers over merchantmen of all nations. The points which must therefore be here discussed singly are—the claim of vessels to sail under a certain flag, ship-papers, the names of vessels, the connection of vessels with the territory of the flag State, the safety of traffic on the Open Sea, the powers of men-of-war over merchantmen of all nations, and, lastly, shipwreck.
§ 260. Jurisdiction on the Open Sea is mainly linked to the maritime flag under which ships operate. This stems from the previously mentioned fact[516] that a specific legal order is established on the Open Sea through the cooperation of international law and the municipal laws of states that hold a maritime flag. However, two important points need to be emphasized. First, this jurisdiction doesn't extend to the Open Sea itself, but only to vessels, people, and goods present on it. Second, while jurisdiction on the Open Sea is primarily connected to the flag a vessel sails under, it is not exclusively tied to it, as warships from all nations possess, as will be explained,[517] certain powers over merchant ships from all nations. The topics that should be discussed individually include the right of vessels to fly a particular flag, ship documentation, vessel names, the relationship of ships with the territory of the flag state, navigation safety on the Open Sea, the authority of warships over merchant vessels from all nations, and finally, shipwrecks.
Claim of Vessels to sail under a certain Flag.
Claim of Vessels to sail under a specific Flag.
§ 261. The Law of Nations does not include any rules regarding the claim of vessels to sail under a certain maritime flag, but imposes the duty upon every[Pg 330] State having a maritime flag to stipulate by its own Municipal Laws the conditions to be fulfilled by those vessels which wish to sail under its flag. In the interest of order on the Open Sea, a vessel not sailing under the maritime flag of a State enjoys no protection whatever, for the freedom of navigation on the Open Sea is freedom for such vessels only as sail under the flag of a State. But a State is absolutely independent in framing the rules concerning the claim of vessels to its flag. It can in especial authorise such vessels to sail under its flag as are the property of foreign subjects; but such foreign vessels sailing under its flag fall thereby under its jurisdiction. The different States have made different rules concerning the sailing of vessels under their flags.[518] Some, as Great Britain[519] and Germany, allow only such vessels to sail under their flags as are the exclusive property of their citizens or of corporations established on their territory. Others, as Argentina, admit vessels which are the property of foreigners. Others again, as France, admit vessels which are in part the property of French citizens.[520]
§ 261. The Law of Nations doesn’t set any rules about ships claiming the right to sail under a specific maritime flag, but it does require every[Pg 330] State with a maritime flag to establish its own Municipal Laws that outline the conditions for vessels that want to sail under its flag. To maintain order on the Open Sea, a vessel not flying a State's maritime flag receives no protection at all, as the freedom of navigation on the Open Sea applies only to vessels flying a State's flag. However, a State has complete freedom to create rules about which vessels can claim its flag. It can specifically allow vessels owned by foreign individuals to sail under its flag; however, these foreign vessels then fall under its jurisdiction. Different States have established various rules concerning the use of their flags by vessels.[518] Some, like Great Britain[519] and Germany, permit only vessels that are exclusively owned by their citizens or by corporations based in their territory to fly their flags. Others, like Argentina, allow vessels that are owned by foreigners. Still others, like France, allow vessels that are partially owned by French citizens to fly their flags.[520]
[519] See section 1 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (27 and 28 Vict. c. 60), and sections 51 and 80 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1906 (6 Ed. VII. c. 7).
[519] See section 1 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (27 and 28 Vict. c. 60), and sections 51 and 80 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1906 (6 Ed. VII. c. 7).
[520] The Institute of International Law adopted, at its meeting at Venice—see Annuaire, XV. (1896), p. 201—in 1896, a body of ten rules concerning the sailing of merchantmen under the maritime flag of a State under the heading:—"Règles relatives à l'usage du pavillon national pour les navires de commerce."
[520] The Institute of International Law approved a set of ten rules regarding the sailing of merchant ships under a country's maritime flag during its meeting in Venice—see Annuaire, XV. (1896), p. 201—in 1896, titled: "Rules on the Use of the National Flag for Commercial Vessels."
But no State can allow such vessel to sail under its flag as already sails under the flag of another State. Just as a vessel not sailing under the flag of a State, so a vessel sailing under the flags of two different States does not enjoy any protection whatever. Nor is protection enjoyed by such vessel as sails under the flag of a State which, like Switzerland, has no maritime flag. Vessels belonging to persons who are subjects of States without a maritime flag must obtain authority to sail[Pg 331] under some other State's flag, if they wish to enjoy protection on the Open Sea. And any vessel, although the property of foreigners, which sails without authority under the flag of a State, may be captured by the men-of-war of such State, prosecuted, punished, and confiscated.[521]
But no state can allow a vessel to sail under its flag if it already sails under the flag of another state. Just like a vessel not flying any state's flag, a vessel flying the flags of two different states receives no protection at all. Additionally, a vessel sailing under the flag of a state that, like Switzerland, has no maritime flag does not receive protection either. Vessels owned by individuals from states without a maritime flag must get permission to sail under another state's flag if they want protection on the open sea. Furthermore, any vessel, even if owned by foreigners, that sails without permission under a state’s flag can be seized by that state's warships, prosecuted, punished, and confiscated.[Pg 331]
[521] See the case of the steamship Maori King v. His Britannic Majesty's Consul-General at Shanghai, L.R., App. c. 1909, p. 562, and sections 69 and 76 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (27 and 28 Vict. c. 60).
[521] See the case of the steamship Maori King v. His Britannic Majesty's Consul-General at Shanghai, L.R., App. c. 1909, p. 562, and sections 69 and 76 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (27 and 28 Vict. c. 60).
Ship Papers.
Shipping Documents.
§ 262. All States with a maritime flag are by the Law of Nations obliged to make private vessels sailing under their flags carry on board so-called ship papers, which serve the purpose of identification on the Open Sea. But neither the number nor the kind of such papers is prescribed by International Law, and the Municipal Laws of the different States differ much on this subject.[522] But, on the other hand, they agree as to the following papers:—
§ 262. All countries with a maritime flag are required by international law to have private vessels flying their flags carry specific ship documents, which are used for identification on the open sea. However, international law doesn't specify the number or types of these documents, and the local laws of different countries vary widely on this issue.[522] On the other hand, they do share agreement on the following documents:—
(1) An official voucher authorising the vessel to sail under its flag. This voucher consists of a Certificate of Registry, in case the flag State possesses, like Great Britain and Germany for instance, a register of its mercantile marine; in other cases the voucher consists of a "Passport," "Sea-letter," "Sea-brief," or of some other document serving the purpose of showing the vessel's nationality.
(1) An official certificate that allows the ship to sail under its flag. This certificate includes a Certificate of Registry if the flag State has a register of its commercial fleet, like Great Britain and Germany for example; in other cases, the certificate is made up of a "Passport," "Sea-letter," "Sea-brief," or another document that indicates the ship's nationality.
(2) The Muster Roll. This is a list of all the members of the crew, their nationality, and the like.
(2) The Muster Roll. This is a list of all the crew members, their nationalities, and similar details.
(3) The Log Book. This is a full record of the voyage, with all nautical details.
(3) The Log Book. This is a complete record of the trip, with all the nautical details.
(4) The Manifest of Cargo. This is a list of the cargo of a vessel, with details concerning the number and the mark of each package, the names of the shippers and the consignees, and the like.
(4) The Cargo Manifest. This is a list of the cargo on a ship, including details about the quantity and label of each package, the names of the shippers, the consignees, and similar information.
(5) The Bills of Lading. These are duplicates of[Pg 332] the documents which the master of the vessel hands over to the shipper of the goods at shipment.
(5) The Bills of Lading. These are copies of[Pg 332] the documents that the captain of the ship gives to the shipper when the goods are loaded.
(6) The Charter Party, if the vessel is chartered. This is the contract between the owner of the ship, who lets it wholly or in part, and the charterer, the person who hires it.
(6) The Charter Party, if the vessel is chartered. This is the agreement between the ship's owner, who rents it out either completely or partially, and the charterer, the person who hires it.
Names of Vessels.
Vessel Names.
§ 263. Every State must register the names of all private vessels sailing under its flag, and it must make them bear their names visibly, so that every vessel may be identified from a distance. No vessel must be allowed to change her name without permission and fresh registration.[523]
§ 263. Every State must register the names of all private vessels flying its flag and ensure that they display their names clearly, so that each vessel can be identified from a distance. No vessel is allowed to change its name without permission and new registration.[523]
Territorial Quality of Vessels on the Open Sea.
Territorial Quality of Vessels on the Open Sea.
§ 264. It is a customary rule of the Law of Nations that men-of-war and other public vessels of any State are, whilst on the Open Sea as well as in foreign territorial waters, in every point considered as though they were floating parts of their home States.[524] Private vessels are only considered as though they were floating portions of the flag State in so far as they remain whilst on the Open Sea in principle under the exclusive jurisdiction of the flag State. Thus the birth of a child, a will or business contract made, a crime[525] committed on board ship, and the like, are considered as happening on the territory and therefore under the territorial supremacy of the flag[526] State. But although they appear in this respect as though they were, private vessels are in fact not floating portions of the flag State. For in time of war belligerent men-of-war can visit, search, and capture neutral private vessels on the Open Sea for breach of blockade, contraband, and the like,[Pg 333] and in time of peace men-of-war of all nations have certain powers[527] over merchantmen of all nations.
§ 264. It is a common rule in international law that warships and other government vessels of any country are considered extensions of their home states while they are on the open sea and in foreign territorial waters. [524] Private vessels are only seen as extensions of the flag state as long as they remain under the exclusive jurisdiction of the flag state while on the open sea. So, the birth of a child, a will or business contract made, or a crime [525] committed on board a ship are considered as occurring within the territory and thus under the authority of the flag [526] state. However, even though they appear to be like that, private vessels are not actually extensions of the flag state. In wartime, armed warships can visit, search, and seize neutral private vessels on the open sea for violations such as blockade or carrying contraband, and in peacetime, warships from all nations have certain powers [527] over merchant vessels from all countries.
[526] Since, however, individuals abroad remain under the personal supremacy of their home State, nothing can prevent a State from legislating as regards such of its citizens as sail on the Open Sea on board a foreign vessel.
[526] However, because individuals overseas are still subject to the authority of their home country, no law can stop a country from making rules regarding its citizens who are traveling on the Open Sea on foreign ships.
Safety of Traffic on the Open Sea.
Safety of Traffic on the Open Sea.
§ 265. No rules of the Law of Nations exist as yet[528] for the purpose of preventing collisions, saving lives after collisions, and the like, but every State possessing a maritime flag has legislated for the conduct on the Open Sea of vessels sailing under its flag concerning signalling, piloting, courses, collisions, and the like. Although every State can legislate on these matters independently of other States, more and more corresponding rules have been put into force by all the States during the second half of the nineteenth century, following the lead given by Great Britain through section 25 of the Merchant Shipping Act Amendment Act of 1862, the "Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea" which accompany this Act, and, further, Sections 16 to 20 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1873.[529] And the "Commercial Code of Signals for the Use of all Nations," published by Great Britain in 1857, has been adopted by all maritime States. In 1889 a maritime Conference took place at Washington, at which eighteen maritime States were represented and which recommended a body of rules for preventing collisions at sea to be adopted by the single States,[530] and a revision of the Code of Signals. These regulations were revised in 1890 by a British Committee appointed by the Board[Pg 334] of Trade,[531] and, after some direct negotiations between the Governments, most maritime States have made corresponding regulations by their Municipal Laws.[532] And a new and revised edition of "The International Code of Signals" was published by the British Board of Trade, in conformity with arrangements with other maritime Powers, in 1900, and is now in general use.[533]
§ 265. There are currently no rules in the Law of Nations to prevent collisions, save lives after collisions, and similar issues, but every country with a maritime flag has created laws regarding how vessels flying its flag should behave on the Open Sea, covering areas like signaling, piloting, navigation, collisions, and so on. While each country can legislate these matters independently, more and more similar rules have been enacted by all countries in the second half of the nineteenth century, following the example set by Great Britain through section 25 of the Merchant Shipping Act Amendment Act of 1862, known as the "Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea" that come with this Act, as well as Sections 16 to 20 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1873.[529] Additionally, the "Commercial Code of Signals for the Use of all Nations," published by Great Britain in 1857, has been embraced by all maritime nations. In 1889, a maritime Conference occurred in Washington, attended by representatives from eighteen maritime countries, which recommended a set of rules for preventing collisions at sea to be adopted by individual countries,[530] along with a revision of the Code of Signals. These regulations were updated in 1890 by a British Committee appointed by the Board[Pg 334] of Trade,[531] and after some discussions between the governments, most maritime nations have established similar regulations in their national laws.[532] A new and revised edition of "The International Code of Signals" was published by the British Board of Trade, in agreement with other maritime Powers, in 1900, and is now widely used.[533]
[528] It is to be expected that matters will soon undergo a change, for the Conference of the International Maritime Committee, which met at Brussels in September 1910 and where all the maritime States of Europe, the United States of America, most of the South American States, and Japan were represented, produced a draft convention concerning collisions (see Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, IV. (1910), p. 121). The "Maritime Conventions Bill," which is now before Parliament, proposes such alterations of British Municipal Law as would enable the British Government to ratify this Convention. The Institute of International Law already in 1888, at its meeting at Lausanne—see Annuaire, X. (1889), p. 150—adopted a body of eight rules concerning the subject.
[528] It’s expected that things will soon change, as the Conference of the International Maritime Committee, which took place in Brussels in September 1910 and included representatives from all the maritime states of Europe, the United States, most South American countries, and Japan, produced a draft convention on collisions (see Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, IV. (1910), p. 121). The "Maritime Conventions Bill," currently in Parliament, suggests changes to British Municipal Law that would allow the British Government to ratify this Convention. The Institute of International Law, back in 1888 at its meeting in Lausanne—see Annuaire, X. (1889), p. 150—had already adopted a set of eight rules regarding this topic.
[529] See 25 and 26 Vict. c. 63; 36 and 37 Vict. c. 83. The matter is now dealt with by sections 418-421 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (57 and 58 Vict. c. 60).
[529] See 25 and 26 Vict. c. 63; 36 and 37 Vict. c. 83. The issue is now handled by sections 418-421 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894 (57 and 58 Vict. c. 60).
[532] Latest British Regulations, 1896.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Latest UK Regulations, 1896.
[533] The matter of collision at sea is exhaustively treated by Prien, "Der Zusammenstoss von Schiffen nach dem Gesetzen des Erdhalls" (2nd ed. 1899).
[533] The issue of ship collisions at sea is thoroughly discussed by Prien in "Der Zusammenstoss von Schiffen nach dem Gesetzen des Erdhalls" (2nd ed. 1899).
The question of jurisdiction in actions for damages for collision at sea is not at all settled.[534] That the damaged innocent vessel can bring an action against the guilty ship in the Courts of the latter's flag State is beyond doubt since jurisdiction on the Open Sea follows the flag. If the rule that all vessels while on the Open Sea are considered under the sway of their flag State were one without exception, no other State would claim jurisdiction in cases of collision but the flag State of the guilty ship. Yet the practice of the maritime States[535] goes far beyond this, without, however, being uniform. Thus, for instance, France[536] claims jurisdiction if the damaged ship is French, although the guilty ship may be foreign, and also in the event of both ships being foreign in case both consent, or for urgent measures having a provisionary character, or in case France is a place of payment. Thus, further, Italy[537] claims jurisdiction even if both ships are foreign in case an Italian port is the port nearest to the collision, or in case the damaged ship was forced by the collision to remain in[Pg 335] an Italian port. Great Britain goes farthest, for the Admiralty Court claims jurisdiction provided the guilty ship is in a British port at the time the action for damages is brought, even if the collision took place between two foreign ships anywhere on the High Seas.[538] And the Admiralty Court justifies this extended claim of jurisdiction[539] by maintaining that collision is a matter of communis juris, and can therefore be adjudicated upon by the Courts[540] of all maritime States.[541]
The issue of jurisdiction in damage claims for maritime collisions is still unresolved.[534] It's clear that the innocent vessel that has been damaged can sue the at-fault ship in the courts of the ship's flag State because jurisdiction on the Open Sea follows the flag. If the rule that all vessels on the Open Sea are subject to the laws of their flag State were absolute, no other State would assert jurisdiction in collision cases except the flag State of the at-fault ship. However, the practices of maritime nations[535] vary significantly, though they are not consistent. For example, France[536] claims jurisdiction if the damaged vessel is French, even if the responsible ship is foreign. They also assert jurisdiction if both ships are foreign but both parties agree, or for urgent temporary measures, or if France is the place of payment. Similarly, Italy[537] claims jurisdiction, even if both vessels are foreign, if an Italian port is the closest to the collision or if the damaged ship had to stay in an Italian port due to the collision.[Pg 335] Great Britain goes the farthest since the Admiralty Court asserts jurisdiction if the at-fault ship is in a British port when the damage claim is filed, regardless of whether the collision occurred between two foreign ships anywhere on the High Seas.[538] The Admiralty Court justifies this broad claim of jurisdiction[539] by arguing that collisions fall under communis juris, so they can be judged by the courts[540] of any maritime nation.[541]
[534] See Phillimore, IV. § 815; Calvo, I. § 444; Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2362-2374; Bar, "Private International Law" (2nd ed. translated by Gillespie), pp. 720 and 928; Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (2nd ed.), pp. 650-652 and 790; Foote, "Private International Law" (3rd ed.), pp. 486 and 495; Westlake, "Private International Law" (3rd ed.), pp. 266-269; Marsden, "The Law of Collisions at Sea" (6th ed. 1910); Williams and Bruce, "Treatise on the Jurisdiction of English Courts in Admiralty Actions" (3rd ed. 1902).
[534] See Phillimore, IV. § 815; Calvo, I. § 444; Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2362-2374; Bar, "Private International Law" (2nd ed. translated by Gillespie), pp. 720 and 928; Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (2nd ed.), pp. 650-652 and 790; Foote, "Private International Law" (3rd ed.), pp. 486 and 495; Westlake, "Private International Law" (3rd ed.), pp. 266-269; Marsden, "The Law of Collisions at Sea" (6th ed. 1910); Williams and Bruce, "Treatise on the Jurisdiction of English Courts in Admiralty Actions" (3rd ed. 1902).
[536] See Pradier-Fodéré, No. 2363.
[537] See Pradier-Fodéré, No. 2364.
[538] Or even in foreign territorial waters. See Williams and Bruce, op. cit., p. 78:—"The Admiralty Court from ancient times exercised jurisdiction in cases of collision between foreign vessels on the High Seas; and since the Admiralty Court Act, 1861, it has entertained suits for collision between ships in foreign waters, and between an English and a foreign ship in foreign waters."
[538] Or even in foreign waters. See Williams and Bruce, op. cit., p. 78:—"The Admiralty Court has had the authority to handle cases of collisions between foreign vessels on the High Seas since ancient times; and following the Admiralty Court Act of 1861, it has handled lawsuits for collisions between ships in foreign waters, as well as those between a British ship and a foreign ship in foreign waters."
[539] The Johann Friederich (1838), 1 W. Robinson, 35; the Chartered Mercantile Bank of India, London, and China v. The Netherlands India Steam Navigation Co., 10 Q.B.D. 537.
[539] The Johann Friederich (1838), 1 W. Robinson, 35; the Chartered Mercantile Bank of India, London, and China v. The Netherlands India Steam Navigation Co., 10 Q.B.D. 537.
[540] The practice of the United States of America coincides with that of Great Britain; see the case of the Belgenland, 114, United States, 355, and Wharton, I. § 27.
[540] The practice in the United States matches that of Great Britain; see the case of the Belgenland, 114, United States, 355, and Wharton, I. § 27.
[541] The Institute of International Law, at its meeting at Lausanne in 1888, adopted two rules concerning the jurisdiction in cases of collision; see Annuaire, X. (1889), p. 152.
[541] The Institute of International Law, during its meeting in Lausanne in 1888, established two rules about jurisdiction in collision cases; see Annuaire, X. (1889), p. 152.
Powers of Men-of-war over Merchantmen of all Nations.
Powers of warships over merchant ships of all nations.
§ 266. Although the freedom of the Open Sea and the fact that vessels on the Open Sea remain under the jurisdiction of the flag State exclude as a rule the exercise of any State's authority over foreign vessels, there are certain exceptions in the interest of all maritime nations. These exceptions are the following:—
§ 266. While the freedom of the Open Sea and the principle that vessels on the Open Sea stay under the authority of their flag State usually prevent any country from exercising jurisdiction over foreign vessels, there are some exceptions that benefit all maritime nations. These exceptions are as follows:—
(1) Blockade and Contraband. In time of war belligerents can blockade not only enemy ports and territorial coast waters, but also parts of the Open Sea adjoining those ports and waters, and neutral merchantmen attempting to break such a blockade can be confiscated. And, further, in time of war belligerent men-of-war can visit, search, and eventually seize neutral merchantmen for contraband, and the like.
(1) Blockade and Contraband. During a war, parties involved can blockade not only enemy ports and coastal waters but also sections of the Open Sea near those ports and waters. Neutral merchant ships trying to bypass such a blockade may be seized. Additionally, during a war, belligerent warships can board, search, and ultimately capture neutral merchant vessels for contraband and similar reasons.
(2) Verification of Flag. It is a universally recognised customary rule of International Law that men-of-war of all nations have, to maintain the safety of the Open Sea against piracy, the power to require suspicious private vessels on the Open Sea to show their[Pg 336] flag.[542] But such vessels must be suspicious, and, since a vessel may be a pirate although she shows a flag, she may eventually be stopped and visited for the purpose of inspecting her papers and thereby verifying the flag. It is, however, quite obvious that this power of men-of-war must not be abused, and that the home State is responsible for damages in case a man-of-war stops and visits a foreign merchantman without sufficient ground of suspicion. The right of every State to punish piracy on the Open Sea will be treated below, §§ 272-280.
(2) Verification of Flag. It is a widely accepted rule in international law that warships from all nations have the authority to require suspicious private vessels on the open sea to show their[Pg 336] flag.[542] However, these vessels must indeed be suspicious, and since a vessel can be considered a pirate even if it displays a flag, it can ultimately be stopped and inspected to verify its papers and flag. It is clear that this power of warships must not be misused, and the home country is liable for any damages if a warship stops and inspects a foreign merchant vessel without proper grounds for suspicion. The right of every state to combat piracy on the open sea will be discussed below, §§ 272-280.
[542] So-called "Droit d'enquête" or "Vérification du pavillon." This power of men-of-war has given occasion to much dispute and discussion, but in fact nobody denies that in case of grave suspicion this power does exist. See Twiss, I. § 193; Hall, § 81, p. 276; Fiore, II. Nos. 732-736; Perels, § 17; Taylor, § 266; Bonfils, No. 519.
[542] The so-called "Right of Inquiry" or "Flag State Verification." This authority of warships has sparked a lot of debate and discussion, but essentially, no one disputes that this power does exist in cases of serious suspicion. See Twiss, I. § 193; Hall, § 81, p. 276; Fiore, II. Nos. 732-736; Perels, § 17; Taylor, § 266; Bonfils, No. 519.
(3) So-called Right of Pursuit. It is a universally recognised customary rule that men-of-war of a littoral State can pursue into the Open Sea, seize, and bring back into a port for trial any foreign merchantman that has violated the law whilst in the territorial waters of the State in question. But such pursuit into the Open Sea is permissible only if commenced while the merchantman is still in the said territorial waters or has only just escaped thence, and the pursuit must stop as soon as the merchantman passes into the maritime belt of a foreign State.[543]
(3) Right of Pursuit. It's a widely accepted custom that naval vessels from a coastal state can follow foreign merchant ships into the open sea, seize them, and bring them back to port for trial if those ships broke the law while in the coastal state’s territorial waters. However, this pursuit into the open sea is only allowed if it starts while the merchant ship is still within those territorial waters or has just escaped from there, and the pursuit must end as soon as the merchant ship enters the maritime zone of another state.[543]
[543] See Hall, § 80.
(4) Abuse of Flag. It is another universally recognised rule that men-of-war of every State may seize and bring to a port of their own for punishment any foreign vessel sailing under the flag of such State without authority.[544] Accordingly, Great Britain has, by[Pg 337] section 69 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894, enacted:—"If a person uses the British flag and assumes the British national character on board a ship owned in whole or in part by any persons not qualified to own a British ship, for the purpose of making the ship appear a British ship, the ship shall be subject to forfeiture under this Act, unless the assumption has been made for the purpose of escaping capture by an enemy or by a foreign ship of war in the exercise of some belligerent right."
(4) Abuse of Flag. It is another widely recognized rule that warships from any country can seize and take to their own port any foreign vessel flying that country's flag without permission.[544] Accordingly, Great Britain has, by[Pg 337] section 69 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894, established:—"If someone uses the British flag and claims British nationality on a ship owned fully or partially by individuals not eligible to own a British ship, in order to make the ship seem like a British one, that ship will be subject to forfeiture under this Act, unless the claim was made to escape capture by an enemy or by a foreign warship in the exercise of some belligerent right."
[544] The four exceptions mentioned in the text above are based on universally recognised customary rules of the Law of Nations. It is, of course, possible for several States to enter into treaty agreements according to which their men-of-war acquire certain powers over each other's merchantmen on the Open Sea. According to such agreements, which are, however, not universal, the following additional exceptions may be enumerated:—
[544] The four exceptions mentioned earlier are based on widely accepted customary rules of international law. It’s certainly possible for multiple countries to create treaties that give their warships specific powers over each other’s merchant ships on the open seas. However, these agreements are not universal, and the following additional exceptions can be listed:—
(1) In the interest of the suppression of the slave trade, the signatory Powers of the General Act of the Brussels Conference of 1890 to which all the larger maritime Powers belong, have, by articles 20-65, stipulated that their men-of-war shall have the power, in certain parts of the Open Sea where slave traffic still continues, to stop every suspect vessel under 500 tons.
(1) To help stop the slave trade, the countries that signed the General Act of the Brussels Conference of 1890, which includes all the major maritime nations, have stated in articles 20-65 that their warships can stop any suspicious vessel under 500 tons in certain areas of the Open Sea where slave trafficking is still happening.
(3) In the interest of Transatlantic telegraph cables, men-of-war of the signatory Powers of the treaty for the protection of such cables have certain powers over merchantmen. (See below, § 287.)
(3) In the interest of Transatlantic telegraph cables, warships from the signatory countries of the treaty for the protection of these cables have certain powers over commercial ships. (See below, § 287.)
How Verification of Flag is effected.
How verification of the flag is carried out.
§ 267. A man-of-war which meets a suspicious merchantman not showing her colours and wishes to verify the same, hoists her own flag and fires a blank cartridge. This is a signal for the other vessel to hoist her flag in reply. If she takes no notice of the signal, the man-of-war fires a shot across her bows. If the suspicious vessel, in spite of this warning, still declines to hoist her flag, the suspicion becomes so grave that the man-of-war may compel her to bring to for the purpose of visiting her and thereby verifying her nationality.
§ 267. A warship that encounters a suspicious merchant ship that isn’t displaying her flag and wants to confirm her identity raises its own flag and fires a blank shot. This is a signal for the other vessel to raise her flag in response. If she ignores the signal, the warship fires a warning shot across her bow. If the suspicious vessel still refuses to raise her flag despite this warning, the suspicion becomes serious enough for the warship to force her to stop for inspection to verify her nationality.
How Visit is effected.
How Visit is affected.
§ 268. The intention to visit may be communicated to a merchantman either by hailing or by the "informing gun"—that is, by firing either one or two blank cartridges. If the vessel takes no notice of this communication, a shot may be fired across her bows as a signal to bring to, and, if this also has no effect, force may be resorted to. After the vessel has been brought to, either an officer is sent on board for the purpose of inspecting her papers, or her master is ordered to bring his ship papers for inspection on board the man-of-war. If the inspection proves the papers to be[Pg 338] in order, a memorandum of the visit is made in the log-book, and the vessel is allowed to proceed on her course.
§ 268. The intention to visit may be communicated to a merchant ship either by calling out or by using the "informing gun"—which means firing one or two blank shots. If the vessel doesn’t respond to this communication, a shot may be fired across her bow as a signal to stop, and if that also doesn’t work, force may be used. Once the vessel has been brought to a stop, either an officer is sent on board to inspect her papers, or the captain is instructed to bring his ship's papers aboard the warship for inspection. If the inspection shows the papers to be[Pg 338] in order, a record of the visit is made in the logbook, and the vessel is allowed to continue on her way.
How Search is effected.
How Search is affected.
§ 269. Search is naturally a measure which visit must always precede. It is because the visit has given no satisfaction that search is instituted. Search is effected by an officer and some of the crew of the man-of-war, the master and crew of the vessel to be searched not being compelled to render any assistance whatever except to open locked cupboards and the like. The search must take place in an orderly way, and no damage must be done to the cargo. If the search proves everything to be in order, the searchers have carefully to replace everything removed, a memorandum of the search is to be made in the log-book, and the searched vessel is to be allowed to proceed on her course.
§ 269. A search is naturally a procedure that must always come before a visit. It's because the visit didn't provide any satisfaction that a search is conducted. The search is carried out by an officer and some members of the crew of the warship, while the captain and crew of the vessel being searched are not required to assist in any way, except to open locked cupboards and similar compartments. The search must be conducted methodically, and no damage should be done to the cargo. If the search confirms that everything is in order, the searchers must carefully put back everything they removed, a record of the search must be noted in the logbook, and the searched vessel must be allowed to continue on its journey.
How Arrest is effected.
How arrest is made.
§ 270. Arrest of a vessel takes place either after visit and search have shown her liable thereto, or after she has committed some act which alone already justifies her seizure. Arrest is effected through the commander of the arresting man-of-war appointing one of her officers and a part of her crew to take charge of the arrested vessel. Such officer is responsible for the vessel and her cargo, which latter must be kept safe and intact. The arrested vessel, either accompanied by the arresting vessel or not, must be brought to such harbour as is determined by the cause of the arrest. Thus, neutral or enemy ships seized in time of war are always[545] to be brought into a harbour of the flag State of the captor. And the same is the case in time of peace, when a vessel is seized because her flag cannot be verified, or because she was sailing under no flag at all. On the other hand, when a fishing vessel or a bumboat is arrested in the North Sea, she is always to be brought into a harbour of her flag State and handed over to the authorities there.[546]
§ 270. A vessel can be arrested either after a visit and search determine that it’s liable, or after it commits an act that justifies its seizure on its own. The arrest is carried out by the commander of the arresting warship appointing one of her officers and some of her crew to take control of the arrested vessel. This officer is responsible for the vessel and its cargo, which must be kept secure and undamaged. The arrested vessel, whether accompanied by the arresting vessel or not, must be taken to the harbor determined by the reason for the arrest. Therefore, neutral or enemy ships seized during wartime must always be brought into a harbor of the capturing country’s flag. The same applies in peacetime when a vessel is seized because its flag cannot be verified, or if it was sailing without a flag. Conversely, if a fishing vessel or a bumboat is arrested in the North Sea, it must always be taken to a harbor of its flag State and handed over to the local authorities there.[546]
Shipwreck and Distress on the Open Sea.
Shipwreck and Distress on the Open Sea.
§ 271. It is at present the universal conviction on the part of the States that goods and persons shipwrecked on the Open Sea do not thereby lose the protection of the flag State of the shipwrecked vessel. No State is allowed to recognise appropriation of abandoned vessels and other derelicts on the Open Sea by those of its subjects who take possession thereof. But every State can by its Municipal Laws enact that those of its subjects who take possession of abandoned vessels and of shipwrecked goods need not restore them to their owners without salvage,[547] whether the act of taking possession occurred on the actual Open Sea or within territorial waters and on shore of the respective State.
§ 271. Currently, it is a common belief among states that goods and people shipwrecked in international waters still have the protection of the flag state of the shipwrecked vessel. No state is allowed to recognize the claim to abandoned vessels and other wreckage on the open sea by its citizens who take possession of them. However, each state can establish through its own laws that its citizens who take possession of abandoned vessels and shipwrecked goods are not required to return them to their owners without compensation,[547] regardless of whether the act of taking possession took place in the open sea or within its territorial waters and shore.
[547] The Conference of the Maritime Committee held at Brussels in September 1910 also produced a draft convention concerning salvage, which the British Government likewise intends to ratify provided Parliament passes the "Maritime Conventions Bill," see above, § 265, p. 333, note 2, and Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, IV. (1910), p. 126. According to the practice of the Admiralty Court—see the case of the Johann Friederich, 1 W. Robinson, 35—salvage on the Open Sea is, just like collisions, a matter of communis juris upon which the Courts of all maritime States are competent to adjudicate. See Phillimore, IV. § 815; and Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (2nd ed. 1908), p. 791. See also sect. 545 and 565 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894.
[547] The Conference of the Maritime Committee in Brussels in September 1910 also created a draft convention about salvage, which the British Government plans to ratify if Parliament approves the "Maritime Conventions Bill," see above, § 265, p. 333, note 2, and the Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, IV. (1910), p. 126. Based on the practice of the Admiralty Court—refer to the case of the Johann Friederich, 1 W. Robinson, 35—salvage on the Open Sea, like collisions, is a matter of communis juris that all maritime States' Courts can adjudicate. See Phillimore, IV. § 815; and Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (2nd ed. 1908), p. 791. Also see sections 545 and 565 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894.
As regards vessels in distress on the Open Sea, some writers[548] maintain that men-of-war must render assistance even to foreign vessels in distress. But it is impossible to say that there is a customary or conventional rule of the Law of Nations in existence which imposes upon all States the duty of instructing their men-of-war to render assistance to foreign vessels in distress, although many States order by Municipal Regulations their men-of-war to render such assistance, and although morally every vessel is bound to render assistance to another vessel in distress.[549]
Regarding ships in trouble on the open sea, some writers[548] argue that warships are obligated to assist even foreign vessels in distress. However, it’s hard to say that there’s a customary or established rule in international law that requires all nations to direct their warships to assist foreign vessels in distress. Many countries, however, have local regulations that instruct their warships to provide such assistance, and ethically, every vessel is expected to help another vessel in trouble.[549]
[549] According to article 11 of the draft convention concerning salvage produced by the Conference of the Maritime Committee at Brussels in September 1910—see above, note 1—"every master shall be obliged, as far as he can do so without serious danger to his vessel, his crew, or his passengers, to lend assistance to any person, even an enemy, found at sea in danger of perishing. The owner of the vessel shall not be liable for violations of the foregoing provision."
[549] According to Article 11 of the draft convention on salvage produced by the Conference of the Maritime Committee in Brussels in September 1910—see above, note 1—"every captain must, as long as it doesn't put his ship, crew, or passengers in serious danger, help any person, even an enemy, who is in danger of dying at sea. The vessel's owner won't be held responsible for any breaches of this rule."
V PIRACY
Hall, §§ 81-82—Westlake, I. pp. 177-182—Lawrence, § 102—Phillimore, I. §§ 356-361—Twiss, I. §§ 177 and 193—Halleck, I. pp. 444-450—Taylor, §§ 188-189—Walker, § 21—Westlake, I. pp. 177-182—Wheaton, §§ 122-124—Moore, II. §§ 311-315—Bluntschli, §§ 343-350—Heffter, § 104—Gareis in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 571-581—Gareis, § 58—Liszt, § 26—Ullmann, § 104—Bonfils, Nos. 592-594—Despagnet, Nos. 431-433—Mérignhac, II. pp. 506-511—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2491-2515—Rivier, I. pp. 248-251—Calvo, I. §§ 485-512—Fiore, I. Nos. 494-495, and Code, Nos. 295-300—Perels, §§ 16-17—Testa, pp. 90-97—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 231-253—Stiel, "Der Thatbestand der Piraterie" (1905).
Hall, §§ 81-82—Westlake, I. pp. 177-182—Lawrence, § 102—Phillimore, I. §§ 356-361—Twiss, I. §§ 177 and 193—Halleck, I. pp. 444-450—Taylor, §§ 188-189—Walker, § 21—Westlake, I. pp. 177-182—Wheaton, §§ 122-124—Moore, II. §§ 311-315—Bluntschli, §§ 343-350—Heffter, § 104—Gareis in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 571-581—Gareis, § 58—Liszt, § 26—Ullmann, § 104—Bonfils, Nos. 592-594—Despagnet, Nos. 431-433—Mérignhac, II. pp. 506-511—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2491-2515—Rivier, I. pp. 248-251—Calvo, I. §§ 485-512—Fiore, I. Nos. 494-495, and Code, Nos. 295-300—Perels, §§ 16-17—Testa, pp. 90-97—Ortolan, "Diplomatie de la mer" (1856), I. pp. 231-253—Stiel, "Der Thatbestand der Piraterie" (1905).
Conception of Piracy.
Understanding Piracy.
§ 272. Piracy, in its original and strict meaning, is every unauthorised act of violence committed by a private vessel on the Open Sea against another vessel with intent to plunder (animo furandi). The majority of writers confine piracy to such acts, which indeed are the normal cases of piracy. But there are cases possible which are not covered by this narrow definition, and yet they are practically treated as though they were cases of piracy. Thus, if the members of the crew revolt and convert the ship and the goods thereon to their own use, they are considered to be pirates, although they have not committed an act of violence against another ship. Thus, secondly, if unauthorised acts of violence, such as murder of persons on board the attacked vessel or destruction of goods thereon, are committed on the Open Sea without intent to plunder, such acts are practically considered to be piratical. Under these circumstances several writers,[550] correctly, I think, oppose the usual definition of piracy as an act of violence committed by a private vessel against another with intent to plunder. But no unanimity exists among these very writers concerning a fit definition of piracy, and the matter is therefore very controversial. If a definition is desired which really covers all such[Pg 341] acts as are practically treated as piratical, piracy must be defined as every unauthorised act of violence against persons or goods committed on the Open Sea either by a private vessel against another vessel or by the mutinous crew or passengers against their own vessel.[551]
§ 272. Piracy, in its original and strict sense, is any unauthorized act of violence carried out by a private vessel on the Open Sea against another vessel with the intent to steal (animo furandi). Most scholars limit piracy to these acts, which are indeed the classic examples of piracy. However, there are situations that fall outside this narrow definition, yet they are often treated as acts of piracy. For instance, if the crew members mutiny and take control of the ship and its cargo for their own use, they are regarded as pirates, even though they haven’t attacked another vessel. Additionally, if unauthorized acts of violence, like murdering individuals on board the targeted vessel or destroying goods on it, occur on the Open Sea without the intent to steal, these acts are also generally seen as piratical. Given these circumstances, several scholars,[550] rightly argue against the typical definition of piracy as an act of violence by one private vessel against another with the intent to plunder. Yet, there is no consensus among these writers on an appropriate definition of piracy, making the issue quite controversial. If a definition is sought that accurately encompasses all acts that are practically regarded as piratical, piracy should be defined as any unauthorized act of violence against individuals or property committed on the Open Sea either by a private vessel against another vessel or by the mutinous crew or passengers against their own vessel.[551]
[551] The conception of Piracy is discussed in the case of the Republic of Bolivia v. The Indemnity Mutual Marine Assurance Co., L.R. (1909), 1 K.B., 785.
[551] The idea of piracy is addressed in the case of the Republic of Bolivia v. The Indemnity Mutual Marine Assurance Co., L.R. (1909), 1 K.B., 785.
Already, before a Law of Nations in the modern sense of the term was in existence, a pirate was considered an outlaw, a "hostis humani generis." According to the Law of Nations the act of piracy makes the pirate lose the protection of his home State, and thereby his national character; and his vessel, although she may formerly have possessed a claim to sail under a certain State's flag, loses such claim. Piracy is a so-called "international crime";[552] the pirate is considered the enemy of every State, and can be brought to justice anywhere.
Before a modern concept of international law existed, a pirate was seen as an outlaw, a "hostis humani generis." Under international law, committing piracy causes the pirate to lose protection from their home country, along with their national identity; their ship, even if it previously had the right to fly a specific country's flag, loses that right. Piracy is classified as an "international crime";[552] the pirate is regarded as an enemy of every nation and can be prosecuted anywhere.
Private Ships as Subjects of Piracy.
Private Ships as Subjects of Piracy.
§ 273. Private vessels only[553] can commit piracy. A man-of-war or other public ship, as long as she remains such, is never a pirate. If she commits unjustified acts of violence, redress must be asked from her flag State, which has to punish the commander and to pay damages where required. But if a man-of-war or other public ship of a State revolts and cruises the sea for her own purposes, she ceases to be a public ship, and acts of violence now committed by her are indeed piratical acts. A privateer is not a pirate as long as her acts of violence are confined to enemy vessels, because such acts are authorised by the belligerent in whose services she is acting. And it matters not that the privateer is originally a neutral vessel.[554] But if a neutral vessel were to take Letters of Marque from both belligerents, she would be considered a pirate.
§ 273. Private vessels only[553] can commit piracy. A warship or any other public ship, as long as it remains such, is never considered a pirate. If it engages in unjustified acts of violence, the flag State must be asked for redress, which has to punish the commander and pay damages where necessary. However, if a warship or public ship of a State mutinies and operates in the sea for its own purposes, it stops being a public ship, and any acts of violence it commits are classified as piratical acts. A privateer is not a pirate as long as its acts of violence are directed only at enemy vessels, since those acts are authorized by the belligerent it serves. It doesn't matter if the privateer started as a neutral vessel.[554] But if a neutral vessel were to obtain Letters of Marque from both belligerents, it would be deemed a pirate.
Doubtful is the case where a privateer in a civil war has received her Letters of Marque from the insurgents, and, further, the case where during a civil war men-of-war join the insurgents before the latter have been recognised as a belligerent Power. It is evident that the legitimate Government will treat such ships as pirates; but third Powers ought not to do so, as long as these vessels do not commit any act of violence against ships of these third Powers. Thus, in 1873, when an insurrection broke out in Spain, Spanish men-of-war stationed at Carthagena fell into the hands of the insurgents, and the Spanish Government proclaimed these vessels pirates, England, France, and Germany instructed the commanders of their men-of-war in the Mediterranean not to interfere as long as these insurgent vessels[555] abstained from acts of violence against the lives and property of their subjects.[556] On the other hand, when in 1877 a revolutionary outbreak occurred at Callao in Peru and the ironclad Huascar, which had been seized by the insurgents, put to sea, stopped British steamers, took a supply of coal without payment from one of these, and forcibly took two Peruvian officials from on board another where they were passengers, she was justly considered a pirate and attacked by the British Admiral de Horsey, who[Pg 343] was in command of the British squadron in the Pacific.[557]
Doubtful is the situation where a privateer in a civil war has received their Letters of Marque from the insurgents, and further, the case where during a civil war warships join the insurgents before they have been recognized as a legitimate belligerent Power. It's clear that the legitimate Government will treat such ships as pirates; however, third Powers shouldn’t do so as long as these vessels do not commit any violent acts against ships of those third Powers. For example, in 1873, when an uprising occurred in Spain, Spanish warships stationed at Carthagena fell into the hands of the insurgents, and the Spanish Government declared these vessels pirates. England, France, and Germany instructed the commanders of their warships in the Mediterranean not to interfere as long as these insurgent vessels[555] refrained from acts of violence against the lives and property of their nationals.[556] On the other hand, when in 1877 a revolutionary uprising happened at Callao in Peru and the ironclad Huascar, which had been taken by the insurgents, went to sea, stopped British steamers, took on coal from one of them without payment, and forcibly took two Peruvian officials from another ship where they were passengers, she was rightly considered a pirate and was attacked by British Admiral de Horsey, who[Pg 343] commanded the British squadron in the Pacific.[557]
[556] But in the American case of the Ambrose Light (25 Federal 408; see also Moore, II. § 332, p. 1098) the Court did not agree with this. The Ambrose Light was a brigantine which, when on April 24, 1885, she was sighted by Commander Clark of the U.S.S. Alliance in the Caribbean Sea, was flying a strange flag showing a red cross on a white ground, but she afterwards hoisted the Columbian flag; when seized she was found to carry sixty armed soldiers, one cannon, and a considerable quantity of ammunition. She bore a commission from Columbian insurgents, and was designed to assist in the blockade of the port of Carthagena by the rebels. Commander Clark considered the vessel to be a pirate and sent her in for condemnation. The Court held that in absence of any recognition of the Columbian insurgents as a belligerent Power the Ambrose Light had been lawfully seized as a pirate. The vessel was, however, nevertheless released because the American Secretary of State had recognised by implication a state of war between the insurgents and the legitimate Columbian Government.
[556] But in the American case of the Ambrose Light (25 Federal 408; see also Moore, II. § 332, p. 1098), the Court disagreed with this. The Ambrose Light was a brigantine that, on April 24, 1885, was spotted by Commander Clark of the U.S.S. Alliance in the Caribbean Sea, flying an unusual flag with a red cross on a white background, but later raised the Colombian flag. When it was seized, the vessel was found to be carrying sixty armed soldiers, one cannon, and a large amount of ammunition. It had a commission from Colombian insurgents and was intended to help block the port of Cartagena by the rebels. Commander Clark deemed the vessel a pirate and ordered it to be taken in for condemnation. The Court ruled that since there was no formal recognition of the Colombian insurgents as a belligerent Power, the Ambrose Light had been seized legally as a pirate. However, the vessel was ultimately released because the American Secretary of State had implicitly recognized a state of war between the insurgents and the legitimate Colombian Government.
The case must also be mentioned of a privateer or man-of-war which after the conclusion of peace or the termination of war by subjugation and the like continues to commit hostile acts. If such vessel is not cognisant of the fact that the war has come to an end she cannot be considered as a pirate. Thus the Confederate cruiser Shenandoah, which in 1865, for some months after the end of the American Civil War, attacked American vessels, was not considered a pirate[558] by the British Government when her commander gave her up to the port authorities at Liverpool in November 1865, because he asserted that he had not known till August of the termination of the war, and that he had abstained from hostilities as soon as he had obtained this information.
The case of a privateer or warship that continues to engage in hostile actions after peace is declared or a war ends through surrender is also important to note. If such a vessel is unaware that the war has ended, it cannot be deemed a pirate. For example, the Confederate cruiser Shenandoah, which attacked American ships for several months after the American Civil War ended in 1865, was not labeled a pirate[558] by the British Government when her captain surrendered her to the port authorities in Liverpool in November 1865. This was because he claimed he didn't know the war had ended until August and that he stopped hostilities as soon as he learned this information.
[558] See Lawrence, § 102.
It must be emphasised that the motive and the purpose of such acts of violence do not alter their piratical character, since the intent to plunder (animus furandi) is not required. Thus, for instance, if a private neutral vessel without Letters of Marque during war out of hatred of one of the belligerents were to attack and to sink vessels of such belligerent without plundering at all, she would nevertheless be considered as a pirate.[559]
It should be noted that the motive and purpose behind these violent acts don't change their piratical nature, since the intent to steal (animus furandi) isn't necessary. For example, if a private neutral ship without Letters of Marque were to attack and sink ships of one of the warring parties out of hatred, without looting anything, it would still be classified as a pirate.[559]
Mutinous Crew and Passengers as Subjects of Piracy.
Mutinous Crew and Passengers as Subjects of Piracy.
§ 274. The crew or the whole or a part of the passengers who revolt on the Open Sea and convert the vessel and her goods to their own use, commit thereby piracy, whether the vessel is private or public. But a simple act of violence alone on the part of crew or passengers does not constitute in itself the crime of[Pg 344] piracy, at least not as far as International Law is concerned. If, for instance, the crew were to murder the master on account of his cruelty and afterwards carry on the voyage, they would be murderers, but not pirates. They are pirates only when the revolt is directed not merely against the master, but also against the vessel, for the purpose of converting her and her goods to their own use.
§ 274. The crew or any part of the passengers who rebel on the open sea and take control of the vessel and its goods for their own benefit are committing piracy, regardless of whether the vessel is private or public. However, a simple act of violence alone by the crew or passengers does not automatically constitute the crime of piracy, at least not from the perspective of International Law. For example, if the crew were to kill the captain due to his cruelty and then continue the voyage, they would be considered murderers, but not pirates. They are only considered pirates when their rebellion is not just against the captain, but also against the vessel itself, with the intent of taking it and its goods for themselves.
Object of Piracy.
Piracy Target.
§ 275. The object of piracy is any public or private vessel, or the persons or the goods thereon, whilst on the Open Sea. In the regular case of piracy the pirate wants to make booty; it is the cargo of the attacked vessel which is the centre of his interest, and he might free the vessel and the crew after having appropriated the cargo. But he remains a pirate whether he does so or kills the crew and appropriates the ship, or sinks her. On the other hand, it does not matter if the cargo is not the object of his act of violence. If he stops a vessel and takes a rich passenger off with the intention to keep him for the purpose of a high ransom, his act is piracy. It is likewise piracy if he stops a vessel for the purpose of killing a certain person only on board, although he may afterwards free vessel, crew, and cargo.
§ 275. The target of piracy is any public or private ship, or the people or goods on it, while out in the Open Sea. In a typical piracy situation, the pirate's goal is to plunder; it’s the cargo of the attacked ship that interests him the most, and he might let the ship and crew go after he takes the cargo. However, he is still a pirate whether he does that, kills the crew and takes the ship, or sinks it. Moreover, it doesn’t matter if the cargo isn’t the main objective of his violent act. If he stops a ship and takes a wealthy passenger with the intention of demanding a high ransom for them, that’s considered piracy. It’s also piracy if he stops a ship just to kill a specific person on board, even if he later lets the ship, crew, and cargo go.
That a possible object of piracy is not only another vessel, but also the very ship on which the crew and passenger navigate, is an inference from the statements above in § 274.
That a potential target for piracy isn't just another ship, but also the very vessel on which the crew and passengers are traveling, is a conclusion drawn from the statements above in § 274.
Piracy, how effected.
Piracy, how it affects.
§ 276. Piracy is effected by any unauthorised act of violence, be it direct application of force or intimidation through menace. The crew or passengers who, for the purpose of converting a vessel and her goods to their own use, force the master through intimidation to steer another course, commit piracy as well as those who murder the master and steer the vessel themselves. And a ship which, through the threat to sink her if she should refuse, forces another ship to deliver up[Pg 345] her cargo or a person on board, commits piracy as well as the ship which attacks another vessel, kills her crew, and thereby gets hold of her cargo or a person on board.
§ 276. Piracy occurs through any unauthorized act of violence, whether that’s using direct force or intimidating threats. The crew or passengers who, in order to take control of a vessel and its cargo for themselves, manage to force the captain to change course through intimidation, are committing piracy. This also applies to those who kill the captain and take control of the vessel themselves. Additionally, if a ship threatens to sink another ship unless it hands over its cargo or a person on board, that too is considered piracy, just as it is for a ship that attacks another, kills its crew, and then seizes its cargo or a person on board.
The act of violence need not be consummated to constitute the crime of piracy. The mere attempt, such as attacking or even chasing only for the purpose of attack, by itself comprises piracy. On the other hand, it is doubtful whether persons cruising in armed vessels with the intention of committing piracies are liable to be treated as pirates before they have committed a single act of violence.[560]
The act of violence doesn’t have to be completed to be considered the crime of piracy. Just trying to attack, like ambushing or pursuing someone with the intent to attack, is enough to qualify as piracy. However, it's unclear whether people sailing in armed ships with the intention of committing piracy can be classified as pirates before they’ve carried out any acts of violence.[560]
Where Piracy can be committed.
Where piracy can happen.
§ 277. Piracy as an "international crime" can be committed on the Open Sea only. Piracy in territorial coast waters has quite as little to do with International Law as other robberies on the territory of a State. Some writers[561] maintain that piracy need not necessarily be committed on the Open Sea, but that it suffices that the respective acts of violence are committed by descent from the Open Sea. They maintain, therefore, that if "a body of pirates land on an island unappropriated by a civilised Power, and rob and murder a trader who may be carrying on commerce there with the savage inhabitants, they are guilty of a crime possessing all the marks of commonplace professional piracy." With this opinion I cannot agree. Piracy is, and always has been, a crime against the safety of traffic on the Open Sea, and therefore it cannot be committed anywhere else than on the Open Sea.
§ 277. Piracy as an "international crime" can only happen on the Open Sea. Piracy in a country's territorial waters has as little to do with International Law as any other robbery that occurs within a state's territory. Some writers[561] argue that piracy doesn't have to take place on the Open Sea; they claim it is enough for the acts of violence to be launched from the Open Sea. They suggest that if "a group of pirates lands on an unclaimed island and robs and murders a trader who is doing business there with the local inhabitants, they are committing a crime that has all the characteristics of standard professional piracy." I cannot agree with this view. Piracy is, and always has been, a crime against the safety of navigation on the Open Sea, and therefore it can only occur on the Open Sea.
Jurisdiction over Pirates, and their Punishment.
Jurisdiction over Pirates and Their Punishment.
§ 278. A pirate and his vessel lose ipso facto by an act of piracy the protection of their flag State and their national character. Every maritime State has by a customary rule of the Law of Nations the right to[Pg 346] punish pirates. And the vessels of all nations, whether men-of-war, other public vessels, or merchantmen,[562] can on the Open Sea[563] chase, attack, seize, and bring the pirate home for trial and punishment by the Courts of their own country. In former times it was said to be a customary rule of International Law that pirates could at once after seizure be hanged or drowned by the captor. But this cannot now be upheld, although some writers assert that it is still the law. It would seem that the captor may execute pirates on the spot only when he is not able to bring them safely into a port for trial; but Municipal Law may, of course, interdict such execution. Concerning the punishment for piracy, the Law of Nations lays down the rule that it may be capital. But it need not be, the Municipal Law of the different States being competent to order any less severe punishment. Nor does the Law of Nations make it a duty for every maritime State to punish all pirates.[564]
§ 278. A pirate and their ship automatically lose the protection of their flag State and their nationality due to an act of piracy. Every maritime State has the right, according to customary international law, to punish pirates. Vessels from all nations, whether warships, other public vessels, or merchant ships, can on the Open Sea[563] pursue, attack, seize, and bring pirates back for trial and punishment by their own country's courts. In the past, it was thought to be a customary rule of international law that pirates could be hanged or drowned immediately after capture. However, this view is no longer accepted, even though some authors claim it is still the law. It appears that a captor may only execute pirates on the spot if they cannot safely bring them into port for trial; Municipal Law may, of course, prohibit such execution. Regarding punishment for piracy, international law states that the penalty can be severe, but it doesn't have to be. The municipal laws of different States can impose less severe punishments. Additionally, international law does not require every maritime State to punish all pirates.[564]
[562] A few writers (Gareis in Holtzendorff, II. p 575; Liszt, § 26; Ullmann, § 104; Stiel, op. cit., p. 51) maintain, however, that men-of-war only have the power to seize the pirate.
[562] A few writers (Gareis in Holtzendorff, II. p 575; Liszt, § 26; Ullmann, § 104; Stiel, op. cit., p. 51) argue, however, that warships only have the authority to capture the pirate.
[563] If a pirate is chased on the Open Sea and flees into the territorial maritime belt, the pursuers may follow, attack, and arrest the pirate there; but they must give him up to the authorities of the littoral State.
[563] If a pirate is chased on the open sea and escapes into the territorial waters, the pursuers are allowed to follow, attack, and capture the pirate there; however, they must turn him over to the authorities of the coastal State.
[564] Thus, according to the German Criminal Code, piracy committed by foreigners against foreign vessels cannot be punished by German Courts (see Perels, § 17). From article 104 of Stephen's "Digest of the Criminal Law," there seems to be no doubt that, according to English Law, all pirates are liable to be punished. See Stiel, op. cit., p. 15, note 4, where a survey is given of the Municipal Law of many States concerning this point.
[564] According to the German Criminal Code, piracy committed by foreigners against foreign ships cannot be prosecuted in German Courts (see Perels, § 17). From article 104 of Stephen's "Digest of the Criminal Law," it’s clear that under English Law, all pirates can be punished. See Stiel, op. cit., p. 15, note 4, which provides an overview of the Municipal Law of various States on this matter.
That men-of-war of all nations have, with a view to insuring the safety of traffic, the power of verifying the flags of suspicious merchantmen of all nations, has already been stated above (§ 266, No. 2).
That warships from all nations have the authority to verify the flags of suspicious merchant ships to ensure safe trading has already been mentioned above (§ 266, No. 2).
Pirata non mutat dominium.
Pirate does not change ownership.
§ 279. The question as to the property in the seized piratical vessels and the goods thereon has been the subject of much controversy. During the seventeenth century the practice of several States conceded such vessel and goods to the captor as a premium. But during the eighteenth century the rule pirata non mutat [Pg 347] dominium became more and more recognised. Nowadays the conviction would seem to be general that ship and goods have to be restored to their proprietors, and may be conceded to the captor only when the real ownership cannot be ascertained. In the first case, however, a certain percentage of the value is very often conceded to the captor as a premium and an equivalent for his expenses (so-called droit de recousse[565]). Thus, according to British Law,[566] a salvage of 12-1/2 per cent. is to be paid to the captor of the pirate.
§ 279. The issue of ownership regarding the seized pirate ships and their cargo has been widely debated. In the seventeenth century, various States often granted ownership of such vessels and goods to the captor as a reward. However, in the eighteenth century, the principle pirata non mutat [Pg 347] dominium became increasingly accepted. Today, it seems widely agreed that the ship and cargo must be returned to their rightful owners and can only be awarded to the captor when true ownership cannot be determined. In the former case, however, a certain percentage of the value is frequently granted to the captor as a reward and compensation for their expenses (the so-called droit de recousse[565]). According to British Law,[566] a salvage fee of 12.5% is owed to the captor of the pirate.
[566] See section 5 of the "Act to repeal an Act of the Sixth Year of King George the Fourth, for encouraging the Capture or Destruction of Piratical Ships, &c." (13 & 14 Vict. ch. 26).
[566] See section 5 of the "Act to repeal an Act from the Sixth Year of King George the Fourth, aimed at promoting the Capture or Destruction of Piratical Ships, etc." (13 & 14 Vict. ch. 26).
Piracy according to Municipal Law.
Piracy under Municipal Law.
§ 280. Piracy, according to the Law of Nations, which has been defined above (§ 272) as every unauthorised act of violence against persons or goods committed on the Open Sea either by a private vessel against another vessel or by the mutinous crew or passengers against their own vessel, must not be confounded with the conception of piracy according to the different Municipal Laws.[567] The several States may confine themselves to punishing as piracy a narrower circle of acts of violence than that which the Law of Nations defines as piracy. On the other hand, they may punish their subjects as pirates for a much wider circle of acts. Thus, for instance, according to the Criminal Law of England,[568] every English subject is inter alia deemed to be a pirate who gives aid or comfort upon the sea to the King's enemies during a war, or who transports slaves on the High Seas.
§ 280. Piracy, as defined by international law, which has been described above (§ 272) as any unauthorized act of violence against people or property committed on the open sea—either by a private vessel against another vessel or by a mutinous crew or passengers against their own ship—should not be confused with the definition of piracy under different national laws.[567] Different states may limit their definition of piracy to a smaller range of violent acts than what international law considers piracy. Conversely, they may label their own citizens as pirates for a much broader array of actions. For example, under English criminal law,[568] any English citizen is considered a pirate if they provide aid or support to the King's enemies at sea during a war or transport slaves on the high seas.
However, since a State cannot on the Open Sea enforce its Municipal Laws against others than its own subjects, no State can treat such foreign subjects on the Open Sea as pirates as are not pirates according[Pg 348] to the Law of Nations. Thus, when in 1858, before the abolition of slavery in America, British men-of-war molested American vessels suspected of carrying slaves, the United States objected and rightly complained.[569]
However, since a State can't enforce its local laws on the Open Sea against anyone except its own citizens, no State can label foreign individuals on the Open Sea as pirates unless they are actually deemed pirates according to international law. For example, when British warships interfered with American vessels suspected of transporting slaves in 1858, before slavery was abolished in America, the United States protested and rightly objected.[Pg 348][569]
VI Fisheries in the open ocean
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 4—Vattel, I. § 287—Hall, § 27—Lawrence, §§ 86 and 91—Phillimore, I. §§ 181-195—Twiss, I. § 185—Taylor, §§ 249-250—Wharton, II. §§ 300-308—Wheaton, §§ 167-171—Moore, I. §§ 169-173—Bluntschli, § 307—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 504-507—Gareis, § 62—Liszt, § 35—Ullmann, § 103—Bonfils, Nos. 581-582, 595—Despagnet, Nos. 411-413—Mérignhac, II. p. 531—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2446-2458—Rivier, I. pp. 243-245—Nys, II. pp. 165-169—Calvo, I. §§ 357-364—Fiore, II. Nos. 728-729, and Code, Nos. 995-999—Martens, I. § 98—Perels, § 20—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 107—David, "La pêche maritime au point de vue international" (1897)—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 57-534.
Grotius, II. c. 3, § 4—Vattel, I. § 287—Hall, § 27—Lawrence, §§ 86 and 91—Phillimore, I. §§ 181-195—Twiss, I. § 185—Taylor, §§ 249-250—Wharton, II. §§ 300-308—Wheaton, §§ 167-171—Moore, I. §§ 169-173—Bluntschli, § 307—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 504-507—Gareis, § 62—Liszt, § 35—Ullmann, § 103—Bonfils, Nos. 581-582, 595—Despagnet, Nos. 411-413—Mérignhac, II. p. 531—Pradier-Fodéré, V. Nos. 2446-2458—Rivier, I. pp. 243-245—Nys, II. pp. 165-169—Calvo, I. §§ 357-364—Fiore, II. Nos. 728-729, and Code, Nos. 995-999—Martens, I. § 98—Perels, § 20—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 107—David, "La pêche maritime au point de vue international" (1897)—Fulton, "The Sovereignty of the Seas" (1911), pp. 57-534.
Fisheries in the Open Sea free to all Nations.
Fisheries in the open sea are open to all nations.
§ 281. Whereas the fisheries in the territorial maritime belt can be reserved by the littoral State for its own subjects, it is an inference of the freedom of the Open Sea that the fisheries thereon are open[570] to vessels[Pg 349] of all nations. Since, however, vessels remain whilst on the Open Sea under the jurisdiction of their flag State, every State possessing a maritime flag can legislate concerning the exercise of fisheries on the Open Sea on the part of vessels sailing under its flag. And for the same reason a State can by an international agreement renounce its fisheries on certain parts of the Open Sea, and accordingly interdict its vessels from exercising fisheries there. If certain circumstances and conditions make it advisable to restrict and regulate the fisheries on some parts of the Open Sea, the Powers are therefore able to create restrictions and regulations for that purpose through international treaties. Such treaties have been concluded—first, with regard to the fisheries in the North Sea and the suppression of the liquor trade among the fishing vessels in that Sea; secondly, with regard to the seal fisheries in the Behring Sea; thirdly, with regard to the fisheries around the Faröe Islands and Iceland.
§ 281. While coastal states can reserve fisheries in their territorial waters for their own citizens, it follows from the principle of freedom of the Open Sea that fisheries there are open[570] to vessels[Pg 349] from all countries. However, while on the Open Sea, vessels are still under the jurisdiction of their flag state, meaning that any nation with a maritime flag can enact laws regarding fishing activities conducted by its flagged vessels on the Open Sea. For the same reason, a state can enter into an international agreement to forgo fishing rights in specific areas of the Open Sea, thereby prohibiting its vessels from fishing there. If specific circumstances and conditions make it necessary to limit and regulate fishing in certain parts of the Open Sea, countries are able to establish restrictions and regulations for that purpose through international treaties. Such treaties have been established—first, regarding fisheries in the North Sea and the regulation of the liquor trade among fishing vessels in that area; second, concerning seal fisheries in the Bering Sea; and third, related to fisheries around the Faroe Islands and Iceland.
[570] Denmark silently, by fishing regulations of 1872, dropped her claim to an exclusive right of fisheries within twenty miles of the coast of Iceland; see Hall, § 40, p. 153, note 2. Russia promulgated, in 1911, a statute forbidding the fisheries to foreign vessels within twelve miles of the shore of the White Sea, but the Powers protested against this encroachment upon the freedom of the Open Sea; the matter is still unsettled.
[570] Denmark quietly abandoned its exclusive fishing rights within twenty miles of Iceland's coast due to fishing regulations from 1872; see Hall, § 40, p. 153, note 2. In 1911, Russia issued a law that prohibited foreign vessels from fishing within twelve miles of the White Sea's shore, but other countries protested against this infringement on the freedom of the Open Sea; the issue remains unresolved.
A case of a particular kind would seem to be the pearl fishery off Ceylon, which extends to a distance of twenty miles from the shore and for which regulations exist which are enforced against foreign as well as British subjects. The claim on which these regulations are based is one "to the products of certain submerged portions of land which have been treated from time immemorial by the successive rulers of the island as subject of property and jurisdiction." See Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), p. 243, note 1. See also Westlake, I. p. 186, who says: "The case of the pearl fishery is peculiar, the pearls being obtained from the sea bottom by divers, so that it has a physical connection with the stable element of the locality which is wanting to the pursuit of fish swimming in the water. When carried on under State protection, as that off the British island of Ceylon, or that in the Persian Gulf which is protected by British ships in pursuance of treaties with certain chiefs of the Arabian mainland, it may be regarded as an occupation of the bed of the sea. In that character the pearl fishery will be territorial even though the shallowness of the water may allow it to be practised beyond the limit which the State in question generally fixes for the littoral seas, as in the case of Ceylon it is practised beyond the three miles limit generally recognised by Great Britain. 'Qui doutera,' says Vattel (I. § 28), 'que les pêcheries de Bahrein et de Ceylon ne puissent légitimement tomber en propriété?' And the territorial nature of the industry will carry with it, as being necessary for its protection, the territorial character of the spot." This opinion of Westlake coincides with that contended by Great Britain during the Behring Sea Arbitration; see Parliamentary Papers, United States, No. 4 (1893) Behring Sea Arbitration, Archives of His Majesty's Government, pp. 51 and 59. But it is submitted that the bed of the Open Sea is not a possible object of occupation. The explanation of the pearl fisheries off Ceylon and in the Persian Gulf being exclusively British is to be found in the fact that the freedom of the Open Sea was not a rule of International Law when these fisheries were taken possession of. See Oppenheim in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 6-10, and Westlake, I. (2nd ed.), p. 203.
A specific example seems to be the pearl fishery off Ceylon, which stretches about twenty miles from the shore and is subject to regulations enforced against both foreign and British individuals. These regulations are based on a claim "to the products of certain submerged portions of land that have been treated as property and jurisdiction by the island's successive rulers since time immemorial." See Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), p. 243, note 1. Also, see Westlake, I. p. 186, who states: "The pearl fishery is unique, as the pearls are obtained by divers from the sea floor, establishing a physical connection to the stable elements of the area that is lacking in the pursuit of fish swimming in the water. When carried out under State protection, like off the British island of Ceylon or in the Persian Gulf, guarded by British ships as per treaties with certain chiefs of the Arabian mainland, it can be seen as an occupation of the seabed. In this context, the pearl fishery is territorial, even if the shallow waters allow it to occur beyond the limit typically set by the State for coastal seas; in Ceylon's case, it happens beyond the three-mile limit usually recognized by Great Britain. 'Who would doubt,' says Vattel (I. § 28), 'that the fisheries of Bahrain and Ceylon could legitimately become property?' And the territorial nature of this industry will necessarily require the territorial designation of the location for its protection." This viewpoint of Westlake aligns with the arguments made by Great Britain during the Behring Sea Arbitration; see Parliamentary Papers, United States, No. 4 (1893) Behring Sea Arbitration, Archives of His Majesty's Government, pp. 51 and 59. However, it is argued that the bed of the Open Sea cannot be an object of occupation. The reason the pearl fisheries off Ceylon and in the Persian Gulf are exclusively British lies in the fact that the freedom of the Open Sea was not a principle of International Law when these fisheries were claimed. See Oppenheim in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 6-10, and Westlake, I. (2nd ed.), p. 203.
Fisheries in the North Sea.
Fishing in the North Sea.
§ 282. For the purpose of regulating the fisheries in the North Sea, an International Conference took place at the Hague in 1881 and again in 1882, at which Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Holland, and Sweden-Norway were represented, and on May 6, 1882, the International Convention for the Regulation[Pg 350] of the Police of the Fisheries in the North Sea outside the territorial waters[571] was signed by the representatives of all these States, Sweden-Norway excepted, to which the option of joining later on is given. This treaty contains the following stipulations:[572]—
§ 282. To regulate fisheries in the North Sea, an International Conference was held in The Hague in 1881 and again in 1882. Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Holland, and Sweden-Norway were represented, and on May 6, 1882, the International Convention for the Regulation[Pg 350] of the Police of the Fisheries in the North Sea outside the territorial waters[571] was signed by representatives from all these countries, except Sweden-Norway, which has the option to join later. This treaty includes the following stipulations:[572]—
[572] The matter is exhaustively treated by Rykere, "Le régime légal de la pêche maritime dans la Mer du Nord" (1901). To carry out the obligations undertaken by her in the Convention for the regulation of the fisheries in the North Sea, Great Britain enacted in 1883 the "Act to carry into effect an International Convention concerning the Fisheries in the North Sea, and to amend the Laws relating to British Sea Fisheries" (46 and 47 Vict. ch. 22).
[572] The topic is thoroughly discussed by Rykere in "The Legal Framework of Maritime Fishing in the North Sea" (1901). To fulfill the commitments made in the Convention for regulating fisheries in the North Sea, Great Britain passed the "Act to Implement an International Convention on Fisheries in the North Sea and to Update the Laws Regarding British Sea Fisheries" (46 and 47 Vict. ch. 22) in 1883.
(1) All the fishing vessels of the signatory Powers must be registered, and the registers have to be exchanged between the Powers (article 5). Every vessel has to bear visibly in white colour on black ground its number, name, and the name of its harbour (articles 6-11). Every vessel must bear an official voucher of her nationality (articles 12-13).
(1) All fishing boats from the signatory countries must be registered, and these registers need to be shared between the countries (article 5). Each vessel has to display its number, name, and the name of its port in white on a black background (articles 6-11). Every vessel must carry an official document confirming its nationality (articles 12-13).
(2) To avoid conflicts between the different fishing vessels, very minute interdictions and injunctions are provided (articles 14-25).
(2) To prevent conflicts between the various fishing boats, very specific restrictions and orders are established (articles 14-25).
(3) The supervision of the fisheries by the fishing vessels of the signatory Powers is exercised by special cruisers of these Powers (article 26). With the exception of those contraventions which are specially enumerated by article 27, all these cruisers are competent to verify all contraventions committed by the fishing vessels of all the signatory Powers (article 28). For that purpose they have the right of visit, search, and arrest (article 29). But a seized fishing vessel is to be brought into a harbour of her flag State and to be handed over to the authorities there (article 30). All contraventions are to be tried by the Courts of the State to which the contravening vessels belong (article 36); but in cases of a trifling character the matter can be compromised on the spot by the commanders of the special public cruisers of the Powers (article 33).[Pg 351]
(3) The signatory Powers oversee the fisheries through their special cruisers (article 26). Except for the specific violations listed in article 27, all these cruisers have the authority to check all violations committed by the fishing vessels of any signatory Power (article 28). They have the right to visit, search, and seize vessels (article 29). However, any seized fishing vessel must be taken to a harbor of its flag State and handed over to the local authorities (article 30). All violations will be prosecuted in the Courts of the State where the offending vessels are registered (article 36); in minor cases, the commanders of the special public cruisers can settle the issue on the spot (article 33).[Pg 351]
Bumboats in the North Sea.
Water taxis in the North Sea.
§ 283. Connected with the regulation of the fisheries is the abolition of the liquor trade among the fishing vessels in the North Sea. Since serious quarrels and difficulties were caused through bumboats and floating grog-shops selling intoxicating liquors to the fishermen, an International Conference took place at the Hague in 1886, where the signatory Powers of the Hague Convention concerning the fisheries in the North Sea were represented. And on November 16, 1887, the International Convention concerning the Abolition of the Liquor Traffic among the fishermen in the North Sea was signed by the representatives of these Powers—namely, Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, and Holland. This treaty[573] was, however, not ratified until 1894, and France did not ratify it at all. It contains the following stipulations:[574]—
§ 283. Related to the management of fisheries is the end of the liquor trade among the fishing vessels in the North Sea. Serious disputes and problems arose from bumboats and floating bars selling alcoholic drinks to the fishermen, leading to an International Conference in The Hague in 1886, which included representatives from the signatory Powers of the Hague Convention regarding fisheries in the North Sea. On November 16, 1887, the International Convention to abolish the liquor trade among fishermen in the North Sea was signed by the representatives of these Powers—specifically, Great Britain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, and the Netherlands. However, this treaty[573] was not ratified until 1894, and France did not ratify it at all. It includes the following stipulations:[574]—
It is interdicted to sell spirituous drinks to persons on board of fishing vessels, and these persons are prohibited from buying such drinks (article 2). Bumboats, which wish to sell provisions to fishermen, must be licensed by their flag State and must fly a white flag[575] with the letter S in black in the middle (article 3). The special cruisers of the Powers which supervise the fisheries in the North Sea are likewise competent to supervise the treaty stipulations concerning bumboats; they have the right to ask for the production of the proper licence, and eventually the right to arrest the vessel (article 7). But arrested vessels must always be brought into a harbour of their flag State, and all contraventions are to be tried by Courts of the flag State of the contravening vessel (articles 2, 7, 8).
It is prohibited to sell alcoholic drinks to people on fishing boats, and these people are not allowed to buy such drinks (article 2). Bumboats that want to sell supplies to fishermen need to be licensed by their flag State and must display a white flag with a black letter S in the center (article 3). The special patrol boats from the Powers that oversee fisheries in the North Sea are also responsible for enforcing the treaty rules regarding bumboats; they have the authority to request the appropriate license and can even detain the vessel (article 7). However, detained vessels must always be taken to a harbor of their flag State, and any violations will be prosecuted by the courts of the flag State of the violating vessel (articles 2, 7, 8).
Seal Fisheries in Behring Sea.
Seal fishing in Bering Sea.
§ 284. In 1886 a conflict arose between Great Britain[Pg 352] and the United States through the seizure and confiscation of British-Columbian vessels which had hunted seals in the Behring Sea outside the American territorial belt, infringing regulations made by the United States concerning seal fishing in that sea. Great Britain and the United States concluded an arbitration treaty[576] concerning this conflict in 1892, according to which the arbitrators should not only settle the dispute itself, but also (article 7) "determine what concurrent regulations outside the jurisdictional limits of the respective Governments are necessary" in the interest of the preservation of the seals. The Arbitration Tribunal, which assembled and gave its award[577] at Paris in 1893, imposed the duty upon both parties of forbidding their subjects to kill seals within a zone of sixty miles around the Pribilof Islands; the killing of seals at all between May 1 and July 31 each year; seal-fishing with nets, firearms, and explosives; seal-fishing in other than specially licensed sailing vessels. Both parties in 1894 carried out this task imposed upon them.[578] Other maritime Powers were at the same time asked by the United States to submit voluntarily to the regulations made for the parties by the arbitrators, but only Italy[579] has agreed to this.
§ 284. In 1886, a conflict emerged between Great Britain[Pg 352] and the United States due to the seizure and confiscation of British-Columbian vessels that had hunted seals in the Bering Sea, outside the American territorial waters, violating U.S. regulations on seal fishing in that area. Great Britain and the United States signed an arbitration treaty[576] regarding this conflict in 1892, which stated that the arbitrators would not only resolve the dispute but also (article 7) "determine what concurrent regulations outside the jurisdictional limits of the respective Governments are necessary" to protect the seals. The Arbitration Tribunal, which convened in Paris and delivered its decision[577] in 1893, mandated that both parties prohibit their citizens from killing seals within a sixty-mile zone around the Pribilof Islands; ban seal hunting entirely from May 1 to July 31 each year; forbid seal fishing with nets, firearms, and explosives; and restrict seal fishing to specially licensed vessels. Both parties fulfilled these obligations in 1894.[578] At the same time, the United States requested other maritime nations to voluntarily adhere to the regulations set by the arbitrators, but only Italy[579] agreed to this.
[577] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXI. p. 439. The award is discussed by Barclay in R.I. XXV. (1893), p. 417, and Engelhardt in R.I. XXVI. (1894), p. 386, and R.G. V. (1898), pp. 193 and 347. See also Tillier, "Les Pêcheries de Phoques de la Mer de Behring" (1906), and Balch, "L'évolution de l'Arbitrage International" (1908), pp. 70-91.
[577] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXI. p. 439. The award is discussed by Barclay in R.I. XXV. (1893), p. 417, and Engelhardt in R.I. XXVI. (1894), p. 386, and R.G. V. (1898), pp. 193 and 347. See also Tillier, "Les Pêcheries de Phoques de la Mer de Behring" (1906), and Balch, "L'évolution de l'Arbitrage International" (1908), pp. 70-91.
Experience has shown that the provisions made by the Arbitration Tribunal for the purpose of preventing the extinction of the seals in the Behring Sea are insufficient. The United States therefore invited the maritime Powers whose subjects are engaged in the seal fisheries to a Pelagic Sealing Conference which took place at Washington in 1911, and produced a convention[580] which was signed on July 7, 1911, by which the[Pg 353] suspension of pelagic sealing for fifteen years was agreed upon.
Experience has shown that the rules set by the Arbitration Tribunal to prevent the extinction of seals in the Bering Sea are not enough. Therefore, the United States invited the maritime powers whose citizens are involved in the seal fisheries to a Pelagic Sealing Conference, which took place in Washington in 1911. This led to a convention[580] signed on July 7, 1911, in which a suspension of pelagic sealing for fifteen years was agreed upon.[Pg 353]
[No further details of this Convention are as yet known, and it has not yet been ratified.]
[No further details of this convention are known yet, and it hasn’t been ratified.]
[580] See below, § 593, No. 2.
Fisheries around the Faröe Islands and Iceland.
Fisheries around the Faroe Islands and Iceland.
§ 285. For the purpose of regulating the fisheries outside territorial waters around the Faröe Islands and Iceland, Great Britain and Denmark signed on June 24, 1901, the Convention of London,[581] whose stipulations are for the most part literally the same as those of the International Convention for the Regulation of the Fisheries in the North Sea, concluded at the Hague in 1882.[582] The additional article of this Convention of London stipulates that any other State whose subjects fish around the Faröe Islands and Iceland may accede to it.
§ 285. To manage the fisheries beyond the territorial waters around the Faröe Islands and Iceland, Great Britain and Denmark signed the Convention of London on June 24, 1901,[581] which mostly has the same terms as the International Convention for the Regulation of the Fisheries in the North Sea, agreed upon in The Hague in 1882.[582] The additional article of this Convention of London states that any other country whose citizens fish around the Faröe Islands and Iceland can join it.
VII TELEGRAPH CABLES IN THE OPEN SEA
Telegraph cables in the Open Sea admitted.
Telegraph cables in the open sea allowed.
§ 286. It is a consequence of the freedom of the Open Sea that no State can prevent another from laying telegraph and telephone cables in any part of the Open Sea, whereas no State need allow this within its territorial maritime belt. As numerous submarine cables have been laid, the question as to their protection arose. Already in 1869 the United States proposed an international convention for this purpose, but the matter[Pg 354] dropped in consequence of the outbreak of the Franco-German war. The Institute of International Law took up the matter in 1879[583] and recommended an international agreement. In 1882 France invited the Powers to an International Conference at Paris for the purpose of regulating the protection of submarine cables. This conference met in October 1882, again in October 1883, and produced the "International Convention for the Protection of Submarine Telegraph Cables" which was signed at Paris on April 16, 1884.[584]
§ 286. The freedom of the Open Sea means that no country can stop another from laying telegraph and telephone cables anywhere in the Open Sea, although countries don't have to allow this within their territorial waters. With many submarine cables already laid, concerns about their protection came up. In 1869, the United States suggested an international treaty for this purpose, but the issue lost momentum due to the outbreak of the Franco-German war. The Institute of International Law revisited the topic in 1879[583] and proposed an international agreement. In 1882, France called for an International Conference in Paris to set regulations for the protection of submarine cables. This conference took place in October 1882 and again in October 1883, resulting in the "International Convention for the Protection of Submarine Telegraph Cables," which was signed in Paris on April 16, 1884.[584]
[583] See Annuaire, III. pp. 351-394.
The signatory Powers are:—Great Britain, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Denmark, San Domingo, France, Germany, Greece, Guatemala, Holland, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Salvador, Servia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Turkey, the United States, and Uruguay. Colombia and Persia did not ratify the treaty, but, on the other hand, Japan acceded to it later on.
The signatory Powers are: Great Britain, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Denmark, San Domingo, France, Germany, Greece, Guatemala, Holland, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Salvador, Serbia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Turkey, the United States, and Uruguay. Colombia and Persia did not ratify the treaty, but on the other hand, Japan joined it later on.
International Protection of Submarine Telegraph Cables.
International Protection of Submarine Telegraph Cables.
(1) Intentional or culpably negligent breaking or damaging of a cable in the Open Sea is to be punished by all the signatory Powers,[585] except in the case of such damage having been caused in the effort of self-preservation (article 2).
(1) Deliberately or carelessly breaking or damaging a cable in the Open Sea will be punished by all the signatory Powers,[585] unless the damage was caused in an effort to protect oneself (article 2).
(2) Ships within sight of buoys indicating cables which are being laid or which are damaged must keep at least a quarter of a nautical mile distant (article 6).
(2) Ships that can see buoys marking cables being laid or that are damaged must stay at least a quarter of a nautical mile away (article 6).
(3) For dealing with infractions of the interdictions and injunctions of the treaty the Courts of the flag State of the infringing vessel are exclusively competent (article 8).
(3) To handle violations of the prohibitions and orders of the treaty, only the Courts of the flag State of the violating vessel have authority (article 8).
(4) Men-of-war of all signatory Powers have a right[Pg 355] to stop and to verify the nationality of merchantmen of all nations which are suspected of having infringed the regulations of the treaty (article 10).
(4) Warships from all signatory countries have the right[Pg 355] to stop and check the nationality of merchant ships from any nation that are suspected of violating the treaty regulations (article 10).
(5) All stipulations are made for the time of peace only and in no wise restrict the action of belligerents during time of war.[586]
(5) All stipulations are only for times of peace and in no way limit the actions of those involved in conflict during war.[586]
VIII WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY AT SEA
Bonfils, Nos. 53110, 11—Despagnet, 433quater—Liszt, § 29—Ullmann, § 147—Meili, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie, &c." (1908)—Schneeli, "Drahtlose Telegraphie und Völkerrecht" (1908)—Landsberg, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie" (1909)—Kausen, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie im Völkerrecht" (1910)—Rolland in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 58-92—Fauchille in Annuaire, XXI. (1906), pp. 76-87—Meurer and Boidin in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 76 and 261.
Bonfils, Nos. 53110, 11—Despagnet, 433quarter—Liszt, § 29—Ullmann, § 147—Meili, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie, &c." (1908)—Schneeli, "Drahtlose Telegraphie und Völkerrecht" (1908)—Landsberg, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie" (1909)—Kausen, "Die drahtlose Telegraphie im Völkerrecht" (1910)—Rolland in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 58-92—Fauchille in Annuaire, XXI. (1906), pp. 76-87—Meurer and Boidin in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 76 and 261.
Radio-telegraphy between ships and the shore.
Radio telegraphy between ships and the shore.
§ 287a. To secure radio-telegraphic[587] communication between ships of all nations at sea and the continents, a Conference met at Berlin in 1906, where Great Britain, Germany, the United States of America, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chili, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Monaco, Norway, Holland, Persia, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Sweden, Turkey, and Uruguay were represented, and where was signed on November 3, 1906, the International Radio-telegraphic Convention.[588] This Convention, which consists of twenty-three articles, is accompanied by a Final Protocol, comprising six important[Pg 356] articles, and by Service Regulations, embodying fifty-two articles. The more important stipulations of the Convention are the following:—Coast Stations and ships are bound to exchange radio-telegrams reciprocally without regard to the particular system of radio-telegraphy adopted by them (article 3). Each of the contracting parties undertakes to cause its coast stations to be connected with the telegraph system by means of special wires, or at least to take such other measures as will ensure an expeditious exchange of traffic between the coast stations and the telegraph system (article 5). Radio-telegraph stations are bound to accept with absolute priority calls of distress from ships, to answer such calls with similar priority, and to take the necessary steps with regard to them (article 9). An International Bureau shall be established with the duty of collecting, arranging, and publishing information of every kind concerning radio-telegraphy, and for some other purposes mentioned in article 13.
§ 287a. To ensure radio-telegraphic[587] communication between ships from all nations at sea and the continents, a conference took place in Berlin in 1906. Representatives from Great Britain, Germany, the United States, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Monaco, Norway, the Netherlands, Persia, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Sweden, Turkey, and Uruguay attended. On November 3, 1906, they signed the International Radio-telegraphic Convention.[588] This Convention includes twenty-three articles and is accompanied by a Final Protocol with six significant[Pg 356] articles and Service Regulations consisting of fifty-two articles. The key stipulations of the Convention are as follows: Coast stations and ships must exchange radio-telegrams mutually, regardless of the specific radio-telegraphy system they use (article 3). Each of the contracting parties agrees to connect its coast stations to the telegraph system through special wires or, at a minimum, implement other measures to facilitate swift traffic exchange between the coast stations and the telegraph system (article 5). Radio-telegraph stations must prioritize distress calls from ships, respond to these calls with the same priority, and take the necessary actions in response (article 9). An International Bureau will be set up to collect, organize, and publish all information related to radio-telegraphy, as well as for other purposes mentioned in article 13.
[587] See above, § 173, and below, §§ 464 and 582, No. 4.
[587] See above, § 173, and below, §§ 464 and 582, No. 4.
[588] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. III. (1910), p. 147. But not all the signatory Powers have as yet ratified the Convention, ratification having been given hitherto only by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Denmark, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Monaco, Holland, Norway, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Spain, Sweden and Turkey; and Tunis acceded to it. Italy has reserved ratification on account of her relations with the Marconi Wireless Telegraphy Co.
[588] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. III. (1910), p. 147. However, not all the signatory countries have ratified the Convention yet. So far, only Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Denmark, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey have ratified it; and Tunis has joined in. Italy has delayed ratification due to its relationship with the Marconi Wireless Telegraphy Co.
Radio-telegraphy between ships at sea.
Ship-to-ship radio communication at sea.
§ 287b. To secure radio-telegraphic communication between such ships at sea as possess installations for wireless telegraphy, an Additional Convention[589] to that mentioned above in § 287a was signed on November 3, 1906, by all the Powers who signed the forementioned Convention except by Great Britain, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Persia, and Portugal. According to this additional Convention all ships at sea which possess radio-telegraphic installations are compelled to exchange radio-telegrams reciprocally at all times without regard to the particular system of radio-telegraphy adopted.
§ 287b. To ensure radio-telegraphic communication between ships at sea that have wireless telegraphy equipment, an Additional Convention[589] to the one mentioned above in § 287a was signed on November 3, 1906, by all the countries that signed the previous Convention, except for Great Britain, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Persia, and Portugal. According to this additional Convention, all ships at sea with radio-telegraphic installations are required to exchange radio-telegrams with each other at all times, regardless of the specific radio-telegraphy system being used.
It is to be hoped that in time all the Powers will accede to this Additional Convention, for its stipulation is of great importance in cases of shipwreck. If ships at sea can refuse to exchange radio-telegrams, it is impossible[Pg 357] for them to render one another assistance. It ought not to be possible for the following case[590] to occur, to which attention was drawn at the Berlin Conference by the delegate of the United States of America:—The American steamer Lebanon had received orders to search the Atlantic for a wrecked vessel which offered great danger to navigation. The Lebanon came within communicating reach of the liner Vaderland, and inquired by wireless telegraphy whether the Vaderland had seen the wreck. The Vaderland refused to reply to this question, on the ground that she was not permitted to enter into communication with a ship provided with a wireless apparatus other than the Marconi.
It is hoped that eventually all nations will agree to this Additional Convention, because its provisions are very important in shipwreck situations. If ships at sea can refuse to exchange radio messages, they will be unable to assist each other. It should not be possible for the following scenario to happen, as highlighted by the U.S. delegate at the Berlin Conference: The American steamer Lebanon was ordered to search the Atlantic for a wrecked vessel that posed a significant threat to navigation. The Lebanon got within range to communicate with the liner Vaderland and asked via wireless telegraphy if the Vaderland had seen the wreck. The Vaderland refused to respond, claiming she was not allowed to communicate with a ship that had a wireless system other than Marconi.
IX THE SUBSOIL UNDER THE OCEAN FLOOR
Five rules concerning the subsoil beneath the Sea Bed.
Five rules regarding the subsoil under the seabed.
§ 287c. The subsoil beneath the bed of the Open Sea requires special consideration on account of coal or other mines, tunnels, and the like, for the question is whether such buildings can be driven into that subsoil at all, and, if this can be done, whether they can be under the territorial supremacy of a particular State. The answer depends entirely upon the character in law of such subsoil. If the rules concerning the territorial subsoil[591] would have analogously to be applied to the subsoil beneath the bed of the Open Sea, all rules concerning the Open Sea would necessarily have to be applied to the subsoil beneath its bed, and no part of this subsoil could ever come under the territorial supremacy of any State. It is, however, submitted[592] that it would not be rational to consider the subsoil beneath[Pg 358] the bed of the Open Sea an inseparable appurtenance of the latter, such as the subsoil beneath the territorial land and water is. The rationale of the Open Sea being free and for ever excluded from occupation on the part of any State is that it is an international highway which connects distant lands and thereby secures freedom of communication, and especially of commerce, between such States as are separated by the sea.[593] There is no reason whatever for extending this freedom of the Open Sea to the subsoil beneath its bed. On the contrary, there are practical reasons—taking into consideration the building of mines, tunnels, and the like—which compel the recognition of the fact that this subsoil can be acquired through occupation. The following five rules recommend themselves concerning this subject:—
§ 287c. The subsoil under the bed of the Open Sea needs special attention because of coal or other mines, tunnels, and similar constructions. The issue is whether these structures can be placed into that subsoil at all, and if they can, whether they would fall under the territorial authority of a specific State. The answer relies entirely on the legal status of that subsoil. If the regulations regarding territorial subsoil[591] were to be applied similarly to the subsoil under the bed of the Open Sea, then all rules related to the Open Sea would also have to apply to the subsoil below it, preventing any part of this subsoil from being placed under the territorial authority of any State. However, it is argued[592] that it would not make sense to treat the subsoil beneath[Pg 358] the bed of the Open Sea as an inseparable part of it, like the subsoil beneath territorial land and water is. The reason for the Open Sea being free and permanently excluded from occupation by any State is that it serves as an international highway, connecting far-off lands and ensuring freedom of communication, particularly for commerce, between the States separated by the sea.[593] There is no reason to extend this freedom of the Open Sea to the subsoil beneath its bed. On the contrary, there are practical reasons—considering the construction of mines, tunnels, and similar projects—that necessitate recognizing that this subsoil can be claimed through occupation. The following five rules are suggested regarding this matter:—
(1) The subsoil beneath the bed of the Open Sea is no man's land, and it can be acquired on the part of a littoral State through occupation, starting from the subsoil beneath the bed of the territorial maritime belt.
(1) The ground underneath the Open Sea is unclaimed territory, and a coastal state can claim it through occupation, beginning from the ground beneath the territorial sea zone.
(2) This occupation takes place ipso facto by a tunnel or a mine being driven from the shore through the subsoil of the maritime belt into the subsoil of the Open Sea.
(2) This occupation happens ipso facto when a tunnel or mine is created from the shore through the seabed of the coastal area into the seabed of the Open Sea.
(3) This occupation of the subsoil of the Open Sea can be extended up to the boundary line of the subsoil of the territorial maritime belt of another State, for no State has an exclusive claim to occupy such part of the subsoil of the Open Sea as is adjacent to the subsoil of its territorial maritime belt.
(3) This occupation of the subsoil of the Open Sea can be extended up to the boundary line of the subsoil of another State's territorial maritime zone, as no State has an exclusive right to occupy any part of the subsoil of the Open Sea that is next to the subsoil of its own territorial maritime zone.
(4) An occupation of the subsoil beneath the bed of the Open Sea for a purpose which would endanger the freedom of the Open Sea is inadmissible.
(4) Using the ground beneath the Open Sea for a purpose that would threaten the freedom of the Open Sea is unacceptable.
(5) It is likewise inadmissible to make such arrangements in a part of the subsoil beneath the Open Sea which has previously been occupied for a legitimate[Pg 359] purpose as would indirectly endanger the freedom of the Open Sea.
(5) It's also not acceptable to make arrangements in a part of the subsoil beneath the Open Sea that has previously been used for a legitimate[Pg 359] purpose if it would indirectly threaten the freedom of the Open Sea.
If these five rules are correct, there is nothing in the way of coal and other mines which are being exploited on the shore of a littoral State being extended into the subsoil beneath the Open Sea up to the boundary line of the subsoil beneath the territorial maritime belt of another State. Further, a tunnel which might be built between such two parts of the same State—for instance, between Ireland and Scotland—as are separated by the Open Sea would fall entirely under the territorial supremacy of the State concerned. On the other hand, for a tunnel between two different States separated by the Open Sea special arrangements by treaty would have to be made concerning the territorial supremacy over that part of the tunnel which runs under the bed of the Open Sea.
If these five rules are correct, nothing prevents coal and other mines being operated on the coast of a coastal State from extending into the subsoil beneath the Open Sea up to the boundary line of the subsoil beneath the territorial maritime zone of another State. Additionally, a tunnel that might be built between two areas of the same State—for example, between Ireland and Scotland—that are separated by the Open Sea would be completely under the territorial authority of that State. However, for a tunnel between two different States separated by the Open Sea, special agreements through a treaty would need to be made regarding the territorial authority over the section of the tunnel that runs under the seabed of the Open Sea.
The proposed Channel Tunnel.
The planned Channel Tunnel.
§ 287d. Since there is as yet no submarine tunnel in existence, it is of interest to give some details concerning the project of a Channel Tunnel[594] between Dover and Calais, and the preliminary arrangements between France and England concerning it. Already some years before the Franco-German War the possibility of such a tunnel was discussed, but it was not until 1874 that the first preliminary steps were taken. The subsoil of the Channel was geologically explored, plans were worked out, and a shaft of more than a mile long was tentatively bored from the English shore. And in 1876 an International Commission, appointed by the English and French Governments, and comprising three French and three English members, made a report on the construction and working of the proposed tunnel.[595] The report enclosed a memorandum, recommended by the[Pg 360] Commissioners to be adopted as the basis of a treaty between Great Britain and France concerning the tunnel, the juridically important articles of which are the following:—
§ 287d. Since there isn't a submarine tunnel yet, it's relevant to provide some details about the Channel Tunnel[594] project between Dover and Calais, along with the initial agreements between France and England. Years before the Franco-German War, the idea of such a tunnel was brought up, but it wasn't until 1874 that the first preliminary actions were taken. The geological conditions of the Channel were studied, plans were developed, and a shaft over a mile long was tentatively drilled from the English side. In 1876, an International Commission, established by the English and French Governments and consisting of three members from each country, presented a report on the construction and operation of the proposed tunnel.[595] The report included a memorandum, which the[Pg 360] Commissioners recommended as the foundation of a treaty between Great Britain and France regarding the tunnel, with the legally important articles outlined as follows:—
(Article 1) The boundary between England and France in the tunnel shall be half-way between low-water mark (above the tunnel) on the coast of England, and low-water mark (above the tunnel) on the coast of France. The said boundary shall be ascertained and marked out under the direction of the International Commission to be appointed, as mentioned in article 4, before the Submarine Railway is opened for public traffic. The definition of boundary provided for by this article shall have reference to the tunnel and Submarine Railway only, and shall not in any way affect any question of the nationality of, or any rights of navigation, fishing, anchoring, or other rights in, the sea above the tunnel, or elsewhere than in the tunnel itself.
(Article 1) The boundary between England and France in the tunnel will be halfway between the low-water mark (above the tunnel) on the coast of England and the low-water mark (above the tunnel) on the coast of France. This boundary will be determined and marked out under the guidance of the International Commission mentioned in Article 4, before the Submarine Railway opens for public use. The boundary definition in this article pertains only to the tunnel and Submarine Railway and will not affect any issues related to nationality, navigation rights, fishing, anchoring, or any other rights in the sea above the tunnel or outside the tunnel itself.
(Article 4) There shall be constituted an International Commission to consist of six members, three of whom shall be nominated by the British Government and three by the French Government....
(Article 4) An International Commission will be formed, consisting of six members, three of whom will be nominated by the British Government and three by the French Government....
The International Commission shall ... submit to the two Governments its proposals for Supplementary Conventions with respect—(a) to the apprehension and trial of alleged criminals for offences committed in the tunnel or in trains which have passed through it, and the summoning of witnesses; (b) to customs, police, and postal arrangements, and other matters which it may be found convenient so to deal with.
The International Commission will submit its proposals for Supplementary Conventions to the two Governments regarding: (a) the arrest and trial of alleged criminals for offenses committed in the tunnel or on trains that have passed through it, and the calling of witnesses; (b) customs, police, and postal arrangements, as well as any other matters that may be convenient to address.
(Article 15) Each Government shall have the right to suspend the working of the Submarine Railway and the passage through the tunnel whenever such Government[Pg 361] shall, in the interest of its own country, think necessary to do so. And each Government shall have power, to be exercised if and when such Government may deem it necessary, to damage or destroy[596] the works of the tunnel or Submarine Railway, or any part of them, in the territory of such Government, and also to flood the tunnel with water.
(Article 15) Each Government has the right to suspend the operation of the Submarine Railway and the passage through the tunnel whenever it believes it's necessary for the interests of its own country. Each Government also has the authority, to be used when it sees fit, to damage or destroy the works of the tunnel or Submarine Railway, or any part of them, within its territory, and to flood the tunnel with water.
[596] This stipulation was proposed in the interest of defence in time of war. As regards the position of a Channel Tunnel in time of war, see Oppenheim in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 13-16.
[596] This condition was suggested for the sake of defense during wartime. For information about the status of a Channel Tunnel during wartime, refer to Oppenheim in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 13-16.
In spite of this elaborate preparation the project could not be realised, since public opinion in England was for political reasons opposed to it. And although several times since—in 1880, 1884, 1888, and 1908—steps were again taken in favour of the proposed tunnel, public opinion in England remained hostile and the project has had for the time to be abandoned. It is, however, to be hoped and expected that ultimately the tunnel will be built when the political conditions which are now standing in the way of its realisation have undergone a change.[Pg 362]
Despite all this extensive preparation, the project couldn’t move forward because public opinion in England was against it for political reasons. Even though there were several attempts later on—in 1880, 1884, 1888, and 1908—to revive interest in the proposed tunnel, public sentiment in England remained negative, and the project had to be put on hold. However, it’s hoped that eventually the tunnel will be built once the current political obstacles are resolved.[Pg 362]
CHAPTER 3 PEOPLE
I POSITION OF INDIVIDUALS IN INTERNATIONAL LAW
Lawrence, § 42—Taylor, § 171—Heffter, § 58—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 585-592—Gareis, § 53—Liszt, §§ 5 and 11—Ullmann, § 107—Bonfils, Nos. 397-409—Despagnet, No. 328—Mérignhac, II. pp. 169-172—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 43-49—Fiore, II. Nos. 568-712—Martens, I. §§ 85-86—Jellinek, "System der subjectiven öffentlichen Rechte" (1892), pp. 310-314—Heilborn, "System," pp. 58-138—Kaufmann, "Die Rechtskraft des Internationalen Rechtes" (1899)—Buonvino, "Diritto e personalità giuridica internazionale" (1910)—Rehm and Adler in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 53-55 and 614-618—Kohler in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 209-230—Diena in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 57-76.
Lawrence, § 42—Taylor, § 171—Heffter, § 58—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 585-592—Gareis, § 53—Liszt, §§ 5 and 11—Ullmann, § 107—Bonfils, Nos. 397-409—Despagnet, No. 328—Mérignhac, II. pp. 169-172—Pradier-Fodéré, I. Nos. 43-49—Fiore, II. Nos. 568-712—Martens, I. §§ 85-86—Jellinek, "System der subjectiven öffentlichen Rechte" (1892), pp. 310-314—Heilborn, "System," pp. 58-138—Kaufmann, "Die Rechtskraft des Internationalen Rechtes" (1899)—Buonvino, "Diritto e personalità giuridica internazionale" (1910)—Rehm and Adler in Z.V. II. (1908), pp. 53-55 and 614-618—Kohler in Z.V. III. (1909), pp. 209-230—Diena in R.G. XVI. (1909), pp. 57-76.
Importance of Individuals to the Law of Nations.
Importance of Individuals to International Law.
§ 288. The importance of individuals to the Law of Nations is just as great as that of territory, for individuals are the personal basis of every State. Just as a State cannot exist without a territory, so it cannot exist without a multitude of individuals who are its subjects and who, as a body, form the people or the nation. The individuals belonging to a State can and do come in various ways in contact with foreign States in time of peace as well as of war. The Law of Nations is therefore compelled to provide certain rules regarding individuals.
§ 288. The significance of individuals in the Law of Nations is just as crucial as that of territory because individuals are the personal foundation of every State. Just as a State cannot exist without land, it also cannot exist without a population of individuals who are its subjects and who collectively make up the people or the nation. The individuals in a State can and do interact with foreign States in both peacetime and wartime. Therefore, the Law of Nations must establish specific rules concerning individuals.
Individuals never Subjects of the Law of Nations.
Individuals are never Subjects of the Law of Nations.
§ 289. Now, what is the position of individuals in International Law according to these rules? Since the Law of Nations is a law between States only and exclusively, States only and exclusively[597] are subjects of the Law of Nations. How is it, then, that, although individuals are not subjects of the Law of Nations, they [Pg 363]have certain rights and duties in conformity with or according to International Law? Have not monarchs and other heads of States, diplomatic envoys, and even simple citizens certain rights according to the Law of Nations whilst on foreign territory? If we look more closely into these rights, it becomes quite obvious that they are not given to the favoured individual by the Law of Nations directly. For how could International Law, which is a law between States, give rights to individuals concerning their relations to a State? What the Law of Nations really does concerning individuals, is to impose the duty upon all the members of the Family of Nations to grant certain privileges to such foreign heads of States and diplomatic envoys, and certain rights to such foreign citizens as are on their territory. And, corresponding to this duty, every State has by the Law of Nations a right to demand that its head, its diplomatic envoys, and its simple citizens be granted certain rights by foreign States when on their territory. Foreign States granting these rights to foreign individuals do this by their Municipal Laws, and these rights are, therefore, not international rights, but rights derived from Municipal Laws. International Law is indeed the background of these rights in so far as the duty to grant them is imposed upon the single States by International Law. It is therefore quite correct to say that the individuals have these rights in conformity with or according to International Law, if it is only remembered that these rights would not exist had the single States not created them by their Municipal Law.
§ 289. So, what is the role of individuals in International Law based on these rules? Since the Law of Nations applies exclusively between States, only States are recognized as subjects of the Law of Nations. How is it, then, that although individuals are not subjects of the Law of Nations, they [Pg 363]have certain rights and responsibilities under International Law? Don’t monarchs, heads of States, diplomatic representatives, and even regular citizens have specific rights under the Law of Nations while they are in foreign countries? Upon closer examination of these rights, it becomes clear that they are not directly granted to the individual by the Law of Nations. After all, how could International Law, which is a law governing States, provide rights to individuals in relation to a State? What the Law of Nations really does for individuals is require all members of the Family of Nations to extend certain privileges to foreign heads of States and diplomatic representatives, and certain rights to foreign citizens while they are on their territory. In line with this duty, each State has the right under the Law of Nations to request that its leaders, diplomatic representatives, and ordinary citizens receive certain rights from foreign States while on their territory. Foreign States grant these rights to foreign individuals through their Municipal Laws, and thus these rights are not international rights but rather rights derived from Municipal Laws. International Law serves as the foundation for these rights in that the obligation to provide them is imposed on each State by International Law. Therefore, it's accurate to say that individuals possess these rights in line with or according to International Law, as long as we remember that these rights would not exist if individual States had not created them through their Municipal Law.
And the same is valid as regards special rights of individuals in foreign countries according to special international treaties between two or more Powers. Although such treaties mostly speak of rights which individuals shall have as derived from the treaties themselves,[Pg 364] this is nothing more than an inaccuracy of language. In fact, such treaties do not create these rights, but they impose the duty upon the contracting States of calling these rights into existence by their Municipal Laws.[598]
And the same applies to the special rights of individuals in foreign countries based on specific international treaties between two or more powers. Although these treaties usually refer to the rights that individuals will have as a result of the treaties themselves,[Pg 364] this is just a linguistic inaccuracy. In reality, these treaties do not create these rights; they require the contracting states to establish these rights through their national laws.[598]
[598] The whole matter is treated with great lucidity by Jellinek, "System der subjectiven öffentlichen Rechte" (1892), pp. 310-314, and Heilborn, "System," pp. 58-138.
[598] The entire issue is explained very clearly by Jellinek in "System der subjectiven öffentlichen Rechte" (1892), pages 310-314, and Heilborn in "System," pages 58-138.
Again, in those rare cases in which States stipulate by international treaties certain favours for individuals other than their own subjects, these individuals do not acquire any international rights under these treaties. The latter impose the duty only upon the State whose subjects these individuals are of calling those favours into existence by its Municipal Law. Thus, for example, when articles 5, 25, 35, and 44 of the Treaty of Berlin, 1878, made it a condition of the recognition of Bulgaria, Montenegro, Servia, and Roumania, that these States should not impose any religious disability upon their subjects, the latter did not thereby acquire any international rights. Another instructive example[599] is furnished by article 5 of the Peace Treaty of Prague, 1866, between Prussia and Austria, which stipulated that the northern district of Schleswig should be ceded by Prussia to Denmark in case the inhabitants should by a plebiscite vote in favour of such cession. Austria, no doubt, intended to secure by this stipulation for the inhabitants of North Schleswig the opportunity of voting in favour of their union with Denmark. But these inhabitants did not thereby acquire any international right. Austria herself acquired only a right to insist upon Prussia granting to the inhabitants the opportunity of voting for the union with Denmark. Prussia, however, intentionally neglected her duty, Austria did not insist upon her right, and finally relinquished it by the Treaty of Vienna of 1878.[600]
Again, in those rare cases where states agree through international treaties to grant certain benefits to individuals who are not their own citizens, these individuals do not gain any international rights under those treaties. Instead, the responsibility lies solely with the state of which these individuals are citizens to make those benefits available through its domestic laws. For instance, when articles 5, 25, 35, and 44 of the Treaty of Berlin in 1878 required Bulgaria, Montenegro, Serbia, and Romania to not impose any religious disabilities on their citizens for their recognition, those citizens did not acquire any international rights as a result. Another useful example[599] is found in article 5 of the Peace Treaty of Prague in 1866, between Prussia and Austria, which stated that the northern district of Schleswig should be handed over by Prussia to Denmark if the residents voted in favor of such a transfer in a plebiscite. Austria likely intended this agreement to give the residents of North Schleswig the chance to vote for joining Denmark. However, these residents did not gain any international rights through this provision. Austria only gained the right to demand that Prussia give the residents the chance to vote for their union with Denmark. Yet, Prussia deliberately failed to fulfill its obligation, Austria didn’t assert its right, and ultimately, it surrendered this right through the Treaty of Vienna in 1878.[600]
[599] See Heilborn, "System," p. 67.
[600] It ought to be mentioned that the opinion presented in the text concerning the impossibility for individuals to be subjects of International Law, which is now mostly upheld, is vigorously opposed by Kaufmann, "Die Rechtskraft des internationalen Rechtes" (1899), §§ 1-4, and a few others.[Pg 365]
[600] It's important to note that the view expressed in the text about the impossibility of individuals being subjects of International Law, which is now widely accepted, is strongly challenged by Kaufmann in "Die Rechtskraft des internationalen Rechtes" (1899), §§ 1-4, along with a few others.[Pg 365]
Now it is maintained[601] that, although individuals cannot be subjects of International Law, they can nevertheless acquire rights and duties from International Law. But it is impossible to find a basis for the existence of such rights and duties. International rights and duties they cannot be, for international rights and duties can only exist between States. Likewise they cannot be municipal rights, for municipal rights and duties can only be created by Municipal Law. The opponents answer that such rights and duties nevertheless exist, and quote for example articles 4 and 5 of Convention XII. (concerning the establishment of an International Prize Court) of the second Hague Peace Conference, according to which individuals have a right to bring an appeal before the International Prize Court. But is this a real right? Is it not more correct to say that the home States of the individuals concerned have a right to demand that these individuals can bring the appeal before the Court? Wherever International Law creates an independent organisation, such as the International Prize Court at the Hague or the European Danube Commission and the like, certain powers and claims must be given to the Courts and Commissions and the individuals concerned, but these powers and claims, and the obligations deriving therefrom, are neither international nor municipal rights and duties: they are powers, claims, and obligations existing only within the organisations concerned. To call them rights and duties—as indeed the respective treaties frequently do—is a laxity of language which is quite tolerable as long as one remembers that they neither comprise any relations between States nor any claims and obligations within the province of Municipal Law.
Now it’s argued[601] that, although individuals cannot be subjects of International Law, they can still acquire rights and responsibilities from it. However, it’s difficult to find a foundation for these rights and responsibilities. They can't be classified as international rights and responsibilities, as those can only exist between States. Similarly, they can't be municipal rights, since municipal rights and responsibilities can only be established by Municipal Law. Opponents counter that these rights and responsibilities do exist and reference articles 4 and 5 of Convention XII (regarding the establishment of an International Prize Court) from the second Hague Peace Conference, which states that individuals have the right to appeal to the International Prize Court. But is this a legitimate right? Wouldn't it be more accurate to say that the home States of the individuals involved have the right to demand that these individuals be allowed to appeal to the Court? Whenever International Law creates an independent organization, such as the International Prize Court at The Hague or the European Danube Commission, certain powers and claims must be assigned to the Courts and Commissions as well as the individuals concerned. Yet, these powers and claims, along with the resulting obligations, are neither international nor municipal rights and responsibilities; they are powers, claims, and obligations that exist solely within the relevant organizations. Referring to them as rights and duties— as the respective treaties often do— is a relaxed use of language that is acceptable as long as we remember that they do not involve any relationships between States or any claims and obligations under Municipal Law.
Individuals Objects of the Law of Nations.
Individuals Objects of the Law of Nations.
§ 290. But what is the real position of individuals[Pg 366] in International Law, if they are not subjects thereof? The answer can only be that they are objects of the Law of Nations. They appear as such from many different points of view. When, for instance, the Law of Nations recognises the personal supremacy of every State over its subjects at home and abroad, these individuals appear just as much objects of the Law of Nations as the territory of the States does in consequence of the recognised territorial supremacy of the States. When, secondly, the recognised territorial supremacy of every State comprises certain powers over foreign subjects within its boundaries without their home State's having a right to interfere, these individuals appear again as objects of the Law of Nations. And, thirdly, when according to the Law of Nations any State may seize and punish foreign pirates on the Open Sea, or when belligerents may seize and punish neutral blockade-runners and carriers of contraband on the Open Sea without their home State's having a right to interfere, individuals appear here too as objects of the Law of Nations.[602]
§ 290. But what is the actual status of individuals[Pg 366] in International Law, if they aren't considered subjects? The only answer is that they are objects of the Law of Nations. This can be seen from multiple perspectives. For example, when the Law of Nations recognizes each State's authority over its citizens both domestically and internationally, these individuals are just as much objects of the Law of Nations as the States' territory is due to the recognized territorial authority of the States. Secondly, when the recognized territorial authority of each State includes certain powers over foreign individuals within its borders, without the home State having any right to intervene, these individuals again appear as objects of the Law of Nations. Lastly, when, according to the Law of Nations, any State can capture and penalize foreign pirates on the Open Sea, or when warring parties can capture and penalize neutral blockade-runners and those carrying contraband on the Open Sea without their home State having any right to interfere, individuals also appear as objects of the Law of Nations.[602]
[602] Westlake, Chapters, p. 2, maintains that in these cases individuals appear as subjects of International Law; but I cannot understand upon what argument this assertion is based. The correct standpoint is taken up by Lorimer, II. p. 131, and Holland, "Jurisprudence," p. 341.
[602] Westlake, Chapters, p. 2, argues that in these situations, individuals are seen as subjects of International Law; however, I don’t understand the reasoning behind this claim. The accurate perspective is presented by Lorimer, II. p. 131, and Holland, "Jurisprudence," p. 341.
Nationality the Link between Individuals and the Law of Nations.
Nationality: The Link Between Individuals and the Law of Nations.
§ 291. If, as stated, individuals are never subjects but always objects of the Law of Nations, then nationality is the link between this law and individuals. It is through the medium of their nationality only that individuals can enjoy benefits from the existence of the Law of Nations. This is a fact which has its consequences over the whole area of International Law.[603] Such individuals as do not possess any nationality enjoy no protection whatever, and if they are aggrieved by a State they have no way of redress, there being no State which would be competent to take their case in[Pg 367] hand. As far as the Law of Nations is concerned, apart from morality, there is no restriction whatever to cause a State to abstain from maltreating to any extent such stateless individuals.[604] On the other hand, if individuals who possess nationality are wronged abroad, it is their home State only and exclusively which has a right to ask for redress, and these individuals themselves have no such right. It is for this reason that the question of nationality is a very important one for the Law of Nations, and that individuals enjoy benefits from this law not as human beings but as subjects of such States as are members of the Family of Nations. And so distinct is the position as subjects of these members from the position of stateless individuals and from subjects of States outside the Family of Nations, that it has been correctly characterised as a kind of international "indigenousness," a Völkerrechts-Indigenat.[605] Just as municipal citizenship procures for an individual the enjoyment of the benefits of the Municipal Laws, so this international "indigenousness," which is a necessary inference from municipal citizenship, procures the enjoyment of the benefits of the Law of Nations.
§ 291. If, as stated, individuals are never subjects but always objects of the Law of Nations, then nationality is the connection between this law and individuals. It's only through their nationality that individuals can benefit from the existence of the Law of Nations. This is a reality that affects the entire scope of International Law.[603] Individuals without any nationality receive no protection at all, and if they are wronged by a State, they have no means for redress since there’s no State that can take their case on[Pg 367]. Regarding the Law of Nations, aside from moral considerations, there are no restrictions preventing a State from mistreating these stateless individuals to any degree.[604] Conversely, if individuals who hold nationality are wronged abroad, it is solely their home State that has the right to seek redress, and these individuals themselves do not have that right. This is why the issue of nationality is extremely significant in the Law of Nations and individuals benefit from this law not as human beings, but as subjects of States that are part of the Family of Nations. The distinction in status as subjects of these members compared to stateless individuals or subjects of States outside the Family of Nations is so clear that it has been aptly described as a form of international "indigenousness," a Völkerrechts-Indigenat.[605] Just as municipal citizenship allows an individual to enjoy the benefits of Municipal Laws, this international "indigenousness," which logically follows from municipal citizenship, grants access to the benefits of the Law of Nations.
The Law of Nations and the Rights of Mankind.
The Law of Nations and the Rights of Humanity.
§ 292. Several writers[606] maintain that the Law of Nations guarantees to every individual at home and abroad the so-called rights of mankind, without regarding whether an individual be stateless or not, or whether he be a subject of a member-State of the Family of Nations or not. Such rights are said to comprise the right of existence, the right to protection of honour, life, health, liberty, and property, the right of practising any religion one likes, the right of emigration, and the like. But such rights do not in fact[Pg 368] enjoy any guarantee whatever from the Law of Nations,[607] and they cannot enjoy such guarantee, since the Law of Nations is a law between States, and since individuals cannot be subjects of this law. But there are certain facts which cannot be denied at the background of this erroneous opinion. The Law of Nations is a product of Christian civilisation and represents a legal order which binds States, chiefly Christian, into a community. It is therefore no wonder that ethical ideas which are some of them the basis of, others a development from, Christian morals, have a tendency to require the help of International Law for their realisation. When the Powers stipulated at the Berlin Congress of 1878 that the Balkan States should be recognised only under the condition that they did not impose any religious disabilities on their subjects, they lent their arm to the realisation of such an idea. Again, when the Powers after the beginning of the nineteenth century agreed to several international arrangements in the interest of the abolition of the slave trade,[608] they fostered the realisation of another of these ideas. And the innumerable treaties between the different States as regards extradition of criminals, commerce, navigation, copyright, and the like, are inspired by the idea of affording ample protection to life, health, and property of individuals. Lastly, there is no doubt that, should a State venture to treat its own subjects or a part thereof with[Pg 369] such cruelty as would stagger humanity, public opinion of the rest of the world would call upon the Powers to exercise intervention[609] for the purpose of compelling such State to establish a legal order of things within its boundaries sufficient to guarantee to its citizens an existence more adequate to the ideas of modern civilisation. However, a guarantee of the so-called rights of mankind cannot be found in all these and other facts. Nor do the actual conditions of life to which certain classes of subjects are forcibly submitted within certain States show that the Law of Nations really comprises such guarantee.[610]
§ 292. Several writers[606] argue that the Law of Nations guarantees everyone, both at home and abroad, the so-called rights of mankind, regardless of whether a person is stateless or a citizen of a member-State of the Family of Nations. These rights are said to include the right to exist, the right to protection of honor, life, health, liberty, and property, the right to practice any religion, the right to emigrate, and so on. However, these rights don’t actually have any guarantee from the Law of Nations,[607] and they can’t have such guarantees because the Law of Nations is a law between States, and individuals cannot be subjects of this law. Nevertheless, there are undeniable facts behind this mistaken belief. The Law of Nations is a product of Christian civilization and represents a legal order that binds primarily Christian States into a community. It’s no surprise that ethical ideas, some of which are based on or evolved from Christian morals, tend to seek the support of International Law for their realization. When the Powers agreed at the Berlin Congress of 1878 that the Balkan States would only be recognized if they did not impose any religious disabilities on their subjects, they supported the realization of such an idea. Similarly, when the Powers agreed in the early nineteenth century to several international arrangements aimed at abolishing the slave trade,[608] they promoted another one of these ideas. Moreover, the countless treaties between different States regarding the extradition of criminals, trade, navigation, copyright, and so on, are motivated by the goal of providing ample protection for the life, health, and property of individuals. Lastly, it is clear that if a State were to treat its own subjects or a part of them with such cruelty that it would shock humanity, the public opinion of the rest of the world would urge the Powers to intervene[609] to compel that State to establish a legal order within its borders that adequately guarantees its citizens a quality of life more in line with modern civilization ideas. However, a guarantee of the so-called rights of mankind cannot be found in all these instances and other facts. Nor do the actual living conditions that certain classes of subjects are forced into within specific States indicate that the Law of Nations truly includes such guarantees.[610]
[608] It is incorrect to maintain that the Law of Nations has abolished slavery, but there is no doubt that the conventional Law of Nations has tried to abolish the slave trade. Three important general treaties have been concluded for that purpose during the nineteenth century, since the Vienna Congress—namely, (1) the Treaty of London, 1841, between Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia; (2) the General Act of the Congo Conference of Berlin, 1885, whose article 9 deals with the slave trade; (3) the General Act of the anti-slavery Conference of Brussels, 1890, which is signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, the Congo Free State, Denmark, France, (see, however, below, § 517), Germany, Holland, Italy, Luxemburg, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden, Norway, the United States, Turkey, and Zanzibar. See Queneuil, "De la traite des noirs et de l'esclavage" (1907).
[608] It's not accurate to say that the Law of Nations has eliminated slavery, but there's no doubt that conventional Law of Nations has attempted to end the slave trade. During the nineteenth century, following the Vienna Congress, three significant treaties were established for this purpose: (1) the Treaty of London in 1841, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia; (2) the General Act of the Congo Conference of Berlin in 1885, which addresses the slave trade in Article 9; (3) the General Act from the anti-slavery Conference of Brussels in 1890, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, the Congo Free State, Denmark, France, (see, however, below, § 517), Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Luxembourg, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden, Norway, the United States, Turkey, and Zanzibar. See Queneuil, "De la traite des noirs et de l'esclavage" (1907).
[610] The reader may think of the sad position of the Jews within the Russian Empire. The treatment of the native Jews in Roumania, although the Powers have, according to the spirit of article 44 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878, a right of intervention, shows even more clearly that the Law of Nations does not guarantee what are called rights of mankind. See below, § 312.
[610] The reader may consider the unfortunate situation of the Jews in the Russian Empire. The way native Jews are treated in Romania, despite the Powers having the right to intervene according to the spirit of article 44 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878, illustrates even more clearly that international law does not guarantee what are referred to as human rights. See below, § 312.
II NATIONALITY
Vattel, I. §§ 220-226—Hall, §§ 66 and 87—Westlake, I. pp. 213, 231-233—Halleck, I. p. 401—Taylor, §§ 172-178—Moore, III. §§ 372-376—Bluntschli, §§ 364-380—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 630-650—Gareis, § 54—Liszt, § 11—Ullmann, § 108—Bonfils, Nos. 433-454—Despagnet, Nos. 329-333—Pradier-Fodéré, III. No. 1645—Rivier, I. p. 303—Nys, II. pp. 214-220, 229-237—Calvo, II. §§ 539-540—Fiore, I. Nos. 644-658, 684-717, and Code, Nos. 638-641—Martens, I. §§ 85-87—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 14—Cogordan, "La nationalité au point de vue des rapports internationaux" (2nd ed. 1890)—Gargas in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 278-316 and....
Vattel, I. §§ 220-226—Hall, §§ 66 and 87—Westlake, I. pp. 213, 231-233—Halleck, I. p. 401—Taylor, §§ 172-178—Moore, III. §§ 372-376—Bluntschli, §§ 364-380—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 630-650—Gareis, § 54—Liszt, § 11—Ullmann, § 108—Bonfils, Nos. 433-454—Despagnet, Nos. 329-333—Pradier-Fodéré, III. No. 1645—Rivier, I. p. 303—Nys, II. pp. 214-220, 229-237—Calvo, II. §§ 539-540—Fiore, I. Nos. 644-658, 684-717, and Code, Nos. 638-641—Martens, I. §§ 85-87—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 14—Cogordan, "La nationalité au point de vue des rapports internationaux" (2nd ed. 1890)—Gargas in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 278-316 and....
Conception of Nationality.
Concept of Nationality.
§ 293. Nationality of an individual is his quality of being a subject of a certain State and therefore its citizen. It is not for International but for Municipal Law to determine who is and who is not to be considered a subject. And therefore it matters not, as far as the Law of Nations is concerned, that Municipal Laws may distinguish between different kinds of subjects—for[Pg 370] instance, those who enjoy full political rights and are on that account named citizens, and those who are less favoured and are on that account not named citizens. Nor does it matter that according to the Municipal Laws a person may be a subject of a part of a State, for instance of a colony, but not a subject of the mother-country, provided only such person appears as a subject of the mother-country as far as the latter's international relations are concerned. Thus, a person naturalised in a British Colony is for all international purposes a British subject, although he may not have the rights of a British subject within the United Kingdom itself.[611] For all international purposes, all distinctions made by Municipal Laws between subjects and citizens and between different kinds of subjects have neither theoretical nor practical value, and the terms "subject" and "citizen" are, therefore, synonymously made use of in the theory and practice of International Law.
§ 293. A person's nationality is their status as a member of a particular State and thus its citizen. It's up to domestic law, not international law, to decide who is and isn’t considered a member. Therefore, from the perspective of international law, it doesn't matter if domestic laws differentiate between various types of members—for example, those who have full political rights and are referred to as citizens, and those who have fewer rights and aren’t called citizens. It also doesn’t matter if, according to domestic laws, someone is considered a member of a part of a State, such as a colony, but not a member of the mother country, as long as that person is recognized as a member of the mother country in terms of international relations. So, someone who is naturalized in a British Colony is considered a British subject for all international purposes, even if they don’t have the rights of a British subject within the United Kingdom itself.[611] For all international purposes, distinctions made by domestic law between members and citizens, and among different types of members, have no theoretical or practical value. Consequently, the terms "member" and "citizen" are used interchangeably in both the theory and practice of international law.
[611] See below, § 307, and Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," § 20, who quotes, however, a decision of the French Cour de Cassation according to which naturalisation in a British Colony does not constitute a real naturalisation. But this decision is based on the Code Civil of France and has nothing to do with the Law of Nations. See also Westlake, I. pp. 231-233.
[611] See below, § 307, and Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," § 20, who cites a ruling from the French Cour de Cassation stating that naturalization in a British Colony doesn’t count as actual naturalization. However, this ruling is rooted in the French Civil Code and is unrelated to International Law. See also Westlake, I. pp. 231-233.
But it must be emphasised that nationality as citizenship of a certain State must not be confounded with nationality as membership of a certain nation in the sense of a race. Thus, all Englishmen, Scotchmen, and Irishmen are, despite their different nationality as regards their race, of British nationality as regards their citizenship. Thus, further, although all Polish individuals are of Polish nationality qua race, they have been, since the partition of Poland at the end of the eighteenth century between Russia, Austria, and Prussia, either of Russian, Austrian, or German nationality qua citizenship.
But it's important to note that nationality as citizenship in a specific state should not be confused with nationality as being part of a particular nation in terms of race. So, all English, Scottish, and Irish people are, despite their different racial backgrounds, of British nationality in terms of their citizenship. Furthermore, even though all Polish individuals are of Polish nationality in terms of race, since the partition of Poland at the end of the eighteenth century between Russia, Austria, and Prussia, they have been either of Russian, Austrian, or German nationality in terms of citizenship.
Function of Nationality.
Role of Nationality.
§ 294. It will be remembered that nationality is[Pg 371] the link between individuals and the benefits of the Law of Nations.[612] This function of nationality becomes apparent with regard to individuals abroad, or property abroad of individuals who themselves are within the territory of their home State. Through one particular right and one particular duty of every State towards all other States this function of nationality becomes most conspicuous. The right is that of protection over its citizens abroad which every State holds and occasionally vigorously exercises towards other States; it will be discussed in detail below, § 319. The duty, on the other hand, is that of receiving on its territory such citizens as are not allowed to remain[613] on the territory of other States. Since no State is obliged by the Law of Nations to allow foreigners to remain within its boundaries, it may, for many reasons, happen that certain individuals are expelled from all foreign countries. The home State of those expelled cannot refuse to receive them on the home territory, the expelling States having a claim on the home State that the latter do receive the expelled individuals.[614]
§ 294. It’s important to remember that nationality is[Pg 371] the connection between people and the advantages of the Law of Nations.[612] This role of nationality becomes clear when considering individuals abroad or the property of individuals who are in the territory of their home State. Through one specific right and one specific duty that every State has towards all other States, this role of nationality becomes most evident. The right is the protection of its citizens abroad that every State has and sometimes actively uses against other States; this will be explained in detail below, § 319. The duty, on the other hand, is to accept on its territory those citizens who are not permitted to stay[613] in the territory of other States. Since no State is required by the Law of Nations to permit foreigners to remain within its borders, it may happen for various reasons that certain individuals are expelled from all foreign countries. The home State of those expelled cannot refuse to accept them back on its territory, as the expelling States have a claim on the home State to take in the expelled individuals.[614]
[614] Beyond the right of protection and the duty to receive expelled citizens at home, the powers of a State over its citizens abroad in consequence of its personal supremacy illustrate the function of nationality. (See above, § 124.) Thus, the home State can tax citizens living abroad in the interest of home finance, can request them to come home for the purpose of rendering military service, can punish them for crimes committed abroad, can categorically request them to come home for good (so-called jus avocandi). And no State has a right forcibly to retain foreign citizens called home by their home State, or to prevent them from paying taxes to their home State, and the like.
[614] Besides the right to protection and the obligation to accept expelled citizens back, a State’s authority over its citizens abroad because of its personal supremacy demonstrates the role of nationality. (See above, § 124.) Therefore, the home State can tax its citizens living abroad to support its finances, can ask them to return home for military service, can punish them for crimes committed overseas, and can require them to return home permanently (known as jus avocandi). No State has the right to forcibly keep foreign citizens who are called back by their home State or to stop them from paying taxes to their home State, and so on.
So-called Protégés and de facto Subjects.
So-called Protégés and de facto Subjects.
§ 295. Although nationality alone is the regular means through which individuals can derive benefit from the Law of Nations, there are two exceptional cases in which individuals may come under the international protection of a State without these individuals being really its subjects. It happens, first, that a State undertakes by an international agreement the diplomatic protection of another State's citizens abroad, and[Pg 372] in this case the protected foreign subjects are named "protégés" of the protecting States. Such agreements are either concluded for a permanency as in the case of a small State, Switzerland for instance, having no diplomatic envoy in a certain foreign country where many of its subjects reside, or in time of war only, a belligerent handing over the protection of its subjects in the enemy State to a neutral State.
§ 295. While nationality is typically the primary way individuals can receive benefits from International Law, there are two exceptional situations where individuals can gain international protection from a State without actually being its citizens. First, a State may agree through an international accord to provide diplomatic protection to citizens of another State when they are abroad, and in this scenario, these protected foreign individuals are referred to as "protégés" of the protecting State. Such agreements can be permanent, as when a small State, like Switzerland, lacks a diplomatic representative in a particular foreign country where many of its citizens live, or they can be temporary, such as when a belligerent State entrusts the protection of its citizens in an enemy State to a neutral State during wartime.
It happens, secondly, that a State promises diplomatic protection within the boundaries of Turkey and other Oriental countries to certain natives. Such protected natives are likewise named protégés, but they are also called "de facto subjects" of the protecting State. The position of these protégés is quite anomalous, it is based on custom and treaties, and no special rules of the Law of Nations itself are in existence concerning such de facto subjects. Every State which takes such de facto subjects under its protection can act according to its discretion, and there is no doubt that as soon as these Oriental States have reached a level of civilisation equal to that of the Western members of the Family of Nations, the whole institution of the de facto subjects will disappear.
It sometimes happens that a State offers diplomatic protection to certain locals within Turkey and other Eastern countries. These protected locals are also referred to as protégés and are considered "de facto subjects" of the protecting State. The status of these protégés is quite unusual; it relies on customs and treaties, and there are no specific rules in the Law of Nations regarding such de facto subjects. Any State that takes these de facto subjects under its protection can act as it sees fit, and it’s clear that once these Eastern States achieve a level of civilization comparable to that of the Western members of the Family of Nations, the entire concept of de facto subjects will fade away.
Concerning the exercise of protection in Morocco, a treaty[615] was concluded at Madrid on July 3, 1880, signed by Morocco, Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Sweden-Norway, and the United States of America, which sanctions the stipulations of the treaty of 1863 between France and Morocco concerning the same subject. According to this treaty the term "protégé" embraces[616] in relation to States of Capitulations only[Pg 373] the following classes of persons:—(1) Persons being subjects of a country which is under the protectorate of the Power whose protection they claim; (2) individuals corresponding to the classes enumerated in the treaties with Morocco of 1863 and 1880 and in the Ottoman law of 1863; (3) persons, who under a special treaty have been recognised as protégés like those enumerated by article 4 of the French Muscat Convention of 1844; and (4) those individuals who can establish that they had been considered and treated as protégés by the Power in question before the year in which the creation of new protégés was regulated and limited—that is to say, before the year 1863, these individuals not having lost the status they had once legitimately acquired.
Regarding the protection agreements in Morocco, a treaty[615] was signed in Madrid on July 3, 1880, by Morocco, Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Sweden-Norway, and the United States, which upholds the terms of the 1863 treaty between France and Morocco on the same topic. According to this treaty, the term "protégé" refers[616] solely to the following categories of individuals in relation to States of Capitulations[Pg 373]: (1) individuals who are subjects of a country under the protection of the Power they seek assistance from; (2) individuals falling under the categories specified in the treaties with Morocco from 1863 and 1880 and in the Ottoman law of 1863; (3) individuals who have been recognized as protégés through a specific treaty, similar to those listed in Article 4 of the French Muscat Convention of 1844; and (4) individuals who can prove they were recognized and treated as protégés by the relevant Power before the year when the establishment of new protégés was regulated and restricted—that is, before 1863, as these individuals did not lose the status they had once legitimately acquired.
[616] See p. 56 of the official publication of the Award, given in 1905, of the Hague Court of Arbitration in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning the Muscat Dhows.
[616] See p. 56 of the official publication of the Award, given in 1905, from the Hague Court of Arbitration in the case of France v. Great Britain regarding the Muscat Dhows.
It is of interest to note that the Court considers it a fact that the Powers have no longer the right to create protégés in unlimited numbers in any of the Oriental States, for the Award states on p. 56:—"Although the Powers have expressis verbis resigned the exercise of the pretended right to create 'protégés' in unlimited number only in relation to Turkey and Morocco, nevertheless the exercise of this pretended right has been abandoned also in relation to other Oriental States, analogy having always been recognised as a means to complete the very deficient written regulations of the capitulations as far as circumstances are analogous."
It's important to note that the Court sees it as a fact that the Powers no longer have the right to create protégés in unlimited numbers in any of the Eastern States. The Award states on p. 56:—"Although the Powers have expressis verbis given up the exercise of the so-called right to create 'protégés' in unlimited numbers only in relation to Turkey and Morocco, they have also abandoned this so-called right concerning other Eastern States, as analogy has always been recognized as a way to fill in the very lacking written rules of the capitulations when the situations are similar."
Nationality and Emigration.
Nationality and Immigration.
§ 296. As emigration comprises the voluntary removal of an individual from his home State with the intention of residing abroad, but not necessarily with the intention of renouncing his nationality, it is obvious that emigrants may well retain their nationality. Emigration is in fact entirely a matter of internal legislation of the different States. Every State can fix for itself the conditions under which emigrants lose or retain their nationality, as it can also prohibit emigration altogether, or can at any moment request those who have emigrated to return to their former home, provided the emigrants have retained their nationality of birth. And it must be specially emphasised that the Law of Nations does not and cannot grant a right of emigration to every individual, although it is frequently maintained that it is a "natural"[Pg 374] right of every individual to emigrate from his own State.[617]
§ 296. Emigration involves an individual voluntarily leaving their home State with the intention of living abroad, but not necessarily intending to give up their nationality. It's clear that emigrants can retain their nationality. Emigration is entirely governed by the internal laws of different States. Each State can determine the conditions under which emigrants lose or keep their nationality, and it can also prohibit emigration altogether or require those who have emigrated to return to their home country at any time, as long as the emigrants have maintained their original nationality. It's important to highlight that the Law of Nations does not and cannot guarantee the right to emigrate for every individual, even though it's often argued that it is a "natural" [Pg 374] right for anyone to leave their own State.[617]
[617] Attention ought to be drawn to the fact that, to ensure the protection of the interests of emigrants and immigrants from the moral, hygienic, and economic view, the Institute of International Law, at its meeting at Copenhagen in 1897, adopted a body of fourteen principles concerning emigration under the heading "Vœux relatifs à la matière de l'émigration"; see Annuaire, XVI. (1897), p. 276. See also Gargas in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 278-316.
[617] It’s important to emphasize that to protect the interests of emigrants and immigrants from moral, hygienic, and economic standpoints, the Institute of International Law, during its meeting in Copenhagen in 1897, adopted a set of fourteen principles regarding emigration titled "Vœux relatifs à la matière de l'émigration"; see Annuaire, XVI. (1897), p. 276. Also, see Gargas in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 278-316.
III WAYS TO GAIN AND LOSE NATIONALITY
Vattel, I. §§ 212-219—Hall, §§ 67-72—Westlake, I. pp. 213-220—Lawrence, §§ 94-95—Halleck, I. pp. 402-418—Moore, III. §§ 372-473—Taylor, §§ 176-183—Walker, § 19—Bluntschli, §§ 364-373—Hartmann, § 81—Heffter, § 59—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 592-630—Gareis, § 55—Liszt, § 11—Ullmann, §§ 110 and 112—Bonfils, Nos. 417-432—Despagnet, Nos. 318-327—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1646-1691—Rivier, I. pp. 303-306—Calvo, II. §§ 541-654, VI. §§ 92-117—Martens, II. §§ 44-48—Fiore, Code, Nos. 660-669—Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence" (3rd ed. 1904), pp. 1-52—Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (1896), pp. 173-204—Martitz, "Das Recht der Staatsangehörigkeit im internationalen Verkehr" (1885)—Cogordan, "La nationalité, &c" (2nd ed. 1890), pp. 21-116, 317-400—Lapradelle, "De la nationalité d'origine" (1893)—Berney, "La nationalité à l'Institut de Droit International" (1897)—Bisocchi, "Acquisto e perdita della Nazionalità, &c." (1907)—Sieber, "Das Staatsbürgerrecht in internationalem Verkehr," 2 vols. (1907)—Lehr, "La nationalité dans les principaux états du globe" (1909), and in R.I. 2nd Ser. X. (1908), pp. 285, 401, and 525.
Vattel, I. §§ 212-219—Hall, §§ 67-72—Westlake, I. pp. 213-220—Lawrence, §§ 94-95—Halleck, I. pp. 402-418—Moore, III. §§ 372-473—Taylor, §§ 176-183—Walker, § 19—Bluntschli, §§ 364-373—Hartmann, § 81—Heffter, § 59—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 592-630—Gareis, § 55—Liszt, § 11—Ullmann, §§ 110 and 112—Bonfils, Nos. 417-432—Despagnet, Nos. 318-327—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1646-1691—Rivier, I. pp. 303-306—Calvo, II. §§ 541-654, VI. §§ 92-117—Martens, II. §§ 44-48—Fiore, Code, Nos. 660-669—Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence" (3rd ed. 1904), pp. 1-52—Dicey, "Conflict of Laws" (1896), pp. 173-204—Martitz, "Das Recht der Staatsangehörigkeit im internationalen Verkehr" (1885)—Cogordan, "La nationalité, &c" (2nd ed. 1890), pp. 21-116, 317-400—Lapradelle, "De la nationalité d'origine" (1893)—Berney, "La nationalité à l'Institut de Droit International" (1897)—Bisocchi, "Acquisto e perdita della Nazionalità, &c." (1907)—Sieber, "Das Staatsbürgerrecht in internationalem Verkehr," 2 vols. (1907)—Lehr, "La nationalité dans les principaux états du globe" (1909), and in R.I. 2nd Ser. X. (1908), pp. 285, 401, and 525.
In 1893 the British Government addressed a circular to its representatives abroad requesting them to send in a report concerning the laws relating to nationality and naturalisation in force in the respective foreign countries. These reports have been collected and presented to Parliament. They are printed in Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XIX. pp. 515-760.
In 1893, the British Government sent a circular to its representatives abroad asking them to submit a report about the laws on nationality and naturalization that are currently in effect in their respective foreign countries. These reports have been compiled and presented to Parliament. They are published in Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XIX. pp. 515-760.
Five Modes of Acquisition of Nationality.
Five Ways to Get Nationality.
§ 297. Although it is for Municipal Law to determine who is and who is not a subject of a State, it is nevertheless of interest for the theory of the Law of Nations to ascertain how nationality can be acquired according to the Municipal Law of the different States. The reason of the thing presents five possible modes of acquiring nationality, and, although no State is obliged to recognise all five, nevertheless all States practically do recognise them. They are birth, naturalisation, redintegration, subjugation, and cession.[Pg 375]
§ 297. While it's up to Municipal Law to define who is and isn't a citizen of a State, it’s still relevant for the theory of International Law to explore how nationality can be obtained under the Municipal Law of various States. The reasoning outlines five ways to acquire nationality, and although no State is required to acknowledge all five, in practice, most States do recognize them. These methods are birth, naturalization, re-acquisition, subjugation, and cession.[Pg 375]
Acquisition of Nationality by Birth.
Acquiring Nationality by Birth.
§ 298. The first and chief mode of acquiring nationality is by birth, for the acquisition of nationality by another mode is exceptional only, since the vast majority of mankind acquires nationality by birth and does not change it afterwards. But no uniform rules exist according to the Municipal Law of the different States concerning this matter. Some States, as Germany and Austria, have adopted the rule that descent alone is the decisive factor,[618] so that a child born of their subjects becomes ipso facto by birth their subject likewise, be the child born at home or abroad. According to this rule, illegitimate children acquire the nationality of their mother. Other States, such as Argentina, have adopted the rule that the territory on which birth occurs is exclusively the decisive factor.[619] According to this rule every child born on the territory of such State, whether the parents be citizens or aliens, becomes a subject of such State, whereas a child born abroad is foreign, although the parents may be subjects. Again, other States, as Great Britain[620] and the United States, have adopted a mixed principle, since, according to their Municipal Law, not only children of their subjects born at home or abroad become their subjects, but also such children of alien parents as are born on their territory.
§ 298. The main way to acquire nationality is by birth, as acquiring nationality through other means is rare, since most people gain nationality at birth and don’t change it later. However, there are no uniform rules according to the laws of different states regarding this issue. Some states, like Germany and Austria, follow the principle that descent is the key factor,[618] so a child born to their citizens automatically becomes their citizen, whether born domestically or abroad. Following this principle, illegitimate children take on their mother's nationality. Other states, such as Argentina, have the rule that the place of birth is the sole determining factor.[619] According to this rule, any child born in that state, regardless of their parents' citizenship status, becomes a citizen of that state, while a child born overseas is considered foreign, even if the parents are citizens. Additionally, other states, like Great Britain[620] and the United States, have adopted a mixed principle where, according to their laws, not only do children of their citizens born domestically or abroad become their citizens, but also children of foreign parents born on their territory.
[618] Jus sanguinis.
[619] Jus soli.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Birthright citizenship.
Acquisition of Nationality through Naturalisation.
Gaining Nationality through Naturalization.
§ 299. The most important mode of acquiring nationality besides birth is that of naturalisation in the wider sense of the term. Through naturalisation an alien by birth acquires the nationality of the naturalising State. According to the Municipal Law of the different States naturalisation may take place through six different acts—namely, marriage, legitimation, option, acquisition of domicile, appointment as Government official, grant on application. Thus, according to the[Pg 376] Municipal Law of most States, an alien female marrying a subject of such State becomes thereby ipso facto naturalised. Thus, further, according to the Municipal Law of several States, an illegitimate child born of an alien mother, and therefore an alien himself, becomes ipso facto naturalised through the father marrying the mother and thereby legitimating the child.[621] Thus, thirdly, according to the Municipal Law of some States, which declare children of foreign parents born on their territory to be aliens, such children, if, after having come of age, they make a declaration that they intend to be subjects of the country of their birth, become ipso facto by such option naturalised. Again, fourthly, some States, such as Venezuela, let an alien become naturalised ipso facto by his taking his domicile[622] on their territory. Some States, fifthly, let an alien become naturalised ipso facto on appointment as a Government official. And, lastly, in all States naturalisation may be procured through a direct act on the part of the State granting nationality to an alien who has applied for it. This last kind of naturalisation is naturalisation in the narrower sense of the term; it is the most important for the Law of Nations, and, whenever one speaks of naturalisation pure and simple, such naturalisation through direct grant on application is meant; it will be discussed in detail below, §§ 303-307.
§ 299. The main way to gain nationality besides being born with it is through naturalization in a broader sense. Through naturalization, a foreign-born individual can obtain the nationality of the country granting the naturalization. According to the laws of various countries, naturalization can occur through six different actions—namely, marriage, legitimation, option, establishing residency, being appointed as a government official, or by request. Thus, under the laws of most countries, a foreign woman who marries a citizen of that country automatically becomes naturalized. Furthermore, under the laws of several countries, an illegitimate child of a foreign mother, and thus a foreigner himself, becomes naturalized automatically when the father marries the mother, which legitimizes the child.[621] Additionally, according to the laws of some countries, which classify children of foreign parents born on their land as foreigners, such children, once they reach adulthood and declare their intent to be citizens of the country where they were born, become naturalized by that declaration. Moreover, some countries, like Venezuela, allow a foreigner to become naturalized automatically by taking up residency on their territory.[622] Some countries also allow a foreigner to become naturalized automatically upon being appointed as a government official. Lastly, in all countries, naturalization can be obtained through a direct action by the state granting nationality to a foreigner who has applied for it. This last type of naturalization is considered naturalization in a narrower sense; it is the most significant for international law, and whenever the term naturalization is mentioned without qualification, it refers to this direct grant upon application; this will be discussed in detail below, §§ 303-307.
[622] It is doubtful (see Hall, § 64) whether the home State of such individuals naturalised against their will must submit to this ipso facto naturalisation. See above, § 125, where the rule has been stated that in consideration of the personal supremacy of the home State over its citizens abroad no State can naturalise foreigners against their will.
[622] It’s uncertain (see Hall, § 64) whether the home state of individuals who were naturalized against their will has to accept this ipso facto naturalization. See above, § 125, where it has been stated that in light of the personal authority of the home state over its citizens abroad, no state can naturalize foreigners without their consent.
Acquisition of Nationality through Redintegration.
Obtaining Nationality through Reinstatement.
§ 300. The third mode of acquiring nationality is that by so-called redintegration or resumption. Such individuals as have been natural-born subjects of a State, but have lost their original nationality through naturalisation abroad or for some other cause, may[Pg 377] recover their original nationality on their return home. One speaks in this case of redintegration or resumption in contradistinction to naturalisation, the favoured person being redintegrated and resumed into his original nationality. Thus, according to Section 10 of the Naturalisation Act,[623] 1870, a widow being a natural-born British subject, who has lost her British nationality through marriage with a foreigner, may at any time during her widowhood obtain a certificate of readmission to British nationality, provided she performs the same conditions and adduces the same evidence as is required in the case of an alien applying for naturalisation. And according to section 8 of the same Act, a British-born individual who has lost his British nationality through being naturalised abroad, may, if he returns home, obtain a certificate of readmission to British nationality, provided he performs the same conditions and adduces the same evidence as is required in the case of an alien applying for naturalisation.
§ 300. The third way to acquire nationality is through something called redintegration or resumption. Individuals who were born subjects of a state but lost their original nationality either by being naturalized in another country or for other reasons may[Pg 377] regain their original nationality when they return home. This process is called redintegration or resumption, which distinguishes it from naturalization; the person is being reintegrated and resumed into their original nationality. For example, according to Section 10 of the Naturalisation Act,[623] 1870, a widow who is a natural-born British subject and has lost her British nationality due to marriage to a foreigner may, during her widowhood, obtain a certificate of readmission to British nationality at any time, as long as she meets the same conditions and provides the same evidence required of an alien applying for naturalization. Furthermore, according to section 8 of the same Act, a British-born person who has lost their British nationality by being naturalized abroad can obtain a certificate of readmission to British nationality when they return home, again provided they meet the same conditions and provide the same evidence as an alien applying for naturalization.
Acquisition of Nationality through Subjugation and Cession.
Acquisition of Nationality through Conquest and Transfer.
§ 301. The fourth and fifth modes of acquiring nationality are by subjugation after conquest and by cession of territory, the inhabitants of the subjugated as well as of the ceded territory acquiring ipso facto by the subjugation or cession the nationality of the State which acquires the territory. These modes of acquisition of nationality are modes settled by the customary Law of Nations; it will be remembered that details concerning this matter have been given above, §§ 219 and 240.
§ 301. The fourth and fifth ways to gain nationality are through subjugation after conquest and through cession of territory. The people from both the subjugated area and the ceded territory automatically gain the nationality of the state that takes over the territory. These methods of acquiring nationality are established by the customary Law of Nations; details on this topic have been provided earlier, §§ 219 and 240.
Seven modes of losing Nationality.
Seven ways to lose nationality.
§ 302. Although it is left in the discretion of the different States to determine the grounds on which individuals lose their nationality, it is nevertheless of interest for the theory of the Law of Nations to take notice of these grounds. Seven modes of losing nationality must be stated to exist according to the reason[Pg 378] of the thing, although all seven are by no means recognised by all the States. These modes are:—Release, deprivation, expiration, option, substitution, subjugation, and cession.
§ 302. While it's up to each State to decide the reasons individuals lose their nationality, it's still important for the theory of International Law to recognize these reasons. There are seven ways that nationality can be lost, according to the reasoning behind it, although not all States acknowledge all seven. These ways are: Release, deprivation, expiration, option, substitution, subjugation, and cession.
(1) Release. Some States, as Germany, give their citizens the right to ask to be released from their nationality. Such release, if granted, denationalises the released individual.
(1) Release. Some countries, like Germany, allow their citizens to request to be released from their nationality. If this request is granted, the individual is denationalized.
(2) Deprivation. According to the Municipal Law of some States, as, for instance, Bulgaria, Greece, Italy, Holland, Portugal, and Spain, the fact that a citizen enters into foreign civil or military service without permission of his Sovereign deprives him of his nationality.
(2) Deprivation. According to the Municipal Law of some States, such as Bulgaria, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, and Spain, if a citizen joins a foreign civil or military service without their Sovereign's permission, they lose their nationality.
(3) Expiration. Some States have legislated that citizenship expires in the cases of such of their subjects as have emigrated and stayed abroad beyond a certain length of time. Thus, a German ceases to be a German subject through the mere fact that he has emigrated and stayed abroad for ten years without having undertaken the necessary step for the purpose of retaining his nationality.
(3) Expiration. Some states have made laws stating that citizenship can expire for those of their citizens who have emigrated and lived abroad for a specific period. For example, a German loses their citizenship simply by having emigrated and lived overseas for ten years without taking the necessary steps to keep their nationality.
(4) Option. Some States, as Great Britain, which declare a child born of foreign parents on their territory to be their natural-born subject, although he becomes at the same time according to the Municipal Law of the home State of the parents a subject of such State, give the right to such child to make, after coming of age, a declaration that he desires to cease to be a citizen. Such declaration of alienage creates ipso facto the loss of nationality.
(4) Option. Some countries, like Great Britain, declare that a child born to foreign parents on their soil is their natural-born subject, even though, according to the laws of the parents' home country, the child is also a subject of that country. These countries allow the child, once they reach adulthood, to declare that they wish to stop being a citizen. This declaration of alienage automatically results in the loss of nationality.
(5) Substitution. Many States, as, for instance, Great Britain, have legislated that the nationality of their subjects extinguishes ipso facto by their naturalisation abroad, be it through marriage, grant on application, or otherwise. Other States, however, as, for instance, Germany, do not object to their citizens acquiring[Pg 379] another nationality besides that which they already possess.
(5) Substitution. Many countries, like Great Britain, have laws stating that their citizens automatically lose their nationality when they become naturalized in another country, whether through marriage, application, or other means. However, other countries, such as Germany, do not mind if their citizens take on another nationality in addition to the one they already have.
(6) Subjugation and cession. It is a universally recognised customary rule of the Law of Nations that the inhabitants of subjugated as well as ceded territory lose their nationality and acquire that of the State which annexes the territory.[624]
(6) Subjugation and cession. It is a widely accepted customary rule of international law that the people living in conquered or transferred territories lose their nationality and adopt that of the state that takes over the territory.[624]
IV NATURALISATION IN PARTICULAR
Vattel, I. § 214—Hall, §§ 71-71*—Westlake, § I. pp. 225-230—Lawrence, §§ 95-96—Phillimore, I. §§ 325-332—Halleck, I. pp. 403-410—Taylor, §§ 181-182—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 173-183—Moore, III. §§ 377-380—Wheaton, § 85—Bluntschli, §§ 371-372—Ullmann, §§ 110-111—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1656-1659—Calvo, II. §§ 581-646—Martens, II. §§ 47-48—Stoicesco, "Étude sur la naturalisation" (1875)—Folleville, "Traité de la naturalisation" (1880)—Cogordan, "La nationalité, &c." (2nd ed. 1890), pp. 117-284, 307-316—Delécaille, "De la naturalisation" (1893)—Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906), pp. 91-121—Piggott, "Nationality and Naturalisation, &c." 2 vols. (new ed. 1907)—Hart, in the Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, new series, vol. II. (1900), pp. 11-26.
Vattel, I. § 214—Hall, §§ 71-71*—Westlake, § I. pp. 225-230—Lawrence, §§ 95-96—Phillimore, I. §§ 325-332—Halleck, I. pp. 403-410—Taylor, §§ 181-182—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 173-183—Moore, III. §§ 377-380—Wheaton, § 85—Bluntschli, §§ 371-372—Ullmann, §§ 110-111—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1656-1659—Calvo, II. §§ 581-646—Martens, II. §§ 47-48—Stoicesco, "Étude sur la naturalisation" (1875)—Folleville, "Traité de la naturalisation" (1880)—Cogordan, "La nationalité, &c." (2nd ed. 1890), pp. 117-284, 307-316—Delécaille, "De la naturalisation" (1893)—Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906), pp. 91-121—Piggott, "Nationality and Naturalisation, &c." 2 vols. (new ed. 1907)—Hart, in the Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, new series, vol. II. (1900), pp. 11-26.
Conception and Importance of Naturalisation.
Understanding Naturalization and Its Importance.
§ 303. Naturalisation in the narrower sense of the term—in contradistinction to naturalisation ipso facto through marriage, legitimation, option, domicile, and Government office (see above, § 299)—must be defined as reception of an alien into the citizenship of a State through a formal act on application of the favoured individual. International Law does not provide any such rules for such reception, but it recognises the natural competence of every State as a Sovereign to increase its population through naturalisation, although a State might by its Municipal Law be prevented from making use of this natural competence.[625] In spite, however, of the fact that naturalisation is a domestic affair of the different States, it is nevertheless of special[Pg 380] importance to the theory and practice of the Law of Nations. This is the case because naturalisation is effected through a special grant of the naturalising State, and regularly involves either a change or a multiplication of nationality, facts which can be and have been the source of grave international conflicts. In the face of the fact that millions of citizens emigrate every year from their home countries with the intention of settling permanently in foreign countries, where the majority of them become sooner or later naturalised, the international importance of naturalisation cannot be denied.
§ 303. Naturalization, in a stricter sense—unlike naturalization ipso facto through marriage, legitimation, choice, residency, and government positions (see above, § 299)—is the process of admitting a foreigner into the citizenship of a state through a formal application by the individual. International Law doesn't set any specific rules for this process, but it acknowledges that every state, as a Sovereign entity, has the right to grow its population through naturalization, even though domestic laws might limit this ability.[625] Despite the fact that naturalization is primarily a matter for individual states, it holds significant importance for the theory and practice of International Law. This is because naturalization occurs through a specific grant from the state that is naturalizing the individual, which usually results in either a change or an increase in nationality—situations that can lead to serious international disputes. Given that millions of citizens emigrate each year with the goal of settling permanently in other countries, and most eventually become naturalized, the international relevance of naturalization is undeniable.
Object of Naturalisation.
Naturalization Purpose.
§ 304. The object of naturalisation is always an alien. Some States will naturalise such aliens only as are stateless because they never have been citizens of another State or because they have renounced, or have been released from or deprived of, the citizenship of their home State. But other States, as Great Britain, naturalise also such aliens as are and remain subjects of their home State. Most States naturalise such person only as has taken his domicile in their country, has been residing there for some length of time, and intends permanently to remain in their country. And according to the Municipal Law of many States, naturalisation of a married individual includes that of his wife and children under age. But although every alien may be naturalised, no alien has, according to the Municipal Law of most States, a claim to become naturalised, naturalisation being a matter of discretion of the Government, which can refuse it without giving any reasons.
§ 304. The purpose of naturalization is always to grant citizenship to a foreign national. Some countries will only naturalize individuals who are stateless, meaning they have never been citizens of another country or have given up, been released from, or lost their citizenship in their home country. However, other countries, like Great Britain, will also naturalize foreign nationals who remain subjects of their home countries. Most countries will only naturalize individuals who have established residency in their country, lived there for a certain period, and plan to stay permanently. Additionally, under the laws of many countries, the naturalization of a married person extends to their spouse and any minor children. However, while any foreign national may apply for naturalization, according to the laws of most countries, there is no guaranteed right to become naturalized, as it is at the discretion of the government, which can deny the application without providing any reasons.
Conditions of Naturalisation.
Naturalization Requirements.
§ 305. If granted, naturalisation makes an alien a citizen. But it is left to the discretion of the naturalising State to grant naturalisation under any conditions it likes. Thus, for example, Great Britain grants naturalisation on the sole condition that the naturalised alien shall not be deemed to be a British subject when[Pg 381] within the limits of the foreign State of which he has been a subject previously to his naturalisation, unless at the time of naturalisation he has ceased to be a subject of that State. And it must be specially mentioned that naturalisation need not give an alien absolutely the same rights as are possessed by natural-born citizens. Thus according to article 2 of the Constitution of the United States of America a naturalised alien can never be elected President.[626]
§ 305. If granted, naturalization makes an alien a citizen. However, it is up to the naturalizing State to set any conditions it wishes for granting naturalization. For instance, Great Britain grants naturalization with the sole condition that the naturalized alien is not considered a British subject when they are in the foreign State where they were originally a subject, unless they have ceased to be a subject of that State at the time of their naturalization. It's also important to note that naturalization does not necessarily provide an alien with all the same rights as natural-born citizens. For example, according to Article 2 of the Constitution of the United States of America, a naturalized alien cannot be elected President.[626]
[626] A foreigner naturalised in Great Britain by Letters of Denization does not acquire the same rights as a natural-born British subject. See Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 22.
[626] A foreigner who becomes a citizen in Great Britain through Letters of Denization does not gain the same rights as someone born as a British subject. See Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction" (1894), § 22.
Effect of Naturalisation upon previous Citizenship.
Effect of Naturalization on Previous Citizenship.
§ 306. Since the Law of Nations does not comprise any rules concerning naturalisation, the effect of naturalisation upon previous citizenship is exclusively a matter of the Municipal Law of the States concerned. Some States, as Great Britain,[627] have legislated that one of their subjects becoming naturalised abroad loses thereby his previous nationality; but other States, as Germany, have not done this. Further, some States, as Great Britain again, deny every effect to the naturalisation granted by them to an alien whilst he is staying on the territory of the State whose subject he was previously to his naturalisation, unless at the time of naturalisation he was no longer a subject of such State. But other States do not make this provision. Be that as it may, there can be no doubt that a person who is naturalised abroad and temporarily or permanently returns into the country of his origin, can be held responsible[628] for all acts done there at the time before his naturalisation abroad.
§ 306. Since international law doesn't include any rules about naturalization, the impact of naturalization on prior citizenship is solely determined by the domestic law of the relevant states. Some countries, like Great Britain,[627] have enacted laws stating that a subject who becomes naturalized abroad automatically loses their previous nationality; however, other countries, such as Germany, have not adopted similar policies. Additionally, some countries, again like Great Britain, disregard the effects of naturalization for an alien if they are still on the territory of the country from which they were naturalized, unless they were no longer a subject of that country at the time of naturalization. However, other countries do not have this restriction. Regardless, it is clear that a person who is naturalized abroad and then temporarily or permanently returns to their home country can be held accountable[628] for any actions taken there before their naturalization abroad.
[627] Formerly Great Britain upheld the rule nemo potest exuere patriam, but Section 6 of the Naturalisation Act, 1870, does away with that rule. Its antithesis is the rule ne quis invitus civitate mutetur, neve in civitate maneat invitus (Cicero, "Pro Balbo," c. 13, § 31; see Rattigan, "Private International Law" (1895), p. 29, No. 21).
[627] In the past, Great Britain maintained the principle nemo potest exuere patriam, but Section 6 of the Naturalisation Act, 1870, eliminates that principle. Its opposite is the rule ne quis invitus civitate mutetur, neve in civitate maneat invitus (Cicero, "Pro Balbo," c. 13, § 31; see Rattigan, "Private International Law" (1895), p. 29, No. 21).
Naturalisation in Great Britain.
Naturalization in Great Britain.
§ 307. The present law of Great Britain[629] concerning Naturalisation is mainly contained in the Naturalisation Acts of 1870, 1874, and 1895.[630] Aliens may on their application become naturalised by a certificate of naturalisation in case they have resided in the United Kingdom or have been in the service of the British Crown for a term of not less than five years, and in case they have the intention to continue residing within the United Kingdom or serving under the Crown. But naturalisation may be refused without giving a reason therefor (section 7). British possessions may legislate on their own account concerning naturalisation (section 16), and aliens so naturalised are for all international purposes[631] British subjects. Where the Crown enters into a convention with a foreign State to the effect that the subjects of such State who have been naturalised in Great Britain may divest themselves of their status as British subjects, such naturalised British subjects can through a declaration of alienage shake off the acquired British nationality (section 3). Naturalisation of the husband includes that of his wife, and naturalisation of the father, or mother in case she is a widow, includes naturalisation of such children as have during infancy become resident in the United Kingdom at the time of their father's or mother's naturalisation (section 10). Neither the case of children who are not resident within the United Kingdom or not resident with their father in the service of the Crown abroad at the time of the naturalisation of their father or widowed mother, nor the case of children born abroad after the naturalisation of the father is mentioned in the Naturalisation Act. It is, therefore,[Pg 383] to be taken for granted that such children are not[632] British subjects, except children born of a naturalised father abroad in the service of the Crown.[633]
§ 307. The current law of Great Britain[629] regarding Naturalisation primarily comes from the Naturalisation Acts of 1870, 1874, and 1895.[630] Foreigners can apply to become naturalised with a naturalisation certificate if they have lived in the United Kingdom or served the British Crown for at least five years, and if they intend to continue living in the United Kingdom or serving the Crown. However, naturalisation can be denied without any explanation (section 7). British territories can create their own laws about naturalisation (section 16), and foreigners who are naturalised are considered[631] British subjects for all international purposes. If the Crown makes an agreement with another country that allows subjects of that country who have been naturalised in Great Britain to abandon their status as British subjects, those naturalised British subjects can renounce their British nationality through a declaration of alienage (section 3). When a husband is naturalised, his wife is also naturalised, and when a father is naturalised, or a widowed mother is naturalised, their children who were living in the UK at the time of the parents' naturalisation are also naturalised (section 10). The situation for children who are not living in the United Kingdom or not with their father serving the Crown abroad at the time of their father's or widowed mother's naturalisation, as well as for children born abroad after the father’s naturalisation, is not addressed in the Naturalisation Act. Therefore,[Pg 383] it is assumed that these children are not[632] British subjects, except for children born to a naturalised father abroad who was in the service of the Crown.[633]
[630] 33 Vict. c. 14; 35 and 36 Vict. c. 39; 58 & 59 Vict. c. 43. See Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence," 3rd ed. (1904), pp. 1-51; Westlake, "Private International Law," 4th ed. (1905), §§ 284-287; Dicey, "Conflict of Laws," 2nd ed. (1908), pp. 172-191.
[630] 33 Vict. c. 14; 35 and 36 Vict. c. 39; 58 & 59 Vict. c. 43. See Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence," 3rd ed. (1904), pp. 1-51; Westlake, "Private International Law," 4th ed. (1905), §§ 284-287; Dicey, "Conflict of Laws," 2nd ed. (1908), pp. 172-191.
Not to be confounded with naturalisation proper is naturalisation through denization by means of Letters Patent under the Great Seal. This way of making an alien a British subject is based on a very ancient practice[634] which has not yet become obsolete. Such denization requires no previous residence within the United Kingdom. "A person may be made a denizen without ever having set foot upon British soil. There have been, and from time to time there no doubt will be, persons of foreign nationality to whom it is wished to entrust functions which can only be legally exercised by British subjects. In such instances, the condition of five years' residence in the United Kingdom would generally be prohibitory. The difficulty can be avoided by the issue of Letters of Denization; and it is believed that on one or two occasions letters have in fact been issued with the view of enabling persons of foreign nationality to exercise British consular jurisdiction in the East." (Hall.)
Not to be confused with naturalization itself is naturalization through denization by means of Letters Patent under the Great Seal. This method of turning a foreigner into a British subject is based on a very ancient practice[634] that hasn’t become outdated. Such denization doesn't require prior residence in the United Kingdom. "A person can become a denizen without ever having set foot on British soil. There have been, and likely will continue to be, individuals of foreign nationality to whom certain responsibilities can only be legally given to British subjects. In these cases, the requirement of five years of residence in the United Kingdom would usually be an obstacle. This issue can be resolved by issuing Letters of Denization; and it's believed that on one or two occasions, letters have actually been issued to allow foreign nationals to perform British consular duties in the East." (Hall.)
V Dual and absent nationality
Hall, § 71—Westlake, I. pp. 221-225—Lawrence, § 96—Halleck, I. pp. 410-413—Taylor, § 183—Wheaton, § 85 (Dana's note)—Moore, III. §§ 426-430—Bluntschli, §§ 373-374—Hartmann, § 82—Heffter, § 59—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 650-655—Ullmann, § 110—Bonfils, No. 422—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1660-1665—Rivier, I. pp. 304-306—Calvo, II. §§ 647-654—Martens, II. § 46.
Hall, § 71—Westlake, I. pp. 221-225—Lawrence, § 96—Halleck, I. pp. 410-413—Taylor, § 183—Wheaton, § 85 (Dana's note)—Moore, III. §§ 426-430—Bluntschli, §§ 373-374—Hartmann, § 82—Heffter, § 59—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 650-655—Ullmann, § 110—Bonfils, No. 422—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1660-1665—Rivier, I. pp. 304-306—Calvo, II. §§ 647-654—Martens, II. § 46.
Possibility of Double and Absent Nationality.
Possibility of Double and Absent Nationality.
§ 308. The Law of Nations having no rule concerning acquisition and loss of nationality beyond this, that nationality is lost and acquired through subjugation[Pg 384] and cession, and, on the other hand, the Municipal Laws of the different States differing in many points concerning this matter, the necessary consequence is that an individual may own two different nationalities as easily as none at all. The points to be discussed here are therefore: how double nationality occurs, the position of individuals with double nationality, how absent nationality occurs, the position of individuals destitute of nationality, and, lastly, means of redress against difficulties arising from double and absent nationality.
§ 308. The Law of Nations has no rules about how nationality is gained or lost, other than that nationality can be lost or gained through conquest[Pg 384] and transfer of territory. Additionally, the municipal laws of different states vary greatly on this issue. As a result, a person can easily have two different nationalities or none at all. Therefore, the topics to be discussed are: how double nationality occurs, the status of individuals with double nationality, how absent nationality arises, the status of individuals without nationality, and finally, ways to address the challenges that come from having double or absent nationality.
It must, however, be specially mentioned that the Law of Nations is concerned with such cases only of double and absent nationality as are the consequences of conflicting Municipal Laws of several absolutely different States. Such cases as are the consequence of the Municipal Laws of a Federal State or of a State which, as Great Britain, allows outlying parts to legislate on their own account concerning naturalisation, fall outside the scope of the Law of Nations. Thus the fact that, according to the law of Germany, a German can be at the same time a subject of several member-States of the German Empire, or can be a subject of this Empire without being a subject of one of its member-States, does as little concern the Law of Nations as the fact that an individual can be a subject of a British Colonial State without at the same time being a subject of the United Kingdom. For internationally such individuals appear as subjects of such Federal State or the mother-country, whatever their position may be inside these States.
It should be noted that the Law of Nations deals only with cases of dual or absent nationality that arise from conflicting municipal laws of completely different states. Cases resulting from the municipal laws of a federal state, or from a state like Great Britain that allows its territories to legislate independently on matters of naturalization, fall outside the purview of the Law of Nations. Therefore, the fact that, under German law, a German citizen can be simultaneously a subject of several member states of the German Empire, or can be a subject of the Empire without being a subject of one of its member states, is of no concern to the Law of Nations. Similarly, an individual can be a subject of a British colonial state without also being a subject of the United Kingdom. Internationally, these individuals are recognized as subjects of their federal state or the mother country, regardless of their status within those states.
How Double Nationality occurs.
How dual citizenship occurs.
§ 309. An individual may own double nationality knowingly or unknowingly, and with or without intention. And double nationality may be produced by every mode of acquiring nationality. Even birth can vest a child with double nationality. Thus, every child[Pg 385] born in Great Britain of German parents acquires at the same time British and German nationality, for such child is British according to British, and German according to German Municipal Law. Double nationality can likewise be the result of marriage. Thus, a Venezuelan woman marrying an Englishman acquires according to British law British nationality, but according to Venezuelan law she does not lose her Venezuelan nationality. Legitimation of illegitimate children can produce the same effect. Thus, an illegitimate child of a German born in England of an English mother is a British subject according to British and German law, but if after the birth of the child the father marries the mother and remains a resident in England, he thereby legitimates the child according to German law, and such child acquires thereby German nationality without losing his British nationality, although the mother does lose her British nationality.[635] Again, double nationality may be the result of option. Thus, a child born in France of German parents acquires German nationality, but if, after having come of age, he acquires French nationality by option through making the declaration necessary according to French Municipal Law, he does not thereby, according to German Municipal Law, lose his German nationality. It is not necessary to give examples of double nationality caused by taking domicile abroad, accepting foreign Government office, and redintegration, and it suffices merely to draw attention to the fact that naturalisation in the narrower sense of the term is frequently a cause of double nationality, since individuals may apply for and receive naturalisation in a State without thereby losing the nationality of their home State.
§ 309. An individual can have dual nationality, whether they are aware of it or not, and regardless of intent. Dual nationality can arise from any method of acquiring nationality. For example, being born can grant a child dual nationality. A child born in Great Britain to German parents automatically holds both British and German nationality; they are considered British under British law and German under German law. Marriage can also create dual nationality. For instance, a Venezuelan woman who marries an Englishman obtains British nationality under British law, while according to Venezuelan law, she retains her Venezuelan nationality. The legitimation of illegitimate children can lead to similar outcomes. An illegitimate child born in England to a German father and an English mother is a British subject under both British and German law. However, if the father marries the mother after the child’s birth and continues living in England, he legitimizes the child under German law, allowing the child to gain German nationality while still holding British nationality, although the mother loses her British nationality. Additionally, dual nationality can occur through choice. A child born in France to German parents acquires German nationality, but if they reach adulthood and choose to acquire French nationality by making the necessary declaration under French law, they do not lose their German nationality according to German law. There’s no need to list examples of dual nationality due to moving abroad, accepting a position in a foreign government, or reinstatement; it’s important to note that naturalization, in its strict sense, often results in dual nationality, as individuals can apply for and receive naturalization in one state without forfeiting the nationality of their home state.
Position of Individuals with Double Nationality.
Position of Individuals with Dual Nationality.
§ 310. Individuals owning double nationality bear[Pg 386] in the language of diplomatists the name sujets mixtes. The position of such "mixed subjects" is awkward on account of the fact that two different States claim them as subjects, and therefore their allegiance. In case a serious dispute arises between these two States which leads to war, an irreconcilable conflict of duties is created for these unfortunate individuals. It is all very well to say that such conflict is a personal matter which concerns neither the Law of Nations nor the two States in dispute. As far as an individual has, through naturalisation, option, and the like, acquired his double nationality, one may say that he has placed himself in that awkward position by intentionally and knowingly acquiring a second without being released from his original nationality. But those who are natural-born sujets mixtes in most cases do not know thereof before they have to face the conflict, and their difficult position is not their own fault.
§ 310. Individuals with dual nationality are referred to in diplomatic terms as sujets mixtes. The situation of these "mixed subjects" is complicated because two different countries consider them citizens, and therefore each country expects their loyalty. If a serious conflict arises between these two countries that leads to war, these unfortunate individuals face an impossible conflict of responsibilities. It's easy to say that this conflict is a personal issue that doesn't involve international law or the two countries at odds. In cases where individuals have obtained dual nationality through naturalization or choice, one could argue that they have put themselves in this tricky situation by knowingly acquiring a second nationality without renouncing their original one. However, those who are natural-born sujets mixtes often remain unaware of their status until they find themselves facing the conflict, and their challenging situation is not their fault.
Be that as it may, there is no doubt that each of the States claiming such an individual as subject is internationally competent to do this, although they cannot claim him against one another, since each of them correctly maintains that he is its subject.[636] But against third States each of them appears as his Sovereign,[Pg 387] and it is therefore possible that each of them can exercise its right of protection over him within third States.
That said, there's no doubt that each of the States claiming someone as their subject is internationally capable of doing so, even though they can't claim him against each other, since each one rightly asserts that he belongs to them. However, against third States, each of them is seen as his Sovereign, and so it’s possible for each of them to exercise their right to protect him within third States.[636]
[636] I cannot agree with the statement in its generality made by Westlake, I. p. 221:—"If, for instance, a man claimed as a national both by the United Kingdom and by another country should contract in the latter a marriage permitted by its laws to its subjects, an English Court would have to accept him as a married man." If this were correct, the marriage of a German who, without having given up his German citizenship, has become naturalised in Great Britain and has afterwards married his niece in Germany, would have to be recognised as legal by the English Courts. The correct solution seems to me to be that such marriage is legal in Germany, but not legal in England, because British law does not admit of marriage between uncle and niece. The case is different when a German who marries his niece in Germany, afterwards takes his domicile and becomes naturalised in England; in this case English Courts would have to recognise the marriage as legal because German law does not object to a marriage between uncle and niece, and because the marriage was concluded before the man took his domicile in England and became a British subject. See Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence," 3rd ed. (1904), p. 106, and the cases there cited.
[636] I can't agree with the broad statement made by Westlake, I. p. 221:—"If, for example, a man claims nationality in both the United Kingdom and another country, and he marries in the latter according to its laws, an English Court would have to accept him as married." If this were true, then the marriage of a German who, without renouncing his German citizenship, has become naturalized in Great Britain and later married his niece in Germany would have to be recognized as legal by the English Courts. The correct conclusion seems to be that this marriage is legal in Germany but not in England, because British law doesn't allow marriage between an uncle and niece. The situation is different when a German marries his niece in Germany and then moves and becomes naturalized in England; in this case, English Courts would have to recognize the marriage as legal because German law permits marriage between an uncle and niece, and the marriage took place before he established his domicile in England and became a British subject. See Foote, "Private International Jurisprudence," 3rd ed. (1904), p. 106, and the cases mentioned there.
How Absent Nationality occurs.
How Absent Nationality happens.
§ 311. An individual may be destitute of nationality knowingly or unknowingly, intentionally or through no fault of his own. Even by birth a person may be stateless. Thus, an illegitimate child born in Germany of an English mother is actually destitute of nationality because according to German law he does not acquire German nationality, and according to British law he does not acquire British nationality. Thus, further, all children born in Germany of parents who are destitute of nationality are themselves, according to German law, stateless. But statelessness may take place after birth. All individuals who have lost their original nationality without having acquired another are in fact destitute of nationality.
§ 311. A person can be without nationality either knowingly or unknowingly, intentionally or through no fault of their own. Even at birth, someone can be stateless. For example, an illegitimate child born in Germany to an English mother is actually without nationality because, under German law, they don't gain German nationality, and under British law, they don't get British nationality. Additionally, all children born in Germany to parents who are without nationality are themselves considered stateless under German law. However, statelessness can also happen after birth. Anyone who has lost their original nationality without acquiring a new one is, in fact, without nationality.
Position of Individuals destitute of Nationality.
Status of Stateless Individuals.
§ 312. That stateless individuals are objects of the Law of Nations in so far as they fall under the territorial supremacy of the State on whose territory they live there is no doubt whatever. But since they do not own a nationality, the link[637] by which they could derive benefits from International Law is missing, and thus they lack any protection whatever as far as this law is concerned. The position of such individuals destitute of nationality may be compared to vessels on the Open Sea not sailing under the flag of a State, which likewise do not enjoy any protection whatever. In practice, stateless individuals are in most States treated more or less as though they were subjects of foreign States, but as a point of international legality there is no restriction whatever upon a State's maltreating them to any extent.[638]
§ 312. There's no doubt that stateless individuals are subject to the Law of Nations as long as they fall under the territorial authority of the State where they reside. However, since they don't possess a nationality, the connection[637] through which they could access advantages from International Law is absent, leaving them without any protection under this law. The situation of individuals without nationality can be likened to vessels on the Open Sea that don't fly the flag of any State, which also lack any protection. In practice, stateless individuals are generally treated in most States as if they are subjects of foreign Nations, but from an international legal standpoint, there are no limitations on a State's ability to mistreat them in any way.[638]
[638] The position of the Jews in Roumania furnishes a sad example. According to Municipal Law they are, with a few exceptions, considered as foreigners for the purpose of avoiding the consequences of article 44 of the Treaty of Berlin, 1878, according to which no religious disabilities may be imposed by Roumania upon her subjects. But as these Jews are not subjects of any other State, Roumania compels them to render military service, and actually treats them in every way according to discretion without any foreign State being able to exercise a right of protection over them. See Rey in R.G. X. (1903), pp. 460-526, and Bar in R.I. 2nd Ser. IX. (1907), pp. 711-716. See also above, § 293, p. 369, note 2.[Pg 388]
[638] The situation of Jews in Romania is a grim example. According to local laws, they are generally regarded as foreigners to sidestep the implications of Article 44 of the Treaty of Berlin, 1878, which states that Romania cannot impose religious disabilities on its citizens. However, since these Jews are not citizens of any other country, Romania forces them to serve in the military and treats them however it sees fit, without any foreign government being able to offer them protection. See Rey in R.G. X. (1903), pp. 460-526, and Bar in R.I. 2nd Ser. IX. (1907), pp. 711-716. See also above, § 293, p. 369, note 2.[Pg 388]
Redress against Difficulties arising from Double and Absent Nationality.
Redress for Issues Caused by Dual and Missing Nationality.
§ 313. Double as well as absent nationality of individuals has from time to time created many difficulties for the States concerned. As regards the remedy for such difficulties, it is comparatively easy to meet those created by absent nationality. If the number of stateless individuals increases much within a certain State, the latter can require them to apply for naturalisation or to leave the country; it can even naturalise them by Municipal Law against their will, as no other State will, or has a right to, interfere, and as, further, the very fact of the existence of individuals destitute of nationality is a blemish in Municipal as well as in International Law. Much more difficult is it, however, to find, within the limits of the present rules of the Law of Nations, means of redress against conflicts arising from double nationality. Very grave disputes indeed have occasionally occurred between States on account of individuals who were claimed as subjects by both sides. Thus, in 1812, a time when England still kept to her old rule that no natural-born English subject could lose his nationality, the United States went to war with England because the latter impressed Englishmen naturalised in America from on board American merchantmen, claiming the right to do so, as according to her law these men were still English citizens. Thus, further, Prussia frequently had during the sixties of the last century disputes with the United States on account of Prussian individuals who, without having rendered military service at home, had emigrated to America to become there naturalised and had afterwards returned to Prussia.[639] Again, during[Pg 389] the time of the revolutionary movements in Ireland in the last century before the Naturalisation Act of 1870 was passed, disputes arose between Great Britain and the United States on account of such Irishmen as took part in these revolutionary movements after having become naturalised in the United States.[640] It would seem that the only way in which all the difficulties arising from double and absent nationality could really be done away with is for all the Powers to agree upon an international convention, according to which they undertake the obligation to enact by their Municipal[Pg 390] Law such corresponding rules regarding acquisition and loss of nationality as make the very occurrence of double and absent nationality impossible.[641]
§ 313. Double and absent nationality of individuals has caused many difficulties for the involved States over time. In terms of addressing such issues, dealing with absent nationality is relatively straightforward. If the number of stateless individuals rises significantly within a certain State, that State can require them to apply for citizenship or to leave the country; it can even grant them citizenship by Municipal Law against their will, as no other State can interfere, and the very existence of individuals without nationality is a flaw in both Municipal and International Law. However, it is much more challenging to find a solution within the current rules of International Law for conflicts arising from dual nationality. Serious disputes have occasionally occurred between States over individuals who are claimed as citizens by both sides. For example, in 1812, when England still held to its old rule that no natural-born English subject could lose their nationality, the United States went to war with England because the latter forcibly enlisted Englishmen who had become citizens in America from American merchant ships, claiming the right to do so under its law, which regarded these men as still being English citizens. Furthermore, during the 1860s, Prussia often had disputes with the United States over Prussian individuals who, having not served in the military at home, emigrated to America to become citizens and then returned to Prussia.[639] Again, during the revolutionary movements in Ireland in the last century before the Naturalisation Act of 1870 was passed, disputes arose between Great Britain and the United States regarding Irishmen who participated in these movements after becoming citizens of the United States.[640] It seems that the only way to eliminate all the difficulties arising from dual and absent nationality is for all the Powers to agree on an international convention, in which they commit to enacting corresponding rules through their Municipal Law regarding the acquisition and loss of nationality that would make the occurrence of dual and absent nationality impossible.[641]
[639] The case of Martin Koszta ought here to be mentioned, details of which are reported by Wharton, II. § 175; Moore, III. §§ 490-491, and Martens, "Causes Célèbre," V. pp. 583-599. Koszta was a Hungarian subject who took part in the revolutionary movement of 1848, escaped to the United States, and in July, 1852, made a declaration under oath, before a proper tribunal, of his intention to become naturalised there. After remaining nearly two years in the United States, but before he was really naturalised, he visited Turkey, and obtained a tezkereh, a kind of letter of safe-conduct, from the American Chargé d'Affaires at Constantinople. Later on, while at Smyrna, he was seized by Austrian officials and taken on board an Austrian man-of-war with the intention of bringing him to Austria, to be there punished for his part in the revolution of 1848. The American Consul demanded his release, but Austria maintained that she had a right to arrest Koszta according to treaties between her and Turkey. Thereupon the American man-of-war Saint Louis threatened to attack the Austrian man-of-war in case she would not give up her prisoner, and an arrangement was made that Koszta should be delivered into the custody of the French Consul at Smyrna until the matter was settled between the United States and Austrian Governments. Finally, Austria consented to Koszta's being brought back to America. Although Koszta was not yet naturalised, the United States claimed a right of protection over him, since he had taken his domicile on her territory with the intention to become there naturalised in due time, and had thereby in a sense acquired the national character of an American.
[639] The case of Martin Koszta should be mentioned here, with details reported by Wharton, II. § 175; Moore, III. §§ 490-491, and Martens, "Causes Célèbre," V. pp. 583-599. Koszta was a Hungarian citizen who participated in the revolutionary movement of 1848, escaped to the United States, and in July 1852, declared under oath before a proper tribunal his intention to become a naturalized citizen. After living in the United States for nearly two years, but before he was actually naturalized, he traveled to Turkey and received a tezkereh, a type of letter of safe conduct, from the American Chargé d'Affaires in Constantinople. Later, while in Smyrna, he was captured by Austrian officials and taken aboard an Austrian warship with the intention of being brought to Austria to face punishment for his involvement in the 1848 revolution. The American Consul demanded his release, but Austria claimed it had the right to arrest Koszta under treaties with Turkey. As a result, the American warship Saint Louis threatened to attack the Austrian warship if it did not release the prisoner, and it was arranged that Koszta would be handed over to the French Consul in Smyrna until the issue was resolved between the United States and the Austrian governments. Eventually, Austria agreed to let Koszta return to America. Although Koszta was not yet naturalized, the United States asserted a right to protect him, as he had established his residence on its territory with the intention of becoming naturalized, and had thereby, in a sense, acquired the national identity of an American.
[640] The United States have, through the so-called "Bancroft Treaties," attempted to overcome conflicts arising from double nationality. The first of these treaties was concluded in 1868 with the North German Confederation, the precursor of the present German Empire, and signed on behalf of the United States by her Minister in Berlin, George Bancroft. (See Wharton, II. §§ 149 and 179, and Moore, III. §§ 391-400.) In the same and the following years treaties of the same kind were concluded with many other States, the last with Portugal in 1908. A treaty of another kind, but with the same object, was concluded between the United States and Great Britain on May 13, 1870. (See Martens, N.R.G. XX. p. 524, and Moore, III. § 397.) All these treaties stipulate that naturalisation in one of the contracting States shall be recognised by the other, whether the naturalised individual has or has not previously been released from his original citizenship, provided he has resided for five years in such country. And they further stipulate that such naturalised individuals, in case they return after naturalisation into their former home State and take their residence there for some years, either ipso facto become again subjects of their former home State and cease to be naturalised abroad (as the Bancroft Treaties), or can be reinstated in their former citizenship, and cease thereby to be naturalised abroad (as the treaty with Great Britain).
[640] The United States has, through the "Bancroft Treaties," tried to resolve issues that come from double nationality. The first of these treaties was signed in 1868 with the North German Confederation, which was the forerunner of what is now the German Empire, and was signed on behalf of the United States by the Minister in Berlin, George Bancroft. (See Wharton, II. §§ 149 and 179, and Moore, III. §§ 391-400.) In the same and the following years, treaties of a similar nature were signed with many other countries, the last being with Portugal in 1908. A different type of treaty, but with the same purpose, was signed between the United States and Great Britain on May 13, 1870. (See Martens, N.R.G. XX. p. 524, and Moore, III. § 397.) All these treaties state that naturalization in one of the contracting states must be recognized by the other, whether the naturalized person has or hasn't previously been released from their original citizenship, as long as they have lived in that country for five years. They also specify that such naturalized individuals, if they return to their former home country and live there for a number of years, either ipso facto revert to being subjects of their former home country and stop being naturalized overseas (as in the Bancroft Treaties), or can regain their old citizenship, thus ceasing to be naturalized abroad (as in the treaty with Great Britain).
[641] The Institute of International Law has studied the matter, and formulated at its meeting in Venice in 1896 six rules, which, if adopted on the part of the different States, would do away with many of the difficulties. (See Annuaire, XV. p. 270.)
[641] The Institute of International Law looked into the issue and created six rules during its meeting in Venice in 1896, which, if adopted by various countries, could eliminate many of the challenges. (See Annuaire, XV. p. 270.)
VI RECEPTION OF ALIENS AND RIGHT TO ASYLUM
Vattel, II. § 100—Hall, §§ 63-64—Westlake, I. pp. 208-210—Lawrence, §§ 97-98—Phillimore, I. §§ 365-370—Twiss, I. § 238—Halleck, I. pp. 452-454—Taylor, § 186—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. § 206—Wheaton, § 115, and Dana's Note—Moore, IV. §§ 560-566—Bluntschli, §§ 381-398—Hartmann, §§ 84-85, 89—Heffter, §§ 61-63—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 637-650—Gareis, § 57—Liszt, § 25—Ullmann, §§ 113-115—Bonfils, Nos. 441-446—Despagnet, Nos. 339-343—Rivier, I. pp. 307-309—Nys, II. pp. 232-237—Calvo, II. §§ 701-706, VI. § 119—Martens, II. § 46—Overbeck, "Niederlassungsfreiheit und Ausweisungsrecht" (1906); Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906)—Sibley and Elias, "The Aliens Act, &c." (1906)—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 65-115.
Vattel, II. § 100—Hall, §§ 63-64—Westlake, I. pp. 208-210—Lawrence, §§ 97-98—Phillimore, I. §§ 365-370—Twiss, I. § 238—Halleck, I. pp. 452-454—Taylor, § 186—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. § 206—Wheaton, § 115, and Dana's Note—Moore, IV. §§ 560-566—Bluntschli, §§ 381-398—Hartmann, §§ 84-85, 89—Heffter, §§ 61-63—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 637-650—Gareis, § 57—Liszt, § 25—Ullmann, §§ 113-115—Bonfils, Nos. 441-446—Despagnet, Nos. 339-343—Rivier, I. pp. 307-309—Nys, II. pp. 232-237—Calvo, II. §§ 701-706, VI. § 119—Martens, II. § 46—Overbeck, "Niederlassungsfreiheit und Ausweisungsrecht" (1906); Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906)—Sibley and Elias, "The Aliens Act, &c." (1906)—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 65-115.
No Obligation to admit Aliens.
No obligation to admit immigrants.
§ 314. Many writers[642] maintain that every member of the Family of Nations is bound by International Law to admit all aliens into its territory for all lawful purposes, although they agree that every State could exclude certain classes of aliens. This opinion is generally held by those who assert that there is a fundamental right of intercourse between States. It will be remembered[643] that no such fundamental right exists, but that intercourse is a characteristic of the position of the States within the Family of Nations and therefore a presupposition of the international personality of every State. A State, therefore, cannot exclude aliens altogether from its territory without violating the spirit of the Law of Nations and endangering its very membership of the Family of Nations. But no State actually does exclude aliens altogether. The question is only whether an international legal duty can be said[Pg 391] to exist for every State to admit all unobjectionable aliens to all parts of its territory. And it is this duty which must be denied as far as the customary Law of Nations is concerned. It must be emphasised that, apart from general conventional arrangements, as, for instance, those concerning navigation on international rivers, and apart from special treaties of commerce, friendship, and the like, no State can claim the right for its subjects to enter into and reside on the territory of a foreign State. The reception of aliens is a matter of discretion, and every State is by reason of its territorial supremacy competent to exclude aliens from the whole or any part of its territory. And it is only by an inference of this competence that Great Britain,[644] the United States of America, and other States have made special laws according to which paupers and criminals, as well as diseased and other objectionable aliens, are prevented from entering their territory. Every State is and must remain master in its own house, and such mastership is of especial importance with regard to the admittance of aliens. Of course, if a State excluded all subjects of one State only, this would constitute an unfriendly act, against which retorsion would be admissible; but it cannot be denied that a State is competent to do this, although in practice such wholesale exclusion will never happen. Hundreds of treaties of commerce and friendship exist between the members of the Family of Nations according to which they are obliged to receive each other's unobjectionable subjects, and thus practically the matter is settled, although in strict law every State is competent to exclude foreigners from its territory.[645]
§ 314. Many writers[642] argue that every member of the Family of Nations is obligated by International Law to allow all foreigners into its territory for lawful purposes, although they agree that each State can exclude certain categories of foreigners. This view is generally held by those who believe in a fundamental right of communication between States. It should be noted[643] that no such fundamental right exists, but that communication is a characteristic of the States’ position within the Family of Nations and thus a prerequisite for the international identity of every State. A State cannot completely block foreigners from its territory without violating the spirit of the Law of Nations and jeopardizing its membership in the Family of Nations. However, no State actually excludes foreigners entirely. The real question is whether there’s an international legal obligation for every State to allow all acceptable foreigners to enter any part of its territory. This obligation must be challenged regarding customary Law of Nations. It’s important to highlight that, aside from general agreements, like those about navigation on international rivers and special treaties concerning trade and friendship, no State can claim the right for its citizens to enter and live in another State’s territory. The acceptance of foreigners is a matter of discretion, and every State, due to its territorial authority, has the right to exclude foreigners from all or part of its territory. It is this authority that has led Great Britain,[644] the United States of America, and other States to enact specific laws preventing the entry of the destitute, criminals, the ill, and other undesirable foreigners. Every State is and must remain the master of its own territory, and this mastery is particularly vital when it comes to allowing foreigners in. Certainly, if a State were to exclude all citizens of a specific country, this would be considered an unfriendly act, allowing for retaliation; however, it cannot be denied that a State has the authority to do this, even though such blanket exclusions are unlikely to occur. Hundreds of trade and friendship treaties exist among members of the Family of Nations, obliging them to accept each other's acceptable citizens, effectively resolving the issue, even though, in strict legal terms, every State retains the right to exclude foreigners from its territory.[645]
[644] See the Aliens Act, 1905 (5 Edw. VII. c. 13). See also Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906), and Sibley and Elias, "The Aliens Act, &c." (1906).
[644] See the Aliens Act, 1905 (5 Edw. VII. c. 13). Also check out Henriques, "The Law of Aliens, &c." (1906), and Sibley and Elias, "The Aliens Act, &c." (1906).
Reception of Aliens under conditions.
Reception of aliens under conditions.
§ 315. It is obvious that, if a State need not receive aliens at all, it can, on the other hand, receive them under certain conditions only. Thus, for example, Russia does not admit aliens without passports, and if the alien adheres to the Jewish faith he has to submit to a number of special restrictions. Thus, further, during the time Napoleon III. ruled in France, every alien entering French territory from the sea or from neighbouring land was admitted only after having stated his name, nationality, and the place to which he intended to go. Some States, as Switzerland, make a distinction between such aliens as intend to settle down in the country and such as intend only to travel in the country; no alien is allowed to settle in the country without having asked and received a special authorisation on the part of the Government, whereas the country is unconditionally open to all mere travelling aliens.
§ 315. It's clear that if a state isn't required to accept foreigners at all, it can choose to accept them only under specific conditions. For example, Russia doesn't allow foreigners in without passports, and if a foreigner is Jewish, they have to follow several special restrictions. Additionally, during Napoleon III's rule in France, every foreigner entering French territory by sea or land had to provide their name, nationality, and intended destination. Some states, like Switzerland, differentiate between foreigners who want to settle in the country and those who just want to travel. No foreigner can settle in the country without obtaining special permission from the government, while the country is open to all travelers without restrictions.
So-called Right of Asylum.
Right to Asylum.
§ 316. The fact that every State exercises territorial supremacy over all persons on its territory, whether they are its subjects or aliens, excludes the prosecution of aliens thereon by foreign States. Thus, a foreign State is, provisionally at least, an asylum for every individual who, being prosecuted at home, crosses its frontier. In the absence of extradition treaties stipulating the contrary, no State is by International Law obliged to refuse admittance into its territory to such a fugitive or, in case he has been admitted, to expel him or deliver him up to the prosecuting State. On the contrary, States have always upheld their competence to grant asylum if they choose to do so. Now the so-called right of asylum is certainly not a right of the alien to demand that the State into whose territory he has entered with the intention of escaping prosecution from some other State should grant protection and asylum. For such State need not grant them. The so-called right of asylum is nothing but the competence[Pg 393] mentioned above of every State, and inferred from its territorial supremacy, to allow a prosecuted alien to enter and to remain on its territory under its protection, and to grant thereby an asylum to him. Such fugitive alien enjoys the hospitality of the State which grants him asylum; but it might be necessary to place him under surveillance, or even to intern him at some place in the interest of the State which is prosecuting him. For it is the duty of every State to prevent individuals living on its territory from endangering the safety of another State. And if a State grants asylum to a prosecuted alien, this duty becomes of special importance.
§ 316. Every State has authority over all people within its territory, whether they are citizens or foreigners, which means that other States cannot prosecute foreigners there. Therefore, a foreign State can temporarily serve as a refuge for anyone escaping prosecution from their home country when they cross its borders. Unless there are extradition treaties stating otherwise, no State is required by International Law to deny entry to such a fugitive or, once they are admitted, to expel them or hand them over to the prosecuting State. In fact, States have always maintained the right to offer asylum if they choose to do so. However, the so-called right of asylum is not an absolute right for a foreigner to demand protection and asylum from the State they have entered to escape prosecution from another State. That State is not obligated to grant asylum. The so-called right of asylum simply refers to each State's authority, derived from its territorial control, to permit a persecuted foreigner to enter and stay under its protection, thereby providing them asylum. Such a fugitive foreigner receives hospitality from the State that grants them asylum, but it may be necessary for the State to monitor them or even keep them in a controlled location in the interest of the State that is prosecuting them. It is the duty of every State to ensure that individuals in its territory do not pose a threat to the safety of another State. If a State grants asylum to a prosecuted foreigner, this responsibility becomes especially important.
VII ALIENS' STATUS AFTER RECEPTION
Vattel, I. § 213, II. §§ 101-115—Hall, §§ 63 and 87—Westlake, I. pp. 211-212, 313-316—Lawrence, §§ 97-98—Phillimore, I. §§ 332-339—Twiss, I. § 163—Taylor, §§ 173, 187, 201-203—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 201-205—Wheaton, § 77-82—Moore, IV. §§ 534-549—Bluntschli, §§ 385-393—Hartmann, §§ 84-85—Heffter, § 62—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 637-650—Gareis, § 57—Liszt, § 25—Ullmann, §§ 113-115—Bonfils, Nos. 447-454—Despagnet, Nos. 339-343—Rivier, I. pp. 309-311—Calvo, II. §§ 701-706—Martens, II. § 46—Gaston de Leval, "De la protection des nationaux à l'étranger" (1907)—Wheeler in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 869-884—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 32-65, 150-225.
Vattel, I. § 213, II. §§ 101-115—Hall, §§ 63 and 87—Westlake, I. pp. 211-212, 313-316—Lawrence, §§ 97-98—Phillimore, I. §§ 332-339—Twiss, I. § 163—Taylor, §§ 173, 187, 201-203—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 201-205—Wheaton, § 77-82—Moore, IV. §§ 534-549—Bluntschli, §§ 385-393—Hartmann, §§ 84-85—Heffter, § 62—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 637-650—Gareis, § 57—Liszt, § 25—Ullmann, §§ 113-115—Bonfils, Nos. 447-454—Despagnet, Nos. 339-343—Rivier, I. pp. 309-311—Calvo, II. §§ 701-706—Martens, II. § 46—Gaston de Leval, "De la protection des nationaux à l'étranger" (1907)—Wheeler in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 869-884—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 32-65, 150-225.
Aliens subjected to territorial Supremacy.
Aliens subjected to territorial dominance.
§ 317. With his entrance into a State, an alien, unless he belongs to the class of those who enjoy so-called exterritoriality, falls at once under such State's territorial supremacy, although he remains at the same time under the personal supremacy of his home State. Such alien is therefore under the jurisdiction of the State in which he stays, and is responsible to such State for all acts he commits on its territory. He is further subjected to all administrative arrangements of such State which concern the very locality where the alien is. If in consequence of a public calamity, such[Pg 394] as the outbreak of a fire or an infectious disease, certain administrative restrictions are enforced, they can be enforced against all aliens as well as against citizens. But apart from jurisdiction and mere local administrative arrangements, both of which concern all aliens alike, a distinction must be made between such aliens as are merely travelling and stay, therefore, only temporarily on the territory, and such as take their residence there either permanently or for some length of time. A State has wider power over aliens of the latter kind; it can make them pay rates and taxes, and can even compel them in case of need, under the same conditions as citizens, to serve in the local police and the local fire brigade for the purpose of maintaining public order and safety. On the other hand, an alien does not fall under the personal supremacy of the local State; therefore he cannot be made to serve[646] in its army or navy, and cannot, like a citizen, be treated according to discretion.
§ 317. When an alien enters a State, except for those who have so-called exterritoriality rights, they immediately fall under that State’s territorial authority, although they still remain under the jurisdiction of their home State. This means the alien is subject to the laws of the State where they are staying and is accountable to that State for any actions taken on its territory. They must also comply with all administrative regulations that pertain to the specific area they are in. If a public emergency, such as a fire outbreak or a contagious disease, leads to certain administrative restrictions, these can be enforced against both aliens and citizens. However, beyond legal jurisdiction and local administrative rules, a distinction should be made between aliens who are only visiting briefly and those who have settled there either permanently or for an extended period. A State has greater authority over the latter group; it can require them to pay taxes and fees, and it can even mandate their participation, under the same conditions as citizens, in local police or fire services for maintaining public order and safety. On the other hand, an alien does not fall under the personal authority of the local State; therefore, they cannot be forced to serve[646] in its military forces and cannot be treated with the same discretion as a citizen.
It must be emphasised that an alien is responsible to the local State for all illegal acts which he commits while the territory concerned is during war temporarily occupied by the enemy. An illustrative case is that of De Jager v. the Attorney-General for Natal.[647] De Jager was a burgher of the South African Republic, but a settled resident at Natal when the South African War broke out. In October 1899 the British forces evacuated that part of Natal in which Waschbank, where he lived, is situated, and the Boer forces were in occupation for some six months. He joined them, and served in different capacities until March 1900, when he went to the Transvaal, and took no further part in the war.
It’s important to highlight that a foreigner is accountable to the local government for any illegal actions they commit while the area is temporarily occupied by the enemy during wartime. A relevant case is De Jager v. the Attorney-General for Natal.[647] De Jager was a citizen of the South African Republic but was living in Natal when the South African War began. In October 1899, British forces withdrew from the part of Natal where Waschbank, his home, is located, and the Boer forces occupied it for about six months. He joined the Boers and served in various roles until March 1900, when he went to the Transvaal and no longer participated in the war.
He was tried in March 1901, and convicted of high treason, and sentenced to five years' imprisonment and a fine of £5000, or, failing payment thereof, to a further three years.
He was tried in March 1901, found guilty of high treason, and sentenced to five years in prison and a fine of £5000, or, if he failed to pay, an additional three years.
Aliens in Eastern Countries.
Aliens in Eastern countries.
§ 318. The rule that aliens fall under the territorial supremacy of the State they are in finds an exception in Turkey and, further, in such other Eastern States, like China, as are, in consequence of their deficient civilisation, only for some parts members of the Family of Nations. Aliens who are subjects of Christian States and enter into the territory of such Eastern States, remain wholly under the jurisdiction[648] of their home State. This exceptional condition of things is based, as regards Turkey, on custom and treaties which are called Capitulations, as regards other Eastern States on treaties only.[649] Jurisdiction over aliens in these countries is exercised by the consuls of their home States, which have enacted special Municipal Laws for that purpose. Thus, Great Britain has enacted so-called Foreign Jurisdiction Acts at several times, which are now all consolidated in the Foreign Jurisdiction Act of 1890.[650] It must be specially mentioned that Japan has since 1899 ceased to belong to the Eastern States in which aliens are exempt from local jurisdiction.
§ 318. The rule that foreigners fall under the territorial authority of the country they are in has an exception in Turkey and, additionally, in other Eastern countries like China, which, due to their underdeveloped civilization, are only partly recognized as members of the Family of Nations. Foreigners who are citizens of Christian countries and enter these Eastern nations remain fully under the jurisdiction[648] of their home country. This unique situation in Turkey is based on customs and agreements known as Capitulations, while for other Eastern countries, it relies solely on treaties.[649] Jurisdiction over foreigners in these countries is managed by the consuls of their home nations, which have created specific Municipal Laws for that purpose. For instance, Great Britain has passed various Foreign Jurisdiction Acts over time, all of which are now compiled in the Foreign Jurisdiction Act of 1890.[650] It's important to note that since 1899, Japan no longer belongs to the group of Eastern nations where foreigners are exempt from local jurisdiction.
[649] See Twiss, I. § 163, who enumerates many of these treaties; see also Phillimore, I. §§ 336-339; Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 59-91; and Scott, "The Law affecting Foreigners in Egypt as the Result of the Capitulations" (1907).
[649] See Twiss, I. § 163, who lists many of these treaties; see also Phillimore, I. §§ 336-339; Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 59-91; and Scott, "The Law affecting Foreigners in Egypt as the Result of the Capitulations" (1907).
Aliens under the Protection of their Home State.
Aliens Protected by Their Home Country.
§ 319. Although aliens fall at once under the territorial supremacy of the State they enter, they remain nevertheless under the protection of their home State. By a universally recognised customary rule of the Law of Nations every State holds a right of protection[651] over its citizens abroad, to which corresponds the duty[Pg 396] of every State to treat foreigners on its territory with a certain consideration which will be discussed below, §§ 320-322. The question here is only when and how this right of protection can be exercised.[652] Now there is certainly, as far as the Law of Nations is concerned, no duty incumbent upon a State to exercise its protection over its citizens abroad. The matter is absolutely in the discretion of every State, and no citizen abroad has by International Law, although he may have it by Municipal Law, a right to demand protection from his home State. Often for political reasons States have in certain cases refused the exercise of their right of protection over citizens abroad. Be that as it may, every State can exercise this right when one of its subjects is wronged abroad in his person or property, either by the State itself on whose territory such person or property is for the time, or by such State's officials or citizens without such State's interfering for the purpose of making good the wrong done.[653] And this right can be realised in several ways. Thus, a State whose subjects are wronged abroad can diplomatically insist upon the wrongdoers being punished according to the law of the land and upon damages, if necessary, being paid to its subjects concerned. It can, secondly, exercise retorsion and reprisals for the purpose of making the other State comply with its demands. It can, further, exercise intervention, and it can even go to war when necessary. And there are other means besides those mentioned. It is, however, quite impossible to lay down hard-and-fast rules as regards the[Pg 397] question in which way and how far in every case the right of protection ought to be exercised. Everything depends upon the merits of the individual case and must be left to the discretion of the State concerned. The latter will have to take into consideration whether the wronged alien was only travelling through or had settled down in the country, whether his behaviour had been provocative or not, how far the foreign Government identified itself with the acts of officials or subjects, and the like.
§ 319. Even though foreigners immediately come under the jurisdiction of the State they enter, they still have the protection of their home State. According to a widely accepted custom in International Law, every State has the right to protect its citizens abroad, which is matched by the duty of every State to treat foreigners on its territory with a certain level of respect, as will be discussed below, §§ 320-322. The question here is when and how this right of protection can be exercised.[652] Now, as far as International Law is concerned, there is no obligation for a State to exercise protection for its citizens abroad. It is entirely up to each State, and no citizen abroad has, under International Law—although they might under Domestic Law—the right to demand protection from their home State. Often for political reasons, States have sometimes chosen not to exercise their right of protection over citizens abroad. Regardless, every State can exercise this right when one of its citizens is harmed abroad in their person or property, either by the State where the person or property is located or by that State's officials or citizens without the State intervening to remedy the harm done.[653] This right can be carried out in various ways. For instance, a State whose citizens are harmed abroad can diplomatically demand that the wrongdoers be punished according to local laws and that compensation, if needed, be paid to its affected citizens. Secondly, it can use retorsion and reprisals to pressure the other State into complying with its demands. Additionally, it can exercise intervention and may even resort to war if necessary. Other means are also available beyond those mentioned. However, it is impossible to establish strict rules regarding how and to what extent the right of protection should be exercised in every situation. It all depends on the specifics of the individual case and must be left to the discretion of the concerned State. The latter must consider whether the harmed foreigner was just passing through or was a resident in the country, whether their behavior was provocative, how closely the foreign Government aligned itself with the actions of its officials or citizens, and other similar factors.
[653] Concerning the responsibility of a State for internationally injurious acts of its own, its organs and other officials, and its subjects, see above, §§ 151-167, and Anzilloti in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 5 and 285. The right of protection over citizens abroad is discussed in detail by Hall, § 87, Westlake, I. pp. 313-320, and Gaston de Leval, op. cit. Concerning the right of protection of a State over its citizens with regard to public debts of foreign States, see above, §§ 135 (6) and 155.
[653] Regarding a State's responsibility for internationally harmful actions by itself, its agencies and officials, and its citizens, see above, §§ 151-167, and Anzilloti in R.G. XIII. (1906), pp. 5 and 285. The right to protect citizens abroad is thoroughly covered by Hall, § 87, Westlake, I. pp. 313-320, and Gaston de Leval, op. cit. For information about a State's right to protect its citizens in relation to the public debts of foreign States, see above, §§ 135 (6) and 155.
Protection to be afforded to Aliens' Persons and Property.
Protection to be provided for the rights and property of foreigners.
§ 320. Under the influence of the right of protection over its subjects abroad which every State holds, and the corresponding duty of every State to treat aliens on its territory with a certain consideration, an alien, provided he owns a nationality at all, cannot be outlawed in foreign countries, but must be afforded protection of his person and property. The home State of the alien has by its right of protection a claim upon such State as allows him to enter its territory that such protection shall be afforded, and it is no excuse that such State does not provide any protection whatever for its own subjects. In consequence thereof every State is by the Law of Nations compelled, at least, to grant to aliens equality before the law with its citizens as far as safety of person and property is concerned. An alien must in especial not be wronged in person or property by the officials and Courts of a State. Thus, the police must not arrest him without just cause, custom-house officials must treat him civilly, Courts of Justice must treat him justly and in accordance with the law. Corrupt administration of the law against natives is no excuse for the same against aliens, and no Government can cloak itself with the judgment of corrupt judges.
§ 320. Every State has the right to protect its citizens abroad and is also required to treat foreign nationals with a certain level of respect when they are on its territory. An alien, as long as they have a nationality, cannot be seen as an outlaw in foreign countries and must be given protection for their personal safety and property. The home country of the alien can demand that the host country provides this protection when the alien enters its territory, and it doesn't matter if the host country doesn’t provide protection for its own citizens. As a result, international law requires every State to treat aliens equally to its own citizens regarding their safety and property. Specifically, an alien must not be harmed in person or property by the government's officials or courts. Therefore, police cannot arrest them without valid reason, customs officials must treat them respectfully, and courts must deal with them fairly and according to the law. A corrupt legal system for citizens does not justify the same treatment toward aliens, and no government can hide behind the rulings of corrupt judges.
How far Aliens can be treated according to Discretion.
How far aliens can be treated based on discretion.
§ 321. Apart from protection of person and property, every State can treat aliens according to discretion, those points excepted concerning which discretion is[Pg 398] restricted through international treaties between the States concerned. Thus, a State can exclude aliens from certain professions and trades; it can, as Great Britain did formerly and Russia does even to-day, exclude them from holding real property; it can, as again Great Britain[654] did in former times, compel them to have their names registered for the purpose of keeping them under control, and the like. It must, however, be stated that there is a tendency within all the States which are members of the Family of Nations to treat admitted aliens more and more on the same footing as citizens, political rights and duties, of course, excepted. Thus, for instance, with the only exception that an alien cannot be sole or part owner of a British ship, aliens having taken up their domicile in this country are for all practical purposes treated by the law[655] of the land on the same footing as British subjects.
§ 321. Besides the protection of people and property, each State has the authority to manage how it treats foreigners, except in cases where international treaties limit that authority between the involved States. A State can prohibit foreigners from certain professions and trades; it can, as Great Britain used to do and Russia still does today, restrict them from owning real estate; it can also, as Great Britain did in the past, require them to register their names to keep track of them, among other things. However, it's important to note that there's a growing trend among all the States that are part of the Family of Nations to treat accepted foreigners more similarly to citizens, with the exception of political rights and responsibilities. For example, with the only exception that a foreigner cannot be the sole or partial owner of a British ship, foreigners who have established residency in this country are, for practical purposes, treated by the law of the land on the same basis as British subjects.
[655] That aliens cannot now any longer belong to the London Stock Exchange, is an outcome not of British Municipal Law, but of regulations of the Stock Exchange.
[655] The fact that foreigners can no longer be part of the London Stock Exchange isn't due to British municipal law; it's a result of Stock Exchange regulations.
Departure from the Foreign Country.
Leaving the Foreign Country.
§ 322. Since a State holds territorial only, but not personal supremacy over an alien within its boundaries, it can never under any circumstances prevent him from leaving its territory, provided he has fulfilled his local obligations, as payment of rates and taxes, of fines, of private debts, and the like. And an alien leaving a State can take all his property away with him, and a tax for leaving the country or tax upon the property he takes away with him[656] cannot be levied. And it must be specially mentioned that since the beginning of the nineteenth century the so-called droit d'aubaine belongs to the past; this is the name of the right, which was formerly frequently exercised, of a State to confiscate the whole estate of an alien deceased on its territory.[657] But if a State levies estate duties in the case of a citizen[Pg 399] dying on its territory, as Great Britain does according to the Finance Act[658] of 1894, such duties can likewise be levied in case of an alien dying on its territory.
§ 322. Since a state only has territorial, not personal authority over a foreigner within its borders, it can never stop that person from leaving its territory, as long as they have met their local obligations, such as paying taxes, fines, private debts, and similar responsibilities. A foreigner leaving a state can take all their property with them, and no exit tax or tax on the property they take can be imposed. It's important to note that since the beginning of the nineteenth century, the so-called droit d'aubaine is a thing of the past; this was the right that allowed a state to confiscate the entire estate of a foreigner who died on its territory. But if a state imposes estate taxes on a citizen who dies on its territory, as Great Britain does according to the Finance Act[658] of 1894, it can also impose such taxes on a foreigner who dies on its territory.
[656] So-called gabella emigrationis.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ So-called gabella emigrationis.
[658] 57 & 58 Vict. c. 30. Estate duty is levied in Great Britain in the case also of such alien dying abroad as leaves movable property in the United Kingdom without having ever been resident there. As far as the Law of Nations is concerned, it is doubtful whether Great Britain is competent to claim estate duties in such cases.
[658] 57 & 58 Vict. c. 30. In Great Britain, estate duty is charged for situations where a foreign national dies abroad and leaves personal property in the UK, even if they were never a resident there. Regarding international law, it's unclear whether Great Britain has the authority to impose estate duties in these cases.
VIII DEPORTATION OF IMMIGRANTS
Hall, § 63—Westlake, I. p. 210—Phillimore, I. § 364—Halleck, I. pp. 460-461—Taylor, § 186—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. § 206—Moore, IV. §§ 550-559—Bluntschli, §§ 383-384—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 646-656—Ullmann, § 115—Bonfils, No. 442—Despagnet, Nos. 336-337—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1857-1859—Rivier, I. pp. 311-314—Nys, II. pp. 229-237—Calvo, VI. §§ 119-125—Fiore, Code, Nos. 252-259—Martens, I. § 79—Bleteau, "De l'asile et de l'expulsion" (1886)—Berc, "De l'expulsion des étrangers" (1888)—Féraud-Giraud, "Droit d'expulsion des étrangers" (1889)—Langhard, "Das Recht der politischen Fremdenausweisung" (1891)—Overbeck, "Niederlassungsfreiheit und Ausweisungsrecht" (1906)—Rolin-Jaequemyns in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 499 and 615—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 119-149.
Hall, § 63—Westlake, I. p. 210—Phillimore, I. § 364—Halleck, I. pp. 460-461—Taylor, § 186—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. § 206—Moore, IV. §§ 550-559—Bluntschli, §§ 383-384—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 646-656—Ullmann, § 115—Bonfils, No. 442—Despagnet, Nos. 336-337—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1857-1859—Rivier, I. pp. 311-314—Nys, II. pp. 229-237—Calvo, VI. §§ 119-125—Fiore, Code, Nos. 252-259—Martens, I. § 79—Bleteau, "De l'asile et de l'expulsion" (1886)—Berc, "De l'expulsion des étrangers" (1888)—Féraud-Giraud, "Droit d'expulsion des étrangers" (1889)—Langhard, "Das Recht der politischen Fremdenausweisung" (1891)—Overbeck, "Niederlassungsfreiheit und Ausweisungsrecht" (1906)—Rolin-Jaequemyns in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 499 and 615—Proceedings of the American Society of International Law, 1911, pp. 119-149.
Competence to expel Aliens.
Authority to expel aliens.
§ 323. Just as a State is competent to refuse admittance to an alien, so it is, in conformity with its territorial supremacy, competent to expel at any moment an alien who has been admitted into its territory. And it matters not whether the respective individual is only on a temporary visit or has settled down for professional or business purposes on that territory, having taken his domicile thereon. Such States, of course, as have a high appreciation of individual liberty and abhor arbitrary powers of Government will not readily expel aliens. Thus, the British Government has no power to expel even the most dangerous alien without the recommendation of a Court, or without an Act of Parliament making provision for such expulsion. And in Switzerland, article 70 of the Constitution empowers the Government to expel such aliens only as endanger[Pg 400] the internal and external safety of the land. But many States are in no way prevented by their Municipal Law from expelling aliens according to discretion, and examples of arbitrary expulsion of aliens, who had made themselves objectionable to the respective Governments, are numerous in the past and the present.
§ 323. Just like a state can deny entry to a foreign national, it can also, in line with its territorial authority, expel a foreigner who has already entered its territory at any time. It doesn’t matter if the person is just visiting temporarily or has moved there for work or business, having established residency. However, states that value individual freedom and oppose arbitrary government power typically won’t easily expel foreigners. For instance, the British government cannot remove even the most dangerous foreign national without a court's recommendation or an Act of Parliament that allows for such expulsion. In Switzerland, Article 70 of the Constitution permits the government to expel foreigners only if they pose a threat to the country’s internal and external safety. Nevertheless, many states are not restricted by their domestic laws from expelling foreigners at their discretion, and there are many historical and current examples of arbitrary expulsions of foreigners who were deemed undesirable by their governments.
On the other hand, it cannot be denied that, especially in the case of expulsion of an alien who has been residing within the expelling State for some length of time and has established a business there, the home State of the expelled individual is by its right of protection over citizens abroad justified in making diplomatic representations to the expelling State and asking for the reasons for the expulsion. But as in strict law a State can expel even domiciled aliens without so much as giving the reasons, the refusal of the expelling State to supply the reasons for expulsion to the home State of the expelled alien does not constitute an illegal, although a very unfriendly, act. And there is no doubt that every expulsion of an alien without just cause is, in spite of its international legality, an unfriendly act, which can rightfully be met with retorsion.
On the other hand, it can't be denied that, especially when it comes to expelling an alien who has been living in the expelling State for a while and has started a business there, the home State of the expelled person has the right to protect its citizens abroad and is justified in making diplomatic requests to the expelling State for the reasons behind the expulsion. However, according to strict law, a State can expel even long-term residents without providing any reasons at all, so the expelling State's refusal to give the reasons for the expulsion to the home State of the expelled alien does not make it illegal, although it is certainly a very unfriendly act. There's no doubt that every expulsion of an alien without just cause is, despite being internationally legal, an unfriendly act that can justifiably be met with retaliation.
Just Causes of Expulsion of Aliens.
Just Causes of Expulsion of Aliens.
§ 324. On account of the fact that retorsion might be justified, the question is of importance what just causes of expulsion of aliens there are. As International Law gives no detailed rules regarding expulsion, everything is left to the discretion of the single States and depends upon the merits of the individual case. Theory and practice correctly make a distinction between expulsion in time of war and in time of peace. A belligerent may consider it convenient to expel all enemy subjects residing or temporarily staying within his territory. And, although such a measure may be very hard and cruel, the opinion is general that such expulsion is justifiable.[659] As regards expulsion in time of[Pg 401] peace, on the other hand, the opinions of writers as well as of States naturally differ much. Such State as expels an alien will hardly admit not having had a just cause. Some States, as Belgium[660] since 1885, possess Municipal Laws determining just causes for the expulsion of aliens, and such States' discretion concerning expulsion is, of course, more or less restricted. But many States do not possess such laws, and are, therefore, entirely at liberty to consider a cause as justifying expulsion or not. The Institute of International Law at its meeting at Geneva in 1892 adopted a body of forty-one articles concerning the admittance and expulsion of aliens, and in article 28 thereof enumerated nine just causes for expulsion in time of peace.[661] I doubt whether the States will ever come to an agreement about just causes of expulsion. The fact cannot be denied that an alien is more or less a guest in the foreign land, and the question under what conditions such guest makes himself objectionable to his host cannot once for all be answered by the establishment of a body of rules. So much is certain, that with the gradual disappearance of despotic views in the different States, and with the advance of true constitutionalism guaranteeing individual liberty and freedom of opinion and speech, expulsion of aliens, especially for political reasons, will become less frequent. Expulsion will, however, never totally disappear, because it may well be justified. Thus, for example, Prussia after the annexation of the formerly Free Town of Frankfort-on-the-Main, was certainly justified in expelling those individuals who, for the purpose of avoiding military service in the Prussian Army, had by naturalisation become Swiss citizens without giving up their residence at Frankfort.
§ 324. Because retorsion might be justified, it's important to consider what valid reasons there are for expelling foreigners. International Law doesn't provide detailed guidelines on expulsion, so it's left to the discretion of individual countries and depends on the specifics of each case. Theory and practice clearly differentiate between expulsion during wartime and peacetime. A country in conflict may find it necessary to expel all enemy nationals residing or temporarily staying in its territory. While this action can be harsh and ruthless, the general consensus is that such expulsion is justifiable.[659] On the other hand, opinions among writers and nations vary significantly regarding expulsion during peacetime. A state that expels a foreign national is unlikely to admit that it lacked a legitimate reason. Some countries, like Belgium[660] since 1885, have local laws outlining just causes for expelling foreigners, which naturally limits their discretion in these cases. However, many nations do not have such laws and are completely free to determine what constitutes a just cause for expulsion. The Institute of International Law, during its meeting in Geneva in 1892, adopted forty-one articles regarding the admission and expulsion of foreigners and listed nine just reasons for expulsion in peacetime in article 28.[661] I question whether countries will ever agree on what counts as a just cause for expulsion. It's undeniable that a foreign national is somewhat a guest in another country, and the question of under what conditions that guest becomes unwelcome can't be definitively answered by a set of rules. What is clear is that as despotic views fade and true constitutionalism promoting individual rights, freedom of opinion, and speech progresses, the expulsion of foreigners, especially for political reasons, will become less common. However, expulsion will never completely vanish because it can still be justified. For instance, after Prussia annexed the former Free Town of Frankfort-on-the-Main, it was certainly justified in expelling those individuals who, in order to avoid military service in the Prussian Army, had naturalized as Swiss citizens without renouncing their residence in Frankfort.
Expulsion how effected.
How expulsion was carried out.
§ 325. Expulsion is, in theory at least, not a punishment, but an administrative measure consisting in an order of the Government directing a foreigner to leave the country. Expulsion must therefore be effected with as much forbearance and indulgence as the circumstances and conditions of the case allow and demand, especially when compulsion is meted out to a domiciled alien. And the home State of the expelled, by its right of protection over its citizens abroad, may well insist upon such forbearance and indulgence. But this is valid as regards the first expulsion only. Should the expelled refuse to leave the territory voluntarily or, after having left, return without authorisation, he may be arrested, punished, and forcibly brought to the frontier.
§ 325. Expulsion is, at least in theory, not a punishment but an administrative measure involving a government order for a foreigner to leave the country. Therefore, expulsion should be carried out with as much restraint and compassion as the situation allows and requires, especially when it comes to a resident foreigner. The home country of the expelled individual, exercising its right to protect its citizens abroad, may insist on such restraint and compassion. However, this only applies to the initial expulsion. If the expelled person refuses to leave voluntarily or returns without permission after leaving, they may be arrested, punished, and forcibly taken to the border.
Reconduction in Contradistinction to Expulsion.
Reintegration vs. Expulsion.
§ 326. In many Continental States destitute aliens, foreign vagabonds, suspicious aliens without papers of legitimation, alien criminals who have served their punishment, and the like, are without any formalities arrested by the police and reconducted to the frontier. There is no doubt that the competence for such reconduction, which is often called droit de renvoi, is an inference from the territorial supremacy of every State, for there is no reason whatever why a State should not get rid of such undesirable aliens as speedily as possible. But although such reconduction is materially not much different from expulsion, it nevertheless differs much from this in form, since expulsion is an order to leave the country, whereas reconduction is forcible conveying away of foreigners.[662] The home State of such reconducted aliens has the duty to receive them, since, as will be remembered,[663] a State cannot refuse to receive such of its subjects as are expelled from abroad. Difficulties arise, however, sometimes[Pg 403] concerning the reconduction of such alien individuals as have lost their nationality through long-continued absence[664] from home without having acquired another nationality abroad. Such cases are a further example of the fact that the very existence of stateless individuals is a blemish in Municipal as well as International Law.[665]
§ 326. In many European countries, broke foreign nationals, wandering foreigners, suspicious individuals without proper identification, and foreign criminals who have completed their sentences can be arrested by the police without any formal procedures and sent back to the border. It's clear that the authority to do this, often referred to as droit de renvoi, comes from each State's right to control its own territory, as there's no reason a State shouldn't remove unwanted foreigners as quickly as possible. However, while this process is practically similar to expulsion, it differs significantly in that expulsion is an order to leave, while reconduction involves forcibly taking foreigners away.[662] The home country of these forcibly returned foreigners is obliged to accept them, since, as noted,[663] a State cannot refuse to take back its citizens who are expelled from other countries. Complications can arise, though, regarding the return of foreign individuals who have lost their nationality due to extended absence[664] from their home country without obtaining another nationality elsewhere. These situations further illustrate that the presence of stateless individuals is a flaw in both Domestic and International Law.[665]
[664] See above, § 302, No. 3.
[665] It ought to be mentioned that many States have, either by special treaties or in their treaties of commerce, friendship, and the like, stipulated proper treatment of each other's destitute subjects on each other's territory.
[665] It's worth noting that many states have, through special treaties or in their trade and friendship agreements, agreed to provide proper treatment for each other's needy individuals within their own territories.
IX Extradition
Hall, §§ 13 and 63—Westlake, I. pp. 241-251—Lawrence, §§ 110-111—Phillimore, I. §§ 365-389D—Twiss, I. § 236—Halleck, I. pp. 257-268—Taylor, §§ 205-211—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 268-282—Wheaton, §§ 115-121—Moore, IV. §§ 579-622—Bluntschli, §§ 394-401—Hartmann, § 89—Heffter, § 63—Lammasch in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 454-566—Liszt, § 33—Ullmann, §§ 127-131—Bonfils, Nos. 455-481—Despagnet, Nos. 276-286—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1863-1893—Mérignhac, II. pp. 732-777—Rivier, I. pp. 348-357—Nys, II. pp. 244-253—Calvo, II. §§ 949-1071—Fiore, Code, Nos. 584-586—Martens, II. §§ 91-98—Spear, "The Law of Extradition" (1879)—Lammasch, "Auslieferungspflicht und Asylrecht" (1887)—Martitz, "Internationale Rechtshilfe in Strafsachen," 2 vols. (1888 and 1897)—Bernard, "Traité théorique et pratique de l'extradition," 2 vols. (2nd ed. 1890)—Moore, "Treatise on Extradition" (1891)—Hawley, "The Law of International Extradition" (1893)—Clark, "The Law of Extradition" (3rd ed. 1903)—Biron and Chalmers, "The Law and Practice of Extradition" (1903)—Piggott, "Extradition" (1910)—Lammasch in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 5-14—Diena in R.G. XII. (1905), pp. 516-544—See the French, German, and Italian literature concerning extradition quoted by Fauchille in Bonfils, No. 455.
Hall, §§ 13 and 63—Westlake, I. pp. 241-251—Lawrence, §§ 110-111—Phillimore, I. §§ 365-389D—Twiss, I. § 236—Halleck, I. pp. 257-268—Taylor, §§ 205-211—Walker, § 19—Wharton, II. §§ 268-282—Wheaton, §§ 115-121—Moore, IV. §§ 579-622—Bluntschli, §§ 394-401—Hartmann, § 89—Heffter, § 63—Lammasch in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 454-566—Liszt, § 33—Ullmann, §§ 127-131—Bonfils, Nos. 455-481—Despagnet, Nos. 276-286—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1863-1893—Mérignhac, II. pp. 732-777—Rivier, I. pp. 348-357—Nys, II. pp. 244-253—Calvo, II. §§ 949-1071—Fiore, Code, Nos. 584-586—Martens, II. §§ 91-98—Spear, "The Law of Extradition" (1879)—Lammasch, "Auslieferungspflicht und Asylrecht" (1887)—Martitz, "Internationale Rechtshilfe in Strafsachen," 2 vols. (1888 and 1897)—Bernard, "Traité théorique et pratique de l'extradition," 2 vols. (2nd ed. 1890)—Moore, "Treatise on Extradition" (1891)—Hawley, "The Law of International Extradition" (1893)—Clark, "The Law of Extradition" (3rd ed. 1903)—Biron and Chalmers, "The Law and Practice of Extradition" (1903)—Piggott, "Extradition" (1910)—Lammasch in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 5-14—Diena in R.G. XII. (1905), pp. 516-544—See the French, German, and Italian literature regarding extradition quoted by Fauchille in Bonfils, No. 455.
Extradition no legal duty.
Extradition is not legally required.
§ 327. Extradition is the delivery of a prosecuted individual to the State on whose territory he has committed a crime by the State on whose territory the criminal is for the time staying. Although Grotius[666] holds that every State has the duty either to punish or to surrender to the prosecuting State such individuals within its boundaries as have committed a crime abroad, and although there is as regards the[Pg 404] majority of such cases an important interest of civilised mankind that this should be done, this rule of Grotius has never been adopted by the States and has, therefore, never become a rule of the Law of Nations. On the contrary, States have always upheld their competence to grant asylum to foreign individuals as an inference from their territorial supremacy, those cases, of course, excepted which fall under stipulations of special extradition treaties, if any. There is, therefore, no universal rule of customary International Law in existence which commands[667] extradition.
§ 327. Extradition is the process of handing over a person who is being prosecuted to the State where they committed a crime by the State where the criminal is currently located. Although Grotius[666] argues that every State has an obligation to either punish or surrender individuals within its borders who have committed a crime elsewhere, and despite the significant interest of civilized society in ensuring this happens in most cases, Grotius's rule has never been accepted by States and has therefore not become a part of International Law. On the contrary, States have consistently maintained their right to grant asylum to foreign individuals as an extension of their territorial authority, except in cases covered by specific extradition treaties, if any exist. Therefore, there is currently no universal customary International Law that mandates[667] extradition.
[666] II. c. 21, § 4.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ II. c. 21, § 4.
[667] Clarke, op. cit. pp. 1-15, tries to prove that a duty to extradite criminals does exist, but the result of all his labour is that he finds that the refusal of extradition is "a serious violation of the moral obligations which exist between civilised States" (see p. 14). But nobody has ever denied this as far as the ordinary criminal is concerned. The question is only whether an international legal duty exists to surrender a criminal. And this legal duty States have always denied.
[667] Clarke, op. cit. pp. 1-15, attempts to show that there is a duty to extradite criminals, but after all his work, he concludes that refusing extradition is "a serious violation of the moral obligations that exist between civilized States" (see p. 14). However, no one has ever contested this regarding regular criminals. The only issue is whether there is an international legal duty to hand over a criminal. And this legal duty has always been denied by States.
Extradition Treaties how arisen.
How extradition treaties arose.
§ 328. Since, however, modern civilisation categorically demands extradition of criminals as a rule, numerous treaties have been concluded between the several States stipulating the cases in which extradition shall take place. According to these treaties, individuals prosecuted for the more important crimes, political crimes excepted, are actually always surrendered to the prosecuting State, if not punished locally. But this solution of the problem of extradition is a product of the nineteenth century only. Before the eighteenth century extradition of ordinary criminals hardly ever occurred, although many States used then frequently to surrender to each other political fugitives, heretics, and even emigrants, either in consequence of special treaties stipulating the surrender of such individuals, or voluntarily without such treaties. Matters began to undergo a change in the eighteenth century, for then treaties between neighbouring States frequently stipulated extradition of ordinary criminals besides that of political fugitives, conspirators, military deserters, and the like.[Pg 405] Vattel (II. § 76) is able to assert in 1758 that murderers, incendiaries, and thieves are regularly surrendered by neighbouring States to each other. But general treaties of extradition between all the members of the Family of Nations did not exist in the eighteenth century, and there was hardly a necessity for such general treaties, since traffic was not so developed as nowadays and fugitive criminals seldom succeeded in reaching a foreign territory beyond that of a neighbouring State. When, however, in the nineteenth century, with the appearance of railways and Transatlantic steamships, transit began to develop immensely, criminals used the opportunity to flee to distant foreign countries. It was then and thereby that the conviction was forced upon the States of civilised humanity that it was in their common interest to surrender ordinary criminals regularly to each other. General treaties of extradition became, therefore, a necessity, and the several States succeeded in concluding such treaties with each other. There is no civilised State in existence nowadays which has not concluded such treaties with the majority of the other civilised States. And the consequence is that, although no universal rule of International Law commands it, extradition of criminals between States is an established fact based on treaties. The present condition of affairs is, however, very unsatisfactory, since there are many hundreds of treaties in existence which do not at all agree in their details. What is required nowadays, and what will certainly be realised in the near future, is a universal treaty of extradition, one single treaty to which all the civilised States become parties.[668]
§ 328. However, modern civilization demands that criminals be extradited as a rule, leading to numerous treaties between various States outlining when extradition should occur. According to these treaties, individuals charged with serious crimes, excluding political crimes, are almost always handed over to the prosecuting State unless they are punished locally. This resolution to the extradition issue only emerged in the nineteenth century. Before the eighteenth century, extradition of regular criminals was rare, although many States often handed over political fugitives, heretics, and even emigrants. This was done either due to special treaties that required the surrender of such individuals or voluntarily without treaties. The situation began to change in the eighteenth century when treaties between neighboring States often included extradition clauses for ordinary criminals, alongside political fugitives, conspirators, military deserters, and similar individuals.[Pg 405] Vattel (II. § 76) noted in 1758 that murderers, arsonists, and thieves were regularly extradited by neighboring States to one another. However, comprehensive treaties of extradition among all members of the Family of Nations did not exist in the eighteenth century, and there was little need for such treaties since travel was not as developed as it is today, and fugitive criminals rarely managed to escape to countries beyond neighboring States. In the nineteenth century, with the advent of railways and Transatlantic steamships, travel grew significantly, allowing criminals to flee to distant foreign lands. It was then that States realized it was in their mutual interest to routinely extradite ordinary criminals to each other. Thus, comprehensive treaties of extradition became necessary, and various States successfully established such treaties. Today, there is no civilized State that has not entered into these treaties with most other civilized States. The result is that, although there is no universal rule in International Law mandating it, extradition of criminals between States is a common practice supported by treaties. However, the current situation is quite unsatisfactory, as there are hundreds of treaties in place that don't align in their specifics. What is needed now, and what will likely happen in the near future, is a universal extradition treaty—a single treaty that all civilized States will join.[668]
[668] The Second Pan-American Conference of 1902 produced a treaty of extradition which was signed by twelve States, namely, the United States of America, Colombia, Costa Rica, Chili, San Domingo, Ecuador, Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, and Nicaragua, but this treaty has not been ratified; see the text in "Annuaire de la Vie Internationale" (1908-9), p. 461.
[668] The Second Pan-American Conference of 1902 resulted in an extradition treaty that was signed by twelve countries: the United States, Colombia, Costa Rica, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, and Nicaragua. However, this treaty has not been ratified; see the text in "Annuaire de la Vie Internationale" (1908-9), p. 461.
Municipal Extradition Laws.
Municipal Extradition Regulations.
§ 329. Some States, however, were unwilling to depend[Pg 406] entirely upon the discretion of their Governments as regards the conclusion of extradition treaties and the procedure in extradition cases. They have therefore enacted special Municipal Laws which enumerate those crimes for which extradition shall be granted and asked in return, and which at the same time regulate the procedure in extradition cases. These Municipal Laws[669] furnish the basis for the conclusion of extradition treaties. The first in the field with such an extradition law was Belgium in 1833, which remained, however, for far more than a generation quite isolated. It was not until 1870 that England followed the example given by Belgium. English public opinion was for many years against extradition treaties at all, considering them as a great danger to individual liberty and to the competence of every State to grant asylum to political refugees. This country possessed, therefore, before 1870 a few extradition treaties only, which moreover were in many points inadequate. But in 1870 the British Government succeeded in getting Parliament to pass the Extradition Act.[670] This Act, which was amended by another in 1873[671] and a third in 1895,[672] has furnished the basis for extradition treaties of Great Britain with forty other States.[673] Belgium enacted a new extradition law in 1874. Holland enacted such a law in 1875, Luxemburg in the same year, Argentina in 1885, the Congo Free State in 1886, Peru in 1888, Switzerland in 1892.
§ 329. Some states, however, were not willing to rely solely on their governments' discretion regarding the establishment of extradition treaties and the procedures for extradition cases. They therefore created specific municipal laws that list the crimes for which extradition would be granted or requested, while also regulating the processes in extradition cases. These municipal laws furnish the foundation for the creation of extradition treaties. Belgium was the first to implement such a law in 1833, but it remained quite isolated for more than a generation. It wasn't until 1870 that England followed Belgium's example. For many years, public opinion in England was against extradition treaties altogether, viewing them as a significant threat to individual liberty and the right of states to grant asylum to political refugees. Consequently, before 1870, the country had only a few extradition treaties, which were generally inadequate. However, in 1870, the British government managed to get Parliament to pass the Extradition Act. This Act was amended by another in 1873 and a third in 1895, providing the basis for extradition treaties between Great Britain and forty other states. Belgium enacted a new extradition law in 1874. The Netherlands followed with such a law in 1875, Luxembourg in the same year, Argentina in 1885, the Congo Free State in 1886, Peru in 1888, and Switzerland in 1892.
[673] The full text of these treaties is printed by Clarke, as well as Biron and Chalmers. Not to be confounded with extradition of criminals to foreign States is extradition within the British Empire from one part of the British dominions to another. This matter is regulated by the Fugitive Offenders Act, 1881 (44 & 45 Vict. c. 169).
[673] The complete text of these treaties is published by Clarke, along with Biron and Chalmers. It's important to distinguish between the extradition of criminals to foreign countries and extradition within the British Empire, which is the transfer of offenders from one part of the British territories to another. This process is governed by the Fugitive Offenders Act, 1881 (44 & 45 Vict. c. 169).
Such States as possess no extradition laws and whose written Constitution does not mention the[Pg 407] matter, leave it to their Governments to conclude extradition treaties according to their discretion. And in these countries the Governments are competent to extradite an individual even if no extradition treaty exists.
States without extradition laws and whose written Constitution doesn't address the[Pg 407]issue allow their Governments to decide on extradition treaties as they see fit. In these countries, the Governments have the authority to extradite someone even if there's no extradition treaty in place.
Object of Extradition.
Extradition Target.
§ 330. Since extradition is the delivery of an incriminated individual to the State on whose territory he has committed a crime by the State on whose territory he is for the time staying, the object of extradition can be any individual, whether he is a subject of the prosecuting State, or of the State which is required to extradite him, or of a third State. Many States, however, as France and most other States of the European continent, have adopted the principle never to extradite one of their subjects to a foreign State, but themselves to punish subjects of their own for grave crimes committed abroad. Other States, as Great Britain and the United States, have not adopted this principle, and do extradite such of their subjects as have committed a grave crime abroad. Thus Great Britain surrendered in 1879 to Austria, where he was convicted and hanged,[674] one Tourville, a British subject, who, after having murdered his wife in the Tyrol, had fled home to England. And it must be emphasised that the object of extradition is an individual who has committed a crime abroad, whether or not he was during the commission of the criminal act physically present on the territory of the State where the crime was committed. Thus, in 1884, Great Britain surrendered one Nillins to Germany, who, by sending from Southampton forged bills of exchange to a merchant in Germany as payment for goods ordered, was considered to[Pg 408] have committed forgery and to have obtained goods by false pretences in Germany.[675]
§ 330. Extradition is the process of sending a person who has committed a crime back to the country where the crime took place from the country where they are currently located. Any individual can be subject to extradition, whether they are a citizen of the country requesting the extradition, the country providing it, or a third country. Many countries, like France and most others in Europe, have a policy of never extraditing their own citizens to foreign countries, preferring instead to handle crimes committed abroad themselves. However, other countries, such as Great Britain and the United States, do not follow this principle and will extradite their citizens who have committed serious crimes overseas. For example, Great Britain extradited a British citizen named Tourville to Austria in 1879 after he was found guilty and executed there for murdering his wife in the Tyrol and then fleeing to England. It's important to note that the person being extradited is someone who committed a crime abroad, regardless of whether they were physically present in the country where the crime occurred at the time of the offense. For instance, in 1884, Great Britain extradited a person named Nillins to Germany for sending forged bills of exchange from Southampton to a merchant in Germany as payment for goods, which was considered forgery and fraud in Germany.[Pg 408]
[674] This case is all the more remarkable, as (see 24 & 25 Vict. c. 100, § 9) the criminal law of England extends over murder and manslaughter committed abroad by English subjects, and as, according to article 3 of the extradition treaty of 1873 between England and Austria-Hungary, the contracting parties are in no case under obligation to extradite their own subjects.
[674] This case is even more notable because (see 24 & 25 Vict. c. 100, § 9) English criminal law applies to murder and manslaughter committed overseas by English citizens. Additionally, according to article 3 of the extradition treaty from 1873 between England and Austria-Hungary, the parties involved are never required to extradite their own citizens.
A conflict between International and Municipal Law arises if a certain individual must be extradited according to an extradition treaty, but cannot be extradited according to the Municipal Law of the State from which extradition is demanded. Thus in the case of Salvatore Paladini,[676] whose extradition was demanded by the United States of America from the Italian Government in 1888 for having passed counterfeit money, Italian Municipal Law, which prohibits the extradition of an Italian citizen, came into conflict with article 1 of the Extradition Treaty of 1868 between Italy and the United States which stipulates extradition of criminals without exempting nationals. For this reason Italy refused to extradite Paladini. It is noteworthy that the United States, although they do not any longer press for extradition of Italian subjects who, after having committed a crime in the United States have returned to Italy, nevertheless consider themselves bound by the above-mentioned treaty of 1868 to extradite to Italy such American subjects as have committed a crime in Italy. Therefore, when in 1910 the Italian Government demanded from the United States extradition of one Porter Charlton,[677] an American citizen, for having committed a murder in Italy, extradition was granted.
A conflict between International and Municipal Law occurs when an individual must be extradited under an extradition treaty but cannot be extradited based on the Municipal Law of the state requesting extradition. This happened in the case of Salvatore Paladini,[676] whose extradition was requested by the United States from the Italian Government in 1888 for passing counterfeit money. Italian Municipal Law, which prohibits the extradition of Italian citizens, conflicted with Article 1 of the Extradition Treaty of 1868 between Italy and the United States, which mandates the extradition of criminals without excluding nationals. As a result, Italy refused to extradite Paladini. It is noteworthy that the United States, while no longer pursuing extradition of Italian citizens who have returned to Italy after committing a crime in the U.S., still considers itself obliged by the aforementioned treaty of 1868 to extradite American citizens who have committed crimes in Italy. Therefore, when the Italian Government requested the extradition of one Porter Charlton,[677] an American citizen, for committing murder in Italy in 1910, extradition was granted.
Extraditable Crimes.
Extraditable Offenses.
§ 331. Unless a State is restricted by an extradition law, it can grant extradition for any crime it thinks fit. And unless a State is bound by an extradition treaty, it can refuse extradition for any crime. Such States as possess extradition laws frame their extradition treaties conformably therewith and specify in those treaties all those crimes for which they are willing to grant extradition. And no person is to be extradited[Pg 409] whose deed is not a crime according to the Criminal Law of the State which is asked to extradite, as well as of the State which demands extradition. As regards Great Britain, the following are extraditable crimes according to the Extradition Act of 1870:—Murder and manslaughter; counterfeiting and uttering counterfeit money; forgery and uttering what is forged; embezzlement and larceny; obtaining goods or money by false pretences; crimes by bankrupts against bankruptcy laws; fraud by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, or by a director, or member, or public officer of any company; rape; abduction; child stealing; burglary and housebreaking; arson; robbery with violence; threats with intent to extort; piracy by the Law of Nations; sinking or destroying a vessel at sea; assaults on board ship on the High Seas with intent to destroy life or to do grievous bodily harm; revolt or conspiracy against the authority of the master on board a ship on the High Seas. The Extradition Acts of 1873 and 1906 added the following crimes to the list:—Kidnapping, false imprisonment, perjury, subornation of perjury, and bribery.
§ 331. Unless a state is limited by an extradition law, it can grant extradition for any crime it sees fit. And unless a state is bound by an extradition treaty, it can refuse extradition for any crime. States that have extradition laws create their extradition treaties in accordance with those laws and specify in those treaties all the crimes for which they are willing to grant extradition. No person can be extradited[Pg 409] if their act is not considered a crime under the Criminal Law of both the state requested to extradite and the state requesting extradition. Regarding Great Britain, the following crimes are extraditable according to the Extradition Act of 1870: murder and manslaughter; counterfeiting and circulating counterfeit money; forgery and using forged documents; embezzlement and theft; obtaining goods or money through fraud; crimes committed by bankrupts against bankruptcy laws; fraud by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, or by a director, member, or public officer of any company; rape; abduction; child stealing; burglary and breaking and entering; arson; robbery with violence; making threats with the intent to extort; piracy under international law; sinking or destroying a vessel at sea; assaults on board a ship on the High Seas with intent to kill or do serious bodily harm; rebellion or conspiracy against the authority of the master of a ship on the High Seas. The Extradition Acts of 1873 and 1906 added these crimes to the list: kidnapping, false imprisonment, perjury, subornation of perjury, and bribery.
Political criminals are, as a rule, not extradited,[678] and according to many extradition treaties military deserters and such persons as have committed offences against religion are likewise excluded from extradition.
Political criminals are generally not extradited,[678] and according to many extradition treaties, military deserters and individuals who have committed offenses against religion are also excluded from extradition.
Effectuation and Condition of Extradition.
Extradition Process and Terms.
§ 332. Extradition is granted only if asked for, and after the formalities have taken place which are stipulated in the treaties of extradition and the extradition laws, if any. It is effected through handing over the criminal by the police of the extraditing State to the police of the prosecuting State. But it must be emphasised that, according to most extradition treaties, it is a condition that the extradited individual shall be tried and punished for those crimes exclusively for which his[Pg 410] extradition has been asked and granted, or for those at least which the extradition treaty concerned enumerates.[679] If, nevertheless, an extradited individual is tried and punished for another crime, the extraditing State has a right of intervention.[680]
§ 332. Extradition is granted only when requested and after the required procedures outlined in extradition treaties and laws have been followed, if applicable. It occurs when the police of the extraditing country hand over the criminal to the police of the prosecuting country. However, it is important to highlight that, according to most extradition treaties, a key condition is that the person being extradited can only be tried and punished for the specific crimes for which their extradition was requested and approved, or for those that are specifically listed in the relevant extradition treaty.[679] If the extradited person is tried and punished for a different crime, the extraditing country has the right to intervene.[680]
[680] It ought to be mentioned that the Institute of International Law in 1880, at its meeting in Oxford (see Annuaire, V. p. 117), adopted a body of twenty-six rules concerning extradition.
[680] It's worth noting that the Institute of International Law in 1880, during its meeting in Oxford (see Annuaire, V. p. 117), approved a set of twenty-six rules related to extradition.
An important question is whether, in case a criminal, who has succeeded in escaping into the territory of another State, is erroneously handed over, without the formalities of extradition having been complied with, by the police of the local State to the police of the prosecuting State, such local State can demand that the prosecuting State shall send the criminal back and ask for his formal extradition. This question was decided in the negative in February 1911 by the Court of Arbitration at the Hague in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning Savarkar. This British-Indian subject, who was prosecuted for high treason and abatement of murder, and was being transported in the P. and O. boat Morea to India for the purpose of standing his trial there, escaped to the shore on October 25, 1910, while the vessel was in the harbour of Marseilles. He was, however, seized by a French policeman, who, erroneously and without further formalities, reconducted him to the Morea with the assistance of individuals from the vessel who had raised a hue-and-cry. Since Savarkar was prima facie a political criminal, France demanded that England should give him up and should request his extradition in a formal way, but England refused to comply with this demand, and the parties, therefore, agreed to have the conflict decided by the Court of Arbitration at the Hague. The award, while admitting that an irregularity had been committed by[Pg 411] the reconduction of Savarkar to the British vessel, decided, correctly, I believe, in favour of Great Britain, asserting that there was no rule of International Law imposing, in circumstances such as those which have been set out above, any obligation on the Power which has in its custody a prisoner, to restore him on account of a mistake committed by the foreign agent who delivered him up to that Power.[681] It should be mentioned that the French Government had been previously informed of the fact that Savarkar would be a prisoner on board the Morea while she was calling at Marseilles, and had agreed to this.
An important question is whether, if a criminal who has managed to escape into another State is mistakenly handed over, without following the extradition procedures, by the local State's police to the police of the prosecuting State, that local State can ask the prosecuting State to return the criminal and formally request his extradition. This issue was resolved negatively in February 1911 by the Court of Arbitration at The Hague in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning Savarkar. This British-Indian individual, who was charged with high treason and aiding murder, was being transported on the P. and O. boat Morea to India to face trial there when he escaped to shore on October 25, 1910, while the vessel was docked in Marseilles. However, a French policeman seized him, who, mistakenly and without additional formalities, brought him back to the Morea with help from crew members who raised the alarm. Since Savarkar was prima facie considered a political criminal, France demanded that England return him and formally seek his extradition, but England refused this request. Consequently, both parties agreed to resolve the dispute through the Court of Arbitration at The Hague. The ruling acknowledged that an irregularity occurred when Savarkar was returned to the British vessel, but rightly ruled in favor of Great Britain, stating that there was no international law requiring a country holding a prisoner to return him due to a mistake made by a foreign agent who handed him over to that country. [Pg 411] It should be noted that the French Government had been informed beforehand that Savarkar would be a prisoner on board the Morea while it was in Marseilles, and had agreed to this.
[681] See Hamelin, "L'Affaire Savarkar" (Extrait du "Recueil général de Jurisprudence, de Doctrine et de Législation coloniales," 1911), who defends the French view. The award of the Court of Arbitration has been severely criticised by Baty in the Law Magazine and Review, XXXVI. (1911), pp. 326-330; Kohler in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 202-211; Strupp, "Zwei praktische Fälle aus dem Völkerrecht" (1911), pp. 12-26; Robin in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 303-352; Hamel in R.I. 2nd Ser. XIII. (1911), pp. 370-403.
[681] See Hamelin, "The Savarkar Case" (Excerpt from "General Collection of Jurisprudence, Doctrine, and Colonial Legislation," 1911), who supports the French perspective. The decision of the Court of Arbitration has been heavily criticized by Baty in the Law Magazine and Review, XXXVI. (1911), pp. 326-330; Kohler in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 202-211; Strupp, "Two Practical Cases in International Law" (1911), pp. 12-26; Robin in R.G. XVIII. (1911), pp. 303-352; Hamel in R.I. 2nd Ser. XIII. (1911), pp. 370-403.
X PRINCIPLE OF NON-EXTRADITION FOR POLITICAL CRIMINALS
Westlake, I. pp. 247-248—Lawrence, § 111—Taylor, § 212—Wharton, II. § 272—Moore, IV. § 604—Bluntschli, § 396—Hartmann, § 89—Lammasch in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 485-510—Liszt, § 33—Ullmann, § 129—Rivier, I. pp. 351-357—Nys, II. pp. 253-256—Calvo, II. §§ 1034-1036—Martens, II. § 96—Bonfils, Nos. 466-467—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1871-1873—Mérignhac, II. pp. 754-771—Soldan, "L'extradition des criminels politiques" (1882)—Martitz, "Internationale Rechtshilfe in Strafsachen," vol. II. (1897), pp. 134-707—Lammasch, "Auslieferungspflicht und Asylrecht" (1887), pp. 203-355—Grivaz, "Nature et effets du principe de l'asyle politique" (1895)—Piggott, "Extradition" (1910), pp. 42-60—Scott in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 459-461.
Westlake, I. pp. 247-248—Lawrence, § 111—Taylor, § 212—Wharton, II. § 272—Moore, IV. § 604—Bluntschli, § 396—Hartmann, § 89—Lammasch in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 485-510—Liszt, § 33—Ullmann, § 129—Rivier, I. pp. 351-357—Nys, II. pp. 253-256—Calvo, II. §§ 1034-1036—Martens, II. § 96—Bonfils, Nos. 466-467—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1871-1873—Mérignhac, II. pp. 754-771—Soldan, "L'extradition des criminels politiques" (1882)—Martitz, "Internationale Rechtshilfe in Strafsachen," vol. II. (1897), pp. 134-707—Lammasch, "Auslieferungspflicht und Asylrecht" (1887), pp. 203-355—Grivaz, "Nature et effets du principe de l'asyle politique" (1895)—Piggott, "Extradition" (1910), pp. 42-60—Scott in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 459-461.
How Non-extradition of Political Criminals became the Rule.
How the Non-extradition of Political Criminals Became the Standard.
§ 333. Before the French Revolution[682] the term "political crime" was unknown in either the theory or the practice of the Law of Nations. And the principle of non-extradition of political criminals was likewise non-existent. On the contrary, whereas extradition[Pg 412] of ordinary criminals was, before the eighteenth century at least, hardly ever stipulated, treaties very often stipulated the extradition of individuals who had committed such deeds as are nowadays termed "political crimes," and such individuals were frequently extradited even when no treaty stipulated it.[683] And writers in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries did not at all object to such practice on the part of the States; on the contrary, they frequently approved of it.[684] It is indirectly due to the French Revolution that matters gradually underwent a change, since this event was the starting-point for the revolt in the nineteenth century against despotism and absolutism throughout the western part of the European continent. It was then that the term "political crime" arose, and article 120 of the French Constitution of 1793 granted asylum to foreigners exiled from their home country "for the cause of liberty." On the other hand, the French emigrants, who had fled from France to escape the Reign of Terror, found an asylum in foreign States. However, the modern principle of non-extradition of political criminals even then did not conquer the world. Until 1830 political criminals frequently were extradited. But public opinion in free countries began gradually to revolt against such extradition, and Great Britain was its first opponent. The fact that several political fugitives were surrendered by the Governor of Gibraltar to Spain created a storm of indignation in Parliament in 1815, where Sir James Mackintosh proclaimed the principle that no nation ought to refuse asylum to political fugitives. And in 1816 Lord Castlereagh declared that there could be no greater abuse of the law than by allowing it to be the instrument of inflicting punishment on foreigners who had committed political[Pg 413] crimes only. The second in the field was Switzerland, the asylum for many political fugitives from neighbouring countries, when, after the final defeat of Napoleon, the reactionary Continental monarchs refused the introduction of constitutional reforms which were demanded by their peoples. And although, in 1823, Switzerland was forced by threats of the reactionary leading Powers of the Holy Alliance to restrict somewhat the asylum afforded by her to individuals who had taken part in the unsuccessful political revolts in Naples and Piedmont, the principle of non-extradition went on fighting its way. The question as to that asylum was discussed with much passion in the press of Europe. And although the principle of non-extradition was far from becoming universally recognised, that discussion indirectly fostered its growth. A practical proof thereof is that in 1830 even Austria and Prussia, two of the reactionary Powers of that time, refused Russia's demand for extradition of fugitives who had taken part in the Polish Revolution of that year. And another proof thereof is that at about the same time, in 1829, a celebrated dissertation[685] by a Dutch jurist made its appearance, in which the principle of non-extradition of political criminals was for the first time defended with juristic arguments and on a juristic basis.
§ 333. Before the French Revolution[682] the term "political crime" wasn't known in the theory or practice of international law. The principle of not extraditing political criminals didn’t exist either. In fact, while extradition[Pg 412] of ordinary criminals was rarely mentioned before the eighteenth century, treaties often included provisions for extraditing people who committed acts now considered "political crimes." These individuals were frequently extradited even without a treaty stipulating it.[683] Writers in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries didn’t object to this practice by states; instead, they often approved of it.[684] It was the French Revolution that gradually started to change this, as it sparked a revolt against despotism and absolutism across western Europe in the nineteenth century. This was when the term "political crime" came about, and Article 120 of the French Constitution of 1793 granted asylum to foreigners exiled from their home country "for the cause of liberty." Conversely, French emigrants fleeing the Reign of Terror found refuge in other countries. However, even then, the modern principle of not extraditing political criminals hadn’t fully taken hold. Until 1830, political criminals were often extradited. Public opinion in free nations began to rise against such extradition, with Great Britain leading the opposition. The surrender of several political fugitives by the Governor of Gibraltar to Spain incited outrage in Parliament in 1815, where Sir James Mackintosh stated that no country should deny asylum to political fugitives. In 1816, Lord Castlereagh declared that there was no greater misuse of the law than using it to punish foreigners for committing only political crimes. Switzerland quickly followed suit, providing asylum for many political fugitives from neighboring countries after the final defeat of Napoleon, when reactionary Continental monarchs rejected the constitutional reforms demanded by their peoples. Although Switzerland was pressured in 1823 by the reactionary powers of the Holy Alliance to limit its asylum to individuals who participated in the failed political uprisings in Naples and Piedmont, the principle of non-extradition continued to gain ground. The issue of asylum generated passionate discussions in the European press. While the principle of non-extradition was far from universally accepted, this debate helped it gain recognition. A clear example of this is in 1830 when even Austria and Prussia, two of the reactionary powers of that time, denied Russia's request for the extradition of fugitives involved in the Polish Revolution that year. Another indication is that around the same time, in 1829, a notable dissertation[685] was published by a Dutch jurist, providing the first legal defense of the principle of non-extradition for political criminals based on legal arguments.
On the other hand, a reaction set in in 1833, when Austria, Prussia, and Russia concluded treaties which remained in force for a generation, and which stipulated that henceforth individuals who had committed crimes of high treason and lèse-majesté, or had conspired against the safety of the throne and the legitimate Government, or had taken part in a revolt, should be surrendered to the State concerned. The same year, however, is epoch-making in favour of the principle of non-extradition of political criminals, for in 1833 Belgium enacted[Pg 414] her celebrated extradition law, the first of its kind, being the very first Municipal Law which expressly interdicted the extradition of foreign political criminals. As Belgium, which had seceded from the Netherlands in 1830 and became recognised and neutralised by the Powers in 1831, owed her very existence to revolt, she felt the duty of making it a principle of her Municipal Law to grant asylum to foreign political fugitives, a principle which was for the first time put into practice in the treaty of extradition concluded in 1834 between Belgium and France. The latter, which to the present day has no municipal extradition law, has nevertheless henceforth always in her extradition treaties with other Powers stipulated the principle of non-extradition of political criminals. And the other Powers followed gradually. Even Russia had to give way, and since 1867 this principle is to be found in all extradition treaties of Russia with other Powers, that with Spain of 1888 excepted. It is due to the stern attitude of Great Britain, Switzerland, Belgium, France, and the United States that the principle has conquered the world. These countries, in which individual liberty is the very basis of all political life, and constitutional government a political dogma of the nation, watched with abhorrence the methods of government of many other States between 1815 and 1860. These Governments were more or less absolute and despotic, repressing by force every endeavour of their subjects to obtain individual liberty and a share in the government. Thousands of the most worthy citizens and truest patriots had to leave their country for fear of severe punishment for political crimes. Great Britain and the other free countries felt in honour bound not to surrender such exiled patriots to the persecution of their Governments, but to grant them an asylum.
On the other hand, a reaction began in 1833, when Austria, Prussia, and Russia signed treaties that remained effective for a generation. These treaties stated that from then on, individuals who committed crimes of high treason and lèse-majesté, conspired against the throne's safety and the legitimate government, or took part in a revolt, should be handed over to the relevant state. However, that same year marked a significant milestone for the principle of non-extradition of political criminals, as Belgium enacted[Pg 414] its famous extradition law, the first of its kind, which explicitly prohibited the extradition of foreign political criminals. Since Belgium, which had split from the Netherlands in 1830 and was recognized and neutralized by the great powers in 1831, owed its existence to revolt, it felt obligated to establish a principle in its laws to provide asylum for foreign political refugees. This principle was first enacted in the extradition treaty signed in 1834 between Belgium and France. France, which still does not have its own extradition law, has always included the principle of non-extradition of political criminals in its extradition treaties with other states. Other powers gradually followed this lead. Even Russia had to give in, and since 1867 this principle has appeared in all of Russia's extradition treaties with other states, except for the one with Spain in 1888. The strict stance of Great Britain, Switzerland, Belgium, France, and the United States has helped this principle gain global acceptance. These countries, where individual liberty is the foundation of political life and constitutional government is a national belief, watched with dismay as many other states operated between 1815 and 1860. These governments were often absolute and tyrannical, suppressing any attempts by their citizens to achieve personal freedom and participate in governance. Thousands of the most honorable citizens and true patriots had to flee their countries for fear of harsh punishment for political offenses. Great Britain and the other free nations felt morally obligated not to hand over these exiled patriots to their governments' persecution, but to provide them with asylum.
Difficulty concerning the Conception of Political Crime.
Difficulty concerning the Conception of Political Crime.
§ 334. Although the principle became and is[Pg 415] generally[686] recognised that political criminals shall not be extradited, serious difficulties exist concerning the conception of "political crime." Such conception is of great importance, as the extradition of a criminal may depend upon it. It is unnecessary here to discuss the numerous details of the controversy. It suffices to state that whereas many writers call such crime "political" as was committed from a political motive, others call "political" any crime committed for a political purpose; again, others recognise such crime only as "political" as was committed from a political motive and at the same time for a political purpose; and, thirdly, some writers confine the term "political crime" to certain offences against the State only, as high treason, lèse-majesté, and the like.[687] To the present day all attempts have failed to formulate a satisfactory conception of the term, and the reason of the thing will, I believe, for ever exclude the possibility of finding a satisfactory conception and definition.[688] The difficulty is caused through the so-called "relative political crimes" or délits complexes—namely, those complex cases in which the political offence comprises at the same time[689] an ordinary crime, such as murder, arson, theft, and the like. Some writers deny categorically that such complex crimes are political; but this opinion is wrong and dangerous, since indeed many honourable[Pg 416] political criminals would have to be extradited in consequence thereof. On the other hand, it cannot be denied that many cases of complex crimes, although the deed may have been committed from a political motive or for a political purpose, are such as ought not to be considered political. Such cases have roused the indignation of the whole civilised world, and have indeed endangered the very value of the principle of non-extradition of political criminals. Three practical attempts have therefore been made to deal with such complex crimes without violating this principle.
§ 334. While it has become widely accepted that political criminals should not be extradited, significant challenges remain regarding the definition of "political crime." This definition is crucial, as the extradition of a criminal may hinge on it. There's no need to delve into the numerous details of the debate. It suffices to say that while many authors label a crime as "political" if it was motivated by political reasons, others define "political" as any crime committed for a political goal. Some recognize a crime as "political" only if it was committed both from a political motive and for a political purpose, and still others narrow the term "political crime" to specific offenses against the state, such as high treason or lèse-majesté. To this day, all efforts to establish a satisfactory definition have failed, and I believe the nature of the issue will always prevent us from finding a clear and acceptable definition. The challenge arises from so-called "relative political crimes" or délits complexes—that is, those complicated cases where a political offense also includes a regular crime, such as murder, arson, theft, and so on. Some authors outright deny that such complex crimes can be considered political; however, this viewpoint is misguided and risky, as it would lead to the extradition of many honorable political criminals. Conversely, it cannot be denied that many instances of complex crimes, even if committed for political reasons or purposes, should not be classified as political. Such cases have sparked outrage across the civilized world and have genuinely threatened the value of the principle of non-extradition for political criminals. Consequently, three practical attempts have been made to address such complex crimes without violating this principle.
[688] According to Stephen, "History of the Criminal Law in England," vol. II. p. 71, political crimes are such as are identical to and form a part of political disturbances.
[688] According to Stephen, "History of the Criminal Law in England," vol. II. p. 71, political crimes are those that are similar to and are a part of political unrest.
[689] The problem came twice before the English courts; see Ex parte Castione, L.R. [1891] 1 Q.B. 149, and In re Meunier, L.R. [1894] 2 Q.B. 415. In the case of Castione, a Swiss who had taken part in a revolutionary movement in the canton of Ticino and had incidentally shot a member of the Government, the Court refused extradition because the crime was considered to be political. On the other hand, in the case of Meunier, a French anarchist who was prosecuted for having caused two explosions in France, one of which resulted in the death of two individuals, the extradition was granted because the crime was not considered to be political.
[689] The issue came up twice in English courts; see Ex parte Castione, L.R. [1891] 1 Q.B. 149, and In re Meunier, L.R. [1894] 2 Q.B. 415. In the Castione case, a Swiss man who had participated in a revolutionary movement in the canton of Ticino and had accidentally shot a government member, the Court denied extradition because the crime was viewed as political. Conversely, in the Meunier case, a French anarchist who was prosecuted for causing two explosions in France, one of which led to the deaths of two people, extradition was granted because the crime was deemed not political.
The so-called Belgian Attentat Clause.
The so-called Belgian Attack Clause.
§ 335. The first attempt was the enactment of the so-called attentat clause by Belgium in 1856,[690] following the case of Jacquin in 1854. A French manufacturer named Jules Jacquin, domiciled in Belgium, and a foreman of his factory named Célestin Jacquin, who was also a Frenchman, tried to cause an explosion on the railway line between Lille and Calais with the intention of murdering the Emperor Napoleon III. France requested the extradition of the two criminals, but the Belgian Court of Appeal had to refuse the surrender on account of the Belgian extradition law interdicting the surrender of political criminals. To provide for such cases in the future, Belgium enacted in 1856 a law amending her extradition law and stipulating that murder of the head of a foreign Government or of a member of his family should not be considered a political crime. Gradually all European States, with the exception of England and Switzerland, have adopted that attentat clause, and a great many Continental writers urge its adoption by the whole of the civilised world.[691]
§ 335. The first attempt was the implementation of the so-called attentat clause by Belgium in 1856,[690] following the Jacquin case in 1854. A French manufacturer named Jules Jacquin, who lived in Belgium, and his factory foreman, also a Frenchman named Célestin Jacquin, attempted to cause an explosion on the railway line between Lille and Calais with the intention of killing Emperor Napoleon III. France requested the extradition of the two criminals, but the Belgian Court of Appeal had to deny the request due to Belgian extradition law, which prohibits the surrender of political criminals. To address such situations in the future, Belgium enacted a law in 1856 that modified its extradition law to stipulate that murder of the head of a foreign government or a member of their family would not be regarded as a political crime. Over time, all European states, except for England and Switzerland, have adopted this attentat clause, and many Continental writers advocate for its adoption by the entire civilized world.[691]
The Russian Project of 1881.
The Russian Project of 1881.
§ 336. Another attempt to deal with complex crimes without detriment to the principle of non-extradition of political criminals was made by Russia in 1881. Influenced by the murder of the Emperor Alexander[Pg 417] II. in that year, Russia invited the Powers to hold an International Conference at Brussels for the consideration of the proposal that thenceforth no murder or attempt to murder ought to be considered as a political crime. But the Conference did not take place, since Great Britain as well as France declined to take part in it.[692] Thus the development of things had come to a standstill, many States having adopted, others declining to adopt, the Belgian clause, and the Russian proposal having fallen through.
§ 336. Another attempt to address complex crimes without compromising the principle of non-extradition for political criminals was made by Russia in 1881. Prompted by the assassination of Emperor Alexander II that year, Russia proposed to the Powers to hold an International Conference in Brussels to discuss the idea that from then on, no murder or attempted murder should be classified as a political crime. However, the Conference never took place, as both Great Britain and France refused to participate. Thus, the situation stagnated, with some States adopting the Belgian clause while others rejected it, leading to the collapse of the Russian proposal.
The Swiss Solution of the Problem in 1892.
The Swiss Solution of the Problem in 1892.
§ 337. Eleven years later, in 1892, Switzerland attempted a solution of the problem on a new basis. In that year Switzerland enacted an extradition law whose article 10 recognises the non-extradition of political criminals, but at the same time lays down the rule that political criminals shall nevertheless be surrendered in case the chief feature of the offence wears more the aspect of an ordinary than of a political crime, and that the decision concerning the extraditability of such criminals rests with the "Bundesgericht," the highest Swiss Court of Justice. This Swiss rule contains a better solution of the problem than the Belgian attentat clause in so far as it allows the circumstances of the special case to be taken into consideration. And the fact that the decision is taken out of the hands of the Government and transferred to the highest Court of the country, denotes likewise a remarkable progress.[693] For the Government cannot now be blamed whether extradition is granted or refused, the decision of an independent Court of Justice being a certain guarantee that an impartial view of the circumstances of the case has been taken.[694]
§ 337. Eleven years later, in 1892, Switzerland tried to address the issue in a new way. That year, Switzerland passed an extradition law whose article 10 acknowledges the non-extradition of political offenders but also states that political offenders can still be handed over if the main aspect of the crime appears more like a regular crime than a political one. The determination of whether such offenders can be extradited is left to the "Bundesgericht," the highest Swiss Court of Justice. This Swiss regulation offers a better solution than the Belgian attentat clause because it considers the specific circumstances of each case. Additionally, the fact that the decision is taken out of the government's hands and placed with the highest court in the country indicates significant progress.[693] The government can't now be held responsible for whether extradition is approved or denied, as the ruling by an independent court guarantees an unbiased assessment of the case's circumstances.[694]
Rationale for the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals.
Rationale for the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals.
§ 338. The numerous attempts[695] against the lives of heads of States and the frequency of anarchistic crimes have shaken the value of the principle of non-extradition of political criminals in the opinion of the civilised world as illustrated by the three practical attempts described above to meet certain difficulties. It is, consequently, no wonder that some writers[696] plead openly and directly for the abolition of this principle, maintaining that it was only the product of abnormal times and circumstances such as were in existence during the first half of the nineteenth century, and that with their disappearance the principle is likely to do more harm than good. And indeed it cannot be denied that the application of the principle in favour of some criminals, such as anarchistic[697] murderers and bomb-throwers, could only be called an abuse. But the question is whether, apart from such exceptional cases, the principle itself is still to be considered as justified or not.
§ 338. The many attempts[695] on the lives of heads of States and the frequent anarchistic crimes have shaken the value of the non-extradition principle for political criminals in the eyes of the civilized world, as shown by the three practical attempts mentioned earlier to address certain challenges. It is, therefore, not surprising that some writers[696] openly and directly call for the abolishment of this principle, arguing that it emerged from abnormal times and circumstances that existed during the first half of the nineteenth century, and that with their disappearance, the principle is likely to cause more harm than good. Indeed, it cannot be denied that applying the principle in favor of some criminals, such as anarchistic[697] murderers and bomb throwers, could only be seen as an abuse. But the question remains whether, aside from such exceptional cases, the principle itself is still justified or not.
[695] Not less than nineteen of these attempts have been successful since 1850, as the following formidable list shows:—
[695] At least nineteen of these attempts have succeeded since 1850, as the following impressive list demonstrates:—
Charles II., Duke of Parma, murdered on March 26, 1854.
Charles II, Duke of Parma, was murdered on March 26, 1854.
Prince Danilo of Montenegro, murdered on August 14, 1860.
Prince Danilo of Montenegro was murdered on August 14, 1860.
President Abraham Lincoln, U.S.A., murdered on April 14, 1865.
President Abraham Lincoln, U.S.A., was assassinated on April 14, 1865.
Prince Michael of Servia, murdered on June 10, 1868.
Prince Michael of Servia, murdered on June 10, 1868.
President Balta of Peru, murdered on July, 1872.
President Balta of Peru, murdered in July 1872.
President Moreno of Ecuador, murdered on August 6, 1872.
President Moreno of Ecuador was murdered on August 6, 1872.
Sultan Abdul Assis of Turkey, murdered on June 4, 1876.
Sultan Abdul Assis of Turkey was murdered on June 4, 1876.
Emperor Alexander II. of Russia, murdered on March 13, 1881.
Emperor Alexander II of Russia was assassinated on March 13, 1881.
President Garfield, U.S.A., murdered on July 2, 1881.
President Garfield, U.S.A., murdered on July 2, 1881.
President Carnot of France, murdered on June 24, 1894.
President Carnot of France was murdered on June 24, 1894.
Shah Nazr-e-Din of Persia, murdered on May 1, 1896.
Shah Nazr-e-Din of Persia, murdered on May 1, 1896.
Empress Elizabeth of Austria, murdered on September 10, 1898.
Empress Elizabeth of Austria was murdered on September 10, 1898.
King Humbert I. of Italy, murdered on July 30, 1900.
King Humbert I of Italy was murdered on July 30, 1900.
President McKinley, U.S.A., murdered on September 6, 1901.
President McKinley, U.S.A., assassinated on September 6, 1901.
King Alexander I. of Servia and
Queen Draga, murdered on June 10, 1903.
King Alexander I of Serbia and
Queen Draga were murdered on June 10, 1903.
King Carlos I. of Portugal and
the Crown Prince, murdered on February 15, 1908.
King Carlos I of Portugal and the Crown Prince were murdered on February 15, 1908.
President Caceres of San Domingo, murdered on November 19, 1911.
President Caceres of San Domingo was murdered on November 19, 1911.
[697] "... the party with whom the accused is identified ... namely the party of anarchy, is the enemy of all governments. Their efforts are directed primarily against the general body of citizens. They may, secondarily and incidentally, commit offences against some particular government, but anarchist offences are mainly directed against private citizens." (From the judgment of Cave, J. In re Meunier, L.R. [1894] 2 Q.B. 419.)—See also Diena in R.G. II. (1905), pp. 306-336.[Pg 419]
[697] "... the group associated with the accused ... that is, the group promoting anarchy, is an enemy to all governments. Their efforts mainly target the general population. They may, as a secondary and unintentional consequence, commit crimes against specific governments, but anarchist crimes are primarily aimed at private citizens." (From the judgment of Cave, J. In re Meunier, L.R. [1894] 2 Q.B. 419.)—See also Diena in R.G. II. (1905), pp. 306-336.[Pg 419]
Without doubt the answer must be in the affirmative. I readily admit that every political crime is by no means an honourable deed, which as such deserves protection. Still, political crimes are committed by the best of patriots, and, what is of more weight, they are in many cases a consequence of oppression on the part of the respective Governments. They are comparatively infrequent in free countries, where there is individual liberty, where the nation governs itself, and where, therefore, there are plenty of legal ways to bring grievances before the authorities. A free country can never agree to surrender foreigners to their prosecuting home State for deeds done in the interest of the same freedom and liberty which the subjects of such free country enjoy. For individual liberty and self-government of nations are demanded by modern civilisation, and their gradual realisation over the whole globe is conducive to the welfare of the human race.
Without a doubt, the answer must be yes. I fully admit that not every political crime is honorable, and it doesn't necessarily deserve protection. However, political crimes are often committed by the best patriots, and, more importantly, they are frequently a result of oppression by the respective governments. These crimes are relatively rare in free countries, where individuals have liberty, where the nation governs itself, and where there are many legal ways to present grievances to the authorities. A free country can never agree to hand over foreigners to their home state for actions taken in the interest of the same freedom and liberty that the citizens of that free country enjoy. Modern civilization demands individual liberty and the self-governance of nations, and their gradual realization worldwide promotes the well-being of humanity.
Political crimes may certainly be committed in the interest of reaction as well as in the interest of progress, and reactionary political criminals may have occasion to ask for asylum as well as progressive political criminals. The principle of non-extradition of political criminals indeed extends its protection over the former too, and this is the very point where the value of the principle reveals itself. For no State has a right to interfere with the internal affairs of another State, and, if a State were to surrender reactionary political criminals but not progressive ones, the prosecuting State of the latter could indeed complain and consider the refusal of extradition an unfriendly act. If, however, non-extradition is made a general principle which finds its application in favour of political criminals of every kind, no State can complain if extradition is refused. Have not reactionary States the same faculty of refusing the extradition of reactionary political criminals as[Pg 420] free States have of refusing the extradition of progressive political criminals?
Political crimes can certainly be committed for both reactionary and progressive reasons, and reactionary political criminals can seek asylum just as progressive ones can. The principle of not extraditing political criminals actually protects both groups, and this is where the value of the principle becomes clear. No state has the right to interfere in the internal matters of another state, and if a state were to extradite reactionary political criminals but not progressive ones, the prosecuting state for the latter could rightfully complain and view the refusal as an unfriendly act. However, if the principle of non-extradition is applied equally to political criminals of all kinds, no state can complain if extradition is denied. Don't reactionary states have the same right to refuse extraditing reactionary political criminals as free states have to refuse extraditing progressive political criminals?
Now, many writers agree upon this point, but maintain that such arguments meet the so-called purely political crimes only, and not the relative or complex political crimes, and they contend, therefore, that the principle of non-extradition ought to be restricted to the former crimes only. But to this I cannot assent. No revolt happens without such complex crimes taking place, and the individuals who commit them may indeed deserve the same protection as other political criminals. And, further, although I can under no circumstances approve of murder, can never sympathise with a murderer, and can never pardon his crime, it may well be the case that the murdered official or head of a State has by inhuman cruelty and oppression himself whetted the knife which cut short his span of life. On the other hand, the mere fact that a crime was committed for a political purpose may well be without any importance in comparison with its detestability and heinousness. Attempts on heads of States, such, for example, as the murders of Presidents Lincoln and Carnot or of Alexander II. of Russia and Humbert of Italy, are as a rule, and all anarchistic crimes are without any exception, crimes of that kind. Criminals who commit such crimes ought under no circumstances to find protection and asylum, but ought to be surrendered for the purpose of receiving their just and appropriate punishment.
Now, many writers agree on this point but argue that such discussions only apply to so-called purely political crimes, not to the more complicated or relative political crimes. They believe that the principle of non-extradition should only apply to the former crimes. I cannot agree with this. No rebellion occurs without the involvement of these complex crimes, and those who commit them may deserve the same protection as other political offenders. Furthermore, while I can never support murder, can never empathize with a murderer, and can never forgive their actions, it may be true that the official or head of state who was killed inflicted terrible cruelty and oppression that led to their own demise. On the flip side, the fact that a crime was committed for political reasons may not outweigh its abhorrent nature. Attempts on the lives of heads of state—such as the murders of Presidents Lincoln and Carnot, or of Alexander II of Russia and Humbert of Italy—are generally, and all anarchistic crimes are universally, considered such crimes. Criminals who commit these actions should not be given protection or asylum; they should be handed over for proper punishment.
How to avoid Misapplication of the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals.
How to avoid Misapplication of the Principle of Non-extradition of Political Criminals.
§ 339. The question, however, is how to sift the chaff from the wheat, how to distinguish between such political criminals as deserve an asylum and such as do not. The difficulties are great and partly insuperable as long as we do not succeed in finding a satisfactory conception of the term "political crime." But such difficulties are only partly, not wholly, insuperable. The step taken by the Swiss extradition law of 1892 is[Pg 421] so far in advance as to meet a great many of the difficulties. There is no doubt that the adoption of the Swiss rule by all the other civilised States would improve matters more than the universal adoption of the so-called Belgian attentat clause. The fact that according to Swiss law each case of complex political crime is unravelled and obtains the verdict of an independent Court according to the very circumstances, conditions, and requirements under which it occurred, is of the greatest value. It enables every case to be met in such a way as it deserves, without compromising the Government, and without sacrificing the principle of non-extradition of political criminals as a valuable rule. I cannot support the charge made by some writers[698] that the Swiss law is inadequate because it does not give criteria for the guidance of the Court in deciding whether or no extradition for complex crimes should be granted. In my opinion, the very absence of such criteria proves the superiority of the Swiss clause to the Belgian attentat clause. On the one hand, the latter is quite insufficient, for it restricts its stipulations to murder of heads of States and members of their families only. But I see no reason why individuals guilty of any murder—as provided by the Russian proposal—or who have committed other crimes, such as arson, theft, and the like, should not be surrendered in case the political motive or purpose of the crime is of no importance in comparison with the crime itself. On the other hand, the Belgian clause goes too far, since exceptional cases of murder of heads of States from political motives or for political purposes might occur which do not deserve extradition. The Swiss clause, however, with its absence of fixed distinctions between such complex crimes as are extraditable, and such as are not, permits the consideration of the circumstances, conditions, and[Pg 422] requirements under which a complex crime was committed. It is true that the responsibility of the Court of Justice which has to decide whether such a complex crime is extraditable is great. But it is to be taken for granted that such Court will give its decision with impartiality, fairness, and justice. And it need not be feared that such Court will grant asylum to a murderer, incendiary, and the like, unless convinced that the deed was really political.
§ 339. The question, however, is how to separate the good from the bad, how to tell which political criminals deserve asylum and which do not. The challenges are significant and partly overwhelming until we can agree on what “political crime” really means. However, these challenges are only partly, not completely, insurmountable. The Swiss extradition law of 1892 is a big step forward that addresses many of these issues. There's no doubt that if all civilized nations adopted the Swiss rule, it would improve situations more than the universal acceptance of the Belgian attentat clause. The fact that Swiss law carefully examines each case of complex political crime and allows it to be judged by an independent court based on the specific circumstances, conditions, and requirements under which it happened is extremely valuable. It allows each case to be handled fairly without putting the government at risk and while upholding the important principle of non-extradition for political criminals. I cannot support the criticism from some writers[698] that the Swiss law is inadequate because it doesn’t provide specific guidelines for the court on whether extradition for complex crimes should be granted. In my view, the lack of such guidelines actually highlights the superiority of the Swiss clause over the Belgian attentat clause. On one hand, the latter is quite limited, only applying to the murder of heads of state and their families. But I see no reason why individuals guilty of any murder—as stated in the Russian proposal—or who have committed other crimes, such as arson or theft, should not be extradited if the political motive behind the crime is less significant than the crime itself. On the other hand, the Belgian clause is too broad, as it could include exceptional cases of murder of heads of state for political reasons that may not warrant extradition. However, the Swiss clause, with its lack of strict distinctions between extraditable and non-extraditable complex crimes, allows for consideration of the specific circumstances, conditions, and[Pg 422] requirements under which a complex crime was committed. It’s true that the responsibility of the court deciding whether such a complex crime is extraditable is significant. But we can trust that the court will render its decision with impartiality, fairness, and justice. There’s no need to fear that the court will grant asylum to a murderer, an arsonist, or someone similar unless they are convinced that the act was genuinely political.
Reactionary Extradition Treaties.
Reactionary Extradition Agreements.
§ 340. Be that as it may, the present condition of matters is a danger to the very principle of non-extradition of political criminals. Under the influence of the excitement caused by numerous criminal attempts in the last quarter of the nineteenth century, a few treaties have already been concluded which make a wide breach in this principle. It is Russia which is leading the reaction. This Power in 1885 concluded treaties with Prussia and Bavaria which stipulate the extradition of all individuals who have made an attack on the life, the body, or the honour[699] of a monarch, or of a member of his family, or who have committed any kind of murder or attempt to murder. And the extradition treaty between Russia and Spain of 1888 goes even further and abandons the principle of non-extradition of political criminals altogether. Fortunately, the endeavour of Russia to abolish this principle altogether has not succeeded. In her extradition treaty with Great Britain of 1886 she had to adopt it without any restriction, and in her extradition treaties with Portugal of 1887, with Luxemburg of 1892, and with the United States and Holland of 1893, she had to adopt it with a restrictive clause similar to the Belgian attentat clause.
§ 340. That said, the current situation poses a threat to the very principle of not extraditing political offenders. Influenced by the panic stemming from multiple criminal attempts in the late 1800s, several treaties have already been established that significantly violate this principle. Russia is leading this backlash. In 1885, it signed treaties with Prussia and Bavaria that require the extradition of anyone who has attacked the life, body, or honor[699] of a monarch, a member of their family, or who has committed any murder or attempted murder. The extradition treaty between Russia and Spain from 1888 goes even further, completely disregarding the principle of not extraditing political offenders. Luckily, Russia’s effort to eliminate this principle entirely has not been successful. In its 1886 extradition treaty with Great Britain, it had to accept the principle without any limitations, and in its extradition treaties with Portugal in 1887, Luxembourg in 1892, and the United States and Holland in 1893, it had to include it with a restrictive clause similar to the Belgian attentat clause.
Part 3 ORGANS OF THE STATES FOR THEIR INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
CHAPTER 1 HEADS OF STATES AND FOREIGN OFFICES
I POSITION OF HEADS OF STATE ACCORDING TO INTERNATIONAL LAW
Hall, § 97—Phillimore, II. §§ 101 and 102—Bluntschli, §§ 115-125—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 77-81—Ullmann, § 40—Rivier, I. § 32—Nys, II. pp. 325-329—Fiore, II. No. 1097—Bonfils, No. 632—Mérignhac, II. pp. 294-305—Bynkershoek, "De foro legatorum" (1721), c. III. § 13.
Hall, § 97—Phillimore, II. §§ 101 and 102—Bluntschli, §§ 115-125—Holtzendorff in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 77-81—Ullmann, § 40—Rivier, I. § 32—Nys, II. pp. 325-329—Fiore, II. No. 1097—Bonfils, No. 632—Mérignhac, II. pp. 294-305—Bynkershoek, "De foro legatorum" (1721), c. III. § 13.
Necessity of a Head for every State.
Necessity of a Leader for every State.
§ 341. As a State is an abstraction from the fact that a multitude of individuals live in a country under a Sovereign Government, every State must have a head as its highest organ, which represents it within and without its borders in the totality of its relations. Such head is the monarch in a monarchy and a president or a body of individuals, as the Bundesrath of Switzerland, in a republic. The Law of Nations prescribes no rules as regards the kind of head a State may have. Every State is, naturally, independent regarding this point, possessing the faculty of adopting any Constitution it likes and of changing such Constitution according to its discretion. Some kind or other of a head of the State is, however, necessary according to International Law, as without a head there is no State in existence, but anarchy.
§ 341. Since a State is an idea that comes from the fact that many individuals live in a country under a Sovereign Government, every State must have a leader as its highest authority, representing it both domestically and internationally in all its relations. This leader is a monarch in a monarchy and a president or a group of individuals, like the Bundesrath of Switzerland, in a republic. International Law does not set any rules regarding the type of leader a State can have. Every State is, of course, independent in this matter, having the ability to adopt any Constitution it chooses and to change that Constitution as it sees fit. However, some form of leadership is necessary according to International Law, as without a leader, there is no State, only chaos.
Recognition of Heads of States.
Recognition of Heads of State.
§ 342. In case of the accession of a new head of a State, other States are as a rule notified. The latter usually recognise the new head through some formal act, such as a congratulation. But neither such notification nor recognition is strictly necessary according[Pg 426] to International Law, as an individual becomes head of a State, not through the recognition of other States, but through Municipal Law. Such notification and recognition are, however, of legal importance. For through notification a State declares that the individual concerned is its highest organ, and has by Municipal Law the power to represent the State in the totality of its international relations. And through recognition the other States declare that they are ready to negotiate with such individual as the highest organ of his State. But recognition of a new head by other States is in every respect a matter of discretion. Neither has a State the right to demand from other States recognition of its new head, nor has any State a right to refuse such recognition. Thus Russia, Austria, and Prussia refused until 1848 recognition to Isabella, Queen of Spain, who had come to the throne as an infant in 1833. But, practically, in the long run recognition cannot be withheld, for without it international intercourse is impossible, and States with self-respect will exercise retorsion if recognition is refused to the heads they have chosen. Thus, when, after the unification of Italy in 1861, Mecklenburg and Bavaria refused the recognition of Victor Emanuel as King of Italy, Count Cavour revoked the exequatur of the consuls of these States in Italy.
§ 342. When a new head of state takes office, other states are usually notified. Typically, these states formally acknowledge the new leader through acts like sending congratulations. However, neither notification nor recognition is strictly required by International Law; an individual becomes head of state not through other states' acknowledgment but through Municipal Law. Still, such notification and recognition carry legal significance. Notification indicates that a state recognizes the individual as its highest authority and that, under Municipal Law, this person has the power to represent the state in all its international relations. Recognition, on the other hand, shows that other states are willing to engage in negotiations with this individual as their state’s highest authority. However, the recognition of a new head by other states is entirely discretionary. No state can demand that others recognize its new leader, nor can any state outright refuse this recognition. For instance, Russia, Austria, and Prussia withheld recognition from Isabella, Queen of Spain, until 1848, even though she ascended the throne as an infant in 1833. In practical terms, though, recognition cannot ultimately be denied, as international relations would be impossible without it, and states with dignity will retaliate if recognition is denied to their chosen leaders. For example, after Italy unified in 1861, Mecklenburg and Bavaria refused to recognize Victor Emanuel as King of Italy, prompting Count Cavour to revoke the exequatur of their consuls in Italy.
But it must be emphasised that recognition of a new head of a State by no means implies the recognition of such head as the legitimate head of the State in question. Recognition is in fact nothing else than the declaration of other States that they are ready to deal with a certain individual as the highest organ of the particular State, and the question remains totally undecided whether such individual is or is not to be considered the legitimate head of that State.
But it’s important to stress that recognizing a new leader of a State doesn’t automatically mean acknowledging that leader as the rightful head of that State. Recognition is really just a statement from other States that they’re willing to engage with a specific person as the highest authority of that State, and it’s still completely unclear whether that person should be viewed as the legitimate head of that State.
Competence of Heads of States.
Competence of Heads of State.
§ 343. The head of a State, as its chief organ and[Pg 427] representative in the totality of its international relations, acts for his State in the latter's international intercourse, with the consequence that all his legally relevant international acts are considered acts of his State. His competence to perform such acts is termed jus repraesentationis omnimodae. It comprises in substance chiefly: reception and mission of diplomatic agents and consuls, conclusion of international treaties, declaration of war, and conclusion of peace. But it is a question of the special case, how far this competence is independent of Municipal Law. For heads of States exercise this competence for their States and as the latter's representatives, and not in their own right. If a head of a State should, for instance, ratify a treaty without the necessary approval of his Parliament, he would go beyond his powers, and therefore such treaty would not be binding upon his State.[700]
§ 343. The head of a State, as its main authority and[Pg 427] representative in all its international relations, acts on behalf of their State in international dealings, which means that all legally significant international acts they perform are seen as acts of the State. Their ability to perform such acts is referred to as jus repraesentationis omnimodae. It mainly includes: receiving and sending diplomatic agents and consuls, making international treaties, declaring war, and making peace. However, there is the specific issue of how much this authority is independent of domestic law. Heads of State exercise this authority for their States and as representatives of those States, not on their own behalf. If, for example, a head of State were to ratify a treaty without the necessary approval from their Parliament, they would exceed their authority, and therefore that treaty would not be binding on their State.[700]
On the other hand, this competence is certainly independent of the question whether a head of a State is the legitimate head or a usurper. The mere fact that an individual is for the time being the head of a State makes him competent to act as such head, and his State is legally bound by his acts. It may, however, be difficult to decide whether a certain individual is or is not the head of a State, for after a revolution some time always elapses before matters are settled.
On the other hand, this ability is definitely independent of whether the leader of a State is the legitimate leader or a usurper. The simple fact that someone is temporarily the head of a State means they have the authority to act in that capacity, and their State is legally obligated by their actions. However, it can be tricky to determine if a specific individual is or isn’t the head of a State, since there’s usually a period of uncertainty after a revolution before things are sorted out.
Heads of States Objects of the Law of Nations.
Heads of State: Subjects of International Law.
§ 344. Heads of States are never subjects[701] of the Law of Nations. The position a head of a State has according to International Law is due to him, not as an individual, but as the head of his State. His position is derived from international rights and duties of his State, and not from international rights of his own. Consequently, all rights possessed by heads of States[Pg 428] abroad are not international rights, but rights which must be granted to them by the Municipal Law of the foreign State on whose territory such foreign heads of States are temporarily staying, and such rights must be granted in compliance with international rights of the home States of the respective heads. Thus, heads of States are not subjects but objects of International Law, and in this regard are like any other individual.
§ 344. Heads of States are never subjects[701] of the Law of Nations. The status a head of a State holds under International Law is because of their role, not as a person, but as the leader of their State. Their authority comes from the international rights and responsibilities of their State, not from any personal international rights. Therefore, any rights held by heads of States[Pg 428] in other countries are not international rights; they are privileges that must be granted to them by the Municipal Law of the foreign State where these heads of States are temporarily present, and these rights must be given in accordance with the international rights of the home States of those heads. Thus, heads of States are not subjects but objects of International Law, similar to any other individual.
Honours and Privileges of Heads of States.
Honors and Privileges of Heads of States.
§ 345. All honours and privileges of heads of States due to them by foreign States are derived from the fact that dignity is a recognised quality of States as members of the Family of Nations and International Persons.[702] Concerning such honours and privileges, International Law distinguishes between monarchs and heads of republics. This distinction is the necessary outcome of the fact that the position of monarchs according to the Municipal Law of monarchies is totally different from the position of heads of republics according to the Municipal Law of the republics. For monarchs are sovereigns, but heads of republics are not.
§ 345. All honors and privileges of heads of states granted to them by foreign states come from the fact that dignity is a recognized quality of states as members of the Family of Nations and International Persons.[702] Regarding these honors and privileges, International Law makes a distinction between monarchs and heads of republics. This distinction is necessary because the status of monarchs under the Municipal Law of monarchies is completely different from that of heads of republics under the Municipal Law of republics. Monarchs are sovereigns, while heads of republics are not.
II KINGS AND QUEENS
Vattel, I. §§ 28-45; IV. § 108—Hall, § 49—Lawrence, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 108-113—Taylor, § 129—Moore, II. § 250—Bluntschli, §§ 126-153—Heffter, §§ 48-57—Ullmann, §§ 41-42—Rivier, I. § 33—Nys, II. pp. 280-296—Calvo, III. §§ 1454-1479—Fiore, II. Nos. 1098-1102—Bonfils, Nos. 633-647—Mérignhac, II. pp. 94-105—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1564-1591.
Vattel, I. §§ 28-45; IV. § 108—Hall, § 49—Lawrence, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 108-113—Taylor, § 129—Moore, II. § 250—Bluntschli, §§ 126-153—Heffter, §§ 48-57—Ullmann, §§ 41-42—Rivier, I. § 33—Nys, II. pp. 280-296—Calvo, III. §§ 1454-1479—Fiore, II. Nos. 1098-1102—Bonfils, Nos. 633-647—Mérignhac, II. pp. 94-105—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1564-1591.
Sovereignty of Monarchs.
Monarchs' Sovereignty.
§ 346. In every monarchy the monarch appears as the representative of the sovereignty of the State and thereby becomes a Sovereign himself, a fact which is recognised by International Law. And the difference between the Municipal Laws of the different States[Pg 429] regarding this point matters in no way. Consequently, International Law recognises all monarchs as equally sovereign, although the difference between the constitutional positions of monarchs is enormous, if looked upon in the light of the rules laid down by the Constitutional Laws of the different States. Thus, the Emperor of Russia, whose powers are very wide, and the King of England, who is sovereign in Parliament only, and whose powers are therefore very much restricted, are indifferently sovereign according to International Law.
§ 346. In every monarchy, the monarch acts as the representative of the state's sovereignty and thus becomes a Sovereign himself, a fact recognized by International Law. The differences in the Municipal Laws of different States regarding this matter don’t matter at all. As a result, International Law considers all monarchs equally sovereign, even though the differences in the constitutional roles of these monarchs are significant when viewed through the lens of the Constitutional Laws of the different States. For instance, the Emperor of Russia, who has extensive powers, and the King of England, who is only sovereign within Parliament and whose powers are therefore quite limited, are both regarded as sovereign under International Law.
Consideration due to Monarchs at home.
Respect for local Monarchs.
§ 347. Not much need be said as regards the consideration due to a monarch from other States when within the boundaries of his own State. Foreign States have to give him his usual and recognised predicates[703] in all official communications. Every monarch must be treated as a peer of other monarchs, whatever difference in title and actual power there may be between them.
§ 347. Not much needs to be said about the respect a monarch is owed from other states when he is within his own territory. Foreign states must give him his usual and recognized titles[703] in all official communications. Every monarch should be treated as an equal to other monarchs, regardless of any differences in title and actual power among them.
Consideration due to Monarchs abroad.
Consideration for foreign monarchs.
§ 348. As regards, however, the consideration due to a monarch abroad from the State on whose territory he is staying in time of peace and with the consent and the knowledge of the Government, details must necessarily be given. The consideration due to him consists in honours, inviolability, and exterritoriality.
(1) In consequence of his character of Sovereign, his home State has the right to demand that certain ceremonial honours be rendered to him, the members of his family, and the members of his retinue. He must be addressed by his usual predicates. Military salutes must be paid to him, and the like.
(1) Because of his role as Sovereign, his home State has the right to require that certain ceremonial honors be given to him, his family, and his entourage. He must be addressed with his usual titles. Military salutes should be paid to him, and similar honors.
(2) As his person is sacrosanct, his home State has a right to insist that he be afforded special protection as regards personal safety, the maintenance of personal dignity, and the unrestrained intercourse with his Government at home. Every offence against him must[Pg 430] be visited with specially severe penalties. On the other hand, he must be exempt from every kind of criminal jurisdiction. The wife of a Sovereign must be afforded the same protection and exemption.
(2) Since his person is sacred, his home State has the right to demand that he receive special protection regarding his safety, the preservation of his dignity, and the freedom to communicate with his Government at home. Every offense against him must[Pg 430] be punished with particularly harsh penalties. On the other hand, he must be free from all types of criminal jurisdiction. The wife of a Sovereign should receive the same protection and exemption.
(3) He must be granted so-called exterritoriality conformably with the principle: "Par in parem non habet imperium," according to which one Sovereign cannot have any power over another Sovereign. He must, therefore, in every point be exempt from taxation, rating, and every fiscal regulation, and likewise from civil jurisdiction, except when he himself is the plaintiff.[704] The house where he has taken his residence must enjoy the same exterritoriality as the official residence of an ambassador; no policeman or other official must be allowed to enter it without his permission. Even if a criminal takes refuge in such residence, the police must be prevented from entering it, although, if the criminal's surrender is deliberately refused, the Government may request the recalcitrant Sovereign to leave the country and then arrest the criminal. If a foreign Sovereign has real property in a country, such property is under the latter's jurisdiction. But as soon as such Sovereign takes his residence on the property, it must become exterritorial for the time being. Further, a Sovereign staying in a foreign country must be allowed to perform all his own governmental acts and functions, except when his country is at war with a third State and the State in which he is staying remains neutral. And, lastly, a Sovereign must be allowed, within the same limits as at home, to exercise civil jurisdiction over the members of his retinue. In former times even criminal jurisdiction over the members of his suite was very often claimed and conceded, but this is now antiquated.[705] The[Pg 431] wife of a Sovereign must likewise be granted exterritoriality, but not other members of a Sovereign's family.[706]
(3) He must be granted what’s called exterritoriality based on the principle: "Par in parem non habet imperium," which means one Sovereign can't have power over another. Therefore, he must be fully exempt from taxes, rates, and any financial regulations, as well as from civil jurisdiction, except when he is the one suing. [704] The house where he lives must have the same exterritoriality as an ambassador’s official residence; no police officer or other official can enter it without his permission. Even if a criminal seeks refuge in that residence, police cannot enter, although if the criminal refuses to surrender, the Government may ask the reluctant Sovereign to leave the country and then arrest the criminal. If a foreign Sovereign owns property in a country, that property falls under that country's jurisdiction. However, once the Sovereign resides on the property, it must become exterritorial for the time being. Additionally, a Sovereign in a foreign country must be allowed to perform all his governmental acts and functions, unless his country is at war with a third State while the State he is in remains neutral. Lastly, a Sovereign must be able to exercise civil jurisdiction over the members of his entourage within the same limits as he would at home. In the past, even criminal jurisdiction over members of his suite was often claimed and granted, but that’s now outdated. [705] The[Pg 431] wife of a Sovereign must also be granted exterritoriality, but not other members of the Sovereign's family. [706]
[705] A celebrated case happened on November 10, 1656, in France, when Christina, Queen of Sweden, although she had already abdicated, sentenced her grand equerry, Monaldeschi, to death, and had him executed by her bodyguard.
[705] A famous incident occurred on November 10, 1656, in France, when Christina, Queen of Sweden, who had already stepped down from the throne, sentenced her grand equerry, Monaldeschi, to death and had him executed by her bodyguard.
[706] See Rivier, I. p. 421, and Bluntschli, § 154; but, according to Bluntschli, exterritoriality need not in strict law be granted even to the wife of a Sovereign.
[706] See Rivier, I. p. 421, and Bluntschli, § 154; however, according to Bluntschli, exterritoriality doesn't necessarily have to be granted even to a Sovereign's wife.
However, exterritoriality is in the case of a foreign Sovereign, as in any other case, a fiction only, which is kept up for certain purposes within certain limits. Should a Sovereign during his stay within a foreign State abuse his privileges, such State is not obliged to bear such abuse tacitly and quietly, but can request him to leave the country. And when a foreign Sovereign commits acts of violence or such acts as endanger the internal or external safety of the State, the latter can put him under restraint to prevent further acts of the same kind, but must at the same time bring him as speedily as possible to the frontier.
However, exterritoriality, in the case of a foreign Sovereign, is just a legal fiction, maintained for specific purposes within certain limits. If a Sovereign misuses his privileges while in a foreign State, that State is not obligated to tolerate such abuse quietly and can ask him to leave the country. Additionally, if a foreign Sovereign engages in violent acts or actions that threaten the internal or external safety of the State, that State can detain him to prevent further incidents of that nature, but must also escort him to the border as quickly as possible.
The Retinue of Monarchs abroad.
The entourage of monarchs abroad.
§ 349. The position of individuals who accompany a monarch during his stay abroad is a matter of some dispute. Several publicists maintain that the home State can claim the privilege of exterritoriality as well for members of his suite as for the Sovereign himself, but others deny this.[707] I believe that the opinion of the former is correct, since I cannot see any reason why a Sovereign abroad should as regards the members of his suite be in an inferior position to a diplomatic envoy.[708]
§ 349. The status of individuals who travel with a monarch while he's abroad is somewhat controversial. Some experts argue that the home country can extend the privilege of extraterritoriality to members of his entourage just like it does for the Sovereign himself, while others disagree. I believe the former view is correct, as I see no reason why a Sovereign abroad should have a lower status regarding the members of his suite compared to a diplomatic envoy.
Monarchs travelling incognito.
Monarchs traveling incognito.
§ 350. Hitherto only the case where a monarch is staying in a foreign country with the official knowledge of the latter's Government has been discussed. Such knowledge may be held in the case of a monarch travelling incognito, and he enjoys then the same privileges as if travelling not incognito. The only difference is that[Pg 432] many ceremonial observances, which are due to a monarch, are not rendered to him when travelling incognito. But the case may happen that a monarch is travelling in a foreign country incognito without the latter's Government having the slightest knowledge thereof. Such monarch cannot then of course be treated otherwise than as any other foreign individual; but he can at any time make known his real character and assume the privileges due to him. Thus the late King William of Holland, when travelling incognito in Switzerland in 1873, was condemned to a fine for some slight contravention, but the sentence was not carried out, as he gave up his incognito.
§ 350. Until now, we've only discussed the situation where a monarch is visiting a foreign country with the official knowledge of that country's government. This knowledge might also apply if a monarch is traveling incognito, and in that case, he has the same privileges as if he were not traveling incognito. The only difference is that[Pg 432] many ceremonial honors typically extended to a monarch are not provided when he is traveling incognito. However, it’s possible for a monarch to be traveling in a foreign country incognito without the local government having any knowledge of it. In this scenario, he cannot be treated differently than any other foreign individual; but he can reveal his true identity at any time and claim the privileges that come with it. For example, the late King William of Holland, while traveling incognito in Switzerland in 1873, was fined for a minor offense, but the punishment was not enforced once he revealed his incognito.
Deposed and Abdicated Monarchs.
Deposed and Abdicated Rulers.
§ 351. All privileges mentioned must be granted to a monarch only as long as he is really the head of a State. As soon as he is deposed or has abdicated, he is no longer a Sovereign. Therefore in 1870 and 1872 the French Courts permitted, because she was deposed, a civil action against Queen Isabella of Spain, then living in Paris, for money due to the plaintiffs. Nothing, of course, prevents the Municipal Law of a State from granting the same privileges to a foreign deposed or abdicated monarch as to a foreign Sovereign, but the Law of Nations does not exact any such courtesy.
§ 351. All the privileges mentioned must be given to a monarch only as long as he is truly the leader of a state. As soon as he is removed or has stepped down, he is no longer a Sovereign. Therefore, in 1870 and 1872, the French Courts allowed a civil action against Queen Isabella of Spain, who was then living in Paris, for money owed to the plaintiffs, because she had been deposed. Nothing, of course, prevents the local laws of a state from granting the same privileges to a foreign deposed or abdicated monarch as it would to a foreign Sovereign, but international law does not require such courtesy.
Regents.
Regents.
§ 352. All privileges due to a monarch are also due to a Regent, at home or abroad, whilst he governs on behalf of an infant, or of a King who is through illness incapable of exercising his powers. And it matters not whether such Regent is a member of the King's family and a Prince of royal blood or not.
§ 352. All the privileges granted to a monarch are also granted to a Regent, whether at home or abroad, while they govern on behalf of a minor or a King who is unable to exercise his powers due to illness. It doesn't matter if the Regent is a member of the King's family and a royal bloodline or not.
Monarchs in the service or subjects of Foreign Powers.
Monarchs in the service of or subjects to foreign powers.
§ 353. When a monarch accepts any office in a foreign State, when, for instance, he serves in a foreign army, as the monarchs of the small German States have formerly frequently done, he submits to such State as far as the duties of the office are concerned, and his home[Pg 433] State cannot claim any privileges for him that otherwise would be due to him.
§ 353. When a king takes on any position in another country, like when he serves in a foreign army, which the kings of the smaller German states have often done in the past, he is subject to the rules of that country as far as the responsibilities of the position go, and his home country can’t claim any benefits for him that he would usually be entitled to.
When a monarch is at the same time a subject of another State, distinction must be made between his acts as a Sovereign, on the one hand, and his acts as a subject, on the other. For the latter, the State whose subject he is has jurisdiction over him, but not for the former. Thus, in 1837, the Duke of Cumberland became King of Hanover, but at the same time he was by hereditary title an English Peer and therefore an English subject. And in 1844, in the case Duke of Brunswick v. King of Hanover,[709] the Master of the Rolls held that the King of Hanover was liable to be sued in the Courts of England in respect of any acts done by him as an English subject.
When a king is also a citizen of another country, it’s important to differentiate between his actions as a ruler and as a citizen. The country where he is a citizen has authority over him for his actions as a citizen, but not for his actions as a ruler. For example, in 1837, the Duke of Cumberland became King of Hanover, but he was also an English Peer and, therefore, an English citizen by heredity. Then, in 1844, in the case Duke of Brunswick v. King of Hanover, [709] the Master of the Rolls decided that the King of Hanover could be sued in English courts for any actions he took as an English citizen.
III PRESIDENTS OF REPUBLICS
Bluntschli, § 134—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 661—Ullmann, § 42—Rivier, I. § 33—Martens, I. § 80—Walther, "Das Staatshaupt in den Republiken" (1907), pp. 190-204.
Bluntschli, § 134—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. p. 661—Ullmann, § 42—Rivier, I. § 33—Martens, I. § 80—Walther, "The Head of State in Republics" (1907), pp. 190-204.
Presidents not Sovereigns.
Presidents, not monarchs.
§ 354. In contradistinction to monarchies, in republics the people itself, and not a single individual, appears as the representative of the sovereignty of the State, and accordingly the people styles itself the Sovereign of the State. And it will be remembered that the head of a republic may consist of a body of individuals, such as the Bundesrath in Switzerland. But in case the head is a President, as in France and the United States of America, such President represents the State, at least in the totality of its international relations. He is, however, not a Sovereign, but a citizen and subject of the very State whose head he is as President.[Pg 434]
§ 354. Unlike monarchies, in republics, the people themselves, rather than a single individual, represent the sovereignty of the State, and thus the people consider themselves the Sovereign of the State. It should be noted that the head of a republic can be a group of individuals, like the Bundesrath in Switzerland. However, if the head is a President, as in France and the United States, that President represents the State, at least in the context of its international relations. Yet, he is not a Sovereign; he is just a citizen and subject of the very State he leads as President.[Pg 434]
Position of Presidents in general.
Position of Presidents overall.
§ 355. Consequently, his position at home and abroad cannot be compared with that of monarchs, and International Law does not empower his home State to claim for him the same, but only similar, consideration as that due to a monarch. Neither at home nor abroad, therefore, does a president of a republic appear as a peer of monarchs. Whereas all monarchs are in the style of the Court phraseology considered as though they were members of the same family, and therefore address each other in letters as "my brother," a president of a republic is usually addressed in letters from monarchs as "my friend." His home State can certainly at home and abroad claim such honours for him as are due to its dignity, but no such honours as must be granted to a Sovereign monarch.
§ 355. As a result, his status at home and abroad can't be compared to that of monarchs, and International Law doesn't allow his home State to claim for him the same level of respect, but only similar respect as that owed to a monarch. Thus, neither at home nor abroad does the president of a republic hold equal standing with monarchs. While all monarchs are viewed as though they are part of the same family in Court language and address each other in correspondence as "my brother," a president of a republic is typically addressed in letters from monarchs as "my friend." His home State can certainly demand honors for him that reflect its own dignity both domestically and internationally, but not the honors that must be granted to a Sovereign monarch.
Position of Presidents abroad.
Presidential roles overseas.
§ 356. As to the position of a president when abroad, writers on the Law of Nations do not agree. Some[710] maintain that, since a president is not a Sovereign, his home State can never claim for him the same privileges as for a monarch, and especially that of exterritoriality. Others[711] make a distinction whether a president is staying abroad in his official capacity as head of a State or for his private purposes, and they maintain that his home State could only in the first case claim exterritoriality for him. Others[712] again will not admit any difference in the position of a president abroad from that of a monarch abroad. How the States themselves think as regards the question of the exterritoriality of presidents of republics abroad cannot be ascertained, since to my knowledge no case has hitherto occurred in practice from which a conclusion may be drawn. But practice seems to have settled the question of ceremonial honours due to a president officially[Pg 435] abroad; they are such as correspond to the rank of his home State, and not such as are due to a monarch. As regards exterritoriality, I believe that future contingencies will create the practice on the part of the States of granting this privilege to presidents and members of their suite as in the case of monarchs. I cannot see that there is any danger in such a grant. And nobody can deny that, if exterritoriality is not granted, all kinds of friction and even conflicts might arise. Although not Sovereigns, presidents of republics fill for the time being a sublime office, and the grant of exterritoriality to them is a tribute paid to the dignity of the States they represent.
§ 356. Regarding the status of a president when overseas, experts in International Law do not agree. Some[710] argue that, since a president is not a Sovereign, their home State cannot claim the same privileges for them as it would for a monarch, particularly the privilege of exterritoriality. Others[711] distinguish between whether a president is abroad in an official capacity as head of State or for personal reasons, arguing that their home State can only claim exterritoriality in the former scenario. Still, others[712] contend that there is no difference in the status of a president abroad compared to that of a monarch. The views of States on the issue of exterritoriality for presidents of republics while abroad remain unclear, as to my knowledge, no practical cases have occurred that allow for a definitive conclusion. However, it seems that practical norms have established the ceremonial honors due to a president officially[Pg 435] abroad; these correspond to the status of their home State rather than those due to a monarch. Concerning exterritoriality, I believe that future situations will lead States to extend this privilege to presidents and their entourages, similar to what is done for monarchs. I don't see any risks in granting this privilege, and it’s undeniable that without exterritoriality, various tensions and even conflicts could arise. Even though they are not Sovereigns, presidents of republics hold a significant office, and granting exterritoriality recognizes the dignity of the States they represent.
IV International Offices
Heffter, § 201—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. p. 668—Ullmann, § 43—Rivier, I. § 34—Bonfils, Nos. 648-651—Nys, II. pp. 330-334.
Heffter, § 201—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. p. 668—Ullmann, § 43—Rivier, I. § 34—Bonfils, Nos. 648-651—Nys, II. pp. 330-334.
Position of the Secretary for Foreign Affairs.
Position of the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs.
§ 357. As a rule nowadays no head of a State, be he a monarch or a president, negotiates directly and in person with a foreign Power, although this happens occasionally. The necessary negotiations are regularly conducted by the Foreign Office, an office which since the Westphalian Peace has been in existence in every civilised State. The chief of this office, the Secretary for Foreign Affairs, who is a Cabinet Minister, directs the foreign affairs of the State in the name of the head and with the latter's consent; he is the middle-man between the head of the State and other States. And although many a head of a State directs in fact all the foreign affairs himself, the Secretary for Foreign Affairs is nevertheless the person through whose hands all transactions must pass. Now, as regards the position of such Foreign Secretary at home, it is the Municipal[Pg 436] Law of a State which regulates this. International Law defines his position regarding international intercourse with other States. He is the chief over all the ambassadors of the State, over its consuls, and over its other agents in matters international. It is he who, either in person or through the envoys of his State, approaches foreign States for the purpose of negotiating matters international. And again it is he whom foreign States through their Foreign Secretaries or their envoys approach for the like purpose. He is present when Ministers hand in their credentials to the head of the State. All documents of importance regarding foreign matters are signed by him or his substitute, the Under-Secretary for Foreign Affairs. It is, therefore, usual to notify the appointment of a new Foreign Secretary of a State to such foreign States as are represented within its boundaries by diplomatic envoys; the new Foreign Secretary himself makes this notification.[Pg 437]
§ 357. Generally, these days, no leader of a country, whether a king or a president, negotiates directly and personally with a foreign power, although it does happen from time to time. Typically, the necessary negotiations are handled by the Foreign Office, which has been a part of every civilized nation since the Peace of Westphalia. The head of this office, the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, is a Cabinet Minister who manages the country’s foreign relations on behalf of the leader, with their approval; he acts as the intermediary between the leader and other countries. Although many leaders actually oversee all foreign affairs themselves, the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs is still the official through whom all dealings must go. As for the role of the Foreign Secretary within the country, it is the Municipal Law of a State that governs this. International Law outlines his role in interactions with other nations. He is in charge of all the ambassadors, consuls, and other agents dealing with international matters. He is the one who, either personally or through his State's representatives, reaches out to foreign countries to negotiate international issues. Again, he is the one foreign nations contact through their Foreign Secretaries or envoys for similar purposes. He is present when Ministers present their credentials to the leader. All significant documents related to foreign affairs are signed by him or his deputy, the Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. Therefore, it is customary to inform foreign nations with diplomatic envoys in the country about the appointment of a new Foreign Secretary; the new Foreign Secretary personally makes this notification.[Pg 437]
CHAPTER 2 DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVES
I DIPLOMATIC POST
Phillimore, II. §§ 143-153—Taylor, § 274—Twiss, § 199—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 605-618—Nys, II. pp. 335-339—Rivier, I. § 35—Ullmann, § 44—Martens, II. § 6—Gentilis, "De legationibus libri III." (1585)—Wicquefort, "L'Ambassadeur et ses fonctions" (1680)—Bynkershoek, "De foro legatorum" (1721)—Garden, "Traité complet de diplomatie" (3 vols. 1833)—Mirus, "Das europäische Gesandtschaftsrecht" (2 vols. 1847)—Charles de Martens, "Le guide diplomatique" (2 vols. 1832; 6th ed. by Geffcken, 1866)—Montague Bernard, "Four Lectures on Subjects connected with Diplomacy" (1868), pp. 111-162 (3rd Lecture)—Alt, "Handbuch des Europäischen Gesandtschaftsrechts" (1870)—Pradier-Fodéré, "Cours de droit diplomatique" (2 vols. 2nd ed. 1899)—Krauske, "Die Entwickelung der ständigen Diplomatie," &c. (1885)—Lehr, "Manuel théorique et pratique des agents diplomatiques" (1888)—Hill, "History of Diplomacy in the International Development of Europe," vol. I. (1905), vol. II. (1906; the other vols. have not yet appeared).
Phillimore, II. §§ 143-153—Taylor, § 274—Twiss, § 199—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 605-618—Nys, II. pp. 335-339—Rivier, I. § 35—Ullmann, § 44—Martens, II. § 6—Gentilis, "On Legations, Books III." (1585)—Wicquefort, "The Ambassador and His Functions" (1680)—Bynkershoek, "On the Forum of Legates" (1721)—Garden, "Complete Treatise on Diplomacy" (3 vols. 1833)—Mirus, "European Law of Diplomacy" (2 vols. 1847)—Charles de Martens, "The Diplomatic Guide" (2 vols. 1832; 6th ed. by Geffcken, 1866)—Montague Bernard, "Four Lectures on Topics Related to Diplomacy" (1868), pp. 111-162 (3rd Lecture)—Alt, "Handbook of European Diplomatic Law" (1870)—Pradier-Fodéré, "Course on Diplomatic Law" (2 vols. 2nd ed. 1899)—Krauske, "The Development of Permanent Diplomacy," &c. (1885)—Lehr, "Theoretical and Practical Manual for Diplomatic Agents" (1888)—Hill, "History of Diplomacy in the International Development of Europe," vol. I. (1905), vol. II. (1906; the other vols. have not yet appeared).
Development of Legations.
Development of Embassies.
§ 358. Legation as an institution for the purpose of negotiating between different States is as old as history, whose records are full of examples of legations sent and received by the oldest nations. And it is remarkable that even in antiquity, where no such law as the modern International Law was known, ambassadors enjoyed everywhere a special protection and certain privileges, although not by law but by religion, ambassadors being looked upon as sacrosanct. Yet permanent legations were unknown till very late in the Middle Ages. The fact that the Popes had permanent representatives—so-called apocrisiarii or responsales—at the Court of the Frankish Kings and at Constantinople until the final separation of the Eastern from the[Pg 438] Western Church, ought not to be considered as the first example of permanent legations, as the task of these papal representatives had nothing to do with international affairs, but with those of the Church only. It was not until the thirteenth century that the first permanent legations made their appearance. The Italian Republics, and Venice in especial, created the example[713] by keeping representatives stationed at one another's capitals for the better negotiation of their international affairs. And in the fifteenth century these Republics began to keep permanent representatives in Spain, Germany, France, and England. Other States followed the example. Special treaties were often concluded stipulating permanent legations, such as in 1520, for instance, between the King of England and the Emperor of Germany. From the end of the fifteenth century England, France, Spain, and Germany kept up permanent legations at one another's Courts. But it was not until the second half of the seventeenth century that permanent legations became a general institution, the Powers following the example of France under Louis XIV. and Richelieu. It ought to be specially mentioned that Grotius[714] thought permanent legations to be wholly unnecessary. The course of events has, however, shown that Grotius's views as regards permanent legations were short-sighted. Nowadays the Family of Nations could not exist without them, as they are the channel through which nearly the whole, and certainly all important, official intercourse of the States flows.
§ 358. The institution of legation for the purpose of negotiating between different states is as old as history, filled with examples of legations sent and received by the earliest nations. It's noteworthy that even in ancient times, when there was no concept of modern International Law, ambassadors were granted special protection and certain privileges, not by law but by religious belief, as ambassadors were seen as sacrosanct. However, permanent legations didn't appear until much later in the Middle Ages. The presence of permanent representatives—known as apocrisiarii or responsales—at the courts of the Frankish Kings and at Constantinople by the Popes, up until the final split between the Eastern and Western Churches, shouldn’t be regarded as the first instance of permanent legations because their role was solely related to Church matters, not international affairs. It was not until the thirteenth century that the first permanent legations emerged. The Italian Republics, particularly Venice, set the precedent by stationing representatives at each other's capitals to enhance their negotiations in international matters. In the fifteenth century, these Republics began to maintain permanent representatives in Spain, Germany, France, and England. Other states then followed suit. Specific treaties often established permanent legations, such as one made in 1520 between the King of England and the Emperor of Germany. From the late fifteenth century onwards, England, France, Spain, and Germany maintained permanent legations at each other's courts. However, it was only in the latter half of the seventeenth century that permanent legations became a widespread institution, with many powers adopting the model of France under Louis XIV and Richelieu. It is significant to note that Grotius[714] believed permanent legations to be completely unnecessary. Nonetheless, the reality has shown that Grotius's perspective on permanent legations was shortsighted. Today, the Family of Nations could not function without them, as they serve as the primary channel for nearly all, especially significant, official communication between states.
[714] "De jure belli ac pacis," II. c. 28, § 3: "Optimo autem jure rejici possunt, quae nunc in usu sunt, legationes assiduae, quibus cum non sit opus, docet mos antiquus, cui illae ignoratae."
[714] "On the Law of War and Peace," II. c. 28, § 3: "It is perfectly legitimate to reject those frequent diplomatic missions that are currently in use, which, when unnecessary, is supported by the ancient custom of which they are unaware."
Diplomacy.
diplomacy.
§ 359. The rise of permanent legations created the necessity for a new class of State officials, the so-called diplomatists; yet it was not until the end of the eighteenth[Pg 439] century that the terms "diplomatist" and "diplomacy" came into general use. And although the art of diplomacy is as old as official intercourse between States, such a special class of officials as are now called diplomatists did not and could not exist until permanent legations had become a general institution. In this as in other cases the office has created the class of men necessary for it. International Law has nothing to do with the education and general character of these officials. Every State is naturally competent to create its own rules, if any, as regards these points. Nor has International Law anything to do with diplomatic usages, although these are more or less of importance, as they may occasionally grow into customary rules of International Law. But I would notice one of these usages—namely, that as regards the language which is in use in diplomatic intercourse. This language was formerly Latin, but through the political ascendency of France under Louis XIV. it became French. However, this is a usage of diplomacy only, and not a rule of International Law.[715] Each State can use its own language in all official communications to other States, and States which have the same language regularly do so in their intercourse with each other. But between States of different tongues and, further, at Conferences and Congresses, it is convenient to make use of a language which is generally known. This is nowadays French, but nothing could prevent diplomatists from dropping French at any moment and adopting another language instead.
§ 359. The rise of permanent legations made it necessary to create a new category of State officials, known as diplomatists; however, it wasn't until the late eighteenth[Pg 439] century that the terms "diplomatist" and "diplomacy" became widely used. Even though the practice of diplomacy is as old as official relations between States, a distinct category of officials now referred to as diplomatists couldn't exist until permanent legations had become a standard institution. In this case, as in others, the role has generated the class of individuals needed for it. International Law does not address the education or general characteristics of these officials. Each State is inherently capable of establishing its own rules regarding these aspects. Additionally, International Law does not govern diplomatic usages, although these can be significant, as they may occasionally evolve into customary rules of International Law. However, I would like to point out one of these usages—specifically, the language used in diplomatic communication. This language was once Latin, but due to France’s political dominance under Louis XIV, it shifted to French. Nonetheless, this is a practice of diplomacy alone and not a rule of International Law.[715] Each State can utilize its own language in all official communications with other States, and States that share a language typically do so in their interactions. However, between States that speak different languages and, furthermore, at Conferences and Congresses, it is practical to use a language that is generally understood. Currently, this is French, but nothing stops diplomatists from abandoning French at any time and opting for another language instead.
II Diplomatic rights
Grotius, II. c. 18—Vattel, IV. §§ 55-68—Hall, § 98—Phillimore, II. §§ 115-139—Taylor, §§ 285-288—Twiss, §§ 201-202—Wheaton, §§ 206-209—Bluntschli, §§ 159-165—Heffter, § 200—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp 620-631—Ullmann, § 45—Rivier, I. § 35—Nys, II. p. 339—Bonfils, Nos. 658-667—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1225-1256—Fiore, II. Nos. 1112-1117—Calvo, III. §§ 1321-1325—Martens, II. §§ 7-8.
Grotius, II. c. 18—Vattel, IV. §§ 55-68—Hall, § 98—Phillimore, II. §§ 115-139—Taylor, §§ 285-288—Twiss, §§ 201-202—Wheaton, §§ 206-209—Bluntschli, §§ 159-165—Heffter, § 200—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp 620-631—Ullmann, § 45—Rivier, I. § 35—Nys, II. p. 339—Bonfils, Nos. 658-667—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1225-1256—Fiore, II. Nos. 1112-1117—Calvo, III. §§ 1321-1325—Martens, II. §§ 7-8.
Conception of Right of Legation.
Right of Legation Concept.
§ 360. Right of legation is the right of a State to send and receive diplomatic envoys. The right to send such envoys is termed active right of legation, in contradistinction to the passive right of legation, as the right to receive such envoys is termed. Some writers[716] on International Law assert that no right but a mere competence to send and receive diplomatic envoys exists according to International Law, maintaining that no State is bound by International Law to send or receive such envoys. But this is certainly wrong in its generality. Obviously a State is not bound to send diplomatic envoys or to receive permanent envoys. But, on the other hand, the very existence[717] of the Family of Nations makes it necessary for the members or some of the members to negotiate occasionally on certain points. Such negotiation would be impossible in case one member could always and under all circumstances refuse to receive an envoy from the other members. The duty of every member to listen, under ordinary circumstances, to a message from another brought by a diplomatic envoy is, therefore, an outcome of its very membership of the Family of Nations, and this duty corresponds to the right of every member to send such envoys. But the exercise of the active right of legation is discretionary. No State need send diplomatic envoys at all, although practically all States[Pg 441] do at least occasionally send such envoys, and most States send permanent envoys to many other States. The passive right of legation is discretionary as regards the reception of permanent envoys only.
§ 360. The right of legation refers to a state's ability to send and receive diplomatic envoys. The right to send envoys is called the active right of legation, in contrast to the passive right of legation, which pertains to receiving envoys. Some writers[716] on International Law argue that there’s no actual right, only a mere ability to send and receive diplomatic envoys according to International Law, claiming that no state is obligated to send or receive these envoys. However, this view is overly broad. Clearly, a state isn’t compelled to send diplomatic envoys or receive permanent envoys. Yet, the very existence[717] of the Family of Nations necessitates that some members engage in negotiations on specific issues from time to time. Such negotiations wouldn’t be feasible if any member could consistently and without exception refuse to accept an envoy from others. Thus, the obligation for each member to listen, under normal circumstances, to a message brought by a diplomatic envoy arises from its membership in the Family of Nations, and this obligation aligns with the right of every member to send envoys. However, exercising the active right of legation is up to the discretion of each state. No state is required to send diplomatic envoys at all, although almost all states do send them at least occasionally, and most states send permanent envoys to many others. The passive right of legation is discretionary only concerning the reception of permanent envoys.
What States possess the Right of Legation.
What states have the right of legation?
§ 361. Not every State, however, possesses the right of legation. Such right pertains chiefly to full-Sovereign States,[718] for other States possess this right under certain conditions only.
§ 361. Not every State, however, has the right of legation. This right mainly belongs to fully sovereign States,[718] while other States have this right only under certain conditions.
[718] It should be emphasised that the Holy See, which is in some respects treated as though an International Person, can send and receive envoys, who must in every respect be considered as though they were diplomatic envoys. That they are actually not diplomatic envoys, although so treated, becomes apparent from the fact that they are not agents for international affairs of States, but exclusively for affairs of the Roman Catholic Church. (See above, § 106.)
[718] It's important to highlight that the Holy See, which is sometimes seen as an international entity, can send and receive representatives who should be regarded as if they were diplomatic envoys. However, they are not actually diplomatic envoys, even though they are treated as such, because they do not represent the international interests of states, but solely the interests of the Roman Catholic Church. (See above, § 106.)
(1) Half-Sovereign States, such as States under the suzerainty or the protectorate of another State, can as a rule neither send nor receive diplomatic envoys. Thus, Crete and Egypt are destitute of such right, and the Powers are represented in these States only by consuls or agents without diplomatic character. But there may be exceptions to this rule. Thus, according to the Peace Treaty of Kainardgi of 1774 between Russia and Turkey, the two half-Sovereign principalities of Moldavia and Wallachia had the right of sending Chargés d'Affaires to foreign Powers. Thus, further, the late South African Republic, which was a State under British suzerainty in the opinion of Great Britain, used to keep permanent diplomatic envoys in several foreign States.
(1) Half-Sovereign States, like those under the control or protection of another State, generally cannot send or receive diplomatic envoys. Therefore, Crete and Egypt lack this right, and the Powers are represented in these States only by consuls or agents without diplomatic status. However, there can be exceptions to this rule. For example, under the Peace Treaty of Kainardgi in 1774 between Russia and Turkey, the two half-Sovereign principalities of Moldavia and Wallachia were allowed to send Chargés d'Affaires to foreign Powers. Similarly, the former South African Republic, which Great Britain considered a State under British control, maintained permanent diplomatic envoys in several foreign States.
(2) Part-Sovereign member-States of a Federal State may or may not have the right of legation besides the Federal State. It is the constitution of the Federal State which regulates this point. Thus, the member-States of Switzerland and of the United States of America have no right of legation, but those of the German Empire certainly have. Bavaria, for example, sends and receives several diplomatic envoys. [Pg 442]
(2) Part-sovereign member states of a federal state may or may not have the right to send and receive diplomatic representatives apart from the federal state. The constitution of the federal state governs this issue. For instance, the member states of Switzerland and the United States of America do not have this right, while those of the German Empire do. Bavaria, for example, sends and receives several diplomatic envoys. [Pg 442]
Right of Legation by whom exercised.
Right of Legation: who exercises it.
§ 362. As, according to International Law, a State is represented in its international relations by its head, it is he who acts in the exercise of his State's right of legation. But Municipal Law may, just as it designates the person who is the head of the State, impose certain conditions and restrictions upon the head as regards the exercise of such right. And the head himself may, provided that it is sanctioned by the Municipal Law of his State, delegate[719] the exercise of such right to any representative he chooses.
§ 362. According to international law, a state is represented in its international relations by its leader, who acts in exercising the state’s right to send and receive ambassadors. However, domestic law can impose certain conditions and restrictions on the leader regarding the use of this right, as it designates the head of the state. Additionally, the leader can delegate the exercise of this right to any representative of their choosing, as long as it is allowed by the domestic laws of their state.
It may, however, in consequence of revolutionary movements, be doubtful who the real head of a State is, and in such cases it remains in the discretion of foreign States to make their choice. But it is impossible for foreign States to receive diplomatic envoys from both claimants to the headship of the same State, or to send diplomatic envoys to both of them. And as soon as a State has recognised the head of a State who came into his position through a revolution, it can no longer keep up diplomatic relations with the former head.
However, due to revolutionary movements, it might be unclear who the actual leader of a State is, and in these situations, it's up to other countries to decide whom to recognize. But it's not possible for foreign countries to accept diplomatic representatives from both claimants to the leadership of the same State, or to send representatives to both. Once a country recognizes a leader who came to power through a revolution, it can no longer maintain diplomatic relations with the previous leader.
It should be mentioned that a revolutionary party which is recognised as a belligerent Power has nevertheless no right of legation, although foreign States may negotiate with such party in an informal way through political agents without diplomatic character, to provide for the temporal security of the persons and property of their subjects within the territory under the actual sway of such party. Such revolutionary party as is recognised as a belligerent Power is in some points only treated as though it were a subject of International Law; but it is not a State, and there is no reason why International Law should give it the right to send and receive diplomatic envoys.
It should be noted that a revolutionary party recognized as a belligerent Power still does not have the right to engage in official diplomatic relations, although foreign States may interact with such a party informally through political agents who do not have diplomatic status, in order to ensure the safety of their citizens and property in areas controlled by that party. This revolutionary party that is recognized as a belligerent Power is only treated in some respects as if it were a subject of International Law; however, it is not considered a State, and there is no justification for International Law to grant it the right to send and receive diplomatic envoys.
III TYPES AND CATEGORIES OF DIPLOMATIC ENVOYS
Vattel, IV. §§ 69-75—Phillimore, II. §§ 211-224—Twiss, I. §§ 204-209—Moore, IV. § 624—Heffter, § 208—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 635-646—Calvo, III. §§ 1326-1336—Bonfils, Nos. 668-676—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1277-1290—Rivier, I. pp. 443-453—Nys, II. pp. 342-352.
Vattel, IV. §§ 69-75—Phillimore, II. §§ 211-224—Twiss, I. §§ 204-209—Moore, IV. § 624—Heffter, § 208—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 635-646—Calvo, III. §§ 1326-1336—Bonfils, Nos. 668-676—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1277-1290—Rivier, I. pp. 443-453—Nys, II. pp. 342-352.
Envoys Ceremonial and Political.
Ceremonial and Political Envoys.
§ 363. Two different kinds of diplomatic envoys are to be distinguished—namely, such as are sent for political negotiations and such as are sent for the purpose of ceremonial function or notification of changes in the headship. For States very often send special envoys to one another on occasion of coronations, weddings, funerals, jubilees, and the like; and it is also usual to send envoys to announce a fresh accession to the throne. Such envoys ceremonial have the same standing as envoys political for real State negotiations. Among the envoys political, again, two kinds are to be distinguished—namely, first, such as are permanently or temporarily accredited to a State for the purpose of negotiating with such State, and, second, such as are sent to represent the sending State at a Congress or Conference. The latter are not, or need not be, accredited to the State on whose territory the Congress or Conference takes place, but they are nevertheless diplomatic envoys and enjoy all the privileges of such envoys as regards exterritoriality and the like which concern the inviolability and safety of their persons and the members of their suites.
§ 363. There are two types of diplomatic envoys to distinguish: those sent for political negotiations and those sent for ceremonial functions or to announce changes in leadership. States often send special envoys to each other for occasions like coronations, weddings, funerals, anniversaries, and similar events; it’s also common to send envoys to declare a new monarch’s accession to the throne. These ceremonial envoys have the same status as political envoys when it comes to real State negotiations. Among political envoys, we can further differentiate between two types: first, those who are permanently or temporarily accredited to a State to negotiate with that State, and second, those sent to represent the sending State at a Congress or Conference. The latter do not have to be accredited to the State where the Congress or Conference is held, but they are still considered diplomatic envoys and enjoy all the privileges, such as extraterritoriality, that protect their safety and that of their staff.
Classes of Diplomatic Envoys.
Types of Diplomatic Envoys.
§ 364. Diplomatic envoys accredited to a State differ in class. These classes did not exist in the early stages of International Law. But during the sixteenth century[Pg 444] a distinction between two classes of diplomatic envoys gradually arose, and at about the middle of the seventeenth century, after permanent legations had come into general vogue, two such classes became generally recognised—namely, extraordinary envoys, called Ambassadors, and ordinary envoys, called Residents; Ambassadors being received with higher honours and taking precedence of the other envoys. Disputes arose frequently regarding precedence, and the States tried in vain to avoid them by introducing during the eighteenth century another class—namely, the so-called Ministers Plenipotentiary. At last the Powers assembled at the Vienna Congress came to the conclusion that the matter ought to be settled by an international understanding, and they agreed, therefore, on March 19, 1815, upon the establishment of three different classes—namely, first, Ambassadors; second, Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary; third, Chargés d'Affaires. And the five Powers assembled at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818 agreed upon a fourth class—namely, Ministers Resident, to rank between Ministers Plenipotentiary and Chargés d'Affaires. All the other States either expressly or tacitly accepted these arrangements, so that nowadays the four classes are an established order. Although their privileges are materially the same, they differ in rank and honours, and they must therefore be treated separately.
§ 364. Diplomatic envoys assigned to a State come in different ranks. These ranks didn’t exist in the early days of International Law. However, during the sixteenth century[Pg 444], a distinction between two ranks of diplomatic envoys began to emerge. By the mid-seventeenth century, with the rise of permanent legations, two ranks became widely recognized: extraordinary envoys, known as Ambassadors, and ordinary envoys, known as Residents; Ambassadors received higher honors and took precedence over the other envoys. Disputes over precedence often arose, and States tried unsuccessfully to resolve them by introducing another rank during the eighteenth century—known as Ministers Plenipotentiary. Eventually, the Powers gathered at the Vienna Congress decided that this should be handled through an international agreement, and on March 19, 1815, they established three distinct ranks: first, Ambassadors; second, Ministers Plenipotentiary and Extraordinary Envoys; third, Chargés d'Affaires. Additionally, the five Powers at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818 agreed on a fourth rank—Ministers Resident, to be placed between Ministers Plenipotentiary and Chargés d'Affaires. All other States either explicitly or implicitly accepted these arrangements, so today the four ranks are an established norm. Although their privileges are largely the same, they vary in rank and honors, and must therefore be treated as separate categories.
Ambassadors.
Envoys.
§ 365. Ambassadors form the first class. Only States enjoying royal honours[721] are entitled to send and to receive Ambassadors, as also is the Holy See, whose first-class envoys are called Nuncios, or Legati a latere or de latere. Ambassadors are considered to be personal representatives of the heads of their States and enjoy for this reason special honours. Their chief privilege—namely, that of negotiating with the head of the[Pg 445] State personally—has, however, little value nowadays, as almost all States have to a certain extent constitutional government, which necessitates that all the important business should go through the hands of a Foreign Secretary.
§ 365. Ambassadors make up the highest class. Only states that have royal honors[721] can send and receive Ambassadors, along with the Holy See, whose top envoys are known as Nuncios, or Legati a latere or de latere. Ambassadors are seen as personal representatives of their state leaders and for this reason, they receive special honors. However, their main privilege—being able to negotiate directly with the head of state—has become less significant today, as most states have some form of constitutional government that requires all important matters to go through a Foreign Secretary.
[721] See above, § 117, No. 1.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See above, § __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary.
Plenipotentiary Ministers and Extraordinary Envoys.
§ 366. The second class, the Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary, to which also belong the Papal Internuncios, are not considered to be personal representatives of the heads of their States. Therefore they do not enjoy all the special honours of the Ambassadors, and have not the privilege of treating with the head of the State personally. But otherwise there is no difference between these two classes.
§ 366. The second class, the Ministers Plenipotentiary and Envoys Extraordinary, which also includes the Papal Internuncios, are not seen as personal representatives of the leaders of their countries. As a result, they don't receive all the special honors that Ambassadors do and don't have the right to meet personally with the head of the state. However, aside from that, there is no difference between these two classes.
Ministers Resident.
Resident Ministers.
§ 367. The third class, the Ministers Resident, enjoy fewer honours and rank below the Ministers Plenipotentiary. But beyond the fact that Ministers Resident do not enjoy the title "Excellency," there is no difference between them and the Ministers Plenipotentiary.
§ 367. The third category, the Resident Ministers, have fewer honors and rank below the Plenipotentiary Ministers. However, aside from the fact that Resident Ministers do not have the title "Excellency," there is no difference between them and the Plenipotentiary Ministers.
Chargés d'Affaires.
Chargé d'Affaires.
§ 368. The fourth class, the Chargés d'Affaires, differs chiefly in one point from the first, second, and third class—namely, in so far as its members are accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office, whereas the members of the other classes are accredited from head of State to head of State. Chargés d'Affaires do not enjoy, therefore, so many honours as other diplomatic envoys. And it must be specially mentioned that a distinction ought to be made between a Chargé d'Affaires who is the head of a Legation, and who, therefore, is accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office, and a Chargé d'Affaires ad interim. The latter is a member of a Legation whom the head of the Legation delegates for the purpose of taking his place during absence on leave. Such Chargé d'Affaires ad interim, who had better be called a Chargé des Affaires,[722] ranks[Pg 446] below the ordinary Chargé d'Affaires; he is not accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office, but is simply a delegate of the absent head of the Legation.
§ 368. The fourth class, the Chargés d'Affaires, mainly differs from the first, second, and third classes in one key way: its members are accredited from one Foreign Office to another, while the members of the other classes are accredited from head of State to head of State. Therefore, Chargés d'Affaires receive fewer honors than other diplomatic envoys. It's important to note that there is a distinction between a Chargé d'Affaires who leads a Legation and is accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office, and a Chargé d'Affaires ad interim. The latter is a member of a Legation who is appointed by the head of the Legation to fill in during their absence on leave. This Chargé d'Affaires ad interim, better referred to as a Chargé des Affaires,[722] ranks[Pg 446] below the regular Chargé d'Affaires; they are not accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office but are simply a delegate of the absent head of the Legation.
[722] See Rivier, II. pp. 451-452.
The Diplomatic Corps.
The Diplomatic Corps.
§ 369. All the Diplomatic Envoys accredited to the same State form, according to a diplomatic usage, a body which is styled the "Diplomatic Corps." The head of this body, the so-called "Doyen," is the Papal Nuncio, or, in case there is no Nuncio accredited, the oldest Ambassador, or, failing Ambassadors, the oldest Minister Plenipotentiary, and so on. As the Diplomatic Corps is not a body legally constituted, it performs no legal functions, but it is nevertheless of great importance, as it watches over the privileges and honours due to diplomatic envoys.
§ 369. All the diplomatic envoys assigned to the same country make up a group known as the "Diplomatic Corps," according to diplomatic tradition. The leader of this group, referred to as the "Doyen," is the Papal Nuncio, or if there is no Nuncio present, the oldest Ambassador. If there are no Ambassadors, then it's the oldest Minister Plenipotentiary, and so on. Although the Diplomatic Corps is not a legally recognized organization and doesn’t have legal powers, it still plays a crucial role in safeguarding the privileges and honors associated with diplomatic envoys.
IV Appointment of diplomatic representatives
Vattel, IV. §§ 76-77—Phillimore, II. §§ 227-231—Twiss, I. §§ 212-214—Ullmann, § 48—Calvo, III. §§ 1343-1345—Bonfils, Nos. 677-680—Wheaton, §§ 217-220—Moore, IV. §§ 632-635.
Vattel, IV. §§ 76-77—Phillimore, II. §§ 227-231—Twiss, I. §§ 212-214—Ullmann, § 48—Calvo, III. §§ 1343-1345—Bonfils, Nos. 677-680—Wheaton, §§ 217-220—Moore, IV. §§ 632-635.
Person and Qualification of the Envoy.
Person and Qualification of the Envoy.
§ 370. International Law has no rules as regards the qualification of the individuals whom a State can appoint as diplomatic envoys, States being naturally competent to act according to discretion, although of course there are many qualifications a diplomatic envoy must possess to fill his office successfully. The Municipal Laws of many States comprise, therefore, many details as regards the knowledge and training which a candidate for a permanent diplomatic post must possess, whereas, regarding envoys ceremonial even the Municipal Laws have no provisions at all. The question is sometimes discussed whether females[723] might[Pg 447] be appointed envoys. History relates a few cases of female diplomatists. Thus, for example, Louis XIV. of France accredited in 1646 Madame de Guébriant ambassador to the Court of Poland. During the last two centuries, however, no such case has to my knowledge occurred, although I doubt not that International Law does not prevent a State from sending a female as diplomatic envoy. But under the present circumstances many States would refuse to receive her.
§ 370. International Law does not have any rules about who a State can appoint as diplomatic envoys, allowing States to act at their discretion. However, there are many qualifications that a diplomatic envoy should have to succeed in their role. Municipal Laws in many States include various details about the knowledge and training required for someone seeking a permanent diplomatic position, while there are no provisions in Municipal Laws concerning ceremonial envoys at all. There’s some discussion about whether women[723] might be appointed as envoys. History has recorded a few instances of female diplomats. For example, Louis XIV of France appointed Madame de Guébriant as ambassador to the Court of Poland in 1646. However, in the last two centuries, to my knowledge, there haven’t been any such cases, although I believe International Law doesn’t prevent a State from sending a woman as a diplomatic envoy. Nevertheless, under current circumstances, many States would refuse to accept her.
[723] See Mirus, "Das europäische Gesandtschaftsrecht," I. §§ 127-128; Phillimore, II. § 134; and Focherini, "Le Signore Ambasciatrici dei secoli XVII. e XVIII. e loro posizione nel diritto diplomatico" (1909).
[723] See Mirus, "European Diplomatic Law," I. §§ 127-128; Phillimore, II. § 134; and Focherini, "The Lady Ambassadors of the 17th and 18th Centuries and Their Status in Diplomatic Law" (1909).
Letter of Credence, Full Powers, Passports.
Letter of Credence, Full Powers, Passports.
§ 371. The appointment of an individual as a diplomatic envoy is announced to the State to which he is accredited in certain official papers to be handed in by the envoy to the receiving State. Letter of Credence (lettre de créance) is the designation of the document in which the head of the State accredits a permanent ambassador or minister to a foreign State. Every such envoy receives a sealed Letter of Credence and an open copy. As soon as the envoy arrives at his destination, he sends the copy to the Foreign Office in order to make his arrival officially known. The sealed original, however, is handed in personally by the envoy to the head of the State to whom he is accredited. Chargés d'Affaires receive a Letter of Credence too, but as they are accredited from Foreign Office to Foreign Office, their Letter of Credence is signed, not by the head of their home State, but by its Foreign Office. Now a permanent diplomatic envoy needs no other empowering document in case he is not entrusted with any task outside the limits of the ordinary business of a permanent legation. But in case he is entrusted with any such task, as, for instance, if any special treaty or convention is to be negotiated, he requires a special empowering document—namely, the so-called Full Powers (Pleins Pouvoirs). They are given in Letters Patent signed by the head of the State, and they are either limited or unlimited Full Powers, according to the requirements of the case. Such diplomatic[Pg 448] envoys as are sent, not to represent their home State permanently, but on an extraordinary mission such as representation at a Congress, negotiation of a special treaty, and other transactions, receive full Powers only, and no Letter of Credence. Every permanent or other diplomatic envoy is also furnished with so-called Instructions for the guidance of his conduct as regards the objects of his mission. But such Instructions are a matter between the Envoy and his home State exclusively, and they have therefore, although they may otherwise be very important, no importance for International Law. Every permanent diplomatic envoy receives, lastly, Passports for himself and his suite specially made out by the Foreign Office. These Passports the envoy after his arrival deposits at the Foreign Office of the State to which he is accredited, where they remain until he himself asks for them because he desires to leave his post, or until they are returned to him on his dismissal.
§ 371. When someone is appointed as a diplomatic envoy, it’s announced to the country where they are assigned through official documents that the envoy presents to that country. A Letter of Credence (lettre de créance) is the document through which the head of state appoints a permanent ambassador or minister to another country. Each envoy receives a sealed Letter of Credence and an open copy. Once the envoy arrives at their destination, they send the copy to the Foreign Office to officially announce their arrival. The sealed original is personally delivered by the envoy to the head of the state they're assigned to. Chargés d'Affaires also receive a Letter of Credence, but since they're appointed from one Foreign Office to another, their Letter is signed by the Foreign Office, not by the head of state. A permanent diplomatic envoy doesn’t need any other authorization unless they are given a task beyond the usual duties of a permanent legation. However, if they are given a specific task, such as negotiating a special treaty, they need a special authorization document—known as Full Powers (Pleins Pouvoirs). These are issued in Letters Patent signed by the head of state, and they can be either limited or unlimited based on the situation. Envoys sent for extraordinary missions, like representing their country at a Congress or negotiating a special treaty, receive only Full Powers and not a Letter of Credence. Every permanent or other diplomatic envoy is also provided with Instructions to guide their actions regarding their mission’s objectives. However, these Instructions are solely between the envoy and their home state, and while they may be significant, they do not hold any value in International Law. Finally, every permanent diplomatic envoy receives Passports for themselves and their team, specifically issued by the Foreign Office. After arriving, the envoy submits these Passports to the Foreign Office of the country they are assigned to, where they remain until the envoy requests them back to leave their position, or they are returned to the envoy upon their dismissal.
Combined Legations.
Combined Embassies.
§ 372. As a rule, a State appoints different individuals as permanent diplomatic envoys to different States, but sometimes a State appoints the same individual as permanent diplomatic envoy to several States. As a rule, further, a diplomatic envoy represents one State only. But occasionally several States appoint the same individual as their envoy, so that one envoy represents several States.
§ 372. Generally, a state appoints different individuals as permanent diplomatic envoys to various states, but sometimes a state may appoint the same individual as a permanent diplomatic envoy to multiple states. Typically, a diplomatic envoy represents just one state. However, there are times when several states designate the same individual as their envoy, allowing that single envoy to represent multiple states.
Appointment of several Envoys.
Appointment of several ambassadors.
§ 373. In former times States used frequently[724] to appoint more than one permanent diplomatic envoy as their representative in a foreign State. Although this would hardly occur nowadays, there is no rule against such a possibility. And even now it happens frequently that States appoint several envoys for the purpose of representing them at Congresses and Conferences. In such cases one of the several envoys is appointed senior, to whom the others are subordinate.
§ 373. In the past, countries often[724] appointed more than one permanent diplomatic envoy as their representative in another country. Although this is rare today, there are no rules preventing it from happening. Even now, it’s common for countries to designate multiple envoys to represent them at congresses and conferences. In these cases, one of the envoys is appointed as the senior envoy, with the others reporting to them.
V Diplomatic Envoys Reception
Vattel, IV. §§ 65-67—Hall, § 98—Phillimore, II. §§ 133-139—Twiss, I. §§ 202-203—Taylor, §§ 285-290—Moore, IV. §§ 635, 637-638—Martens, II. § 8—Calvo, III. §§ 1353-1356—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1253-1260—Fiore, II. Nos. 1118-1120—Rivier, I. pp. 455-457.
Vattel, IV. §§ 65-67—Hall, § 98—Phillimore, II. §§ 133-139—Twiss, I. §§ 202-203—Taylor, §§ 285-290—Moore, IV. §§ 635, 637-638—Martens, II. § 8—Calvo, III. §§ 1353-1356—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1253-1260—Fiore, II. Nos. 1118-1120—Rivier, I. pp. 455-457.
Duty to receive Diplomatic Envoys.
Responsibility to receive diplomats.
§ 374. Every member of the Family of Nations that possesses the passive right of legation is under ordinary circumstances bound to receive diplomatic envoys accredited to itself from other States for the purpose of negotiation. But the duty extends neither to the reception of permanent envoys nor to the reception of temporary envoys under all circumstances.
§ 374. Every member of the Family of Nations that has the right to send and receive diplomatic representatives is usually required to accept diplomatic envoys sent to them from other States for negotiation purposes. However, this obligation does not apply to receiving permanent envoys or to receiving temporary envoys in all situations.
(1) As regards permanent envoys, it is a generally recognised fact that a State is as little bound to receive them as it is to send them. Practically, however, every full-Sovereign State which desires its voice to be heard among the States receives and sends permanent envoys, as without such it would, under present circumstances, be impossible for a State to have any influence whatever in international affairs. It is for this reason that Switzerland, which in former times abstained entirely from sending permanent envoys, has abandoned her former practice and nowadays sends and receives several. The insignificant Principality of Lichtenstein is, as far as I know, the only full-Sovereign State which neither sends nor receives one single permanent legation.
(1) When it comes to permanent envoys, it's widely accepted that a State is not obligated to accept them any more than it is to send them. However, nearly every fully sovereign State that wants its opinions heard internationally does send and receive permanent envoys because, without them, it would be nearly impossible for a State to have any influence in global affairs today. This is why Switzerland, which used to avoid sending permanent envoys altogether, has changed its approach and now sends and receives several. As far as I know, the tiny Principality of Liechtenstein is the only fully sovereign State that neither sends nor receives a single permanent legation.
But a State may receive a permanent legation from one State and refuse to do so from another. Thus the Protestant States never received a permanent legation from the Popes, even when the latter were heads of a State, and they still observe this rule, although one or another of them, such as Prussia for example, keeps a permanent legation at the Vatican.
But a state can accept a permanent embassy from one country and deny it from another. For instance, the Protestant states never accepted a permanent embassy from the popes, even when the popes were leaders of a state, and they still follow this rule, although some, like Prussia for example, maintain a permanent embassy at the Vatican.
(2) As regards temporary envoys, it is likewise a generally recognised fact among those writers who[Pg 450] assert the duty of a State to receive under ordinary circumstances temporary envoys that there are exceptions to that rule. Thus, for example, a State which knows beforehand the object of a mission and does not wish to negotiate thereon can refuse to receive the mission. Thus, further, a belligerent can refuse[725] to receive a legation from the other belligerent, as war involves the rupture of all peaceable relations.
(2) When it comes to temporary envoys, it's widely accepted among writers who discuss a State's obligation to accept temporary envoys under normal circumstances that there are exceptions to this rule. For instance, a State that is aware of the purpose of a mission and does not wish to engage in discussions about it can decline to accept the mission. Additionally, a country at war can refuse to accept a delegation from the opposing country, as war breaks all peaceful relations.
Refusal to receive a certain Individual.
Refusing to accept a specific individual.
§ 375. But the refusal to receive an envoy must not be confounded with the refusal to receive a certain individual as envoy. A State may be ready to receive a permanent or temporary envoy, but may object to the individual selected for that purpose. International Law gives no right to a State to insist upon the reception of an individual appointed by it as diplomatic envoy. Every State can refuse to receive as envoy a person objectionable to itself. And a State refusing an individual envoy is neither compelled to specify what kind of objection it has, nor to justify its objection. Thus, for example, most States refuse to receive one of their own subjects as an envoy from a foreign State.[726] Thus, again, the King of Hanover refused in 1847 to receive a minister appointed by Prussia, because the individual was of the Roman Catholic faith. Italy refused in 1885 to receive Mr. Keiley as ambassador of the United States of America because he had in 1871 protested against the annexation of the Papal States.[Pg 451] And when the United States sent the same gentleman as ambassador to Austria, the latter refused him reception on the ground that his wife was said to be a Jewess. Although, as is apparent from these examples, no State has a right to insist upon the reception of a certain individual as envoy, in practice States are often offended when reception is refused. Thus, in 1832 England did not cancel for three years the appointment of Sir Stratford Canning as ambassador to Russia, although the latter refused reception, and the post was practically vacant. In 1885, when, as above mentioned, Austria refused reception to Mr. Keiley as ambassador of the United States, the latter did not appoint another, although Mr. Keiley resigned, and the legation was for several years left to the care of a Chargé d'Affaires.[727] To avoid such conflicts it is a good practice of many States never to appoint an individual as envoy without having ascertained beforehand whether the individual would be persona grata. And it is a customary rule of International Law that a State which does not object to the appointment of a certain individual, when its opinion has been asked beforehand, is bound to receive such individual.[728]
§ 375. However, the refusal to accept an envoy shouldn't be confused with the refusal to accept a specific person as envoy. A State may be willing to accept a permanent or temporary envoy but may object to the person chosen for the role. International Law does not grant a State the right to demand that a specific individual it appointed be accepted as a diplomatic envoy. Every State has the right to refuse to accept as envoy someone it finds objectionable. A State that rejects an individual envoy is not required to explain the nature of its objection or justify it. For instance, many States refuse to accept one of their own citizens as an envoy from another country.[726] In 1847, the King of Hanover refused to accept a minister appointed by Prussia because the person was Roman Catholic. In 1885, Italy rejected Mr. Keiley as ambassador from the United States because he had protested against the annexation of the Papal States in 1871.[Pg 451] When the United States sent the same man as ambassador to Austria, he was denied acceptance because his wife was reportedly Jewish. Although it’s clear from these examples that no State has the right to insist on the acceptance of a particular individual as envoy, in practice, States often feel offended when acceptance is refused. For example, in 1832, England did not revoke the appointment of Sir Stratford Canning as ambassador to Russia for three years, even though he was not accepted and the position was essentially vacant. In 1885, when Austria again refused Mr. Keiley’s acceptance as ambassador from the United States, the latter did not appoint anyone else, even after Mr. Keiley resigned, and the legation was left in the hands of a Chargé d'Affaires for several years.[727] To prevent such disputes, it’s common practice for many States not to appoint an envoy without first checking whether the individual would be persona grata. Additionally, it’s a customary rule of International Law that if a State does not object to the appointment of a specific individual when asked beforehand, it is obligated to accept that individual.[728]
[726] In case a State receives one of its own subjects as diplomatic envoy of a foreign State, it has to grant him all the privileges of such envoys, including exterritoriality. Thus in the case of Macartney v. Garbutt and others (1890, L.R. 24 Q.B. 368) it was decided that a British subject accredited to Great Britain by the Chinese Government as a Secretary of its embassy and received by Great Britain in that capacity without an express condition that he should remain subject to British jurisdiction, was exempt from British jurisdiction. See, however, article 15 of the Règlement sur les Immunités Diplomatiques, adopted in 1895 by the Institute of International Law (see Annuaire, XIV. p. 244), which denies to such an individual exemption from jurisdiction. See also Phillimore, II. § 135, and Twiss, I. § 203.
[726] If a State accepts one of its own citizens as a diplomatic envoy from a foreign State, it must extend all the privileges of such envoys, including immunity from local law. For instance, in the case of Macartney v. Garbutt and others (1890, L.R. 24 Q.B. 368), it was determined that a British citizen appointed to Great Britain by the Chinese Government as a Secretary of its embassy, and received in that role without any specific condition stating he would remain subject to British law, was exempt from British jurisdiction. However, see article 15 of the Règlement sur les Immunités Diplomatiques, adopted in 1895 by the Institute of International Law (see Annuaire, XIV. p. 244), which denies such an individual immunity from local jurisdiction. Also refer to Phillimore, II. § 135, and Twiss, I. § 203.
[728] The question is of interest whether the privileges due to diplomatists must be granted on his journey home to an individual to whom reception as an envoy is refused. I think the question ought to be answered in the affirmative; see, however, Moore, IV. § 666, p. 668.
[728] The question is whether the privileges given to diplomats should be granted to someone on their way home if they are refused entry as an envoy. I believe the answer should be yes; see, however, Moore, IV. § 666, p. 668.
Mode and Solemnity of Reception.
Mode and Formality of Reception.
§ 376. In case a State does not object to the reception of a person as diplomatic envoy accredited to itself, his actual reception takes place as soon as he has arrived at the place of his designation. But the mode of reception differs according to the class to which the envoy belongs. If he be one of the first, second, or third class, it is the duty of the head of the State to receive him solemnly in a so-called public audience with all the usual ceremonies. For that purpose the[Pg 452] envoy sends a copy of his credentials to the Foreign Office, which arranges a special audience with the head of the State for the envoy, when he delivers in person his sealed credentials.[729] If the envoy be a Chargé d'Affaires only, he is received in audience by the Secretary of Foreign Affairs, to whom he hands his credentials. Through the formal reception the envoy becomes officially recognised and can officially commence to exercise his functions. But such of his privileges as exterritoriality and the like, which concern the safety and inviolability of his person, must be granted even before his official reception, as his character as diplomatic envoy is considered to date, not from the time of his official reception, but from the time when his credentials were handed to him on leaving his home State, his passports furnishing sufficient proof of his diplomatic character.
§ 376. If a State doesn't object to receiving a person as a diplomatic envoy, his actual reception happens as soon as he arrives at his designated location. However, the way he is received varies depending on his rank as an envoy. If he is of first, second, or third class, it is the responsibility of the head of the State to formally receive him in a public audience with all the usual ceremonies. To prepare for this, the envoy sends a copy of his credentials to the Foreign Office, which organizes a special audience with the head of the State for the envoy, where he personally delivers his sealed credentials.[Pg 452] If the envoy is only a Chargé d'Affaires, he is received by the Secretary of Foreign Affairs, to whom he presents his credentials. Through this formal reception, the envoy is officially recognized and can start carrying out his duties. However, privileges like extraterritoriality, which relate to the safety and inviolability of his person, must be granted even before his official reception, since his status as a diplomatic envoy is considered to begin not at the time of his official reception but from when he received his credentials upon leaving his home State, with his passports serving as adequate proof of his diplomatic status.
Reception of Envoys to Congresses and Conferences.
Reception of Envoys to Congresses and Conferences.
§ 377. It must be specially observed that all these details regarding the reception of diplomatic envoys accredited to a State do not apply to the reception of envoys sent to represent the several States at a Congress or Conference. As such envoys are not accredited to the State on whose territory the Congress or Conference takes place, such State has no competence to refuse the reception of the appointed envoys, and no formal and official reception of the latter by the head of the State need take place. The appointing States merely notify the appointment of their envoys to the Foreign Office of the State on whose territory the transactions take place, the envoys call upon the Foreign Secretary after their arrival to introduce themselves, and they are courteously received by him. They do not, however, hand in to him their Full Powers, but reserve them for the first meeting of the Congress or Conference, where they produce them in exchange with one another.[Pg 453]
§ 377. It's important to note that all these details about receiving diplomatic envoys accredited to a State do not apply to envoys sent to represent various States at a Congress or Conference. Since these envoys are not accredited to the State where the Congress or Conference is held, that State has no authority to refuse their reception, and there’s no need for a formal and official welcome from the head of the State. The appointing States simply inform the Foreign Office of the State hosting the event about their envoys' appointment. Upon arrival, the envoys meet with the Foreign Secretary to introduce themselves, and he receives them politely. However, they do not present their Full Powers to him; instead, they keep them for the first meeting of the Congress or Conference, where they will exchange them with one another.[Pg 453]
VI Duties of diplomatic envoys
Rivier, I. § 37—Ullmann, § 49—Bonfils, Nos. 681-683—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1346-1376.
Rivier, I. § 37—Ullmann, § 49—Bonfils, Nos. 681-683—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1346-1376.
On Diplomatic Functions in general.
On Diplomatic Functions overall.
§ 378. A distinction must be made between functions of permanent envoys and of envoys for temporary purposes. The functions of the latter, who are either envoys ceremonial or such envoys political as are only temporarily accredited for the purpose of some definite negotiations or as representatives at Congresses and Conferences, are clearly demonstrated by the very purpose of their appointment. But the functions of the permanent envoys demand a closer consideration. These regular functions may be grouped together under the heads of negotiation, observation, and protection. But besides these regular functions a diplomatic envoy may be charged with other and more miscellaneous functions.
§ 378. It's important to differentiate between the roles of permanent envoys and those who are sent for temporary purposes. The roles of the latter, who may be ceremonial envoys or political envoys temporarily assigned for specific negotiations or as representatives at Congresses and Conferences, are clearly defined by the reasons for their appointment. However, the roles of permanent envoys require more in-depth examination. These regular roles can be categorized into negotiation, observation, and protection. In addition to these regular duties, a diplomatic envoy may also take on various other miscellaneous responsibilities.
Negotiation.
Negotiating.
§ 379. A permanent ambassador or other envoy represents his home State in the totality of its international relations not only with the State to which he is accredited, but also with other States. He is the mouthpiece of the head of his home State and its Foreign Secretary as regards communications to be made to the State to which he is accredited. He likewise receives communications from the latter and reports them to his home State. In this way not only are international relations between these two States fostered and negotiated upon, but such international affairs of other States as are of general interest to all or a part of the members of the Family of Nations are also discussed. Owing to the fact that all the more important Powers keep permanent legations accredited to one another, a constant exchange of views in regard to affairs international is taking place between them.[Pg 454]
§ 379. A permanent ambassador or other envoy represents their home country in all its international relations, not just with the country they’re assigned to, but also with other countries. They act as the spokesperson for the leader of their home country and its Foreign Secretary when communicating with the country they’re accredited to. They also receive communications from that country and report back to their home country. This way, not only are the international relations between these two countries developed and negotiated, but issues of international concern that interest all or some members of the Family of Nations are also discussed. Since all the major Powers maintain permanent embassies to each other, there is a continuous exchange of views regarding international affairs between them.[Pg 454]
Observation.
Observation.
§ 380. But these are not all the functions of permanent diplomatic envoys. Their task is, further, to observe attentively every occurrence which might affect the interest of their home States, and to report such observations to their Governments. It is through these reports that every member of the Family of Nations is kept well informed in regard to the army and navy, the finances, the public opinion, the commerce and industry of foreign countries. And it must be specially observed that no State that receives diplomatic envoys has a right to prevent them from exercising their function of observation.
§ 380. But these aren't all the duties of permanent diplomatic envoys. Their role is also to closely watch any events that could impact the interests of their home countries and to report those observations to their governments. It's through these reports that each member of the Family of Nations stays well-informed about the military, finances, public opinion, commerce, and industry of foreign countries. It's important to note that no state receiving diplomatic envoys has the right to stop them from carrying out their observational duties.
Protection.
Safety.
§ 381. A third task of diplomatic envoys is the protection of the persons, property, and interests of such subjects of their home States as are within the boundaries of the State to which they are accredited. If such subjects are wronged without being able to find redress in the ordinary way of justice, and ask the help of the diplomatic envoy of their home State, he must be allowed to afford them protection. It is, however, for the Municipal Law and regulations of his home State, and not for International Law, to prescribe to an envoy the limits within which he has to afford protection to his compatriots.
§ 381. A third responsibility of diplomatic envoys is to protect the individuals, property, and interests of citizens from their home countries who are within the borders of the country they are assigned to. If these citizens are wronged and can’t find justice through normal means, and they seek help from the diplomatic envoy of their home country, that envoy must be allowed to provide them protection. However, it's the domestic laws and regulations of the envoy's home country, not international law, that define the extent of protection the envoy must offer to their fellow citizens.
Miscellaneous Functions.
Other Functions.
§ 382. Negotiation, observation, and protection are tasks common to all diplomatic envoys of every State. But a State may order its permanent envoys to perform other tasks, such as the registration of deaths, births, and marriages of subjects of the home State, legalisation of their signatures, making out of passports for them, and the like. But in doing this a State must be careful not to order its envoys to perform such tasks as are by the law of the receiving State exclusively reserved to its own officials. Thus, for instance, a State whose laws compel persons who intend marriage to conclude it in presence of its registrars, need not allow a foreign[Pg 455] envoy to legalise a marriage of compatriots before its registration by the official registrar. So, too, a State need not allow a foreign envoy to perform an act which is reserved for its jurisdiction, as, for instance, the examination of witnesses on oath.
§ 382. Negotiation, observation, and protection are tasks common to all diplomatic envoys from every State. However, a State may instruct its permanent envoys to carry out additional responsibilities, such as registering deaths, births, and marriages of its citizens, verifying their signatures, issuing passports for them, and similar tasks. In doing so, a State must be cautious not to assign its envoys tasks that are reserved by the laws of the receiving State for its own officials. For example, a State whose laws require people intending to marry to do so in front of its registrars does not have to allow a foreign envoy to legalize a marriage between its citizens before it is registered by the official registrar. Likewise, a State is not required to permit a foreign envoy to perform an action that falls under its own jurisdiction, such as examining witnesses under oath.
Envoys not to interfere in Internal Politics.
Envoys should not interfere in internal politics.
§ 383. But it must be specially emphasised that envoys must not interfere with the internal political life of the State to which they are accredited. It certainly belongs to their functions to watch the political events and the political parties with a vigilant eye and to report their observations to their home States. But they have no right whatever to take part in that political life itself, to encourage a certain political party, or to threaten another. If nevertheless they do so, they abuse their position. And it matters not whether an envoy acts thus on his own account or on instructions from his home State. No strong self-respecting State will allow a foreign envoy to exercise such interference, but will either request his home State to recall him and appoint another individual in his place or, in case his interference is very flagrant, hand him his passports and therewith dismiss him. History records many instances of this kind,[730] although in many cases it is doubtful whether the envoy concerned really abused his office for the purpose of interfering with internal politics.
§ 383. However, it’s important to stress that envoys should not meddle in the internal political affairs of the country they represent. They are certainly tasked with observing political events and parties closely and reporting their findings back to their home countries. But they have no right to engage in that political life, support a particular political party, or threaten another. If they do so anyway, they are misusing their position. It doesn’t matter if an envoy acts independently or follows orders from their home country. No strong, self-respecting country will permit a foreign envoy to interfere in this way; they will either ask the envoy's home country to recall them and send someone else or, if their interference is blatant, revoke their credentials and dismiss them. History has many examples of this kind,[730] although in many instances, it’s unclear whether the envoy actually abused their office to interfere in domestic politics.
[730] See Hall (§ 98**), Taylor (§ 322), and Moore (IV. § 640), who discuss a number of cases, especially that of Lord Sackville, who received his passports in 1888 from the United States of America for an alleged interference in the Presidential election.
[730] See Hall (§ 98**), Taylor (§ 322), and Moore (IV. § 640), who talk about several cases, especially the one involving Lord Sackville, who got his passports in 1888 from the United States for supposedly interfering in the Presidential election.
VII Diplomatic Envoys' Position
Diplomatic Envoys objects of International Law.
Diplomatic envoys are subjects of international law.
§ 384. Diplomatic envoys are just as little subjects of International Law as are heads of States; and the arguments regarding the position of such heads[731] must[Pg 456] also be applied to the position of diplomatic envoys, which is given to them by International Law not as individuals but as representative agents of their States. It is derived, not from personal rights, but from rights and duties of their home States and the receiving States. All the privileges which according to International Law are possessed by diplomatic envoys are not rights given to them by International Law, but rights given by the Municipal Law of the receiving States in compliance with an international right of their home States. For International Law gives a right to every State to demand for its diplomatic envoys certain privileges from the Municipal Law of a foreign State. Thus, a diplomatic envoy is not a subject but an object of International Law, and is in this regard like any other individual.
§ 384. Diplomatic envoys are not subjects of International Law any more than heads of States are. The arguments about the status of such heads[731] must[Pg 456] also apply to diplomatic envoys, whose position is granted to them by International Law not as individuals but as representative agents of their States. Their status comes not from personal rights but from the rights and duties of their home States and the receiving States. All the privileges that diplomatic envoys have under International Law are not rights granted to them by International Law but rights provided by the Municipal Law of the receiving States in accordance with the international rights of their home States. International Law grants every State the right to demand certain privileges for its diplomatic envoys from the Municipal Law of a foreign State. Therefore, a diplomatic envoy is not a subject but an object of International Law, similar to any other individual.
Privileges due to Diplomatic Envoys.
Diplomatic Envoys' Privileges.
§ 385. Privileges due to diplomatic envoys, apart from ceremonial honours, have reference to their inviolability and to their so-called exterritoriality. The reasons why these privileges must be granted are that diplomatic envoys are representatives of States and of their dignity,[732] and, further, that they could not exercise their functions perfectly unless they enjoyed such privileges. For it is obvious that, were they liable to ordinary legal and political interference like other individuals and thus more or less dependent on the good-will of the Government, they might be influenced by personal considerations of safety and comfort to such a degree as would materially hamper the exercise of their functions. It is equally clear that liability to interference with their full and free intercourse with their home States through letters, telegrams, and couriers would wholly nullify their raison d'être. In this case it would be impossible for them to send independent and secret reports to or receive similar instructions[Pg 457] from their home States. From the consideration of these and various cognate reasons their privileges seem to be inseparable attributes of the very existence of diplomatic envoys.[733]
§ 385. Privileges granted to diplomatic envoys, aside from ceremonial honors, relate to their inviolability and what is known as exterritoriality. The reasons these privileges are necessary are that diplomatic envoys represent States and their dignity,[732] and also because they cannot fulfill their roles effectively without such privileges. It's clear that if they were subject to regular legal and political interference like anyone else, and therefore reliant on the goodwill of the Government, they might be swayed by personal safety and comfort considerations, which would significantly hinder their ability to perform their duties. Furthermore, any interference with their complete and unrestricted communication with their home States through letters, telegrams, and couriers would completely undermine their purpose. In such a scenario, it would be impossible for them to send independent and confidential reports to or receive similar instructions[Pg 457] from their home States. Taking into account these and other related reasons, their privileges appear to be essential characteristics of the very existence of diplomatic envoys.[733]
[733] The Institute of International Law, at its meeting at Cambridge in 1895, discussed the privileges of diplomatic envoys, and drafted a body of seventeen rules in regard thereto; see Annuaire, XIV. p. 240.
[733] The Institute of International Law, during its meeting in Cambridge in 1895, talked about the privileges of diplomatic envoys and created a set of seventeen rules about it; see Annuaire, XIV. p. 240.
VIII Protection of diplomatic envoys
Vattel, IV. §§ 80-107—Hall, §§ 50, 98*—Phillimore, II. §§ 154-175—Twiss, I. §§ 216-217—Moore, IV. §§ 657-659—Ullmann, § 50—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 648-654—Rivier, I. § 38—Nys, II. pp. 372-374—Bonfils, Nos. 684-699—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1382-1393—Mérignhac, II. pp. 264-273—Fiore, II. Nos. 1127-1143—Calvo, III. §§ 1480-1498—Martens, II. § 11—Crouzet, "De l'inviolabilité ... des agents diplomatiques" (1875).
Vattel, IV. §§ 80-107—Hall, §§ 50, 98*—Phillimore, II. §§ 154-175—Twiss, I. §§ 216-217—Moore, IV. §§ 657-659—Ullmann, § 50—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 648-654—Rivier, I. § 38—Nys, II. pp. 372-374—Bonfils, Nos. 684-699—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1382-1393—Mérignhac, II. pp. 264-273—Fiore, II. Nos. 1127-1143—Calvo, III. §§ 1480-1498—Martens, II. § 11—Crouzet, "De l'inviolabilité ... des agents diplomatiques" (1875).
Protection due to Diplomatic Envoys.
Safety for Diplomatic Envoys.
§ 386. Diplomatic envoys are just as sacrosanct as heads of States. They must, therefore, on the one hand, be afforded special protection as regards the safety of their persons, and, on the other hand, they must be exempted from every kind of criminal jurisdiction of the receiving States. Now the protection due to diplomatic envoys must find its expression not only in the necessary police measures for the prevention of offences, but also in specially severe punishments to be inflicted on offenders. Thus, according to English Criminal Law,[734] every one is guilty of a misdemeanour who, by force or personal restraint, violates any privilege conferred upon the diplomatic representatives of foreign countries, or who[735] sets forth or prosecutes or executes any writ or process whereby the person of any diplomatic representative of a foreign[Pg 458] country or the person of a servant of any such representative is arrested or imprisoned. The protection of diplomatic envoys is not restricted to their own person, but must be extended to the members of their family and suite, to their official residence, their furniture, carriages, papers, and likewise to their intercourse with their home States by letters, telegrams, and special messengers. Even after a diplomatic mission has come to an end, the archives of an Embassy must not be touched, provided they have been put under seal and confided to the protection of another envoy.[736]
§ 386. Diplomatic envoys are just as protected as heads of State. Therefore, they must receive special security for their safety and, at the same time, be exempt from all types of criminal jurisdiction in the countries where they are hosted. The protection owed to diplomatic envoys must be shown not only through necessary police measures to prevent offenses but also through particularly harsh penalties for offenders. According to English Criminal Law,[734] anyone is guilty of a misdemeanor if they use force or personal restraint to violate any privileges granted to the diplomatic representatives of foreign countries, or if they[735] issue or enforce any legal writ or process that causes the arrest or imprisonment of a diplomatic representative from a foreign country or their servant. The protection of diplomatic envoys extends beyond themselves to include their family members and staff, their official residence, their belongings, vehicles, documents, and their communications with their home countries through letters, telegrams, and special messengers. Even after a diplomatic mission has ended, the archives of an Embassy must remain untouched as long as they have been sealed and entrusted to the protection of another envoy.[736]
[734] See Stephen's Digest, articles 96-97.
[735] 7 Anne, c. 12, sect. 3-6. This statute, which was passed in 1708 in consequence of the Russian Ambassador in London having been arrested for a debt of £50, has always been considered as declaratory of the existing law in England, and not as creating new law.
[735] 7 Anne, c. 12, sect. 3-6. This law, which was passed in 1708 after the Russian Ambassador in London was arrested for a £50 debt, has always been regarded as a declaration of the existing law in England, rather than as a creation of new law.
Exemption from Criminal Jurisdiction.
Exemption from Criminal Jurisdiction.
§ 387. As regards the exemption of diplomatic envoys from criminal jurisdiction, theory and practice of International Law agree nowadays[737] upon the fact that the receiving States have no right, under any circumstances whatever, to prosecute and punish diplomatic envoys. But among writers on International Law the question is not settled whether the commands and injunctions of the laws of the receiving States concern diplomatic envoys at all, so that the latter have to comply with such commands and injunctions, although the fact is established that they can never be prosecuted and punished for any breach.[738] This question ought to be decided in the negative, for a diplomatic envoy must in no point be considered under the legal authority of the receiving State. But this does not mean that a diplomatic envoy must have a right to do what he likes. The presupposition of the privileges he enjoys is that he acts and behaves in such a manner as harmonises with the internal order of the receiving State. He is therefore expected voluntarily to comply with all such commands and injunctions of the Municipal Law as do not restrict him in the effective exercise of his[Pg 459] functions. In case he acts and behaves otherwise, and disturbs thereby the internal order of the State, the latter will certainly request his recall or send him back at once.
§ 387. When it comes to the exemption of diplomatic envoys from criminal jurisdiction, both the theory and practice of International Law agree today[737] that receiving States have no right, under any circumstances, to prosecute or punish diplomatic envoys. However, there is still debate among scholars of International Law about whether the laws of the receiving States apply to diplomatic envoys at all, meaning whether they are required to comply with those laws, even though it is established that they cannot be prosecuted or punished for any violations.[738] This issue should be resolved in the negative, as a diplomatic envoy should not be considered under the legal authority of the receiving State. Nonetheless, this does not imply that a diplomatic envoy has the right to act however they wish. The privileges they enjoy are based on the expectation that they will act in a way that aligns with the internal order of the receiving State. Therefore, they are expected to willingly comply with all commands and laws of the hosting country that do not hinder their ability to perform their functions effectively. If they act otherwise and disrupt the internal order of the State, it will likely request their recall or send them back immediately.
History records many cases of diplomatic envoys who have conspired against the receiving States, but have nevertheless not been prosecuted. Thus, in 1584, the Spanish Ambassador Mendoza in England plotted to depose Queen Elizabeth; he was ordered to leave the country. In 1586 the French Ambassador in England, L'Aubespine, conspired against the life of Queen Elizabeth; he was simply warned not to commit a similar act again. In 1654 the French Ambassador in England, De Bass, conspired against the life of Cromwell; he was ordered to leave the country within twenty-four hours.[739]
History records many instances of diplomatic envoys who have plotted against the governments they serve, yet have not faced any legal consequences. For example, in 1584, the Spanish Ambassador Mendoza in England attempted to overthrow Queen Elizabeth; he was ordered to leave the country. In 1586, the French Ambassador in England, L'Aubespine, conspired to assassinate Queen Elizabeth; he was merely warned not to attempt anything like it again. In 1654, the French Ambassador in England, De Bass, plotted against Cromwell's life; he was told to exit the country within twenty-four hours.[739]
Limitation of Inviolability.
Limitations on Inviolability.
§ 388. As diplomatic envoys are sacrosanct, the principle of their inviolability is generally recognised. But there is one exception. For if a diplomatic envoy commits an act of violence which disturbs the internal order of the receiving State in such a manner as makes it necessary to put him under restraint for the purpose of preventing similar acts, or in case he conspires against the receiving State and the conspiracy can be made futile only by putting him under restraint, he may be arrested for the time being, although he must in due time be safely sent home. Thus in 1717 the Swedish Ambassador Gyllenburg in London, who was an accomplice in a plot against King George I., was arrested and his papers were searched. In 1718 the Spanish Ambassador Prince Cellamare in France was placed in custody because he organised a conspiracy against the French Government.[740] And it must be emphasised that a diplomatic envoy cannot make it a point of complaint[Pg 460] if injured in consequence of his own unjustifiable behaviour, as for instance in attacking an individual who in self-defence retaliates, or in unreasonably or wilfully placing himself in dangerous or awkward positions, such as in a disorderly crowd.[741]
§ 388. Diplomatic envoys are considered inviolable, and this principle is widely recognized. However, there is one exception. If a diplomatic envoy engages in violent acts that disrupt the internal order of the host country to the extent that it becomes necessary to restrain him to prevent further incidents, or if he conspires against the host country and the conspiracy can only be thwarted by restraining him, he can be temporarily arrested, although he must be safely returned to his home country in due course. For example, in 1717, the Swedish Ambassador Gyllenburg in London was arrested and had his papers searched because he was involved in a plot against King George I. In 1718, the Spanish Ambassador Prince Cellamare in France was detained for organizing a conspiracy against the French Government.[740] It's important to note that a diplomatic envoy cannot complain if he suffers injury due to his own unjustifiable actions, such as attacking someone who is acting in self-defense or deliberately putting himself in risky or problematic situations, like being in a chaotic crowd.[741]
[741] See article 6 of the rules regarding diplomatic immunities adopted by the Institute of International Law at its meeting at Cambridge in 1895 (Annuaire, XIV. p. 240).
[741] See article 6 of the rules about diplomatic immunities approved by the Institute of International Law during its meeting in Cambridge in 1895 (Annuaire, XIV. p. 240).
IX Diplomatic envoy extraterritoriality
Vattel, IV. §§ 80-119—Hall, §§ 50, 52, 53—Westlake, I. pp. 263-273—Phillimore, II. §§ 176-210—Taylor, §§ 299-315—Twiss, I. §§ 217-221—Moore, II. §§ 291-304 and IV. §§ 660-669—Ullmann, § 50—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 654-659—Nys, II. pp. 353-385—Rivier, I. 38—Bonfils, Nos. 700-721—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1396-1495—Mérignhac, II. pp. 249-293—Fiore, II. Nos. 1145-1163—Calvo, III. §§ 1499-1531—Martens, II. §§ 12-14—Gottschalck, "Die Exterritorialität der Gesandten" (1878)—Heyking, "L'exterritorialité" (1889)—Odier, "Des privilèges et immunités des agents diplomatiques" (1890)—Vercamer, "Des franchises diplomatiques et spécialement de l'exterritorialité" (1891)—Droin, "L'exterritorialité des agents diplomatiques" (1895)—Mirre, "Die Stellung der völkerrechtlichen Literatur zur Lehre von den sogenannten Nebenrechten der gesandschaftlichen Functionäre" (1904).
Vattel, IV. §§ 80-119—Hall, §§ 50, 52, 53—Westlake, I. pp. 263-273—Phillimore, II. §§ 176-210—Taylor, §§ 299-315—Twiss, I. §§ 217-221—Moore, II. §§ 291-304 and IV. §§ 660-669—Ullmann, § 50—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 654-659—Nys, II. pp. 353-385—Rivier, I. 38—Bonfils, Nos. 700-721—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1396-1495—Mérignhac, II. pp. 249-293—Fiore, II. Nos. 1145-1163—Calvo, III. §§ 1499-1531—Martens, II. §§ 12-14—Gottschalck, "Die Exterritorialität der Gesandten" (1878)—Heyking, "L'exterritorialité" (1889)—Odier, "Des privilèges et immunités des agents diplomatiques" (1890)—Vercamer, "Des franchises diplomatiques et spécialement de l'exterritorialité" (1891)—Droin, "L'exterritorialité des agents diplomatiques" (1895)—Mirre, "Die Stellung der völkerrechtlichen Literatur zur Lehre von den sogenannten Nebenrechten der gesandschaftlichen Functionäre" (1904).
Reason and Fictional Character of Exterritoriality.
Reason and Fictional Character of Exterritoriality.
§ 389. The exterritoriality which must be granted to diplomatic envoys by the Municipal Laws of all the members of the Family of Nations is not, as in the case of sovereign heads of States, based on the principle par in parem non habet imperium, but on the necessity that envoys must, for the purpose of fulfilling their duties, be independent of the jurisdiction, the control, and the like, of the receiving States. Exterritoriality, in this as in every other case, is a fiction only, for diplomatic envoys are in reality not without, but within, the territories of the receiving States. The term "Exterritoriality" is nevertheless valuable, because it demonstrates clearly the fact that envoys must in most points be treated as though they were not within the[Pg 461] territory of the receiving States.[742] And the so-called exterritoriality of envoys is actualised by a body of privileges which must be severally discussed.
§ 389. The immunity that diplomatic envoys must be granted by the municipal laws of all members of the international community isn't, like in the case of sovereign heads of states, based on the principle par in parem non habet imperium, but on the necessity for envoys to be free from the jurisdiction and control of the host states in order to carry out their duties. Exterritoriality, in this context and every other, is just a legal fiction, since diplomatic envoys are actually present within the territories of the host states. The term "Exterritoriality" is still important, though, because it clearly shows that envoys must be treated, in most respects, as if they are not within the [Pg 461] territory of the host states.[742] Furthermore, the so-called exterritoriality of envoys is supported by a set of privileges that need to be examined individually.
[742] With a few exceptions (see Droin, "L'exterritorialité des agents diplomatiques" (1895), pp. 32-43), all publicists accept the term and the fiction of exterritoriality.
[742] With a few exceptions (see Droin, "L'exterritorialité des agents diplomatiques" (1895), pp. 32-43), all publicists agree on the term and the concept of exterritoriality.
Immunity of Domicile.
Home Immunity.
§ 390. The first of these privileges is immunity of domicile, the so-called Franchise de l'hôtel. The present immunity of domicile has developed from the former condition of things, when the official residences of envoys were in every point considered to be outside the territory of the receiving States, and when this exterritoriality was in many cases even extended to the whole quarter of the town in which such a residence was situated. One used then to speak of a Franchise du quartier or the Jus quarteriorum. And an inference from this Franchise du quartier was the so-called right of asylum, envoys claiming the right to grant asylum within the boundaries of their residential quarters to every individual who took refuge there.[743] But already in the seventeenth century most States opposed this Franchise du quartier, and it totally disappeared in the eighteenth century, leaving behind, however, the claim of envoys to grant asylum within their official residences. Thus, when in 1726 the Duke of Ripperda, first Minister to Philip V. of Spain, who was accused of high treason and had taken refuge in the residence of the English Ambassador in Madrid, was forcibly arrested there by order of the Spanish Government, the British Government complained of this act as a violation of International Law.[744] Twenty-one years later, in 1747, a similar case occurred in Sweden. A merchant named Springer was accused of high treason and took refuge[Pg 462] in the house of the English Ambassador at Stockholm. On the refusal of the English envoy to surrender Springer, the Swedish Government surrounded the embassy with troops and ordered the carriage of the envoy, when leaving the embassy, to be followed by mounted soldiers. At last Springer was handed over to the Swedish Government under protest, but England complained and called back her ambassador, as Sweden refused to make the required reparation.[745] As these two examples show, the right of asylum, although claimed and often conceded, was nevertheless not universally recognised. During the nineteenth century all remains of it vanished, and when in 1867 the French envoy in Lima claimed it, the Peruvian Government refused to concede it.[746]
§ 390. The first of these privileges is the immunity of a person's home, known as the Franchise de l'hôtel. This immunity has evolved from earlier practices when the official residences of ambassadors were viewed as being completely outside the territory of the host states. In many cases, this exemption even extended to the entire neighborhood where the residence was located. Back then, people referred to it as the Franchise du quartier or the Jus quarteriorum. An implication of this Franchise du quartier was the so-called right of asylum, where ambassadors asserted the right to provide refuge within the confines of their residences to anyone seeking shelter.[743] However, by the seventeenth century, most countries rejected this Franchise du quartier, and it completely disappeared by the eighteenth century. Nonetheless, diplomats continued to assert the right to grant asylum within their official homes. For example, in 1726, the Duke of Ripperda, the Prime Minister to Philip V of Spain, who was accused of treason and sought refuge in the residence of the English Ambassador in Madrid, was forcibly arrested there by order of the Spanish government. The British government condemned this action as a breach of international law.[744] Twenty-one years later, in 1747, a similar situation occurred in Sweden. A merchant named Springer was accused of treason and took refuge[Pg 462] in the home of the English Ambassador in Stockholm. When the English ambassador refused to hand over Springer, the Swedish government surrounded the embassy with troops and ordered that mounted soldiers follow the ambassador’s carriage when he left. Eventually, Springer was turned over to the Swedish government under protest, and in response, England recalled her ambassador, as Sweden refused to provide the necessary compensation.[745] These two examples illustrate that the right of asylum, although often claimed and sometimes granted, was not universally accepted. By the nineteenth century, it had all but disappeared, and when the French ambassador in Lima claimed it in 1867, the Peruvian government declined to recognize it.[746]
[743] Although this right of asylum was certainly recognised by the States in former centuries, it is of interest to note that Grotius did not consider it postulated by International Law, for he says of this right (II. c. 18, § 8): "Ex concessione pendet ejus apud quem agit. Istud enim juris gentium non est." See also Bynkershoek, "De foro legat." c. 21.
[743] Although this right of asylum was definitely acknowledged by countries in past centuries, it's interesting to point out that Grotius didn't see it as established by International Law. He stated about this right (II. c. 18, § 8): "It depends on the grant of the one it concerns. This is not part of the law of nations." See also Bynkershoek, "De foro legat." c. 21.
[746] The South American States, Chili excepted, still grant the right to foreign envoys to afford asylum to political refugees in time of revolution. It is, however, acknowledged that this right is not based upon a rule of International Law, but merely upon local usage. See Hall, § 52; Westlake, I. p. 272; Moore, II. §§ 291-304; Chilbert in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 562-595; Robbin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 461-508; Moore, "Asylum in Legations and Consulates, and in Vessels" (1892). That actually in times of revolution and of persecution of certain classes of the population asylum is occasionally granted to refugees and respected by the local authorities, there is no doubt, but this occasional practice does not shake the validity of the general rule of International Law according to which there is no obligation on the part of the receiving State to grant to envoys the right of affording asylum to individuals not belonging to their suites. See, however, Moore, II. § 293.
[746] The South American countries, except for Chile, still allow foreign diplomats to grant asylum to political refugees during revolutions. However, it's recognized that this right isn't based on International Law but is simply a matter of local practice. See Hall, § 52; Westlake, I. p. 272; Moore, II. §§ 291-304; Chilbert in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 562-595; Robbin in R.G. XV. (1908), pp. 461-508; Moore, "Asylum in Legations and Consulates, and in Vessels" (1892). It is clear that during revolutions and when certain groups face persecution, asylum is sometimes granted to refugees and is respected by local authorities, but this occasional practice does not undermine the general principle of International Law, which states that the receiving country is not obligated to allow diplomats to grant asylum to individuals who are not part of their delegations. See, however, Moore, II. § 293.
Nowadays the official residences of envoys are in a sense and in some respects only considered as though they were outside the territory of the receiving States. For the immunity of domicile granted to diplomatic envoys comprises the inaccessibility of these residences to officers of justice, police, or revenue, and the like, of the receiving States without the special consent of the respective envoys. Therefore, no act of jurisdiction or administration of the receiving Governments can take place within these residences, except by special permission of the envoys. And the stables and carriages of envoys are considered to be parts of their[Pg 463] residences. But such immunity of domicile is granted only in so far as it is necessary for the independence and inviolability of envoys and the inviolability of their official documents and archives. If an envoy abuses this immunity, the receiving Government need not bear it passively. There is, therefore, no obligation on the part of the receiving State to grant an envoy the right of affording asylum to criminals or to other individuals not belonging to his suite. Of course, an envoy need not deny entrance to criminals who want to take refuge in the embassy. But he must surrender them to the prosecuting Government at its request, and, if he refuses, any measures may be taken to induce him to do so, apart from such as would involve an attack on his person. Thus, the embassy may be surrounded by soldiers, and eventually the criminal may even forcibly be taken out of the embassy. But such measures of force are justifiable only if the case is an urgent one, and after the envoy has in vain been required to surrender the criminal. Further, if a crime is committed inside the house of an envoy by an individual who does not enjoy personally the privilege of exterritoriality, the criminal must be surrendered to the local Government. The case of Nikitschenkow, which occurred in Paris in 1867, is an instance thereof. Nikitschenkow, a Russian subject not belonging to the Russian Legation, made an attempt on and wounded a member of that legation within the precincts of the embassy. The French police were called in and arrested the criminal. The Russian Government required his extradition, maintaining that, as the crime was committed inside the Russian Embassy, it fell exclusively under Russian jurisdiction; but the French Government refused extradition and Russia dropped her claim.
Nowadays, the official residences of diplomats are in a sense and in some respects only treated as though they are outside the territory of the host countries. The immunity granted to diplomatic envoys includes the fact that these residences cannot be accessed by law enforcement, police, or tax officers from the host countries without special permission from the envoys. So, no legal or administrative actions by the host governments can take place within these residences unless the envoys specifically allow it. The stables and vehicles of envoys are also considered part of their[Pg 463] residences. However, this immunity is granted only to ensure the independence and protection of envoys and the security of their official documents and archives. If an envoy misuses this immunity, the host government does not have to tolerate it. Therefore, the host state is not obligated to allow an envoy to provide asylum to criminals or anyone else who is not part of their team. Of course, an envoy does not have to refuse entry to criminals seeking refuge in the embassy. However, they must turn them over to the pursuing government if requested, and if they refuse, any measures can be taken to persuade them to comply, except those that would involve an attack on their person. Thus, the embassy may be surrounded by soldiers, and eventually, the criminal could even be forcibly removed from the embassy. But such forceful actions are justified only in urgent situations and after the envoy has been asked multiple times to hand over the criminal. Furthermore, if a crime is committed within the envoy's residence by someone who does not have personal immunity, that person must be handed over to the local government. The case of Nikitschenkow, which happened in Paris in 1867, is an example of this. Nikitschenkow, a Russian national not affiliated with the Russian Legation, attacked and injured a member of that legation within the embassy grounds. The French police were called and arrested him. The Russian government requested his extradition, arguing that since the crime occurred inside the Russian Embassy, it was solely under Russian jurisdiction; however, the French government refused extradition, and Russia eventually dropped its claim.
Again, an envoy has no right to seize a subject of his home State who is within the boundaries of the[Pg 464] receiving State and keep him under arrest inside the embassy with the intention of bringing him away into the power of his home State. An instance thereof is the case of the Chinaman Sun Yat Sen which occurred in London in 1896. This was a political refugee from China living in London. He was induced to enter the house of the Chinese Legation and kept under arrest there in order to be conveyed forcibly to China, the Chinese envoy contending that, as the house of the legation was Chinese territory, the English Government had no right to interfere. But the latter did interfere, and Sun Yat Sen was released after several days.
Again, an envoy has no right to detain a citizen of his home country who is within the borders of the[Pg 464] receiving country and keep him under arrest inside the embassy with the intent of bringing him back to his home country. An example of this is the case of the Chinese man Sun Yat Sen, which happened in London in 1896. He was a political refugee from China living in London. He was lured into the Chinese Legation's building and kept under arrest there to be forcibly sent back to China. The Chinese envoy argued that since the legation's premises were considered Chinese territory, the English Government had no right to interfere. However, the English Government did intervene, and Sun Yat Sen was released after several days.
As a contrast to this case may be mentioned that of Kalkstein which occurred on the Continent in 1670. Colonel von Kalkstein, a Prussian subject, had fled to Poland for political reasons since he was accused of high treason against the Prussian Government. Now Frederic William, the great Elector of Brandenburg, ordered his diplomatic envoy at Warsaw, the capital of Poland, to obtain possession of the person of Kalkstein. On November 28, 1670, this order was carried out. Kalkstein was secretly seized, and, wrapped up in a carpet, was carried across the frontier. He was afterwards executed at Memel.
As a contrast to this case, we can look at the situation of Kalkstein, which took place in Europe in 1670. Colonel von Kalkstein, a Prussian citizen, had escaped to Poland for political reasons after being accused of high treason against the Prussian Government. Frederic William, the great Elector of Brandenburg, instructed his diplomatic envoy in Warsaw, the capital of Poland, to take custody of Kalkstein. On November 28, 1670, this order was executed. Kalkstein was secretly captured and, wrapped in a carpet, was smuggled across the border. He was later executed in Memel.
Exemption from Criminal and Civil Jurisdiction.
Exemption from Criminal and Civil Jurisdiction.
§ 391. The second privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is their exemption from criminal and civil jurisdiction. As their exemption from criminal jurisdiction is also a consequence of their inviolability, it has already been discussed,[747] and we have here to deal with their exemption from civil jurisdiction only. No civil action of any kind as regards debts and the like can be brought against them in the Civil Courts of the receiving States. They cannot be arrested for debts, nor can their furniture, their carriages, their horses, and the like, be seized for debts. They cannot[Pg 465] be prevented from leaving the country for not having paid their debts, nor can their passports be refused to them on the same account. Thus, when in 1772 the French Government refused the passports to Baron de Wrech, the envoy of the Landgrave of Hesse-Cassel at Paris, for not having paid his debts, all the other envoys in Paris complained of this act of the French Government as a violation of International Law.[748] But the rule that an envoy is exempt from civil jurisdiction has certain exceptions. If an envoy enters an appearance to an action against himself, or if he himself brings an action under the jurisdiction of the receiving State, the courts of the latter have civil jurisdiction in such cases over him. And the same is valid as regards real property held within the boundaries of the receiving State by an envoy, not in his official character, but as a private individual, and as regards mercantile[749] ventures in which he might engage on the territory of the receiving State.
§ 391. The second privilege of envoys regarding their extraterritoriality is their exemption from criminal and civil jurisdiction. Since their exemption from criminal jurisdiction is also a result of their inviolability, that has already been addressed,[747] and here we will focus on their exemption from civil jurisdiction only. No civil action of any kind related to debts and similar issues can be filed against them in the Civil Courts of the receiving States. They cannot be arrested for debts, nor can their furniture, carriages, horses, and similar belongings be seized for debts. They cannot be stopped from leaving the country for not paying their debts, nor can their passports be denied to them for the same reason. Thus, when in 1772 the French Government denied passports to Baron de Wrech, the envoy of the Landgrave of Hesse-Cassel in Paris, for not paying his debts, all the other envoys in Paris protested this action by the French Government as a violation of International Law.[748] However, the rule that an envoy is exempt from civil jurisdiction has some exceptions. If an envoy appears in court for a case against him, or if he initiates a case under the jurisdiction of the receiving State, the courts of that State have civil jurisdiction over him in those instances. The same applies to real property held within the boundaries of the receiving State by an envoy, not in his official capacity, but as an individual, as well as to commercial[749] activities he might engage in on the territory of the receiving State.
[749] The statute of 7 Anne, c. 12, on which the exemption of diplomatic envoys from English jurisdiction is based, does not exclude such envoy as embarks on mercantile ventures from the benefit of the Act, and the practice of the English Courts grants, therefore, to foreign envoys even in such cases exemption from local jurisdiction; see the case (1859) of Magdalena Steam Navigation Co. v. Martin, 2 Ellis and Ellis 94, overruling the case of Taylor v. Best, 14 C.B. 487. See also Westlake, I. p. 267.
[749] The statute of 7 Anne, c. 12, which provides the basis for the exemption of diplomatic envoys from English jurisdiction, does not prevent an envoy engaging in commercial ventures from benefiting from the Act. Therefore, English Courts have established a practice that allows foreign envoys to be exempt from local jurisdiction even in such instances; see the case (1859) of Magdalena Steam Navigation Co. v. Martin, 2 Ellis and Ellis 94, which overruled the case of Taylor v. Best, 14 C.B. 487. See also Westlake, I. p. 267.
Exemption from Subpœna as witness.
Exemption from subpoena as witness.
§ 392. The third privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is exemption from subpœna as witnesses. No envoy can be obliged, or even required, to appear as a witness in a civil or criminal or administrative Court, nor is an envoy obliged to give evidence before a Commissioner sent to his house. If, however, an envoy chooses for himself to appear as a witness or to give evidence of any kind, the Courts can make use of such evidence. A remarkable case of this kind is that of the Dutch envoy Dubois in Washington, which happened in 1856. A case of homicide occurred in[Pg 466] the presence of M. Dubois, and, as his evidence was absolutely necessary for the trial, the Foreign Secretary of the United States asked Dubois to appear before the Court as a witness, recognising the fact that Dubois had no duty to do so. When Dubois, on the advice of all the other diplomatic envoys in Washington, refused to comply with this desire, the United States brought the matter before the Dutch Government. The latter, however, approved of Dubois' refusal, but authorised him to give evidence under oath before the American Foreign Secretary. As, however, such evidence would have had no value at all according to the local law, Dubois' evidence was not taken, and the Government of the United States asked the Dutch Government to recall him.[750]
§ 392. The third privilege of envoys regarding their exterritoriality is that they are exempt from being subpoenaed as witnesses. No envoy can be forced or even asked to appear as a witness in a civil, criminal, or administrative court, nor is an envoy required to provide testimony before a Commissioner visiting their residence. However, if an envoy voluntarily chooses to appear as a witness or to give any form of evidence, the courts can use that evidence. A notable case of this occurred with the Dutch envoy Dubois in Washington in 1856. A homicide took place in the presence of M. Dubois, and because his testimony was crucial for the trial, the U.S. Secretary of State requested Dubois to testify in court, acknowledging that he was under no obligation to do so. When Dubois, on the advice of all the other diplomatic envoys in Washington, declined to comply with this request, the United States took the issue to the Dutch Government. However, the Dutch Government supported Dubois' refusal but authorized him to give testimony under oath to the American Secretary of State. Since such testimony would have had no legal standing under local law, Dubois' testimony was not taken, and the U.S. Government asked the Dutch Government to recall him.[Pg 466]
Exemption from Police.
Police Exemption.
§ 393. The fourth privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is exemption from the police of the receiving States. Orders and regulations of the police do in no way bind them. On the other hand, this exemption from police does not contain the privilege of an envoy to do what he likes as regards matters which are regulated by the police. Although such regulations can in no way bind him, an envoy enjoys the privilege of exemption from police under the presupposition that he acts and behaves in such a manner as harmonises with the internal order of the receiving State. He is, therefore, expected to comply voluntarily with all such commands and injunctions of the local police as, on the one hand, do not restrict him in the effective exercise of his duties, and, on the other hand, are of importance for the general order and safety of the community. Of course, he cannot be punished if he acts otherwise, but the receiving Government may request his recall or even be justified in other measures of such a kind as do not injure his inviolability. Thus, for instance, if in time of plague an envoy were not[Pg 467] voluntarily to comply with important sanitary arrangements of the local police, and if there were great danger in delay, a case of necessity would be created and the receiving Government would be justified in the exercise of reasonable pressure upon the envoy.
§ 393. The fourth privilege of envoys regarding their exterritoriality is that they are exempt from the police of the host country. Police orders and regulations do not apply to them in any way. However, this exemption from police does not give an envoy the right to act as they please concerning matters regulated by the police. Even though such regulations cannot bind him, an envoy enjoys this exemption under the assumption that he will act and behave in a way that aligns with the internal order of the host country. He is therefore expected to voluntarily comply with all commands and directives of the local police that, on one hand, do not hinder him from effectively carrying out his duties, and on the other hand, are important for the general order and safety of the community. Of course, he cannot be punished if he chooses not to comply, but the host government may request his recall or take other measures that do not compromise his inviolability. Thus, for instance, if during a plague an envoy does not voluntarily comply with critical health measures put in place by the local police, and there is a significant risk in delaying action, a situation of necessity could arise, and the host government would be justified in applying reasonable pressure on the envoy.
Exemption from Taxes and the like.
Exemption from Taxes and Similar Charges.
§ 394. The fifth privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is exemption from taxes and the like. As an envoy, through his exterritoriality, is considered not to be subjected to the territorial supremacy of the receiving State, he must be exempt from all direct personal taxation and therefore need not pay either income-tax or other direct taxes. As regards rates, it is necessary to draw a distinction. Payment of rates imposed for local objects from which an envoy himself derives benefit, such as sewerage, lighting, water, night-watch, and the like, can be required of the envoy, although this is often[751] not done. Other rates, however, such as poor-rates and the like, he cannot be requested to pay. As regards customs duties, International Law does not claim the exemption of envoys therefrom. Practically and by courtesy, however, the Municipal Laws of many States allow diplomatic envoys within certain limits the entry free of duty of goods intended for their own private use. If the house of an envoy is the property of his home State or his own property, the house need not be exempt from property tax, although it is often so by the courtesy of the receiving State. Such property tax is not a personal and direct, but an indirect tax.
§ 394. The fifth privilege of envoys regarding their exterritoriality is their exemption from taxes and similar charges. Since an envoy, due to their exterritoriality, is not subject to the authority of the receiving State, they should not be liable for any direct personal taxation, meaning they don't have to pay income tax or other direct taxes. When it comes to local fees, there is a distinction to be made. Payment of fees for local services that benefit the envoy, like sewage, lighting, water, night-watch, and so on, can be required from them, although this is often not enforced. On the other hand, fees for things like poor rates cannot be enforced. As for customs duties, International Law does not exempt envoys from them. However, as a matter of practice and courtesy, the local laws of many States allow diplomatic envoys to bring in certain goods for personal use without paying duties. If an envoy's residence is either owned by their home State or by themselves, it doesn't need to be exempt from property tax, although it often is due to the courtesy of the receiving State. This property tax is considered indirect rather than a direct tax.
[751] As, for instance, in England where the payment of local rates cannot be enforced by suit or distress against a member of a legation; see Parkinson v. Potter, 16 Q.B. 152, and Macartney v. Garbutt, L.R. 24 Q.B. 368. See also Westlake, I. p. 268.
[751] For example, in England, local rate payments cannot be legally enforced through lawsuits or property seizure against a member of a diplomatic mission; see Parkinson v. Potter, 16 Q.B. 152, and Macartney v. Garbutt, L.R. 24 Q.B. 368. Also refer to Westlake, I. p. 268.
Right of Chapel.
Chapel Right.
§ 395. A sixth privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is the so-called Right of Chapel (Droit de chapelle or Droit du culte). This is the privilege of having a private chapel for the practice of his[Pg 468] own religion, which must be granted to an envoy by the Municipal Law of the receiving State. A privilege of great worth in former times, when freedom of religious worship was unknown in most States, it has at present an historical value only. But it has not disappeared, and might become again of actual importance in case a State should in the future give way to reactionary intolerance. It must, however, be emphasised that the right of chapel must only comprise the privilege of religious worship in a private chapel inside the official residence of the envoy. No right of having and tolling bells need be granted. The privilege includes the office of a chaplain, who must be allowed to perform every religious ceremony within the chapel, such as baptism and the like. It further includes permission to all the compatriots of the envoy, even if they do not belong to his retinue, to take part in the service. But the receiving State need not allow its own subjects to take part therein.
§ 395. A sixth privilege of envoys related to their exterritoriality is the so-called Right of Chapel (Droit de chapelle or Droit du culte). This is the privilege of having a private chapel to practice their[Pg 468] own religion, which must be granted to an envoy by the Municipal Law of the receiving State. This was a valuable privilege in the past when freedom of religious worship was not common in most States, but it now has only historical significance. However, it still exists and could become important again if a State were to experience a resurgence of intolerant attitudes. It is important to note that the right of chapel only includes the privilege of religious worship in a private chapel located inside the envoy’s official residence. There is no requirement to allow bells to be installed or rung. The privilege entails the appointment of a chaplain, who must be allowed to conduct any religious ceremonies in the chapel, such as baptisms and similar rites. Additionally, it grants permission for all compatriots of the envoy, even those not part of his retinue, to attend the service. However, the receiving State is not obliged to allow its own citizens to participate in the service.
Self-jurisdiction.
Self-governance.
§ 396. The seventh and last privilege of envoys in reference to their exterritoriality is self-jurisdiction within certain limits. As the members of his retinue are considered exterritorial, the receiving State has no jurisdiction over them, and the home State may therefore delegate such civil and criminal jurisdiction to the envoy. But no receiving State is required to grant self-jurisdiction to an ambassador beyond a certain reasonable limit. Thus, an envoy must have jurisdiction over his retinue in matters of discipline, he must be able to order the arrest of a member of his retinue who has committed a crime and is to be sent home for his trial, and the like. But no civilised State would nowadays allow an envoy himself to try a member of his retinue. This was done in former centuries. Thus, in 1603, Sully, who was sent by Henri IV. of France on a special mission to England, called together[Pg 469] a French jury in London and had a member of his retinue condemned to death for murder. The convicted man was handed over for execution to the English authorities, but James I. reprieved him.[752]
§ 396. The seventh and final privilege of envoys regarding their extraterritorial status is self-jurisdiction within certain limits. Since the members of their staff are considered extraterritorial, the host country has no jurisdiction over them, which allows the home country to delegate civil and criminal jurisdiction to the envoy. However, no host country is required to grant self-jurisdiction to an ambassador beyond a reasonable limit. Therefore, an envoy must have jurisdiction over their staff in disciplinary matters, must be able to order the arrest of a staff member who has committed a crime and is to be sent home for trial, and similar situations. But today, no civilized country would permit an envoy to personally try a member of their staff. This was practiced in earlier centuries. For example, in 1603, Sully, who was sent by Henri IV of France on a special mission to England, gathered a French jury in London and had a member of his staff sentenced to death for murder. The convicted man was handed over for execution to the English authorities, but James I granted him a reprieve.[Pg 469]
X POSITION OF DIPLOMATIC ENVOYS TOWARD THIRD STATES
Vattel, IV. §§ 84-86—Hall, §§ 99-101—Phillimore, II. §§ 172-175—Taylor, §§ 293-295—Moore, IV. §§ 643-644—Twiss, I. § 222—Wheaton, §§ 242-247—Ullmann, § 52—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 665-668—Heffter, § 207—Rivier, § 39—Nys, II. p. 390—Pradier-Fodéré, III. § 1394—Fiore, II. Nos. 1143-1144—Calvo, III. §§ 1532-1539.
Vattel, IV. §§ 84-86—Hall, §§ 99-101—Phillimore, II. §§ 172-175—Taylor, §§ 293-295—Moore, IV. §§ 643-644—Twiss, I. § 222—Wheaton, §§ 242-247—Ullmann, § 52—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 665-668—Heffter, § 207—Rivier, § 39—Nys, II. p. 390—Pradier-Fodéré, III. § 1394—Fiore, II. Nos. 1143-1144—Calvo, III. §§ 1532-1539.
Possible Cases.
Possible Cases.
§ 397. Although, when an individual is accredited as diplomatic envoy by one State to another, these two States only are directly concerned in his appointment, the question must be discussed, what position such envoy has as regards third States in those cases in which he comes in contact with them. Several such cases are possible. An envoy may, first, travel through the territory of a third State to reach the territory of the receiving State. Or, an envoy accredited to a belligerent State and living on the latter's territory may be found there by the other belligerent who militarily occupies such territory. And, lastly, an envoy accredited to a certain State might interfere with the affairs of a third State.
§ 397. Even though an individual is appointed as a diplomatic envoy by one country to another, only these two countries are directly involved in his appointment. It’s necessary to consider his position regarding third countries when he interacts with them. Several scenarios can arise. An envoy might first travel through the territory of a third country to get to the receiving country. Alternatively, an envoy assigned to a warring country and residing on that country's territory may encounter the opposing side that occupies that territory. Lastly, an envoy assigned to a specific country might get involved in the affairs of a third country.
Envoy travelling through Territory of third State.
Envoy traveling through the territory of a third state.
§ 398. If an envoy travels through the territory of a third State incognito or for his pleasure only, there is no doubt that he cannot claim any special privileges whatever. He is in exactly the same position as any other foreign individual travelling on this territory, although by courtesy he might be treated with particular attention. But matters are different when an[Pg 470] envoy on his way from his own State to the State of his destination travels through the territory of a third State. If the sending and the receiving States are not neighbours, the envoy probably has to travel through the territory of a third State. Now, as the institution of legation is a necessary one for the intercourse of States and is firmly established by International Law, there ought to be no doubt whatever that such third State must grant the right of innocent passage (jus transitus innoxii) to the envoy, provided that it is not at war with the sending or the receiving State. But no other privileges,[753] especially those of inviolability and exterritoriality need be granted to the envoy. And the right of innocent passage does not include the right to stop on the territory longer than is necessary for the passage. Thus, in 1854, Soulé, the envoy of the United States of America at Madrid, who had landed at Calais, intending to return to Madrid via Paris, was provisionally stopped at Calais for the purpose of ascertaining whether he intended to make a stay in Paris, which the French Government wanted to prevent, because he was a French refugee naturalised in America and was reported to have made speeches against the Emperor Napoleon. Soulé at once left Calais, and the French Government declared, during the correspondence with the United States in the matter, that there was no objection to Soulé's traversing France on his way to Madrid, but they would not allow him to make a sojourn in Paris or anywhere else in France.[754]
§ 398. If an envoy travels through the territory of a third state incognito or just for pleasure, it's clear that he can't claim any special privileges. He is in the same position as any other foreign individual traveling through that territory, although he might receive some special attention out of courtesy. However, the situation changes when an envoy travels through the territory of a third state on his way from his own state to his destination state. If the sending and receiving states aren’t neighbors, the envoy will likely need to pass through a third state. Since the role of an envoy is essential for state relations and is well-established by international law, there should be no doubt that this third state must allow the envoy the right of innocent passage (**jus transitus innoxii**), as long as it is not at war with either the sending or the receiving state. However, no additional privileges, especially those related to inviolability and exterritoriality, are required to be granted to the envoy. The right of innocent passage does not include the right to stay in the territory longer than necessary for passage. For example, in 1854, Soulé, the envoy of the United States in Madrid, who had landed in Calais intending to return to Madrid via Paris, was temporarily stopped in Calais to determine if he planned to stay in Paris. The French government sought to prevent this because he was a naturalized American citizen who had been a French refugee and had been reported to have made speeches against Emperor Napoleon. Soulé quickly left Calais, and during the correspondence with the United States on this matter, the French government stated that they had no objection to Soulé traveling through France to Madrid, but they would not permit him to stay in Paris or anywhere else in France.
[753] The matter, which has always been disputed, is fully discussed by Twiss, I. § 222, who also quotes the opinion of Grotius, Bynkershoek, and Vattel.
[753] The issue, which has always been debated, is thoroughly discussed by Twiss, I. § 222, who also references the views of Grotius, Bynkershoek, and Vattel.
It must be specially remarked that no right of passage need be granted if the third State is at war with the sending or receiving State. The envoy of a belligerent,[Pg 471] who travels through the territory of the other belligerent to reach the place of his destination, may be seized and treated as a prisoner of war. Thus, in 1744, when the French Ambassador, Maréchal de Belle-Isle, on his way to Berlin, passed through the territory of Hanover, which country was then, together with England, at war with France, he was made a prisoner of war and sent to England.
It should be noted that no right of passage has to be allowed if the third country is at war with the sending or receiving country. An envoy from a warring nation, who travels through the territory of the opposing nation to reach their destination, can be captured and treated as a prisoner of war. For example, in 1744, when the French Ambassador, Maréchal de Belle-Isle, was on his way to Berlin and passed through Hanover's territory—while Hanover was at war with France alongside England—he was taken prisoner and sent to England.
Envoy found by Belligerent on occupied Enemy Territory.
Envoy discovered by Belligerent in occupied Enemy Territory.
§ 399. When in time of war a belligerent occupies the capital of an enemy State and finds there envoys of other States, these envoys do not lose their diplomatic privileges as long as the State to which they are accredited is in existence. As military occupation does not extinguish a State subjected thereto, such envoys do not cease to be envoys. On the other hand, they are not accredited to the belligerent who has taken possession of the territory by military force, and the question is not yet settled by International Law how far the occupying belligerent has to respect the inviolability and exterritoriality granted to such envoys by the law of the land in compliance with a demand of International Law. It may safely be maintained that he must grant them the right to leave the occupied territory. But must he likewise grant them the right to stay? Has he to respect their immunity of domicile and their other privileges in reference to their exterritoriality? Neither customary rules nor international conventions exist as regards these questions, which must, therefore, be treated as open. The only case which occurred concerning this problem is that of Mr. Washburne, ambassador of the United States in Paris during the siege of that town in 1870 by the Germans. This ambassador claimed the right of sending a messenger with despatches to London in a sealed bag through the German lines. But the Germans refused to grant that right, and did not alter their decision[Pg 472] although the Government of the United States protested.[755]
§ 399. When a belligerent occupies the capital of an enemy State during a war and finds envoys from other States there, these envoys do not lose their diplomatic privileges as long as the State they represent still exists. Since military occupation does not destroy the existence of a State, these envoys remain envoys. However, they are not accredited to the belligerent that has taken control of the territory by military force, and International Law has not yet clarified how much the occupying belligerent must respect the inviolability and exterritoriality accorded to such envoys by local laws in accordance with International Law. It can be confidently asserted that the occupying power must allow them the right to leave the occupied territory. But must they also be granted the right to stay? Must the occupying power respect their immunity of residence and their other privileges related to their exterritorial status? There are no established customary rules or international agreements regarding these issues, so they remain unresolved. The only situation that has arisen concerning this issue was Mr. Washburne's case, the ambassador of the United States in Paris during the German siege of the city in 1870. He asserted the right to send a messenger with dispatches to London in a sealed bag through the German lines. However, the Germans refused this right and did not change their decision, even after the U.S. Government protested.[Pg 472]
Envoy interfering with affairs of a third State.
Envoy getting involved in the affairs of another country.
§ 400. There is no doubt that an envoy must not interfere with affairs concerning the State to which he is accredited and a third State. If nevertheless he does interfere, he enjoys no privileges whatever against such third State. Thus, in 1734, the Marquis de Monti, the French envoy in Poland, who took an active part in the war between Poland and Russia, was made a prisoner of war by the latter and not released till 1736, although France protested.[756]
§ 400. There’s no doubt that an envoy shouldn't get involved in the affairs of the state he's assigned to and a third state. If he does get involved anyway, he has no rights against that third state. For example, in 1734, the Marquis de Monti, the French envoy in Poland, actively participated in the war between Poland and Russia. He was captured by Russia and wasn’t released until 1736, despite protests from France.[756]
XI Diplomatic envoy team
Vattel, IV. §§ 120-124—Hall, § 51—Phillimore, II. §§ 186-193—Twiss, I. § 218—Moore, IV. §§ 664-665—Ullmann, §§ 47 and 51—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 660-661—Heffter, § 221—Rivier, I. pp. 458-461—Nys, II. pp. 386-390—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1472-1486—Fiore, II. Nos. 1164-1168—Calvo, III. §§ 1348-1350—Martens, II. § 16—Roederer, "De l'application des immunités de l'ambassadeur au personnel de l'ambassade" (1904), pp. 22-84.
Vattel, IV. §§ 120-124—Hall, § 51—Phillimore, II. §§ 186-193—Twiss, I. § 218—Moore, IV. §§ 664-665—Ullmann, §§ 47 and 51—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 660-661—Heffter, § 221—Rivier, I. pp. 458-461—Nys, II. pp. 386-390—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1472-1486—Fiore, II. Nos. 1164-1168—Calvo, III. §§ 1348-1350—Martens, II. § 16—Roederer, "On the Application of Ambassadorial Immunities to Embassy Staff" (1904), pp. 22-84.
Different Classes of Members of Retinue.
Different Classes of Members of the Retinue.
§ 401. The individuals accompanying an envoy officially, or in his private service, or as members of his family, or as couriers, compose his retinue. The members of the retinue belong, therefore, to four different classes. All those individuals who are officially attached to an envoy are members of the legation and are appointed by the home State of the envoy. To this first class belong the Councillors, Attachés, Secretaries of the Legation; the Chancellor of the Legation and his assistants; the interpreters, and the like; the chaplain, the doctor, and the legal advisers, provided that they are appointed by the home State and sent specially as members of the legation. A list of these[Pg 473] members of legation is handed over by the envoy to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs of the receiving State and is revised from time to time. The Councillors and Secretaries of Legation are personally presented to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs, and very often also to the head of the receiving State. The second class comprises all those individuals who are in the private service of the envoy and of the members of legation, such as servants of all kinds, the private secretary of the envoy, the tutor and the governess of his children. The third class consists of the members of the family of the envoy—namely, his wife, children, and such of his other near relatives as live within his family and under his roof. And, lastly, the fourth class consists of the so-called couriers. They are the bearers of despatches sent by the envoy to his home State, who on their way back also bear despatches from the home State to the envoy. Such couriers are attached to most legations for the guarantee of the safety and secrecy of the despatches.
§ 401. The people accompanying an envoy in an official capacity, in their personal service, as family members, or as couriers form his retinue. The members of the retinue fall into four different categories. All individuals who are officially linked to an envoy are part of the legation and are appointed by the envoy's home country. The first category includes Councillors, Attachés, Secretaries of the Legation, the Chancellor of the Legation and his assistants, interpreters, and similar roles, as well as the chaplain, the doctor, and legal advisors, provided they are appointed by the home country and sent specifically as part of the legation. A list of these[Pg 473]legation members is given to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs of the receiving country and is updated periodically. The Councillors and Secretaries of Legation are personally introduced to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs and often also to the head of the receiving country. The second category includes individuals in the personal service of the envoy and members of the legation, such as various types of servants, the envoy's personal secretary, and the tutor and governess for his children. The third category consists of the envoy's family members—his wife, children, and other close relatives living with him. Lastly, the fourth category includes the so-called couriers. They are the ones who carry dispatches sent by the envoy to his home country and, on their return, also carry dispatches from the home country back to the envoy. These couriers are typically attached to most legations to ensure the safety and confidentiality of the dispatches.
Privileges of Members of Legation.
Privileges of Embassy Members.
§ 402. It is a universally recognised[757] rule of International Law that all members of a legation are as inviolable and exterritorial as the envoy himself. They must, therefore, be granted by the receiving State exemption from criminal and civil jurisdiction, exemption from police,[758] subpœna as witnesses, and taxes. They are considered, like the envoy himself, to retain their domicile within their home State. Children born to them during their stay within the receiving State are considered born on the territory of the home State. And it must be emphasised that it is not within the envoy's power to waive these privileges of members[Pg 474] of legation, although the home State itself can waive these privileges. Thus when, in 1909, Wilhelm Beckert, the Chancellor of the German Legation in Santiago de Chili, murdered the porter of this legation, a Chilian subject, and then set fire to the Chancery in order to conceal his embezzlements of money belonging to the legation, the German Government consented to his being prosecuted in Chili; he was tried, found guilty, and executed at Santiago on July 5, 1910.
§ 402. It is a universally recognized[757] rule of International Law that all members of a diplomatic mission are just as inviolable and exempt from jurisdiction as the ambassador himself. Therefore, they must be granted by the host country exemption from criminal and civil jurisdiction, exemption from police,[758] subpoenas as witnesses, and taxes. They are viewed, just like the ambassador, as retaining their residency within their home country. Children born to them while they are in the host country are regarded as being born in the territory of their home country. It must be highlighted that the ambassador does not have the authority to waive these privileges for members[Pg 474] of the diplomatic mission, although the home country can waive these privileges. Thus, when, in 1909, Wilhelm Beckert, the Chancellor of the German Legation in Santiago, Chile, murdered the porter of this legation, a Chilean citizen, and then set fire to the Chancery to hide his embezzlement of funds belonging to the legation, the German Government agreed to him being prosecuted in Chile; he was tried, found guilty, and executed in Santiago on July 5, 1910.
[758] A case of this kind occurred in 1904 in the United States. Mr. Gurney, Secretary of the British Legation at Washington, was fined by the police magistrate of Lee, in Massachusetts, for furiously driving a motor-car. But the judgment was afterwards annulled, and the fine imposed remitted.
[758] A case like this happened in 1904 in the United States. Mr. Gurney, the Secretary of the British Legation in Washington, was fined by the police magistrate of Lee, Massachusetts, for reckless driving in a motor car. However, the judgment was later overturned, and the fine was canceled.
Privileges of Private Servants.
Private Servants' Privileges.
§ 403. It is a customary rule of International Law that the receiving State must grant to all persons in the private service of the envoy and of the members of his legation, provided such persons are not subjects of the receiving State, exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction.[759] But the envoy can disclaim these exemptions, and these persons cannot then claim exemption from police, immunity of domicile, and exemption from taxes. Thus, for instance, if such a private servant commits a crime outside the residence of his employer, the police can arrest him; he must, however, be at once released if the envoy does not waive the exemption from criminal jurisdiction.
§ 403. It's a standard rule of International Law that the host country must give all individuals in the private service of the envoy and his delegation, as long as they aren't nationals of the host country, immunity from civil and criminal jurisdiction.[759] However, the envoy can choose to waive these exemptions, and in that case, these individuals can't claim immunity from police actions, protection of home, or exemption from taxes. For example, if such a private servant commits a crime outside their employer's residence, the police can arrest them; however, they must be released immediately if the envoy does not waive the exemption from criminal jurisdiction.
[759] This rule seems to be everywhere recognised except in Great Britain. When, in 1827, a coachman of Mr. Gallatin, the American Minister in London, committed an assault outside the embassy, he was arrested in the stable of the embassy and charged before a local magistrate, and the British Foreign Office refused to recognise the exemption of the coachman from the local jurisdiction. See Wharton, I. § 94, and Hall, § 50.
[759] This rule seems to be recognized everywhere except in Great Britain. When, in 1827, a coachman for Mr. Gallatin, the American Minister in London, assaulted someone outside the embassy, he was arrested in the embassy's stable and charged before a local magistrate. The British Foreign Office refused to acknowledge the exemption of the coachman from local jurisdiction. See Wharton, I. § 94, and Hall, § 50.
Privileges of Family of Envoy.
Envoy Family Privileges.
§ 404. Although the wife of the envoy, his children, and such of his near relatives as live within his family and under his roof belong to his retinue, there is a distinction to be made as regards their privileges. His wife must certainly be granted all his privileges in so far as they concern inviolability and exterritoriality. As regards, however, his children and other relatives, no general rule of International Law can safely be said to be generally recognised, but that they must be[Pg 475] granted exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction. But even this rule was formerly not generally recognised. Thus, when in 1653 Don Pantaleon Sà, the brother of the Portuguese Ambassador in London and a member of his suite, killed an Englishman named Greenway, he was arrested, tried in England, found guilty, and executed.[760] Nowadays the exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction of such members of an envoy's family as live under his roof is always granted. Thus, when in 1906 Carlo Waddington,[761] the son of the Chilian envoy at Brussels, murdered the secretary of the Chilian Legation, the Belgian authorities did not take any step to arrest him. Two days afterwards, however, the Chilian envoy waived the privilege of the immunity of his son, and on March 2 the Chilian Government likewise agreed to the murderer being prosecuted in Belgium. The trial took place in July 1907, but Waddington was acquitted by the Belgian jury.
§ 404. While the wife of the diplomat, their children, and close relatives living with them are considered part of their entourage, there's a distinction regarding their privileges. The wife should definitely be granted all the privileges related to inviolability and extraterritoriality. As for the children and other relatives, there isn't a universally recognized general rule in International Law, but they should be exempt from civil and criminal jurisdiction. However, even this was not always accepted in the past. For example, in 1653, Don Pantaleon Sà, brother of the Portuguese Ambassador in London and a member of his staff, killed an Englishman named Greenway. He was arrested, tried in England, found guilty, and executed.[760] Today, family members of a diplomat who live in their household are always granted exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction. For instance, in 1906, Carlo Waddington,[761] the son of the Chilean envoy in Brussels, murdered the secretary of the Chilean Legation, and the Belgian authorities did not take any action to arrest him. However, two days later, the Chilean envoy waived his son's immunity, and on March 2, the Chilean Government also agreed to allow the prosecution in Belgium. The trial occurred in July 1907, but Waddington was acquitted by the Belgian jury.
Privileges of Couriers of Envoy.
Envoy Courier Privileges.
§ 405. To insure the safety and secrecy of the diplomatic despatches they bear, couriers must be granted exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction and afforded special protection during the exercise of their office. It is particularly important to observe that they must have the right of innocent passage through third States, and that, according to general usage, those parts of their luggage which contain diplomatic despatches and are sealed with the official seal must not be opened and searched. It is usual to provide couriers with special passports for the purpose of their legitimation.[Pg 476]
§ 405. To ensure the safety and confidentiality of the diplomatic documents they carry, couriers must be exempt from civil and criminal jurisdiction and given special protection while performing their duties. It is especially important to note that they must have the right to pass freely through third States, and that, according to general practice, the parts of their luggage containing diplomatic documents that are sealed with the official seal must not be opened or searched. It’s common to provide couriers with special passports for their identification purposes.[Pg 476]
XII Ending of Diplomatic Mission
Vattel, IV. §§ 125-126—Hall, § 98**—Phillimore, II. §§ 237-241—Moore, IV. §§ 636, 639, 640, 666—Taylor, §§ 320-323—Wheaton, §§ 250-251—Ullmann, § 53—Heffter, §§ 223-226—Rivier, I. § 40—Nys, II. p. 392—Bonfils, Nos. 730-732—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1515-1535—Fiore, II. Nos. 1169-1175—Calvo, III. §§ 1363-1367—Martens, II. § 17.
Vattel, IV. §§ 125-126—Hall, § 98**—Phillimore, II. §§ 237-241—Moore, IV. §§ 636, 639, 640, 666—Taylor, §§ 320-323—Wheaton, §§ 250-251—Ullmann, § 53—Heffter, §§ 223-226—Rivier, I. § 40—Nys, II. p. 392—Bonfils, Nos. 730-732—Pradier-Fodéré, III. §§ 1515-1535—Fiore, II. Nos. 1169-1175—Calvo, III. §§ 1363-1367—Martens, II. § 17.
Termination in contradistinction to Suspension.
Termination versus Suspension.
§ 406. A diplomatic mission may come to an end from eleven different causes—namely, accomplishment of the object for which the mission was sent; expiration of such Letters of Credence as were given to an envoy for a specific time only; recall of the envoy by the sending State; his promotion to a higher class; the delivery of passports to him by the receiving State; request of the envoy for his passports on account of ill-treatment; war between the sending and the receiving State; constitutional changes in the headship of the sending or receiving State; revolutionary change of government of the sending or receiving State; extinction of the sending or receiving State; and, lastly, death of the envoy. These events must be treated singly on account of their peculiarities. But the termination of diplomatic missions must not be confounded with their suspension. Whereas from the foregoing eleven causes a mission comes actually to an end, and new Letters of Credence are necessary, a suspension does not put an end to the mission, but creates an interval during which the envoy, although he remains in office, cannot exercise his office. Suspension may be the result of various causes, as, for instance, a revolution within the sending or receiving State. Whatever the cause may be, an envoy enjoys all his privileges during the duration of the suspension.
§ 406. A diplomatic mission can end for eleven different reasons—specifically, achieving the purpose for which the mission was sent; the expiration of the Letters of Credence given to an envoy for a limited time; the recall of the envoy by the sending State; his promotion to a higher position; the issuing of passports to him by the receiving State; the envoy's request for his passports due to mistreatment; war between the sending and receiving States; changes in leadership in the sending or receiving State; a revolutionary change of government in the sending or receiving State; the dissolution of the sending or receiving State; and finally, the death of the envoy. Each of these events must be considered individually due to their unique characteristics. However, it’s important to distinguish the termination of diplomatic missions from their suspension. While the eleven causes mentioned lead to an actual end to a mission, requiring new Letters of Credence, a suspension does not end the mission but creates a period during which the envoy, although still in office, cannot carry out his duties. Suspensions can arise from various reasons, such as a revolution in either the sending or receiving State. Regardless of the cause, an envoy retains all his privileges during the suspension period.
Accomplishment of Object of Mission.
Mission Objective Achieved.
§ 407. A mission comes to an end through the fulfilment of its objects in all cases of missions for special[Pg 477] purposes. Such cases may be ceremonial functions like representations at weddings, funerals, coronations; or notification of changes in the headship of a State, or representation of a State at Conferences and Congresses; and other cases. Although the mission is terminated through the accomplishment of its object, the envoys enjoy all their privileges on their way home.
§ 407. A mission concludes once its objectives are achieved in all instances of special-purpose missions. These situations can include ceremonial events like attending weddings, funerals, or coronations; notifying changes in state leadership; or representing a state at conferences and congresses; among other scenarios. Even though the mission ends upon achieving its goals, the envoys retain all their privileges while traveling home.
Expiration of Letter of Credence.
Expiration of Letter of Credence.
§ 408. If a Letter of Credence for a specified time only is given to an envoy, his mission terminates with the expiration of such time. A temporary Letter of Credence may, for instance, be given to an individual for the purpose of representing a State diplomatically during the interval between the recall of an ambassador and the appointment of his successor.
§ 408. If a Letter of Credence is issued to an envoy for a specific duration, their mission ends when that time is up. For example, a temporary Letter of Credence may be given to someone to represent a State diplomatically during the gap between the recall of an ambassador and the appointment of their successor.
Recall.
Remember.
§ 409. The mission of an envoy, be he permanently or only temporarily appointed, terminates through his recall by the sending State. If this recall is not caused by unfriendly acts of the receiving State but by other circumstances, the envoy receives a Letter of Recall from the head, or, in case he is only a Chargé d'Affaires, from the Foreign Secretary of his home State, and he[762] hands this letter over to the head of the receiving State in a solemn audience, or in the case of a Chargé d'Affaires to the Foreign Secretary. In exchange for the Letter of Recall the envoy receives his passports and a so-called Lettre de récréance, a letter in which the head of the receiving State (or the Foreign Secretary) acknowledges the Letter of Recall. Although therewith his mission ends, he enjoys nevertheless all his privileges on his home journey.[763] A recall may be caused by the resignation of the envoy, by his transference to another post, and the like. It may, secondly, be caused by the outbreak of a conflict between the sending and the[Pg 478] receiving State which leads to a rupture of diplomatic intercourse, and under these circumstances the sending State may order its envoy to ask for his passports and depart at once without handing in a Letter of Recall. And, thirdly, a recall may result from a request of the receiving State by reason of real or alleged misconduct of the envoy. Such request of recall[764] may lead to a rupture of diplomatic intercourse, if the receiving State insists upon the recall, although the sending State does not recognise the act of its envoy as misconduct.
§ 409. The mission of an envoy, whether he is appointed permanently or temporarily, ends when the sending State recalls him. If this recall isn't due to unfriendly actions by the receiving State but rather other circumstances, the envoy receives a Letter of Recall from the head of his home State, or if he is only a Chargé d'Affaires, from the Foreign Secretary. He then presents this letter to the head of the receiving State in a formal meeting, or in the case of a Chargé d'Affaires, to the Foreign Secretary. In exchange for the Letter of Recall, the envoy receives his passports and a so-called Lettre de récréance, a letter in which the head of the receiving State (or the Foreign Secretary) acknowledges the Letter of Recall. Although his mission is officially over, he still retains all his privileges on his journey home. A recall might occur due to the envoy's resignation, transfer to another position, or similar reasons. Additionally, it can happen if a conflict arises between the sending and receiving State that disrupts diplomatic relations, in which case the sending State might instruct its envoy to request his passports and leave immediately without presenting a Letter of Recall. Lastly, a recall may also occur at the request of the receiving State due to actual or alleged misconduct of the envoy. Such a request for recall may strain diplomatic relations if the receiving State insists on it, even when the sending State does not view the envoy's actions as misconduct.
[762] But sometimes his successor presents the letter recalling his predecessor to the head of the receiving State, or to the Foreign Secretary in the case of Chargés d'Affaires.
[762] But sometimes the new person in charge delivers the letter that sends their predecessor back to the leader of the receiving country, or to the Foreign Secretary in the case of Chargés d'Affaires.
Promotion to a higher Class.
Promotion to a higher level.
§ 410. When an envoy remains at his post, but is promoted to a higher class—for instance, when a Chargé d'Affaires is created a Minister Resident or a Minister Plenipotentiary is created an Ambassador—his original mission technically ends, and he receives therefore a new Letter of Credence.
§ 410. When an envoy stays in his position but gets promoted to a higher rank—for example, when a Chargé d'Affaires becomes a Minister Resident or a Minister Plenipotentiary becomes an Ambassador—his original mission technically concludes, and he is given a new Letter of Credence.
Delivery of Passports.
Passport Delivery.
§ 411. A mission may terminate, further, through the delivery of his passports to an envoy by the receiving State. The reason for such dismissal of an envoy may be either gross misconduct on his part or a quarrel between the sending and the receiving State which leads to a rupture of diplomatic intercourse. Whenever such rupture takes place, diplomatic relations between the two States come to an end and all diplomatic privileges cease with the envoy's departing and crossing the frontier. If the archives of the legations are not removed, they must be put under seal by the departing envoy and confided to the protection[765] of some other foreign legation.
§ 411. A mission can end when the receiving State hands the envoy their passports. The dismissal of an envoy can happen due to serious misconduct on their part or a dispute between the sending and receiving States that results in a breakdown of diplomatic relations. When this breakdown occurs, diplomatic relations between the two States cease, and all diplomatic privileges end when the envoy leaves and crosses the border. If the legation's archives are not removed, the departing envoy must seal them and entrust them to the protection[765] of another foreign legation.
Request for Passports.
Passport Request.
§ 412. Without being recalled, an envoy may on his own account ask for his passports and depart in consequence of ill-treatment by the receiving State. This may or may not lead to a rupture of diplomatic intercourse.[Pg 479]
§ 412. Without being summoned back, an envoy can request their passports and leave due to mistreatment by the receiving State. This may or may not result in a break in diplomatic relations.[Pg 479]
Outbreak of War.
War Begins.
§ 413. When war breaks out between the sending and the receiving State before their envoys accredited to each other are recalled, their mission nevertheless comes to an end. They receive their passports, but nevertheless they must be granted their privileges[766] on their way home.
§ 413. When war starts between the sending and receiving State before their envoys are recalled, their mission still ends. They receive their passports, but they must still be given their privileges[766] on their way home.
Constitutional Changes.
Constitutional Amendments.
§ 414. If the head of the sending or receiving State is a Sovereign, his death or abdication terminates the missions sent and received by him, and all envoys remaining at their posts must receive new Letters of Credence. But if they receive new Letters of Credence, no change in seniority is considered to have taken place from the order in force before the change. And during the time between the termination of the missions and the arrival of new Letters of Credence they enjoy nevertheless all the privileges of diplomatic envoys.
§ 414. If the leader of the sending or receiving State is a Sovereign, their death or abdication ends all missions sent and received by them, and all envoys still in their positions must get new Letters of Credence. However, if they receive new Letters of Credence, there is no change in seniority from the order that existed before the change. During the period between the end of the missions and the arrival of new Letters of Credence, they still enjoy all the privileges of diplomatic envoys.
As regards the influence of constitutional changes in the headship of republics on the missions sent or received, no certain rule exists.[767] Everything depends, therefore, upon the merits of the special case.
As for how changes in the leadership of republics affect the missions they send or receive, there aren't any definite rules.[767] Everything relies on the specifics of each individual case.
Revolutionary Changes of Government.
Revolutionary Government Changes.
§ 415. A revolutionary movement in the sending or receiving State which creates a new government, changing, for example, a republic into a monarchy or a monarchy into a republic, or deposing a Sovereign and enthroning another, terminates the missions. All envoys remaining at their posts must receive new Letters of Credence, but no change in seniority takes place if they receive them. It happens that in cases of revolutionary changes of government foreign States for some time neither send new Letters of Credence to their envoys nor recall them, watching the course of events in the meantime and waiting for more proof of a real settlement. In such cases the envoys are, according to an international usage, granted all privileges of[Pg 480] diplomatic envoys, although in strict law they have ceased to be such. In cases of recall subsequent to revolutionary changes, the protection of subjects of the recalling States remains in the hands of their consuls, since the consular office[768] does not come to an end through constitutional or revolutionary changes in the headship of a State.
§ 415. A revolutionary movement in the sending or receiving country that establishes a new government, such as changing a republic into a monarchy or a monarchy into a republic, or replacing one Sovereign with another, ends diplomatic missions. All envoys who remain in their positions must receive new Letters of Credence, but there is no change in seniority when they do so. In some instances of revolutionary government changes, foreign countries may hold off on sending new Letters of Credence to their envoys or recalling them, as they observe the situation and wait for clearer signs of a genuine resolution. In these cases, envoys are granted all the privileges of diplomatic envoys according to international customs, even though, in strict legal terms, they are no longer considered as such. If recall occurs after a revolutionary change, the protection of the citizens of the recalling countries remains with their consuls, since the consular office does not end due to constitutional or revolutionary changes in a country's leadership.
Extinction of sending or receiving State.
Extinction of sending or receiving State.
§ 416. If the sending or receiving State of a mission is extinguished by voluntary merger into another State or through annexation in consequence of conquest, the mission terminates ipso facto. In case of annexation of the receiving State, there can be no doubt that, although the annexing State will not consider the envoys received by the annexed State as accredited to itself, it must grant those envoys the right to leave the territory of the annexed State unmolested and to take their archives away with them. In case of annexation of the sending State, the question arises what becomes of the archives and legational property of the missions of the annexed State accredited to foreign States. This question is one on the so-called succession[769] of States. The annexing State acquires, ipso facto, by the annexation the property in those archives and other legational goods, such as the hotels, furniture, and the like. But as long as the annexation is not notified and recognised, the receiving States have no duty to interfere.
§ 416. If the sending or receiving country of a mission is dissolved due to a voluntary merger with another country or through annexation as a result of conquest, the mission ends ipso facto. In the event of annexation of the receiving country, it is clear that, although the annexing country will not view the diplomats from the annexed country as accredited to itself, it must allow those diplomats to leave the territory of the annexed country without interference and take their archives with them. If the sending country is annexed, the question arises about what happens to the archives and diplomatic property of the missions of the annexed country that are accredited to foreign countries. This question is part of the so-called succession[769] of countries. The annexing country automatically acquires, ipso facto, ownership of those archives and other diplomatic items, such as residences, furniture, and similar assets. However, as long as the annexation has not been officially notified and recognized, the receiving countries have no obligation to intervene.
Death of Envoy.
Envoy's death.
§ 417. A mission ends, lastly, by the death of the envoy. As soon as an envoy is dead, his effects, and especially his papers, must be sealed. This is done by a member of the dead envoy's legation, or, if there be no such members, by a member of another legation accredited to the same State. The local Government must not interfere, unless at the special request by the home State of the deceased envoy.
§ 417. A mission concludes, ultimately, with the death of the envoy. As soon as an envoy passes away, his belongings, especially his documents, must be sealed. This is carried out by a member of the deceased envoy's legation, or if there are no such members, by a member of another legation accredited to the same State. The local Government must not get involved, unless specifically requested by the home State of the deceased envoy.
Although the mission and therefore the privileges of[Pg 481] the envoy come to an end by his death, the members of his family who resided under his roof and the members of his suite enjoy their privileges until they leave the country. But a certain time may be fixed for them to depart, and on its expiration they lose their privilege of exterritoriality. It must be specially mentioned that the Courts of the receiving State have no jurisdiction whatever over the goods and effects of the deceased envoy, and that no death duties can be demanded.[Pg 482]
Although the mission and privileges of the envoy end with his death, the family members who lived with him and his staff retain their privileges until they leave the country. However, a specific time frame may be set for their departure, and once that time expires, they lose their exterritorial rights. It's important to note that the courts of the host country have no jurisdiction over the belongings of the deceased envoy, and no death taxes can be imposed.
CHAPTER 3 CONSULS
I Consul System
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 243-246—Halleck, I. p. 369—Taylor, §§ 325-326—Twiss, I. § 223—Ullmann, §§ 54-55—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 687-695—Heffter, §§ 241-242—Rivier, I. § 41—Nys, II. pp. 394-399—Calvo, III. §§ 1368-1372—Bonfils, Nos. 731-743—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2034-2043—Martens, II. §§ 18-19—Fiore, II. Nos. 1176-1178—Warden, "A Treatise on the Origin, Nature, &c., of the Consular Establishment" (1814)—Miltitz, Manuel des Consuls, 5 vols. (1837-1839)—Cussy, "Règlements consulaires des principaux États maritimes" (1851)—H. B. Oppenheim, "Handbuch der Consulate aller Länder" (1854)—Clercq et Vallat, "Guide pratique des consulats" (5th ed. 1898)—Salles, "L'institution des consulats, son origine, &c." (1898)—Chester Lloyd Jones, "The Consular Service of the United States. Its History and Activities" (1906)—Stowell, "Le Consul" (1909), and "Consular Cases and Opinions, &c." (1910)—Pillaut, "Manuel de droit Consulaire" (1910)—Jordan in R.I. 2nd Ser. VIII. (1906), pp. 479-507 and 717-750.
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 243-246—Halleck, I. p. 369—Taylor, §§ 325-326—Twiss, I. § 223—Ullmann, §§ 54-55—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 687-695—Heffter, §§ 241-242—Rivier, I. § 41—Nys, II. pp. 394-399—Calvo, III. §§ 1368-1372—Bonfils, Nos. 731-743—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2034-2043—Martens, II. §§ 18-19—Fiore, II. Nos. 1176-1178—Warden, "A Treatise on the Origin, Nature, &c., of the Consular Establishment" (1814)—Miltitz, Manuel des Consuls, 5 vols. (1837-1839)—Cussy, "Règlements consulaires des principaux États maritimes" (1851)—H. B. Oppenheim, "Handbuch der Consulate aller Länder" (1854)—Clercq et Vallat, "Guide pratique des consulats" (5th ed. 1898)—Salles, "L'institution des consulats, son origine, &c." (1898)—Chester Lloyd Jones, "The Consular Service of the United States. Its History and Activities" (1906)—Stowell, "Le Consul" (1909), and "Consular Cases and Opinions, &c." (1910)—Pillaut, "Manuel de droit Consulaire" (1910)—Jordan in R.I. 2nd Ser. VIII. (1906), pp. 479-507 and 717-750.
Development of the Institution of Consuls.
Development of the Institution of Consuls.
§ 418. The roots of the consular institution go back to the second half of the Middle Ages. In the commercial towns of Italy, Spain, and France the merchants used to appoint by election one or more of their fellow-merchants as arbitrators in commercial disputes, who were called Juges Consuls or Consuls Marchands. When, between and after the Crusades, Italian, Spanish, and French merchants settled down in the Eastern countries, founding factories, they brought the institution of consuls with them, the merchants belonging to the same nation electing their own consul. The competence of these consuls became, however, more and more enlarged through treaties, so-called "Capitulations," between the home States of the merchants and[Pg 483] the Mohammedan monarchs on whose territories these merchants had settled down.[770] The competence of consuls comprised at last the whole civil and criminal jurisdiction over, and protection of, the privileges, the life, and the property of their countrymen. From the East the institution of consuls was transferred to the West. Thus, in the fifteenth century Italian consuls existed in the Netherlands and in London, English consuls in the Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Italy (Pisa). These consuls in the West exercised, just as those in the East, exclusive civil and criminal jurisdiction over the merchants of their nationality. But the position of the consuls in the West decayed in the beginning of the seventeenth century through the influence of the rising permanent legations on the one hand, and, on the other, from the fact that everywhere foreign merchants were brought under the civil and criminal jurisdiction of the State in which they resided. This change in their competence altered the position of consuls in the Christian States of the West altogether. Their functions now shrank into a general supervision of the commerce and navigation of their home States, and into a kind of protection of the commercial interests of their countrymen. Consequently, they did not receive much notice in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and it was not until the nineteenth century that the general development of international commerce, navigation, and shipping drew the attention of the Governments again to the value and importance of the institution of consuls. The institution was now systematically developed. The position of the consuls, their functions, and their privileges, were the subjects of stipulations either in commercial treaties or in special consular treaties,[771] and the several States enacted statutes[Pg 484] regarding the duties of their consuls abroad, such as the Consular Act passed by England in 1826.[772]
§ 418. The origins of the consular institution date back to the second half of the Middle Ages. In the trading towns of Italy, Spain, and France, merchants would elect one or more of their fellow merchants to act as arbitrators in commercial disputes, who were known as Juges Consuls or Consuls Marchands. When, during and after the Crusades, Italian, Spanish, and French merchants settled in Eastern countries and established trading posts, they introduced the consular system, with merchants from the same country electing their own consul. The authority of these consuls, however, gradually expanded through agreements known as "Capitulations" between the merchant's home countries and the Muslim rulers of the territories they occupied.[Pg 483] Eventually, the authority of consuls included comprehensive civil and criminal jurisdiction regarding the rights, safety, and property of their nationals. The consular system then spread from the East to the West. By the fifteenth century, Italian consuls were present in the Netherlands and London, and English consuls could be found in the Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Italy (Pisa). These consuls in the West maintained the same exclusive civil and criminal jurisdiction over their fellow nationals as those in the East. However, by the early seventeenth century, the role of consuls in the West began to decline due to the emergence of permanent diplomatic missions and the fact that foreign merchants were subjected to the civil and criminal law of their host country. This change in authority significantly altered the role of consuls in the Christian states of the West. Their responsibilities were reduced to overseeing trade and navigation for their home countries and protecting the commercial interests of their nationals. As a result, they received little attention during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and it wasn't until the nineteenth century, with the growth of international trade, navigation, and shipping, that governments started recognizing the importance and value of consuls again. The institution was then systematically developed. The roles, functions, and privileges of consuls became subjects of agreements in commercial treaties or specific consular treaties,[771] and various states enacted laws regarding the responsibilities of their consuls abroad, such as the Consular Act passed by England in 1826.[772]
[770] See Twiss, I. §§ 253-263.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Twiss, I. §§ 253-263.
[772] 6 Geo. IV. c. 87.
General Character of Consuls.
Character of Consuls.
§ 419. Nowadays consuls are agents of States residing abroad for purposes of various kinds, but mainly in the interests of commerce and navigation of the appointing State. As they are not diplomatic representatives, they do not enjoy the privileges of diplomatists. Nor have they, ordinarily, anything to do with intercourse between their home State and the State in which they reside. But these rules have exceptions. Consuls of Christian Powers in non-Christian States, Japan now excepted, have retained their former competence and exercise full civil and criminal jurisdiction over their countrymen. And sometimes consuls are charged with the tasks which are regularly fulfilled by diplomatic representatives. Thus, in States under suzerainty the Powers are frequently represented by consuls, who transact all the business otherwise transacted by diplomatic representatives, and who have, therefore, often the title of "Diplomatic Agents." Thus, too, on occasions small States, instead of accrediting diplomatic envoys to another State, send only a consul thither, who combines the consular functions with those of a diplomatic envoy. It must, however, be emphasised that consuls thereby neither become diplomatic envoys, although they may have the title of "Diplomatic Agents," nor enjoy the diplomatic envoys' privileges, if such privileges are not specially provided for by treaties between the home State and the State in which they reside. Different, however, is the case in which a consul is at the same time accredited as Chargé d'Affaires, and in which, therefore, he combines two different offices; for as Chargé d'Affaires he is a diplomatic envoy and enjoys all the privileges of such an envoy, provided he has received a Letter of Credence.[Pg 485]
§ 419. Today, consuls are agents of States living abroad for various reasons, primarily to support the commerce and navigation of the State that appointed them. Since they are not diplomatic representatives, they do not have the same privileges as diplomats. Typically, they also don’t engage in interactions between their home State and the State where they live. However, there are exceptions to these rules. Consuls from Christian Powers in non-Christian States, except for Japan, have maintained their previous authority and hold full civil and criminal jurisdiction over their fellow countrymen. Sometimes, consuls are assigned tasks typically done by diplomatic representatives. For example, in States under suzerainty, the Powers are often represented by consuls who handle all the business usually managed by diplomats and often hold the title of "Diplomatic Agents." Similarly, on some occasions, smaller States might send just a consul instead of appointing diplomatic envoys to another State, with the consul taking on both consular and diplomatic envoy roles. Nonetheless, it should be emphasized that consuls do not actually become diplomatic envoys by doing this, even if they carry the title of "Diplomatic Agents," nor do they enjoy the privileges granted to diplomatic envoys unless those privileges are specifically laid out in treaties between the home State and the State where they reside. However, if a consul is simultaneously accredited as Chargé d'Affaires, combining two different roles, then as Chargé d'Affaires, he is a diplomatic envoy and enjoys all the privileges associated with that position, provided he has received a Letter of Credence.[Pg 485]
II Consular Services
Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," § 13—Phillimore, II. §§ 253-254—Halleck, I. p. 371—Taylor, § 528—Moore, V. § 696—Ullmann, § 57—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 695-701—Rivier, I. § 41—Calvo, III. §§ 1373-1376—Bonfils, Nos. 743-748—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2050-2055—Mérignhac, II. pp. 320-333—Martens, II. § 20—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 186-206—"General Instructions for His Majesty's Consular Officers" (1907).
Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," § 13—Phillimore, II. §§ 253-254—Halleck, I. p. 371—Taylor, § 528—Moore, V. § 696—Ullmann, § 57—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 695-701—Rivier, I. § 41—Calvo, III. §§ 1373-1376—Bonfils, Nos. 743-748—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2050-2055—Mérignhac, II. pp. 320-333—Martens, II. § 20—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 186-206—"General Instructions for His Majesty's Consular Officers" (1907).
Different kinds of Consuls.
Types of Consuls.
§ 420. Consuls are of two kinds. They are either specially sent and paid for the administration of their consular office (Consules missi), or they are appointed from individuals, in most cases merchants, residing in the district for which they are to administer the consular office (Consules electi).[773] Consuls of the first kind, who are so-called professional consuls and are always subjects of the sending State, have to devote their whole time to the consular office. Consuls of the second kind, who may or may not be subjects of the sending State, administer the consular office besides following their ordinary callings. Some States, such as France, appoint professional consuls only; most States, however, appoint Consuls of both kinds according to the importance of the consular districts. But there is a general tendency with most States to appoint professional consuls for important districts.
§ 420. There are two types of consuls. They are either specially sent and paid for the running of their consular office (Consules missi), or they are chosen from individuals, usually merchants, who live in the area they will serve (Consules electi).[773] Professional consuls, the first type, are always citizens of the sending State and must dedicate all their time to the consular office. The second type of consuls, who may or may not be citizens of the sending State, manage the consular office while also engaging in their regular jobs. Some countries, like France, only appoint professional consuls; however, most countries appoint consuls of both types based on the significance of the consular regions. Generally, many countries tend to appoint professional consuls for key districts.
No difference exists between the two kinds of consuls as to their general position according to International Law. But, naturally, a professional consul enjoys actually a greater authority and a more important social position, and consular treaties often stipulate special privileges for professional consuls.
No difference exists between the two types of consuls in terms of their general role under International Law. However, a professional consul obviously has greater authority and a more significant social standing, and consular treaties often specify special privileges for professional consuls.
Consular Districts.
Consular Areas.
§ 421. As the functions of consuls are of a more or less local character, most States appoint several consuls on the territory of other larger States, limiting the[Pg 486] duties of the several consuls within certain districts of such territories or even within a certain town or port only. Such consular districts as a rule coincide with provinces of the State in which the consuls administer their offices. The different consuls appointed by a State for different districts of the same State are independent of each other and conduct their correspondence directly with the Foreign Office of their home State, the agents-consular excepted, who correspond with their nominators only. The extent of the districts is agreed upon between the home State of the consul and the admitting State. Only the consul appointed for a particular district is entitled to exercise consular functions within its boundaries, and to him only the local authorities have to grant the consular privileges, if any.
§ 421. Since consuls have mainly local responsibilities, most countries appoint multiple consuls within larger countries, limiting the[Pg 486] duties of each consul to specific districts or even just certain towns or ports. Usually, these consular districts align with the provinces of the country where the consuls work. The different consuls assigned by a country to various districts within the same country operate independently and directly communicate with their home country's Foreign Office, except for consular agents, who only correspond with their nominators. The boundaries of these districts are decided between the consul's home country and the country hosting them. Only the consul assigned to a specific district can perform consular functions within that area, and local authorities must grant consular privileges to them, if applicable.
Different Classes of Consuls.
Types of Consuls.
§ 422. Four classes of consuls are generally distinguished according to rank: consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls, and agents-consular. Consuls-general are appointed either as the head of several consular districts, and have then several consuls subordinate to themselves, or as the head of one very large consular district. Consuls are usually appointed for smaller districts, and for towns or even ports only. Vice-consuls are such assistants of consuls-general and consuls as themselves possess the consular character and take, therefore, the consul's place in regard to the whole consular business; they are, according to the Municipal Law of some States, appointed by the consul, subject to the approbation of his home State. Agents-consular are agents with consular character, appointed, subject to the approbation of the home Government, by a consul-general or consul for the exercise of certain parts of the consular functions in certain towns or other places of the consular district. Agents-consular are not independent of the appointing consul, and do not correspond directly with the home State, as the[Pg 487] appointing consul is responsible to his Government for the agents-consular. The so-called Proconsul is not a consul, but a locum tenens of a consul only during the latter's temporary absence or illness; he possesses, therefore, consular character for such time only as he actually is the locum tenens.
§ 422. There are four main types of consuls distinguished by their rank: consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls, and consular agents. Consuls-general are appointed as either the heads of multiple consular districts, overseeing several subordinate consuls, or as heads of a single, very large consular district. Consuls are typically appointed for smaller districts, towns, or ports. Vice-consuls serve as assistants to consuls-general and consuls, holding consular status themselves, and thereby stepping in for the consul in all consular matters. According to the Municipal Law of some States, they are appointed by the consul, subject to approval from their home State. Consular agents are appointed by a consul-general or consul to perform specific consular functions in certain towns or areas within the consular district, and require approval from their home Government. Consular agents are not independent from the consul who appointed them and do not report directly to the home State, as the appointing consul is responsible to their Government for the consular agents. The so-called Proconsul is not a consul but acts as a locum tenens for a consul during that consul's temporary absence or illness; thus, they only possess consular status for the duration that they are acting as locum tenens.
The British Consular Service consists of the following six ranks: (1) Agents and consuls-general, commissioners and consuls-general; (2) consuls-general; (3) consuls; (4) vice-consuls; (5) consular agents; (6) proconsuls. In the British Consular Service pro-consuls only exercise, as a rule, the notarial functions of a consular officer.
The British Consular Service includes the following six ranks: (1) Agents and consuls-general, commissioners and consuls-general; (2) consuls-general; (3) consuls; (4) vice-consuls; (5) consular agents; (6) proconsuls. In the British Consular Service, proconsuls typically only perform the notarial duties of a consular officer.
Consuls subordinate to Diplomatic Envoys.
Consuls report to Diplomatic Envoys.
§ 423. Although consuls conduct their correspondence directly with their home Government, they are nevertheless, subordinate to the diplomatic envoy of their home Government accredited to the State in which they administer the consular offices. According to the Municipal Law of almost every State except the United States of America, the diplomatic envoy has full authority and control over the consuls. He can give instructions and orders, which they have to execute. In doubtful cases they have to ask his advice and instructions. On the other hand, the diplomatic envoy has to protect the consuls in case they are injured by the local Government.
§ 423. While consuls handle their correspondence directly with their home Government, they are still subordinate to the diplomatic representative of their home Government assigned to the country where they operate their consular offices. According to the municipal laws of almost every country except the United States, the diplomatic representative has full authority and control over the consuls. They can issue instructions and orders that consuls must follow. In uncertain situations, consuls must seek his advice and guidance. Conversely, the diplomatic representative is responsible for protecting the consuls if they face harm from the local Government.
III Appointment of Consuls
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. § 250—Halleck, I. p. 371—Moore, V. §§ 697-700—Ullmann, § 58—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 702-706—Rivier, I. § 41—Nys, II. p. 400—Calvo, III. §§ 1378-1384—Bonfils, Nos. 749-752—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2056-2067—Fiore, II. Nos. 1181-1182—Martens, II. § 21—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 207-216.
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. § 250—Halleck, I. p. 371—Moore, V. §§ 697-700—Ullmann, § 58—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 702-706—Rivier, I. § 41—Nys, II. p. 400—Calvo, III. §§ 1378-1384—Bonfils, Nos. 749-752—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2056-2067—Fiore, II. Nos. 1181-1182—Martens, II. § 21—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 207-216.
Qualification of Candidates.
Candidate Qualifications.
§ 424. International Law has no rules in regard to the qualifications of an individual whom a State can appoint consul. Many States, however, possess such[Pg 488] rules in their Municipal Law as far as professional consuls are concerned. The question, whether female consuls could be appointed, cannot be answered in the negative, but, on the other hand, no State is obliged to grant female consuls the exequatur, and many States would at present certainly refuse it.
§ 424. International law doesn’t have specific rules regarding the qualifications of a person a State can appoint as a consul. However, many States have such[Pg 488] rules in their domestic laws when it comes to professional consuls. The question of whether female consuls can be appointed cannot be definitively answered with a no, but, on the other hand, no State is required to give female consuls the exequatur, and many States would likely deny it at this time.
No State obliged to admit Consuls.
No state is required to accept consuls.
§ 425. According to International Law a State is not at all obliged to admit consuls. But the commercial interests of all the States are so powerful that practically every State must admit consuls of foreign Powers, as a State which refused such admittance would in its turn not be allowed to have its own consuls abroad. The commercial and consular treaties between two States stipulate as a rule that the contracting States shall have the right to appoint consuls in all those parts of each other's country in which consuls of third States are already or shall in future be admitted. Consequently a State cannot refuse admittance to a consul of one State for a certain district if it admits a consul of another State. But as long as a State has not admitted any other State's consul for a district, it can refuse admittance to a consul of the State anxious to organise consular service in that district. Thus, for instance, Russia refused for a long time for political reasons to admit consuls in Warsaw.
§ 425. According to International Law, a State is not required to accept consuls. However, the commercial interests of all States are so strong that almost every State must allow consuls from foreign Powers, since a State that denies such admission would then lose the right to have its own consuls abroad. The commercial and consular treaties between two States usually state that the contracting States have the right to appoint consuls in all areas of each other's country where consuls from third States are currently resident or will be allowed in the future. Therefore, a State cannot deny admission to a consul from one State for a specific area if it accepts a consul from another State. However, as long as a State has not admitted any consul from another State for a particular area, it can refuse to allow a consul from the State wishing to establish consular services in that area. For example, Russia long refused for political reasons to admit consuls in Warsaw.
What kind of States can appoint Consuls.
What types of countries can appoint consuls?
§ 426. There is no doubt that it is within the faculty of every full-Sovereign State to appoint consuls. As regards not full-Sovereign States, everything depends upon the special case. As foreign States can appoint consuls in States under suzerainty, it cannot be doubted that, provided the contrary is not specially stipulated between the vassal and the suzerain State, and provided the vassal State is not one which has no position within the Family of Nations,[774] a vassal State is in its turn competent to appoint consuls in foreign States. In[Pg 489] regard to member-States of a Federal State it is the Constitution of the Federal State which settles the question. Thus, according to the Constitution of Germany, the Federal State is exclusively competent to appoint consuls, in contradistinction to diplomatic envoys who may be sent and received by every member-State of the German Empire.
§ 426. There’s no doubt that every fully sovereign state has the authority to appoint consuls. For states that aren’t fully sovereign, it all depends on the specific situation. Since foreign states can appoint consuls in states that are under suzerainty, it’s clear that, unless there’s a specific agreement stating otherwise between the vassal and the suzerain state, and as long as the vassal state is recognized within the Family of Nations,[774] a vassal state can also appoint consuls in foreign states. In[Pg 489] relation to member states of a federal state, the federal constitution determines the issue. For instance, according to the Constitution of Germany, the federal state alone has the authority to appoint consuls, unlike diplomatic envoys, which can be sent and received by any member state of the German Empire.
Mode of Appointment and of Admittance.
Mode of Appointment and of Admittance.
§ 427. Consuls are appointed through a patent or commission, the so-called Lettre de provision, of the State whose consular office they are intended to administer. Vice-consuls are sometimes, and agents-consular are always, appointed by the consul, subject to the approval of the home State. Admittance of consuls takes place through the so-called exequatur, granted by the head of the admitting State.[775] The diplomatic envoy of the appointing State hands the patent of the appointed consul on to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs for communication to the head of the State, and the exequatur is given either in a special document or by means of the word exequatur written across the patent. But the exequatur can be refused for personal reasons. Thus, in 1869 England refused the exequatur to an Irishman named Haggerty, who was naturalised in the United States and appointed American consul for Glasgow. And the exequatur can be withdrawn for personal reasons at any moment. Thus, in 1834 France withdrew it from the Prussian consul at Bayonne for having helped in getting into Spain supplies of arms for the Carlists.
§ 427. Consuls are appointed through a patent or commission, known as the Lettre de provision, from the State whose consular office they are meant to manage. Vice-consuls are sometimes appointed, and consular agents are always appointed by the consul, pending the approval of the home State. Consuls are admitted through a process called exequatur, granted by the head of the admitting State.[775] The diplomatic envoy from the appointing State presents the patent of the appointed consul to the Secretary for Foreign Affairs to communicate to the head of the State, and the exequatur is issued either as a separate document or with the word exequatur written on the patent. However, the exequatur can be denied for personal reasons. For example, in 1869, England denied the exequatur to an Irishman named Haggerty, who was naturalized in the United States and appointed as the American consul for Glasgow. Additionally, the exequatur can be revoked at any time for personal reasons. In 1834, France withdrew it from the Prussian consul in Bayonne for assisting in the supply of arms to the Carlists in Spain.
[775] That, in case a consul is appointed for a State which is under the protectorate of another, it is within the competence of the latter to grant or refuse the exequatur, has been pointed out above, § 92, p. 144, note 4.
[775] It has been noted above, § 92, p. 144, note 4, that if a consul is appointed for a state that is under the protection of another, it is the authority of the latter to approve or deny the exequatur.
Appointment of Consuls includes Recognition.
Appointment of Consuls includes recognition.
§ 428. As the appointment of consuls takes place in the interests of commerce, industry, and navigation, and has merely local importance without political consequences, it is maintained[776] that a State does not indirectly[Pg 490] recognise a newly created State ipso facto by appointing a consul to a district in such State. This opinion, however, does not agree with the facts of international life. Since no consul can exercise his functions before he has handed over his patent to the local State and received the latter's exequatur, it is evident that thereby the appointing State enters into such formal intercourse with the admitting State as indirectly[777] involves recognition. But it is only if consuls are formally appointed and formally receive the exequatur on the part of the receiving State, that indirect recognition is involved. If, on the other hand, no formal[778] appointment is made, and no formal exequatur is asked for and received, foreign individuals may actually with the consent of the local State exercise the functions of consuls without recognition following therefrom. Such individuals are not really consuls, although the local State allows them for political reasons to exercise consular functions.
§ 428. Since consuls are appointed to support commerce, industry, and navigation and have mostly local significance without political implications, it is argued[776] that a State does not indirectly[Pg 490] recognize a newly formed State ipso facto by putting a consul in that State's district. However, this view doesn't match the realities of international relations. No consul can perform his duties until he presents his credentials to the local State and receives the necessary exequatur, which shows that the appointing State enters into a formal relationship with the admitting State that indirectly[777] involves recognition. Only when consuls are officially appointed and receive the exequatur from the host State does indirect recognition come into play. Conversely, if there is no formal[778] appointment or if no formal exequatur is requested and granted, foreign individuals may be allowed by the local State to carry out consular functions without any recognition resulting from it. These individuals are not actually consuls, even though the local State permits them to perform consular duties for political reasons.
[778] The case mentioned by Hall, § 26*, of Great Britain appointing, in 1823, consuls to the South American Republics, without gazetting the various consuls and—as must be presumed—without the individuals concerned asking formally for the exequatur of the various South American States, would seem to be a case of informal appointment.
[778] The situation referenced by Hall, § 26*, regarding Great Britain appointing consuls to the South American Republics in 1823, without officially announcing the various consuls and—presumably—without the individuals involved formally requesting the exequatur from the different South American States, appears to be an informal appointment.
IV Duties of Consuls
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 257-260—Taylor, § 327—Halleck, I. pp. 380-385—Moore, V. §§ 717-731—Ullmann, § 61—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 738-749—Rivier, I. § 42—Calvo, III. §§ 1421-1429—Bonfils, Nos. 762-771—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2069-2113—Fiore, II. Nos. 1184-1185—Martens, II. § 23—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 15-136.
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 257-260—Taylor, § 327—Halleck, I. pp. 380-385—Moore, V. §§ 717-731—Ullmann, § 61—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 738-749—Rivier, I. § 42—Calvo, III. §§ 1421-1429—Bonfils, Nos. 762-771—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2069-2113—Fiore, II. Nos. 1184-1185—Martens, II. § 23—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 15-136.
On Consular Functions in general.
On General Consular Functions.
§ 429. Although consuls are appointed chiefly in the interest of commerce, industry, and navigation, they are nevertheless charged with various functions for other purposes. Custom, commercial and consular treaties, Municipal Laws, and Municipal Consular Instructions[Pg 491] contain detailed rules in regard to these functions. They may be grouped under the heads of fosterage of commerce and industry, supervision of navigation, protection, notarial functions.
§ 429. Although consuls are mainly appointed to support commerce, industry, and navigation, they also have various responsibilities for other purposes. Customs, commercial and consular treaties, municipal laws, and municipal consular instructions[Pg 491] include detailed guidelines regarding these responsibilities. These can be categorized into promoting commerce and industry, overseeing navigation, providing protection, and performing notarial functions.
Fosterage of Commerce and Industry.
Support for Commerce and Industry.
§ 430. As consuls are appointed in the interest of commerce and industry, they must be allowed by the receiving State to watch over the execution of the commercial treaties of their home State, to send reports to the latter in regard to everything which can influence the development of its commerce and industry, and to give such information to merchants and manufacturers of the appointing State as is necessary for the protection of their commercial interests. Municipal Laws of the several States and their Consular Instructions comprise detailed rules on these consular functions, which are of the greatest importance. Consular reports, on the one hand, and consular information to members of the commercial world, on the other, have in the past and the present rendered valuable assistance to the development of commerce and industry of their home States.
§ 430. Since consuls are appointed to support commerce and industry, the receiving State must allow them to oversee the implementation of their home State's commercial treaties, send reports back about anything that might affect the growth of its commerce and industry, and provide essential information to merchants and manufacturers from their home State to protect their commercial interests. The municipal laws of each State and their consular instructions contain detailed rules on these consular functions, which are extremely important. Consular reports, on one hand, and the information provided to members of the business community, on the other, have historically and currently played a vital role in the growth of commerce and industry in their home States.
Supervision of Navigation.
Navigation Oversight.
§ 431. Another task of consuls consists in supervision of the navigation of the appointing State. A consul at a port must be allowed to keep his eye on all merchantmen sailing under the flag of his home State which enter the port, to control and legalise their ship papers, to exercise the power of inspecting them on their arrival and departure, to settle disputes between the master and the crew or the passengers. He assists sailors in distress, undertakes the sending home of shipwrecked crews and passengers, attests averages. It is neither necessary nor possible to enumerate all the duties and powers of consuls in regard to supervision of navigation. Consular and commercial treaties, on the one hand, and, on the other, Municipal Laws and Consular Instructions, comprise detailed rules regarding[Pg 492] these consular functions. It should, however, be added that consuls must assist in every possible way any public vessel of their home State which enters their port, if the commander so requests. But consuls have no power of supervision over such public vessels.
§ 431. Another duty of consuls is to oversee the navigation of their home country. A consul at a port should monitor all merchant ships flying the flag of their home country that enter the port, check and validate their shipping documents, inspect them upon arrival and departure, and resolve disputes between the captain and the crew or passengers. They help sailors in distress, arrange for the return of shipwrecked crews and passengers, and confirm averages. It’s neither necessary nor feasible to list all the responsibilities and powers of consuls regarding navigation oversight. Consular and commercial treaties, along with Municipal Laws and Consular Instructions, contain detailed rules about[Pg 492] these consular duties. Additionally, it should be noted that consuls must assist in any way possible with any public vessel from their home country that enters their port, if requested by the commander. However, consuls do not have supervisory authority over these public vessels.
Protection.
Safety.
§ 432. The protection which consuls must be allowed by the receiving State to provide for subjects of the appointing State is a very important task. For that purpose consuls keep a register, in which these subjects can have their names and addresses recorded. Consuls make out passports, they have to render a certain assistance and help to paupers and the sick, and to litigants before the Courts. If a foreign subject is wronged by the local authorities, his consul has to give him advice and help, and has eventually to interfere on his behalf. If a foreigner dies, his consul may be approached for securing his property and for rendering all kind of assistance and help to the family of the deceased.
§ 432. The protection that consuls are required to provide for citizens of their home country is a very important duty. To facilitate this, consuls maintain a register where these citizens can have their names and addresses recorded. Consuls issue passports, provide certain assistance to those in need and the sick, and help individuals involved in legal matters. If a foreign citizen is mistreated by local authorities, their consul must offer advice and support, and may eventually need to intervene on their behalf. If a foreigner passes away, their consul can be contacted to help secure their assets and provide various forms of assistance to the deceased's family.
As a rule, a consul exercises protective functions over subjects of the appointing State only; but the latter may charge him with the protection of subjects of other States which have not nominated a consul for his district.
As a general rule, a consul provides protection primarily for citizens of the appointing State; however, the appointing State can assign him to protect citizens of other States that haven't appointed a consul in his area.
Notarial Functions.
Notary Services.
§ 433. Very important are the notarial and the like functions with which consuls are charged. They attest and legalise signatures, examine witnesses and administer oaths for the purpose of procuring evidence for the Courts and other authorities of the appointing State. They conclude or register marriages of the latter's subjects, take charge of their wills, legalise their adoptions, register their births and deaths. They provide authorised translations for local as well as for home authorities, and furnish attestations of many kinds. All consular functions of this kind are specialised by Municipal Laws and Consular Instructions. But it should be specially observed that whereas fosterage of commerce,[Pg 493] supervision of navigation, and protection are functions the exercise of which must, according to a customary rule of International Law, be granted to consuls by receiving States, many of their notarial functions need not be permitted by such receiving States in the absence of treaty stipulations.
§ 433. Consuls are given very important notarial and similar functions. They verify and legalize signatures, interview witnesses, and administer oaths to gather evidence for the courts and other authorities of their home country. They handle the registration of marriages for their citizens, manage wills, legalize adoptions, and record births and deaths. They provide authorized translations for both local and home authorities and issue various attestations. All these consular functions are defined by municipal laws and consular instructions. However, it's important to note that while promoting trade, overseeing navigation, and providing protection are duties that must be granted to consuls by receiving states under customary international law, many of their notarial functions do not require permission from receiving states unless there are treaty agreements in place.
V Consuls' Roles and Privileges
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 261-271—Halleck, I. pp. 371-379—Taylor, §§ 326, 332-333—Moore, V. §§ 702-716—Ullmann, §§ 60 and 62—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 710-720—Rivier, I. § 42—Calvo, III. §§ 1385-1420—Bonfils, Nos. 753-761—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2114-2121—Fiore, II. No. 1183—Martens, II. § 22—Bodin, "Les immunités consulaires" (1899)—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 137-185.
Hall, § 105—Phillimore, II. §§ 261-271—Halleck, I. pp. 371-379—Taylor, §§ 326, 332-333—Moore, V. §§ 702-716—Ullmann, §§ 60 and 62—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 710-720—Rivier, I. § 42—Calvo, III. §§ 1385-1420—Bonfils, Nos. 753-761—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. §§ 2114-2121—Fiore, II. No. 1183—Martens, II. § 22—Bodin, "Les immunités consulaires" (1899)—Stowell, "Le Consul," pp. 137-185.
Position.
Role.
§ 434. Like diplomatic envoys, consuls are simply objects of International Law. Such rights as they have are granted to them by Municipal Laws in compliance with rights of the appointing States according to International Law.[779] As regards their position, it should nowadays be an established and uncontested fact that consuls do not enjoy the position of diplomatic envoys, since no Christian State actually grants to foreign consuls the privileges of diplomatic agents. On the other hand, it would be incorrect to maintain that their position is in no way different from that of any other individual living within the consular district. Since they are appointed by foreign States and have received the exequatur, they are publicly recognised by the admitting State as agents of the appointing State. Of course, consuls are not diplomatic representatives, for they do not represent the appointing States in the totality of their international relations, but for a limited number of tasks and for local purposes only. Yet they[Pg 494] bear a recognised public character, in contradistinction to mere private individuals, and, consequently, their position is different from that of mere private individuals. This is certainly the case with regard to professional consuls, who are officials of their home State and are specially sent to the foreign State for the purpose of administering the consular office. But in regard to non-professional consuls it must likewise be maintained that the admitting State by granting the exequatur recognises their official position towards itself, which demands at least a special protection[780] of their persons and residences. The official position of consuls, however, does not involve direct intercourse with the Government of the admitting State. Consuls are appointed for local purposes only, and they have, therefore, direct intercourse with the local authorities only. If they want to approach the Government itself, they can do so only through the diplomatic envoy, to whom they are subordinate.
§ 434. Like diplomatic envoys, consuls are simply subjects of International Law. The rights they possess are granted to them by Municipal Laws in accordance with the rights of the appointing States under International Law.[779] As for their status, it should now be a well-established and accepted fact that consuls do not hold the same status as diplomatic envoys, since no Christian State actually grants foreign consuls the privileges of diplomatic agents. However, it would be inaccurate to claim that their status is identical to that of any other individual living within the consular district. Since they are appointed by foreign States and have received the exequatur, they are publicly acknowledged by the admitting State as representatives of the appointing State. Certainly, consuls are not diplomatic representatives because they do not represent the appointing States in the entirety of their international relations, but rather for a limited number of tasks and local purposes only. Yet they[Pg 494] bear a recognized public identity, which sets them apart from mere private individuals, and thus their status is different from that of ordinary private citizens. This is definitely true for professional consuls, who are officials of their home State and are specifically appointed to the foreign State to oversee the consular office. Nevertheless, even for non-professional consuls, it should be acknowledged that by granting the exequatur, the admitting State recognizes their official status, which requires at least special protection[780] for their persons and residences. However, the official status of consuls does not entail direct interaction with the Government of the admitting State. Consuls are appointed for local purposes only, and thus, they interact directly with the local authorities only. If they wish to engage with the Government itself, they can do so only through the diplomatic envoy to whom they report.
[780] According to British and American practice a consul of a neutral Power accredited to the enemy State who embarks upon mercantile ventures, is not by his official position protected against seizure of his goods carried by enemy vessels, for by trading in the enemy country he acquires to a certain extent enemy character; see the case of the Indian Chief, 3 C. Rob. 12.
[780] According to British and American practice, a consul from a neutral country who is assigned to an enemy state and engages in trade is not protected by their official position from having their goods seized if transported by enemy ships. By trading in the enemy's territory, they gain a certain degree of enemy status; see the case of the Indian Chief, 3 C. Rob. 12.
Consular Privileges.
Consular Benefits.
§ 435. From the undoubted official position of consuls no universally recognised privileges of importance emanate as yet. Apart from the special protection due to consuls according to International Law, there is neither a custom nor a universal agreement between the Powers to grant them important privileges. Such privileges as consuls actually enjoy are granted to them either by courtesy or in compliance with special stipulations of a Commercial or Consular Treaty between the sending and the admitting State. I doubt not that in time the Powers will agree upon a universal treaty in regard to the position and privileges of consuls.[781] Meanwhile,[Pg 495] it is of interest to take notice of some of the more important stipulations which are to be found in the innumerable treaties between the several States in regard to consular privileges:
§ 435. From the clear official role of consuls, there are no widely recognized significant privileges yet. Aside from the specific protection consuls receive under International Law, there's no custom or universal agreement among nations to provide them with significant privileges. The privileges that consuls currently have are either granted out of courtesy or based on specific terms in a Commercial or Consular Treaty between the sending and receiving country. I have no doubt that eventually the nations will reach a universal agreement on the position and privileges of consuls.[781] Meanwhile,[Pg 495] it is interesting to note some of the more significant terms found in the countless treaties among various states regarding consular privileges:
[781] The Institute of International Law at its meeting at Venice in 1896 adopted a Règlement sur les immunités consulaires comprising twenty-one articles. See Annuaire, XV. p. 304.
[781] The Institute of International Law, during its meeting in Venice in 1896, approved a Règlement sur les immunités consulaires that includes twenty-one articles. See Annuaire, XV. p. 304.
(1) A distinction is very often made between professional and non-professional consuls in so far as the former are accorded more privileges than the latter.
(1) A distinction is often made between professional and non-professional consuls because the former receive more privileges than the latter.
(2) Although consuls are not exempt from the local civil and criminal jurisdiction, the latter is in regard to professional consuls often limited to crimes of a more serious character.
(2) Although consuls are not exempt from local civil and criminal law, the latter typically applies only to more serious crimes when it comes to professional consuls.
(3) In many treaties it is stipulated that consular archives shall be inviolable from search or seizure. Consuls are therefore obliged to keep their official documents and correspondence separate from their private papers.
(3) Many treaties state that consular archives are protected from being searched or seized. Consuls are required to keep their official documents and correspondence separate from their personal papers.
(4) Inviolability of the consular buildings is also sometimes stipulated, so that no officer of the local police, Courts, and so on, can enter these buildings without special permission of the consul. But it is then the duty of consuls to surrender criminals who have taken refuge in these buildings.
(4) The inviolability of consular buildings is also sometimes stated, meaning that no local police officers, courts, or similar authorities can enter these buildings without the consul's special permission. However, it is the consuls' duty to hand over criminals who have sought refuge in these buildings.
(5) Professional consuls are often exempt from all kinds of rates and taxes, from the liability to have soldiers quartered in their houses, and from the duty to appear in person as witnesses before the Courts. In the latter case consuls have either to send in their evidence in writing, or their evidence may be taken by a commission on the premises of the consulate.
(5) Professional consuls are usually exempt from all types of fees and taxes, from having soldiers stay in their homes, and from having to appear in person as witnesses in court. In such cases, consuls can either submit their testimony in writing or have their testimony collected by a commission at the consulate's location.
(6) Consuls of all kinds have the right to put up the arms of the appointing State over the door of the consular building and to hoist the national flag.[Pg 496]
(6) Consuls of all types have the right to display the coat of arms of the appointing State above the entrance of the consular building and to raise the national flag.[Pg 496]
VI Closure of Consular Office
Hall, § 105—Moore, V. § 701—Ullmann, § 59—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. p. 708—Rivier, I. § 41—Calvo, III. §§ 1382, 1383, 1450—Bonfils, No. 775—Fiore, II. No. 1187—Martens, II. § 21—Stowell "Le Consul," pp. 217-222.
Hall, § 105—Moore, V. § 701—Ullmann, § 59—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. p. 708—Rivier, I. § 41—Calvo, III. §§ 1382, 1383, 1450—Bonfils, No. 775—Fiore, II. No. 1187—Martens, II. § 21—Stowell "Le Consul," pp. 217-222.
Undoubted Causes of Termination.
Clear Reasons for Termination.
§ 436. Death of the consul, withdrawal of the exequatur, recall or dismissal, and, lastly, war between the appointing and the admitting State, are universally recognised causes of termination of the consular office. When a consul dies or war breaks out, the consular archives must not be touched by the local authorities. They remain either under the care of an employé of the consulate, or a consul of another State takes charge of them until the successor of the deceased arrives or peace is concluded.
§ 436. The death of the consul, withdrawal of the exequatur, recall or dismissal, and finally, war between the appointing and admitting State, are all recognized reasons for ending a consular office. When a consul passes away or war starts, the local authorities must not interfere with the consular archives. They remain under the care of an employé of the consulate, or a consul from another State will take charge of them until the deceased's successor arrives or peace is established.
Doubtful Causes of Termination.
Uncertain Reasons for Termination.
§ 437. It is not certain in practice whether the office of a consul terminates when his district, through cession, conquest followed by annexation, or revolt, becomes the property of another State. The question ought to be answered in the affirmative, because the exequatur given to such consul originates from a Government which then no longer possesses the territory. A practical instance of this question occurred in 1836, when Belgium, which was then not yet recognised by Russia, declared that she would henceforth no longer treat the Russian consul Aegi at Antwerp as consul, because he was appointed before the revolt and had his exequatur granted by the Government of the Netherlands. Although Belgium gave way in the end to the urgent remonstrances of Russia, her original attitude was legally correct.
§ 437. It's unclear in practice whether a consul's role ends when their district, through cession, conquest followed by annexation, or rebellion, becomes the property of another state. This should be answered in the affirmative, because the exequatur given to that consul comes from a government that no longer controls the territory. A real example of this question occurred in 1836 when Belgium, which had not yet been recognized by Russia, stated that it would no longer recognize the Russian consul Aegi in Antwerp as a consul, since he was appointed before the rebellion and had his exequatur issued by the government of the Netherlands. Although Belgium ultimately yielded to Russia’s strong protests, their initial position was legally correct.
Change in the Headship of States not Cause of Termination.
Change in the Leadership of States does not Lead to Termination.
§ 438. It is universally recognised that, in contradistinction to a diplomatic mission, the consular office does not come to an end through a change in the headship of the appointing or the admitting State. Neither[Pg 497] a new patent nor a new exequatur is therefore necessary whether another king comes to the throne or a monarchy turns into a republic, or in any like case.
§ 438. It is universally acknowledged that, unlike a diplomatic mission, a consular office is not terminated by a change in leadership of either the appointing or receiving country. Therefore, neither[Pg 497] a new patent nor a new exequatur is needed when another king takes the throne, a monarchy transitions to a republic, or in any similar situation.
VII Consuls in non-Christian countries
Tarring, "British Consular Jurisdiction in the East" (1887)—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 64-85—Halleck, I. pp. 385-398—Phillimore, II. §§ 272-277—Taylor, §§ 331-333—Twiss, I. § 136—Wheaton, § 110—Ullmann, §§ 63-65—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 720-738—Rivier, I. § 43—Nys, II. pp. 400-414—Calvo, III. §§ 1431-1449—Bonfils, Nos. 776-791—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. 2122-2138—Mérignhac, II. pp. 338-351—Martens, II. §§ 24-26—Martens, "Konsularwesen und Konsularjurisdiction im Orient" (German translation from the Russian original by Skerst, 1874)—Bruillat, "Étude historique et critique sur les juridictions consulaires" (1898)—Lippmann, "Die Konsularjurisdiction im Orient" (1898)—Vergé, "Des consuls dans les pays d'occident" (1903)—Hinckley, "American Consular Jurisdiction in the Orient" (1906)—Piggott, "Exterritoriality. The Law relating to Consular Jurisdiction, &c. in Oriental Countries" (new edition, 1907)—Mandelstam, "La justice ottomane dans ses rapports avec les puissances étrangères" (1911), and in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 5 and 534, and XV. (1908), pp. 329-384.
Tarring, "British Consular Jurisdiction in the East" (1887)—Hall, "Foreign Powers and Jurisdiction," §§ 64-85—Halleck, I. pp. 385-398—Phillimore, II. §§ 272-277—Taylor, §§ 331-333—Twiss, I. § 136—Wheaton, § 110—Ullmann, §§ 63-65—Bulmerincq in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 720-738—Rivier, I. § 43—Nys, II. pp. 400-414—Calvo, III. §§ 1431-1449—Bonfils, Nos. 776-791—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. 2122-2138—Mérignhac, II. pp. 338-351—Martens, II. §§ 24-26—Martens, "Konsularwesen und Konsularjurisdiction im Orient" (German translation from the Russian original by Skerst, 1874)—Bruillat, "Étude historique et critique sur les juridictions consulaires" (1898)—Lippmann, "Die Konsularjurisdiction im Orient" (1898)—Vergé, "Des consuls dans les pays d'occident" (1903)—Hinckley, "American Consular Jurisdiction in the Orient" (1906)—Piggott, "Exterritoriality. The Law relating to Consular Jurisdiction, &c. in Oriental Countries" (new edition, 1907)—Mandelstam, "La justice ottomane dans ses rapports avec les puissances étrangères" (1911), and in R.G. XIV. (1907), pp. 5 and 534, and XV. (1908), pp. 329-384.
Position of Consuls in non-Christian States.
Position of Consuls in non-Christian Countries.
§ 439. Fundamentally different from the regular position is that of consuls in non-Christian States, with the single exception of Japan. In the Christian countries of the West alone consuls have, as has been stated before (§ 418), lost jurisdiction over the subjects of the appointing States. In the Mohammedan States consuls not only retained their original jurisdiction, but the latter became by-and-by so extended through the so-called Capitulations that the competence of consuls soon comprised the whole civil and criminal jurisdiction, the power of protection of the privileges, the life, and property of their countrymen, and even the power to expel one of their countrymen for bad conduct. And custom and treaties secured to consuls inviolability, exterritoriality, ceremonial honours, and miscellaneous other rights, so that there is no doubt that their position[Pg 498] is materially the same as that of diplomatic envoys. From the Mohammedan countries this position of consuls has been extended and transferred to China, Japan, Persia, and other non-Christian countries, but in Japan the position of consuls shrank in 1899 into that of consuls in Christian States.
§ 439. The role of consuls in non-Christian countries is fundamentally different from the regular position, with the only exception being Japan. In Christian countries in the West, as previously mentioned (§ 418), consuls have lost jurisdiction over the subjects from the states that appointed them. In Muslim countries, consuls not only kept their original jurisdiction, but over time it expanded through what are known as Capitulations, so that consuls soon had full civil and criminal jurisdiction, the authority to protect the privileges, lives, and property of their fellow nationals, and even the ability to expel one of their nationals for misconduct. Customs and treaties ensured consuls received inviolability, extraterritorial rights, ceremonial honors, and various other privileges, making it clear that their position[Pg 498] is essentially the same as that of diplomatic envoys. This status of consuls has also been extended and adopted in China, Japan, Persia, and other non-Christian countries, but in Japan, the role of consuls reduced in 1899 to that of consuls in Christian countries.
Consular Jurisdiction in non-Christian States.
Consular Jurisdiction in non-Christian countries.
§ 440. International custom and treaties lay down the rule only that all the subjects of Christian States residing in non-Christian States shall remain under the jurisdiction of the home State as exercised by their consuls.[782] It is a matter for the Municipal Laws of the several Christian States to organise this consular jurisdiction. All States have therefore enacted statutes dealing with this matter. As regards Great Britain, several Orders in Council and the Foreign Jurisdiction Act (53 & 54 Vict., c. 37) of 1890 are now the legal basis of the consular jurisdiction.[783] The working of this consular jurisdiction is, however, not satisfactory in regard to the so-called mixed cases. As the national consul has exclusive jurisdiction over the subjects of his home State, he exercises this jurisdiction also in cases in which the plaintiff is a native or a subject of another Christian State, and which are therefore called mixed cases.
§ 440. International customs and treaties establish that all citizens of Christian nations living in non-Christian nations will remain under the jurisdiction of their home country as managed by their consuls.[782] It is up to the local laws of each Christian nation to organize this consular jurisdiction. As a result, all countries have created laws addressing this issue. In the case of Great Britain, several Orders in Council and the Foreign Jurisdiction Act (53 & 54 Vict., c. 37) of 1890 serve as the legal foundation for the consular jurisdiction.[783] However, the implementation of this consular jurisdiction is not effective when it comes to so-called mixed cases. Since the national consul has exclusive authority over the citizens of their home country, they also exercise this authority in situations where the plaintiff is a native or a citizen of another Christian country, which are therefore categorized as mixed cases.
[783] See Piggott, op. cit.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Piggott, op. cit.
International Courts in Egypt.
International Courts in Egypt.
§ 441. To overcome in some points the disadvantages of the consular jurisdiction, an interesting experiment is being made in Egypt. On the initiative of the Khedive, most of the Powers in 1875 agreed upon an organisation of International Courts in Egypt for mixed cases.[784] These Courts began their functions in 1876. They are in the main competent for mixed civil cases, mixed criminal cases of importance remaining under[Pg 499] the jurisdiction of the national consuls. There are three International Courts of first instance—namely, at Alexandria, Cairo, and Ismailia (formerly at Zagazig), and one International Court of Appeal at Alexandria. The tribunals of first instance are each composed of three natives and four foreigners, the Court of Appeal is composed of four natives and seven foreigners.
§ 441. To address some of the drawbacks of consular jurisdiction, an interesting experiment is being conducted in Egypt. At the Khedive's initiative, most of the Powers agreed in 1875 to establish International Courts in Egypt for mixed cases.[784] These Courts began operating in 1876. They primarily handle mixed civil cases, while important mixed criminal cases remain under the jurisdiction of the national consuls.[Pg 499] There are three International Courts of first instance—located in Alexandria, Cairo, and Ismailia (formerly in Zagazig)—and one International Court of Appeal in Alexandria. Each of the first instance tribunals comprises three locals and four foreigners, while the Court of Appeal consists of four locals and seven foreigners.
[784] See Holland, "The European Concert in the Eastern Question," pp. 101-102; Scott, "The Law Affecting Foreigners in Egypt as the Result of the Capitulations" (1907); Goudy in The Law Quarterly Review, XXIII. (1907), pp. 409-413.
[784] See Holland, "The European Concert in the Eastern Question," pp. 101-102; Scott, "The Law Affecting Foreigners in Egypt as the Result of the Capitulations" (1907); Goudy in The Law Quarterly Review, XXIII. (1907), pp. 409-413.
Exceptional Character of Consuls in non-Christian States.
Exceptional Character of Consuls in Non-Christian States.
§ 442. There is no doubt that the present position of consuls in non-Christian States is in every point an exceptional one, which does not agree with the principles of International Law otherwise universally recognised. But the position is and must remain a necessity as long as the civilisation of non-Christian States has not developed their ideas of justice in accordance with Christian ideas, so as to preserve the life, property, and honour of foreigners before native Courts. The case of Japan is an example of the readiness of the Powers to consent to the withdrawal of consular jurisdiction in non-Christian States as soon as they have reached a certain level of civilisation.[Pg 500]
§ 442. There's no doubt that the current role of consuls in non-Christian countries is exceptional and doesn’t align with the principles of International Law that are generally accepted everywhere. However, this role is necessary and must stay in place until the civilization of non-Christian countries develops their concepts of justice in line with Christian principles, allowing for the protection of life, property, and honor of foreigners in native courts. The example of Japan shows how willing the Powers are to agree to the end of consular jurisdiction in non-Christian countries once they reach a certain level of civilization.[Pg 500]
Chapter 4 Various Agencies
I MILITARY FORCES ON FOREIGN SOIL
Hall, §§ 54, 56, 102—Lawrence, § 107—Halleck, I. pp. 477-479—Phillimore, I. § 341—Taylor, § 131—Twiss, I. § 165—Wheaton, § 99—Moore, II. § 251—Westlake, I. p. 255—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 664-666—Rivier, I. pp. 333-335—Calvo, III. § 1560—Fiore, I. Nos. 528-529.
Hall, §§ 54, 56, 102—Lawrence, § 107—Halleck, I. pp. 477-479—Phillimore, I. § 341—Taylor, § 131—Twiss, I. § 165—Wheaton, § 99—Moore, II. § 251—Westlake, I. p. 255—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 664-666—Rivier, I. pp. 333-335—Calvo, III. § 1560—Fiore, I. Nos. 528-529.
Armed Forces State Organs.
Military State Institutions.
§ 443. Armed forces are organs of the State which maintains them, because such forces are created for the purpose of maintaining the independence, authority, and safety of the State. And in this respect it matters not whether armed forces are at home or abroad, for they are organs of their home State even when on foreign territory, provided only they are there in the service of their State and not for their own purposes. For if a body of armed soldiers enters foreign territory without orders from, or without being otherwise in the service of, its State, but on its own account, be it for pleasure or for the purpose of committing acts of violence, it is no longer an organ of its State.
§ 443. Armed forces are entities of the State that maintains them, as these forces are established to protect the independence, authority, and safety of the State. In this regard, it doesn't matter whether the armed forces are at home or overseas; they remain representatives of their home State even when on foreign soil, as long as they are there serving their State and not pursuing their own interests. If a group of armed soldiers enters a foreign country without orders from or being otherwise in service to their State, but instead for their own reasons—whether for leisure or to commit acts of violence—they cease to be representatives of their State.
Occasions for Armed Forces abroad.
Events for Armed Forces overseas.
§ 444. Besides war, there are several occasions for armed forces to be on foreign territory in the service of their home State. Thus, a State may have a right to keep troops in a foreign fortress or to send troops through foreign territory. Thus, further, a State which has been victorious in war with another may, after the conclusion of peace, occupy a part of the territory of its former opponent as a guarantee for the execution of the Treaty of Peace. After the Franco-German war,[Pg 501] for example, the Germans in 1871 occupied a part of the territory of France until the final instalments of the indemnity for the war costs of five milliards of francs were paid. It may also be a case of necessity for the armed forces of a State to enter foreign territory and commit acts of violence there, such as the British did in the case of the Caroline.[785]
§ 444. Besides war, there are several reasons for armed forces to be in another country on behalf of their home State. For instance, a State may have the right to station troops in a foreign fortress or to move troops through foreign territory. Additionally, a State that wins a war with another may, after peace is established, occupy part of the defeated territory as a guarantee for fulfilling the Treaty of Peace. After the Franco-German war,[Pg 501] for example, the Germans occupied a part of France in 1871 until the last payments for the war indemnity of five billion francs were made. It may also be a necessity for a State's armed forces to enter foreign territory and carry out acts of violence there, as the British did in the case of the Caroline.[785]
Position of Armed Forces abroad.
Position of Armed Forces overseas.
§ 445. Whenever armed forces are on foreign territory in the service of their home State, they are considered exterritorial and remain, therefore, under the jurisdiction of the latter. A crime committed on foreign territory by a member of the force cannot be punished by the local civil or military authorities, but only by the commanding officer of the forces or by other authorities of its home State.[786] This is, however, valid only in case the crime is committed either within the place where the force is stationed, or anywhere else where the criminal was on duty. If, for example, soldiers belonging to a foreign garrison of a fortress leave the rayon of the latter, not on duty but for recreation and pleasure, and then and there commit a crime, the local authorities are competent to punish them.
§ 445. Whenever armed forces are on foreign territory serving their home country, they are considered to be outside the jurisdiction of that territory and remain under the authority of their home state. A crime committed by a member of the force on foreign soil cannot be prosecuted by local civil or military authorities, but only by the commanding officer of the forces or by other authorities from their home country.[786] However, this applies only if the crime occurs either within the area where the force is stationed or anywhere else the soldier was on duty. For example, if soldiers from a foreign garrison leave their post not on duty but for leisure and then commit a crime, local authorities have the right to prosecute them.
[786] This is nowadays the opinion of the vast majority of writers on International Law. There are, however, still a few dissenting authorities, such as Bar ("Lehrbuch des internationalen Privat- und Strafrecht" (1892), p. 351), and Rivier (I. p. 333).
[786] Today, this is the view of most authors on International Law. However, there are still a few differing opinions from authorities like Bar ("Lehrbuch des internationalen Privat- und Strafrecht" (1892), p. 351), and Rivier (I. p. 333).
Case of McLeod.
McLeod case.
§ 446. An excellent example of the position of armed forces abroad is furnished by the case of McLeod,[787] which occurred in 1841. Alexander McLeod, who was a member of the British force sent by the Canadian Government in 1837 into the territory of the United States for the purpose of capturing the Caroline, a boat equipped for crossing into Canadian territory and taking help to the Canadian insurgents, came in 1841 on business to the State of New York, and was arrested and indicted for the killing of one Amos Durfee, a citizen[Pg 502] of the United States, on the occasion of the capture of the Caroline. The English Ambassador at Washington demanded the release of McLeod, on the ground that he was at the time of the alleged crime a member of a British armed force sent into the territory of the United States by the Canadian Government acting in a case of necessity. McLeod was not released, but had to take his trial; he was, however, acquitted on proof of an alibi. It is of importance to quote a passage in the reply of Mr. Webster, the Secretary of Foreign Affairs of the United States, to a note of the British Ambassador concerning this affair. The passage runs thus:—"The Government of the United States entertains no doubt that, after the avowal of the transaction as a public transaction, authorised and undertaken by the British authorities, individuals concerned in it ought not ... to be holden personally responsible in the ordinary tribunals for their participation in it."
§ 446. An excellent example of the position of armed forces abroad is provided by the case of McLeod,[787] which took place in 1841. Alexander McLeod, a member of the British force sent by the Canadian Government in 1837 into the territory of the United States to capture the Caroline, a boat intended to cross into Canadian territory and provide support to the Canadian insurgents, came to New York in 1841 for business and was arrested and charged with the murder of Amos Durfee, a U.S. citizen, during the capture of the Caroline. The British Ambassador in Washington demanded McLeod's release, arguing that at the time of the alleged crime, he was part of a British armed force sent into the U.S. by the Canadian Government under urgent circumstances. McLeod was not released and had to stand trial; however, he was acquitted based on an alibi. It's important to quote a part of Mr. Webster's response, the U.S. Secretary of Foreign Affairs, to a note from the British Ambassador regarding this incident. The statement reads: “The Government of the United States has no doubt that, after acknowledging the transaction as an official act authorized and undertaken by the British authorities, individuals involved should not ... be held personally responsible in ordinary courts for their participation in it.”
The Casa Blanca Incident.
The Casa Blanca Event.
§ 446a. Another interesting example is the Casa Blanca incident. On September 25, 1908, six soldiers—three of them Germans—belonging to the French Foreign Legion which formed part of the French troops at Morocco, deserted at Casa Blanca and asked for and obtained the protection of the local German consul, who intended to take them on board a German vessel lying in the harbour of Casa Blanca. On their way to the ship, however, they were forcibly taken by the French out of the custody of the secretary of the German Consulate and a native soldier in the service of the consulate who were conducting them. Considering all Germans in Morocco without exception exterritorial and under the exclusive jurisdiction of her consul, Germany complained of this act of force and demanded that those of the deserters concerned who were German subjects should be given up to her by France, acknowledging the fact that the consul had no right to extend[Pg 503] his protection to other than German subjects. France refused to concede this demand, maintaining that the individuals concerned had even after their desertion remained under the exclusive jurisdiction of their corps, which formed part of a French force occupying foreign territory. As the parties could not settle the conflict diplomatically, they agreed, on November 24, 1908, to bring it before the Hague Court of Arbitration, which gave its award[788] on May 22, 1909, on the whole in favour of France. The Court considered: that there was a conflict of jurisdiction with regard to the German deserters because they were as German subjects under the exclusive jurisdiction of the German Consulate, but as deserters from the French Foreign Legion under the exclusive jurisdiction of the French Army of Occupation; that under the circumstances of the case the jurisdiction of the Army of Occupation should have the preference; that nevertheless the German consul was not to be blamed for his action on account of the fact that in a country granting exterritorial jurisdiction to foreigners the question of the respective competency of the consular jurisdiction and of the jurisdiction of an Army of Occupation was very complicated and had never been settled in an express, distinct, and universally recognised manner; that, since the German deserters were found at the port under the actual protection of the German Consulate and this protection was not manifestly illegal, the actual situation should, as far as possible, have been respected by the French military authority; that therefore the French military authorities ought to have confined themselves to preventing the embarkation and escape of the deserters, and, before proceeding to their arrest and imprisonment, to have offered to leave them in sequestration of the[Pg 504] German Consulate until the question of the competent jurisdiction had been decided. The Court did not, however, decree the restitution on the part of France of the three German deserters to Germany.[789]
§ 446a. Another interesting example is the Casa Blanca incident. On September 25, 1908, six soldiers—three of them Germans—who were part of the French Foreign Legion stationed in Morocco, deserted in Casa Blanca and sought protection from the local German consul, who planned to take them aboard a German ship in the harbor. However, on their way to the ship, they were forcibly taken by the French out of the custody of the secretary of the German Consulate and a local soldier who were escorting them. Germany viewed all Germans in Morocco as exempt from local jurisdiction and under the exclusive authority of their consul, so they complained about this forceful act and demanded that the deserters who were German nationals be handed over by France, accepting that the consul had no right to extend his protection to non-German nationals. France refused this demand, arguing that the individuals remained under the jurisdiction of their unit, which was part of the French force occupying foreign territory. When diplomatic efforts failed to resolve the conflict, both parties agreed on November 24, 1908, to take the issue to the Hague Court of Arbitration, which ruled[788] on May 22, 1909, largely in favor of France. The Court concluded that there was a jurisdictional conflict regarding the German deserters because they were German nationals under the jurisdiction of the German Consulate but were also deserters from the French Foreign Legion, thus under the authority of the French Army of Occupation. In this case, the Court decided that the jurisdiction of the Army of Occupation should take precedence, but also noted that the German consul was not at fault for his actions due to the complex nature of consular and military jurisdiction in a country that grants extraterritorial rights to foreigners, which had never been clearly defined. Since the German deserters were found at the port under the protection of the German Consulate and that protection was not clearly illegal, the French military should have respected the situation as much as possible. Thus, the French military authorities should have limited their actions to preventing the deserters from boarding the ship and, before arresting them, should have offered to keep them confined at the German Consulate until the question of jurisdiction was resolved. However, the Court did not order France to return the three German deserters to Germany.[789]
[789] The ambiguity of the award has justly been severely criticised. If, as the Court correctly asserts, the jurisdiction of an Army of Occupation must prevail over the jurisdiction of a consul over his nationals in a country granting exterritorial jurisdiction, a decision of the conflict on mere legal grounds would have to be entirely in favour of France, for it is difficult to see how a wrongfully acquired and illegally asserted protection can create any obligation on the part of those who are exclusively competent to exercise jurisdiction. But it is a well-known fact that Courts of Arbitration frequently endeavour to give an award which satisfies both parties and the ambiguity of the award in the Casa Blanca incident is manifestly due to this fact. The award is not of such a kind as one would expect from a Court of Justice, although it may be an excellent specimen of an arbitral decision. See A.J. III. (1909), pp. 698-701.
[789] The uncertainty of the award has rightfully faced significant criticism. If, as the Court correctly states, the authority of an Army of Occupation takes priority over a consul's authority over his nationals in a country that provides extraterritorial jurisdiction, then a decision based solely on legal grounds would have to clearly favor France. It's hard to understand how wrongfully gained and illegally claimed protection can create any obligation for those who are solely responsible for exercising jurisdiction. However, it's a well-known fact that Arbitration Courts often try to issue an award that satisfies both sides, and the ambiguity of the award in the Casa Blanca case is clearly a result of this. The award isn't what one would expect from a Court of Justice, though it may be a good example of an arbitral decision. See A.J. III. (1909), pp. 698-701.
II Warships in foreign waters
Hall, §§ 54-55—Halleck, I. pp. 215-230—Lawrence, §§ 107-109—Phillimore, II. §§ 344-350—Westlake, pp. 256-259—Taylor, § 261—Moore, II. §§ 252-256—Twiss, I. § 165—Wheaton, § 100—Bluntschli, § 321—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 434 and 446—Perels, §§ 11, 14, 15—Heilborn, "System," pp. 248-279—Rivier, I. pp. 333-335—Bonfils, Nos. 614-623—Mérignhac, II. pp. 554-564—Calvo, III. §§ 1550-1559—Fiore, I. Nos. 547-550—Testa, p. 86—Jordan, R.I. 2nd Ser. X. (1908), p. 343.
Hall, §§ 54-55—Halleck, I. pp. 215-230—Lawrence, §§ 107-109—Phillimore, II. §§ 344-350—Westlake, pp. 256-259—Taylor, § 261—Moore, II. §§ 252-256—Twiss, I. § 165—Wheaton, § 100—Bluntschli, § 321—Stoerk in Holtzendorff, II. pp. 434 and 446—Perels, §§ 11, 14, 15—Heilborn, "System," pp. 248-279—Rivier, I. pp. 333-335—Bonfils, Nos. 614-623—Mérignhac, II. pp. 554-564—Calvo, III. §§ 1550-1559—Fiore, I. Nos. 547-550—Testa, p. 86—Jordan, R.I. 2nd Ser. X. (1908), p. 343.
Men-of-war State Organs.
Warships State Agencies.
§ 447. Men-of-war are State organs just as armed forces are, a man-of-war being in fact a part of the armed forces of a State. And respecting their character as State organs, it matters nought whether men-of-war are at home or in foreign territorial waters or on the High Seas. But it must be emphasised that men-of-war are State organs only as long as they are manned and under the command of a responsible officer, and, further, as long as they are in the service of a State. A shipwrecked man-of-war abandoned by her crew is no longer a State organ, nor does a man-of-war in revolt against her State and sailing for her own purposes retain her character as an organ of a State. On the[Pg 505] other hand, public vessels in the service of the police and the Custom House of a State; further, private vessels chartered by a State for the transport of troops and war materials; and, lastly, vessels carrying a head of a State and his suite exclusively, are also considered State organs, and are, consequently, in every point treated as though they were men-of-war.
§ 447. Warships are government entities just like armed forces are, with a warship being essentially a part of a nation's military. Regarding their status as government entities, it doesn't matter whether warships are at home, in foreign waters, or out at sea. However, it's important to point out that warships are considered government entities only when they are crewed and under the command of a responsible officer, and as long as they are serving the interests of a nation. A warship that is shipwrecked and abandoned by its crew is no longer a government entity, nor does a warship that rebels against its nation and operates for its own purposes maintain its status as a government organ. On the[Pg 505] other hand, public vessels serving the police and customs of a nation, as well as private vessels hired by a nation for transporting troops and military supplies, and finally, vessels carrying a head of state and their entourage exclusively, are also considered government entities and, therefore, treated in every respect as if they were warships.
Proof of Character as Men-of-war.
Proof of Character as Warriors.
§ 448. The character of a man-of-war or of any other vessel treated as a man-of-war is, in the first instance, proved by their outward appearance, such vessels flying the war flag and the pennant of their State.[790] If, nevertheless, the character of the vessel seems doubtful, her commission, duly signed by the authorities of the State which she appears to represent, supplies a complete proof of her character as a man-of-war. And it is by no means necessary to prove that the vessel is really the property of the State, the commission being sufficient evidence of her character. Vessels chartered by a State for the transport of troops or for the purpose of carrying its head are indeed not the property of such State, although they bear, by virtue of their commission, the same character as men-of-war.[791]
§ 448. The status of a warship or any other vessel considered a warship is initially established by their outward appearance, such as flying the naval flag and the flag of their country.[790] If the status of the vessel is still in question, her commission, properly signed by the relevant authorities of the country she represents, serves as definitive proof of her status as a warship. It’s also not necessary to demonstrate that the vessel is actually owned by the state, as the commission itself is adequate evidence of her status. Vessels chartered by a state to transport troops or carry its leaders are indeed not owned by that state, even though they have, due to their commission, the same status as warships.[791]
[790] Attention ought to be drawn here to Convention VII. (concerning the conversion of merchant-ships into war-ships) of the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907. Although this convention concerns the time of war only, it is indirectly of importance for the time of peace. Its stipulations are the following:—No merchant-ship converted into a war-ship can have the rights and duties appertaining to that status unless it is placed under the direct authority, immediate control, and responsibility of the Power whose flag it flies (art. 1). Merchant-ships converted into war-ships must bear the external marks which distinguish the war-ships of their nationality (art. 2). The commander must be in the service of the State and duly commissioned by the proper authorities. His name must figure on the list of the officers of the military fleet (art. 3). The crew must be subject to the rules of military discipline (art. 4). Every merchant-ship converted into a war-ship is bound to observe, in its operations, the laws and customs of war (art. 5). A belligerent who converts a merchant-ship into a war-ship must, as soon as possible, announce such conversion in the list of the ships of its military fleet (art. 6).
[790] It's important to highlight Convention VII (regarding the conversion of merchant ships into warships) from the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907. While this convention only applies during wartime, it also has indirect relevance during peacetime. Here are its stipulations: No merchant ship converted into a warship can have the rights and responsibilities of that status unless it is under the direct authority, immediate control, and responsibility of the country whose flag it flies (art. 1). Merchant ships converted into warships must display the external markings that identify the warships of their nation (art. 2). The commander must be on the State's payroll and officially appointed by the relevant authorities. His name must appear on the list of officers in the military fleet (art. 3). The crew must adhere to military discipline (art. 4). Every merchant ship converted into a warship is required to follow the laws and customs of war in its operations (art. 5). A belligerent that converts a merchant ship into a warship must announce this conversion in the list of vessels in its military fleet as soon as possible (art. 6).
Occasions for Men-of-war abroad.
Opportunities for Warships Abroad.
§ 449. Whereas armed forces in time of peace have[Pg 506] no occasion to be abroad, cases of a special right from a convention and cases of necessity excepted, men-of-war of all maritime States possessing a navy are constantly crossing the High Seas in all parts of the world for all kinds of purposes. Occasions for men-of-war to sail through foreign territorial waters and to enter foreign ports necessarily arise therefrom. And a special convention between the flag-State and the littoral State is not necessary to enable a man-of-war to enter and sail through foreign territorial waters and to enter a foreign port. All territorial waters and ports of the civilised States are, as a rule, quite as much open to men-of-war as to merchantmen of all nations, provided they are not excluded by special international stipulations or special Municipal Laws of the littoral States. On the other hand, it must be emphasised that, provided special international stipulations or special treaties between the flag-State and the littoral State do not prescribe the contrary in regard to one port or another and in regard to certain territorial waters, a State is in strict law always competent to exclude men-of-war from all or certain of its ports, and from those territorial waters which do not serve as highways for international traffic.[792] And a State is, further, always competent to impose what conditions it thinks necessary upon men-of-war which it allows to enter its ports, provided these conditions do not deny to men-of-war their universally recognised privileges.
§ 449. Given that armed forces during peacetime have[Pg 506] no reason to be abroad, except for specific rights from a treaty and cases of necessity, naval ships from all maritime countries with a navy are frequently navigating the High Seas around the world for various reasons. This naturally leads to situations where naval ships need to travel through foreign territorial waters and enter foreign ports. A special agreement between the flag-State and the coastal State isn't required for a naval ship to enter and navigate through foreign territorial waters or ports. Generally, all territorial waters and ports of civilized countries are as accessible to naval ships as they are to merchant vessels from all nations, unless they're restricted by specific international treaties or local laws of the coastal States. On the flip side, it's important to stress that unless specific international agreements or treaties between the flag-State and the coastal State indicate otherwise regarding certain ports or territorial waters, a State has the legal right to exclude naval ships from all or certain ports, and from those territorial waters that aren't used as routes for international traffic.[792] Moreover, a State can always set any conditions it deems necessary for naval ships it permits to enter its ports, as long as these conditions do not infringe on the universally recognized privileges of naval ships.
Position of Men-of-war in foreign waters.
Position of Warships in Foreign Waters.
§ 450. The position of men-of-war in foreign waters is characterised by the fact that they are called "floating" portions of the flag-State. For at the present time a customary rule of International Law is universally recognised that the owner State of the waters into which foreign men-of-war enter must treat them in[Pg 507] every point as though they were floating portions of their flag-State.[793] Consequently, a man-of-war, with all persons and goods on board, remains under the jurisdiction of her flag-State even during her stay in foreign waters. No official of the littoral State is allowed to board the vessel without special permission of the commander. Crimes committed on board by persons in the service of the vessel are under the exclusive jurisdiction of the commander and the other home authorities. Individuals who are subjects of the littoral State and are only temporarily on board may, although they need not, be taken to the home country of the vessel, to be there punished if they commit a crime on board. Even individuals who do not belong to the crew, and who after having committed a crime on the territory of the littoral State have taken refuge on board, cannot be forcibly taken off the vessel; if the commander refuses their surrender, it can be obtained only by means of diplomacy from the home State.
§ 450. The status of naval ships in foreign waters is marked by the fact that they are considered "floating" parts of their flag State. Currently, there is a widely accepted rule of International Law that the owner State of the waters where foreign naval ships enter must treat them in[Pg 507]every respect as if they were floating parts of their flag State.[793] As a result, a naval ship, along with all persons and goods on board, remains under the authority of its flag State even when in foreign waters. No official from the coastal State is allowed to board the ship without the commander’s explicit permission. Crimes committed on board by crew members are solely under the jurisdiction of the commander and other home authorities. Individuals who are citizens of the coastal State and are only temporarily on board may, though they are not required to be, returned to the home country of the vessel for punishment if they commit a crime on board. Even individuals who are not part of the crew, and who have escaped to the ship after committing a crime in the territory of the coastal State, cannot be forcibly removed from the vessel; if the commander denies their surrender, it can only be secured through diplomatic means from the home State.
[793] This rule became universally recognised during the nineteenth century only. On the change of doctrines formerly held in this country and the United States of America, see Hall, § 54, and Lawrence, § 107. English and American Courts now recognise the exterritoriality of foreign public vessels. Thus, in the case of the Exchange (7 Cranch, 116), the Supreme Court of the United States recognised the fact that the latter had no jurisdiction over this French man-of-war. In the case of the Constitution, an American man-of-war, the High Court of Admiralty in 1879 held that foreign public ships cannot be sued in English Courts for salvage (L.R. 4 P.D. 39). And in the case of the Parlement Belge (L.R. 5 P.D. 197) the Court of Appeal, affirmed by the House of Lords in 1878, held that foreign public vessels cannot be sued in English Courts for damages for collision. Again the same was held in 1906 in the case of the Jassy, a Roumanian ship, 10 Aspinall, Mar. Cas. p. 278. See also the Charkieh (1873), L.R. 4 Adm. and Eccl. 59.
[793] This rule became widely recognized only during the nineteenth century. For changes in doctrines previously held in this country and the United States, see Hall, § 54, and Lawrence, § 107. English and American courts now acknowledge the exterritoriality of foreign public vessels. In the case of the Exchange (7 Cranch, 116), the Supreme Court of the United States recognized that it had no jurisdiction over this French warship. In the case of the Constitution, an American warship, the High Court of Admiralty in 1879 ruled that foreign public ships cannot be sued in English courts for salvage (L.R. 4 P.D. 39). In the case of the Parlement Belge (L.R. 5 P.D. 197), the Court of Appeal, confirmed by the House of Lords in 1878, held that foreign public vessels cannot be sued in English courts for damages resulting from collisions. The same decision was made in 1906 in the case of the Jassy, a Romanian ship, 10 Aspinall, Mar. Cas. p. 278. See also the Charkieh (1873), L.R. 4 Adm. and Eccl. 59.
On the other hand, men-of-war cannot do what they like in foreign waters. They are expected voluntarily to comply with the laws of the littoral States with regard to order in the ports, the places for casting anchor, sanitation and quarantine, customs, and the like. A man-of-war which refuses to do so can be expelled, and, if on such or other occasions she commits[Pg 508] acts of violence against the officials of the littoral State or against other vessels, steps may be taken against her to prevent further acts of violence. But it must be emphasised that even by committing acts of violence a man-of-war does not fall under the jurisdiction of the littoral State. Only such measures are allowed against her as are necessary to prevent her from further acts of violence.[794]
On the other hand, warships can’t just do as they please in foreign waters. They’re expected to follow the laws of the coastal states regarding port rules, anchoring locations, sanitation, quarantine, customs, and other similar regulations. A warship that refuses to comply can be kicked out, and if it commits acts of violence against officials of the coastal state or other vessels, actions may be taken to stop further violence. However, it’s important to note that even if a warship commits acts of violence, it doesn’t fall under the jurisdiction of the coastal state. Only measures necessary to prevent further violence are allowed against it.[Pg 508][794]
[794] Attention ought to be drawn to the "Règlement sur le régime légal des navires et de leurs équipages dans les ports étrangers," adopted by the Institute of International Law, in 1898, at its meeting at the Hague of which articles 8-24 deal with men-of-war in foreign waters; see Annuaire, XVII. (1898), pp. 275-280.
[794] Attention should be drawn to the "Regulations on the Legal Regime of Ships and Their Crews in Foreign Ports," adopted by the Institute of International Law in 1898 during its meeting in The Hague, where articles 8-24 address warships in foreign waters; see Annuaire, XVII. (1898), pp. 275-280.
Position of Crew when on Land abroad.
Position of Crew when on Land Abroad.
§ 451. Of some importance is the unsettled question respecting the position of the commander and the crew of a man-of-war in foreign ports when they are on land.
§ 451. An important issue is the unclear status of the commander and the crew of a warship when they are on land in foreign ports.
The majority of publicists distinguish between a stay on land in the service of the man-of-war and a stay for other purposes.[795] The commander and members of the crew on land officially in the service of their vessel, to buy provisions or to make other arrangements respecting the vessel, remain under the exclusive jurisdiction of their home State, even for crimes they commit on the spot. Although they may, if the case makes it necessary, be arrested to prevent further violence, they must at once be surrendered to the vessel. On the other hand, if they are on land not officially, but for purposes of pleasure and recreation, they are under the territorial supremacy of the littoral State like any other foreigners, and they may be punished for crimes committed ashore.
Most publicists differentiate between a stay on land for the service of a warship and a stay for other reasons.[795] The commander and crew members who are on land officially in service to their ship, for purposes like buying supplies or making other arrangements for the ship, remain under the exclusive authority of their home State, even for crimes they commit on site. Although they can be arrested to prevent further violence if needed, they must be immediately returned to the ship. In contrast, if they are on land unofficially, for leisure and recreation, they are subject to the territorial authority of the coastal State like any other foreigners, and they can be punished for crimes committed on land.
[795] So also Moore, II. § 256.
There are, however, a number of publicists[796] who do not make this distinction, and who maintain that commanders or members of the crew whilst ashore are in every case under the local jurisdiction.
There are, however, several publicists[796] who do not make this distinction and argue that commanders or crew members while on land are always subject to local laws.
[796] See, for instance, Hall, § 55; Phillimore, I. § 346; Testa, p. 109. See also art. 18 of the "Règlement sur les régime légal des navires et de leurs équipages dans les ports étrangers," adopted by the Institute of International Law, in 1898, at its meeting at the Hague (Annuaire, XVII. (1898), p. 278).[Pg 509]
[796] For example, see Hall, § 55; Phillimore, I. § 346; Testa, p. 109. Also, refer to article 18 of the "Règlement sur les régime légal des navires et de leurs équipages dans les ports étrangers," adopted by the Institute of International Law in 1898 during its meeting in The Hague (Annuaire, XVII. (1898), p. 278).[Pg 509]
III AGENTS WITHOUT DIPLOMATIC OR CONSULAR STATUS
Hall, §§ 103-104*—Moore, IV. § 623—Bluntschli, §§ 241-243—Ullmann, §§ 66-67—Heffter, § 222—Rivier, I. § 44—Calvo, III. §§ 1337-1339—Fiore, II. Nos. 1188-1191—Martens, II. § 5—Adler, "Die Spionage" (1906), pp. 63-92.
Hall, §§ 103-104*—Moore, IV. § 623—Bluntschli, §§ 241-243—Ullmann, §§ 66-67—Heffter, § 222—Rivier, I. § 44—Calvo, III. §§ 1337-1339—Fiore, II. Nos. 1188-1191—Martens, II. § 5—Adler, "Die Spionage" (1906), pp. 63-92.
Agents lacking diplomatic or consular character.
Agents without diplomatic or consular status.
§ 452. Besides diplomatic envoys and consuls, States may and do send various kinds of agents abroad—namely, public political agents, secret political agents, spies, commissaries, bearers of despatches. Their position is not the same, but varies according to the class they belong to, and they must therefore be severally treated.
§ 452. In addition to diplomatic envoys and consuls, states can and do send different types of agents overseas—specifically, public political agents, secret political agents, spies, commissaries, and messengers. Their roles are not the same and vary based on their category, so they need to be handled accordingly.
Public Political Agents.
Public Political Representatives.
§ 453. Public political agents are agents sent by one Power to another for political negotiations of different kinds. They may be sent for a permanency or for a limited time only. As they are not invested with diplomatic character, they do not receive a Letter of Credence, but a letter of recommendation or commission only. They may be sent by one full-Sovereign State to another, but also by and to insurgents recognised as a belligerent Power, and by and to States under suzerainty. Public (or secret) political agents without diplomatic character are, in fact, the only means for personal political negotiations with such insurgents and States under suzerainty.
§ 453. Public political agents are representatives sent by one state to another for various political negotiations. They can be sent for an indefinite period or for a specific time. Since they don’t have diplomatic status, they don’t receive a Letter of Credence, but rather a letter of recommendation or commission. They can be sent from one fully sovereign state to another, as well as by and to recognized insurgents acting as a belligerent power, and by and to states under suzerainty. Public (or secret) political agents without diplomatic status are essentially the only way to conduct personal political negotiations with such insurgents and states under suzerainty.
As regards the position and privileges of such agents, it is obvious that they enjoy neither the position nor the privileges of diplomatic envoys.[797] But, on the other hand, they have a public character, being admitted as public political agents of a foreign State. They must, therefore, certainly be granted a special protection, but[Pg 510] no distinct rules concerning special privileges to be granted to such agents seem to have grown up in practice. Inviolability of their persons and official papers ought to be granted to them.[798]
Regarding the status and privileges of these agents, it's clear that they do not have the status or privileges of diplomatic envoys.[797] However, they do have a public role, recognized as official political agents of a foreign country. Therefore, they should be given special protection, but[Pg 510] there don’t seem to be any established rules about specific privileges for these agents in practice. They should be granted inviolability for their persons and official documents.[798]
[797] Heffter, § 222, is, as far as I know, the only publicist who maintains that agents not invested with diplomatic character must nevertheless be granted the privileges of diplomatic envoys.
[797] Heffter, § 222, is, as far as I know, the only publicist who argues that agents without diplomatic status should still receive the privileges of diplomatic envoys.
Secret Political Agents.
Covert Political Operatives.
§ 454. Secret political agents may be sent for the same purposes as public political agents. But two kinds of secret political agents must be distinguished. An agent may be secretly sent to another Power with a letter of recommendation and admitted by that Power. Such agent is a secret one in so far as third Powers do not know, or are not supposed to know, of his existence. As he is, although secretly, admitted by the receiving State, his position is essentially the same as that of a public political agent. On the other hand, an agent may be secretly sent abroad for political purposes without a letter of recommendation, and therefore without being formally admitted by the Government of the State in which he is fulfilling his task. Such agent has no recognised position whatever according to International Law. He is not an agent of a State for its relations with other States, and he is therefore in the same position as any other foreign individual living within the boundaries of a State. He may be expelled at any moment if he becomes troublesome, and he may be criminally punished if he commits a political or ordinary crime. Such secret agents are often abroad for the purpose of watching the movements of political refugees or partisans, or of Socialists, Anarchists, Nihilists, and the like. As long as such agents do not turn into so-called agents provocateurs, the local authorities will not interfere.
§ 454. Secret political agents can be sent for the same reasons as public political agents. However, there are two types of secret political agents. An agent may be sent secretly to another country with a letter of recommendation and be welcomed by that country. This agent is considered secret in that third countries do not know, or are not expected to know, about his existence. Since he is secretly accepted by the receiving state, his position is essentially the same as that of a public political agent. On the other hand, an agent may be sent abroad for political reasons without a letter of recommendation, and thus without being formally recognized by the government of the country where he is carrying out his task. This agent has no recognized position under international law. He is not an agent of a state in its relations with other states, and therefore his status is the same as any other foreign individual living within that state's borders. He can be expelled at any time if he becomes a nuisance, and he may face criminal charges if he commits a political or ordinary crime. Such secret agents are often abroad to monitor the activities of political refugees or supporters, or of Socialists, Anarchists, Nihilists, and similar groups. As long as these agents do not become so-called agents provocateurs, local authorities will not intervene.
Spies.
Espionage.
§ 455. Spies are secret agents of a State sent abroad[799] for the purpose of obtaining clandestinely information[Pg 511] in regard to military or political secrets. Although all States constantly or occasionally send spies abroad, and although it is neither morally nor politically and legally considered wrong to send spies, such agents have, of course, no recognised position whatever according to International Law, since they are not agents of States for their international relations. Every State punishes them severely when they are caught committing an act which is a crime by the law of the land, or expels them if they cannot be punished. And a spy cannot legally excuse himself by pleading that he only executed the orders of his Government. The latter, on the other hand, will never interfere, since it cannot officially confess to having commissioned a spy.
§ 455. Spies are secret agents of a state sent overseas[799] to secretly gather information[Pg 511] about military or political secrets. While all states regularly or occasionally send spies abroad, and while it's not viewed as morally, politically, or legally wrong to do so, these agents have no recognized status under International Law, as they are not official representatives of states in their international relations. Every state punishes them harshly when they are caught committing a crime under domestic law, or they expel them if they can't be punished. Additionally, a spy cannot legally defend themselves by claiming they were just following their government's orders. Conversely, the government will never intervene, as it cannot officially acknowledge having sent a spy.
Commissaries.
Grocery stores.
§ 456. Commissaries are agents sent with a letter of recommendation or commission by one State to another for negotiations, not of a political but of a technical or administrative character only. Such commissaries are, for instance, sent and received for the purpose of arrangements between the two States as regards railways, post, telegraphs, navigation, delineation of boundary lines, and so on. A distinct practice of guaranteeing certain privileges to such commissaries has not grown up, but inviolability of their persons and official papers ought to be granted to them, as they are officially sent and received for official purposes. Thus Germany, in 1887, in the case of the French officer of police Schnaebélé, who was invited by local German functionaries to cross the German frontier for official purposes and then arrested, recognised the rule that a safe-conduct is tacitly granted to foreign officials when they enter officially the territory of a State with the consent of the local authorities, although Schnaebélé was not a commissary sent by his Government to the German Government.
§ 456. Commissaries are agents sent with a letter of recommendation or commission from one state to another for negotiations that are technical or administrative, not political. For example, these commissaries are sent and received to arrange matters between the two states regarding railways, postal services, telegraphs, navigation, boundary delineation, and so on. A specific practice of guaranteeing certain privileges to these commissaries has not developed, but they should be granted protection for their personal safety and official documents since they are sent and received for official purposes. For instance, in 1887, Germany acknowledged this principle in the case of the French police officer Schnaebélé, who was invited by local German officials to cross the German border for official purposes and was then arrested. Germany recognized that a safe-conduct is implicitly granted to foreign officials when they officially enter a state’s territory with the consent of local authorities, even though Schnaebélé was not a commissary sent by his government to the German government.
Bearers of Despatches.
Messengers of dispatches.
§ 457. Individuals commissioned to carry official[Pg 512] despatches from a State to its head or to diplomatic envoys abroad are agents of such State. Despatch-bearers who belong to the retinue of diplomatic envoys as their couriers must enjoy, as stated above (§ 405), exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction and a special protection in the State to which the envoy is accredited, and a right of innocent passage through third States. But bearers of official despatches who are not in the retinue of the diplomatic envoys employing them must nevertheless be granted inviolability for their person and official papers, provided they possess special passports stating their official character as despatch-bearers. And the same is valid respecting bearers of despatches between the head of a State who is temporarily abroad and his Government at home.
§ 457. Individuals assigned to deliver official[Pg 512] messages from a State to its leader or to diplomatic representatives abroad are considered agents of that State. Messengers who are part of the team of diplomatic representatives as their couriers should have, as mentioned earlier (§ 405), exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction and special protection in the State to which the representative is assigned, along with the right to pass through third States without hindrance. However, those who carry official messages and are not part of the diplomatic representatives' team must still be granted protection for their person and official documents, as long as they have special passports indicating their official role as message-bearers. The same applies to messengers between a leader of a State who is temporarily abroad and his Government back home.
IV Global Commissions
Rivier, I. pp. 564-566—Ullmann, § 68—Gareis, §§ 51-52—Liszt, § 16—Moore, IV. § 623.
Rivier, I. pp. 564-566—Ullmann, § 68—Gareis, §§ 51-52—Liszt, § 16—Moore, IV. § 623.
Permanent in Contradistinction to Temporary Commissions.
Permanent in Contrast to Temporary Commissions.
§ 458. A distinction must be made between temporary and permanent international commissions. The former consist of commissaries delegated by two or more States to arrange all kinds of non-political matters, such as railways, post, telegraphs, navigation, boundary lines, and the like. Such temporary commissions dissolve as soon as their purpose is realised.[800] Besides temporary commissions, there are, however, permanent[Pg 513] commissions in existence. They have been instituted by the Powers[801] in the interest of free navigation on two international rivers and the Suez Canal; further, in the interest of international sanitation; thirdly, in the interest of the foreign creditors of several States unable to pay the interest on their stocks; and, lastly, concerning bounties on sugar.
§ 458. We need to distinguish between temporary and permanent international commissions. Temporary commissions are made up of representatives chosen by two or more countries to handle various non-political issues, such as railways, postal services, telegraphs, navigation, borders, and similar matters. These temporary commissions disband once their goals are achieved.[800] In addition to temporary commissions, there are also permanent[Pg 513] commissions that have been established by the Powers[801] to promote free navigation on two international rivers and the Suez Canal; to address international sanitation; to support the foreign creditors of several countries that can't pay the interest on their debts; and finally, regarding subsidies for sugar.
[801] Only such permanent commissions are mentioned in the text as have been instituted by the Powers in conference. There are, however, many permanent commissions in existence which have been instituted by neighbouring Powers for local purposes, as for example:—(1) The American-Canadian International Fisheries Commission, instituted according to article 1 of the Treaty of Washington of April 11, 1908; see Treaty Series, 1908, No. 17. (2) The American-Canadian International Joint Commission concerning boundary waters, instituted by articles 7-12 of the Treaty of Washington of January 11, 1909; see Treaty Series, 1910, No. 23. (3) The permanent Mixed Fisheries Commission between the United States, Canada, and Newfoundland, instituted in consequence of the award of the Hague Court of Arbitration in the North Atlantic Fisheries Case.
[801] The text only mentions permanent commissions that were established by the Powers during their meetings. However, there are many permanent commissions that exist that have been set up by neighboring Powers for local purposes, such as:—(1) The American-Canadian International Fisheries Commission, established according to article 1 of the Treaty of Washington from April 11, 1908; see Treaty Series, 1908, No. 17. (2) The American-Canadian International Joint Commission regarding boundary waters, established by articles 7-12 of the Treaty of Washington from January 11, 1909; see Treaty Series, 1910, No. 23. (3) The permanent Mixed Fisheries Commission between the United States, Canada, and Newfoundland, established as a result of the award from the Hague Court of Arbitration in the North Atlantic Fisheries Case.
As regards the privileges to be granted to the members of either temporary or permanent international commissions, no distinct practice has grown up. If the treaty according to which a commission concerned does not stipulate anything as regards such privileges, none need be granted, but the persons of the commissioners must be specially protected. However that may be, there is no doubt that members of international commissions cannot, unless this be specially stipulated, claim the privileges of diplomatic envoys. Thus, when in 1796 Messrs. Gore and Pinkney,[802] the American Commissioners in London under article 7 of the Jay Treaty, claimed these privileges, Great Britain refused to concede them.
As for the privileges granted to members of either temporary or permanent international commissions, there hasn't been a clear standard practice developed. If the treaty that establishes a commission does not specify anything about these privileges, none need to be granted, but the individuals serving as commissioners must be specially protected. Regardless, it is clear that members of international commissions cannot claim the privileges of diplomatic envoys unless this is specifically stated. For instance, in 1796, Messrs. Gore and Pinkney,[802] the American Commissioners in London, requested these privileges under article 7 of the Jay Treaty, but Great Britain denied their request.
Commissions in the interest of Navigation.
Navigation commissions.
§ 459. Four international commissions have been instituted in the interest of navigation—namely, two for the river Danube, one for the Congo river, and one for the Suez Canal.
§ 459. Four international commissions have been established to promote navigation—specifically, two for the Danube River, one for the Congo River, and one for the Suez Canal.
1. With regard to navigation on the Danube, the European Danube Commission was instituted by[Pg 514] article 16 of the Peace Treaty of Paris in 1856. This commission, whose members are appointed by the signatory Powers of the Treaty of Paris, was reconstituted by the Berlin Conference in 1878 and again by the Conference of London in 1883. The commission is totally independent of the territorial Governments, its rights are clearly defined, and its members, offices, and archives enjoy the privilege of inviolability. The competence of the European Danube Commission comprehends the Danube from Ibraila downwards to its mouth.[803]
1. When it comes to navigating the Danube, the European Danube Commission was established by[Pg 514] article 16 of the Peace Treaty of Paris in 1856. This commission, whose members are appointed by the countries that signed the Treaty of Paris, was restructured by the Berlin Conference in 1878 and again by the London Conference in 1883. The commission operates completely independently of the local governments, its rights are clearly outlined, and its members, offices, and archives have the privilege of being inviolable. The European Danube Commission's authority covers the Danube from Ibraila down to its mouth.[803]
2. The above-mentioned London Conference of 1883 has sanctioned regulations[804] in regard to the navigation and river-police of the Danube from the Iron Gates down to Ibraila, and has, by article 96 of these regulations, instituted the Mixed Commission of the Danube to enforce the observance of the regulations. The members of this Commission are delegates from Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, Roumania, Servia, and the European Danube Commission—one member from each.[805]
2. The London Conference of 1883 has approved regulations[804] regarding navigation and river policing on the Danube from the Iron Gates to Ibraila. Article 96 of these regulations established the Mixed Commission of the Danube to ensure compliance with the regulations. The Commission members include delegates from Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, Romania, Serbia, and the European Danube Commission—one member from each.[805]
[805] Details in Twiss, § 152.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Details in Twiss, § 152.
3. The Powers represented at the Berlin Congo Conference of 1884 have sanctioned certain regulations in regard to navigation on the Congo river, and have, by articles 17-21 of the General Act of the Conference, instituted an International Commission of the Congo to enforce the observance of these regulations. This Commission, in which every signatory Power may be represented by one member, is totally independent of the territorial Governments, and its members, offices, and archives enjoy the privilege of inviolability.[806]
3. The countries involved in the Berlin Congo Conference of 1884 have approved certain rules regarding navigation on the Congo River and have, through articles 17-21 of the General Act of the Conference, established an International Commission of the Congo to ensure compliance with these rules. This Commission, in which each signatory country can have one representative, operates completely independently of the local governments, and its members, offices, and archives are granted the privilege of inviolability.[806]
Commissions in the interest of Sanitation.
Commissions focused on cleanliness.
§ 460. Three international commissions in the interest of sanitation are in existence. For the purpose of supervising the sanitary arrangements in connection with the navigation on the lower part of the Danube, the International Council of Sanitation was instituted at Bucharest in 1881.[808] The Conseil supérieur de santé at Constantinople has the task of supervising the arrangements concerning cholera and plague. The Conseil sanitaire maritime et quarantenaire at Alexandria has similar tasks and is subject to the control of the Conseil supérieur de santé at Constantinople.[809] As regards the International Health Office at Paris, see below, § 590, No. 6.
§ 460. There are three international commissions focused on sanitation. To oversee the sanitary measures related to navigation on the lower Danube, the International Council of Sanitation was established in Bucharest in 1881.[808] The Conseil supérieur de santé in Constantinople is responsible for overseeing measures related to cholera and plague. The Conseil sanitaire maritime et quarantenaire in Alexandria has similar responsibilities and is overseen by the Conseil supérieur de santé in Constantinople.[809] For information regarding the International Health Office in Paris, see below, § 590, No. 6.
[808] See article 6 of the Acte additionnel à l'Acte public du 2 novembre 1865 pour la navigation des embouchures du Danube, signed on May 28, 1881; Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. VIII. p. 207.
[808] See article 6 of the Additional Act to the Public Act of November 2, 1865 for the Navigation of the Mouths of the Danube, signed on May 28, 1881; Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. VIII. p. 207.
[809] Details in Liszt, § 16, III., where likewise information is to be found as regards the Conseil sanitaire at Tangiers, which consists of all the foreign envoys in Morocco.
[809] More information can be found in Liszt, § 16, III., regarding the Conseil sanitaire in Tangiers, which includes all the foreign ambassadors in Morocco.
Commissions in the Interest of Foreign Creditors.
Commissions for International Creditors.
§ 461. Three international commissions in the interest of foreign creditors are in existence—namely, in Turkey since 1878, in Egypt since 1880, and in Greece since 1897.[810]
§ 461. Three international commissions aimed at protecting foreign creditors are currently active—in Turkey since 1878, in Egypt since 1880, and in Greece since 1897.[810]
[810] See Kaufmann, "Das internationale Recht der aegyptischen Staatsschuld" (1891), and Murat, "Le contrôle international sur les finances de l'Egypte, de la Grèce et de la Turquie" (1899).
[810] See Kaufmann, "The International Law of Egyptian National Debt" (1891), and Murat, "International Oversight of the Finances of Egypt, Greece, and Turkey" (1899).
Permanent Commission concerning Sugar.
Permanent Commission on Sugar.
§ 462. According to article 7 of the Brussels Convention concerning bounties on sugar, a permanent commission was instituted in 1902 at Brussels.[811]
§ 462. According to article 7 of the Brussels Convention regarding sugar bounties, a permanent commission was established in 1902 in Brussels.[811]
[811] See below, § 585, No. 3.
V GLOBAL OFFICES
Rivier, I. pp. 564-566—Nys, II. pp. 264-270—Ullmann, § 58—Liszt, § 17—Gareis, § 52—Descamps, "Les offices internationaux et leur avenir" (1894).
Rivier, I. pp. 564-566—Nys, II. pp. 264-270—Ullmann, § 58—Liszt, § 17—Gareis, § 52—Descamps, "International Organizations and Their Future" (1894).
Character of International Offices.
Character of International Agencies.
§ 463. During the second half of the nineteenth century a great number of general treaties were entered into by a greater or lesser number of States for the purpose[Pg 516] of settling in common certain non-political matters. These general treaties create so-called unions among the parties, and the business of these unions is in most cases transacted by international offices created specially for that purpose. The functionaries of these offices, however, ordinarily enjoy no privilege whatever. The number of these offices is constantly increasing. Only the more important ones are here enumerated, with the exclusion of the International Bureau of Arbitration,[812] which, although an international office, has no relation to those here discussed.
§ 463. In the second half of the nineteenth century, many countries entered into various general treaties to collaboratively address certain non-political issues. These general treaties form what are known as unions among the participating states, and most of the dealings of these unions are handled by international offices set up specifically for that purpose. However, the officials in these offices typically hold no special privileges. The number of these offices is steadily growing. Only the more significant ones are mentioned here, excluding the International Bureau of Arbitration, which, while being an international office, is not related to the treaties discussed here.
International Telegraph Offices.
International Telegram Offices.
§ 464. In 1868 the international telegraph office of the International Telegraph Union was created at Berne. It is administered by four functionaries under the supervision of the Swiss Bundesrath. It edits the Journal Télégraphique in French.[813] Connected with this office is, since 1906, the International Office for Radiotelegraphy.[814]
§ 464. In 1868, the international telegraph office of the International Telegraph Union was established in Bern. It is run by four officials under the oversight of the Swiss Federal Council. It publishes the Journal Télégraphique in French.[813] Connected with this office since 1906 is the International Office for Radiotelegraphy.[814]
[813] See below, § 582, No. 2.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See below, § __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
[814] See below, § 582, No. 4.
International Post Office.
International Postal Service.
§ 465. The pendant of the international telegraph office is the international post office of the Universal Postal Union created at Berne in 1874. It is administered by seven functionaries under the supervision of the Swiss Bundesrath, and edits a monthly, L'Union Postale, in French, German, and English.[815]
§ 465. The counterpart of the international telegraph office is the international post office of the Universal Postal Union established in Berne in 1874. It's run by seven officials under the oversight of the Swiss Federal Council, and publishes a monthly magazine, L'Union Postale, in French, German, and English.[815]
International Office of Weights and Measures.
International Office of Weights and Measures.
§ 466. The States which have introduced the metric system of weights and measures created in 1875 the international office of weights and measures in Paris. Of functionaries there are a director and several assistants. Their task is the custody of the international prototypes of the metre and kilogramme and the comparison of the national prototypes with the international.[816]
§ 466. The states that adopted the metric system of weights and measures established the international office of weights and measures in Paris in 1875. It includes a director and several assistants. Their job is to maintain the international prototypes of the meter and kilogram and to compare the national prototypes with the international ones.[816]
[816] See below, § 588, No. 1.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See below, § __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
International Office for the Protection of Works of Literature and Art and of Industrial Property.
International Office for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works and Industrial Property.
§ 467. In 1883 an International Union for the Protection of Industrial Property, and in 1886 an International Union for the Protection of Works of Literature[Pg 517] and Art, were created, with an international office in Berne. There are a secretary-general and three assistants, who edit a monthly, Le Droit d'Auteur, in French.[817]
§ 467. In 1883, an International Union for the Protection of Industrial Property was established, and in 1886, an International Union for the Protection of Works of Literature[Pg 517] and Art was formed, with an international office located in Bern. The organization has a secretary-general and three assistants who publish a monthly magazine, Le Droit d'Auteur, in French.[817]
[817] See below, §§ 584 and 585, No. 2.
The Pan-American Union.
The Pan American Union.
§ 467a. The first Pan-American Conference of 1889 created "The American International Bureau," which, since the fourth Conference of 1910, bears the name "The Pan-American Union." There are a director, an assistant director, and several secretaries. This office[818] publishes a "Monthly Bulletin."
§ 467a. The first Pan-American Conference in 1889 established "The American International Bureau," which has been called "The Pan-American Union" since the fourth Conference in 1910. It consists of a director, an assistant director, and several secretaries. This office[818] publishes a "Monthly Bulletin."
Maritime Office at Zanzibar, and Bureau Spécial at Brussels.
Maritime Office in Zanzibar, and Special Bureau in Brussels.
§ 468. In accordance with the General Act of the Anti-Slavery Conference of Brussels, 1890, the International Maritime Office at Zanzibar and the "Bureau Spécial" at Brussels were established; the latter is attached to the Belgian Foreign Office at Brussels.[819]
§ 468. In line with the General Act of the Anti-Slavery Conference of Brussels, 1890, the International Maritime Office in Zanzibar and the "Bureau Spécial" in Brussels were set up; the latter is connected to the Belgian Foreign Office in Brussels.[819]
[819] See below, § 592, No. 1.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See below, § __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
International Office of Customs Tariffs.
International Customs Tariff Office.
§ 469. The International Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs, concluded in 1890, has created an international office[820] at Brussels. There are a director, a secretary, and ten translators. The office edits the Bulletin des Douanes in French, German, English, Italian, and Spanish.
§ 469. The International Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs, established in 1890, has set up an international office[820] in Brussels. It has a director, a secretary, and ten translators. The office publishes the Bulletin des Douanes in French, German, English, Italian, and Spanish.
[820] See below, § 585, No. 1.
Central Office of International Transports.
International Transport Central Office.
§ 470. Nine States—namely, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Luxemburg, Russia, Switzerland—entered in 1890 into an international convention in regard to transports and freights on railways and have created the "Office Central des Transports[821] Internationaux" at Berne.
§ 470. Nine countries—specifically, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Luxembourg, Russia, and Switzerland—formed an international agreement in 1890 regarding the transportation and shipping of goods by railways and established the "Office Central des Transports[821] Internationaux" in Bern.
[821] See below, § 583, No. 1.
Permanent Office of the Sugar Convention.
Permanent Office of the Sugar Agreement.
§ 471. The States which concluded on March 5, 1902, at Brussels the Convention concerning bounties on sugar[822] have, in compliance with article 7 of this Convention, instituted a permanent office at Brussels. The task of this office, which is attached to the permanent commission,[823] also instituted by article 7, is to[Pg 518] collect, translate, and publish information of all kinds respecting legislation on and statistics of sugar.
§ 471. The countries that agreed on March 5, 1902, in Brussels on the Convention regarding sugar bounties[822] have, following article 7 of this Convention, set up a permanent office in Brussels. This office, which is part of the permanent commission,[823] also established by article 7, is responsible for[Pg 518] gathering, translating, and publishing all kinds of information related to legislation and statistics on sugar.
[822] See below, § 585, No. 3.
Agricultural Institute.
Agri Institute.
§ 471a. In 1905 the Agricultural Institute[824] was established at Rome. It consists of a General Assembly and a Permanent Committee with a general secretary.
§ 471a. In 1905, the Agricultural Institute[824] was set up in Rome. It includes a General Assembly and a Permanent Committee along with a general secretary.
[824] See below, § 586, No. 1.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See below, § __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
International Health Office.
Global Health Office.
§ 471b. In 1907 the International Health Office[825] was established at Paris. It consists of a director, a general secretary, and a number of clerks. It publishes at least once a month a bulletin in French.
§ 471b. In 1907, the International Health Office[825] was set up in Paris. It includes a director, a general secretary, and several clerks. It issues a bulletin in French at least once a month.
VI THE INTERNATIONAL COURT OF ARBITRATION
Lawrence, § 221—Bonfils, No. 9708—Despagnet, Nos. 736-740.
Lawrence, § 221—Bonfils, No. 9708—Despagnet, Nos. 736-740.
Organisation of Court in general.
Court Organization Overview.
§ 472. In compliance with articles 20 to 29 of the Hague Convention for the peaceful adjustment of international differences, the signatory Powers in 1900 organised the International Court of Arbitration at the Hague. This organisation comprises three distinct bodies—namely, the Permanent Administrative Council of the Court, the International Bureau of the Court, and the Court of Arbitration itself. But a fourth body must also be distinguished—namely, the tribunal to be constituted for the decision of every case. Articles 20 to 29 are now replaced by articles 41 to 50 of the Convention for the peaceful adjustment of international differences produced by the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907.
§ 472. In accordance with articles 20 to 29 of the Hague Convention for the peaceful resolution of international disputes, the signatory countries established the International Court of Arbitration in The Hague in 1900. This organization includes three main bodies: the Permanent Administrative Council of the Court, the International Bureau of the Court, and the Court of Arbitration itself. However, there is also a fourth entity that should be noted—the tribunal set up to decide each specific case. Articles 20 to 29 have now been replaced by articles 41 to 50 of the Convention for the peaceful resolution of international disputes as established by the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907.
The Permanent Council.
The Permanent Council.
§ 473. The Permanent Council (article 49) consists of the diplomatic envoys of the contracting Powers accredited to Holland and the Dutch Secretary for Foreign Affairs, who acts as president of the Council. The task of the Council is the control of the International[Pg 519] Bureau of the Court, the appointment, suspension, and dismissal of the employés of the bureau, the fixing of the payments and salaries, the control of the general expenditure, and the decision of all questions of administration with regard to the business of the Court. The Council has, further, the task of furnishing the signatory Powers with a report of the proceedings of the Court, the working of the administration, and the expenses. At meetings duly summoned, the presence of nine members is sufficient to give the Council power to deliberate, and its decisions are taken by a majority of votes.
§ 473. The Permanent Council (article 49) is made up of the diplomatic representatives of the contracting Powers accredited to Holland and the Dutch Secretary for Foreign Affairs, who acts as the president of the Council. The Council's responsibilities include overseeing the International[Pg 519] Bureau of the Court, appointing, suspending, and dismissing the bureau's employees, setting salaries and payments, managing overall expenses, and resolving all administrative matters related to the Court's operations. Additionally, the Council is responsible for providing the signatory Powers with a report on the Court's proceedings, the administration's functioning, and expenses. In properly convened meetings, the presence of nine members is enough for the Council to deliberate, and decisions are made by majority vote.
The International Bureau.
The International Office.
§ 474. The International Bureau (article 43) serves as the Registry for the Court. It is the intermediary for communications relating to the meetings of the Court. It has the custody of the archives and the conduct of all the administrative business of the Court. The contracting Powers have to furnish the Bureau with a certified copy of every stipulation concerning arbitration arrived at between them, and of any award concerning them rendered by a special tribunal. They likewise have to communicate to the Bureau the laws, regulations, and documents, if any, showing the execution of the awards given by the Court. The Bureau is (article 47) authorised to place its premises and its staff at the disposal of the contracting Powers for the work of any special[826] tribunal of arbitration not constituted within the International Court of Arbitration. The expense (article 50) of the Bureau is borne by the signatory Powers in the proportion established for the International Office of the International Postal Union.
§ 474. The International Bureau (article 43) acts as the Registry for the Court. It serves as the go-between for all communications related to Court meetings. It maintains the archives and manages all the administrative tasks of the Court. The contracting Powers must provide the Bureau with a certified copy of every arbitration agreement they reach and any award made by a special tribunal concerning them. They also need to inform the Bureau about the laws, regulations, and documents, if any, that show the implementation of the awards issued by the Court. The Bureau is (article 47) authorized to offer its facilities and staff to the contracting Powers for the work of any special[826] tribunal of arbitration that is not formed under the International Court of Arbitration. The costs (article 50) of the Bureau are covered by the signatory Powers in the proportion set for the International Office of the International Postal Union.
The Court of Arbitration.
The Arbitration Court.
§ 475. The Court of Arbitration (article 44) consists of a large number of individuals "of recognised competence in questions of International Law, enjoying the highest moral reputation," selected and appointed by[Pg 520] the contracting Powers. No more than four members may be appointed by one Power, but two or more Powers may unite in the appointment of one or more members, and the same individual may be appointed by different Powers. Every member is appointed for a term of six years, but his appointment may be renewed. The place of a resigned or deceased member is to be refilled by the respective Powers, and in this case the appointment is made for a fresh period of six years. The names of the members of the Court thus appointed are enrolled upon a general list, which is to be kept up to date and communicated to all the contracting Powers. The Court thus constituted has jurisdiction over all cases of arbitration, unless there shall be an agreement between the parties for a special tribunal of arbitrators not selected from the list of the members of the Court (article 42).
§ 475. The Court of Arbitration (article 44) is made up of many people "with recognized expertise in International Law, who have a strong moral reputation," chosen and appointed by[Pg 520] the contracting Powers. No more than four members can be appointed by one Power, but two or more Powers can join together to appoint one or more members, and the same person can be appointed by different Powers. Each member serves a term of six years, but their appointment can be extended. If a member resigns or passes away, the respective Powers must fill the vacancy, and in this case, the appointment is for a new six-year term. The names of the appointed members are kept on a general list, which should be updated and shared with all the contracting Powers. The Court, as established, has jurisdiction over all arbitration cases, unless the parties agree to a special tribunal of arbitrators not chosen from the member list of the Court (article 42).
The Deciding Tribunal.
The Decision-Making Board.
§ 476. The Court of Arbitration does not as a body decide the cases brought before it, but a tribunal is created for every special case by selection of a number of arbitrators from the list of the members of the Court. This tribunal (article 45) may be created directly by agreement of the parties. If this is not done, the tribunal is formed in the following manner:—Each party selects two arbitrators from the list, of whom one only can be its national or chosen from the persons appointed by it as members of the Permanent Court, and the four arbitrators so appointed choose a fifth as umpire and president. If the votes of the four are equal, the parties entrust to a third Power the choice of the umpire. If the parties cannot agree in their choice of such third Power, each party nominates a different Power, and the umpire is chosen by the united action of the Powers thus nominated. If within two months' time these two Powers cannot come to an agreement, each of them presents two candidates from the list of members of[Pg 521] the Permanent Court, exclusive of the members selected by the parties and not being nationals of either of them. Which of the candidates thus selected shall be the umpire is determined by lot.
§ 476. The Court of Arbitration does not decide cases as a whole, but instead, a tribunal is formed for each specific case by selecting a number of arbitrators from the list of members of the Court. This tribunal (article 45) can be set up directly through an agreement between the parties. If no agreement is made, the tribunal is formed as follows: Each party chooses two arbitrators from the list, with only one being allowed to be their national or chosen from individuals appointed by them as members of the Permanent Court. The four arbitrators then select a fifth to serve as umpire and president. If there is a tie among the four votes, the parties delegate the selection of the umpire to a third Power. If the parties can't agree on the choice of this third Power, each party nominates a different Power, and the umpire is chosen through the combined efforts of the nominated Powers. If these two Powers cannot reach an agreement within two months, each presents two candidates from the list of members of[Pg 521] the Permanent Court, excluding those selected by the parties and those who are nationals of either party. The umpire is then determined by drawing lots among the selected candidates.
After this is done, the tribunal is constituted, and the parties communicate to the International Bureau of the Court the names of the members of the tribunal, which meets at the time fixed by the parties; the members of the tribunal must be granted the privileges of diplomatic envoys when discharging their duties outside their own country (article 46). The tribunal sits at the Hague (article 43), and, except in case of force majeure, the place of session can only be altered by the tribunal with the assent of the parties, but the parties can from the beginning designate another place than the Hague as the venue of the tribunal (article 60). The expenses of the tribunal are paid by the parties in equal shares, and each party pays its own expenses (article 85).[827]
After this is done, the tribunal is formed, and the parties inform the International Bureau of the Court about the names of the tribunal members, which meets at the time agreed upon by the parties; the members of the tribunal must be given the privileges of diplomatic envoys while performing their duties outside their own country (article 46). The tribunal convenes in The Hague (article 43), and, except in cases of force majeure, the meeting location can only be changed by the tribunal with the agreement of the parties, but the parties can initially choose a location other than The Hague for the tribunal (article 60). The costs of the tribunal are shared equally by the parties, and each party is responsible for its own expenses (article 85).[827]
The following nine awards have hitherto been given by the Permanent Court of Arbitration:—
The following nine awards have been given so far by the Permanent Court of Arbitration:—
(1) On October 14, 1902, in the case of the United States of America v. Mexico concerning the Fonds pieux des Californias; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 193.
(1) On October 14, 1902, in the case of the United States of America v. Mexico regarding the Fonds pieux des Californias; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. (1905), p. 193.
(2) On February 22, 1904, in the case of Germany, Great Britain, and Italy v. Venezuela concerning certain claims of their subjects; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. I. (1909), p. 57.
(2) On February 22, 1904, in the case of Germany, Great Britain, and Italy v. Venezuela regarding specific claims made by their citizens; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. I. (1909), p. 57.
(3) On May 22, 1905, in the case of Germany, France, and Great Britain v. Japan concerning the interpretation of article 18 of the treaty of April 4, 1896, and of other treaties; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. (1908), p. 376.
(3) On May 22, 1905, in the case of Germany, France, and Great Britain v. Japan regarding the interpretation of article 18 of the treaty of April 4, 1896, and other treaties; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. (1908), p. 376.
(4) On August 8, 1905, in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning the Muscat Dhows; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. (1908), p. 356.
(4) On August 8, 1905, in the case of France v. Great Britain regarding the Muscat Dhows; see Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXV. (1908), p. 356.
(5) On May 22, 1909, in the case of France v. Germany concerning the Casa Banca incident; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. (1910), p. 19.[Pg 522]
(5) On May 22, 1909, in the case of France v. Germany regarding the Casa Banca incident; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. (1910), p. 19.[Pg 522]
(6) On October 23, 1909, in the case of Norway v. Sweden concerning the question of their maritime frontier; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. III. (1910), p. 85.
(6) On October 23, 1909, in the case of Norway v. Sweden regarding their maritime border; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. III. (1910), p. 85.
(7) On September 7, 1910, in the case of the United States of America v. Great Britain concerning the North Atlantic Fisheries; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 89.
(7) On September 7, 1910, in the case of the United States of America v. Great Britain regarding the North Atlantic Fisheries; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 89.
(8) On October 25, 1910, in the case of the United States of America v. Venezuela concerning the claims of the Orinoco Steamship Co.; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 79.
(8) On October 25, 1910, in the case of the United States of America v. Venezuela regarding the claims of the Orinoco Steamship Co.; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 79.
(9) On February 24, 1911, in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning the British-Indian Savarkar; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 744.
(9) On February 24, 1911, in the case of France v. Great Britain concerning the British-Indian Savarkar; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. (1911), p. 744.
VII THE INTERNATIONAL PRIZE COURT AND THE PROPOSED INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE
Lawrence, § 192—Despagnet, No. 683^{bis}—Scott, "The Hague Peace Conferences" (1909), pp. 465-511 and 423-464, and in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 302-324—Gregory in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 458-475.
Lawrence, § 192—Despagnet, No. 683^{bis}—Scott, "The Hague Peace Conferences" (1909), pp. 465-511 and 423-464, and in A.J. V. (1911), pp. 302-324—Gregory in A.J. II. (1908), pp. 458-475.
The International Prize Court.
The International Court of Justice.
§ 476a. The International Prize Court will be established at the Hague according to Convention XII. of the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907. The following are the more important stipulations of this Convention concerning the constitution[828] of the Court:—The Court consists of fifteen judges and fifteen deputy-judges, who are appointed for a period of six years and who rank equally and have precedence according to the date of the notification of their appointment, but the deputy judges rank after the judges (articles 10 to 12). Of the fifteen judges of which the Court is composed, nine constitute a quorum; a judge who is absent or prevented from sitting is replaced by his deputy judge (article 14). The judges enjoy diplomatic privileges and immunities in the performance of their duties[Pg 523] when outside their own country (article 13). Each contracting Power appoints one judge and one deputy judge, and the judges appointed by Great Britain, Germany, the United States of America, Austria-Hungary, France, Italy, Japan, and Russia are always summoned to sit, whereas the judges appointed by the other contracting Powers sit by rota, as shown in the table annexed to the Convention (article 15). If a belligerent Power has, according to the rota, no judge sitting in the Court, it may ask that the judge appointed by it shall take part in the settlement of all cases arising from the war; lots shall then be drawn as to which of the judges entitled to sit according to the rota shall withdraw, and this arrangement does not affect the judge appointed by the other belligerent (article 16). No judge can sit who has been a party, in any way whatever, to the sentence pronounced by the National Courts, or has taken part in the case as counsel or advocate for one of the parties; no judge or deputy judge can, during his tenure of office, appear as agent or advocate before the International Prize Court, nor act for one of the parties in any capacity whatever (article 17). The belligerent captor is entitled to appoint a naval officer of high rank to sit as assessor, but with no voice in the decision; a neutral Power, which is a party to the proceedings or whose national is a party, has the same right of appointment; if in applying this last provision more than one Power is concerned, they must agree among themselves, if necessary by lot, on the officer to be appointed (article 18). The Court elects its President and Vice-President by an absolute majority of the votes cast; after two ballots, the election is made by a bare majority, and, in case the votes are equal, by lot (article 19). The judges of the International Prize Court are entitled to travelling allowances in accordance with the regulations in force[Pg 524] in their own country, and in addition thereto receive, while the Court is sitting or while they are carrying out duties conferred upon them by the Court, a sum of 100 Netherland florins per diem; the judges may not receive from their own Governments or from that of any other Power any remuneration in their capacity of members of the Court (article 20). The seat of the International Prize Court is at the Hague, and it cannot, except in the case of force majeure, be transferred elsewhere without the consent of the belligerents (article 21).
§ 476a. The International Prize Court will be established in The Hague according to Convention XII of the second Hague Peace Conference of 1907. The key provisions of this Convention regarding the constitution[828] of the Court are as follows: The Court consists of fifteen judges and fifteen deputy judges, each appointed for six years. They rank equally, with precedence based on when they were notified of their appointment; however, deputy judges rank below the judges (articles 10 to 12). Out of the fifteen judges, nine form a quorum; if a judge is absent or unable to sit, their deputy judge will take their place (article 14). The judges have diplomatic privileges and immunities while performing their duties outside their own country (article 13). Each contracting Power appoints one judge and one deputy judge. The judges appointed by Great Britain, Germany, the United States, Austria-Hungary, France, Italy, Japan, and Russia are always summoned to sit, while judges from other contracting Powers sit in rotation, as shown in the annexed table (article 15). If a belligerent Power has no judge from its country sitting in the Court according to the rotation, it can request that its appointed judge participate in the resolution of all cases arising from the war; lots will then be drawn to decide which of the judges entitled to sit should withdraw, and this arrangement does not affect the judge appointed by the other belligerent (article 16). No judge may sit if they have been involved in any way with the sentence issued by the National Courts, or have acted as counsel or advocate for any party in the case; neither judges nor deputy judges can represent any party in any capacity during their term (article 17). The belligerent captor can appoint a senior naval officer to sit as an assessor, but with no voting rights in the decision; a neutral Power that is involved in the proceedings, or whose national is involved, has the same right to appoint; if more than one Power wants to do this, they must agree on the appointed officer, if necessary through a lottery (article 18). The Court elects its President and Vice-President by an absolute majority of votes; after two ballots, a simple majority will suffice, and if there’s a tie, a lottery will determine the outcome (article 19). The judges of the International Prize Court are entitled to travel allowances according to the rules in their home country, and they will receive 100 Netherland florins per day while the Court is in session or during their assigned duties; judges cannot receive any payment from their own governments or any other Power in their role as Court members (article 20). The seat of the International Prize Court is in The Hague and cannot be moved elsewhere without the consent of the belligerents, except in cases of force majeure (article 21).
The proposed International Court of Justice.
The proposed International Court of Justice.
§ 476b. Valuable as is the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague, it must be pointed out that it is not a real Court of Justice. For, firstly, it is not itself a deciding tribunal, but only a list of names out of which the parties in each case elect some members and thereby constitute the Court. Secondly, experience teaches that a Court of Arbitration endeavours more to give an award ex aequo et bono which more or less pleases both parties than to decide the conflict in a judicial manner by simply applying strict legal rules without any consideration as to whether or no the decision will please either party. Thirdly, since in conflicts to be decided by arbitration the arbitrators each time are selected by the parties, there are in most cases different individuals acting as arbitrators, so that there is no continuity in the administration of justice.
§ 476b. While the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague is valuable, it’s important to note that it isn’t a true Court of Justice. First, it doesn’t act as a deciding tribunal; instead, it provides a list of names from which the parties in each case choose members to form the Court. Second, experience shows that an Arbitration Court often aims to issue a decision ex aequo et bono that satisfies both parties to some extent, rather than resolving the dispute through strict judicial methods that apply legal rules without regard for what either party wants. Third, since the arbitrators chosen for arbitration cases are selected by the parties each time, different individuals usually serve as arbitrators, leading to a lack of continuity in how justice is administered.
For these reasons it would be of the greatest value to institute side by side with the Permanent Court of Arbitration a real International Court of Justice consisting of a number of judges in the technical sense of the term, who are once for all appointed and will have to act in each case that the parties choose to bring before the Court. Such a Court would only take the legal aspects of the case into consideration and would base its decision on mere legal deliberations. It would secure continuity in the administration of international[Pg 525] justice, because it would in each case consider itself bound by its former decisions. It would in time build up a valuable practice by deciding innumerable controversies which as yet haunt the theory of International Law. The second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 therefore discussed the question of creating such a Court, but only produced the draft of a Convention concerning the subject. It is, however, to be regretted that this draft Convention speaks of the creation of a judicial "Arbitration" Court, and thereby obliterates the boundary line between the arbitral and the strictly judicial decision of international disputes; it would have been better to speak simply of an International Court of Justice. However that may be, there is no doubt that the near future will bring the establishment of such a Court of Justice in contradistinction to the Permanent Court of Arbitration, for the parties to a conflict frequently hesitate to have it settled by arbitration, whereas they would be glad to have it settled by a strictly judicial decision of the legal questions involved. The same motives which urged the Powers to leave aside the Permanent Court of Arbitration in Prize Cases and to enter into a Convention for the establishment of a real International Prize Court, will in time compel the Powers to establish a real International Court of Justice.[829]
For these reasons, it would be incredibly valuable to set up a real International Court of Justice alongside the Permanent Court of Arbitration. This Court would consist of judges who are specifically appointed and who will handle each case brought by the parties. It would focus solely on the legal aspects of each case and base its decisions purely on legal reasoning. This Court would ensure continuity in the administration of international justice because it would consider itself bound by its previous decisions. Over time, it would develop a significant body of practice by resolving countless controversies that still challenge International Law theory. The second Hague Peace Conference of 1907 discussed the creation of such a Court but only resulted in a draft Convention on the subject. It is unfortunate that this draft Convention refers to the establishment of a judicial "Arbitration" Court, blurring the line between arbitral and strictly judicial decisions in international disputes; it would have been better to simply refer to it as an International Court of Justice. Nevertheless, there is no doubt that the near future will see the establishment of this Court of Justice, distinct from the Permanent Court of Arbitration, as parties in conflict often hesitate to resolve issues through arbitration, while they would prefer a strictly judicial decision on the legal questions involved. The same reasons that led nations to bypass the Permanent Court of Arbitration in Prize Cases and pursue a Convention for a genuine International Prize Court will, in time, compel these nations to establish a true International Court of Justice.[829]
[829] It should be mentioned that Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador in 1907—see Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, II. (1908), p. 231—established the "Central American Court of Justice" at Cartago, consisting of five judges, to which they have bound themselves to submit all controversies arising amongst them, of whatsoever nature, no matter what the origin may be, in case they cannot be settled by diplomatic negotiation. This Court is, however, only of local importance, although it is of great value, being the first Court of its kind.
[829] It should be noted that Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and San Salvador in 1907—see Supplement to the American Journal of International Law, II. (1908), p. 231—set up the "Central American Court of Justice" in Cartago, which is made up of five judges. They agreed to submit all disputes that arise among them, regardless of their nature or origin, to this Court if they can't be resolved through diplomatic negotiation. Although this Court is primarily of local significance, it is quite valuable as the first Court of its kind.
PART IV GLOBAL TRANSACTIONS
CHAPTER 1 ON INTERNATIONAL TRADE OVERVIEW
I Negotiation
Heffter, §§ 234-239—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 668-676—Liszt, § 20—Ullmann, § 71—Bonfils, Nos. 792-795—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1354-1362—Rivier, II. § 45—Calvo, III. §§ 1316-1320, 1670-1673.
Heffter, §§ 234-239—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 668-676—Liszt, § 20—Ullmann, § 71—Bonfils, Nos. 792-795—Pradier-Fodéré, III. Nos. 1354-1362—Rivier, II. § 45—Calvo, III. §§ 1316-1320, 1670-1673.
Conception of Negotiation.
Negotiation Concept.
§ 477. International negotiation is the term for such intercourse between two or more States as is initiated and directed for the purpose of effecting an understanding between them on matters of interest. Since civilised States form a body interknitted through their interests, such negotiation is in some shape or other constantly going on. No State of any importance can abstain from it in practice. There are many other international transactions,[830] but negotiation is by far the most important of them. And it must be emphasised that negotiation as a means of amicably settling conflicts between two or more States is only a particular kind of negotiation, although it will be specially discussed in another part of this work.[831]
§ 477. International negotiation refers to the interaction between two or more countries that is initiated and guided to achieve mutual understanding on matters of interest. Since civilized nations are interconnected through their interests, such negotiations are continuously happening in one way or another. No significant country can avoid participating in them. There are numerous other international transactions,[830] but negotiation is by far the most crucial. It should be noted that negotiation as a method for peacefully resolving conflicts between two or more countries is just one specific type of negotiation, although it will be examined in detail in another section of this work.[831]
Parties to Negotiation.
Negotiation Parties.
§ 478. International negotiations can be conducted by all such States as have a standing within the Family of Nations. Full-Sovereign States are, therefore, the regular subjects of international negotiation. But it would be wrong to maintain that half- and part-Sovereign States can never be parties to international negotiations. For they can indeed conduct negotiations on[Pg 530] those points concerning which they have a standing within the Family of Nations. Thus, for instance, while Bulgaria was a half-Sovereign State, she was nevertheless able to negotiate on several matters with foreign States independently of Turkey.[832] But so-called colonial States, as the Dominion of Canada, can never be parties to international negotiations; any necessary negotiation for a colonial State must be conducted by the mother-State to which it internationally belongs.[833]
§ 478. International negotiations can be carried out by any States that have a place within the Family of Nations. Full-Sovereign States are therefore the primary players in international negotiations. However, it would be inaccurate to say that half- and part-Sovereign States cannot participate in international negotiations. They can indeed engage in discussions on matters where they have a standing in the Family of Nations. For example, while Bulgaria was a half-Sovereign State, it was still able to negotiate on various issues with foreign States independently of Turkey.[Pg 530] But so-called colonial States, like the Dominion of Canada, cannot be parties to international negotiations; any necessary negotiations for a colonial State must be handled by the mother-State to which it internationally belongs.[833]
[833] The demand on the part of many influential Canadian politicians, expressed after the verdict of the Arbitration Court in the Alaska Boundary dispute, that Canada should have the power of making treaties independently of Great Britain, necessarily includes the demand to become in some respects a Sovereign State.
[833] The call from many prominent Canadian politicians, made after the Arbitration Court's decision in the Alaska Boundary dispute, for Canada to have the authority to make treaties independently of Great Britain, inherently implies a desire to become a Sovereign State in certain respects.
It must be specially mentioned that such negotiation as is conducted between a State, on the one hand, and, on the other, a party which is not a State, is not international negotiation, although such party may reside abroad. Thus, negotiations of a State with the Pope and the Holy See are not international negotiations, although all the formalities connected with international negotiations are usually observed in this case. Thus, too, negotiations on the part of States with a body of foreign bankers and contractors concerning a loan, the building of a railway, the working of a mine, and the like, are not international negotiations.
It should be noted that negotiations between a State and a non-State entity are not considered international negotiations, even if that entity is located abroad. For instance, negotiations between a State and the Pope or the Holy See are not classified as international negotiations, even though all the formalities typically associated with international negotiations are usually followed in these cases. Similarly, negotiations involving States and a group of foreign bankers and contractors regarding a loan, railroad construction, mining operations, and similar matters are also not deemed international negotiations.
Purpose of Negotiation.
Negotiation Goals.
§ 479. Negotiations between States may have various purposes. The purpose may be an exchange of views only on some political question; but it may also be an arrangement as to the line of action to be taken in future with regard to a certain point, or a settlement of differences, or the creation of international institutions, such as the Universal Postal Union for example, and so on. Of the greatest importance are those negotiations which aim at an understanding between members of the Family of Nations respecting the very creation of rules of International Law by international[Pg 531] conventions. Since the Vienna Congress at the beginning of the nineteenth century negotiations between the Powers for the purpose of defining, creating, or abolishing rules of International Law have been frequently and very successfully conducted.[834]
§ 479. Negotiations between States can have different goals. They might just be a discussion about some political issue, or they could be aimed at deciding how to act in the future on a specific matter, resolving disputes, or establishing international organizations like the Universal Postal Union, for instance, and more. The most important negotiations are those that seek to create an agreement among members of the Family of Nations on establishing rules of International Law through international conventions. Since the Vienna Congress at the start of the nineteenth century, negotiations between the Powers aimed at defining, creating, or eliminating rules of International Law have been conducted regularly and with great success.[Pg 531]
Negotiations by whom conducted.
Who conducted the negotiations?
§ 480. International negotiations are conducted by the agents which represent the negotiating States. The heads of these States may conduct the negotiations in person, either by letters or by a personal interview. Serious negotiations have in the past been conducted by heads of States, and, although this is comparatively seldom done, there is no reason to believe that personal negotiations between heads of States will not occur in future.[835] Heads of States may also personally negotiate with diplomatic or other agents commissioned for that purpose by other States. Ambassadors, as diplomatic agents of the first class, must, according to International Law, have even the right to approach in person the head of the State to which they are accredited for the purpose of negotiation.[836] The rule is, however, that negotiation between States concerning more important matters is conducted by their Secretaries for Foreign Affairs, with the help either of their diplomatic envoys or of agents without diplomatic character and so-called commissaries.[837]
§ 480. International negotiations are carried out by the representatives of the negotiating countries. The leaders of these countries can engage in negotiations personally, either through letters or face-to-face meetings. While serious negotiations have historically been led by heads of state, this is relatively rare, and there's no reason to believe that personal negotiations between heads of state won't happen in the future.[835] Heads of state may also personally negotiate with diplomatic or other representatives designated for that purpose by other countries. Ambassadors, as top-tier diplomatic agents, are entitled under International Law to approach in person the head of the State they are assigned to for negotiation purposes.[836] However, the general practice is that negotiations between countries on more significant issues are conducted by their Secretaries for Foreign Affairs, assisted either by their diplomatic representatives or by non-diplomatic agents known as commissaries.[837]
Form of Negotiation.
Negotiation Style.
§ 481. The Law of Nations does not prescribe any particular form in which international negotiations must be conducted. Such negotiations may, therefore, take place viva voce or through the exchange of written representations and arguments, or both. The more important negotiations are regularly conducted through the diplomatic exchange of written communications, as only in this way can misunderstandings be[Pg 532] avoided, which easily arise during viva voce negotiations. Of the greatest importance are the negotiations which take place through congresses and conferences.[838]
§ 481. The Law of Nations doesn't specify a particular way that international negotiations must be carried out. These negotiations can happen either viva voce or through the exchange of written communications and arguments, or both. Typically, more significant negotiations are handled through the diplomatic exchange of written documents, as this is the best way to avoid misunderstandings that can easily occur during viva voce discussions. The negotiations that take place at congresses and conferences are especially important.[838]
During viva voce negotiations it happens sometimes that a diplomatic envoy negotiating with the Secretary for Foreign Affairs reads out a letter received from his home State. In such case it is usual to leave a copy of the letter at the Foreign Office. If a copy is refused, the Secretary for Foreign Affairs can on his part refuse to hear the letter read. Thus in 1825 Canning refused to allow a Russian communication to be read to him by the Russian Ambassador in London with regard to the independence of the former Spanish colonies in South America, because this Ambassador was not authorised to leave a copy of the communication at the British Foreign Office.[839]
During viva voce negotiations, there are times when a diplomatic envoy negotiating with the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs reads a letter received from their home country. In this situation, it’s common to leave a copy of the letter at the Foreign Office. If a copy is refused, the Secretary can also refuse to listen to the reading of the letter. For example, in 1825, Canning declined to let the Russian Ambassador in London read a communication regarding the independence of the former Spanish colonies in South America because the Ambassador was not authorized to leave a copy of the communication at the British Foreign Office.[839]
End and Effect of Negotiation.
End and Outcome of Negotiation.
§ 482. Negotiations may and often do come to an end without any effect whatever on account of the parties failing to agree. On the other hand, if negotiations lead to an understanding, the effect may be twofold. It may consist either in a satisfactory exchange of views and intentions, and the parties are then in no way, at any rate not legally, bound to abide by such views and intentions, or to act on them in the future; or in an agreement on a treaty, and then the parties are legally bound by the stipulations of such treaty. Treaties are of such importance that it is necessary to discuss them in a special chapter.[840]
§ 482. Negotiations can and often do end without any consequences due to the parties not reaching an agreement. On the other hand, if negotiations result in an understanding, the outcome can be twofold. It can involve a productive exchange of views and intentions, and in this case, the parties are not legally required to adhere to those views and intentions or to act on them in the future; or it can result in a treaty agreement, making the parties legally obligated by the terms of that treaty. Treaties are so significant that they need to be discussed in a separate chapter.[840]
II Events and Meetings
Phillimore, II. §§ 39-40—Twiss, II. § 8—Taylor, §§ 34-36—Bluntschli, § 12—Heffter, § 242—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 679-684—Ullmann, §§ 71-72—Bonfils, Nos. 796-814—Despagnet, Nos. 478-482—Pradier-Fodéré, VI. Nos. 2593-2599—Rivier, II. § 46—Nys, III. pp. 7-17—Calvo, III. §§ 1674-1681—Fiore, II. Nos. 1216-1224, and Code, Nos. 1206-1245—Martens, I. § 52—Charles de Martens, "Guide diplomatique," vol. I. § 58—Pradier-Fodéré, "Cours de droit diplomatique" (1881), vol. II. pp. 372-424—Zaleski, "Die völkerrechtliche Bedeutung der Congresse" (1874)—Nippold, "Die Fortbildung des Verfahrens in völkerrechtlichen Streitigkeiten" (1907), pp. 480-526.
Phillimore, II. §§ 39-40—Twiss, II. § 8—Taylor, §§ 34-36—Bluntschli, § 12—Heffter, § 242—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 679-684—Ullmann, §§ 71-72—Bonfils, Nos. 796-814—Despagnet, Nos. 478-482—Pradier-Fodéré, VI. Nos. 2593-2599—Rivier, II. § 46—Nys, III. pp. 7-17—Calvo, III. §§ 1674-1681—Fiore, II. Nos. 1216-1224, and Code, Nos. 1206-1245—Martens, I. § 52—Charles de Martens, "Guide diplomatique," vol. I. § 58—Pradier-Fodéré, "Cours de droit diplomatique" (1881), vol. II. pp. 372-424—Zaleski, "Die völkerrechtliche Bedeutung der Congresse" (1874)—Nippold, "Die Fortbildung des Verfahrens in völkerrechtlichen Streitigkeiten" (1907), pp. 480-526.
Conception of Congresses and Conferences.
Concept of Congresses and Conferences.
§ 483. International congresses and conferences are formal meetings of the representatives of several States for the purpose of discussing matters of international interest and coming to an agreement concerning these matters. As far as language is concerned, the term "congress" as well as "conference" may be used for the meetings of the representatives of only two States, but as a rule congresses or conferences denote such bodies only as are composed of the representatives of a greater number of States. Several writers[841] allege that there are characteristic differences between a congress and a conference. But all such alleged differences vanish in face of the fact that the Powers, when summoning a meeting of representatives, name such body either congress or conference indiscriminately. It is not even correct to say that the more important meetings are named congresses, in contradistinction to conferences, for the Hague Peace Conferences of 1899 and 1907 were, in spite of their grand importance, denominated conferences.
§ 483. International congresses and conferences are formal gatherings of representatives from multiple states to discuss international issues and reach agreements on those matters. In terms of language, both "congress" and "conference" can refer to meetings involving just two states, but generally, congresses or conferences refer to assemblies made up of representatives from a larger number of states. Some writers[841] claim there are distinct differences between a congress and a conference. However, such claimed differences disappear when considering that the powers organizing a meeting of representatives choose to call it either a congress or a conference interchangeably. It's also not accurate to state that the more significant meetings are labeled as congresses compared to conferences, as the Hague Peace Conferences of 1899 and 1907 were, despite their considerable importance, referred to as conferences.
Much more important than the mere terminological difference between congress and conference is the difference of the representatives who attend the meeting.
Much more important than just the difference in terms between congress and conference is the difference in the representatives who attend the meeting.
For it may be that the heads of the States meet at a congress or conference, or that the representatives consist of diplomatic envoys and Secretaries for Foreign Affairs of the Powers. But, although congresses and conferences of heads of States have been held in the past and might at any moment be held again in the future, there can be no doubt that the most important matters are treated by congresses and conferences consisting of diplomatic representatives of the Powers.
For it might happen that the leaders of the States come together at a congress or conference, or that the representatives include diplomatic envoys and Secretaries of Foreign Affairs from the Powers. But even though congresses and conferences of heads of States have taken place in the past and could happen again in the future, there’s no doubt that the most significant issues are addressed by congresses and conferences made up of the diplomatic representatives of the Powers.
Parties to Congresses and Conferences.
Participants in Congresses and Conferences.
§ 484. Congresses and conferences not being organised by customary or conventional International Law, no rules exist with regard to the parties of a congress or conference. Everything depends upon the purpose for which a congress or a conference meets, and upon the Power which invites other Powers to the meeting. If it is intended to settle certain differences, it is reasonable that all the States concerned should be represented, for a Power which is not represented need not consent to the resolutions of the congress. If the creation of new rules of International Law is intended, at least all full-Sovereign members of the Family of Nations ought to be represented. To the First Peace Conference at the Hague, nevertheless, only the majority of States were invited to send representatives, the South American Republics not being invited at all. But to the Second Peace Conference of 1907 forty-seven States were invited, although only forty-four sent representatives. Costa Rica, Honduras, and Abyssinia were invited, but did not send any delegates.
§ 484. Since congresses and conferences are not organized by established International Law, there are no rules regarding which parties can attend. It all hinges on the purpose of the congress or conference and the Power that invites others to participate. If the goal is to resolve specific disputes, it makes sense for all affected States to be represented because a Power that isn’t present doesn’t have to agree to the outcomes of the congress. If the aim is to establish new rules of International Law, then all fully sovereign members of the Family of Nations should be included. However, at the First Peace Conference in The Hague, only most States were invited to send representatives, with the South American Republics not invited at all. In contrast, for the Second Peace Conference in 1907, forty-seven States were invited, although only forty-four sent representatives. Costa Rica, Honduras, and Abyssinia were invited but did not send delegates.
It is frequently maintained that only full-Sovereign States can be parties to congresses and conferences. This is certainly not correct, as here, too, everything depends upon the merits of the special case. As a rule, full-Sovereign States only are parties, but there are exceptions. Thus, Bulgaria, at the time a vassal under Turkish suzerainty, was a party to the First as[Pg 535] well as to the Second Hague Peace Conference, although without a vote. There is no reason to deny the rule that half- and part-Sovereign States can be parties to congresses and conferences in so far as they are able to negotiate internationally.[842] Such States are, in fact, frequently asked to send representatives to such congresses and conferences as meet for non-political matters.
It’s often claimed that only fully sovereign states can participate in congresses and conferences. This isn't correct, as it depends on the specifics of each case. Generally, only fully sovereign states are involved, but there are exceptions. For example, Bulgaria, which was a vassal state under Turkish control at the time, participated in both the First and Second Hague Peace Conferences, though it didn't have a vote. There's no reason to exclude the idea that semi- and partially sovereign states can take part in congresses and conferences as long as they can negotiate internationally. In fact, these states are often invited to send representatives to such gatherings, especially when the topics aren't political.
But no State can be a party which has not been invited, or admitted at its own request. If a Power thinks it fitting that a congress or conference should meet, it invites such other Powers as it pleases. The invited Powers may accept under the condition that certain other Powers should or should not be invited or admitted. Those Powers which have accepted the invitation become parties if they send representatives. Each party may send several representatives, but they have only one vote, given by the senior representative for himself and his subordinates.
But no state can participate unless it has been invited or admitted upon its own request. If a country believes it is appropriate for a congress or conference to convene, it can invite any other countries it sees fit. The invited countries can attend under the condition that certain other countries are included or excluded. Those countries that accept the invitation become participants if they send representatives. Each participant can send multiple representatives, but they only have one vote, which is cast by the senior representative on behalf of themselves and their subordinates.
Procedure at Congresses and Conferences.
Congress and Conference Procedures.
§ 485. After the place and time of meeting have been arranged—such place may be neutralised for the purpose of securing the independence of the deliberations and discussions—the representatives meet and constitute themselves by exchanging their commissions and electing a president and other officers. It is usual, but not obligatory,[843] for the Secretary for Foreign Affairs of the State within which the congress meets to be elected president. If the difficulty of the questions on the programme makes it advisable, special committees are appointed for the purpose of preparing the matter for discussion by the body of the congress. In such discussion all representatives can take part. After the discussion follows the voting. The motion must be carried unanimously to consummate the task of the congress, for the vote of the majority has no[Pg 536] power whatever in regard to the dissenting parties. But it is possible that the majority considers the motion binding for its members. A protocol is to be kept of all the discussions and the voting. If the discussions and votings lead to a final result upon which the parties agree, all the points agreed upon are drawn up in an Act, which is signed by the representatives and which is called the Final Act or the General Act of the congress or conference. A party can make a declaration or a reservation in signing the Act for the purpose of excluding a certain interpretation of the Act in the future. And the Act may expressly stipulate freedom for States which were not parties to accede to it in future.
§ 485. Once the time and place for the meeting have been set—this location can be neutral to ensure the independence of the discussions—the representatives gather and establish themselves by exchanging their credentials and electing a president and other officers. It’s common, but not mandatory,[843] for the Secretary of Foreign Affairs of the host state to be elected as president. If the issues on the agenda are particularly challenging, special committees may be formed to prepare the topics for discussion by the congress. All representatives can participate in this discussion. After the discussion, voting takes place. The motion must be passed unanimously to complete the congress's work, as a majority vote holds no authority over the dissenting parties. However, the majority may consider the motion binding on its members. A record of all discussions and votes must be kept. If the discussions and votes culminate in an agreement among the parties, all agreed points are documented in an Act, which is signed by the representatives and referred to as the Final Act or the General Act of the congress or conference. A party can include a declaration or reservation when signing the Act to indicate a specific interpretation that should be excluded in the future. Additionally, the Act may explicitly allow non-participating states the option to join it later.
III TRANSACTIONS OTHER THAN NEGOTIATION
Bluntschli, § 84—Hartmann, § 91; Gareis, § 77—Liszt, § 20.
Bluntschli, § 84—Hartmann, § 91; Gareis, § 77—Liszt, § 20.
Different kinds of Transaction.
Different types of transactions.
§ 486. International transaction is the term for every act on the part of a State in its intercourse with other States. Besides negotiation, which has been discussed above in §§ 477-482, there are eleven other kinds of international transactions which are of legal importance—namely, declaration, notification, protest, renunciation, recognition, intervention, retorsion, reprisals, pacific blockade, war, and subjugation. Recognition has already been discussed above in §§ 71-75, as has also intervention in §§ 134-138, and, further, subjugation in §§ 236-241. Retorsion, reprisals, pacific blockade, and war will be treated in the second volume of this work. There are, therefore, here to be discussed only the remaining four transactions—namely, declaration, notification, protest, and renunciation.
§ 486. An international transaction refers to any action taken by a state in its relations with other states. In addition to negotiation, which was covered earlier in §§ 477-482, there are eleven other types of international transactions that are legally significant—these include declaration, notification, protest, renunciation, recognition, intervention, retorsion, reprisals, pacific blockade, war, and subjugation. Recognition has already been covered in §§ 71-75, intervention in §§ 134-138, and subjugation in §§ 236-241. Retorsion, reprisals, pacific blockade, and war will be discussed in the second volume of this work. Therefore, we will focus here on the remaining four transactions: declaration, notification, protest, and renunciation.
Declaration.
Statement.
§ 487. The term "declaration" is used in three[Pg 537] different meanings. It is, first, sometimes used as the title of a body of stipulations of a treaty according to which the parties engage themselves to pursue in future a certain line of conduct. The Declaration of Paris, 1856, the Declaration of St. Petersburg, 1868, and the Declaration of London, 1909, are instances of this. Declarations of this kind differ in no respect from treaties.[844] One speaks, secondly, of declarations when States communicate to other States or urbi et orbi an explanation and justification of a line of conduct pursued by them in the past, or an explanation of views and intentions concerning certain matters. Declarations of this kind may be very important, but they hardly comprise transactions out of which rights and duties of other States follow. But there is a third kind of declarations out of which rights and duties do follow for other States, and it is this kind which comprises a specific international transaction, although the different declarations belonging to this group are by no means of a uniform character. Declarations of this kind are declarations of war, declarations on the part of belligerents concerning the goods they will condemn as contraband, declarations at the outbreak of war on the part of third States that they will remain neutral, and others.
§ 487. The term "declaration" is used in three[Pg 537] different ways. First, it sometimes refers to the title of a set of stipulations in a treaty where the parties commit to follow a certain course of action in the future. Examples include the Declaration of Paris, 1856, the Declaration of St. Petersburg, 1868, and the Declaration of London, 1909. Declarations like this are no different from treaties.[844] Secondly, we talk about declarations when States inform other States or urbi et orbi about their past actions, explaining and justifying their behavior, or sharing their views and intentions on certain issues. These kinds of declarations can be very significant, but they typically don’t create rights and duties for other States. Finally, there’s a third type of declaration that does establish rights and duties for other States, which involves specific international transactions. The various declarations in this category are not uniform, but they include declarations of war, statements from belligerents about which goods will be considered contraband, and declarations by third States at the start of a war that they will remain neutral, among others.
Notification.
Alert.
§ 488. Notification is the technical term for the communication to other States of the knowledge of certain facts and events of legal importance. But a distinction must be drawn between obligatory and merely usual notification.
§ 488. Notification is the technical term for communicating with other States about certain facts and events that have legal significance. However, it's important to differentiate between mandatory and just customary notification.
Notification has of late been stipulated in several cases to be obligatory. Thus, according to article 34 of the General Act of the Berlin Congo Conference of 1885, notification of new occupations and the like on the[Pg 538] African coast is obligatory. Thus, further, according to article 84 of the Hague Convention for the peaceful adjustment of international differences, in case a number of States are parties to a treaty and two of the parties are at variance concerning the interpretation of such treaty and agree to have the difference settled by arbitration, they have to notify this agreement to all other parties to the treaty. Again, according to article 2 of the Hague Convention concerning the Commencement of Hostilities, 1907, the outbreak of war must be notified to the neutral Powers, and so must the declaration of a blockade,[845] according to article 11 of the Declaration of London, 1909.
Notification has recently been established as mandatory in several cases. According to article 34 of the General Act of the Berlin Congo Conference of 1885, notifying new occupations and similar events on the [Pg 538] African coast is required. Additionally, article 84 of the Hague Convention for the peaceful resolution of international disputes states that if multiple States are parties to a treaty and two of them disagree on the interpretation of that treaty and decide to resolve the issue through arbitration, they must inform all other parties to the treaty about this agreement. Moreover, article 2 of the Hague Convention concerning the Commencement of Hostilities, 1907, specifies that the start of war must be communicated to neutral powers, as must the declaration of a blockade, as stated in article 11 of the Declaration of London, 1909.
Apart from such cases in which notification is stipulated as obligatory, it is in principle not obligatory, although in fact it frequently takes place because States cannot be considered subject to certain duties without the knowledge of the facts and events which give rise to these duties. Thus it is usual to notify to other States changes in the headship and in the form of government of a State, the establishment of a Federal State, an annexation after conquest, the appointment of a new Secretary for Foreign Affairs, and the like.
Aside from cases where notification is required, it generally isn't mandatory, although it often happens because countries can't be expected to fulfill certain responsibilities without being aware of the facts and events that lead to those responsibilities. Therefore, it's common to inform other countries of changes in leadership and government structure, the formation of a Federal State, annexation after conquest, the appointment of a new Secretary of State, and similar matters.
Protest.
Rally.
§ 489. Protest is a formal communication on the part of a State to another that it objects to an act performed or contemplated by the latter. A protest serves the purpose of preservation of rights, or of making it known that the protesting State does not acquiesce in and does not recognise certain acts. A protest can be lodged with another State concerning acts of the latter which have been notified to the former or which have otherwise become known. On the other hand, if a State acquires knowledge of an act which it considers internationally illegal and against its rights, and nevertheless does not protest, such attitude implies[Pg 539] renunciation of such rights, provided a protest would have been necessary to preserve a claim. It may further happen that a State at first protests, but afterwards either expressly[846] or tacitly acquiesces in the act. And it must be emphasised that under certain circumstances and conditions a simple protest on the part of a State without further action is not in itself sufficient to preserve the rights in behalf of which the protest was made.[847]
§ 489. A protest is a formal notification from one state to another that it objects to an action that the second state has taken or is planning to take. The purpose of a protest is to protect rights or to indicate that the protesting state does not accept or recognize certain actions. A protest can be filed with another state regarding actions that have been communicated to the first state or that it has otherwise become aware of. Conversely, if a state learns about an action that it believes is internationally unlawful and against its rights but still chooses not to protest, this inaction can be seen as giving up those rights, especially if protesting was necessary to maintain a claim. Additionally, a state might initially protest but later either openly or implicitly accept the action. It is important to note that under certain circumstances, simply protesting without taking further steps may not be enough to protect the rights that the protest was intended to defend.[847]
[846] Thus by section 2 of the Declaration concerning Siam, Madagascar, and the New Hebrides, which is embodied in the Anglo-French Agreement of April 8, 1904, Great Britain withdrew the protest which she had raised against the introduction of the Customs tariff established at Madagascar after the annexation to France.
[846] So, according to section 2 of the Declaration about Siam, Madagascar, and the New Hebrides, included in the Anglo-French Agreement of April 8, 1904, Great Britain took back the protest it had made regarding the Customs tariff that was set up in Madagascar after it was annexed by France.
Renunciation.
Giving up.
§ 490. Renunciation is the deliberate abandonment of rights. It can be given expressis verbis or tacitly. If, for instance, a State by occupation takes possession of an island which has previously been occupied by another State,[848] the latter tacitly renounces its rights by not protesting as soon as it receives knowledge of the fact. Renunciation plays a prominent part in the amicable settlement of differences between States, either one or both parties frequently renouncing their claims for the purpose of coming to an agreement. But it must be specially observed that mere silence on the part of a State does not imply renunciation; this occurs only when a State remains silent, although a protest is necessary to preserve a claim.
§ 490. Renunciation is the intentional giving up of rights. It can be done expressis verbis or implicitly. For example, if a State occupies an island that was previously occupied by another State,[848] the latter implicitly renounces its rights by not protesting as soon as it becomes aware of the situation. Renunciation is important in the peaceful resolution of disputes between States, as either one or both parties often give up their claims to reach an agreement. However, it's important to note that mere silence from a State does not mean renunciation; this only happens when a State stays silent even though a protest is needed to maintain a claim.
CHAPTER 2 AGREEMENTS
I Treaties: Purpose and Nature
Vattel, II. §§ 152, 153, 157, 163—Hall, § 107—Phillimore, II. § 44—Twiss, I. §§ 224-233—Taylor, §§ 341-342—Bluntschli, § 402—Heffter, § 81—Despagnet, Nos. 435-436—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 888-919—Rivier, II. pp. 33-40—Nys, III. pp. 18-20 and 43-48—Calvo, III. §§ 1567-1584—Fiore, II. Nos. 976-982—Martens, I. § 103—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877)—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880)—Laghi, "Teoria dei trattati internazionali" (1882)—Buonamici, "Dei trattati internazionali" (1888)—Nippold, "Der völkerrechtliche Vertrag" (1894)—Triepel, "Völkerrecht und Landesrecht" (1899), pp. 27-90.
Vattel, II. §§ 152, 153, 157, 163—Hall, § 107—Phillimore, II. § 44—Twiss, I. §§ 224-233—Taylor, §§ 341-342—Bluntschli, § 402—Heffter, § 81—Despagnet, Nos. 435-436—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 888-919—Rivier, II. pp. 33-40—Nys, III. pp. 18-20 and 43-48—Calvo, III. §§ 1567-1584—Fiore, II. Nos. 976-982—Martens, I. § 103—Bergbohm, "Staatsverträge und Gesetze als Quellen des Völkerrechts" (1877)—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880)—Laghi, "Teoria dei trattati internazionali" (1882)—Buonamici, "Dei trattati internazionali" (1888)—Nippold, "Der völkerrechtliche Vertrag" (1894)—Triepel, "Völkerrecht und Landesrecht" (1899), pp. 27-90.
Conception of Treaties.
Treaty Creation.
§ 491. International treaties are conventions or contracts between two or more States concerning various matters of interest. Even before a Law of Nations in the modern sense of the term was in existence, treaties used to be concluded between States. And although in those times treaties were neither based on nor were themselves a cause of an International Law, they were nevertheless considered sacred and binding on account of religious and moral sentiment. However, since the manifold intercourse of modern times did not then exist between the different States, treaties did not discharge such all-important functions in the life of humanity as they do now.
§ 491. International treaties are agreements or contracts between two or more countries regarding various areas of interest. Even before a modern concept of International Law existed, treaties were made between nations. Although at that time treaties weren’t based on or did not create International Law, they were still regarded as sacred and binding due to religious and moral beliefs. However, since the diverse interactions that we have today between different nations didn't then exist, treaties didn’t play the crucial roles in human life that they do now.
Different kinds of Treaties.
Types of Treaties.
§ 492. These important functions are manifest if attention is given to the variety of international treaties which exist nowadays and are day by day concluded for innumerable purposes. In regard to State property,[Pg 541] treaties are concluded of cession, of boundary, and many others. Alliances, treaties of protection, of guarantee, of neutrality, and of peace are concluded for political purposes. Various purposes are served by consular treaties, commercial[849] treaties, treaties in regard to the post, telegraphs, and railways, treaties of copyright and the like, of jurisdiction, of extradition, monetary treaties, treaties in regard to measures and weights, to rates, taxes, and custom-house duties, treaties on the matter of sanitation with respect to epidemics, treaties in the interest of industrial labourers, and treaties with regard to agriculture and industry. Again, various purposes are served by treaties concerning warfare, mediation, arbitration, and so on.
§ 492. These important functions are evident when you consider the variety of international treaties that exist today and are being created daily for countless purposes. In terms of state property, treaties are made for cession, boundaries, and many others. Alliances, treaties of protection, guarantee, neutrality, and peace are established for political reasons. Different purposes are addressed by consular treaties, commercial treaties, treaties related to mail, telecommunications, and railroads, treaties for copyright and similar issues, jurisdiction, extradition, monetary treaties, treaties regarding measurements and weights, rates, taxes, and customs duties, treaties concerning sanitation related to epidemics, treaties in the interest of industrial workers, and treaties related to agriculture and industry. Additionally, various purposes are met by treaties concerning warfare, mediation, arbitration, and so on.
I do not intend to discuss the question of classification of the different kinds of treaties, for hitherto all attempts[850] at such classification have failed. But there is one distinction to be made which is of the greatest importance and according to which the whole body of treaties is to be divided into two classes. For treaties may, on the one hand, be concluded for the purpose of confirming, defining, or abolishing existing customary rules, and of establishing new rules for the Law of Nations. Treaties of this kind ought to be termed law-making treaties. On the other hand, treaties may be concluded for all kinds of other purposes. Law-making treaties as a source of rules of International Law have been discussed above (§ 18); the most important of these treaties will be considered below (§§ 556-568b).
I don't plan to talk about the classification of different types of treaties, as all previous attempts[850] at such classification have been unsuccessful. However, there is one important distinction to make, which divides all treaties into two categories. On one hand, treaties can be made to confirm, define, or abolish existing customary rules, and to establish new rules for International Law. These should be referred to as law-making treaties. On the other hand, treaties can be created for many other purposes. Law-making treaties as a source of International Law rules have been discussed above (§ 18); the most important of these treaties will be explored below (§§ 556-568b).
[850] Since the time of Grotius the science of the Law of Nations has not ceased attempting a satisfactory classification of the different kinds of treaties. See Heffter, §§ 88-91; Bluntschli, §§ 442-445; Martens, I. § 113; Ullmann, § 82; Wheaton, § 268 (following Vattel, II. § 169); Rivier, II. pp. 106-118; Westlake, I. p. 283, and many others.
[850] Since Grotius's time, the study of international law has continually tried to provide a clear classification of the various types of treaties. See Heffter, §§ 88-91; Bluntschli, §§ 442-445; Martens, I. § 113; Ullmann, § 82; Wheaton, § 268 (following Vattel, II. § 169); Rivier, II. pp. 106-118; Westlake, I. p. 283, and many others.
Binding Force of Treaties.
Binding Nature of Treaties.
§ 493. The question as to the reason of the binding force of international treaties always was, and still is,[Pg 542] very much disputed. That all those publicists who deny the legal character of the Law of Nations deny likewise a legally binding force in international treaties is obvious. But even among those who acknowledge the legal character of International Law, unanimity by no means exists concerning this binding force of treaties. The question is all the more important as everybody knows that treaties are sometimes broken, rightly according to the opinion of the one party, and wrongly according to the opinion of the other. Many publicists find the binding force of treaties in the Law of Nature, others in religious and moral principles, others[851] again in the self-restraint exercised by States in becoming a party to a treaty. Some writers[852] assert that it is the contracting parties' own will which gives binding force to their treaties, and others[853] teach that such binding force is to be found im Rechtsbewusstsein der Menschheit—that is, in the idea of right innate in man. I believe that the question can satisfactorily be dealt with only by dividing it into several different questions and by answering those questions seriatim.
§ 493. The question about why international treaties are binding has always been, and still is, [Pg 542] highly debated. It’s clear that all publicists who deny the legal status of the Law of Nations also reject the legally binding nature of international treaties. However, even among those who accept the legal status of International Law, there still isn’t agreement on whether treaties are binding. This question is especially significant because we all know that treaties are sometimes violated, with one party believing it's justified and the other seeing it as wrong. Many publicists identify the binding nature of treaties in the Law of Nature, while others point to religious and moral principles, and yet others attribute it to the self-restraint shown by States when they enter a treaty. Some writers assert that it is the will of the parties involved that gives treaties their binding nature, and others claim that the binding power can be found im Rechtsbewusstsein der Menschheit—that is, in humanity's inherent sense of right. I believe this question can only be adequately tackled by breaking it down into several distinct questions and addressing those questions seriatim.
[853] So Bluntschli, § 410.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ So Bluntschli, § 410.
First, the question is to be answered why treaties are legally binding. The answer must categorically be that this is so because there exists a customary rule of International Law that treaties are binding.
First, the question that needs to be answered is why treaties are legally binding. The answer is clear: it’s because there is a customary rule of International Law that makes treaties binding.
Then the question might be put as to the cause of the existence of such customary rule. The answer must be that such rule is the product of several joint causes. Religious and moral reasons require such a rule quite as much as the interest of the States, for no law could exist between nations if such rule did not exist. All causes which have been and are still working to create and maintain an International Law are at the background of this question.[Pg 543]
Then the question might arise about why such a customary rule exists. The answer is that this rule is the result of several combined factors. Both religious and moral reasons call for such a rule, just as much as the interests of the States do, since no law could exist between nations without it. All the factors that have contributed to creating and maintaining International Law are behind this question.[Pg 543]
And, thirdly, the question might be put how it is possible to speak of a legally binding force in treaties without a judicial authority to enforce their stipulations. The answer must be that the binding force of treaties, although it is a legal force, is not the same as the binding force of contracts according to Municipal Law, since International Law is a weaker law, and for this reason less enforceable, than Municipal Law. But just as International Law does not lack legal character in consequence of the fact that there is no central authority[854] above the States which could enforce it, so international treaties are not deficient of a legally binding force because there is no judicial authority for the enforcement of their stipulations.
And, thirdly, one might ask how it's possible to talk about treaties having legal binding force without a judicial authority to enforce their terms. The answer is that the binding power of treaties, while legally valid, is not the same as the binding power of contracts under Domestic Law, since International Law is a weaker system and therefore less enforceable than Domestic Law. However, just as International Law still possesses legal status despite the absence of a central authority above the States to enforce it, international treaties are not lacking in legally binding force simply because there is no judicial authority to enforce their terms.
II Treaty Parties
Vattel, II. §§ 154-156, 206-212—Hall, § 108—Westlake, I. p. 279—Phillimore, II. §§ 48-49—Halleck, I. pp. 275-278—Taylor, §§ 361-365—Wheaton, §§ 265-267—Moore, V. §§ 734-737—Bluntschli, §§ 403-409—Heffter, §§ 84-85—Ullmann, § 75—Bonfils, No. 818—Despagnet, No. 446—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1058-1068—Rivier, II. pp. 45-48—Nys, III. pp. 20-24—Calvo, III. §§ 1616-1618—Fiore, II. Nos. 984-1000, and Code, Nos. 743-749—Martens, I. § 104—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 104-112—Schoen in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 400-431.
Vattel, II. §§ 154-156, 206-212—Hall, § 108—Westlake, I. p. 279—Phillimore, II. §§ 48-49—Halleck, I. pp. 275-278—Taylor, §§ 361-365—Wheaton, §§ 265-267—Moore, V. §§ 734-737—Bluntschli, §§ 403-409—Heffter, §§ 84-85—Ullmann, § 75—Bonfils, No. 818—Despagnet, No. 446—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1058-1068—Rivier, II. pp. 45-48—Nys, III. pp. 20-24—Calvo, III. §§ 1616-1618—Fiore, II. Nos. 984-1000, and Code, Nos. 743-749—Martens, I. § 104—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 104-112—Schoen in Z.V. V. (1911), pp. 400-431.
The Treaty-making Power.
The Power to Make Treaties.
§ 494. The so-called right of making treaties is not a right of a State in the technical meaning of the term, but a mere competence attaching to sovereignty. A State possesses, therefore, treating-making power only so far as it is sovereign. Full-Sovereign States may become parties to treaties of all kinds, being regularly competent to make treaties on whatever matters they please. Not-full Sovereign States, however, can become parties to such treaties only according to their competence to conclude. It is impossible to lay down[Pg 544] a hard-and-fast rule concerning such competence of all not-full Sovereign States. Everything depends upon the special case. Thus, the constitutions of Federal States comprise provisions with regard to the competence, if any, of the member-States to conclude international treaties among themselves as well as with foreign States.[855] Thus, again, it depends upon the special relation between the suzerain and the vassal how far the latter possesses the competence to enter into treaties with foreign States; ordinarily a vassal can conclude treaties concerning such matters as railways, extradition, commerce, and the like.
§ 494. The so-called right to make treaties isn't a right of a State in the strict sense, but rather a power that comes with sovereignty. A State can only make treaties as long as it is sovereign. Fully Sovereign States can engage in all types of treaties, having the regular authority to make agreements on any issues they choose. However, not-fully Sovereign States can only enter into such treaties based on their ability to do so. It's impossible to establish a strict rule regarding the capacity of all not-fully Sovereign States; it really depends on the specific situation. For instance, the constitutions of Federal States include rules about whether member States can make international treaties with each other or with foreign States. Similarly, it depends on the specific relationship between the suzerain and the vassal regarding how capable the vassal is of entering treaties with foreign States; typically, a vassal can make treaties on topics like railways, extradition, commerce, and similar matters.
[855] According to articles 7 and 9 of the Constitution of Switzerland the Swiss member-States are competent to conclude non-political treaties among themselves, and, further, such treaties with foreign States as concern matters of police, of local traffic, and of State economics. According to article 11 of the Constitution of the German Empire, the German member-States are competent to conclude treaties concerning all such matters as do not, in conformity with article 4 of the Constitution, belong to the competence of the Empire. On the other hand, according to article 1, section 10, of the Constitution of the United States of America, the member-States are incompetent either to conclude treaties among themselves or with foreign States.
[855] According to articles 7 and 9 of the Constitution of Switzerland, the Swiss member states have the authority to make non-political treaties with each other and also with foreign states about issues related to police, local traffic, and state economics. According to article 11 of the Constitution of the German Empire, the German member states can make treaties about all matters that, according to article 4 of the Constitution, do not fall under the Empire's authority. On the other hand, according to article 1, section 10, of the Constitution of the United States of America, the member states are not allowed to make treaties with each other or with foreign states.
Treaty-making Power exercised by Heads of States.
Treaty-making power is handled by heads of state.
§ 495. The treaty-making power of all States is exercised by their heads, either personally or through representatives appointed by these heads. The Holy Alliance of Paris, 1815, was personally concluded by the Emperors of Austria and Russia and the King of Prussia. And when, on June 24, 1859, the Austrian army was defeated at Solferino, the Emperors of Austria and France met on July 11, 1859, at Villafranca and agreed in person on preliminaries of peace. Yet, as a rule, heads of States do not act in person, but authorise representatives to act for them. Such representatives receive a written commission, known as powers or full powers, which authorises them to negotiate in the name of the respective heads of States. They also receive oral or written, open or secret instructions. But, as a rule, they do not conclude a treaty finally, for all treaties concluded by such representatives are[Pg 545] in principle not valid before ratification.[856] If they conclude a treaty by exceeding their powers or acting contrary to their instructions, the treaty is not a real treaty and not binding upon the State they represent. A treaty of such a kind is called a sponsio or sponsiones. Sponsiones may become a real treaty and binding upon the State through the latter's approval. Nowadays, however, the difference between real treaties and sponsiones is less important than in former times, when the custom in favour of the necessity of ratification for the validity of treaties was not yet general. If nowadays representatives exceed their powers, their States can simply refuse ratification of the sponsio.
§ 495. All states exercise their treaty-making power through their leaders, either directly or by appointing representatives. The Holy Alliance of Paris, 1815, was directly agreed upon by the Emperors of Austria and Russia and the King of Prussia. When the Austrian army lost at Solferino on June 24, 1859, the Emperors of Austria and France met in person on July 11, 1859, in Villafranca and reached an agreement on the terms of peace. However, typically, heads of state do not act alone but authorize representatives to act on their behalf. These representatives are given a written commission, known as powers or full powers, which allows them to negotiate in the name of their respective leaders. They also receive either oral or written instructions, which can be open or secret. Nevertheless, they usually cannot finalize a treaty, as all treaties finalized by such representatives are[Pg 545] generally not valid until ratified.[856] If they finalize a treaty by exceeding their authority or acting against their instructions, the treaty is not considered valid and does not bind the state they represent. A treaty of this nature is referred to as a sponsio or sponsiones. Sponsiones can become valid and binding on the state with its approval. Nowadays, though, the distinction between real treaties and sponsiones is less significant than in the past, when it was not yet common practice to require ratification for treaties to be valid. If representatives exceed their authority today, their states can simply refuse to ratify the sponsio.
Minor Functionaries exercising Treaty-making Power.
Minor Officials Exercising Treaty Power.
§ 496. For some non-political purposes of minor importance, certain minor functionaries are recognised as competent to exercise the treaty-making power of their States. Such functionaries are ipso facto by their offices and duties competent to enter into certain agreements without the requirement of ratification. Thus, for instance, in time of war, military and naval officers in command[857] can enter into agreements concerning a suspension of arms, the surrender of a fortress, the exchange of prisoners, and the like. But it must be emphasised that treaties of this kind are valid only when these functionaries have not exceeded their powers.
§ 496. For some minor non-political purposes, certain minor officials are recognized as having the authority to make treaties on behalf of their States. These officials are automatically qualified to enter into specific agreements by virtue of their positions and responsibilities, without needing approval. For example, during wartime, military and naval officers in command[857] can make agreements about suspending hostilities, surrendering a stronghold, exchanging prisoners, and similar matters. However, it’s important to note that such treaties are only valid if these officials haven't overstepped their authority.
[857] See Grotius, III. c. 22.
Constitutional Restrictions.
Constitutional Limits.
§ 497. Although the heads of States are regularly, according to the Law of Nations, the organs that exercise the treaty-making power of the States, constitutional restrictions imposed upon the heads concerning the exercise of this power are nevertheless of importance for the Law of Nations. Such treaties concluded by heads of States or representatives authorised by these heads as violate constitutional restrictions are not real treaties and do not bind the State concerned, because[Pg 546] the representatives have exceeded their powers in concluding the treaties.[858] Such constitutional restrictions, although they are not of great importance in Great Britain,[859] play a prominent part in the Constitutions of most countries. Thus, according to article 8 of the French Constitution, the President exercises the treaty-making power; but peace treaties and such other treaties as concern commerce, finance, and some other matters, are not valid without the co-operation of the French Parliament. Thus, further, according to articles 1, 4, and 11 of the Constitution of the German Empire, the Emperor exercises the treaty-making power; but such treaties as concern the frontier, commerce, and several other matters, are not valid without the co-operation of the Bundesrath and the Reichstag. Again, according to article 2, section 2, of the Constitution of the United States, the President can only ratify treaties with the consent of the Senate.
§ 497. Although heads of state regularly act, according to international law, as the entities that hold the treaty-making power of their nations, any constitutional limitations placed on these leaders regarding this power are still significant in international law. Treaties made by heads of state or their authorized representatives that violate these constitutional restrictions are not legitimate treaties and do not oblige the state involved, because[Pg 546] the representatives have overstepped their authority in making them.[858] While such constitutional restrictions may not be very significant in Great Britain,[859] they play an important role in the constitutions of most other countries. For example, according to Article 8 of the French Constitution, the President has the power to make treaties; however, peace treaties and other agreements involving commerce, finance, and certain other issues are not valid without input from the French Parliament. Similarly, Articles 1, 4, and 11 of the Constitution of the German Empire state that the Emperor holds the treaty-making power, but treaties regarding borders, commerce, and various other issues are not valid without the cooperation of the Bundesrath and the Reichstag. Additionally, Article 2, Section 2, of the Constitution of the United States stipulates that the President can only ratify treaties with the Senate's approval.
Mutual Consent of the Contracting Parties.
Mutual Agreement of the Parties Involved.
§ 498. A treaty being a convention, mutual consent of the parties is necessary. Mere proposals made by one party and not accepted by the other are, therefore, not binding upon the proposer. Without force are also pollicitations which contain mere promises without acceptance by the party to whom they were made. Not binding are, lastly, so-called punctationes, mere negotiations on the items of a future treaty, without the parties entering into an obligation to conclude that treaty. But such punctationes must not be confounded either with a preliminary treaty or with a so-called pactum de contrahendo. A preliminary treaty requires the mutual consent of the parties with regard to certain important points, whereas other points have to be settled by the definitive treaty to be concluded later. Such preliminary treaty is a real treaty and[Pg 547] therefore binding upon the parties. A pactum de contrahendo requires likewise the mutual consent of the parties. It is an agreement upon certain points to be incorporated in a future treaty, and is binding upon the parties. The difference between punctationes and a pactum de contrahendo is, that the latter stipulates an obligation of the parties to settle the respective points by a treaty, whereas the former does not.
§ 498. A treaty is a mutual agreement, so both parties need to consent. Simply making proposals without the other party accepting them doesn’t create any obligation for the proposer. Promises made without acceptance from the other party are also not binding. Finally, the so-called punctationes, which are just negotiations on the elements of a future treaty without any commitment to actually finalize that treaty, are not binding either. However, punctationes should not be confused with a preliminary treaty or a so-called pactum de contrahendo. A preliminary treaty requires both parties to agree on certain key points, while other points can be settled in a definitive treaty that will be finalized later. A preliminary treaty is a real treaty and [Pg 547] is therefore binding on the parties. A pactum de contrahendo also requires mutual consent from the parties. It is an agreement on certain points that will be included in a future treaty and is binding on the parties. The difference between punctationes and a pactum de contrahendo is that the latter creates an obligation for the parties to resolve the relevant points through a treaty, while the former does not.
Freedom of Action of consenting Representatives.
Freedom of Action of consenting Representatives.
§ 499. As a treaty will lack binding force without real consent, absolute freedom of action on the part of the contracting parties is required. It must, however, be understood that circumstances of urgent distress, such as either defeat in war or the menace of a strong State to a weak State, are, according to the rules of International Law, not regarded as excluding the freedom of action of a party consenting to the terms of a treaty. The phrase "freedom of action" applies only to the representatives of the contracting States. It is their freedom of action in consenting to a treaty which must not have been interfered with and which must not have been excluded by other causes. A treaty concluded through intimidation exercised against the representatives of either party or concluded by intoxicated or insane representatives is not binding upon the party so represented. But a State which was forced by circumstances to conclude a treaty containing humiliating terms has no right afterwards to shake off the obligations of such treaty on the ground that its freedom of action was interfered with at the time.[860] This must be emphasised, because in practice such cases of repudiation have frequently occurred. A State may, of course, hold itself justified by political necessity in shaking off such obligations, but this does not alter the fact that such action is a breach of law.
§ 499. A treaty won’t be binding unless there’s genuine consent, so the parties involved must have complete freedom to act. However, it’s important to understand that situations of urgent distress, like losing a war or the threat of a strong country against a weaker one, do not automatically negate a party's freedom to agree to a treaty according to International Law. The term "freedom of action" applies only to the representatives of the contracting States. It is their freedom to agree to a treaty that must not have been compromised and must not have been restricted by other factors. A treaty made under intimidation towards the representatives of either side, or made by representatives who are intoxicated or insane, is not binding on the party they represent. However, a State that felt forced to agree to a treaty with humiliating terms cannot later escape the treaty's obligations just because their freedom to act was limited at that time.[860] This is important to stress, as these situations of retraction have often happened in practice. A State may believe it has a valid political reason to dismiss such obligations, but that doesn’t change the fact that it represents a violation of the law.
Delusion and Error in Contracting Parties.
Delusion and Mistakes in Contracting Parties.
§ 500. Although a treaty was concluded with the[Pg 548] real consent of the parties, it is nevertheless not binding if the consent was given in error, or under a delusion produced by a fraud of the other contracting party. If, for instance, a boundary treaty were based upon an incorrect map or a map fraudulently altered by one of the parties, such treaty would by no means be binding. Although there is freedom of action in such cases, consent has been given under circumstances which prevent the treaty from being binding.
§ 500. Even though a treaty was made with the [Pg 548] genuine agreement of the parties, it is still not valid if that agreement was made in mistake or under false impressions caused by deception from the other party. For example, if a boundary treaty relied on an incorrect map or a map that one party had deceitfully modified, that treaty would definitely not be enforceable. While there is freedom to act in such situations, the agreement was made under conditions that make the treaty non-binding.
III Treaty Purposes
Vattel, II. §§ 160-162, 166—Hall, § 108—Phillimore, II. § 51—Walker, § 30—Bluntschli, §§ 410-416—Heffter, § 83—Ullmann, § 97—Bonfils, No. 819—Despagnet, No. 445—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1080-1083—Mérignhac, II. p. 640—Rivier, II. pp. 57-63—Nys, III. p. 24—Fiore, II. Nos. 1001-1004, and Code, Nos. 755-758—Martens, I. § 110—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 59-60—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 181-190.
Vattel, II. §§ 160-162, 166—Hall, § 108—Phillimore, II. § 51—Walker, § 30—Bluntschli, §§ 410-416—Heffter, § 83—Ullmann, § 97—Bonfils, No. 819—Despagnet, No. 445—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1080-1083—Mérignhac, II. p. 640—Rivier, II. pp. 57-63—Nys, III. p. 24—Fiore, II. Nos. 1001-1004, and Code, Nos. 755-758—Martens, I. § 110—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 59-60—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 181-190.
Objects in general of Treaties.
Treaty objects in general.
§ 501. The object of treaties is always an obligation, whether mutual between all the parties or unilateral on the part of one only. Speaking generally, the object of treaties can be an obligation concerning any matter of interest for States. Since there exists no other law than International Law for the intercourse of States with each other, every agreement between them regarding any obligation whatever is a treaty. However, the Law of Nations prohibits some obligations from becoming objects of treaties, so that such treaties as comprise obligations of this kind are from the very beginning null and void.[861]
§ 501. The purpose of treaties is always to create an obligation, whether mutual among all parties or unilateral for just one party. Generally speaking, the purpose of treaties can involve any obligation related to the interests of States. Since there is no law other than International Law governing the interactions between States, any agreement between them concerning any obligation is considered a treaty. However, International Law prohibits certain obligations from being included in treaties, so any treaties that contain such obligations are inherently null and void.[861]
Obligations of Contracting Parties only can be Object.
Obligations of contracting parties can only be objects.
§ 502. Obligations to be performed by a State other than a contracting party cannot be the object of a[Pg 549] treaty. A treaty stipulating such an obligation would be null and void. But this must not be confounded with the obligation undertaken by one of the contracting States to exercise an influence upon another State to perform certain acts. The object of a treaty with such a stipulation is an obligation of one of the contracting States, and the treaty is therefore valid and binding.
§ 502. Obligations that need to be fulfilled by a State that is not a party to the contract cannot be included in a[Pg 549] treaty. A treaty containing such an obligation would be invalid. However, this should not be confused with the obligation of one of the contracting States to influence another State to perform specific actions. The purpose of a treaty with this kind of stipulation is an obligation of one of the contracting States, making the treaty valid and enforceable.
An Obligation inconsistent with other Obligations cannot be an Object.
An obligation that conflicts with other obligations cannot be a valid objective.
§ 503. Such obligation as is inconsistent with obligations under treaties previously concluded by one State with another cannot be the object of a treaty with a third State. Thus, in 1878, when after the war Russia and Turkey concluded the preliminary Treaty of Peace of San Stefano, which was inconsistent with the Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention of London of 1871, England protested,[862] and the Powers met at the Congress of Berlin to arrange matters by mutual consent.
§ 503. An obligation that conflicts with commitments under treaties already made by one state with another cannot be the subject of a treaty with a third state. For example, in 1878, after the war, when Russia and Turkey signed the preliminary Treaty of Peace of San Stefano, which conflicted with the Treaty of Paris of 1856 and the Convention of London of 1871, England protested,[862] and the powers convened at the Congress of Berlin to settle the issues by mutual agreement.
Object must be physically possible.
Object must be physically feasible.
§ 504. An obligation to perform a physical impossibility[863] cannot be the object of a treaty. If perchance a State entered into a convention stipulating an obligation of that kind, no right to claim damages for non-fulfilment of the obligation would arise for the other party, such treaty being legally null and void.
§ 504. An obligation to perform something that is physically impossible[863] cannot be the subject of a contract. If a State somehow agreed to a treaty that includes such an obligation, the other party would have no right to seek damages for not fulfilling it, as that treaty would be legally invalid.
Immoral Obligations.
Unethical Responsibilities.
§ 505. It is a customarily recognised rule of the Law of Nations that immoral obligations cannot be the object of an international treaty. Thus, an alliance for the purpose of attacking a third State without provocation is from the beginning not binding. It cannot be denied that in the past many treaties stipulating immoral obligations have been concluded and executed, but this does not alter the fact that such treaties were legally not binding upon the contracting parties. It must, however, be taken into consideration that the question as to what is immoral is often controversial. An obligation which is considered immoral by other[Pg 550] States may not necessarily appear immoral to the contracting parties, and there is no Court that can decide the controversy.
§ 505. It is a commonly accepted rule in international law that immoral obligations cannot be the basis of an international treaty. Therefore, an alliance formed for the purpose of attacking a third state without provocation is not binding from the start. While it's true that many treaties with immoral obligations have been made and carried out in the past, this does not change the fact that such treaties were not legally binding for the parties involved. However, it's important to note that the definition of what is considered immoral is often a matter of debate. An obligation deemed immoral by some states might not seem immoral to the parties involved, and there is no court that can resolve this dispute.
Illegal Obligations.
Unlawful Responsibilities.
§ 506. It is a unanimously recognised customary rule of International Law that obligations which are at variance with universally recognised principles of International Law cannot be the object of a treaty. If, for instance, a State entered into a convention with another State not to interfere in case the latter should appropriate a certain part of the Open Sea, or should command its vessels to commit piratical acts on the Open Sea, such treaty would be null and void, because it is a principle of International Law that no part of the Open Sea can be appropriated, and that it is the duty of every State to interdict to its vessels the commission of piracy on the High Seas.
§ 506. It is a widely accepted customary rule of International Law that obligations that conflict with universally recognized principles of International Law cannot be included in a treaty. For example, if one State made an agreement with another State not to intervene if the latter were to claim a certain section of the Open Sea, or were to instruct its ships to engage in piracy on the Open Sea, that treaty would be considered null and void. This is because it is a principle of International Law that no portion of the Open Sea can be claimed, and that every State has a duty to prevent its vessels from participating in piracy on the High Seas.
IV Treaty Structure and Components
Grotius, II. c. 15, § 5—Vattel, II. § 153—Hall, § 109—Westlake, I. pp. 279-281—Wheaton, § 253—Moore, V. § 740—Bluntschli, §§ 417-427—Hartmann, §§ 46-47—Heffter, §§ 87-91—Ullmann, § 80—Bonfils, Nos. 821-823—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1084-1099—Mérignhac, II. p. 645—Rivier, II. pp. 64-68—Nys, III. pp. 25-28—Fiore, II. Nos. 1004-1006, and Code, Nos. 759-763—Martens, I. § 112—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), p. 56—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 178-181.
Grotius, II. c. 15, § 5—Vattel, II. § 153—Hall, § 109—Westlake, I. pp. 279-281—Wheaton, § 253—Moore, V. § 740—Bluntschli, §§ 417-427—Hartmann, §§ 46-47—Heffter, §§ 87-91—Ullmann, § 80—Bonfils, Nos. 821-823—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1084-1099—Mérignhac, II. p. 645—Rivier, II. pp. 64-68—Nys, III. pp. 25-28—Fiore, II. Nos. 1004-1006, and Code, Nos. 759-763—Martens, I. § 112—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), p. 56—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 178-181.
No necessary Form of Treaties.
No required format for treaties.
§ 507. The Law of Nations includes no rule which prescribes a necessary form of treaties. A treaty is, therefore, concluded as soon as the mutual consent of the parties becomes clearly apparent. Such consent must always be given expressly, for a treaty cannot be concluded by tacit consent. But it matters not whether an agreement is made in writing, orally, or by symbols. Thus, in time of war, the exhibition of a white flag symbolises the proposal of an agreement as to a brief truce for the purpose of certain negotiations,[Pg 551] and the acceptance of the proposal on the part of the other side by the exhibition of a similar symbol establishes a convention as binding as any written treaty. Thus, too, history tells of an oral treaty of alliance, secured by an oath, concluded in 1697 at Pillau between Peter the Great of Russia and Frederick III., Elector of Brandenburg.[864] Again, treaties are sometimes concluded through an exchange of diplomatic notes between the Secretaries for Foreign Affairs of two States or through the exchange of personal letters between the heads of two States. However, as a matter of reason, treaties usually take the form of a written[865] document signed by duly authorised representatives of the contracting parties.
§ 507. The Law of Nations doesn’t specify a required format for treaties. A treaty is considered concluded as soon as both parties show clear mutual consent. This consent must always be given explicitly, as a treaty cannot be established through implied consent. However, it doesn’t matter if the agreement is made in writing, verbally, or symbolically. For example, during war, displaying a white flag represents a proposal for a temporary truce for negotiations,[Pg 551] and if the other side reciprocates with a similar symbol, it creates a convention that is just as binding as any written treaty. History also notes an oral treaty of alliance, secured by an oath, made in 1697 at Pillau between Peter the Great of Russia and Frederick III., Elector of Brandenburg.[864] Additionally, treaties can sometimes be formed through the exchange of diplomatic notes between the Foreign Affairs Secretaries of two States or through personal letters exchanged between the leaders of the two States. Nevertheless, in practice, treaties are typically documented in writing[865] and signed by representatives authorized by the contracting parties.
[864] See Martens, I. § 112.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Martens, I. § 112.
[865] The only writer who nowadays insists upon a written agreement for a treaty to be valid is, as far as I know, Bulmerincq (§ 56). But although all important treaties are naturally concluded in writing, the example of the agreements concluded between armed forces in time of war either orally or through symbols proves that the written form is not absolutely necessary.
[865] The only writer who today insists on a written agreement for a treaty to be valid is, as far as I know, Bulmerincq (§ 56). However, while all significant treaties are typically made in writing, the example of agreements made between armed forces during wartime, either verbally or through symbols, shows that a written form is not strictly necessary.
Acts, Conventions, Declarations.
Acts, laws, declarations.
§ 508. International compacts which take the form of written contracts, are, besides Agreements or Treaties, sometimes termed Acts, sometimes Conventions, sometimes Declarations. But there is no essential difference between them, and their binding force upon the contracting parties is the same whatever be their name. The Geneva Convention, the Declarations of Paris and of London, and the Final Act of the Vienna Congress are as binding as any agreement which goes under the name of "Treaty" or "Convention." The attempt[866] to distinguish fundamentally between a "Declaration" and a "Convention" by maintaining that whereas a "Convention" creates rules of particular International Law between the contracting States only, a "Declaration" contains the recognition, on the part of the best qualified and most interested Powers, of rules of universal[Pg 552] International Law, does not stand the test of scientific criticism. A "Declaration" is nothing else but the title of a law-making treaty according to which the parties engage themselves to pursue in future a certain line of conduct.[867] But such law-making treaties are quite as frequently styled "Conventions" as "Declarations." The best example is the Hague "Convention" concerning the laws and usages of war, which is based upon the unratified "Declaration" concerning the laws and customs of war produced by the Brussels Conference of 1874.
§ 508. International agreements that are written contracts are, in addition to Agreements or Treaties, sometimes called Acts, Conventions, or Declarations. However, there’s no significant difference among them, and their binding nature on the parties involved is the same regardless of what they are called. The Geneva Convention, the Declarations of Paris and London, and the Final Act of the Vienna Congress are as binding as any agreement referred to as a "Treaty" or "Convention." The attempt[866] to fundamentally differentiate between a "Declaration" and a "Convention" by claiming that a "Convention" establishes specific rules of International Law between the contracting states, while a "Declaration" acknowledges universal rules of International Law recognized by the most qualified and interested powers, does not hold up under scientific scrutiny. A "Declaration" is simply another term for a law-making treaty in which the parties commit to following a particular course of action in the future.[867] However, such law-making treaties are just as likely to be called "Conventions" as they are to be called "Declarations." A prime example is the Hague "Convention" regarding the laws and practices of war, which is based on the unratified "Declaration" concerning the laws and customs of war that came from the Brussels Conference of 1874.
[866] On the part of the British Foreign Office, see Parliamentary Papers, Miscellaneous, No. 5 (1909), Cd. 4555, Proceedings of the International Naval Conference held in London, December 1908-1909, p. 57.
[866] For information from the British Foreign Office, refer to Parliamentary Papers, Miscellaneous, No. 5 (1909), Cd. 4555, Proceedings of the International Naval Conference held in London, December 1908-1909, p. 57.
Parts of Treaties.
Treaty Sections.
§ 509. Since International Law lays down no rules concerning the form of treaties, there exist no rules concerning the arrangement of the parts of written treaties. But the following order is usually observed. A first part, the so-called preamble, comprises the names of the heads of the contracting States, of their duly authorised representatives, and the motives for the conclusion of the treaty. A second part consists of the primary stipulations in numbered articles. A third part consists of miscellaneous stipulations concerning the duration of the treaty, its ratification, the accession of third Powers, and the like. The last part comprises the signatures of the representatives. But this order is by no means necessary. Sometimes, for instance, the treaty itself does not contain the very stipulations upon which the contracting parties have agreed, such stipulations being placed in an annex to the treaty. It may also happen that a treaty contains secret stipulations in an additional part, which are not made public with the bulk of the stipulations.[868]
§ 509. Since International Law does not specify how treaties should be formatted, there are no set rules for how the sections of written treaties are arranged. However, the following order is commonly followed. The first section, known as the preamble, includes the names of the leaders of the contracting states, their authorized representatives, and the reasons for entering into the treaty. The second section contains the main agreements laid out in numbered articles. The third section includes various provisions regarding the treaty's duration, ratification, the involvement of third parties, and similar matters. The final section features the signatures of the representatives. Nonetheless, this order is not mandatory. Sometimes, for example, the treaty itself may not include the specific agreements made by the parties, with those agreements being placed in an annex. It can also occur that a treaty has confidential provisions in an additional section that are not disclosed alongside the main agreements.[868]
V Treaty Approval
Grotius, II. c. 11, § 12—Pufendorf, III. c. 9, § 2—Vattel, II. § 156—Hall, § 110—Westlake, I. pp. 279-280—Lawrence, § 132—Phillimore, II. § 52—Twiss, I. § 214—Halleck, I. pp. 276-277—Taylor, §§ 364-367—Moore, V. §§ 743-756—Walker, § 30—Wharton, II. §§ 131-131A—Wheaton, §§ 256-263—Bluntschli, §§ 420-421—Heffter, § 87—Gessner in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 15-18—Ullmann, § 78—Bonfils, Nos. 824-831—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1100-1119—Mérignhac, II. pp. 652-666—Nys, III. pp. 28-36—Rivier, II. § 50—Calvo, III. §§ 1627-1636—Fiore, II. No. 994, and Code, No. 750—Martens, I. §§ 105-108—Wicquefort, "L'Ambassadeur et ses fonctions" (1680), II. Section XV.—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 53-56—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 123-125—Wegmann, "Die Ratifikation von Staatsverträgen" (1892).
Grotius, II. c. 11, § 12—Pufendorf, III. c. 9, § 2—Vattel, II. § 156—Hall, § 110—Westlake, I. pp. 279-280—Lawrence, § 132—Phillimore, II. § 52—Twiss, I. § 214—Halleck, I. pp. 276-277—Taylor, §§ 364-367—Moore, V. §§ 743-756—Walker, § 30—Wharton, II. §§ 131-131A—Wheaton, §§ 256-263—Bluntschli, §§ 420-421—Heffter, § 87—Gessner in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 15-18—Ullmann, § 78—Bonfils, Nos. 824-831—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1100-1119—Mérignhac, II. pp. 652-666—Nys, III. pp. 28-36—Rivier, II. § 50—Calvo, III. §§ 1627-1636—Fiore, II. No. 994, and Code, No. 750—Martens, I. §§ 105-108—Wicquefort, "L'Ambassadeur et ses fonctions" (1680), II. Section XV.—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 53-56—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 123-125—Wegmann, "Die Ratifikation von Staatsverträgen" (1892).
Conception and Function of Ratification.
Ratification: Concept and Purpose.
§ 510. Ratification is the term for the final confirmation given by the parties to an international treaty concluded by their representatives. Although a treaty is concluded as soon as the mutual consent is manifest from acts of the duly authorised representatives, its binding force is as a rule suspended till ratification is given. The function of ratification is, therefore, to make the treaty binding, and, if it is refused, the treaty falls to the ground in consequence. As long as ratification is not given, the treaty is, although concluded, not perfect. Many writers[869] maintain that, as a treaty is not binding without ratification, it is the latter which really contains the mutual consent and really concludes the treaty. Before ratification, they maintain, there is no treaty concluded, but a mere mutual proposal agreed to to conclude a treaty. But this opinion does not accord with the real facts.[870] For the representatives are authorised and intend to conclude a treaty by their signatures. The contracting States have always taken the standpoint that a treaty is concluded as soon as their mutual consent is clearly apparent. They have always made a distinction between their consent given by representatives and their ratification to be given[Pg 554] afterwards, they have never dreamt of confounding the two and considering their ratification their consent. It is for that reason that a treaty cannot be ratified in part, that no alterations of the treaty are possible through the act of ratification, that a treaty may be tacitly ratified by its execution, that a treaty always is dated from the day when it was duly signed by the representatives and not from the day of its ratification, that there is no essential difference between such treaties as want and such as do not want ratification.
§ 510. Ratification is the term for the final confirmation given by the parties to an international treaty concluded by their representatives. Although a treaty is finalized as soon as both parties show mutual consent through the actions of their authorized representatives, its binding effect is usually paused until ratification occurs. The purpose of ratification, therefore, is to make the treaty legally binding; if ratification is denied, the treaty effectively becomes void. As long as ratification is not given, the treaty, although concluded, is not complete. Many writers[869] argue that since a treaty is not binding without ratification, it is the ratification that truly embodies the mutual consent and finalizes the treaty. They claim that prior to ratification, there is no actual treaty concluded, only a mutual proposal to form one. However, this view does not align with the actual facts.[870] The representatives are authorized and intend to finalize a treaty with their signatures. The contracting States have always maintained that a treaty is concluded as soon as their mutual consent is clearly evident. They have consistently made a distinction between the consent given by representatives and the ratification that follows; they have never confused the two or believed that their ratification equals their consent. This is why a treaty cannot be partially ratified, that no changes to the treaty can occur through the ratification process, that a treaty may be implicitly ratified by its execution, that a treaty is always dated from the day it was properly signed by the representatives and not from the day of ratification, and that there is no fundamental difference between treaties that require ratification and those that do not.
Rationale for the Institution of Ratification.
Rationale for the Institution of Ratification.
§ 511. The rationale for the institution of ratification is another argument for the contention that the conclusion of the treaty by the representatives is to be distinguished from the confirmation given by the respective States through ratification. The reason is that States want to have an opportunity of re-examining not the single stipulations, but the whole effect of the treaty upon their interests. These interests may be of various kinds. They may undergo a change immediately after the signing of the treaty by the representatives. They may appear to public opinion in a different light from that in which they appear to the Governments, so that the latter want to reconsider the matter. Another reason is that treaties on many important matters are, according to the Constitutional Law of most States, not valid without some kind of consent of Parliaments. Governments must therefore have an opportunity of withdrawing from a treaty in case Parliaments refuse their recognition. These two reasons have made, and still make, the institution of ratification a necessity for International Law.
§ 511. The reasoning behind the process of ratification is another argument for the idea that the conclusion of a treaty by representatives should be distinguished from the confirmation provided by the respective States through ratification. This is because States want the chance to review not just individual provisions but the overall impact of the treaty on their interests. These interests can vary. They may change right after the treaty is signed by the representatives. They may be viewed differently by the public compared to how they are seen by the Governments, prompting the latter to reassess the situation. Additionally, in many important matters, treaties are not considered valid according to the Constitutional Law of most States without some form of Parliamentary approval. Therefore, Governments need the option to withdraw from a treaty if Parliaments do not grant their approval. These two reasons have established and continue to necessitate the process of ratification in International Law.
Ratification regularly, but not absolutely, necessary.
Ratification is usually, but not always, necessary.
§ 512. But ratification, although necessary in principle, is not always essential. Although it is now a universally recognised customary rule of International Law that treaties are regularly in need of ratification, even if the latter was not expressly stipulated, there[Pg 555] are exceptions to the rule. For treaties concluded by such State functionaries[871] as have within certain narrow limits, ipso facto by their office, the power to exercise the treaty-making competence of their State do not want ratification, but are binding at once when they are concluded, provided the respective functionaries have not exceeded their powers. Further, treaties concluded by heads of States in person do not want ratification provided that they do not concern matters in regard to which constitutional restrictions[872] are imposed upon heads of States. And, lastly, it may happen that the contracting parties stipulate expressly, for the sake of a speedy execution of a treaty, that it shall be binding at once without ratifications being necessary. Thus, the Treaty of London of July 15, 1840, between Great Britain, Austria, Russia, Prussia, and Turkey concerning the pacification of the Turko-Egyptian conflict was accompanied by a secret protocol,[873] signed by the representatives of the parties, according to which the treaty was at once, without being ratified, to be executed. For the Powers were, on account of the victories of Mehemet Ali, very anxious to settle the conflict as quickly as possible. But it must be emphasised that renunciation of ratification is valid only if given by representatives duly authorised to make such renunciation. If the representatives have not received a special authorisation to dispense with ratification, then renunciation is not binding upon the States which they represent.
§ 512. While ratification is generally necessary, it isn't always required. It's now a widely accepted customary rule of International Law that treaties usually need ratification, even if it wasn't specifically stated; however, there are exceptions. For treaties made by certain state officials who, within limited parameters, automatically have the authority to negotiate on behalf of their state, ratification is not needed, and they become binding immediately upon conclusion, as long as those officials haven't overstepped their authority. Additionally, treaties signed by heads of state do not require ratification unless they involve subjects that have constitutional limitations imposed on those leaders. Lastly, sometimes the involved parties explicitly state that a treaty will be binding right away without needing ratification for the sake of prompt implementation. For example, the Treaty of London from July 15, 1840, between Great Britain, Austria, Russia, Prussia, and Turkey regarding the resolution of the Turko-Egyptian conflict came with a secret protocol signed by their representatives, which declared the treaty would be executed immediately without ratification. This urgency was due to the victories of Mehemet Ali, prompting the powers to resolve the conflict swiftly. However, it’s important to note that the waiver of ratification is only valid if made by representatives who have been officially authorized to do so. If the representatives lack special authorization to forgo ratification, that waiver does not bind the states they represent.
Length of Time for Ratification.
Time Required for Ratification.
§ 513. No rule of International Law prescribes the length of time within which ratification must be given or refused. If such length of time is not specially stipulated by the contracting parties in the very treaty, a reasonable length of time must be presumed as mutually[Pg 556] granted. Without doubt, a refusal to ratify must be presumed from the lapse of an unreasonable time without ratification having been made. In most cases, however, treaties which are in need of ratification contain nowadays a clause stipulating the reservation of ratification, and at the same time a length of time within which ratification should take place.
§ 513. No rule of International Law specifies how long a country has to ratify or reject a treaty. If the parties involved don’t set a specific time frame in the treaty itself, a reasonable amount of time is assumed to be mutually agreed upon. Clearly, if a significant amount of time passes without any ratification, it can be assumed that the ratification has been denied. However, in most cases today, treaties that require ratification include a clause outlining the need for ratification and a specific time frame for when it should occur.
Refusal of Ratification.
Rejection of Ratification.
§ 514. The question now requires attention whether ratification can be refused on just grounds only or according to discretion. Formerly[874] it was maintained that ratification could not be refused in case the representatives had not exceeded their powers or violated their secret instructions. But nowadays there is probably no publicist who maintains that a State is in any case legally[875] bound not to refuse ratification. Yet many insist that a State is, except for just reasons, in principle morally bound not to refuse ratification. I cannot see, however, the value of such a moral in contradistinction to a legal duty. The fact upon which everybody agrees is that International Law does in no case impose a duty of ratification upon a contracting party. A State refusing ratification will always have reasons for such line of action which appear just to itself, although they may be unjust in the eyes of others. In practice, ratification is given or withheld at discretion. But in the majority of cases, of course, ratification is not refused. A State which often and apparently wantonly refused ratification of treaties would lose all credit in international negotiations and would soon feel the consequences. On the other hand, it is impossible[Pg 557] to lay down hard-and-fast rules respecting just and unjust causes of refusal of ratification. The interests at stake are so various, and the circumstances which must influence a State are so imponderable, that it must be left to the discretion of every State to decide the question for itself. Numerous examples of important treaties which have not found ratification can be given. It suffices to mention the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty between the United States and Great Britain regarding the proposed Nicaragua Canal, signed on February 5, 1900, which was ratified with modifications by the Senate of the United States, this being equivalent to refusal of ratification. (See below, § 517.)
§ 514. The question now needs attention: can ratification be denied only on valid grounds, or is it up to discretion? In the past[874] it was argued that ratification couldn't be denied if the representatives hadn’t overstepped their authority or broken their confidential instructions. However, today, there’s probably no legal expert who argues that a State is legally[875] obligated not to refuse ratification in any case. Still, many assert that a State is, except for valid reasons, in principle morally obligated not to refuse ratification. I don’t see the value of such a moral obligation compared to a legal one. The widely accepted fact is that International Law does not impose a duty of ratification on any contracting party. A State that refuses ratification will always have its own reasons that seem justified to it, even if they seem unjust to others. In practice, ratification is granted or withheld at discretion. However, in most cases, ratification is typically granted. A State that frequently and seemingly arbitrarily refuses to ratify treaties would lose credibility in international negotiations and would soon feel the repercussions. On the other hand, it’s impossible[Pg 557] to establish strict rules about valid and invalid reasons for refusing ratification. The interests involved are so diverse, and the circumstances affecting a State are so unpredictable, that it must be left to each State’s discretion to decide for itself. There are many examples of significant treaties that haven’t been ratified. One notable case is the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty between the United States and Great Britain regarding the proposed Nicaragua Canal, signed on February 5, 1900, which was ratified with modifications by the U.S. Senate, effectively amounting to a refusal of ratification. (See below, § 517.)
[874] See Grotius, II. c. 11, § 12; Bynkershoek, "Quaestiones juris publici," II. 7; Wicquefort, "L'Ambassadeur," II. 15; Vattel, II. § 156; G. F. von Martens, § 48.
[874] See Grotius, II. c. 11, § 12; Bynkershoek, "Questions of Public Law," II. 7; Wicquefort, "The Ambassador," II. 15; Vattel, II. § 156; G. F. von Martens, § 48.
[875] This must be maintained in spite of Wegmann's (p. 32) assertion that a customary rule of the Law of Nations has to be recognised that ratification can not regularly be refused. The hair-splitting scholasticism of this writer is illustrated by a comparison between his customary rule for the non-refusal of ratification as arbitrarily constructed by himself, and the opinion which he (p. 11) emphatically defends that a treaty is concluded only by ratification.
[875] This must be upheld despite Wegmann's (p. 32) claim that there's a customary rule in the Law of Nations stating that ratification cannot usually be denied. The overly intricate reasoning of this author is highlighted by contrasting his self-made customary rule against the non-refusal of ratification with his strong assertion (p. 11) that a treaty is only finalized through ratification.
Form of Ratification.
Ratification Process.
§ 515. No rule of International Law exists which prescribes a necessary form of ratification. Ratification can therefore be given as well tacitly as expressly. Tacit ratification takes place when a State begins the execution of a treaty without expressly ratifying it. Further, ratification may be given orally or in writing, although I am not aware of any case in which ratification was given orally. For it is usual for ratification to take the form of a document duly signed by the heads of the States concerned and their Secretaries for Foreign Affairs. It is usual to draft as many documents as there are parties to the convention, and to exchange these documents between the parties. Sometimes the whole of the treaty is recited verbatim in the ratifying documents, but sometimes only the title, preamble, and date of the treaty, and the names of the signatory representatives are cited. As ratification is the necessary confirmation only of an already existing treaty, the essential requirement in a ratifying document is merely that it refer clearly and unmistakably to the treaty to be ratified. The citation of title, preamble, date, and names of the representatives is, therefore, quite sufficient to satisfy that requirement, and I[Pg 558] cannot agree with those writers who maintain that the whole of the treaty ought to be recited verbatim.
§ 515. There is no rule of International Law that specifies a required form of ratification. Ratification can, therefore, be done either implicitly or explicitly. Implicit ratification occurs when a State starts to carry out a treaty without formally ratifying it. Additionally, ratification can be done orally or in writing, although I haven't seen any case where it was done orally. Typically, ratification takes the form of a document formally signed by the leaders of the States involved and their Secretaries of State. It’s common to create as many documents as there are parties to the agreement and to exchange these documents between them. Sometimes the entire treaty is included verbatim in the ratifying documents, but other times only the title, preamble, date of the treaty, and names of the signing representatives are mentioned. Since ratification is simply the necessary confirmation of an already existing treaty, the main requirement in a ratifying document is that it clearly and unmistakably refers to the treaty being ratified. Thus, citing the title, preamble, date, and names of the representatives is enough to meet that requirement, and I cannot agree with those writers who argue that the entire treaty should be cited verbatim.
Ratification by whom effected.
Who ratified it?
§ 516. Ratification is effected by those organs which exercise the treaty-making power of the States. These organs are regularly the heads of the States, but they can, according to the Municipal Law of some States, delegate the power of ratification for some parts of the globe to other representatives. Thus, the Viceroy of India is empowered to ratify treaties with certain Asiatic monarchs in the name of the King of Great Britain and Emperor of India, and the Governor-General of Turkestan has a similar power for the Emperor of Russia.
§ 516. Ratification is carried out by the authorities that have the power to make treaties for the States. Typically, these authorities are the heads of the States, but in accordance with the municipal laws of some States, they can delegate the power to ratify certain treaties to other representatives. For example, the Viceroy of India is authorized to ratify treaties with certain Asian monarchs on behalf of the King of Great Britain and Emperor of India, and the Governor-General of Turkestan has similar authority for the Emperor of Russia.
In case the head of a State ratifies a treaty, although the necessary constitutional requirements have not been previously fulfilled, as, for instance, in the case in which a treaty has not received the necessary approval from the Parliament of the said State, the question arises whether such ratification is valid or null and void. Many writers[876] maintain that such ratification is nevertheless valid. But this opinion is not correct, because it is clearly evident that in such a case the head of the State has exceeded his powers, and that, therefore, the State concerned cannot be held to be bound by the treaty.[877] The conflict between the United States and France in 1831, frequently quoted in support of the opinion that such ratification is valid, is not in point. It is true that the United States insisted on payment of the indemnity stipulated by a treaty which had been ratified by the King of France without having received the necessary approval of the French Parliament, but the United States did not maintain that the ratification was valid; she insisted upon payment because the French Government had admitted that such indemnity was due to her.[878]
If the head of a state ratifies a treaty without meeting the required constitutional steps, like not getting the necessary approval from the Parliament, the question arises about whether that ratification is valid or not. Many writers[876] argue that the ratification is still valid. However, this view is not correct because it’s clear that in this situation, the head of state has overstepped their authority, and thus, the state cannot be considered bound by the treaty.[877] The 1831 conflict between the United States and France is often cited to support the idea that such ratification is valid, but that case doesn't apply here. While it’s true that the United States demanded payment of the indemnity stated in a treaty that the King of France ratified without the French Parliament's approval, the United States never claimed that the ratification was valid; they insisted on payment because the French Government acknowledged that the indemnity was owed.[878]
Ratification can not be partial and conditional.
Ratification cannot be partial or conditional.
§ 517. It follows from the nature of ratification as a necessary confirmation of a treaty already concluded that ratification must be either given or refused, no conditional or partial ratification being possible. That occasionally a State tries to modify a treaty in ratifying it cannot be denied, yet conditional ratification is no ratification at all, but equivalent to refusal of ratification. Nothing, of course, prevents the other contracting party from entering into fresh negotiations in regard to such modifications; but it must be emphasised that such negotiations are negotiations for a new treaty,[879] the old treaty having become null and void through its conditional ratification. On the other hand, no obligation exists for such party to enter into fresh negotiations, it being a fact that conditional ratification is identical with refusal of ratification, whereby the treaty falls to the ground. Thus, for instance, when the United States Senate on December 20, 1900, in consenting[880] to the ratification of the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty as regards the Nicaragua Canal, added modifying amendments, Great Britain did not accept the amendments and considered the treaty fallen to the ground.
§ 517. It follows from the nature of ratification as a necessary confirmation of a treaty that has already been concluded that ratification must either be accepted or rejected, as no conditional or partial ratification is allowed. While it’s true that a state might attempt to modify a treaty during the ratification process, conditional ratification doesn’t count as ratification at all; it equates to a refusal of ratification. Of course, the other party involved can engage in new negotiations regarding these modifications, but it’s important to highlight that these negotiations are for a new treaty,[879] since the original treaty becomes null and void because of the conditional ratification. On the flip side, there is no obligation for that party to enter into new negotiations, as it’s a fact that conditional ratification is the same as refusing ratification, which means the treaty is no longer valid. For instance, when the United States Senate on December 20, 1900, agreed[880] to ratify the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty regarding the Nicaragua Canal but added modifying amendments, Great Britain did not accept these amendments and considered the treaty invalid.
[879] This is the correct explanation of the practice on the part of States, which sometimes prevails, of acquiescing, after some hesitation, in alterations proposed by a party to a treaty in ratifying it; see examples in Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 1104, and Calvo, III. § 1630.
[879] This explains the situation where States, after some initial reluctance, agree to changes suggested by one party in the ratification of a treaty; see examples in Pradier-Fodéré, II. No. 1104, and Calvo, III. § 1630.
[880] It is of importance to emphasise that the United States' Senate, in proposing an amendment to a treaty before its ratification, does not, strictly speaking, ratify such treaty conditionally, since it is the President, and not the Senate, who possesses the power of granting or refusing ratification; see Willoughby, "The Constitutional Law of the United States" (1910), I. p. 462, note 14. The President, however, according to article 2 of the Constitution, cannot grant ratification without the consent of the Senate, and the proposal of an amendment to a treaty on the part of the Senate, therefore, comprises, indirectly, the proposal of a new treaty.
[880] It's important to point out that when the United States' Senate suggests an amendment to a treaty before it's officially ratified, it does not, in the strictest sense, ratify the treaty conditionally. The power to grant or deny ratification lies with the President, not the Senate; see Willoughby, "The Constitutional Law of the United States" (1910), I. p. 462, note 14. However, according to Article 2 of the Constitution, the President cannot ratify without the Senate's consent. Thus, when the Senate proposes an amendment to a treaty, it indirectly proposes a new treaty.
Quite particular is the case of a treaty to which a greater number of States are parties and which is only partially ratified by one of the contracting parties. Thus France, in ratifying the General Act of the Brussels[Pg 560] Anti-Slavery Conference of July 2, 1890, excepted from ratification articles 21 to 23 and 42 to 61, and the Powers have acquiesced in this partial ratification, so that France is not bound by these twenty-three articles.[881]
The situation is quite specific when it comes to a treaty that involves many States and is only partially ratified by one of the parties. For instance, when France ratified the General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference on July 2, 1890, it excluded articles 21 to 23 and 42 to 61 from ratification. The other Powers have accepted this partial ratification, meaning France is not obligated by these twenty-three articles.[881]
But it must be emphasised that ratification is only then partial and conditional if one or more stipulations of the treaty which has been signed without reservation are exempted from ratification, or if an amending clause is added to the treaty during the process of ratification. It is therefore quite legitimate for a party who has signed a treaty with certain reservations as regards certain articles[882] to ratify the approved articles only, and it would be incorrect to speak in this case of a partial ratification.
But it's important to note that ratification is only partial and conditional if one or more conditions of the treaty that was signed without reservation are excluded from ratification, or if an amendment is added to the treaty during the ratification process. Therefore, it’s entirely acceptable for a party that has signed a treaty with specific reservations regarding certain articles[882] to ratify only the approved articles, and it would be inaccurate to refer to this situation as partial ratification.
Again, it is quite legitimate—and one ought not in that case to speak of conditional ratification—for a contracting party who wants to secure the interpretation of certain terms and clauses of a treaty to grant ratification with the understanding only that such terms and clauses should be interpreted in such and such a way. Thus when, in 1911, opposition arose in Great Britain to the ratification of the Declaration of London on account of the fact that the meaning of certain terms was ambiguous and that the wording of certain clauses did not agree with the interpretation given to them by the Report of the Drafting Committee, the British Government declared that they would only ratify with the understanding that the interpretation contained in the Report should be considered as binding and that the ambiguous terms concerned should have a determinate meaning. In such cases ratification does not introduce an amendment or an alteration, but only fixes the meaning of otherwise doubtful terms and clauses of the treaty.[Pg 561]
Again, it’s perfectly acceptable—and we shouldn’t refer to it as conditional ratification—when a party to a contract wants to ensure that certain terms and clauses of a treaty are interpreted in a specific way, to grant ratification with the understanding that those terms and clauses will be understood as such. For instance, in 1911, when there was resistance in Great Britain to ratifying the Declaration of London due to the ambiguity of certain terms and the fact that the wording of certain clauses didn’t match the interpretation provided by the Report of the Drafting Committee, the British Government stated they would only ratify on the condition that the interpretation in the Report be regarded as binding and that the ambiguous terms be given a clear meaning. In these instances, ratification does not create an amendment or change; it merely clarifies the meaning of otherwise unclear terms and clauses of the treaty.[Pg 561]
Effect of Ratification.
Effect of Approval.
§ 518. The effect of ratification is the binding force of the treaty. But the question arises whether the effect of ratification is retroactive, so that a treaty appears to be binding from the date when it is duly signed by the representatives. No unanimity exists among publicists as regards this question. As in all important cases treaties themselves stipulate the date from which they are to take effect, the question is chiefly of theoretical interest. The fact that ratification imparts the binding force to a treaty seems to indicate that ratification has regularly no retroactive effect. Different, however, is of course the case in which the contrary is expressly stipulated in the very treaty, and, again, the case when a treaty contains such stipulations as shall at once be executed, without waiting for the necessary ratification. Be this as it may, ratification makes a treaty binding only if the original consent was not given in error or under a delusion.[883] If, however, the ratifying State discovers such error or delusion and ratifies the treaty nevertheless, such ratification makes the treaty binding. And the same is valid as regards a ratification given to a treaty although the ratifying State knows that its representatives have exceeded their powers by concluding the treaty.
§ 518. The effect of ratification is the binding nature of the treaty. However, there's a question of whether ratification has a retroactive effect, meaning a treaty could be seen as binding from the moment it is officially signed by the representatives. There's no consensus among legal experts about this issue. Typically, treaties specify when they will take effect, so this question is mainly of theoretical interest. The fact that ratification gives a treaty its binding nature suggests that it usually doesn’t have a retroactive effect. However, if a treaty explicitly states otherwise, or if it includes provisions that must be executed immediately without waiting for ratification, the situation changes. Regardless, ratification only makes a treaty binding if the original consent wasn't given due to an error or misunderstanding. [883] If the ratifying State later uncovers such an error or misunderstanding but still chooses to ratify the treaty, that ratification will make the treaty binding. The same applies if a ratification is granted to a treaty, even if the ratifying State is aware that its representatives went beyond their authority by concluding the treaty.
VI IMPACT OF TREATIES
Hall, § 114—Lawrence, § 134—Halleck, I. pp. 279-281—Taylor, §§ 370-373—Wharton, II. § 137—Wheaton, § 266—Bluntschli, §§ 415-416—Hartmann, § 49—Heffter, § 94—Bonfils, Nos. 845-848—Despagnet, Nos. 447-448—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1151-1155—Mérignhac, II. pp. 667-672—Rivier, II. pp. 119-122—Calvo, III. §§ 1643-1648—Fiore, II. Nos. 1008-1009, and Code, Nos. 768-778—Martens, I. §§ 65 and 114—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 151-160.
Hall, § 114—Lawrence, § 134—Halleck, I. pp. 279-281—Taylor, §§ 370-373—Wharton, II. § 137—Wheaton, § 266—Bluntschli, §§ 415-416—Hartmann, § 49—Heffter, § 94—Bonfils, Nos. 845-848—Despagnet, Nos. 447-448—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1151-1155—Mérignhac, II. pp. 667-672—Rivier, II. pp. 119-122—Calvo, III. §§ 1643-1648—Fiore, II. Nos. 1008-1009, and Code, Nos. 768-778—Martens, I. §§ 65 and 114—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 151-160.
Effect of Treaties upon Contracting Parties.
Effect of Treaties on Contracting Parties.
§ 519. By a treaty the contracting parties in the first place are concerned. The effect of the treaty upon them is that they are bound by its stipulations, and that[Pg 562] they must execute it in all its parts. No distinction should be made between more and less important parts of a treaty as regards its execution. Whatever may be the importance or the insignificance of a part of a treaty, it must be executed with good faith, for the binding force of a treaty covers equally all its parts and stipulations. If, however, a party to a treaty concluded between more than two parties signs it with a reservation as regards certain articles, such party is not bound by these articles, although it ratifies[884] the treaty.
§ 519. A treaty primarily concerns the parties involved. The impact of the treaty on them is that they are obligated to follow its terms and must implement it in its entirety. There should be no distinction made between the more and less important parts of a treaty in terms of its execution. Regardless of how significant or insignificant any part of a treaty may be, it must be carried out in good faith, as the binding nature of a treaty applies equally to all its components and terms. However, if a party involved in a treaty with multiple parties signs it with a reservation concerning specific articles, that party is not bound by those articles, even if it ratifies[884] the treaty.
Effect of Treaties upon the Subjects of the Parties.
Effect of Treaties on the Parties Involved.
§ 520. It must be specially observed that the binding force of a treaty concerns the contracting States only, and not their subjects. As International Law is a law between States only and exclusively, treaties can have effect upon States and can bind States only and exclusively. If treaties contain stipulations with regard to rights and duties of the contracting States' subjects,[885] courts, officials, and the like, these States have to take such steps as are necessary, according to their Municipal Law, to make these stipulations binding upon their subjects, courts, officials, and the like. It may be that according to the Municipal Laws of some countries the official publication of a treaty concluded by the Government is sufficient for this purpose, but in other countries other steps are necessary, such as, for example, special statutes to be passed by the respective Parliaments.[886]
§ 520. It should be noted that the binding nature of a treaty applies only to the contracting States, not to their citizens. Since International Law governs relationships solely between States, treaties affect and bind only the States themselves. If treaties include provisions related to the rights and obligations of the citizens of the contracting States,[885] the States must take the necessary steps, as dictated by their own laws, to ensure these provisions are enforceable for their citizens, courts, officials, and similar entities. In some countries, the official publication of a treaty by the Government may suffice for this purpose, while in others, additional measures may be required, such as specific legislation passed by the respective Parliaments.[886]
[886] The distinction between International and Municipal Law as discussed above, §§ 20-25, is the basis from which the question must be decided whether international treaties have a direct effect upon the officials and subjects of the contracting parties.
[886] The difference between International and Municipal Law mentioned above, §§ 20-25, is the foundation for determining whether international treaties directly affect the officials and citizens of the countries involved.
Effect of Changes in Government upon Treaties.
Effect of Changes in Government on Treaties.
§ 521. As treaties are binding upon the contracting States, changes in the government or even in the form of government of one of the parties can as a rule have no influence whatever upon the binding force of treaties. Thus, for instance, a treaty of alliance concluded by a State with constitutional government remains valid,[Pg 563] although the Ministry may change. And no head of a State can shirk the obligations of a treaty concluded by his State under the government of his predecessor. Even when a monarchy turns into a republic, or vice versa, treaty obligations regularly remain the same. For all such changes and alterations, important as they may be, do not alter the person of the State which concluded the treaty. If, however, a treaty stipulation essentially presupposes a certain form of government, then a change from such form makes such stipulation void, because its execution has become impossible.[887]
§ 521. Since treaties are binding on the countries involved, changes in the government or even the type of government of one of the parties generally do not affect the validity of treaties. For example, a treaty of alliance made by a country with a constitutional government remains valid,[Pg 563] even if the government changes. No leader of a country can evade the obligations of a treaty made by their country under the government of their predecessor. Even when a monarchy becomes a republic, or vice versa, treaty obligations usually stay the same. These changes, significant as they may be, do not alter the identity of the State that made the treaty. However, if a treaty provision relies on a specific type of government, then a switch from that form makes the provision invalid because it can no longer be carried out.[887]
[887] See below, § 542. Not to be confounded with the effect of changes in government is the effect of a change in international status upon treaties, as, for instance, if a hitherto full-sovereign State becomes half- or part-Sovereign, or vice versa, or if a State merges entirely into another, and the like. This is a case of succession of States which has been discussed above, §§ 82-84; see also below, § 548.
[887] See below, § 542. It's important not to confuse the impact of changes in government with the impact of a change in international status on treaties. For example, if a fully sovereign state becomes partially sovereign, or vice versa, or if a state completely merges into another, that's significant. This situation relates to the succession of states, which has been discussed above, §§ 82-84; see also below, § 548.
Effect of Treaties upon third States.
Effect of Treaties on Third States.
§ 522. According to the principle pacta tertiis nec nocent nec prosunt, a treaty concerns the contracting States only; neither rights nor duties, as a rule, arise under a treaty for third States which are not parties to the treaty. But sometimes treaties have indeed an effect upon third States. Such an effect is always produced when a treaty touches previous treaty rights of third States. Thus, for instance, a commercial treaty conceding more favourable conditions than hitherto have been conceded by the parties thereto has an effect upon all such third States as have previously concluded commercial treaties containing the so-called most-favoured-nation clause[888] with one of the contracting parties.
§ 522. According to the principle pacta tertiis nec nocent nec prosunt, a treaty applies only to the states involved; generally, no rights or responsibilities arise under a treaty for third states that aren't parties to it. However, treaties can sometimes impact third states. This effect occurs when a treaty affects existing treaty rights of third states. For example, a commercial treaty that grants more favorable conditions than what has been previously agreed upon by the parties involved affects all third states that have previously signed commercial treaties that contain the so-called most-favoured-nation clause[888] with one of the contracting parties.
The question arises whether in exceptional cases third States can acquire rights under such treaties as were specially concluded for the purpose of creating such rights not only for the contracting parties but also for third States. Thus, the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty between Great Britain and the United States of 1901,[Pg 564] and the Hay-Varilla Treaty between the United States and Panama of 1903, stipulate that the Panama Canal to be built shall be open to vessels of commerce and of war of all nations, although Great Britain, the United States, and Panama only are parties.[889] Thus, further, article 5 of the Boundary Treaty of Buenos Ayres of September 15, 1881, stipulates that the Straits of Magellan shall be open to vessels of all nations, although Argentina and Chili only are parties. Again, the Treaty of Paris, signed on March 30, 1856, and annexed to the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856, stipulates that Russia shall not fortify the Aland[890] Islands; although this stipulation was made in the interest of Sweden, only Great Britain, France, and Russia are parties. I believe that the question must be answered in the negative, and nothing prevents the contracting parties from altering such a treaty without the consent of third States, provided the latter have not in the meantime acquired such rights through the unanimous tacit consent of all concerned.
The question arises whether, in exceptional cases, other countries can gain rights under treaties specifically made to create such rights not just for the signing parties but also for those third countries. For example, the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty between Great Britain and the United States in 1901,[Pg 564] and the Hay-Varilla Treaty between the United States and Panama in 1903, state that the Panama Canal being built will be open to commercial and military vessels from all nations, even though only Great Britain, the United States, and Panama are the signatories.[889] Additionally, Article 5 of the Boundary Treaty of Buenos Ayres from September 15, 1881, states that the Straits of Magellan will be open to vessels of all nations, despite only Argentina and Chile being the signatories. Furthermore, the Treaty of Paris, signed on March 30, 1856, and attached to the Peace Treaty of Paris of 1856, states that Russia will not fortify the Aland[890] Islands; although this condition was made for Sweden's benefit, only Great Britain, France, and Russia are the parties involved. I believe the answer to the question should be no, and nothing stops the signing parties from changing such a treaty without the approval of third countries, as long as those countries have not gained such rights through unanimous tacit consent from all involved.
[890] See above, § 205, p. 277, note 2.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See above, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
It must be emphasised that a treaty between two States can never invalidate a stipulation previously created by a treaty between one of the contracting parties and a third State, unless the latter expressly consents. If, for instance, two States have entered into an alliance and one of them afterwards concludes a treaty with a third State, according to which all conflicts without exception shall be settled by arbitration, the previous treaty of alliance remains valid even in the case of war breaking out between the third State and the other party to the alliance.[891] Therefore, when in 1911 Great Britain contemplated entering, with the United States of America, into a treaty of general arbitration according to which all differences should[Pg 565] be decided by arbitration, she notified Japan of her intention, on account of the existing treaty of alliance, and Japan consented to substitute for the old treaty a new treaty of alliance,[892] article 4 of which stipulates that the alliance shall never concern a war with a third Power with whom one of the allies may have concluded a treaty of general arbitration.
It’s important to note that a treaty between two countries can never override an agreement made earlier by one of those countries with a third country, unless that third country explicitly agrees. For example, if two countries form an alliance and later one of them signs a treaty with a third country that states all disputes will be resolved through arbitration, the original alliance treaty still holds, even if a war breaks out between the third country and the other ally. Therefore, when Great Britain considered entering into a general arbitration treaty with the United States in 1911, which would require all differences to be resolved by arbitration, they informed Japan of their plans, due to the existing alliance treaty. Japan agreed to replace the old treaty with a new alliance treaty, article 4 of which states that the alliance won't apply to wars with a third power that one of the allies might have made an arbitration agreement with.
VII WAYS TO ENSURE TREATY COMPLIANCE
Vattel, II. §§ 235-261—Hall, § 115—Lawrence, § 134—Phillimore, II. §§ 54-63A—Bluntschli, §§ 425-441—Heffter, §§ 96-99—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 85-90—Ullmann, § 83—Bonfils, Nos. 838-844—Despagnet, Nos. 451-452—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1156-1169—Rivier, II. pp. 94-97—Nys, III. pp. 36-41—Calvo, III. §§ 1638-1642—Fiore, II. Nos. 1018-1019, and Code, Nos. 784-791—Martens, I. § 115—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 212-227.
Vattel, II. §§ 235-261—Hall, § 115—Lawrence, § 134—Phillimore, II. §§ 54-63A—Bluntschli, §§ 425-441—Heffter, §§ 96-99—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 85-90—Ullmann, § 83—Bonfils, Nos. 838-844—Despagnet, Nos. 451-452—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1156-1169—Rivier, II. pp. 94-97—Nys, III. pp. 36-41—Calvo, III. §§ 1638-1642—Fiore, II. Nos. 1018-1019, and Code, Nos. 784-791—Martens, I. § 115—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 212-227.
What means have been in use.
What methods have been used?
§ 523. As there is no international institution which could enforce the performance of treaties, and as history teaches that treaties have frequently been broken, various means of securing performance of treaties have been made use of. The more important of these means are oaths, hostages, pledges, occupation of territory, guarantee. Nowadays these means, which are for the most part obsolete, have no longer great importance on account of the gratifying fact that all States are now much more conscientious and faithful as regards their treaty obligations than in former times.
§ 523. Since there's no international organization that can enforce treaty compliance, and history shows that treaties have often been violated, various methods have been used to ensure that treaties are honored. The more significant of these methods include oaths, hostages, pledges, occupation of territory, and guarantees. Today, these methods, which are mostly outdated, are not very important anymore because it’s a positive development that all states are now much more careful and reliable about their treaty obligations than they used to be.
Oaths.
Vows.
§ 524. Oaths are a very old means of securing the performance of treaties, which was constantly made use of not only in antiquity and the Middle Ages, but also in modern times. For in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries all important treaties were still secured by oaths. During the eighteenth century, however, the custom of securing treaties by oaths gradually died out,[Pg 566] the last example being the treaty of alliance between France and Switzerland in 1777, which was solemnly confirmed by the oaths of both parties in the Cathedral at Solothurn. The employment of oaths for securing treaties was of great value in the times of absolutism, when little difference used to be made between the State and its monarch. The more the distinction grew into existence between the State as the subject of International Law on the one hand, and the monarch as the temporary chief organ of the State on the other hand, the more such oaths fell into disuse. For an oath can exercise its force on the individual only who takes it, and not on the State for which it is taken.
§ 524. Oaths are an ancient way to ensure the enforcement of treaties, used not only in ancient times and the Middle Ages but also in more recent history. In the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, all significant treaties were still upheld by oaths. However, during the eighteenth century, the practice of securing treaties with oaths gradually faded away,[Pg 566] with the last instance being the treaty of alliance between France and Switzerland in 1777, which was formally confirmed by the oaths of both parties in the Cathedral at Solothurn. Using oaths to secure treaties was very important during the time of absolutism, when there was little distinction between the state and its monarch. As the distinction between the state as the subject of International Law and the monarch as the temporary head of the state became more pronounced, such oaths began to be less commonly used. An oath can only compel the individual who takes it, not the state for which it is taken.
Hostages.
Hostage situation.
§ 525. Hostages are as old a means of securing treaties as oaths, but they have likewise, for ordinary purposes[893] at least, become obsolete, because they have practically no value at all. The last case of a treaty secured by hostages is the Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748, in which hostages were stipulated to be sent by England to France for the purpose of securing the restitution of Cape Breton Island to the latter. The hostages sent were Lords Sussex and Cathcart, who remained in France till July 1749.
§ 525. Hostages have been used for securing treaties just as long as oaths have, but for common purposes[893] they have largely become outdated, as they hold little to no real value anymore. The last instance of a treaty secured with hostages was the Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748, where England agreed to send hostages to France to ensure the return of Cape Breton Island. The hostages sent were Lords Sussex and Cathcart, who stayed in France until July 1749.
Pledge.
Commitment.
§ 526. The pledging of movable property by one of the contracting parties to the other for the purpose of securing the performance of a treaty is possible, but has not frequently occurred. Thus, Poland is said to have pledged her crown jewels once to Prussia.[894] The pledging of movables is nowadays quite obsolete, although it might on occasion be revived.
§ 526. One party to a contract can pledge movable property to the other to secure the execution of an agreement, but this doesn't happen often. For example, it's said that Poland once pledged its crown jewels to Prussia.[894] Today, pledging movable property is mostly outdated, although it could still be used in certain situations.
[894] See Phillimore, II. § 55.
Occupation of Territory.
Territory Occupation.
§ 527. Occupation of territory, such as a fort or even a whole province, as a means of securing the performance of a treaty, has frequently been made use of with regard to the payment of large sums of money due to a State[Pg 567] under a treaty. Nowadays such occupation is only resorted to in connection with treaties of peace stipulating the payment of a war indemnity. Thus, the preliminary peace treaty of Versailles in 1871 stipulated that Germany should have the right to keep certain parts of France under military occupation until the final payment of the war indemnity of five milliards of francs.
§ 527. The occupation of territory, like a fort or even an entire province, has often been used to ensure that a treaty is honored, especially when it comes to large amounts of money owed to a State[Pg 567] under a treaty. These days, such occupations are typically only done in relation to peace treaties that include the payment of war reparations. For example, the preliminary peace treaty of Versailles in 1871 stated that Germany would have the right to maintain military occupation of certain areas in France until the total amount of the five-billion-franc war indemnity was paid.
Guarantee.
Guarantee.
§ 528. The best means of securing treaties, and one which is still in use generally, is the guarantee of such other States as are not directly affected by the treaty. Such guarantee is a kind of accession[895] to the guaranteed treaty, and a treaty in itself—namely, the promise of the guarantor eventually to do what is in his power to compel the contracting party or parties to execute the treaty.[896] Guarantee of a treaty is a species only of guarantee in general, which will be discussed below, §§ 574-576a.
§ 528. The best way to secure treaties, and one that is still commonly used today, is by having other States, which are not directly impacted by the treaty, provide guarantees. This guarantee acts as an extension[895] to the guaranteed treaty and constitutes a treaty in itself—specifically, the promise from the guarantor to eventually do what they can to ensure that the contracting party or parties fulfill the treaty obligations.[896] Guarantee of a treaty is just one type of guarantee in general, which will be discussed below, §§ 574-576a.
[896] Nippold (p. 266) proposes that a universal treaty of guarantee should be concluded between all the members of the Family of Nations guaranteeing for the present and the future all international treaties. I do not believe that this well-meant proposal is feasible.
[896] Nippold (p. 266) suggests that all members of the Family of Nations should create a universal treaty to guarantee all international treaties for now and in the future. I don't think this well-intentioned idea is practical.
VIII INVOLVEMENT OF THIRD STATES IN TREATIES
Hall, § 114—Wheaton, § 288—Hartmann, § 51—Heffter, § 88—Ullmann, § 81—Bonfils, Nos. 832-834—Despagnet, No. 448—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1127-1150—Rivier, II. pp. 89-93—Calvo, III. §§ 1621-1626—Fiore, II. Nos. 1025-1031—Martens, I. § 111.
Hall, § 114—Wheaton, § 288—Hartmann, § 51—Heffter, § 88—Ullmann, § 81—Bonfils, Nos. 832-834—Despagnet, No. 448—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1127-1150—Rivier, II. pp. 89-93—Calvo, III. §§ 1621-1626—Fiore, II. Nos. 1025-1031—Martens, I. § 111.
Interest and Participation to be distinguished.
Interest and participation should be distinguished.
§ 529. Ordinarily a treaty creates rights and duties between the contracting parties exclusively. Nevertheless, third States may be interested in such treaties, for the common interests of the members of the Family of Nations are so interlaced that few treaties between single members can be concluded in which third States have not some kind of interest. But such interest, all-important as it may be, must not be confounded with[Pg 568] participation of third States in treaties. Such participation can occur in five different forms—namely, good offices, mediation, intervention, accession, and adhesion.[897]
§ 529. A treaty usually creates rights and obligations solely between the parties involved. However, third States may have an interest in these treaties, as the common interests of the members of the family of nations are so intertwined that most treaties between individual members involve some level of interest from third States. But this interest, while significant, should not be confused with[Pg 568] the participation of third States in treaties. Such participation can take five different forms—namely, good offices, mediation, intervention, accession, and adhesion.[897]
[897] That certain treaties concluded by the suzerain are ipso facto concluded for the vassal State does not make the latter participate in such treaties. Nor is it correct to speak of participation of a third State in a treaty when a State becomes party to a treaty through the fact that it has given a mandate to another State to contract on its behalf.
[897] Just because some treaties made by the suzerain automatically apply to the vassal State, it doesn't mean the vassal is actually part of those treaties. It's also not accurate to say a third State is participating in a treaty simply because it has authorized another State to make the treaty on its behalf.
Good Offices and Mediation.
Peacemaking and Mediation.
Intervention.
Intervention.
§ 531. A third State may participate in a treaty in such a way that it interposes dictatorially between two States negotiating a treaty and requests them to drop or to insert certain stipulations. Such intervention does not necessarily make the interfering State a real party to the treaty. Instances of threatened intervention of such a kind are the protest on the part of Great Britain against the preliminary peace treaty concluded in 1878 at San Stefano[898] between Russia and Turkey, and that on the part of Russia, Germany, and France in 1895 against the peace treaty of Shimonoseki[899] between Japan and China.
§ 531. A third country can get involved in a treaty by stepping in between two countries that are negotiating and asking them to remove or add certain terms. This kind of interference doesn’t automatically make the intervening country an official party to the treaty. Examples of such threatened interventions include Great Britain's protest against the preliminary peace treaty signed in 1878 at San Stefano[898] between Russia and Turkey, as well as those from Russia, Germany, and France in 1895 against the peace treaty of Shimonoseki[899] between Japan and China.
[898] See above, § 135, p. 190, No. 2.
Accession.
Access.
§ 532. Of accession there are two kinds. Accession means, firstly, the formal entrance of a third State into an existing treaty so that such State becomes a[Pg 569] party to the treaty with all rights and duties arising therefrom. Such accession can take place only with the consent of the original contracting parties, and accession always constitutes a treaty of itself. Very often the contracting parties stipulate expressly that the treaty shall be open to the accession of a certain State. And the so-called law-making treaties, as the Declaration of Paris or the Geneva Convention for example, regularly stipulate the option of accession of all such States as have not been originally contracting parties.
§ 532. There are two types of accession. Accession refers, first, to the formal joining of a third State to an existing treaty, allowing that State to become a[Pg 569]party to the treaty with all the rights and responsibilities that come with it. This accession can only occur with the approval of the original contracting parties, and it always creates a treaty in itself. Often, the contracting parties specifically state that the treaty is open for the accession of a particular State. Additionally, law-making treaties, like the Declaration of Paris or the Geneva Convention, typically provide for the option of accession for all States that were not original contracting parties.
But there is, secondly, another kind of accession possible. For a State may enter into a treaty between other States for the purpose of guarantee.[900] This kind of accession makes the acceding State also a party to the treaty; but the rights and duties of the acceding State are different from the rights and duties of the other parties, for the former is a guarantor only, whereas the latter are directly affected by the treaty.
But there's another way a State can join in. A State can enter into a treaty with other States for the purpose of providing a guarantee.[900] This type of accession makes the joining State a party to the treaty as well; however, the rights and responsibilities of the joining State are different from those of the other parties. The joining State is just a guarantor, while the other parties are directly impacted by the treaty.
Adhesion.
Sticking.
§ 533. Adhesion is defined as such entrance of a third State into an existing treaty as takes place either with regard only to a part of the stipulations or with regard only to certain principles laid down in the treaty. Whereas through accession a third State becomes a party to the treaty with all the rights and duties arising from it, through adhesion a third State becomes a party only to such parts or principles of the treaty as it has adhered to. But it must be specially observed that the distinction between accession and adhesion is one made in theory, to which practice frequently does not correspond. Often treaties speak of accession of third States where in fact adhesion only is meant, and vice versa. Thus, article 6 of the Hague Convention with respect to the laws and customs of war on land stipulates the possibility of future adhesion of non-signatory Powers, although accession is meant.[Pg 570]
§ 533. Adhesion refers to the entry of a third State into an existing treaty, relating either to only part of the terms or specific principles outlined in the treaty. In contrast, when a third State accedes, it becomes a party to the entire treaty, with all the associated rights and obligations. With adhesion, a third State only accepts the parts or principles of the treaty it has agreed to. However, it's important to note that the difference between accession and adhesion is mostly theoretical and doesn't always match up with how things work in real life. Often, treaties mention the accession of third States when they actually mean adhesion, and vice versa. For example, Article 6 of the Hague Convention concerning the laws and customs of war on land mentions the possibility of future adhesion by non-signatory Powers, even though what is really intended is accession.[Pg 570]
IX Ending and Termination of Treaties
Vattel, II. §§ 198-205—Hall, § 116—Westlake, I. pp. 284-286—Lawrence, § 134—Halleck, I. pp. 293-296—Taylor, §§ 394-399—Wharton, II. § 137A—Wheaton, § 275—Moore, V. §§ 770-778—Bluntschli, §§ 450-461—Heffter, § 99—Ullmann, § 85—Bonfils, Nos. 855-860—Despagnet, Nos. 453-455—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1200-1218—Mérignhac, II. p. 788—Rivier, II. § 55—Nys, III. pp. 48-53—Calvo, III. §§ 1662-1668—Fiore, II. Nos. 1047-1052—Martens, I. § 117—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 62-64—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 235-248—Olivi, "Sull' estinzione dei trattati internazionali" (1883)—Schmidt, "Ueber die völkerrechtliche clausula rebus sic stantibus, &c." (1907)—Kaufmann, "Das Wesen des Völkerrechts und die clausula rebus sic stantibus" (1911)—Bonucci in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 449-471.
Vattel, II. §§ 198-205—Hall, § 116—Westlake, I. pp. 284-286—Lawrence, § 134—Halleck, I. pp. 293-296—Taylor, §§ 394-399—Wharton, II. § 137A—Wheaton, § 275—Moore, V. §§ 770-778—Bluntschli, §§ 450-461—Heffter, § 99—Ullmann, § 85—Bonfils, Nos. 855-860—Despagnet, Nos. 453-455—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1200-1218—Mérignhac, II. p. 788—Rivier, II. § 55—Nys, III. pp. 48-53—Calvo, III. §§ 1662-1668—Fiore, II. Nos. 1047-1052—Martens, I. § 117—Jellinek, "Die rechtliche Natur der Staatenverträge" (1880), pp. 62-64—Nippold, op. cit. pp. 235-248—Olivi, "Sull' estinzione dei trattati internazionali" (1883)—Schmidt, "Ueber die völkerrechtliche clausula rebus sic stantibus, &c." (1907)—Kaufmann, "Das Wesen des Völkerrechts und die clausula rebus sic stantibus" (1911)—Bonucci in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 449-471.
Expiration and Dissolution in Contradistinction to Fulfilment.
Expiration and Dissolution Compared to Fulfillment.
§ 534. The binding force of treaties may terminate in four different ways, because a treaty may either expire, or be dissolved, or become void, or be cancelled.[901] The grounds of expiration of treaties are, first, expiration of the time for which a treaty was concluded, and, secondly, occurrence of a resolutive condition. Of grounds of dissolution of treaties there are three—namely, mutual consent, withdrawal by notice, and vital change of circumstances. In contradistinction to expiration and dissolution as well as to voidance and cancellation, performance of treaties does not terminate their binding force. A treaty whose obligation has been performed is as valid as before, although it is now of historical interest only.
§ 534. The binding force of treaties can end in four ways: a treaty can either expire, be dissolved, become void, or be canceled.[901] The reasons for a treaty expiring are, first, the end of the period it was meant to last, and second, the occurrence of a condition that leads to its termination. There are three reasons for the dissolution of treaties: mutual consent, withdrawal by notice, and significant changes in circumstances. Unlike expiration and dissolution, as well as voidness and cancellation, fulfilling the obligations of treaties does not end their binding nature. A treaty that has been fulfilled is still valid as before, even though it may only be of historical significance now.
Expiration through Expiration of Time.
Expiration by Time.
§ 535. All such treaties as are concluded for a certain period of time only, expire with the expiration of such time, unless they are renewed or prolonged for another period. Such time-expiring treaties are frequently concluded, and no notice is necessary for their expirations, except when specially stipulated.[Pg 571]
§ 535. All treaties that are made for a specific duration only end when that duration expires, unless they are renewed or extended for another period. Treaties with a set expiration date are common, and no notice is required for their expiration, unless specified otherwise.[Pg 571]
A treaty, however, may be concluded for a certain period of time only, but with the additional stipulation that the treaty shall after the lapse of such period be valid for another such period, unless one of the contracting parties gives notice in due time.
A treaty, however, can be made for a specific period of time only, but with the condition that it will be valid for another period after the initial term, unless one of the parties gives timely notice.
Expiration through Resolutive Condition.
Expiration by Resolutive Condition.
§ 536. Different from time-expiring treaties are such as are concluded under a resolutive condition, which means under the condition that they shall at once expire with the occurrence of certain circumstances. As soon as these circumstances arise, the treaties expire.
§ 536. Unlike treaties that have a set expiration date, there are those that are made under a condition that causes them to end immediately when specific circumstances occur. As soon as these circumstances take place, the treaties come to an end.
Mutual Consent.
Mutual Agreement.
§ 537. A treaty, although concluded for ever or for a period of time which has not yet expired, may nevertheless always be dissolved by mutual consent of the contracting parties. Such mutual consent can become apparent in three different ways.
§ 537. A treaty, even if it's meant to last forever or for a period that hasn't ended yet, can still be dissolved by the mutual agreement of the parties involved. This agreement can be shown in three different ways.
First, the parties can expressly and purposely declare that a treaty shall be dissolved; this is rescission. Or, secondly, they can conclude a new treaty concerning the same objects as those of a former treaty without any reference to the latter, although the two treaties are inconsistent with each other. This is substitution, and in such a case it is obvious that the treaty previously concluded was dissolved by tacit mutual consent. Or, thirdly, if the treaty is such as imposes obligations upon one of the contracting parties only, the other party can renounce its rights. Dissolution by renunciation is a case of dissolution by mutual consent, since acceptance of the renunciation is necessary.
First, the parties can explicitly and intentionally state that a treaty will be canceled; this is called rescission. Alternatively, they can create a new treaty about the same subjects as the previous treaty without acknowledging the old one, even if the two treaties conflict. This is known as substitution, and in this situation, it's clear that the earlier treaty was canceled by mutual agreement without explicit mention. Lastly, if the treaty only imposes obligations on one of the parties, the other party can give up its rights. Dissolution by renunciation counts as dissolution by mutual agreement, since the acceptance of the renunciation is required.
Withdrawal by Notice.
Notice of Withdrawal.
§ 538. Treaties, provided they are not such as are concluded for ever, may also be dissolved by withdrawal, after notice by one of the parties. Many treaties stipulate expressly the possibility of such withdrawal, and as a rule contain details in regard to form and period in which notice is to be given for the purpose of withdrawal. But there are other treaties which, although they do not expressly stipulate the[Pg 572] possibility of withdrawal, can nevertheless be dissolved after notice by one of the contracting parties. To that class belong all such treaties as are either not expressly concluded for ever or apparently not intended to set up an everlasting condition of things. Thus, for instance, a commercial treaty or a treaty of alliance not concluded for a fixed period only can always be dissolved after notice, although such notice be not expressly stipulated. Treaties, however, which are apparently intended, or expressly concluded, for the purpose of setting up an everlasting condition of things, and, further, treaties concluded for a certain period of time only, are as a rule not notifiable, although they can be dissolved by mutual consent of the contracting parties.
§ 538. Treaties, as long as they're not meant to last forever, can be ended by one party withdrawing after giving notice. Many treaties clearly state that withdrawal is possible and usually include details about how and when notice should be given. However, there are other treaties that, while they don't specifically mention the possibility of withdrawal, can still be dissolved after one party gives notice. This includes all treaties that are either not explicitly meant to be permanent or that don’t seem intended to create a permanent situation. For example, a commercial treaty or an alliance treaty that isn’t set for a fixed duration can always be ended after notice, even if notice isn't specifically outlined. On the other hand, treaties that are clearly meant to be permanent, or those concluded for a specific time, typically cannot be unilaterally canceled, although they can be terminated by mutual agreement of the parties involved.
It must be emphasised that all treaties of peace and all boundary treaties belong to this class. It cannot be denied that history records many cases in which treaties of peace have not established an everlasting condition of things, since one or both of the contracting States took up arms again as soon as they recovered from the exhausting effect of the previous war. But this does not prove either that such treaties can be dissolved through giving notice, or that, at any rate as far as International Law is concerned, they are not intended to create an everlasting condition of things.
It’s important to highlight that all peace treaties and boundary agreements fall into this category. It’s undeniable that history shows many instances where peace treaties haven’t led to lasting outcomes, as one or both of the countries involved resumed fighting once they recovered from the strain of the previous war. However, this doesn’t prove that these treaties can be canceled just by giving notice, nor does it imply that, in terms of International Law, they aren’t meant to create a lasting situation.
Vital Change of Circumstances.
Important Change of Circumstances.
§ 539. Although, as just stated, treaties concluded for a certain period of time, and such treaties as are apparently intended or expressly contracted for the purpose of setting up an everlasting condition of things, cannot in principle be dissolved by withdrawal of one of the parties, there is an exception to this rule. For it is an almost universally recognised fact that vital changes of circumstances may be of such a kind as to justify a party in notifying an unnotifiable treaty. The vast majority of publicists, as well as all the Governments of the members of the Family of Nations, defend[Pg 573] the principle Conventio omnis intelligitur rebus sic stantibus, and they agree,[902] therefore, that all treaties are concluded under the tacit condition rebus sic stantibus. That this condition involves a certain amount of danger cannot be denied, for it can be, and indeed sometimes has been, abused for the purpose of hiding the violation of treaties behind the shield of law, and of covering shameful wrong with the mantle of righteousness. But all this cannot alter the fact that this exceptional condition is as necessary for International law and international intercourse as the very rule pacta sunt servanda. When, for example, the existence or the necessary development of a State stands in unavoidable conflict with such State's treaty obligations, the latter must give way, for self-preservation and development in accordance with the growth and the necessary requirements of the nation are the primary duties of every State. No State would consent to any such treaty as would hinder it in the fulfilment of these primary duties. The consent of a State to a treaty presupposes a conviction that such treaty is not fraught with danger to its existence and development, and implies a condition that, if by an unforeseen change of circumstances the obligations stipulated in the treaty should imperil the said State's existence and necessary development, the treaty, although by its nature unnotifiable, should nevertheless be notifiable.
§ 539. Although, as mentioned before, treaties made for a specific duration, or those that are clearly intended or specifically established to create a lasting situation, cannot generally be canceled by one party withdrawing, there is an exception to this rule. It is widely acknowledged that significant changes in circumstances can justify a party in terminating a treaty that does not allow for withdrawal. The vast majority of legal scholars and all the governments within the Family of Nations support the principle Conventio omnis intelligitur rebus sic stantibus, and they agree,[902] therefore, that all treaties are made under the implicit condition rebus sic stantibus. This condition presents some risk, as it can be, and has been, misused to disguise treaty violations under the guise of legality, and to cloak immoral actions with a veneer of legitimacy. However, this exceptional condition is essential for international law and diplomacy, just like the fundamental rule pacta sunt servanda. For instance, when a state's existence or necessary development conflicts with its treaty obligations, those obligations must yield, as the core responsibilities of each state are self-preservation and development in line with the nation's growth and requirements. No state would agree to a treaty that would obstruct its ability to fulfill these essential responsibilities. A state's agreement to a treaty assumes that it believes the treaty does not pose a threat to its existence and development, and implies that if unforeseen circumstances arise that jeopardize the state's existence and necessary development, the treaty, while inherently unnotifiable, should still be considered notifiable.
[902] See Bonucci in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 449-471. Many writers agree to it with great reluctance only and in a very limited sense, as, for instance, Grotius, II. c. 16, § 25, No. 2; Vattel, II. § 296; Klüber, § 165. Some few writers, however, disagree altogether, as, for instance, Bynkershoek, "Quest. jur. public.," II. c. 10, and Wildman, "Institutes of International Law," I. (1849), p. 175. Schmidt, op. cit. pp. 97-118, would seem to reject the clausula altogether, but can nevertheless not help recognising it in the end. A good survey of the practice of the States in the matter during the nineteenth century is given by Kaufmann, op. cit. pp. 12-37.
[902] See Bonucci in Z.V. IV. (1910), pp. 449-471. Many writers agree with it very reluctantly and only in a limited way, such as Grotius, II. c. 16, § 25, No. 2; Vattel, II. § 296; Klüber, § 165. A few writers, however, completely disagree, like Bynkershoek, "Quest. jur. public.," II. c. 10, and Wildman, "Institutes of International Law," I. (1849), p. 175. Schmidt, op. cit. pp. 97-118, seems to reject the clausula entirely but ultimately cannot avoid acknowledging it. Kaufmann, op. cit. pp. 12-37, provides a good overview of state practices on the matter during the nineteenth century.
The danger of the clause rebus sic stantibus is to be found in the elastic meaning of the term "vital changes of circumstances," as, after all, a State must in every[Pg 574] special case judge for itself whether or no there is a vital change of circumstances justifying its withdrawal from an unnotifiable treaty. On the other hand, the danger is counterbalanced by the fact that the frequent and unjustifiable use of the clause rebus sic stantibus by a State would certainly destroy all its credit among the nations.
The danger of the clause rebus sic stantibus lies in the flexible interpretation of the phrase "vital changes of circumstances," as a State must ultimately decide in each case whether there is a vital change that justifies withdrawing from a treaty that hasn't been formally noted. However, this risk is balanced by the reality that if a State frequently and unjustifiably uses the clause rebus sic stantibus, it would definitely lose all credibility among other nations.
Be that as it may, it is generally agreed that certainly not every change of circumstances justifies a State in making use of the clause. All agree that, although treaty obligations may through a change of circumstances become disagreeable, burdensome, and onerous, they must nevertheless be discharged. All agree, further, that a change of government and even a change in the form of a State, such as the turning of a monarchy into a republic and vice versa, does not alone and in itself justify a State in notifying such a treaty as is by its nature unnotifiable. On the other hand, all agree in regard to many cases in which the clause rebus sic stantibus could justly be made use of. Thus, for example, if a State enters into a treaty of alliance for a certain period of time, and if before the expiration of the alliance a change of circumstances occurs, so that now the alliance endangers the very existence of one of the contracting parties, all will agree that the clause rebus sic stantibus would justify such party in notifying the treaty of alliance.
That said, it's generally accepted that not every change in circumstances allows a state to invoke the clause. Everyone agrees that, although treaty obligations can become unpleasant, burdensome, and overwhelming due to changing circumstances, they still need to be fulfilled. It’s also agreed that a change in government or even a change in the form of a state, like switching from a monarchy to a republic and vice versa, doesn’t automatically justify a state notifying such a treaty that cannot be unnotified by its very nature. On the other hand, there is consensus on many situations where the clause **rebus sic stantibus** can be legitimately applied. For instance, if a state enters into a treaty of alliance for a specific period, and before that period ends there is a change in circumstances that puts the very survival of one of the parties at risk, it is widely agreed that the clause **rebus sic stantibus** would justify that party in notifying the treaty of alliance.
A certain amount of disagreement as to the cases in which the clause might or might not be justly applied will of course always remain. But the fact is remarkable that during the nineteenth century not many cases of the application of the clause have occurred. And the States and public opinion everywhere have come to the conviction that the clause rebus sic stantibus ought not to give the right to a State at once to liberate itself from the obligations of a treaty, but only[Pg 575] the claim to be released from these obligations by the other parties to the treaty. Accordingly, when a State is of the opinion that the obligations of a treaty have through a vital change of circumstances become unbearable, it should first approach the other party or parties and request them to abrogate the treaty. And it is only when such abrogation is refused that a State may perhaps be justified in declaring that it could no longer consider itself bound by the obligations concerned. Thus, when, in 1870, during the Franco-German War, Russia declared her withdrawal from such stipulations of the Treaty of Paris of 1856 as concerned the neutralisation of the Black Sea and the restriction imposed upon Russia in regard to men-of-war in that sea, Great Britain protested, and a conference was held in London in 1871. Although by a treaty signed on March 13, 1871, this conference, consisting of the signatory Powers of the Treaty of Paris—namely, Austria, England, France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Turkey—complied with the wishes of Russia and abolished the neutralisation of the Black Sea, it adopted in a protocol[903] of January 17, 1871, the following declaration:—"Que c'est un principe essentiel du droit des gens qu'aucune Puissance ne peut se délier des engagements d'un traité, ni en modifier les stipulations, qu'à la suite de l'assentiment des parties contractantes, au moyen d'une entente amicale."
A certain level of disagreement about when the clause might or might not be rightly applied will always exist. However, it’s noteworthy that during the 19th century, there weren’t many instances of this clause being applied. States and public opinion everywhere have come to believe that the clause rebus sic stantibus shouldn't allow a state to immediately free itself from treaty obligations, but only grant the claim to be released from these obligations by the other parties involved in the treaty. Therefore, when a state feels that the obligations of a treaty have become unbearable due to significant changes in circumstances, it should first approach the other party or parties and request that they annul the treaty. It is only when such a request is denied that a state might justifiably declare that it can no longer consider itself bound by those obligations. For example, in 1870, during the Franco-German War, Russia announced its withdrawal from the terms of the Treaty of Paris of 1856 that related to the neutralization of the Black Sea and restrictions on Russian warships in that sea. Great Britain protested, leading to a conference in London in 1871. Although a treaty signed on March 13, 1871, resulted in this conference—composed of the signatory powers of the Treaty of Paris, including Austria, England, France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Turkey—agreeing to Russia's wishes and abolishing the neutralization of the Black Sea, it included a protocol[903] from January 17, 1871, stating: "It is an essential principle of international law that no power can free itself from its treaty commitments or modify the terms without the agreement of the contracting parties through friendly discussion."
In spite of this declaration, signed also by herself, Russia in 1886 notified her withdrawal from article 59 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878 stipulating the freedom of the port of Batoum.[904] The signatory Powers of the Treaty of Berlin seem to have tacitly consented, with the exception of Great Britain, which protested. Again, in October 1908, Austria-Hungary, in defiance of article[Pg 576] 25 of the Treaty of Berlin, 1878, proclaimed her sovereignty over Bosnia and Herzegovina, which hitherto had been under her occupation and administration, and simultaneously Bulgaria, in defiance of article 1 of the same treaty, declared herself independent.[905] Thus the standard value of the Declaration of the Conference of London of 1871 has become doubtful again.
Despite this declaration, which she also signed, Russia announced in 1886 that she was withdrawing from Article 59 of the Treaty of Berlin from 1878, which guaranteed the freedom of the port of Batoum.[904] The countries that signed the Treaty of Berlin seem to have quietly accepted this, except for Great Britain, which raised an objection. Then, in October 1908, Austria-Hungary, ignoring Article[Pg 576] 25 of the Treaty of Berlin, 1878, declared its sovereignty over Bosnia and Herzegovina, which it had previously occupied and administered. At the same time, Bulgaria, in violation of Article 1 of the same treaty, proclaimed its independence.[905] This has again called into question the validity of the Declaration from the London Conference of 1871.
[905] See above, § 50, p. 76; Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. p. 606; and Blociszewski in R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 417-449. There is hardly any doubt that, if Austria-Hungary had not ignored the above-mentioned Declaration contained in the protocol of January 17, 1871, and had approached the Powers in the matter, the abrogation of article 25 of the Treaty of Berlin would have been granted and she would have been allowed to annex Bosnia and Herzegovina after having indemnified Turkey. This is to be inferred from the fact that, when Austria-Hungary proclaimed her sovereignty over the provinces, Turkey accepted compensation, and the Powers, which first had protested and demanded an international conference, consented to the abrogation of the Treaty of Berlin.
[905] See above, § 50, p. 76; Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. p. 606; and Blociszewski in R.G. XVII. (1910), pp. 417-449. There is little doubt that if Austria-Hungary had not overlooked the Declaration mentioned in the protocol of January 17, 1871, and had engaged the Powers on the issue, the cancellation of article 25 of the Treaty of Berlin would have been approved, allowing her to annex Bosnia and Herzegovina after compensating Turkey. This can be inferred from the fact that when Austria-Hungary announced her sovereignty over the provinces, Turkey accepted payment, and the Powers, who initially protested and called for an international conference, agreed to cancel the Treaty of Berlin.
X Treaty avoidance
See the literature quoted at the commencement of § 534.
See the literature mentioned at the beginning of § 534.
Grounds of Voidance.
Grounds for Nullification.
§ 540. A treaty, although it has neither expired nor been dissolved, may nevertheless lose its binding force by becoming void.[906] And such voidance may have different grounds—namely, extinction of one of the two contracting parties, impossibility of execution, realisation of the purpose of the treaty otherwise than by fulfilment, and, lastly, extinction of such object as was concerned in a treaty.
§ 540. A treaty, even if it hasn't expired or been dissolved, can still lose its binding power if it becomes invalid.[906] There can be various reasons for this invalidation—such as the disappearance of one of the two parties involved, the inability to carry it out, achieving the treaty's aims in a different way, or the disappearance of the object that was the focus of the treaty.
Extinction of one of the two Contracting Parties.
Extinction of one of the two Contracting Parties.
§ 541. All treaties concluded between two States become void through the extinction of one of the contracting parties, provided they do not devolve upon such State as succeeds to the extinct State. That some treaties devolve upon the successor has been shown above (§ 82), but many treaties do not. On[Pg 577] this ground all political treaties, such as treaties of alliance, guarantee, neutrality, and the like, become void.
§ 541. All treaties made between two States become invalid when one of the parties ceases to exist, unless those treaties pass on to the State that takes over from the one that has disappeared. As mentioned earlier (§ 82), some treaties do transfer to the successor, but many do not. For this reason, all political treaties, like treaties of alliance, guarantee, neutrality, and similar agreements, become void.
Impossibility of Execution.
Impossible to Execute.
§ 542. All treaties whose execution becomes impossible subsequent to their conclusion are thus rendered void. A frequently quoted example is that of three States concluding a treaty of alliance and subsequent war breaking out between two of the contracting parties. In such case it is impossible for the third party to execute the treaty, and it becomes void.[907] It must, however, be added that the impossibility of execution may be temporary only, and that then the treaty is not void but merely suspended.
§ 542. All treaties that cannot be carried out after they are signed are considered void. A commonly cited example is when three countries sign an alliance treaty and then a war breaks out between two of the parties involved. In this situation, it's impossible for the third party to uphold the treaty, rendering it void.[907] However, it's important to note that the impossibility of execution can be temporary, in which case the treaty is not void but simply suspended.
Realisation of Purpose of Treaty other than by Fulfilment.
Realization of the Purpose of the Treaty Other Than by Fulfillment.
§ 543. All treaties whose purpose is realised otherwise than by fulfilment become void. For example, a treaty concluded by two States for the purpose of inducing a third State to undertake a certain obligation becomes void if the third State voluntarily undertakes the same obligation before the two contracting States have had an opportunity of approaching the third State with regard to the matter.
§ 543. All treaties that are meant to be fulfilled in some other way become invalid. For example, a treaty made by two countries to persuade a third country to take on a specific obligation becomes invalid if the third country willingly takes on that obligation before the two negotiating countries have a chance to discuss the matter with the third country.
Extinction of such Object as was concerned in a Treaty.
Extinction of such an Object as was involved in a Treaty.
§ 544. All treaties whose obligations concern a certain object become void through the extinction of such object. Treaties, for example, concluded in regard to a certain island become void when such island disappears through the operation of nature, as likewise do treaties concerning a third State when such State merges in another.
§ 544. All treaties that involve a specific subject become invalid when that subject ceases to exist. For example, treaties made regarding a certain island become void when that island disappears due to natural causes, just as treaties involving a third state become invalid when that state merges with another.
XI CANCELING TREATIES
See the literature quoted at the commencement of § 534.
See the literature mentioned at the beginning of § 534.
Grounds of Cancellation.
Reasons for Cancellation.
§ 545. A treaty, although it has neither expired, nor been dissolved, nor become void, may nevertheless lose its binding force by cancellation. The causes of cancellation are four—namely, inconsistency with International Law created subsequent to the conclusion of the treaty, violation by one of the contracting parties, subsequent change of status of one of them, and war.
§ 545. A treaty, even if it hasn't expired, been canceled, or become void, can still lose its binding force through cancellation. There are four reasons for cancellation: inconsistency with International Law established after the treaty was made, violation by one of the parties involved, a subsequent change in the status of one party, and war.
Inconsistency with subsequent International Law.
Inconsistency with later International Law.
§ 546. Just as treaties have no binding force when concluded with reference to an illegal object, so they lose their binding force when through a progressive development of International Law they become inconsistent with the latter. Through the abolition of privateering among the signatory Powers of the Declaration of Paris of 1856, for example, all treaties between any of these Powers based on privateering as a recognised institution of International Law were ipso facto cancelled.[908] But it must be emphasised that subsequent Municipal Law can certainly have no such influence upon existing treaties. On occasions, indeed, subsequent Municipal Law creates for a State a conflict between its treaty obligations and such law. In such case this State must endeavour to obtain a release by the other contracting party from these obligations.[909]
§ 546. Just as treaties don’t have any binding power when made regarding an illegal purpose, they also lose their binding power when, due to the evolving nature of International Law, they become inconsistent with it. For instance, with the end of privateering among the signatory Powers of the Declaration of Paris of 1856, all treaties between any of these Powers that were based on privateering as an acknowledged institution of International Law were ipso facto cancelled.[908] However, it should be noted that later Municipal Law cannot affect existing treaties. Sometimes, later Municipal Law can create a conflict for a State between its treaty obligations and that law. In such situations, the State must try to get a release from these obligations from the other contracting party.[909]
[908] This must be maintained in spite of the fact that Protocol No. 24—see Martens, N.R.G. XV. (1857), pp. 768-769—contains the following: "Sur une observation faite par M.M. les Plénipotentiaires de la Russie, le Congrès reconnaît que la présente résolution, ne pouvant avoir d'effet retroactif, ne saurait invalider les Conventions antérieures." This expression of opinion can only mean that previous treaties with such States as were not and would not become parties to the Declaration of Paris are not ipso facto cancelled by the Declaration.
[908] This must be upheld despite the fact that Protocol No. 24—see Martens, N.R.G. XV. (1857), pp. 768-769—states: "Based on an observation made by the Plenipotentiaries of Russia, the Congress acknowledges that this resolution, which cannot take effect retroactively, cannot invalidate previous Conventions." This statement can only imply that earlier treaties with states that were not parties and would not become parties to the Declaration of Paris are not ipso facto canceled by the Declaration.
[909] That Municipal Courts must apply the subsequent Municipal Law although it conflicts with previous treaty obligations, there is no doubt, as has been pointed out above, § 21. See The Cherokee Tobacco, 11 Wall 616; Whitney v. Robertson, 124 United States 190; Botiller v. Dominguez, 130 United States 238. See also Moore, V. § 774.[Pg 579]
[909] It's clear that Municipal Courts have to follow the new Municipal Law even if it contradicts earlier treaty obligations, as mentioned earlier, § 21. See The Cherokee Tobacco, 11 Wall 616; Whitney v. Robertson, 124 United States 190; Botiller v. Dominguez, 130 United States 238. Also, check Moore, V. § 774.[Pg 579]
Violation by one of the Contracting Parties.
Violation by one of the Contracting Parties.
§ 547. Violation of a treaty by one of the contracting States does not ipso facto cancel such treaty, but it is in the discretion of the other party to cancel it on the ground of violation. There is no unanimity among writers on International Law in regard to this point, in so far as a minority makes a distinction between essential and non-essential stipulations of the treaty, and maintains that violation of essential stipulations only creates a right for the other party to cancel the treaty. But the majority of writers rightly oppose this distinction, maintaining that it is not always possible to distinguish essential from non-essential stipulations, that the binding force of a treaty protects non-essential stipulations as well as essential ones, and that it is for the faithful party to consider for itself whether violation of a treaty, even in its least essential parts, justifies the cancelling of the treaty. The case, however, is different when a treaty expressly stipulates that it should not be considered broken by violation of merely one or another part of it. And it must be emphasised that the right to cancel the treaty on the ground of its violation must be exercised within a reasonable time after the violation has become known. If the Power possessing such right does not exercise it in due time, it must be taken for granted that such right has been waived. A mere protest, such as the protest of England in 1886 when Russia withdrew from article 59 of the Treaty of Berlin of 1878, which stipulated the freedom of the port of Batoum, neither constitutes a cancellation nor reserves the right of cancellation.
§ 547. When one of the contracting States violates a treaty, it does not automatically cancel that treaty. Instead, it's up to the other party to decide whether to cancel it based on the violation. There is no consensus among International Law scholars on this issue; a minority believes there’s a distinction between essential and non-essential terms of the treaty, arguing that only violations of essential terms justify cancellation. However, most scholars rightly reject this distinction, arguing that it’s often impossible to clearly separate essential from non-essential terms. The binding nature of a treaty protects both essential and non-essential terms, and it’s up to the faithful party to determine if a violation, even of a minor part, warrants cancellation of the treaty. The situation changes if a treaty explicitly states that it should not be considered broken due to the violation of certain parts. It’s important to highlight that the right to cancel a treaty due to a violation must be exercised within a reasonable time after the violation is known. If the Power with this right does not act within the appropriate timeframe, it’s assumed that they have waived that right. A simple protest, like England’s protest in 1886 when Russia withdrew from Article 59 of the Treaty of Berlin from 1878 regarding the freedom of the port of Batoum, does not count as a cancellation or reserve the right to cancel.
Subsequent Change of Status of one of the Contracting Parties.
Subsequent Change of Status of one of the Contracting Parties.
§ 548. A cause which ipso facto cancels treaties is such subsequent change of status of one of the contracting States as transforms it into a dependency of another State. As everything depends upon the merits of each case, no general rule can be laid down as regards the question when such change of status must be considered[Pg 580] to have taken place, or, further, as regards the other question as to the kind of treaties cancelled by such change.[910] Thus, for example, when a State becomes a member of a Federal State, it is obvious that all its treaties of alliance are ipso facto cancelled, for in a Federal State the power of making war rests with the Federal State, and not with the several members. And the same is valid as regards a hitherto full-Sovereign State which comes under the suzerainty of another State. On the other hand, a good many treaties retain their binding force in spite of such a change in the status of a State, all such treaties, namely, as concern matters in regard to which the State has not lost its sovereignty through the change. For instance, if the constitution of a Federal State stipulates that the matter of extradition remains fully in the competence of the member-States, all treaties of extradition of members concluded with third States previous to their becoming members of the Federal State retain their binding force.
§ 548. A cause that ipso facto cancels treaties is any subsequent change in the status of one of the contracting States that turns it into a dependency of another State. Since everything depends on the specifics of each case, no general rule can be established about when such a change of status must be deemed[Pg 580] to have occurred, or about the types of treaties that are cancelled by such a change.[910] For example, when a State joins a Federal State, it’s clear that all its alliance treaties are ipso facto cancelled, because in a Federal State, the authority to make war belongs to the Federal State, not to the individual members. The same applies to a previously fully Sovereign State that falls under the suzerainty of another State. However, many treaties remain valid despite such a change in a State's status, specifically those treaties related to matters over which the State has not lost its sovereignty due to the change. For instance, if the constitution of a Federal State specifies that extradition remains fully under the competence of the member-States, all extradition treaties made by members with third States before they joined the Federal State continue to be valid.
[910] See Moore, V. § 773, and above, § 82, p. 128, note 1, and § 521.
[910] Refer to Moore, V. § 773, and the section above, § 82, p. 128, note 1, and § 521.
War.
Conflict.
XII RENEWAL, RECONFIRMATION, AND REDINTEGRATION OF TREATIES
Vattel, II. § 199—Hall, § 117—Taylor, § 400—Hartmann, § 51—Ullmann, § 85—Bonfils, Nos. 851-854—Despagnet, No. 456—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1191-1199—Rivier, II. pp. 143-146—Calvo, III. §§ 1637, 1666, 1669—Fiore, II. Nos. 1048-1049, and Code, Nos. 835-838.
Vattel, II. § 199—Hall, § 117—Taylor, § 400—Hartmann, § 51—Ullmann, § 85—Bonfils, Nos. 851-854—Despagnet, No. 456—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1191-1199—Rivier, II. pp. 143-146—Calvo, III. §§ 1637, 1666, 1669—Fiore, II. Nos. 1048-1049, and Code, Nos. 835-838.
Renewal of Treaties.
Treaty Renewal.
§ 550. Renewal of treaties is the term for the prolongation of such treaties before their expiration as were concluded for a definite period of time only. Renewal[Pg 581] can take place through a new treaty, and the old treaty may then be renewed as a body or in parts only. But the renewal can also take place automatically, many treaties concluded for a certain period stipulating expressly that they are considered renewed for another period in case neither of the contracting parties has given notice.
§ 550. Renewal of treaties refers to the extension of treaties before they expire that were made for a specific duration. Renewal[Pg 581] can happen through a new treaty, and the previous treaty can be renewed as a whole or in parts. However, renewal can also occur automatically, as many treaties made for a certain period specifically state that they are considered renewed for another period if neither party has given notice.
Reconfirmation.
Reconfirming.
§ 551. Reconfirmation is the term for the express statement made in a new treaty that a certain previous treaty, whose validity has or might have become doubtful, is still, and remains, valid. Reconfirmation takes place after such changes of circumstances as might be considered to interfere with the validity of a treaty; for instance, after a war, as regards such treaties as have not been cancelled by the outbreak of war. Reconfirmation can be given to the whole of a previous treaty or to parts of it only. Sometimes reconfirmation is given in this very precise way, that a new treaty stipulates that a previous treaty shall be incorporated in itself. It must be emphasised that in such a case those parties to the new treaty which have not been parties to the previous treaty do not now become so by its reconfirmation, the latter applying to the previous contracting parties only.
§ 551. Reconfirmation refers to the clear statement made in a new treaty that a certain earlier treaty, which may be considered doubtful in validity, is still valid and remains so. Reconfirmation happens after changes in circumstances that could jeopardize the treaty's validity; for example, after a war, regarding treaties that haven’t been canceled due to the war's outbreak. Reconfirmation can apply to the entire previous treaty or just specific parts of it. Sometimes, reconfirmation is specified in such a way that a new treaty states that a previous treaty will be included in it. It's important to note that in this case, parties to the new treaty that were not part of the previous treaty do not become part of it through reconfirmation, as it only applies to the original contracting parties.
Redintegration.
Reintegration.
§ 552. Treaties which have lost their binding force through expiration or cancellation may regain it through redintegration. A treaty becomes redintegrated by the mutual consent of the contracting parties regularly given in a new treaty. Thus it is usual for treaties of peace to redintegrate all those treaties cancelled through the outbreak of war whose stipulations the contracting parties do not want to alter.
§ 552. Treaties that have lost their binding power due to expiration or cancellation can regain it through reinstatement. A treaty is reinstated by the mutual agreement of the parties involved, formally expressed in a new treaty. It is common for peace treaties to reinstate all treaties that were canceled due to the start of war, whose terms the parties do not wish to change.
Without doubt, redintegration does not necessarily take place exclusively by a treaty, as theoretically it must be considered possible for the contracting parties tacitly to redintegrate an expired or cancelled treaty by a line[Pg 582] of conduct which indicates apparently their intention to redintegrate the treaty. However, I do not know of any instance of such tacit redintegration.
Without a doubt, redintegration doesn’t only happen through a treaty, as it's theoretically possible for the parties involved to implicitly restore a lapsed or canceled treaty through behavior that clearly shows their intention to reinstate it. However, I'm not aware of any examples of such implicit redintegration.
XIII TREATY INTERPRETATION
Grotius, II. c. 16—Vattel, II. §§ 262-322—Hall, §§ 111-112—Phillimore, II. §§ 64-95—Halleck, I. pp. 296-304—Taylor, §§ 373-393—Walker, § 31—Wheaton, § 287—Moore, V. §§ 763-764—Heffter, § 95—Ullmann, § 84—Bonfils, Nos. 835-837—Despagnet, No. 450—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1171-1189—Mérignhac, II. p. 678—Nys, III. pp. 41-43—Rivier, II. pp. 122-125—Calvo, III. §§ 1649-1660—Fiore, II. Nos. 1032-1046, and Code, Nos. 792-816—Martens, I. § 116—Westlake, I. pp. 282-283—Pick in R.G. XVII. (1907), pp. 5-35—Hyde in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 46-61.
Grotius, II. c. 16—Vattel, II. §§ 262-322—Hall, §§ 111-112—Phillimore, II. §§ 64-95—Halleck, I. pp. 296-304—Taylor, §§ 373-393—Walker, § 31—Wheaton, § 287—Moore, V. §§ 763-764—Heffter, § 95—Ullmann, § 84—Bonfils, Nos. 835-837—Despagnet, No. 450—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 1171-1189—Mérignhac, II. p. 678—Nys, III. pp. 41-43—Rivier, II. pp. 122-125—Calvo, III. §§ 1649-1660—Fiore, II. Nos. 1032-1046, and Code, Nos. 792-816—Martens, I. § 116—Westlake, I. pp. 282-283—Pick in R.G. XVII. (1907), pp. 5-35—Hyde in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 46-61.
Authentic Interpretation, and the Compromise Clause.
Authentic Interpretation and the Compromise Clause.
§ 553. Neither customary nor conventional rules of International Law exist concerning interpretation of treaties. Grotius and the later authorities applied the rules of Roman Law respecting interpretation in general to interpretation of treaties. On the whole, such application is correct in so far as those rules of Roman Law are full of common sense. But it must be emphasised that interpretation of treaties is in the first instance a matter of consent between the contracting parties. If they choose a certain interpretation, no other has any basis. It is only when they disagree that an interpretation based on scientific grounds can ask a hearing. And these scientific grounds can be no other than those provided by jurisprudence. The best means of settling questions of interpretation, provided the parties cannot come to terms, is arbitration, as the appointed arbitrators will apply the general rules of jurisprudence. Now in regard to interpretation given by the parties themselves, there are two different ways open to them. They may either agree informally upon the interpretation and execute the treaty accordingly; or they may make an additional new treaty and stipulate[Pg 583] therein such interpretation of the previous treaty as they choose. In the latter case one speaks of "authentic" interpretation in analogy with the authentic interpretation of Municipal Law given expressly by a statute. Nowadays treaties very often contain the so-called "compromise clause" as regards interpretation—namely, the clause that, in case the parties should not agree on questions of interpretation, these questions shall be settled by arbitration. Italy and Switzerland regularly endeavour to insert that clause in their treaties.
§ 553. There are no established rules in International Law regarding the interpretation of treaties. Grotius and later scholars applied the principles of Roman Law related to interpretation in general to the interpretation of treaties. Overall, this application is valid because those Roman Law principles are based on common sense. However, it’s important to highlight that interpreting treaties primarily depends on the agreement between the parties involved. If they choose a specific interpretation, no other interpretation holds weight. Only when they have a disagreement can an interpretation based on scientific reasoning be considered. This scientific reasoning must come from jurisprudence. The best way to resolve interpretation disputes, if the parties cannot reach an agreement, is through arbitration, where the arbitrators will apply general jurisprudential rules. When it comes to interpretations proposed by the parties themselves, there are two options available. They can either agree informally on an interpretation and implement the treaty accordingly, or they can create a new additional treaty that specifies the interpretation of the prior treaty as they wish. In the latter scenario, this is referred to as "authentic" interpretation, similar to how authentic interpretation in Municipal Law is given by statute. Nowadays, treaties frequently include the so-called "compromise clause" regarding interpretation—specifically, a clause stating that if the parties cannot agree on interpretation issues, these disputes will be resolved by arbitration. Italy and Switzerland often strive to include that clause in their treaties.
Rules of Interpretation which recommend themselves.
Rules of Interpretation that are appealing.
§ 554. It is of importance to enumerate some rules of interpretation[911] which recommend themselves on account of their suitability.
§ 554. It's important to list some rules of interpretation[911] that stand out because they're practical.
[911] The whole matter of interpretation of treaties is dealt with in an admirable way by Phillimore, II. §§ 64-95; see also Moore, V. § 763, and Wharton, II. § 133.
[911] The entire issue of treaty interpretation is thoroughly addressed by Phillimore, II. §§ 64-95; also check out Moore, V. § 763, and Wharton, II. § 133.
(1) All treaties must be interpreted according to their reasonable in contradistinction to their literal sense. An excellent example illustrating this rule is the following, which is quoted by several writers:—In the interest of Great Britain the Treaty of Peace of Utrecht of 1713 stipulated in its article 9 that the port and the fortifications of Dunkirk should be destroyed and never be rebuilt. France complied with this stipulation, but at the same time began building an even larger port at Mardyck, a league off Dunkirk. Great Britain protested on the ground that France in so acting was violating the reasonable, although not the literal, sense of the Peace of Utrecht, and France in the end recognised this interpretation and discontinued the building of the new port.
(1) All treaties should be interpreted based on their reasonable meaning rather than just their literal wording. A great example of this principle can be found in the Treaty of Peace of Utrecht from 1713, which several writers have referenced: In the interest of Great Britain, Article 9 of the treaty mandated that the port and fortifications of Dunkirk be destroyed and never rebuilt. France followed this requirement but then started constructing an even larger port at Mardyck, a league away from Dunkirk. Great Britain objected, arguing that France was violating the reasonable, though not the literal, meaning of the Peace of Utrecht, and ultimately, France accepted this interpretation and stopped building the new port.
(2) The terms used in a treaty must be interpreted according to their usual meaning in the language of every-day life, provided they are not expressly used in a certain technical meaning or another meaning is not apparent from the context.[Pg 584]
(2) The words in a treaty should be understood based on their common meaning in everyday language, unless they are specifically defined in a technical way or another meaning is clear from the context.[Pg 584]
(3) It is taken for granted that the contracting parties intend something reasonable, something adequate to the purpose of the treaty, and something not inconsistent with generally recognised principles of International Law nor with previous treaty obligations towards third States. If, therefore, the meaning of a stipulation is ambiguous, the reasonable meaning is to be preferred to the unreasonable, the more reasonable to the less reasonable, the adequate meaning to the meaning not adequate for the purpose of the treaty, the consistent meaning to the meaning inconsistent with generally recognised principles of International Law and with previous treaty obligations towards third States.
(3) It's assumed that the parties involved in the contract aim for something reasonable, suitable for the purpose of the treaty, and not conflicting with widely accepted principles of International Law or prior treaty obligations to other countries. So, if the meaning of any stipulation is unclear, the reasonable interpretation should be favored over the unreasonable one, the more reasonable over the less reasonable, the suitable meaning over any meaning that doesn’t fit the treaty’s purpose, and the consistent meaning over any that contradicts generally accepted International Law principles or previous treaty obligations to other States.
(4) The principle in dubio mitius must be applied in interpreting treaties. If, therefore, the meaning of a stipulation is ambiguous, such meaning is to be preferred as is less onerous for the obliged party, or as interferes less with the parties' territorial and personal supremacy, or as contains less general restrictions upon the parties.
(4) The principle in dubio mitius should be used when interpreting treaties. So, if the meaning of a stipulation is unclear, the interpretation that is less burdensome for the party bound by it, that interferes less with the parties' territorial and personal authority, or that imposes fewer general restrictions on the parties should be favored.
(5) Previous treaties between the same parties, and treaties between one of the parties and third parties, may be alluded to for the purpose of clearing up the meaning of a stipulation.
(5) Previous agreements between the same parties, and agreements between one of the parties and others, may be referenced to clarify the meaning of a provision.
(6) If there is a discrepancy between the clear meaning of a stipulation, on the one hand, and, on the other, the intentions of one of the parties declared during the negotiations preceding the signing of a treaty, the decision must depend on the merits of the special case. If, for instance, the discrepancy was produced through a mere clerical error or by some other kind of mistake, it is obvious that an interpretation is necessary in accordance with the real intentions of the contracting parties.
(6) If there's a conflict between the clear meaning of a clause and the intentions of one of the parties expressed during the negotiations before signing a treaty, the decision should be based on the specifics of the case. For example, if the conflict arose from a simple clerical mistake or some other error, it’s clear that an interpretation is needed that aligns with the true intentions of the parties involved.
(7) In case of a discrepancy between the clear[Pg 585] meaning of a stipulation, on the one hand, and, on the other, the intentions of all the parties unanimously declared during the negotiations preceding the signing of the treaty, the meaning which corresponds to the real intentions of the parties must prevail over the meaning of the text. If, therefore—as in the case of the Declaration of London of 1909—the Report of the Drafting Committee contains certain interpretations and is unanimously accepted as authoritative by all the negotiators previous to the signing of the treaty, their interpretations must prevail.
(7) If there’s a conflict between the clear[Pg 585] meaning of a clause and the intentions declared by all parties during the negotiations before signing the treaty, the interpretation that aligns with the actual intentions of the parties should take precedence over the wording of the text. Therefore, in situations like the Declaration of London of 1909, if the Report of the Drafting Committee includes certain interpretations and is unanimously accepted as authoritative by all negotiators prior to the treaty's signing, those interpretations should prevail.
(8) If two meanings of a stipulation are admissible according to the text of a treaty, such meaning is to prevail as the party proposing the stipulation knew at the time to be the meaning preferred by the party accepting it.
(8) If two meanings of a provision are allowed based on the text of a treaty, the meaning that should be accepted is the one that the party suggesting the provision knew at the time was preferred by the party agreeing to it.
(9) If it is a matter of common knowledge that a State upholds a meaning which is different from the generally prevailing meaning of a term, and if nevertheless another State enters into a treaty with the former in which such term is made use of, such meaning must prevail as is upheld by the former. If, for instance, States conclude commercial treaties with the United States of America in which the most-favoured-nation clause[912] occurs, the particular meaning which the United States attribute to this clause must prevail.
(9) If it's widely known that a State has a different interpretation of a term than the generally accepted meaning, and another State still enters into a treaty with that State using that term, the interpretation upheld by the first State should take precedence. For example, if States sign commercial treaties with the United States of America that include the most-favored-nation clause[912], the specific meaning that the United States gives to this clause must be the one that applies.
(10) If the meaning of a stipulation is ambiguous and one of the contracting parties, at a time before a case arises for the application of the stipulation, makes known what meaning it attributes to the stipulation, the other party or parties cannot, when a case for the application of the stipulation occurs, insist upon a different meaning. They ought to have previously protested and taken the necessary steps to secure an authentic interpretation of the ambiguous stipulation.[Pg 586] Thus, when in 1911 it became obvious that Germany and other continental States attributed to article 23(h) of the Hague Regulations respecting the Laws and Usages of War on Land a meaning different from the one preferred by Great Britain, the British Foreign Office made the British interpretation of this article known.
(10) If a contract term is unclear and one of the parties, before a situation arises where the term needs to be applied, indicates what meaning they give to it, the other party or parties cannot insist on a different interpretation when the situation comes up. They should have raised their concerns and taken steps to establish a clear interpretation of the ambiguous term.[Pg 586] Therefore, when it became clear in 1911 that Germany and other European countries interpreted article 23(h) of the Hague Regulations on the Laws and Usages of War on Land differently than Great Britain, the British Foreign Office communicated the British understanding of this article.
(11) It is to be taken for granted that the parties intend the stipulations of a treaty to have a certain effect and not to be meaningless. Therefore, such interpretation is not admissible as would make a stipulation meaningless or inefficient.
(11) It's assumed that the parties intend for the terms of a treaty to have a specific effect and not be pointless. Therefore, any interpretation that renders a term meaningless or ineffective is not acceptable.
(12) All treaties must be interpreted so as to exclude fraud and so as to make their operation consistent with good faith.
(12) All treaties should be interpreted to prevent fraud and to ensure their execution aligns with good faith.
(13) The rules commonly applied by the Courts as regards the interpretation and construction of Municipal Laws are in so far only applicable to the interpretation and construction of treaties, and in especial of law-making treaties, as they are general rules of jurisprudence. If, however, they are particular rules, sanctioned only by the Municipal Law or by the practice of the Courts of a particular country, they may not be applied.
(13) The rules generally used by the Courts for interpreting and constructing Municipal Laws apply to the interpretation and construction of treaties, especially law-making treaties, as they are general principles of jurisprudence. However, if they are specific rules that are only authorized by the Municipal Law or by the practices of the Courts in a specific country, they may not be applicable.
(14) If a treaty is concluded in two languages, for instance, a treaty between Great Britain and France in English and French, and if there is a discrepancy between the meaning of the two different texts, each party is only bound by the text of its own language. But a party cannot claim any advantage from the text of the language of the other party.[Pg 587]
(14) If a treaty is made in two languages, for example, a treaty between Great Britain and France in English and French, and if there is a difference in meaning between the two texts, each party is only obligated by the text in their own language. However, a party cannot gain any advantage from the text of the other party's language.[Pg 587]
CHAPTER 3 IMPORTANT GROUPS OF TREATIES
I IMPORTANT LAWMAKING TREATIES
Important Law-making Treaties a product of the Nineteenth Century.
Important Law-making Treaties a product of the Nineteenth Century.
§ 555. Law-making treaties[913] have been concluded ever since International Law came into existence. It was not until the nineteenth century, however, that such law-making treaties existed as are of world-wide importance. Although at the Congress at Münster and Osnabrück all the then existing European Powers, with the exception of Great Britain, Russia, and Poland, were represented, the Westphalian Peace of 1648, to which France, Sweden, and the States of the German Empire were parties, and which recognised the independence of Switzerland and the Netherlands, on the one hand, and, on the other, the practical sovereignty of the then existing 355 States of the German Empire, was not of world-wide importance, in spite of the fact that it contains various law-making stipulations. And the same may be said with regard to all other treaties of peace between 1648 and 1815. The first law-making treaty of world-wide importance was the Final Act of the Vienna Congress, 1815, and the last, as yet, is the Declaration of London of 1909. But it must be particularly noted that not all of these are pure law-making treaties, since many contain other stipulations besides those which are law-making.
§ 555. Law-making treaties[913] have been established since the inception of International Law. However, it wasn't until the nineteenth century that such treaties gained global significance. Although all the major European Powers at the time, except for Great Britain, Russia, and Poland, were represented at the Congress of Münster and Osnabrück, the Westphalian Peace of 1648—which included France, Sweden, and the German Empire—recognized the independence of Switzerland and the Netherlands and acknowledged the practical sovereignty of the existing 355 States of the German Empire. Despite containing various law-making provisions, it was not deemed globally significant. The same can be said for all other peace treaties between 1648 and 1815. The first law-making treaty of worldwide importance was the Final Act of the Vienna Congress in 1815, and the most recent one is the Declaration of London from 1909. It is important to note that not all of these are pure law-making treaties, as many include stipulations beyond just those that create legal obligations.
Final Act of the Vienna Congress.
Final Act of the Vienna Congress.
§ 556. The Final Act of the Vienna Congress,[914] signed on June 9, 1815, by Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Russia, Spain, and Sweden-Norway, comprises law-making stipulations of world-wide importance concerning four points—namely, first, the perpetual neutralisation of Switzerland (article 118, No. 11); secondly, free navigation on so-called international rivers (articles 108-117); thirdly, the abolition of the negro slave trade (article 118, No. 15); fourthly, the different classes of diplomatic envoys (article 118, No. 16).
§ 556. The Final Act of the Vienna Congress,[914] signed on June 9, 1815, by Great Britain, Austria, France, Portugal, Prussia, Russia, Spain, and Sweden-Norway, includes important laws with global significance regarding four key issues—first, the permanent neutrality of Switzerland (article 118, No. 11); second, unrestricted navigation on so-called international rivers (articles 108-117); third, the end of the African slave trade (article 118, No. 15); and fourth, the various levels of diplomatic representatives (article 118, No. 16).
Protocol of the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle.
Protocol of the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle.
§ 557. The Protocol of November 21 of the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle,[915] 1818, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, contains the important law-making stipulation concerning the establishment of a fourth class of diplomatic envoys, the so-called "Ministers Resident," to rank before the Chargés d'Affaires.
§ 557. The Protocol of November 21 from the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle,[915] 1818, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, includes significant legal provisions regarding the creation of a fourth class of diplomatic envoys, called "Ministers Resident," which will rank above the Chargés d'Affaires.
Treaty of London of 1831.
Treaty of London 1831.
§ 558. The Treaty of London[916] of November 15, 1831, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, comprises in its article 7 the important law-making stipulation concerning the perpetual neutralisation of Belgium.
§ 558. The Treaty of London[916] of November 15, 1831, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia, includes in its article 7 the significant legal provision regarding the permanent neutralization of Belgium.
Declaration of Paris.
Declaration of Paris.
§ 559. The Declaration of Paris[917] of April 13, 1856, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, Russia, Sardinia, and Turkey, is a pure law-making treaty of the greatest importance, stipulating four rules with regard to sea warfare—namely, that privateering is abolished; that the neutral flag covers enemy goods with the exception of contraband of war; that neutral goods, contraband excepted, cannot be confiscated even when sailing under the enemy flag; that a blockade must be effective to be binding.
§ 559. The Declaration of Paris[917] of April 13, 1856, signed by Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, Russia, Sardinia, and Turkey, is a significant law-making treaty that establishes four key rules for naval warfare: first, privateering is abolished; second, a neutral flag protects enemy goods except for contraband; third, neutral goods, except for contraband, cannot be seized even if they are on an enemy ship; and fourth, a blockade must be effective to be enforceable.
Through accession during 1856, the following other States have become parties to this treaty: Argentina, Belgium, Brazil, Chili, Denmark, Ecuador, Greece, Guatemala, Hayti, Holland, Peru, Portugal, Sweden-Norway, and Switzerland. Japan acceded in 1886, Spain and Mexico in 1907.
Through accession in 1856, the following other states have joined this treaty: Argentina, Belgium, Brazil, Chile, Denmark, Ecuador, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, the Netherlands, Peru, Portugal, Sweden-Norway, and Switzerland. Japan joined in 1886, and Spain and Mexico joined in 1907.
Geneva Convention.
Geneva Convention.
§ 560. The Geneva Convention[918] of August 22, 1864, and that of July 6, 1906, are pure law-making treaties for the amelioration of the conditions of the wounded of armies in the field. The Geneva Convention of 1864 was originally signed only by Switzerland, Baden, Belgium, Denmark, France, Holland, Italy, Prussia, and Spain, but in time all other civilised States have acceded except Costa Rica, Lichtenstein, and Monaco. A treaty[919] containing articles additional to the Geneva Convention of 1864 was signed at Geneva on October 20, 1868, but was not ratified. A better fate was in store for the Geneva Convention[920] of 1906, which was signed by the delegates of thirty-five States, many of which have already granted ratification. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Nicaragua, Turkey, and Venezuela have already acceded. It is of importance to emphasise that the Convention of 1864 is not entirely replaced by the Convention of 1906, in so far as the former remains in force between those Powers which are parties to it without being parties to the latter. And it must be remembered that the Final Act of the First as well as of the Second Peace Conference contains a convention for the adaptation to sea warfare of the principles of the Geneva Convention.
§ 560. The Geneva Convention[918] of August 22, 1864, and the one from July 6, 1906, are legal treaties aimed at improving the conditions for wounded soldiers on the battlefield. The Geneva Convention of 1864 was initially signed only by Switzerland, Baden, Belgium, Denmark, France, the Netherlands, Italy, Prussia, and Spain, but over time, all other civilized countries have joined, except for Costa Rica, Liechtenstein, and Monaco. A treaty[919] with additional articles to the Geneva Convention of 1864 was signed in Geneva on October 20, 1868, but it was never ratified. The Geneva Convention[920] of 1906 had a better outcome, as it was signed by delegates from thirty-five countries, many of which have already ratified it. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Nicaragua, Turkey, and Venezuela have joined already. It’s important to highlight that the Convention of 1864 is not completely replaced by the Convention of 1906 since it still applies to those countries that are part of it but not part of the latter. Additionally, it should be noted that the Final Act of both the First and Second Peace Conference includes a convention for adapting the principles of the Geneva Convention to naval warfare.
[919] Martens, N.R.G. XVIII. p. 612.
Treaty of London of 1867.
1867 London Treaty.
Declaration of St. Petersburg.
St. Petersburg Declaration.
§ 562. The Declaration of St. Petersburg[922] of November 29, 1868, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Greece, Holland, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Prussia and other German States, Russia, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, and Turkey—Brazil acceded later on—is a pure law-making treaty. It stipulates that projectiles of a weight below 400 grammes (14 ounces) which are either explosive or charged with inflammable substances shall not be made use of in war.
§ 562. The Declaration of St. Petersburg[922] of November 29, 1868, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Greece, the Netherlands, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Prussia and other German states, Russia, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, and Turkey—Brazil joined later— is a straightforward law-making treaty. It states that projectiles weighing less than 400 grams (14 ounces) that are either explosive or filled with flammable substances cannot be used in warfare.
[922] Martens, N.R.G. XVIII. p. 474.
Treaty of Berlin of 1878.
Treaty of Berlin, 1878.
§ 563. The Treaty of Berlin[923] of July 13, 1878, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Turkey, is law-making with regard to Bulgaria, Montenegro, Roumania, and Servia. It is of great importance in so far as the present phase of the solution of the Near Eastern Question arises therefrom, although Bulgaria became full-sovereign in 1908.
§ 563. The Treaty of Berlin[923] from July 13, 1878, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Turkey, establishes laws concerning Bulgaria, Montenegro, Romania, and Serbia. It is significant because the current situation regarding the Near Eastern Question stems from it, even though Bulgaria gained full sovereignty in 1908.
General Act of the Congo Conference.
General Act of the Congo Conference.
§ 564. The General Act of the Congo Conference[924] of Berlin of February 26, 1885, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Turkey, and the United States of America, is a law-making treaty of great importance, stipulating: freedom of commerce for all nations within the basin of the river Congo; prohibition of slave-transport within that basin; neutralisation of Congo Territories; freedom of navigation for merchantmen of all nations on the rivers Congo and Niger; and, lastly, the obligation of the signatory Powers to notify to one another all future occupations on the coast of the African continent.
§ 564. The General Act of the Congo Conference[924] of Berlin on February 26, 1885, was signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Turkey, and the United States of America. This important treaty establishes laws that include: freedom of commerce for all nations within the Congo River basin; a ban on slave transport within that basin; the neutralization of Congo Territories; freedom of navigation for merchant vessels from all nations on the Congo and Niger rivers; and, finally, the requirement for the signatory powers to inform each other of any future occupations on the African continent's coast.
Treaty of Constantinople of 1888.
Treaty of Constantinople 1888.
§ 565. The Treaty of Constantinople[925] of October 29, 1888, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Russia, Spain, and Turkey, is a pure law-making treaty stipulating the permanent neutralisation of the Suez Canal and the freedom of navigation thereon for vessels of all nations.
§ 565. The Treaty of Constantinople[925] of October 29, 1888, signed by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Russia, Spain, and Turkey, is a straightforward law-making treaty that establishes the permanent neutrality of the Suez Canal and ensures free navigation for vessels from all countries.
General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference.
General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference.
§ 566. The General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference,[926] signed on July 2, 1890, by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, the Congo Free State, Denmark, France,[927] Germany, Holland, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, Spain, Turkey, the United States of America, and Zanzibar, is a law-making treaty of great importance which stipulates a system of measures for the suppression of the slave-trade in Africa, and, incidentally, restrictive measures concerning the spirit-trade in certain parts of Africa. To revise the stipulations concerning this spirit-trade the Convention of Brussels[928] of November 3, 1906, was signed by Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Spain, the Congo Free State, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, and Sweden.
§ 566. The General Act of the Brussels Anti-Slavery Conference,[926] signed on July 2, 1890, by Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, the Congo Free State, Denmark, France,[927] Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, Spain, Turkey, the United States, and Zanzibar, is an important treaty that establishes a framework for combating the slave trade in Africa, and also includes restrictions on the spirit trade in some areas of Africa. To update the terms regarding this spirit trade, the Convention of Brussels[928] was signed on November 3, 1906, by Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Spain, the Congo Free State, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, and Sweden.
Two Declarations of the First Hague Peace Conference.
Two Declarations of the First Hague Peace Conference.
§ 567. The Final Act of the Hague Peace Conference[929] of July 29, 1899, was a pure law-making treaty comprising three separate conventions—namely, a convention for the peaceful adjustment of international differences, a convention concerning the law of land warfare, and a convention for the adaptation to maritime warfare of the principles of the Geneva Convention of 1864,—and three Declarations—namely, a Declaration prohibiting, for a term of five years, the discharge of[Pg 592] projectiles and explosives from balloons, a Declaration concerning the prohibition of the use of projectiles the only object of which is the diffusion of asphyxiating or deleterious gases, and a Declaration concerning the prohibition of so-called dum-dum bullets. All these conventions, however, and the first of these declarations have been replaced by the General Act of the Second Hague Peace Conference, and only the last two declarations are still in force. All the States which were represented at the Conference are now parties to these declarations except the United States of America.
§ 567. The Final Act of the Hague Peace Conference[929] of July 29, 1899, was a straightforward law-making treaty consisting of three separate conventions: a convention for peacefully resolving international disputes, a convention on the laws of land warfare, and a convention for adapting the principles of the Geneva Convention of 1864 to maritime warfare. It also included three declarations: one that prohibits, for five years, the release of projectiles and explosives from balloons, one that bans the use of projectiles designed solely to spread choking or harmful gases, and one that prohibits so-called dum-dum bullets. However, all these conventions, along with the first declaration, have been replaced by the General Act of the Second Hague Peace Conference, and only the last two declarations remain in effect. All the states that participated in the conference are now bound by these declarations, except for the United States of America.
[929] Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXVI. p. 920. See Holls, "The Peace Conference at the Hague" (1900), and Mérignhac, "La Conférence internationale de la Paix" (1900).
[929] Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXVI. p. 920. See Holls, "The Peace Conference at the Hague" (1900), and Mérignhac, "The International Peace Conference" (1900).
Treaty of Washington of 1901.
Washington Treaty of 1901.
§ 568. The so-called Hay-Pauncefote Treaty of Washington[930] between Great Britain and the United States of America, signed November 18, 1901, although law-making between the parties only, is nevertheless of world-wide importance, because it neutralises permanently the Panama Canal, which is in course of construction, and stipulates free navigation thereon for vessels of all nations.[931]
§ 568. The Hay-Pauncefote Treaty of Washington[930] between Great Britain and the United States, signed on November 18, 1901, while only applicable to the two parties, is still of global significance because it permanently neutralizes the Panama Canal, which is under construction, and guarantees free navigation for vessels of all nations.[931]
Conventions and Declaration of Second Hague Peace Conference.
Conventions and Declaration of the Second Hague Peace Conference.
§ 568a. The Final Act of the Second Hague Peace Conference of October 18, 1907, is a pure law-making treaty of enormous importance comprising the following thirteen conventions[932] and a declaration:—
§ 568a. The Final Act of the Second Hague Peace Conference on October 18, 1907, is a significant law-making treaty that includes the following thirteen conventions[932] and a declaration:—
(1) Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes. All States represented at the Conference signed except Nicaragua, but some signed with reservations only. Nicaragua acceded later.
(1) Convention for the Pacific Settlement of International Disputes. All countries represented at the conference signed except for Nicaragua, though some signed with reservations. Nicaragua joined later.
(2) Convention respecting the Limitation of the Employment of Force for the Recovery of Contract Debts, signed by Great Britain, Germany, the United[Pg 593] States of America, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Bolivia, Bulgaria, Chili, Columbia, Cuba, Denmark, San Domingo, Ecuador, Spain, France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Montenegro, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Holland, Peru, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Salvador, Servia, Turkey, Uruguay; China and Nicaragua acceded later. Some of the South American States signed with reservations.
(2) Convention on the Limitation of the Use of Force for Collecting Contract Debts, signed by the United Kingdom, Germany, the United States, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Bolivia, Bulgaria, Chile, Colombia, Cuba, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Spain, France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Montenegro, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, the Netherlands, Peru, Persia, Portugal, Russia, El Salvador, Serbia, Turkey, Uruguay; China and Nicaragua joined later. Some South American countries signed with conditions.
(3) Convention relative to the Opening of Hostilities. All the States represented at the Conference signed except China and Nicaragua; both, however, acceded later.
(3) Convention regarding the Start of Hostilities. All the States present at the Conference signed except for China and Nicaragua; both, however, joined later.
(4) Convention concerning the Laws and Usages of War on Land. All the States represented at the Conference signed except China, Spain, and Nicaragua, but Nicaragua acceded later. Some States made reservations in signing.
(4) Convention concerning the Laws and Usages of War on Land. All the countries represented at the Conference signed except for China, Spain, and Nicaragua, but Nicaragua joined later. Some countries included reservations when they signed.
(5) Convention concerning the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers and Persons in Case of War on Land. All the States represented at the Conference signed except China and Nicaragua, but some States made reservations. Both China and Nicaragua acceded later.
(5) Convention regarding the Rights and Responsibilities of Neutral Powers and Individuals in the event of War on Land. All the countries that were represented at the Conference signed it, except for China and Nicaragua, although some countries made reservations. Both China and Nicaragua joined later.
(6) Convention relative to the Status of Enemy Merchantmen at the Outbreak of Hostilities. All the Powers represented at the Conference signed except the United States of America, China, and Nicaragua, but the last named acceded later. Some States made reservations in signing.
(6) Convention regarding the Status of Enemy Merchant Ships at the Start of Hostilities. All the Powers attending the Conference signed except for the United States, China, and Nicaragua, but Nicaragua joined later. Some States had reservations when signing.
(7) Convention relative to the Conversion of Merchant Ships into War Ships. All the Powers represented at the Conference signed except the United States of America, China, San Domingo, Nicaragua, and Uruguay, but Nicaragua acceded later. Turkey made a reservation in signing.
(7) Convention related to the Conversion of Merchant Ships into War Ships. All the countries represented at the Conference signed except for the United States of America, China, San Domingo, Nicaragua, and Uruguay, although Nicaragua joined later. Turkey had a reservation when signing.
(8) Convention relative to the Laying of Automatic Submarine Contact Mines. The majority of the States represented at the Conference signed. China, Spain,[Pg 594] Montenegro, Nicaragua, Portugal, Russia, and Sweden have not signed, but Nicaragua acceded later. Some States made reservations.
(8) Convention regarding the Deployment of Automatic Submarine Contact Mines. Most of the countries present at the Conference signed it. China, Spain,[Pg 594] Montenegro, Nicaragua, Portugal, Russia, and Sweden did not sign, although Nicaragua joined later. Some countries added reservations.
(9) Convention respecting Bombardments by Naval Forces in Time of War. Except China, Spain, and Nicaragua all the States represented at the Conference signed, but China and Nicaragua acceded later. Some States made reservations.
(9) Convention regarding Naval Forces Bombardments During War. With the exception of China, Spain, and Nicaragua, all the States represented at the Conference signed it, but China and Nicaragua joined later. Some States included reservations.
(10) Convention for the Adaptation to Naval War of the Principles of the Geneva Convention. All the Powers represented at the Conference signed except Nicaragua, but some made reservations. Nicaragua acceded later.
(10) Convention for the Adaptation to Naval Warfare of the Principles of the Geneva Convention. All the Powers represented at the Conference signed except Nicaragua, though some made reservations. Nicaragua joined later.
(11) Convention relative to certain Restrictions on the Exercise of the Right of Capture in Maritime War. All States represented at the Conference signed except China, Montenegro, Nicaragua, and Russia, but Nicaragua acceded later.
(11) Convention concerning certain Limitations on the Exercise of the Right of Capture in Maritime Wars. All countries at the Conference signed except for China, Montenegro, Nicaragua, and Russia, but Nicaragua joined later.
(12) Convention relative to the Creation of an International Prize Court. The majority of the States represented at the Conference signed. Brazil, China, San Domingo, Greece, Luxemburg, Montenegro, Nicaragua, Roumania, Russia, Servia, and Venezuela have not signed, and some of the smaller signatory Powers made a reservation with regard to the composition of the Court according to article 15 of the Convention.
(12) Convention regarding the Establishment of an International Prize Court. Most of the countries represented at the Conference signed it. Brazil, China, Dominican Republic, Greece, Luxembourg, Montenegro, Nicaragua, Romania, Russia, Serbia, and Venezuela did not sign, and some of the smaller signatory countries placed a condition on the makeup of the Court as outlined in article 15 of the Convention.
(13) Convention concerning the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers in Naval War. All the States represented at the Conference signed except the United States of America, China, Cuba, Spain, and Nicaragua. Some States made reservations. But the United States of America, China, and Nicaragua acceded later.
(13) Convention concerning the Rights and Duties of Neutral Powers in Naval War. All the countries represented at the Conference signed except for the United States, China, Cuba, Spain, and Nicaragua. Some countries made reservations. However, the United States, China, and Nicaragua joined later.
(14) Declaration prohibiting the Discharge of Projectiles and Explosives from Balloons. Only twenty-seven of the forty-four States represented at the Conference signed. Germany, Chili, Denmark, Spain, France, Guatemala, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Montenegro,[Pg 595] Nicaragua, Paraguay, Roumania, Russia, Servia, Sweden, and Venezuela refused to sign, but Nicaragua acceded later.
(14) Declaration prohibiting the Discharge of Projectiles and Explosives from Balloons. Only twenty-seven of the forty-four states represented at the Conference signed it. Germany, Chile, Denmark, Spain, France, Guatemala, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Montenegro,[Pg 595] Nicaragua, Paraguay, Romania, Russia, Serbia, Sweden, and Venezuela refused to sign, but Nicaragua later agreed to join.
The Declaration of London.
The London Declaration.
§ 568b. The Declaration of London[933] of February 26, 1909, concerning the Laws of Naval War, is a pure law-making treaty of the greatest importance. All the ten Powers represented at the Conference of London which produced this Declaration signed[934] it—namely, Great Britain, Germany, the United States of America, Austria-Hungary, Spain, France, Italy, Japan, Holland, and Russia, but it is not yet ratified.
§ 568b. The Declaration of London[933] from February 26, 1909, regarding the Laws of Naval War, is a significant law-making treaty. All ten countries represented at the Conference of London that created this Declaration signed[934] it—specifically, Great Britain, Germany, the United States, Austria-Hungary, Spain, France, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, and Russia—but it has not been ratified yet.
[933] On account of the opposition to the Ratification of the Declaration of London which arose in England, the English literature on the Declaration is already very great. The more important books are the following:—Bowles, "Sea Law and Sea Power" (1910); Baty, "Britain and Sea Law" (1911); Bentwich, "The Declaration of London" (1911); Bray, "British Rights at Sea" (1911); Bate, "An Elementary Account of the Declaration of London" (1911); Civis, "Cargoes and Cruisers" (1911); Holland, "Proposed Changes in Naval Prize Law" (1911); Cohen, "The Declaration of London" (1911). See also Baty and Macdonell in the Twenty-sixth Report (1911) of the International Law Association. There are also innumerable articles in periodicals.
[933] Due to the opposition to the Ratification of the Declaration of London that emerged in England, the amount of English literature on the Declaration is already substantial. The key books include: Bowles, "Sea Law and Sea Power" (1910); Baty, "Britain and Sea Law" (1911); Bentwich, "The Declaration of London" (1911); Bray, "British Rights at Sea" (1911); Bate, "An Elementary Account of the Declaration of London" (1911); Civis, "Cargoes and Cruisers" (1911); Holland, "Proposed Changes in Naval Prize Law" (1911); Cohen, "The Declaration of London" (1911). You can also refer to Baty and Macdonell in the Twenty-sixth Report (1911) of the International Law Association. Additionally, there are countless articles in various periodicals.
II Partnerships
Grotius, II. c. 15—Vattel, III. §§ 78-102—Twiss, I. § 246—Taylor, §§ 347-349—Wheaton, §§ 278-285—Bluntschli, §§ 446-449—Heffter, § 92—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 115-139—Ullmann, § 82—Bonfils, Nos. 871-881—Despagnet, No. 459—Mérignhac, II. p. 683—Nys, III. pp. 554-557—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 934-967—Rivier, II. pp. 111-116—Calvo, III. §§ 1587-1588—Fiore, II. No. 1094, and Code, Nos. 893-899—Martens, I. § 113—Rolin-Jaequemyns in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 5-35—Erich, "Ueber Allianzen und Allianzverhältnisse nach heutigem Völkerrecht" (1907).
Grotius, II. c. 15—Vattel, III. §§ 78-102—Twiss, I. § 246—Taylor, §§ 347-349—Wheaton, §§ 278-285—Bluntschli, §§ 446-449—Heffter, § 92—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 115-139—Ullmann, § 82—Bonfils, Nos. 871-881—Despagnet, No. 459—Mérignhac, II. p. 683—Nys, III. pp. 554-557—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 934-967—Rivier, II. pp. 111-116—Calvo, III. §§ 1587-1588—Fiore, II. No. 1094, and Code, Nos. 893-899—Martens, I. § 113—Rolin-Jaequemyns in R.I. XX. (1888), pp. 5-35—Erich, "About Alliances and Alliance Relationships According to Today's International Law" (1907).
Conception of Alliances.
Concept of Alliances.
§ 569. Alliances in the strict sense of the term are treaties of union between two or more States for the purpose of defending each other against an attack in war, or of jointly attacking third States, or for both purposes. The term "alliance" is, however, often made use of in a wider sense, and it comprises in such[Pg 596] cases treaties of union for various purposes. Thus, the so-called "Holy Alliance," concluded in 1815 between the Emperors of Austria and Russia and the King of Prussia, and afterwards joined by almost all of the Sovereigns of Europe, was a union for such vague purposes that it cannot be called an alliance in the strict sense of the term.
§ 569. In a strict sense, alliances are agreements between two or more nations to defend each other against attacks during war, to launch joint attacks against other countries, or for both reasons. However, the term "alliance" is often used more broadly, including agreements for various purposes. For example, the so-called "Holy Alliance," formed in 1815 between the Emperors of Austria and Russia and the King of Prussia, and later joined by nearly all the rulers of Europe, was united for such vague reasons that it can't truly be classified as an alliance in the strict sense.
History relates innumerable alliances between the several States. They have always played, and still play, an important part in politics. At the present time the triple alliance between Germany, Austria, and Italy since 1879 and 1882, the alliance between Russia and France since 1899, and that between Great Britain and Japan since 1902, renewed in 1905 and 1911, are illustrative examples.[935]
History tells of countless alliances among the various States. They have always been, and continue to be, a significant factor in politics. Currently, the triple alliance among Germany, Austria, and Italy since 1879 and 1882, the alliance between Russia and France since 1899, and that between Great Britain and Japan since 1902, which was renewed in 1905 and 1911, serve as key examples.[935]
[935] The following is the text of the Anglo-Japanese treaty of Alliance of 1911:—
[935] Here is the text of the Anglo-Japanese Treaty of Alliance from 1911:—
The Government of Great Britain and the Government of Japan, having in view the important changes which have taken place in the situation since the conclusion of the Anglo-Japanese agreement of the 12th August 1905, and believing that a revision of that Agreement responding to such changes would contribute to general stability and repose, have agreed upon the following stipulations to replace the Agreement above mentioned, such stipulations having the same object as the said Agreement, namely:—
The British Government and the Japanese Government, considering the significant changes that have occurred since the Anglo-Japanese agreement was signed on August 12, 1905, and believing that updating this Agreement to reflect those changes would help ensure overall stability and peace, have agreed to the following terms to replace the previously mentioned Agreement, which have the same purpose as the original Agreement, namely:—
(a) The consolidation and maintenance of the general peace in the regions of Eastern Asia and of India;
(a) The strengthening and upkeep of overall peace in the areas of Eastern Asia and India;
(b) The preservation of the common interests of all Powers in China by insuring the independence and integrity of the Chinese Empire and the principle of equal opportunities for the commerce and industry of all nations in China;
(b) The protection of shared interests among all nations in China by ensuring the independence and integrity of the Chinese Empire and the principle of equal opportunities for the trade and industry of all countries in China;
(c) The maintenance of the territorial rights of the High Contracting Parties in the regions of Eastern Asia and of India, and the defence of their special interests in the said regions:—
(c) The protection of the territorial rights of the High Contracting Parties in Eastern Asia and India, as well as the defense of their specific interests in these areas:—
Article I.
Article I.
It is agreed that whenever, in the opinion of either Great Britain or Japan, any of the rights and interests referred to in the preamble of this Agreement are in jeopardy, the two Governments will communicate with one another fully and frankly, and will consider in common the measures which should be taken to safeguard those menaced rights or interests.
It is agreed that whenever either Great Britain or Japan believes that any of the rights and interests mentioned in the preamble of this Agreement are at risk, the two Governments will openly and honestly communicate with each other and will discuss together the actions that should be taken to protect those threatened rights or interests.
Article II.
Article II.
If by reason of unprovoked attack or aggressive action, wherever arising, on the part of any Power or Powers, either High Contracting Party should be involved in war in defence of its territorial rights or special interests mentioned in the preamble of this Agreement, the other High Contracting Party will at once come to the assistance of its ally, and will conduct the war in common, and make peace in mutual agreement with it.
If an unprovoked attack or aggressive action occurs by any country against either of the High Contracting Parties, and one of them finds itself in a war defending its territorial rights or special interests mentioned in the preamble of this Agreement, the other High Contracting Party will immediately come to the aid of its ally, will fight the war together, and will make peace in mutual agreement.
Article III.
Article III.
The High Contracting Parties agree that neither of them will, without consulting the other, enter into separate arrangements with another Power to the prejudice of the objects described in the preamble of this Agreement.
The High Contracting Parties agree that neither will, without discussing it with the other, make individual agreements with another Power that could harm the goals outlined in the preamble of this Agreement.
Article IV.
Article IV.
Should either High Contracting Party conclude a treaty of general arbitration with a third Power, it is agreed that nothing in this Agreement shall entail upon such Contracting Party an obligation to go to war with the Power with whom such treaty of arbitration is in force.
Should either High Contracting Party make a general arbitration treaty with a third Power, it is agreed that nothing in this Agreement will require that Contracting Party to go to war with the Power that has that arbitration treaty in place.
Article V.
Article V.
The conditions under which armed assistance shall be afforded by either Power to the other in the circumstances mentioned in the present Agreement, and the means by which such assistance is to be made available, will be arranged by the Naval and Military authorities of the High Contracting Parties, who will from time to time consult one another fully and freely upon all questions of mutual interest.
The conditions for military support that one power will provide to the other under this Agreement, and how that support will be delivered, will be coordinated by the Naval and Military authorities of the High Contracting Parties. They will regularly communicate openly about all matters of shared interest.
Article VI.
Article VI.
The present Agreement shall come into effect immediately after the date of its signature, and remain in force for ten years from that date.
The current Agreement will take effect right after the date it's signed and will be valid for ten years from that date.
In case neither of the High Contracting Parties should have notified twelve months before the expiration of the said ten years the intention of terminating it, it shall remain binding until the expiration of one year from the day on which either of the High Contracting Parties shall have denounced it. But if, when the date fixed for its expiration arrives, either ally is actually engaged in war, the alliance shall, ipso facto, continue until peace is concluded.
If neither of the High Contracting Parties has notified the other twelve months before the end of the ten years about their intention to terminate it, the agreement will stay in effect until one year after either of the High Contracting Parties has renounced it. However, if either ally is actively engaged in war when the expiration date arrives, the alliance will automatically continue until peace is established.
In faith whereof the undersigned, duly authorised by their respective Governments, have signed this Agreement, and have affixed thereto their Seals.
In faith of this, the undersigned, properly authorized by their respective Governments, have signed this Agreement and have attached their Seals.
Parties to Alliance.
Alliance Members.
§ 570. Subjects of alliances are said to be full-Sovereign States only. But the fact cannot be denied that alliances have been concluded by States under suzerainty. Thus, the convention of April 16, 1877, between Roumania, which was then under Turkish suzerainty, and Russia, concerning the passage of Russian troops through Roumanian territory in case of war with Turkey, was practically a treaty of alliance.[936] Thus, further, the former South African Republic, although, at any rate according to the views of the British Government, a half-Sovereign State under British suzerainty, concluded an alliance with the former Orange Free State by treaty of March 17, 1897.[937]
§ 570. Subjects of alliances are considered fully Sovereign States only. However, it cannot be denied that alliances have been formed by States under suzerainty. For instance, the agreement on April 16, 1877, between Roumania, which was then under Turkish suzerainty, and Russia regarding the passage of Russian troops through Roumanian territory in case of a war with Turkey was essentially a treaty of alliance.[936] Additionally, the former South African Republic, which was seen as a half-Sovereign State under British suzerainty according to the British Government’s views, formed an alliance with the former Orange Free State through a treaty on March 17, 1897.[937]
A neutralised State can be the subject of an alliance for the purpose of defence, whereas the entrance into an offensive alliance on the part of such State would involve a breach of its neutrality.
A neutral state can enter into an alliance for defense purposes, but joining an offensive alliance would violate its neutrality.
Different kinds of Alliances.
Types of Alliances.
§ 571. As already mentioned, an alliance may be[Pg 598] offensive or defensive, or both. All three kinds may be either general alliances, in which case the allies are united against any possible enemy whatever, or particular alliances against one or more individual enemies. Alliances, further, may be either permanent or temporary, and in the latter case they expire with the period of time for which they were concluded. As regards offensive alliances, it must be emphasised that they are valid only when their object is not immoral.[938]
§ 571. As already mentioned, an alliance can be[Pg 598] offensive, defensive, or both. All three types can be general alliances, where the allies are united against any possible enemy, or specific alliances aimed at one or more individual enemies. Additionally, alliances can be either permanent or temporary, and in the case of temporary alliances, they end when the predetermined period is up. Regarding offensive alliances, it is important to point out that they are only valid if their purpose is not immoral.[938]
Conditions of Alliances.
Alliance Conditions.
§ 572. Alliances may contain all sorts of conditions. The most important are the conditions regarding the assistance to be rendered. It may be that assistance is to be rendered with the whole or a limited part of the military and naval forces of the allies, or with the whole or a limited part of their military or with the whole or a limited part of their naval forces only. Assistance may, further, be rendered in money only, so that one of the allies is fighting with his forces while the other supplies a certain sum of money for their maintenance. A treaty of alliance of such a kind must not be confounded with a simple treaty of subsidy. If two States enter into a convention that one of the parties shall furnish the other permanently in time of peace and war with a limited number of troops in return for a certain annual payment, such convention is not an alliance, but a treaty of subsidy only. But if two States enter into a convention that in case of war one of the parties shall furnish the other with a limited number of troops, be it in return for payment or not, such convention really constitutes an alliance. For every convention concluded for the purpose of lending succour in time of war implies an alliance. It is for this reason that the above-mentioned[939] treaty of 1877 between Russia and Roumania concerning the passage of Russian troops through Roumanian[Pg 599] territory in case of war against Turkey was really a treaty of alliance.
§ 572. Alliances can include various kinds of conditions. The most crucial are the conditions about the support to be provided. Support might come from all or a portion of the military and naval forces of the allies, or just from their military or just from their naval forces. Support can also be given solely in financial terms, where one ally fights with their forces while the other provides a specific amount of money for their upkeep. A treaty of alliance like this should not be confused with a simple subsidy agreement. If two states agree that one party will permanently supply the other with a limited number of troops during both peace and war in exchange for a certain annual payment, this arrangement is not an alliance but merely a subsidy treaty. However, if two states agree that in the event of war one party will provide the other with a limited number of troops, whether for payment or not, this agreement constitutes an actual alliance. Every agreement made to offer support during war implies an alliance. This is why the previously mentioned[939] treaty from 1877 between Russia and Romania, regarding the passage of Russian troops through Romanian[Pg 599] territory in the event of war against Turkey, was indeed a treaty of alliance.
Casus Fœderis.
Case of the Alliance.
§ 573. Casus fœderis is the event upon the occurrence of which it becomes the duty of one of the allies to render the promised assistance to the other. Thus in case of a defensive alliance the casus fœderis occurs when war is declared or commenced against one of the allies. Treaties of alliance very often define precisely the event which shall be the casus fœderis, and then the latter is less exposed to controversy. But, on the other hand, there have been many alliances concluded without such specialisation, and, consequently, disputes have arisen later between the parties as to the casus fœderis.
§ 573. Casus fœderis is the event that triggers the obligation of one ally to provide promised support to another. In a defensive alliance, the casus fœderis happens when war is declared or starts against one of the allies. Alliance treaties often clearly define what constitutes the casus fœderis, making it less likely to lead to arguments. However, many alliances have been made without such specific definitions, resulting in disagreements later between the parties regarding the casus fœderis.
That the casus fœderis is not influenced by the fact that a State, subsequent to entering into an alliance, concludes a treaty of general arbitration with a third State, has been pointed out above, § 522.
That the casus fœderis is not affected by the fact that a State, after forming an alliance, makes a general arbitration treaty with a third State, has been noted above, § 522.
III TREATIES OF GUARANTEE AND PROTECTION
Vattel, II. §§ 235-239—Hall, § 113—Phillimore, II. §§ 56-63—Twiss, I. § 249—Halleck, I. p. 285—Taylor, §§ 350-353—Wheaton, § 278—Bluntschli, §§ 430-439—Heffter, § 97—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 85-112—Liszt, § 22—Ullmann, § 83—Fiore, Code, Nos. 787-791—Bonfils, Nos. 882-893—Despagnet, No. 461—Mérignhac, II. p. 681—Nys, III. pp. 36-41—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 969-1020—Rivier, II. pp. 97-105—Calvo, III. §§ 1584-1585—Martens, I. § 115—Neyron, "Essai historique et politique sur les garanties" (1779)—Milovanovitch, "Des traités de garantie en droit international" (1888)—Erich, "Ueber Allianzen und Allianzverhältnisse nach heutigem Völkerrecht" (1907)—Quabbe, "Die völkerrechtliche Garantie" (1911).
Vattel, II. §§ 235-239—Hall, § 113—Phillimore, II. §§ 56-63—Twiss, I. § 249—Halleck, I. p. 285—Taylor, §§ 350-353—Wheaton, § 278—Bluntschli, §§ 430-439—Heffter, § 97—Geffcken in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 85-112—Liszt, § 22—Ullmann, § 83—Fiore, Code, Nos. 787-791—Bonfils, Nos. 882-893—Despagnet, No. 461—Mérignhac, II. p. 681—Nys, III. pp. 36-41—Pradier-Fodéré, II. Nos. 969-1020—Rivier, II. pp. 97-105—Calvo, III. §§ 1584-1585—Martens, I. § 115—Neyron, "Essai historique et politique sur les garanties" (1779)—Milovanovitch, "Des traités de garantie en droit international" (1888)—Erich, "Ueber Allianzen und Allianzverhältnisse nach heutigem Völkerrecht" (1907)—Quabbe, "Die völkerrechtliche Garantie" (1911).
Conception and Object of Guarantee Treaties.
Conception and Object of Guarantee Treaties.
§ 574. Treaties of guarantee are conventions by which one of the parties engages to do what is in its power to secure a certain object to the other party. Guarantee treaties may be mutual or unilateral. They may be concluded by two States only, or by a number[Pg 600] of States jointly, and in the latter case the single guarantors may give their guarantee severally or collectively or both. And the guarantee may be for a certain period of time only or permanent.
§ 574. Guarantee treaties are agreements where one party commits to doing what it can to ensure a specific outcome for the other party. These treaties can be mutual or one-sided. They can involve just two States, or several States together, and in the latter case, the individual guarantors can provide their guarantee separately, jointly, or both. Additionally, the guarantee can be for a limited time or indefinite.
The possible objects of guarantee treaties are numerous.[940] It suffices to give the following chief examples: the performance of a particular act on the part of a certain State, as the discharge of a debt or the cession of a territory; certain rights of a State; the undisturbed possession of the whole or a particular part of the territory; a particular form of Constitution; a certain status, as permanent neutrality[941] or independence[942] or integrity[943]; a particular dynastic succession; the fulfilment of a treaty concluded by a third State.
The possible subjects of guarantee treaties are numerous.[940] Here are some main examples: the execution of a specific action by a certain state, like paying off a debt or transferring territory; specific rights of a state; the uninterrupted possession of all or part of the territory; a specific type of constitution; a certain status, such as permanent neutrality[941] or independence[942] or integrity[943]; a particular dynastic succession; the fulfillment of a treaty made by a third state.
[940] The important part that treaties of guarantee play in politics may be seen from a glance at Great Britain's guarantee treaties. See Munro, "England's Treaties of Guarantee," in The Law Magazine and Review, VI. (1881), pp. 215-238.
[940] The significant role that guarantee treaties play in politics can be understood by looking at Great Britain's guarantee treaties. See Munro, "England's Treaties of Guarantee," in The Law Magazine and Review, VI. (1881), pp. 215-238.
[942] Thus Great Britain, France, and Russia have guaranteed, by the Treaty with Denmark of July 13, 1863, the independence (but also the monarchy) of Greece (Martens, N.R.G. XVII. Part. II. p. 79). The United States of America has guaranteed the independence of Cuba by the Treaty of Havana of May 22, 1903 (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. p. 79), and of Panama by the Treaty of Washington of November 18, 1903 (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXI. p. 599).
[942] So, Great Britain, France, and Russia have ensured the independence (and the monarchy) of Greece through the Treaty with Denmark dated July 13, 1863 (Martens, N.R.G. XVII. Part. II. p. 79). The United States has guaranteed Cuba's independence through the Treaty of Havana dated May 22, 1903 (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. p. 79), and Panama's independence through the Treaty of Washington dated November 18, 1903 (Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXI. p. 599).
[943] Thus the integrity of Norway is guaranteed by Great Britain, Germany, France, and Russia by the Treaty of Christiania of November 2, 1907; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. p. 9. A condition of this integrity is that Norway does not cede any part of her territory to any foreign Power.
[943] So, Norway's territorial integrity is guaranteed by Great Britain, Germany, France, and Russia through the Treaty of Christiania from November 2, 1907; see Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. II. p. 9. One condition of this integrity is that Norway cannot give up any part of its territory to any foreign Power.
Effect of Treaties of Guarantee.
Impact of Guarantee Treaties.
§ 575. The effect of guarantee treaties is the creation of the duty of the guarantors to do what is in their power in order to secure the guaranteed objects. The compulsion to be applied by a guarantor for that purpose depends upon the circumstances; it may eventually be war. But the duty of the guarantor to render, even by compulsion, the promised assistance to the guaranteed depends upon many conditions and circumstances. Thus, first, the guaranteed must request the guarantor to render assistance. When, for instance, the possession of a certain part of its territory is guaranteed to a State which after its defeat in a war with a third[Pg 601] State agrees as a condition of peace to cede such piece of territory to the victor without having requested the intervention of the guarantor, the latter has neither a right nor a duty to interfere. Thus, secondly, the guarantor must at the critical time be able to render the required assistance. When, for instance, its hands are tied through waging war against a third State, or when it is so weak through internal troubles or other factors that its interference would expose it to a serious danger, it is not bound to fulfil the request for assistance. So too, when the guaranteed has not complied with previous advice given by the guarantor as to the line of its behaviour, it is not the guarantor's duty to render assistance afterwards.
§ 575. The impact of guarantee treaties is to create an obligation for the guarantors to do what they can to protect the guaranteed interests. The extent to which a guarantor is compelled to act depends on the situation; it could potentially lead to war. However, the guarantor's duty to provide the promised assistance, even if it requires coercion, hinges on various conditions and circumstances. First, the guaranteed party must ask the guarantor for help. For example, if a state’s possession of a certain part of its territory is guaranteed and then, after losing a war against a third state, it agrees to give up that territory as a peace condition without asking the guarantor for help, the guarantor has neither the right nor the obligation to intervene. Second, the guarantor must be in a position to provide the required assistance at the crucial moment. If, for instance, it is occupied with a war against another state, or if it is weakened by internal issues or other factors that would put it in serious danger, it is not obligated to fulfill the request for help. Additionally, if the guaranteed party has not followed previous advice from the guarantor regarding its actions, the guarantor is not obligated to provide assistance afterward.
It is impossible to state all the circumstances and conditions upon which the fulfilment of the duty of the guarantor depends, as every case must be judged upon its own merits. And it is certain that, more frequently than in other cases, changes in political constellations and the general developments of events may involve such vital change of circumstances as to justify[944] a State in refusing to interfere in spite of a treaty of guarantee. It is for this reason that treaties of guarantee to secure permanently a certain object to a State are naturally of a more or less precarious value to the latter. The practical value, therefore, of a guarantee treaty, whatever may be its formal character, would as a rule seem to extend to the early years only of its existence while the original conditions still obtain.
It’s impossible to outline all the circumstances and conditions that the guarantor's duty depends on, as each case has to be evaluated based on its own unique situation. Moreover, it’s clear that, more often than in other scenarios, shifts in political dynamics and overall events can lead to such significant changes in circumstances that a State may justifiably choose not to intervene, even with a guarantee treaty in place. Because of this, guarantee treaties designed to permanently secure something for a State tend to have a fairly uncertain value. Consequently, the practical value of a guarantee treaty, no matter its formal nature, usually seems to apply mainly during the initial years of its existence while the original conditions still hold.
Effect of Collective Guarantee.
Impact of Group Guarantee.
§ 576. In contradistinction to treaties constituting a guarantee on the part of one or more States severally, the effect of treaties constituting a collective guarantee on the part of several States requires special consideration. On June 20, 1867, Lord Derby maintained[945] in the House of Lords concerning the collective guarantee[Pg 602] by the Powers of the neutralisation of Luxemburg that in case of a collective guarantee each guarantor had only the duty to act according to the treaty when all the other guarantors were ready to act likewise; that, consequently, if one of the guarantors themselves should violate the neutrality of Luxemburg, the duty to act according to the treaty of collective guarantee would not accrue to the other guarantors. This opinion is certainly not correct,[946] and I do not know of any publicist who would or could approve of it. There ought to be no doubt that in a case of collective guarantee one of the guarantors alone cannot be considered bound to act according to the treaty of guarantee. For a collective guarantee can have the meaning only that the guarantors should act in a body. But if one of the guarantors themselves violates the object of his own guarantee, the body of the guarantors remains, and it is certainly their duty to act against such faithless co-guarantor. If, however, the majority,[947] and therefore the body of the guarantors, were to violate the very object of their guarantee, the duty to act against them would not accrue to the minority.
§ 576. Unlike treaties that establish a guarantee by one or more individual states, the impact of treaties that create a collective guarantee from several states needs special attention. On June 20, 1867, Lord Derby argued[945] in the House of Lords about the collective guarantee by the Powers for the neutralization of Luxembourg, stating that in the case of a collective guarantee, each guarantor is only obligated to act according to the treaty when all other guarantors are also ready to act. Therefore, if one of the guarantors were to violate Luxembourg's neutrality, the obligation to act according to the treaty of collective guarantee would not fall on the other guarantors. This view is certainly incorrect,[946] and I am not aware of any legal expert who would support it. There should be no doubt that in a situation involving a collective guarantee, no single guarantor can be seen as bound to act according to the treaty of guarantee on their own. A collective guarantee means that the guarantors should act together. If one of the guarantors violates the very purpose of their guarantee, the group of guarantors remains, and it is certainly their duty to act against that unfaithful co-guarantor. However, if the majority,[947] and thus the group of guarantors, were to violate the essence of their guarantee, the duty to take action against them would not fall on the minority.
[945] Hansard, vol. 183, p. 150.
Different, however, is the case in which a number of Powers have collectively and severally guaranteed a certain object. Then, not only as a body but also individually, it is their duty to interfere in any case of violation of the object of guarantee.
However, the situation is different when several Powers have collectively and severally guaranteed a specific objective. In that case, it is their responsibility to intervene both as a group and individually in any instance of violation of the guaranteed objective.
Pseudo-Guarantees.
Fake Guarantees.
§ 576a. Different from real Guarantee Treaties are such treaties as declare the policy of the parties with regard to the maintenance of their territorial status quo. Whereas treaties guaranteeing the maintenance of the territorial status quo engage the guarantors to do what they can to maintain such status quo, treaties declaring the policy of the parties with regard to the maintenance[Pg 603] of their territorial status quo do not contain any legal engagements, but simply state the firm resolution of the parties to uphold the status quo. In contradistinction to real guarantee treaties, such treaties declaring the policy of the parties may fitly be called Pseudo-Guarantee Treaties, and although their political value is very great, they have scarcely any legal importance. For the parties do not bind themselves to pursue a policy for maintaining the status quo, they only declare their firm resolution to that end. Further, the parties do not engage themselves to uphold the status quo, but only to communicate with one another, in case the status quo is threatened, with a view to agreeing upon such measures as they may consider advisable for the maintenance of the status quo. To this class of pseudo-guarantee treaties belong:—
§ 576a. Unlike real Guarantee Treaties, there are treaties that express the parties' policy regarding the preservation of their territorial status quo. While treaties that guarantee the maintenance of the territorial status quo obligate the guarantors to take action to uphold it, treaties that express the parties' policy about maintaining the status quo do not impose any legal commitments; they simply articulate the strong determination of the parties to support the status quo. In contrast to real guarantee treaties, these treaties can be called Pseudo-Guarantee Treaties, and while they hold significant political value, they have little legal significance. The parties do not commit to a specific policy for maintaining the status quo; they merely declare their strong intention to do so. Additionally, the parties do not commit to maintaining the status quo, but rather agree to communicate with each other if the status quo is under threat, with the aim of discussing any measures they deem appropriate for its preservation. This category of pseudo-guarantee treaties includes:—
(1) The Declarations[948] exchanged on May 16, 1907, between France and Spain on the one hand, and, on the other hand, between Great Britain and Spain, concerning the territorial status quo in the Mediterranean. Each party declares that its general policy with regard to the Mediterranean is directed to the maintenance of the territorial status quo, and that it is therefore resolved to preserve intact its rights over its insular and maritime possessions within the Mediterranean. Each party declares, further, that, should circumstances arise which would tend to alter the existing territorial status quo, it will communicate with the other party in order to afford it the opportunity to concert, if desired, by mutual agreement the course of action which the two parties shall adopt in common.
(1) The Declarations[948] exchanged on May 16, 1907, between France and Spain and, on the other hand, between Great Britain and Spain, about the territorial status quo in the Mediterranean. Each party states that its overall policy regarding the Mediterranean aims to maintain the territorial status quo, and that it is committed to preserving its rights over its islands and maritime possessions within the Mediterranean. Each party also states that if circumstances arise that might change the current territorial status quo, it will inform the other party to provide an opportunity for mutual agreement on the course of action both parties will follow together.
(2) The Declarations[949] concerning the maintenance of the territorial status quo in the North Sea, signed at Berlin on April 23, 1908, by Great Britain, Germany,[Pg 604] Denmark, France, Holland, and Sweden, and concerning the maintenance of the territorial status quo in the Baltic, signed at St. Petersburg, likewise on April 23, 1908, by Germany, Denmark, Russia, and Sweden. The parties declare their firm resolution to preserve intact the rights of all the parties over their continental and insular possessions within the region of the North Sea, and of the Baltic respectively. And the parties concerned further declare that, should the present territorial status quo be threatened by any events whatever, they will enter into communication with one another with a view to agreeing upon such measures as they may consider advisable in the interest of the maintenance of the status quo.
(2) The Declarations[949] regarding the maintenance of the territorial status quo in the North Sea were signed in Berlin on April 23, 1908, by Great Britain, Germany,[Pg 604] Denmark, France, Holland, and Sweden. Additionally, related to the maintenance of the territorial status quo in the Baltic, Germany, Denmark, Russia, and Sweden signed another declaration in St. Petersburg on the same date. The signatory parties express their strong commitment to uphold the rights of all parties over their continental and insular holdings in the North Sea and the Baltic regions. Furthermore, the involved parties declare that if the current territorial status quo is ever threatened by any events, they will communicate with each other to agree on suitable measures deemed necessary for preserving the status quo.
There is no doubt that the texts of the Declarations concerning the status quo in the North Sea and the Baltic stipulate a stricter engagement of the respective parties than the texts of the Declarations concerning the status quo in the Mediterranean, but neither[950] of them comprises a real legal guarantee.
There is no doubt that the texts of the Declarations regarding the status quo in the North Sea and the Baltic require a stronger commitment from the involved parties than the texts of the Declarations concerning the status quo in the Mediterranean, but neither[950] provides a true legal guarantee.
[950] Whereas Quabbe (p. 97, note 1), correctly denies the character of a real guarantee to the Declarations concerning the Mediterranean, he (p. 105) considers the Declarations concerning the North Sea and the Baltic real Guarantee Treaties.
[950] While Quabbe (p. 97, note 1) accurately states that the Declarations regarding the Mediterranean do not constitute a true guarantee, he (p. 105) views the Declarations concerning the North Sea and the Baltic as actual Guarantee Treaties.
Treaties of Protection.
Protection Treaties.
§ 577. Different from guarantee treaties are treaties of protection. Whereas the former constitute the guarantee of a certain object to the guaranteed, treaties of protection are treaties by which strong States simply engage to protect weaker States without any guarantee whatever. A treaty of protection must, however, not be confounded with a treaty of protectorate.[951]
§ 577. Different from guarantee treaties are protection treaties. While the former ensure a specific obligation to the guaranteed, protection treaties are agreements where stronger states commit to safeguarding weaker states without any guarantees attached. However, a protection treaty should not be confused with a treaty of protectorate.[951]
IV Trade Agreements
Taylor, 354—Moore, V. §§ 765-769—Melle in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 143-256—Liszt, § 28—Ullmann, § 145—Bonfils, No. 918—Despagnet, No. 462—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. Nos. 2005-2033—Mérignhac, II. pp. 688-693—Rivier, I. pp. 370-374—Fiore, II. Nos. 1065-1077, and Code, Nos. 848-854—Martens, II. §§ 52-55—Steck, "Versuch über Handels- und Schiffahrtsverträge" (1782)—Schraut, "System der Handelsverträge und der Meistbegünstigung" (1884)—Veillcovitch, "Les traités de commerce" (1892)—Nys, "Les origines du droit international" (1894), pp. 278-294—Herod, "Favoured Nation Treatment" (1901)—Calwer, "Die Meistbegünstigung in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-America" (1902)—Glier, "Die Meistbegünstigungs-Klausel" (1906)—Cavaretta, "La clausola della natiozione più favorita" (1906)—Barclay, "Problems of International Law and Diplomacy" (1907), pp. 137-142—Hornbeck, "The Most-Favoured Nation Clause" (1910), and in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 394-422, 619-647, and 798-827—Lehr in R.I. XXV. (1893), pp. 313-316—Visser in R.I. 2nd Ser. IV. (1902), pp. 66-87, 159-177, and 270-280—Lehr in R.I. 2nd Ser. XII. (1910), pp. 657-668—Shepheard in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, III. (1901), pp. 231-237, and V. (1903), pp. 132-136—Oppenheim in The Law Quarterly Review, XXIV. (1908), pp. 328-334.
Taylor, 354—Moore, V. §§ 765-769—Melle in Holtzendorff, III. pp. 143-256—Liszt, § 28—Ullmann, § 145—Bonfils, No. 918—Despagnet, No. 462—Pradier-Fodéré, IV. Nos. 2005-2033—Mérignhac, II. pp. 688-693—Rivier, I. pp. 370-374—Fiore, II. Nos. 1065-1077, and Code, Nos. 848-854—Martens, II. §§ 52-55—Steck, "Versuch über Handels- und Schiffahrtsverträge" (1782)—Schraut, "System der Handelsverträge und der Meistbegünstigung" (1884)—Veillcovitch, "Les traités de commerce" (1892)—Nys, "Les origines du droit international" (1894), pp. 278-294—Herod, "Favoured Nation Treatment" (1901)—Calwer, "Die Meistbegünstigung in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-America" (1902)—Glier, "Die Meistbegünstigungs-Klausel" (1906)—Cavaretta, "La clausola della natiozione più favorita" (1906)—Barclay, "Problems of International Law and Diplomacy" (1907), pp. 137-142—Hornbeck, "The Most-Favoured Nation Clause" (1910), and in A.J. III. (1909), pp. 394-422, 619-647, and 798-827—Lehr in R.I. XXV. (1893), pp. 313-316—Visser in R.I. 2nd Ser. IV. (1902), pp. 66-87, 159-177, and 270-280—Lehr in R.I. 2nd Ser. XII. (1910), pp. 657-668—Shepheard in The Journal of the Society of Comparative Legislation, New Series, III. (1901), pp. 231-237, and V. (1903), pp. 132-136—Oppenheim in The Law Quarterly Review, XXIV. (1908), pp. 328-334.
Commercial Treaties in General.
Trade Agreements in General.
§ 578. Commercial treaties are treaties concerning the commerce and navigation of the contracting States and concerning the subjects of these States who are engaged in commerce and navigation. Incidentally, however, they also contain clauses concerning consuls and various other matters. They are concluded either for a limited or an unlimited number of years, and either for the whole territory of one or either party or only for a part of such territory—e.g., by Great Britain for the United Kingdom alone, or for Canada alone, and the like. All full-Sovereign States are competent to enter into commercial treaties, but it depends upon the special case whether half- and part-Sovereign States are likewise competent. Although competent to enter upon commercial treaties, a State may, by an international compact, be restricted in its freedom with regard to its commercial policy. Thus, according to articles 1 to 5 of the General Act of the Berlin Congo Conference[Pg 606] of February 26, 1885, all the Powers which have possessions in the Congo district must grant complete freedom of commerce to all nations. Again, to give another example, France and Germany are by article 11 of the Peace of Frankfort of May 10, 1871, compelled to grant one another most-favoured-nation treatment in their commercial relations, in so far as favours which they grant to Great Britain, Belgium, Holland, Switzerland, Austria, and Russia are concerned.
§ 578. Commercial treaties are agreements about trade and navigation between the countries involved, focusing on their nationals who participate in these activities. These treaties also include provisions about consuls and various other topics. They can be established for a set period or indefinitely, and they can apply to the entire territory of one or both parties or just parts of it—for example, by Great Britain specifically for the United Kingdom or Canada. All fully sovereign states have the right to enter into commercial treaties, but the ability of half- and partially sovereign states to do so can vary by situation. While a state can engage in commercial treaties, it may be limited in its commercial policy due to an international agreement. For instance, articles 1 to 5 of the General Act of the Berlin Congo Conference[Pg 606] dated February 26, 1885, require all powers with territories in the Congo region to ensure complete freedom of commerce for all nations. Additionally, by article 11 of the Peace of Frankfurt from May 10, 1871, France and Germany are obligated to extend most-favored-nation status to each other in their trade dealings concerning any benefits granted to Great Britain, Belgium, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Austria, and Russia.
The details of commercial treaties are for the most part purely technical and are, therefore, outside the scope of a general treatise on International Law. There are, however, two points of great importance which require discussion—namely, the meaning of coasting trade and of the most-favoured-nation clause.
The specifics of commercial treaties are mostly technical and aren't typically covered in a general treatise on International Law. However, there are two very important points that need to be addressed—specifically, the definition of coasting trade and the most-favored-nation clause.
Meaning of Coasting Trade in Commercial Treaties.
Meaning of Coasting Trade in Commercial Treaties.
§ 579. The meaning of the term coasting-trade[952] in commercial treaties must not be confounded with its meaning in International Law generally. The meaning of the term in International Law becomes apparent through its synonym cabotage—that is, navigation from cape to cape along the coast combined with trading between the ports of the coast concerned without going out into the Open Sea. Therefore, trade between Marseilles and Nice, between Calais and Havre, between London and Liverpool, and between Dublin and Belfast is coasting-trade, but trade between Marseilles and Havre, and between London and Dublin is not. It is a universally recognised rule[953] of International Law that every littoral State can exclude foreign merchantmen from the cabotage within its maritime belt. Cabotage is the contrast to the over-sea[954] carrying trade, and has[Pg 607] nothing to do with the question of free trade from or to a port on the coast to or from a port abroad. This question is one of commercial policy, and International Law does not prevent a State from restricting to vessels of its subjects the export from or the import to its ports, or from allowing such export or import under certain conditions only.
§ 579. The meaning of the term coasting trade[952] in commercial treaties should not be confused with its definition in International Law more broadly. The definition in International Law becomes clear through its synonym cabotage—which refers to navigation along the coast and trading between the ports without venturing out into the open sea. So, trade between Marseilles and Nice, between Calais and Havre, between London and Liverpool, and between Dublin and Belfast qualifies as coasting trade, while trade between Marseilles and Havre or between London and Dublin does not. It is a widely accepted principle[953] of International Law that every coastal State can prohibit foreign merchant ships from engaging in cabotage within its territorial waters. Cabotage stands in contrast to overseas[954] shipping, and is unrelated to the issue of free trade from a port on the coast to a port abroad. This matter pertains to commercial policy, and International Law does not prevent a State from restricting exports to or imports from its ports exclusively to its own vessels or from allowing such exports or imports only under specific conditions.
[954] It must be emphasised that navigation and trade from abroad to several ports of the same coast successively—for instance, from Dover to Calais and then to Havre—is not coasting-trade but over-sea trade, provided that all the passengers and cargo are shipped from abroad.
[954] It should be noted that navigation and trade coming from foreign countries to multiple ports along the same coast in succession—for example, from Dover to Calais and then to Havre—is not considered coastal trade but rather overseas trade, as long as all passengers and cargo are coming from abroad.
There is no doubt that originally the meaning of coasting-trade in commercial treaties was identical with its meaning in International Law generally, but there is likewise no doubt that the practice of the States gives now a much more extended meaning to the term coasting-trade as used in commercial treaties. Thus France distinguishes between cabotage petit and grand; whereas petit cabotage is coasting-trade between ports in the same sea, grand cabotage is coasting-trade between a French port situated in the Atlantic Ocean and a French port situated in the Mediterranean, and—according to a statute of September 21, 1793—both grand and petit cabotage are exclusively reserved for French vessels. Thus, further, the United States of America has always considered trade between one of her ports in the Atlantic Ocean and one in the Pacific to be coasting-trade, and has exclusively reserved it for vessels of her own subjects; she considers such trade coasting-trade even when the carriage takes place not exclusively by sea around Cape Horn, but partly by sea and partly by land through the Isthmus of Panama. Great Britain has taken up a similar attitude. Section 2 of the Navigation Act of 1849 (12 & 13 Vict. c. 29) enacted "that no goods or passengers shall be carried coastwise from one part of the United Kingdom to another, or from the Isle of Man to the United Kingdom, except in British ships," and thereby declared trade between a port of England or Scotland to a port of Ireland or the Isle of Man to be coasting-trade exclusively[Pg 608] reserved for British ships in spite of the fact that the Open Sea flows between these ports. And although the Navigation Act of 1849 is no longer in force, and this country now does admit foreign ships to its coasting-trade, it nevertheless still considers all trade between one port of the United Kingdom and another to be coasting-trade, as becomes apparent from Section 140 of the Customs Laws Consolidation Act of July 24, 1876 (39 & 40 Vict. c. 36). Again, Germany declared by a statute of May 22, 1881, coasting-trade to be trade between any two German ports, and reserved it for German vessels, although vessels of such States can be admitted as on their part admit German vessels to their own coasting-trade. Thus trade between Koenigsberg in the Baltic and Hamburg in the North Sea is coasting-trade.
There’s no doubt that the original meaning of coasting trade in commercial treaties was the same as its meaning in International Law in general, but it’s also clear that the way states practice it now gives a much broader definition to the term coasting trade as it appears in commercial treaties. For example, France distinguishes between cabotage petit and grand; while petit cabotage refers to coasting trade between ports in the same sea, grand cabotage involves trade between a French port in the Atlantic Ocean and a French port in the Mediterranean, and—according to a law from September 21, 1793—both grand and petit cabotage are exclusively reserved for French vessels. Additionally, the United States has always considered trade between a port in the Atlantic Ocean and a port in the Pacific to be coasting trade, reserving it exclusively for its own vessels; it views such trade as coasting trade even when it's carried out not just by sea around Cape Horn, but partly by sea and partly by land through the Isthmus of Panama. Great Britain has a similar stance. Section 2 of the Navigation Act of 1849 (12 & 13 Vict. c. 29) stated that "no goods or passengers shall be carried coastwise from one part of the United Kingdom to another, or from the Isle of Man to the United Kingdom, except in British ships," thus declaring trade between a port in England or Scotland and a port in Ireland or the Isle of Man to be coasting trade exclusively reserved for British ships, despite the fact that the Open Sea lies between these ports. And although the Navigation Act of 1849 is no longer in effect, and this country now allows foreign ships to enter its coasting trade, it still regards any trade between one port in the United Kingdom and another as coasting trade, as shown by Section 140 of the Customs Laws Consolidation Act of July 24, 1876 (39 & 40 Vict. c. 36). Furthermore, Germany declared in a statute from May 22, 1881, that coasting trade is defined as trade between any two German ports, reserving it for German vessels, even though vessels from those states can enter their own coasting trade if they allow German vessels in. Therefore, trade between Koenigsberg in the Baltic and Hamburg in the North Sea is considered coasting trade.
These instances are sufficient to demonstrate that an extension of the original meaning of coasting-trade has really taken place and has found general recognition. A great many commercial treaties have been concluded between such countries as established that extension of meaning and others, and these commercial treaties no doubt make use of the term coasting-trade in this its extended meaning. It must, therefore, be maintained that the term coasting-trade or cabotage as used in commercial treaties has acquired the following meaning: Sea-trade between any two ports of the same country whether on the same coast or different coasts, provided always that the different coasts are all of them the coasts of one and the same country as a political and geographical unit in contradistinction to the coasts of Colonial dependencies of such country.
These examples clearly show that the meaning of coasting trade has expanded and is now widely accepted. Many trade agreements have been made between countries that recognize this broader meaning, and these agreements likely use the term coasting trade in its updated sense. Therefore, we can say that the term coasting trade or cabotage, as defined in trade agreements, now means: Sea trade between any two ports of the same country, whether they are on the same coast or different coasts, as long as all the different coasts belong to one political and geographical unit, distinct from the coasts of the country's colonial dependencies.
In spite of this established extension of the term coasting-trade, it did not include colonial trade until nearly the end of the nineteenth century.[955] Indeed,[Pg 609] when Russia, by ukase of 1897, enacted that trade between any of her ports should be considered coasting trade and be reserved for Russian vessels, this did not comprise a further extension of the conception of coasting-trade. The reason is that Russia, although her territory extends over different parts of the globe, is a political and geographical unit, and there is one stretch of territory only between St. Petersburg and Vladivostock. But when, in 1898 and 1899, the United States of America declared trade between any of her ports and those of Porto Rico, the Philippines, and the Hawaiian Islands to be coasting-trade, and consequently reserved it exclusively for American vessels, the distinction between coasting-trade and over-sea or colonial trade fell to the ground. It is submitted that this American extension of the conception of coasting-trade as used in her commercial treaties before 1898 is inadmissible[956] and contains a violation of the treaty rights of the other contracting parties. Should these parties consent to the American extension of the meaning of coasting-trade, and should other countries follow the American lead and apply the term coasting-trade indiscriminately to trade along their coasts and to their colonial trade, the meaning of the term would[Pg 610] then become trade between any two ports which are under the sovereignty of the same State. The distinction between coasting-trade and colonial trade would then become void, and the last trace of the synonymity between coasting-trade and cabotage would have disappeared.
Despite the established use of the term coasting-trade, it did not encompass colonial trade until nearly the end of the nineteenth century.[955] In fact,[Pg 609] when Russia, by decree in 1897, decided that trade between any of her ports should be classified as coasting trade and reserved for Russian vessels, this did not represent a further broadening of the definition of coasting-trade. The reason is that Russia, while her territory spans different parts of the globe, is a single political and geographical entity, with only one continuous stretch of land between St. Petersburg and Vladivostok. However, when, in 1898 and 1899, the United States declared trade between any of its ports and those of Puerto Rico, the Philippines, and the Hawaiian Islands to be coasting-trade and reserved it exclusively for American vessels, the distinction between coasting-trade and overseas or colonial trade essentially vanished. It is argued that this American expansion of the definition of coasting-trade as used in its commercial treaties before 1898 is unacceptable[956] and infringes on the treaty rights of other contracting parties. If these parties agree to the American expansion of the term coasting-trade, and if other countries follow this example and use the term coasting-trade interchangeably for trade along their coasts as well as their colonial trade, the meaning of the term would[Pg 610] then shift to trade between any two ports that fall under the sovereignty of the same State. The distinction between coasting-trade and colonial trade would then disappear, and the last remnants of the equivalence between coasting-trade and cabotage would have vanished.
[955] See details in Oppenheim, loc. cit. pp. 331-332, but it is of value to draw attention here to a French statute of April 2, 1889. Whereas a statute of April 9, 1866, had thrown open the trade between France and Algeria to vessels of all nations, article 1 of the statute of April 2, 1889, enacts: La navigation entre la France et l'Algérie ne pourra s'effectuer que sous pavillon français. This French statute does not, as is frequently maintained, declare the trade between France and Algeria to be coasting-trade, but it nevertheless reserves such trade exclusively for French vessels. The French Government, in bringing the bill before the French Parliament, explained that the statute could not come into force before February 1, 1892, because art. 2 of the treaty with Belgium of May 14, 1882, and art. 21 of the treaty with Spain of February 6, 1882—both treaties to expire on February 1, 1892—stipulated the same treatment for Belgian and Spanish as for French vessels, cabotage excepted. It is quite apparent that, if France had declared trade between French and Algerian ports to be coasting-trade in the meaning of her commercial treaties, the expiration of the treaties with Belgium and Spain need not have been awaited for putting the law of April 2, 1889, into force.
[955] See details in Oppenheim, loc. cit. pp. 331-332, but it's important to highlight a French law from April 2, 1889. While a law from April 9, 1866, had allowed trade between France and Algeria for vessels of all nations, article 1 of the law from April 2, 1889, states: Navigation between France and Algeria can only be conducted under the French flag. This French law does not, as is often claimed, define the trade between France and Algeria as coasting trade, but it does reserve this trade exclusively for French vessels. The French Government, when presenting the bill to the French Parliament, explained that the law could not take effect until February 1, 1892, because article 2 of the treaty with Belgium from May 14, 1882, and article 21 of the treaty with Spain from February 6, 1882—both expiring on February 1, 1892—required the same treatment for Belgian and Spanish vessels as for French vessels, with the exception of cabotage. It's clear that if France had classified trade between French and Algerian ports as coasting trade under its commercial treaties, they wouldn't have had to wait for the expiration of the treaties with Belgium and Spain to implement the law of April 2, 1889.
[956] In the case of Huus v. New York and Porto Rico Steamship Co. (1901), 182 United States 392, the Court was compelled to confirm the extension of the term coasting-trade to trade between any American port and Porto Rico, because this extension was recognised by section 9 of the Porto Rican Act, and because in case of a conflict between Municipal and International Law—see above, § 21—the Courts are bound to apply their Municipal Law.
[956] In the case of Huus v. New York and Porto Rico Steamship Co. (1901), 182 United States 392, the Court had to confirm that the coasting trade included trade between any American port and Porto Rico, because this was supported by section 9 of the Porto Rican Act. Additionally, in situations where there is a conflict between Municipal Law and International Law—see above, § 21—the Courts must follow their Municipal Law.
Meaning of most-favoured-nation Clause.
Meaning of most-favored-nation Clause.
§ 580. Most of the commercial treaties of the nineteenth century contain a stipulation which is characterised as the most-favoured-nation clause. The wording of this clause is by no means the same in all treaties, and its general form has therefore to be distinguished from several others which are more specialised in their wording. According to the most-favoured-nation clause in its general form, all favours which either contracting party has granted in the past or will grant in the future to any third State must be granted to the other party. But the real meaning of this clause in its general form has ever been controverted since the United States of America entered into the Family of Nations and began to conclude commercial treaties embodying the clause. Whereas in former times the clause was considered obviously to have the effect of causing all favours granted to any one State at once and unconditionally to accrue to all other States having most-favoured-nation treaties with the grantor, the United States contended that these favours could accrue to such of the other States only as fulfilled the same conditions under which these favours had been allowed to the grantee. The majority of the commercial treaties of the United States, therefore, do not contain the most-favoured-nation clause in its general form, but in what is called its conditional, qualified, or reciprocal, form. In this form it stipulates that all favours granted to third States shall accrue to the other party unconditionally, in case the favours have been allowed unconditionally to the grantee, but only under the same compensation, in case[Pg 611] they have been granted conditionally. The United States, however, has always upheld the opinion, and the supreme Court of the United States has confirmed[957] this interpretation, that, even if a commercial treaty contains the clause in its general, and not in its qualified, form, it must always be interpreted as though it were worded in its qualified form.
§ 580. Most of the commercial treaties from the nineteenth century include a provision known as the most-favored-nation clause. The exact wording of this clause varies across treaties, so it needs to be differentiated from other more specialized forms. In its general form, the most-favored-nation clause states that any advantages granted by either contracting party to a third state, whether in the past or in the future, must also be extended to the other party. However, the true interpretation of this clause has been debated since the United States joined the international community and began entering into commercial treaties that included it. In the past, the clause was seen as automatically granting any advantages given to one state to all other states with most-favored-nation treaties with the grantor. In contrast, the United States argued that these advantages should only be granted to other states that satisfied the same conditions under which the advantages were granted to the original beneficiary. Consequently, most of the commercial treaties the United States has entered into do not feature the most-favored-nation clause in its general form, but rather in what is known as its conditional, qualified, or reciprocal form. In this version, it specifies that any advantages granted to third states will be extended to the other party unconditionally if those advantages were provided unconditionally to the beneficiary. However, if those advantages were granted conditionally, they will only be extended under the same terms. The United States has consistently maintained the view, which has been upheld by the Supreme Court, that even when a commercial treaty contains the clause in its general form, it should always be interpreted as if it were stated in its qualified form.
Now nobody doubts that according to the qualified form of the clause a favour granted to any State can only accrue to other States having most-favoured-nation treaties with the grantor, provided they fulfil the same conditions and offer the same compensations as the grantee. Again, nobody doubts that, if the clause is worded in its so-called unconditional form stipulating the accrument of a favour to other States whether it was allowed to the grantee gratuitously or conditionally against compensation, all favours granted to any State accrue immediately and without condition to all the other States. However, as regards the clause in its general form, what might, broadly speaking, be called the European is confronted by the American interpretation. This American interpretation is, I believe, unjustifiable, although it is of importance to mention that two European writers of such authority as Martens (II. p. 225) and Westlake (I. p. 283) approve of it.
Now, no one doubts that under the qualified form of the clause, a favor given to any State can only benefit other States that have most-favored-nation treaties with the grantor, as long as they meet the same conditions and provide the same compensations as the beneficiary. Again, no one doubts that if the clause is written in its so-called unconditional form, which specifies that a favor can be granted to other States regardless of whether it was given to the beneficiary for free or conditionally for compensation, then all favors given to any State apply immediately and without conditions to all other States. However, concerning the clause in its general form, what could generally be described as the European interpretation comes up against the American interpretation. I believe this American interpretation is unjustifiable, although it’s important to note that two highly regarded European authors, Martens (II. p. 225) and Westlake (I. p. 283), support it.
It has been suggested[958] that the controversy should be brought before the Hague Court of Arbitration, yet the United States will never consent to this. Those States which complain of the American interpretation had therefore better notify their commercial treaties with the United States and insert in new treaties the most-favoured-nation clause in such a form as puts matters beyond all doubt. So much is certain, a State[Pg 612] that at present enters upon a commercial treaty with the United States comprising the clause in its general form cannot complain[959] of the American interpretation, which, whatever may be its merits, is now a matter of common knowledge.[960]
It’s been proposed[958] that the disagreement should be taken to the Hague Court of Arbitration, but the United States will never agree to that. Countries that are unhappy with the American interpretation should consider ending their commercial treaties with the United States and include a most-favored-nation clause in new treaties that leaves no room for doubt. One thing is for sure, a country[Pg 612] that currently makes a commercial treaty with the United States that includes the clause in its general form can't complain[959] about the American interpretation, which, regardless of its merits, is now widely known.[960]
[959] See above, § 554, No. 9.
[960] It is not possible in a general treatise on International Law to enter into the details of the history, the different forms, the application, and the interpretation of the most-favoured-nation clause. Readers must be referred for further information to the works and articles of Calwer, Herod, Glier, Cavaretta, Visser, Melle, and others quoted above before § 578. See also Moore, V. §§ 765-769.
[960] It’s not feasible in a general overview of International Law to dive into the specifics of the history, various forms, applications, and interpretations of the most-favored-nation clause. Readers are directed to the works and articles of Calwer, Herod, Glier, Cavaretta, Visser, Melle, and others mentioned above before § 578. See also Moore, V. §§ 765-769.
V
V
UNIONS CONCERNING COMMON NON-POLITICAL INTERESTS
UNIONS FOR COMMON NON-POLITICAL INTERESTS
Nys, II. pp. 264-270—Mérignhac, II. pp. 694-731—Descamps, "Les offices internationaux et leur avenir" (1894)—Moynier, "Les Bureaux internationaux des unions universelles" (1892)—Poinsard, "Les Unions et ententes internationales" (2nd ed. 1901)—Renault in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 14-26—Reinsch, "Public International Unions" (1911), and in A.J. I. pp. 579-623, and III. pp. 1-45.
Nys, II. pp. 264-270—Mérignhac, II. pp. 694-731—Descamps, "International Offices and Their Future" (1894)—Moynier, "International Offices of Universal Unions" (1892)—Poinsard, "International Unions and Agreements" (2nd ed. 1901)—Renault in R.G. III. (1896), pp. 14-26—Reinsch, "Public International Unions" (1911), and in A.J. I. pp. 579-623, and III. pp. 1-45.
Object of the Unions.
Union's Purpose.
§ 581. The development of international intercourse has called into existence innumerable treaties for the purpose of satisfying economic and other non-political interests of the several States. Each nation concludes treaties of commerce, of navigation, of extradition, and of many other kinds with most of the other nations, and tries in this way, more or less successfully, to foster its own interests. Many of these interests are of such a particular character and depend upon such individual circumstances and conditions that they can only be satisfied and fostered by special treaties from time to time concluded by each State with other States. Yet experience has shown that the several States have also many non-political interests in common which can better be satisfied and fostered by a general treaty between a great number of States than by special[Pg 613] treaties singly concluded between the several parties. Therefore, since the second half of the nineteenth century, such general treaties have more and more come into being, and it is certain that their number will in time increase. Each of these treaties creates what is called a Union among the contracting parties, since these parties have united for the purpose of settling certain subjects in common. The number of States which are members of these Unions varies, of course, and whereas some of them will certainly become in time universal in the same way as the Universal Postal Union, others will never reach that stage. But all the treaties which have created these Unions are general treaties because a lesser or greater number of States are parties, and these treaties have created so-called Unions, although the term "Union" is not always made use of.[961]
§ 581. The growth of international relations has led to countless treaties aimed at addressing the economic and other non-political interests of various States. Each nation forms treaties for trade, navigation, extradition, and many other types with most other nations, striving to promote its own interests with varying degrees of success. Many of these interests are unique and depend on specific circumstances and conditions, requiring tailored treaties that are periodically established by each State with other States. However, experience has shown that many States also share non-political interests that can be better addressed and promoted through a general treaty involving a large number of States rather than through individual treaties between specific parties. Consequently, since the latter half of the nineteenth century, such general treaties have increasingly come into existence, and it's clear that their numbers will grow over time. Each of these treaties forms what is known as a Union among the contracting parties since they have joined together to address certain common issues. The number of States that are part of these Unions naturally varies, and while some will likely become universal like the Universal Postal Union, others may never reach that status. Nonetheless, all treaties that have established these Unions are considered general treaties because they involve a varying number of States, and these treaties have created so-called Unions, even if the term "Union" is not always used.
[961] A general treatise on Public International Law cannot attempt to go into the details of these Unions; it is really a matter for monographs or for a treatise on International Administrative Law, such as Neumayer's "Internationales Verwaltungsrecht," which is to comprise three volumes, and of which the first volume appeared in 1910. See also Reinsch, "Public International Unions" (1911).
[961] A comprehensive work on Public International Law cannot dive into the specifics of these Unions; it's more suited for individual studies or a work on International Administrative Law, like Neumayer's "Internationales Verwaltungsrecht," which is set to have three volumes, with the first volume released in 1910. Also, check out Reinsch's "Public International Unions" (1911).
Post and Telegraphs.
Postal and Telecommunications.
(1) Twenty-one States entered on October 9, 1874, at Berne, into a general postal convention[962] for the purpose of creating a General Postal Union. This General turned into the Universal Postal Union through the Convention of Paris[963] of June 1, 1878, to which thirty States were parties. This convention has several times been revised by the congresses of the Union, which have to meet every five years. The last revision took place at the Congress of Rome, 1906, where, on[Pg 614] May 26, a new Universal Postal Convention[964] was signed by all the members of the Family of Nations for themselves and their colonies and dependencies. This Union possesses an International Office seated at Berne.[965]
(1) Twenty-one states entered into a general postal agreement on October 9, 1874, in Berne, to create a General Postal Union. This General Postal Union became the Universal Postal Union with the Convention of Paris on June 1, 1878, which involved thirty states. This convention has been revised several times by the Union's congresses, which meet every five years. The last revision occurred at the Congress of Rome in 1906, where a new Universal Postal Convention was signed by all members of the Family of Nations, including their colonies and dependencies, on May 26. This Union has an International Office based in Berne.
[965] See Fischer, "Post und Telegraphie im Weltverkehr" (1879); Schröter, "Der Weltpostverein" (1900); Rolland, "De la correspondance postale et télégraphique dans les relations internationales" (1901).
[965] See Fischer, "Post and Telegraphy in Global Communication" (1879); Schröter, "The Universal Postal Union" (1900); Rolland, "On Postal and Telegraphic Correspondence in International Relations" (1901).
(2) A general telegraphic convention was concluded at Paris already on May 17, 1865, and in 1868 an International Telegraph Office[966] was instituted at Berne. In time more and more States joined, and the basis of the Union is now the Convention of St. Petersburg[967] of July 22, 1875, which has been amended several times, the last time at Lisbon on June 11, 1908. That the Union will one day become universal there is no doubt, but as yet, although called "Universal" Telegraphic Union, only about thirty States are members.
(2) A general telegraphic agreement was made in Paris on May 17, 1865, and in 1868, the International Telegraph Office[966] was established in Berne. Over time, more and more countries joined, and the foundation of the Union is now the St. Petersburg Convention[967] from July 22, 1875, which has been updated several times, most recently in Lisbon on June 11, 1908. There’s no doubt that the Union will eventually become universal, but currently, despite being called the "Universal" Telegraphic Union, only about thirty countries are members.
(4) A general radio-telegraphic convention[969] was signed by twenty-seven States on November 3, 1906, at Berlin. This Union has an International Office at Berne which is combined with that of the Universal Telegraph Union.
(4) A general radio-telegraphic convention[969] was signed by twenty-seven countries on November 3, 1906, in Berlin. This Union has an International Office in Bern, which is combined with that of the Universal Telegraph Union.
Transport and Communication.
Transport and Communication.
§ 583. Two general conventions are in existence in the interest of transport and communication:—
§ 583. There are two main conventions that exist for the purpose of transport and communication:—
(1) A general convention[970] was concluded on October 14, 1890, at Berne concerning railway transports and freights. The parties—namely, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Luxemburg, Russia, and Switzerland—form a Union for this purpose, although the term "Union" is not made use of.[Pg 615] The Union possesses an International Office[971] at Berne, which issues the Zeitschrift für den internationalen Eisenbahn transport and the Bulletin des transports internationaux par chemins de fer. Denmark, Roumania, and Sweden acceded to this Union some time after its conclusion.
(1) A general convention[970] was completed on October 14, 1890, in Bern regarding railway transportation and freight. The parties involved—specifically Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Luxembourg, Russia, and Switzerland—created a Union for this purpose, though the term "Union" isn’t actually used. [Pg 615] The Union has an International Office[971] in Bern, which publishes the Zeitschrift für den internationalen Eisenbahn transport and the Bulletin des transports internationaux par chemins de fer. Denmark, Romania, and Sweden joined this Union sometime after its establishment.
[971] See above, § 470, and Kaufmann, "Die mitteleuropäischen Eisenbahnen und das internationale öffentliche Recht" (1893); Rosenthal, "Internationales Eisenbahnfrachtrecht" (1894); Magne, "Des raccordements internationaux de chemins de fer, &c." (1901); Eger, "Das internationale Uebereinkommen über den Eisenbahnfrachtverkehr" (2nd ed. 1903).
[971] See above, § 470, and Kaufmann, "The Central European Railways and International Public Law" (1893); Rosenthal, "International Railway Freight Law" (1894); Magne, "On International Railway Connections, etc." (1901); Eger, "The International Agreement on Railway Freight Transport" (2nd ed. 1903).
(2) A general convention concerning the International Circulation of Motor Vehicles[972] was concluded on October 11, 1909, at Paris. The original signatory Powers were:—Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Monaco, Montenegro, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Servia; but Greece, Montenegro, Portugal, and Servia have not yet ratified. Luxemburg, Sweden, and Switzerland acceded later on. To give effect to this convention in Great Britain, Parliament passed in 1909 the Motor Car (International Circulation) Act,[973] 9 Edw. VII. c. 37.
(2) A general agreement about the International Circulation of Motor Vehicles[972] was signed on October 11, 1909, in Paris. The original signatory countries were: Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Monaco, Montenegro, Holland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, and Serbia; however, Greece, Montenegro, Portugal, and Serbia have not ratified it yet. Luxembourg, Sweden, and Switzerland joined later. To implement this agreement in Great Britain, Parliament passed the Motor Car (International Circulation) Act in 1909,[973] 9 Edw. VII. c. 37.
Copyright.
Copyright.
§ 584. On September 9, 1886, the Convention of Berne was signed for the purpose of creating an international Union for the Protection of Works of Art and Literature. The Union has an International Office[974] at Berne. An additional Act to the convention was signed at Paris on May 4, 1906. Since, however, the stipulations of these conventions did not prove quite adequate, the "Revised[975] Berne Convention" was signed at Berlin on November 13, 1908. The parties[Pg 616] are Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Liberia, Luxemburg, Monaco, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, Tunis; but Denmark, France, Italy, Sweden, and Tunis have not yet ratified. Portugal acceded later. To give effect to the Convention of Berne of 1886, Parliament passed in 1886 the "Act to amend the Law respecting International and Colonial Copyright" (49 & 50 Vict. c. 33). This Act, however, was, in consequence of the "Revised Berne Convention" of Berlin of 1908, repealed by section 37 of the Copyright Act, 1911 (1 Geo. V. c. 00), and sections 30 and 31 of the latter Act now deal with International Copyright.
§ 584. On September 9, 1886, the Berne Convention was signed to establish an international Union for the Protection of Works of Art and Literature. The Union has an International Office[974] located in Berne. An additional Act to the convention was signed in Paris on May 4, 1906. However, since the terms of these conventions didn't fully meet the needs, the "Revised[975] Berne Convention" was signed in Berlin on November 13, 1908. The parties[Pg 616] included Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Liberia, Luxembourg, Monaco, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, and Tunisia; but Denmark, France, Italy, Sweden, and Tunisia have not ratified it yet. Portugal joined later. To implement the Berne Convention of 1886, Parliament passed the "Act to amend the Law respecting International and Colonial Copyright" in 1886 (49 & 50 Vict. c. 33). However, this Act was repealed by section 37 of the Copyright Act, 1911 (1 Geo. V. c. 00) due to the "Revised Berne Convention" from Berlin in 1908, and sections 30 and 31 of the latter Act now address International Copyright.
[974] See above, § 467, and Orelli, "Der internationale Schutz des Urheberrechts" (1887); Thomas, "La convention littéraire et artistique internationale, &c." (1894); Briggs, "The Law of International Copyright" (1906); Röthlisberger, "Die Berner Übereinkunft zum Schutze von Werken der Literatur und Kunst" (1906).
[974] See above, § 467, and Orelli, "The International Protection of Copyright" (1887); Thomas, "The International Literary and Artistic Convention, &c." (1894); Briggs, "The Law of International Copyright" (1906); Röthlisberger, "The Berne Convention for the Protection of Works of Literature and Art" (1906).
[975] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. p. 590; Wauwermans, "La convention de Berne (revisée à Berlin) pour la protection des œuvres littéraires et artistiques" (1910).
[975] See Martens, N.R.G. 3rd Ser. IV. p. 590; Wauwermans, "The Berne Convention (revised in Berlin) for the protection of literary and artistic works" (1910).
Commerce and Industry.
Business and Industry.
§ 585. In the interests of commerce and industry three Unions are in existence:—
§ 585. For the sake of business and industry, there are three unions in existence:—
(1) On July 5, 1890, the Convention of Brussels was signed for the purpose of creating an international Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs.[976] The Union has an International Office[977] at Brussels, which publishes the customs tariffs of the various States of the globe. The members of the Union are at present the following States:—Great Britain, Germany, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chili, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, San Domingo, Ecuador, Egypt, France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Holland, Honduras, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Persia, Peru, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Salvador, Servia, Siam, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United States of America, Uruguay, and Venezuela.
(1) On July 5, 1890, the Convention of Brussels was signed to establish an international Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs.[976] The Union has an International Office[977] in Brussels, which publishes the customs tariffs of various countries around the world. The current members of the Union include the following countries:—Great Britain, Germany, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Denmark, Santo Domingo, Ecuador, Egypt, France, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Holland, Honduras, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Persia, Peru, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Salvador, Serbia, Thailand, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United States of America, Uruguay, and Venezuela.
(2) On March 20, 1883, the Convention of Paris[978] was signed for the purpose of creating an international Union for the Protection of Industrial Property. The original members were:—Belgium, Brazil, San Domingo,[Pg 617] France, Holland, Guatemala, Italy, Portugal, Salvador, Servia, Spain, and Switzerland. Great Britain, Japan, Denmark, Mexico, the United States of America, Sweden-Norway, Germany, Cuba, and Austria-Hungary acceded later. This Union has an International Office[979] at Berne. The object of the Union is the protection of patents, trade-marks, and the like. On April 14, 1891, at Madrid, this Union agreed to arrangements concerning false indications of origin and the registration of trade-marks[980]; and an additional Act[981] was signed at Brussels on December 14, 1900. These later arrangements, however, are accepted only by certain States of the Union; Great Britain, for instance, is a party to the former but not to the latter.
(2) On March 20, 1883, the Convention of Paris[978] was signed to establish an international Union for the Protection of Industrial Property. The founding members included Belgium, Brazil, San Domingo,[Pg 617] France, Holland, Guatemala, Italy, Portugal, Salvador, Serbia, Spain, and Switzerland. Later, Great Britain, Japan, Denmark, Mexico, the United States, Sweden-Norway, Germany, Cuba, and Austria-Hungary joined. This Union has an International Office[979] in Bern. The aim of the Union is to protect patents, trademarks, and similar rights. On April 14, 1891, in Madrid, the Union made agreements regarding false indications of origin and the registration of trademarks[980]; and an additional Act[981] was signed in Brussels on December 14, 1900. However, these later arrangements are only accepted by certain member states; for example, Great Britain is part of the former but not the latter.
[980] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXII. p. 208, and Pelletier et Vidal-Noguet, "La convention d'union pour la protection de la propriété industrielle du 20 mars 1883 et les conférences de révision postérieures" (1902).
[980] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXII. p. 208, and Pelletier et Vidal-Noguet, "The Union Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property of March 20, 1883 and the Subsequent Revision Conferences" (1902).
(3) On March 5, 1902, the Convention of Brussels[982] was signed concerning the abolition of bounties on the production and exportation of sugar. The original parties were:—Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Spain, and Sweden; but Spain has never ratified. Luxemburg, Peru, and Russia acceded later. A Permanent Commission[983] was established at Brussels for the purpose of supervising the execution of the convention. An additional Act[984] was signed at Brussels on August 28, 1907.
(3) On March 5, 1902, the Convention of Brussels[982] was signed to eliminate bounties on the production and export of sugar. The original countries involved were Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Spain, and Sweden; however, Spain never ratified it. Luxembourg, Peru, and Russia joined later. A Permanent Commission[983] was set up in Brussels to oversee the implementation of the convention. An additional Act[984] was signed in Brussels on August 28, 1907.
Agriculture.
Farming.
§ 586. Three general conventions are in existence in the interest of Agriculture:—
§ 586. There are three main agreements in place for the benefit of Agriculture:—
(1) On June 7, 1905, the Convention for the Creation of an International Agricultural Institute[985] was signed at Rome by forty States. The Institute has its seat at Rome.
(1) On June 7, 1905, the Convention to Establish an International Agricultural Institute[985] was signed in Rome by forty countries. The Institute is based in Rome.
(2) Owing to the great damage done to grapes through phylloxera epidemics a general convention[986] for the prevention of the extension of such epidemics was concluded on September 17, 1878, at Berne. Its place was afterwards taken by the convention[987] signed at Berne on November 3, 1881. The original members were:—Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Portugal, and Switzerland. Belgium, Italy, Spain, Holland, Luxemburg, Roumania, and Servia acceded later.
(2) Due to the significant damage caused to grapes by phylloxera outbreaks, a general convention[986] aimed at preventing the spread of such outbreaks was established on September 17, 1878, in Berne. This was later replaced by the convention[987] signed in Berne on November 3, 1881. The original members were: Austria-Hungary, France, Germany, Portugal, and Switzerland. Belgium, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Romania, and Serbia joined later.
(3) On March 19, 1902, a general convention[988] was signed at Paris concerning the preservation of birds useful to agriculture. The parties are:—Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Greece, Luxemburg, Monaco, Norway, Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland.
(3) On March 19, 1902, a general convention[988] was signed in Paris regarding the protection of birds that are beneficial to agriculture. The countries involved are: Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Greece, Luxembourg, Monaco, Norway, Portugal, Sweden, and Switzerland.
Welfare of Working Classes.
Welfare of Workers.
§ 587. Two general treaties are in existence with regard to the welfare of the working classes:—
§ 587. There are two main treaties in place concerning the welfare of working-class people:—
(1) On September 26, 1906, was signed at Berne a convention[989] concerning the prohibition of the use of white phosphorus in the manufacture of matches. The original parties were:—Germany, Denmark, France, Holland, Luxemburg, Switzerland. Great Britain, Italy, Spain, and Tunis acceded later. To give effect to this convention in Great Britain, Parliament passed in 1908 the White Phosphorus Matches Prohibition Act (8 Edw. VII. c. 42).
(1) On September 26, 1906, a convention[989] was signed in Berne regarding the ban on using white phosphorus in match manufacturing. The original signatories were Germany, Denmark, France, Holland, Luxembourg, and Switzerland. Later, Great Britain, Italy, Spain, and Tunisia joined in. To implement this convention in Great Britain, Parliament passed the White Phosphorus Matches Prohibition Act in 1908 (8 Edw. VII. c. 42).
(2) Likewise at Berne on September 26, 1906, was signed the convention[990] for the prohibition of night-work for women in industrial employment. The original parties are:—Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Luxemburg, Holland, Portugal, and Switzerland. Italy and Sweden, which had signed[Pg 619] the convention, but had not ratified in time, acceded in 1910.
(2) Similarly, in Bern on September 26, 1906, the convention[990] was signed to prohibit night work for women in industrial jobs. The original signatories are: Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, and Switzerland. Italy and Sweden, which had signed[Pg 619] the convention but hadn't ratified it in time, joined in 1910.
Weights, Measures, Coinage.
Weights, Measures, Currency.
§ 588. One Union concerning weights and measures and two monetary Unions are in existence.
§ 588. One union for weights and measures and two monetary unions are in existence.
(1) In the interest of the unification and improvement of the metric system a general convention[991] was signed at Paris on May 20, 1875, for the purpose of instituting at Paris an International Office[992] of Weights and Measures. The original parties were:—Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Peru, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, the United States of America, and Venezuela; but Brazil has never ratified. Great Britain, Japan, Mexico, Roumania, and Servia acceded later.
(1) To unify and improve the metric system, a general convention[991] was signed in Paris on May 20, 1875, with the goal of establishing an International Office[992] of Weights and Measures in Paris. The original countries involved were: Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Peru, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, the United States of America, and Venezuela; however, Brazil has never ratified. Later, Great Britain, Japan, Mexico, Romania, and Serbia joined.
Another Monetary Union is that entered into by Denmark, Sweden, and Norway by the Convention of Copenhagen[995] of May 27, 1873.
Another Monetary Union is that entered into by Denmark, Sweden, and Norway by the Convention of Copenhagen[995] of May 27, 1873.
On November 22, 1892, the International Monetary Conference[996] met at Brussels, where the following States were represented:—Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Holland, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Roumania, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, and the United States of America. The deliberations of this conference, however, had no practical result.
On November 22, 1892, the International Monetary Conference[996] met in Brussels, where the following countries were represented: Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Sweden-Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, and the United States. However, the discussions at this conference had no practical outcome.
Official Publications.
Official Publications.
§ 589. On March 15, 1886, Belgium, Brazil, Italy, Portugal, Servia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United States of America signed at Brussels a convention[997] concerning the exchange of their official documents and of their scientific and literary publications in so far as they are edited by the Governments. The same States, except Switzerland, signed under the same date at Brussels a convention[998] for the exchange of their Journaux officiels ainsi que des annales et des documents parlementaires.
§ 589. On March 15, 1886, Belgium, Brazil, Italy, Portugal, Serbia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United States of America signed a convention[997] in Brussels regarding the exchange of their official documents and their scientific and literary publications as published by their governments. The same countries, excluding Switzerland, also signed another convention[998] on the same date in Brussels for the exchange of their official journals as well as parliamentary annals and documents.
Sanitation.
Sanitation.
(1) On January 30, 1892, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Turkey signed the International Sanitary Convention of Venice.[999]
(1) On January 30, 1892, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Turkey signed the International Sanitary Convention of Venice.[999]
(2) On April 15, 1893, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Italy, Luxemburg, Montenegro, Holland, Russia, Switzerland signed the Cholera Convention of Dresden;[1000] but Montenegro has not ratified. Great Britain, Servia, Lichtenstein, and Roumania acceded later.
(2) On April 15, 1893, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Russia, and Switzerland signed the Cholera Convention of Dresden; [1000] but Montenegro has not ratified it. Great Britain, Serbia, Liechtenstein, and Romania joined later.
(3) On April 3, 1894, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Holland, Persia, Portugal, and Russia signed the Cholera Convention of Paris; an additional declaration was signed at Paris on October 30, 1897.[1001] Sweden-Norway acceded later.
(3) On April 3, 1894, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Holland, Persia, Portugal, and Russia signed the Cholera Convention in Paris; an additional declaration was signed in Paris on October 30, 1897.[1001] Sweden-Norway joined later.
(4) On March 19, 1897, Great Britain, Germany,[Pg 621] Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Luxemburg, Montenegro, Turkey, Holland, Persia, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Servia, and Switzerland signed the Plague Convention of Venice; an additional declaration was signed at Rome on January 24, 1900;[1002] but Greece, Turkey, Portugal, and Servia do not seem to have ratified. Sweden acceded later.
(4) On March 19, 1897, Great Britain, Germany,[Pg 621] Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Greece, Italy, Luxembourg, Montenegro, Turkey, the Netherlands, Persia, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Serbia, and Switzerland signed the Plague Convention of Venice; an additional declaration was signed in Rome on January 24, 1900;[1002] but Greece, Turkey, Portugal, and Serbia do not seem to have ratified it. Sweden joined later.
[1002] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXVIII. p. 339, XXIX. p. 495, and Treaty Series, 1900, No. 6—See also Loutti, "La politique sanitaire internationale" (1906). Attention should be drawn to a very valuable suggestion made by Ullmann in R.I. XI. (1879), p. 527, and in R.G. IV. (1897), p. 437. Bearing in mind the fact that frequently in time of war epidemics break out in consequence of insufficient disinfection of the battlefields, Ullmann suggests a general convention instituting neutral sanitary commissions whose duty would be to take all necessary sanitary measures after a battle.
[1002] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXVIII. p. 339, XXIX. p. 495, and Treaty Series, 1900, No. 6—See also Loutti, "International Sanitary Policy" (1906). It's important to highlight a very useful suggestion made by Ullmann in R.I. XI. (1879), p. 527, and in R.G. IV. (1897), p. 437. Considering that epidemics often arise during wartime due to inadequate disinfection of battlefields, Ullmann proposes a general agreement to establish neutral sanitary commissions responsible for implementing all necessary health measures after a battle.
(5) For the purpose of revising the previous cholera and plague conventions and amalgamating them into one document, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Spain, the United States of America, France, Italy, Luxemburg, Montenegro, Holland, Persia, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Switzerland, and Egypt signed on December 3, 1903, the International Sanitary Convention of Paris.[1003] Denmark, Mexico, Norway, Sweden, and Zanzibar acceded later. It is, however, of importance to mention that the previous sanitary conventions remain in force for those signatory Powers who do not become parties to this convention.
(5) To update the earlier cholera and plague agreements and combine them into a single document, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Brazil, Spain, the United States, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Montenegro, the Netherlands, Persia, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Switzerland, and Egypt signed the International Sanitary Convention of Paris on December 3, 1903.[1003] Denmark, Mexico, Norway, Sweden, and Zanzibar joined later. It's important to note that the previous sanitary conventions still apply to those signatory Powers that do not become parties to this new convention.
(6) For the purpose of organising the International Office of Public Health contemplated by the Sanitary Convention of Paris of December 3, 1903, Great Britain, Belgium, Brazil, Spain, the United States of America, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Switzerland, and Egypt signed at Rome on December 9, 1907, an agreement[1004] concerning the establishment of such an office at Paris;[1005] but it would seem that Holland and[Pg 622] Portugal have not yet ratified. Argentina, Bulgaria, Mexico, Persia, Peru, Servia, Sweden, and Tunis acceded later.
(6) To organize the International Office of Public Health outlined in the Sanitary Convention of Paris on December 3, 1903, Great Britain, Belgium, Brazil, Spain, the United States, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Switzerland, and Egypt signed an agreement in Rome on December 9, 1907, regarding the establishment of this office in Paris;[1004] but it appears that Holland and[Pg 622] Portugal have not ratified it yet. Argentina, Bulgaria, Mexico, Persia, Peru, Serbia, Sweden, and Tunisia joined later.
Pharmacopœia.
Pharmacopoeia.
§ 591. On November 29, 1906, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, France, Greece, Italy, Luxemburg, Norway, Holland, Russia, Servia, Sweden, and Switzerland signed at Brussels an agreement concerning the Unification of the Pharmacopœial Formulas for Potent Drugs.[1006]
§ 591. On November 29, 1906, Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Spain, the United States, France, Greece, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway, the Netherlands, Russia, Serbia, Sweden, and Switzerland signed an agreement in Brussels regarding the Unification of the Pharmacopoeial Formulas for Potent Drugs.[1006]
Humanity.
Humankind.
§ 592. In the interest of humanity two Unions—although the term "Union" is not made use of in the treaties—are in existence, namely, that concerning Slave Trade and that concerning the so-called White Slave Traffic.
§ 592. In the interest of humanity, two unions—although the term "union" isn't used in the treaties—exist: one regarding the Slave Trade and the other concerning the so-called White Slave Traffic.
(1) A treaty concerning slave trade[1007] was already in 1841 concluded between Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia. And article 9 of the General Act of the Berlin Congo Conference of 1885 likewise dealt with the matter. But it was not until 1890 that a Union for the suppression of the slave trade came into existence. This Union was established by the General Act[1008] of the Brussels Conference, signed on July 2, 1890, and possesses two International Offices,[1009] namely, the International Maritime Office at Zanzibar and the Bureau Spécial attached to the Foreign Office at Brussels. The signatory Powers are:—Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Congo Free State, Denmark, France, Germany, Holland, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, the United States of America, Turkey, and Zanzibar. Liberia acceded later.
(1) A treaty on the slave trade[1007] was signed in 1841 between Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, and Russia. Article 9 of the General Act from the Berlin Congo Conference in 1885 also addressed this issue. However, it wasn't until 1890 that a Union to suppress the slave trade was formed. This Union was established by the General Act[1008] of the Brussels Conference, which was signed on July 2, 1890, and includes two International Offices,[1009] specifically, the International Maritime Office in Zanzibar and the Bureau Spécial linked to the Foreign Office in Brussels. The countries that signed include: Great Britain, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Congo Free State, Denmark, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Italy, Persia, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden-Norway, the United States, Turkey, and Zanzibar. Liberia joined later.
[1007] See above, § 292, p. 368, note 2.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See above, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
(2) On May 18, 1904, an Agreement for the Suppression[Pg 623] of the White Slave Traffic[1010] was signed at Paris by Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Switzerland. Brazil and Luxemburg acceded later. A further Agreement concerning the subject was signed at Paris on May 4, 1910, by thirteen States, but has not yet been ratified.
(2) On May 18, 1904, an agreement to stop the White Slave Traffic[Pg 623] was signed in Paris by Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Sweden-Norway, and Switzerland. Brazil and Luxembourg joined later. A further agreement on the topic was signed in Paris on May 4, 1910, by thirteen states, but it hasn't been ratified yet.
[1010] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. p. 160, and Treaty Series, 1905, No. 24—See also Butz, "Die Bekämpfung des Mädchenhandels im internationalen Recht" (1908); Rehm in Z.V. I. (1907), pp. 446-453.
[1010] See Martens, N.R.G. 2nd Ser. XXXII. p. 160, and Treaty Series, 1905, No. 24—See also Butz, "The Fight Against Girl Trafficking in International Law" (1908); Rehm in Z.V. I. (1907), pp. 446-453.
Preservation of Animal World.
Conservation of Animal Kingdom.
§ 593. Two general treaties are in existence for the purpose of preserving certain animals in certain parts of the world:—
§ 593. There are two main treaties in place aimed at protecting certain animals in specific areas around the globe:—
(1) In behalf of the preservation of wild animals, birds, and fish in Africa, the Convention of London[1011] was signed on May 19, 1900, by Great Britain, the Congo Free State, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal, and Spain; Liberia acceded later. However, this convention has not yet been ratified.
(1) To protect wild animals, birds, and fish in Africa, the London Convention[1011] was signed on May 19, 1900, by Great Britain, the Congo Free State, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal, and Spain; Liberia joined later. However, this convention has still not been ratified.
(2) In behalf of the prevention of the extinction of the seals in the Behring Sea, the Pelagic Sealing Convention[1012] of Washington was signed on July 7, 1911, by Great Britain, the United States of America, Japan, and Russia, but has not yet been ratified.
(2) To prevent the extinction of seals in the Bering Sea, the Pelagic Sealing Convention[1012] was signed on July 7, 1911, by Great Britain, the United States, Japan, and Russia, but it hasn't been ratified yet.
Private International Law.
Private International Law.
§ 594. Various general treaties have been concluded for the purpose of establishing uniform rules concerning subjects of the so-called Private International Law:—
§ 594. Various general treaties have been made to create consistent rules regarding topics in what is known as Private International Law:—
(1) Already on November 14, 1896, a general treaty concerning the conflict of laws relative to procedure in civil cases was concluded at the Hague. But this treaty was replaced by the Convention[1013] of the Hague of July 17, 1905, which is signed by Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Italy, Luxemburg, Norway, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Sweden, and Switzerland.
(1) On November 14, 1896, a general treaty regarding conflicts of laws related to civil procedure was signed in The Hague. However, this treaty was replaced by the Convention[1013] from The Hague on July 17, 1905, which was signed by Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway, the Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Sweden, and Switzerland.
(2) On June 12, 1902, likewise at the Hague, were signed three conventions[1014] for the purpose of regulating the conflict of laws concerning marriage, divorce, and guardianship. The signatory Powers are Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Italy, Luxemburg, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, Sweden, and Switzerland.
(2) On June 12, 1902, also in The Hague, three conventions[1014] were signed to regulate the conflict of laws regarding marriage, divorce, and guardianship. The countries that signed are Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, and Switzerland.
(3) Again at the Hague, on July 17, 1905, were signed two conventions for the purpose of regulating the conflict of laws concerning the effect of marriage upon the personal relations and the property of husband and wife, and concerning the placing of adults under guardians or curators. The signatory Powers are Germany, France, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, and Sweden.[1015]
(3) Again in The Hague, on July 17, 1905, two agreements were signed to regulate the conflict of laws regarding the impact of marriage on the personal relationships and property of spouses, as well as the appointment of guardians or curators for adults. The signing countries are Germany, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, and Sweden.[1015]
[1015] Meili and Mamelok, "Das internationale Privat und Zivilprozessrecht auf Grund der Haager Konventionen" (1911), offers a digest of all the Hague Conventions concerned.
[1015] Meili and Mamelok, "International Private and Civil Procedure Law Based on the Hague Conventions" (1911), provides an overview of all the Hague Conventions related to this topic.
American Republics.
U.S. Republics.
§ 595. The first Pan-American Conference held at Washington in 1889 created the International Union of the American Republics for prompt collection and distribution of commercial information.[1016] This Union of the twenty-one independent States of America established an International Office at Washington, called at first "The American International Bureau," but the fourth Pan-American Conference, held at Buenos Ayres in 1910, changed the name of the Office[1017] to "The Pan-American Union." At the same time this conference considerably extended[1018] the scope of the task of this Bureau to include, besides other objects, the function of a permanent commission of the Pan-American Conferences which has to keep the archives, to assist in obtaining the ratification of the resolutions and conventions adopted, to study or initiate projects to be included in the programme of the conferences, to communicate them to the several Governments, and to[Pg 625] formulate the programme and regulations of each successive conference.
§ 595. The first Pan-American Conference, held in Washington in 1889, established the International Union of the American Republics for the quick collection and distribution of commercial information.[1016] This Union, made up of twenty-one independent States in the Americas, set up an International Office in Washington, initially named "The American International Bureau." However, the fourth Pan-American Conference, which took place in Buenos Aires in 1910, renamed the Office[1017] to "The Pan-American Union." This conference also significantly expanded[1018] the Bureau's responsibilities to include, among other tasks, serving as a permanent commission for the Pan-American Conferences. This commission is responsible for maintaining archives, helping to get resolutions and conventions ratified, studying or proposing projects for the conference agenda, communicating those to the various governments, and formulating the program and regulations for each upcoming conference.
Science.
Science.
§ 596. In the interest of scientific research the following Unions[1019] have been established:—
§ 596. To support scientific research, the following Unions[1019] have been created:—
[1019] The conventions which have created these Unions would seem to be nowhere officially published and are, therefore, not to be found in the Treaty Series or in Martens. The dates and facts mentioned in the text are based on private and such information as can be gathered from the Annuaire de la Vie Internationale, 1908-1909, pp. 389-401.
[1019] The rules that established these Unions don't appear to be officially published anywhere and, as a result, they aren't included in the Treaty Series or in Martens. The dates and details mentioned in the text are based on unofficial sources and the information available from the Annuaire de la Vie Internationale, 1908-1909, pp. 389-401.
(1) On October 30, 1886, Great Britain, Germany, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Norway, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Sweden, and Switzerland signed a convention at Berlin for the purpose of creating an International Geodetic Association. Already in 1864 a number of States had entered at Berlin into an Association concerning geodetic work in Central Europe, and in 1867 the scope of the association was expanded to the whole of Europe, but it was not until 1886 that the geodetic work of the whole world was made the object of the Geodetic Association. The convention of 1886, however, was revised and a new convention was signed at Berlin on October 11, 1895.[1020] The Association, which arranges an international conference every three years, possesses a Central Office at Berlin.
(1) On October 30, 1886, Great Britain, Germany, Argentina, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, the United States of America, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Norway, the Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Sweden, and Switzerland signed an agreement in Berlin to create an International Geodetic Association. Back in 1864, several countries had formed an Association in Berlin focused on geodetic work in Central Europe, and in 1867, the scope of the association was broadened to cover all of Europe. However, it wasn’t until 1886 that the geodetic work for the entire world became the focus of the Geodetic Association. The 1886 agreement was later revised, and a new one was signed in Berlin on October 11, 1895.[1020] The Association holds an international conference every three years and has a Central Office in Berlin.
(2) On July 28, 1903, was signed at Strasburg a convention for the purpose of creating an International Seismologic Association. This convention was revised on August 15, 1905, at Berlin.[1021] The following States are parties:—Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Chili, Spain, the United States of America, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Norway, Holland, Portugal, Roumania, Russia, Servia, and Switzerland. The Association, which arranges an[Pg 626] international conference at least once in every four years, has a Central Office at Strasburg.
(2) On July 28, 1903, a convention was signed in Strasburg to establish an International Seismologic Association. This convention was updated on August 15, 1905, in Berlin.[1021] The following countries are involved: Great Britain, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, Spain, the United States of America, France, Greece, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Norway, the Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Serbia, and Switzerland. The Association holds an[Pg 626] international conference at least once every four years and has a Central Office in Strasburg.
[1021] The text of this Convention is not published in the Annuaire de la Vie Internationale, 1908-1909, but its predecessor of 1903 is published there on p. 393.
[1021] The text of this Convention isn’t published in the Annuaire de la Vie Internationale, 1908-1909, but its earlier version from 1903 is published there on p. 393.
(3) On May 11, 1901, a convention was signed at Christiania for the International Hydrographic and Biologic Investigation of the North Sea.[1022] The parties are Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Holland, Norway, Russia, and Sweden. The Association possesses a Central Office.
(3) On May 11, 1901, a convention was signed in Oslo for the International Hydrographic and Biologic Investigation of the North Sea.[1022] The parties involved are Great Britain, Germany, Belgium, Denmark, the Netherlands, Norway, Russia, and Sweden. The Association has a Central Office.
INDEX
A
A
Abandoned river-beds, 302
Abandoned riverbeds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Abdicated monarchs, 432
Abdicated rulers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Absorption of a State, 127
State absorption, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Abuse of flag, 336
Flag abuse, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Abyssinia, independence of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Accession to treaties, 568
Joining treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Accretion of territory:
Territorial expansion:
abandoned river-beds, 302
abandoned riverbeds, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
alluvions, 300
floods, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
artificial formations, 299
man-made structures, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 299
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
deltas, 300
deltas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different kinds of, 299
various types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
new-born islands, 301
new islands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Acosta, 97
Acosta, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Acquisition of territory, 281-284
Territory acquisition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-284
Acquisition of territory by individuals and corporations, 282
Acquisition of territory by individuals and corporations, 282
Acts, 551
Acts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Adhesion to treaties, 569
Adhering to treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Administration of territory by a foreign Power, 232
Administration of territory by a foreign power, 232
Aegi, case of, 496
Aegi, case regarding, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Africa:
Africa:
preservation of wild animals in, 623
conservation of wildlife in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Agadir, German action at, 76
Agadir, German activity at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Agent consular, 486
Consular agent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Agents lacking diplomatic or consular character, 509
Agents lacking diplomatic or consular status, 509
Agents provocateurs, 510
Undercover agents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Agricultural Institute, International, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Agriculture, Convention for preservation of birds useful to, 618
Agriculture, Convention for the preservation of beneficial birds, 618
Aix-la-Chapelle:
Aachen
Congress of 1818, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Peace treaty of (1668), 62;
Peace treaty of 1668, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
(1748), 64
(1748), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Alaska border conflict, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Alcazar, case of, 220
Alcazar case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Alcorta, 97
Alcorta, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Alexander VI., Pope, 316
Pope Alexander VI, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Algeciras International Conference, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Algeria, trade between France and, 608
Algeria, trade between France and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aliens Act, the, 391
Aliens Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Act for the registration of, 398
Act for the registration of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
expulsion of, 399-403
expulsion of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-403
how far they can be treated according to discretion, 397
how much flexibility there is in how they can be handled, 397
in Eastern countries, 395
in Eastern countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
protection to be afforded to, 397
protection to be provided to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
reception of, 390
reception of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
reconduction of, 402
reconducting of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
right of asylum of, 392
right to asylum of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
subjected to territorial supremacy, 393
under territorial supremacy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Alliances:
Alliances:
casus fœderis, 599
case of the treaty, 599
conception of, 595
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conditions of, 598
conditions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different kinds of, 597
different types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
parties to, 597
parties to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Alluvion, 300
Alluvion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
"Alternat" clause, the, 173
"Alternative" clause, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Amakouron, river, 242
Amakouron River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ambassadors, 57, 444. See also Diplomatic envoys
Ambassadors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Ambrose Light, case of the, 342
Ambrose Light, the case of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Amelia Island, case of the, 186
Amelia Island, the case of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
American International Bureau, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
American Civil War, 70
American Civil War, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Amos, Sheldon, 94
Amos, Sheldon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Andorra, international position of, 146
Andorra's international position, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anglo-French Agreement (1904), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Anglo-Japanese Alliance, text of, 596
Anglo-Japanese Alliance, text, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anna, case of the, 301
Anna, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Annexation, 303
Annexation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anti-Slavery Conference in Brussels, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Antoninus Pius, 315
Antoninus Pius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Anzilotti, 104
Anzilotti, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Apocrisiarii, 437
Apocrisiarii, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Court of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Permanent Court of, suggested in 1306 by Pierre Dubois, 58
Permanent Court of, suggested in 1306 by Pierre Dubois, 58
Tribunal at Paris (1893), 352
Tribunal in Paris (1893), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Armed forces on foreign territory, 500. See also Jurisdiction
Armed forces in another country, 500.
See also Jurisdiction
Armed neutrality, first (1780), 64
Armed neutrality, first (1780), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Army of Occupation, jurisdiction of, 503
Army of Occupation, authority of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Artificial boundaries, 270
Artificial boundaries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Artificial formation of territory, 299
Artificial territorial formation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Asylum of criminals:
Criminals' safe haven:
in foreign countries, 392
in other countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in hôtels of diplomatic envoys, 461
in hotels for diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in men-of-war and other public vessels abroad, 507
in warships and other public vessels overseas, 507
Atmosphere, territorial, 236
Atmosphere, regional, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Attachés of Legation, 472
Legation Attachés, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Attentat clause, the Belgian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Aubaine, droit d', 398
Aubaine, right of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aubespine, case of L', 459
Aubespine, case of L', __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Austria-Hungary as a real union, 134
Austria-Hungary as a real union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Authentic interpretation, 582
Genuine interpretation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Aviation, 236
Aviation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Avulsio, 300
Avulsio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ayala, 84
Ayala, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Azoff, Sea of, 321
Azoff Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Azuni, 320
Azuni, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
B
B
Baker, Sir Sherston, 94
Baker, Sir Sherston, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Balance of power, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Bancroft treaties, 389
Bancroft agreements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Barbeyrac, 90
Barbeyrac, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Barents Sea, 266
Barents Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Barima, river, 242
Barima River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bass, case of De, 459
Bass, De case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Batoum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Bay:
Bay:
of Cancale, 262
of Cancale, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Stettin, 263
of Szczecin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bays, 262
Bays, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Beckert, case of, 474
Beckert case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Behring Sea Award Act (1894), 352
Behring Sea Award Act (1894), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Belgium, independence of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Belle-Isle, case of Maréchal de, 471
Belle-Isle, Maréchal de case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Belli, 84
Belli, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bello, 97
Hello, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Berlin:
Berlin:
Congo Conference (1884-85), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__
Congress of 1878, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Decrees of, 65
Decrees of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaty of 1878, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__
Bernard, 102
Bernard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Berne Convention, 615
Berne Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bill of lading, 331
Bill of lading, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Binding force of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Birds:
Birds:
in Africa, preservation of, 623
in Africa, preservation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
useful to agriculture, Convention for the preservation of, 618
useful to agriculture, Convention for the preservation of, 618
Birkenfeld, 230
Birkenfeld, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Birth, acquisition of nationality by, 375
Acquiring nationality by birth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Black Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
neutralization of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Blockade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
of Venezuela, 74
of Venezuela, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bluntschli, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Bombardments, convention concerning, 594
Bombardments, treaty on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bon, 96
Bon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bornemann, 97
Bornemann, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bosphorus and Dardanelles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Boundaries of State territory, 270-273
Boundaries of state territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-273
Boundary:
Boundary:
Commissions, 272
Commissions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mountains, 272
mountains, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
waters, 270
waters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Boundary dispute:
Boundary conflict:
between the UK and Venezuela, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Louisiana, 295
Louisiana, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Boundary treaty:
Boundary treaty:
Bounties on sugar, Convention about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Brazil's international position, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Bristol Channel, 266
Bristol Channel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
British seas, 317
British seas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Brunus, 84
Brunus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Brussels:
Brussels:
Anti-Slavery Conference of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Sugar agreement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Bry, 95
Bry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Buffer States, 148
Buffer States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bulgaria:
Bulgaria:
international position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Bulletin des Douanes, 517
Customs Bulletin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bumboats in the North Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Federal Council, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Bundesgericht, the, 417
Federal Court, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Burlamaqui, 90
Burlamaqui, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Burroughs, Sir John, 319
Burroughs, Sir John, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
C
C
Calhoun, 115
Calhoun, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Callao, revolutionary outbreak at, 342
Callao, revolutionary outbreak at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Campos, 97
Campos, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Canals, 248-254
Canals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-254
Cancale, bay of, 262
Cancale Bay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cancellation of treaties on account of:
Cancellation of treaties due to:
their inconsistency with subsequent rules of International Law, 578
their inconsistency with later rules of International Law, 578
war, 580
war, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Canning, case of George, 532
Canning, George's situation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Canning, case of Sir Stratford, 451
Canning, case of Sir Stratford, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Canonists, 55
Canon lawyers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Canon Law, 8
Canon Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cape Breton Island, restitution of, to France, 566
Cape Breton Island, restitution of, to France, 566
Capitulations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Capture in maritime war, Convention concerning, 594
Capture in maritime war, Convention concerning, 594
Carlowitz, Peace Treaty of, 63
Carlowitz Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Carnazza-Amari, 96
Carnazza-Amari, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Carnot, assassination of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Caroline, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Carthagena, rebel men-of-war at, 342
Carthagena, rebel warships at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Casa Blanca incident, the, 502
Casa Blanca incident, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Casanova, 96
Casanova, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Caspian Sea, 246
Caspian Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Castione, case of, 415
Castione, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Castlereagh, Lord, 412
Castlereagh, Lord, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Casus fœderis, 599
Cause of the alliance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cavour, Count, 426
Cavour, Count, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cellamare, case of Prince, 459
Cellamare, Prince's case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Celsus, 315
Celsus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Central American Court of Justice, 525
Central American Court of Justice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ceremonials, maritime. See Maritime ceremonials
Maritime rituals. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Certificate of registry, 331
Certificate of registration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cession of territory, 285-291
Ceding territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-291
acquiring nationality through, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Chablais and Faucigny, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Chalmers, 103
Chalmers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chambers of Reunion (1680-1683), 62
Chambers of Reunion (1680-1683), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Channel:
Channel:
Bristol, 266
Bristol, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
North, 266
North, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
St. George's, 266
St. George's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Channel tunnel, proposed, 359
Channel tunnel, proposed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chapelle, droit de, 467
Right to Chapelle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chargés d'Affaires, 445-481. See also Diplomatic envoys
Chargés d'Affaires, 445-481. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chargés des Affaires, 445
Chargés des Affaires, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Charkieh, case of the, 507
Charkieh, the case of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Charles I., 319
Charles I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Charlton, case of Porter, 408
Charlton, Porter case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Charter-party, 332
Charter agreement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
China, international position of, 164
China's international position, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
China and Japan, war between, 72
China and Japan, war between, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cholera. See Sanitary Conventions
Cholera. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Christina, Queen of Sweden, 431
Christina, Queen of Sweden, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
"Citizen" and "subject" of a State synonymous in International Law, 370
"Citizen" and "subject" of a State are synonymous in International Law, 370
Civilians, the, 55
Civilians, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Clayton-Bulwer Treaty, 251
Clayton-Bulwer Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Coastal trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__[Pg 630]
Code of signals, International, 333
International Code of Signals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Codification of International Law, 35
Codifying International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Collective guarantee, treaties of, 601
Collective guarantee treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Collision at sea, 334
Collision at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Colonial States cannot be parties to international negotiation, 530
Colonial States cannot participate in international negotiations, 530
Colonies rank as territory of the motherland, 231
Colonies are considered part of the mother country, 231
Commercial Code of Signals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Commissaries, 511
Commissaries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Commissions, International, 512-515
Commissions, International, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-515
in the interest of:
for the sake of:
fisheries, 513
fishing industry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
foreign creditors, 515
foreign lenders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
navigation, 513
navigation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sanitation, 515
cleanliness, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sugar, 515
sugar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Common Consent, 16
Common Consent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Como, Lake of, 245
Lake Como, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Composite International Persons, 132-140
Composite International Persons, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-140
Compromise clause, 583
Compromise clause, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Concert, European, 170
Concert, Europe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Concordat, 161
Concordat, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Conferences. See Congresses.
Conferences. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Congo, river, 242
Congo River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Congo Commission, the international, 242
Congo Commission, the global, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Congo Conference of Berlin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Congo Free State:
Congo Free State:
annexation of, 76
annexation of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
neutralisation of, 153
neutralization of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
recognition of, 73
recognition of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cannot be distinguished from Conferences, 533
cannot be distinguished from conferences, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 533
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
envoys representing states at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
parties to, 534
parties to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
permanent, suggested by Podiebrad, 58
permanent, proposed by Podiebrad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
procedure at, 535
procedure at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
reception of envoys at, 452
meeting with envoys at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Conquest, 302. See alsoSubjugation
Conquest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Conseil sanitaire maritime et quarantenaire at Alexandria, 515
Maritime Health Council and Quarantine at Alexandria, 515
Conseil supérieur de santé at Constantinople, 515
Higher Health Council at Istanbul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consolato del mare, 56
Sea Consulate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Constance, Lake of, 246
Constance, Lake, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Constantinople:
Istanbul:
Conference of (1885-6), 71
Conference of 1885-1886, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Constitution, case of the, 507
case of the Constitution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Constitutional restrictions concerning the treaty-making power, 545
Constitutional limits on the treaty-making authority, 545
Constitutional system, 68
Constitutional framework, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consular Act, 484
Consular Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consular districts, 485
Consular districts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consul-general, 486
Consul general, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consular jurisdiction in non-Christian States, 497
Consular jurisdiction in non-Christian nations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consular officers, 485
Consular officers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consular service, British, 487
British consular service, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consuls:
Consuls:
appointment of, 487-490
appointment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-490
consular organisation, 485
consular organization, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
consules missi and electi, 485
sent and elected consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
consular districts, 485
consular districts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different classes of, 486
different types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
general character of, 484
general character of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
informal appointment of, 490
informal meeting with, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in non-Christian States, 497
in non-Christian countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the fifteenth century, 483
in the 15th century, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
no obligation to admit, 488
no obligation to admit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
non-professional, 495
non-professional, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position and privileges of, 493-495
position and privileges of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-495
qualification of, 487
qualification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
subordinate to diplomatic envoys, 487
subordinate to diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
termination of consular office, 496
closure of consular office, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
the institution of, 482
the establishment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Consuls Marchands, 482
Merchant Consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Contiguity, right of, 295
Right of contiguity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Contraband, 335
Contraband, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Debt recovery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Conventio omnis intelligitur rebus sic stantibus, 573
All agreements are understood to be based on the circumstances as they stand, 573
Convention, 551:
Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__:
Anglo-French (1904), 278
Anglo-French (1904), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
concerning matters of international administration, 79
regarding international management issues, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
concerning the North Sea Fisheries, 349
about the North Sea Fisheries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
about radiotelegraphy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Co-operation, 189
Cooperation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Copenhagen:
Copenhagen:
Peace Treaty of, 63
Peace Treaty of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaty (1857) abolishing Sound dues, 268
Treaty (1857) ending sound tolls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Copyright:
Copyright:
Union concerning, 615
Union regarding, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Acts concerning, 616
Acts about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Corinth Canal, 248
Corinth Canal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Corps, diplomatic, 446
Corps, diplomatic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Councillors of Legation, 472
Legation Councillors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Couriers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__ of envoy [Pg 631]
Courland joined Russia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Court of Arbitration. See Arbitration.
Arbitration Court. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Court of Justice, Central American, 525
Central American Court of Justice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Creasy, Sir Edward Shepherd, 94
Creasy, Sir Edward Shepherd, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Crete:
Crete:
international position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
possesses no right of legation, 441
has no right of legation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Crews of men-of-war, their position when on land abroad, 508
Crews of warships, their status when on land overseas, 508
Crime:
Crime:
against the Law of Nations, 209
against international law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
extraditable, 408
extraditable, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
political, 415
politics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Crimean war, 68
Crimean War, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Crucée, Émeric, 58
Crucée, Émeric, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cruchaga, 97
Cruchaga, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cuba:
Cuba:
intervention in, 190
intervention in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cuban debt, 132
Cuba's debt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Culte, droit du, 467
Cult, right of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cumberland, Duke of (1837), 433
Cumberland, Duke (1837), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cussy, 102
Cussy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Customs Laws Consolidation Act, 608
Customs Laws Consolidation Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cutting, case of, 205
Cutting, in the case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cyprus, international position of, 233
Cyprus, global standing of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
D
D
Danish fleet, case of, 186
Danish fleet, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Danube navigation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Dardanelles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Davis, 95
Davis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Death:
Death:
of consul, 496
of consul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoy, 480
of diplomatic envoy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
De Bass, case of, 459
De Bass, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Declaration:
Declaration:
of Brussels, 37
of Brussels, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of London, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__
of Paris, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
of St. Petersburg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Declarations, 551
Declarations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
three kinds of, 536
three types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
De facto subjects, 372
De facto subjects, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
De Jager v. Attorney-General for Natal, 394
De Jager v. Attorney-General for Natal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Delagoa Bay, case of, 314
Delagoa Bay, instance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Delinquency, international, 209
Delinquency, global, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Délits complexes, 415
Complex offenses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Delta, 300
Delta, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Denmark, 186
Denmark, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
her sovereignty over the Baltic, 316
her control over the Baltic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Deposed monarchs, 432
Deposed kings and queens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Deprivation, loss of nationality through, 378
Deprivation of nationality through __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
De Recuperatione Terre Sancte, 58
On the Recovery of the Holy Land, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Derby, Lord, 601
Derby, Lord, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dereliction of territory, 313
Abandonment of territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Deserters not to be extradited, 409
Deserters won't be extradited, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Despatches, sealed, transmission through belligerents' lines, 471
Despatches, sealed, sent through belligerent lines, 471
Diena, 96
Diena, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dignity of States, 174-177
Dignity of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-177
Diplomacy, 438
Diplomacy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
language of, 439
language of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Diplomatic corps, 446
Diplomatic community, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
appointment of, 446-448
appointment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-448
ceremonial and political, 443
ceremonial and political, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
classes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-481, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
death of, 480
death of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
dismissal via passport delivery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
exempt from police regulations, 466
exempt from police rules, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
exempt from subpœna as witnesses, 465
exempt from being subpoenaed as witnesses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
exempt from taxes, &c., 467
tax-exempt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
exterritoriality of, 460
exterritoriality of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
family of, 474
family of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
functions of, 453
functions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
immunity of domicile of, 461
domicile immunity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
injurious acts of, 215
harmful acts of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
interference with affairs of third States by, 472
interference with the affairs of other countries by, 472
interference in internal politics by, not permitted, 455
interference in internal politics is not allowed, 455
inviolability of, 457-466
inviolability of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-466
official documents of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
persons and qualifications of, 446
people and qualifications of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position of, 455
position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
privileges of, 456
privileges of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
promotion of, 478
promotion of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
recall of, 477
recall of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
reception of, 449-452
reception of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-452
retinue of, 472-475
group of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-475
right of chapel of, 467
right of chapel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
self-jurisdiction of, 468
self-jurisdiction of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
servants of, 474
servants of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
suspension of mission of, 476
suspension of mission of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
termination of mission of, 476-481
mission termination of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-481
travelling through third States, 469
traveling through third States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Diplomatic usages, 439
Diplomatic practices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Discovery, inchoate title of, 294
Discovery, emerging title of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Discretion of States:
State Authority:
to admit aliens, 391
to allow aliens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
to appoint envoys, 446
to appoint ambassadors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
to conclude extradition treaties, 406
to finalize extradition treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
to expel aliens, 400
to remove aliens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
to protect their citizens abroad, 396
to protect their citizens overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
to receive and send envoys, 440
to send and receive ambassadors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dissolution of treaties:
Ending of treaties:
in contradistinction to fulfilment, 570
in contrast to fulfillment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through mutual consent, 571
by mutual agreement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through vital change of circumstances, 572
through crucial changes in circumstances, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through withdrawal by notice, 571
via notice withdrawal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dogger Bank, case of the, 219
Dogger Bank case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Domicile:
Home:
of envoys abroad, 474
of diplomats overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through naturalization, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Domin-Petrushévecz, 36
Domin-Petrushévecz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Doyen of the diplomatic corps, 446
Leader of the diplomatic corps, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Drago doctrine, 192
Drago doctrine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Droit:
Right
d'aubaine, 398
windfall, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de chapelle, 467
de chapelle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de convenance, 184
of convenience, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
d'enquête, 336
investigation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
d'étape, 278
step, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de préséance, 172
of precedence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de recousse, 347
to help out, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de renvoi, 402
de renvoi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
du culte, 467
of worship, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dubois, case of, 465
Dubois case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dubois, Pierre, 58
Dubois, Pierre, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Duke of Brunswick v. King of Hanover, 433
Duke of Brunswick vs. King of Hanover, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Duke of Cumberland, 433
Duke of Cumberland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dum-dum bullets, 592
Dum-dum bullets, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dumont, 102
Dumont, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Dunkirk, fortified, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Duplessix, E., 37
Duplessix, E., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
E
E
Eastern countries:
Eastern nations:
Consuls in, 497
Consuls in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protection of individuals in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Effect of treaties:
Impact of treaties:
upon the parties, 561
upon the parties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
upon third States, 563
upon third States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Effective occupation. See Occupation.
Effective occupation. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Egypt's global standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
international courts in, 498
international courts in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Emigration, 373
Emigration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
loss of nationality through, 378
loss of nationality via __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Emperor William Canal, 248
Emperor William Canal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Enclosure, 230
Enclosure, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Enquête, droit d', 336
Survey, right to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Equilibrium, 80. See also Balance of power.
Equilibrium, 80. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Estate duty, 398
Estate tax, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Étape, droit d', 278
Step, right of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
European Concert, 170
European Concert, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
European Danube Commission, 513
European Danube Commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Exchange, case of the, 507
Exchange case of the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Exchange of State territory, 287
Territory exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Exequatur:
Exequatur:
required for consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
revoked, 426
canceled, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Exclusion of aliens in the discretion of every State, 391
Exclusion of foreign nationals is at the discretion of each State, 391
Expiration, loss of nationality through, 378
Expiration of nationality by __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Expiration of treaties:
Treaty expiration:
in contradistinction to fulfilment, 570
in contrast to fulfilment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through expiration of time, 571
through the passage of time, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through resolutive condition, 571
through resolutive condition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Explosives, discharge of from balloons prohibited, 39
Explosives are prohibited from being discharged from balloons, 39
Expulsion of aliens:
Deportation of aliens:
from Great Britain, 399
from the UK, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from Switzerland, 399
from Switzerland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
how effected, 402
how affected, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
just causes of, 400
just causes of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Exterritoriality, 460
Exterritoriality, 460
of a monarch's retinue abroad, 431
of a monarch's court abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of consuls in non-Christian States, 497
of consuls in non-Christian countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoys and the members of their suite, 460-469
of diplomatic envoys and their accompanying members, 460-469
of warships in foreign waters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__[Pg 633]
of presidents of republics, 434
of republic presidents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Extinction of States, 124
Extinction of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Extraditable crimes, 409
Extraditable offenses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Extradition:
Extradition:
conception of, 403
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
condition of, 409
condition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
effectuation of, 409
implementation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
municipal laws concerning, 406
city laws regarding, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
no obligation to grant, 404
no obligation to grant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of deserters, 409
of deserters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of political offenders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-422
treaties of, 392
treaties of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
treaties stipulating, how arisen, 404
treaties stating, how arisen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
F
F
Family of Nations:
Global Community:
membership conditions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
definition of, 11
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position of States in the, 165
position of States in the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Faröe Island Fisheries, 353
Faroe Islands Fisheries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Federal States, 136
Federal States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Female consuls, 488
Women consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Female diplomatic envoys, 446
Women diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ferguson, 97
Ferguson, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fetiales, 51
Fetiales, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Field, 36
Field, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Final Act of a Congress, 536
Final Act of Congress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Finance Act (1894), 399
Finance Act (1894), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fisheries:
Fishing industry:
around the Faröe Islands, 353
around the Faroe Islands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
as servitudes, 278
as easements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in gulfs and bays, 265
in gulfs and bays, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in straits, 266
in trouble, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the maritime belt, 258
in the coastal area, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the North Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
in the Open Sea, 348-353
in the Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-353
in the White Sea, 348
in the White Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
off the coast of Iceland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
pearl, off Ceylon, 348
pearl, from Sri Lanka, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fishery Commissions, 513
Fishery Commissions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fish in Africa, preservation of, 623
African fish preservation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fitzmaurice, Lord, 262
Fitzmaurice, Lord, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Flag:
Flag:
abuse of, on the part of vessels, 336
abuse by vessels, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
claims of States to maritime, 326
maritime claims of states, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
commercial, 327
ad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
enemy goods covered by neutral, 588
enemy goods protected by neutral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
special, for bumboats, 351
special, for water taxis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Foreign Jurisdiction Act (1890), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Foreign Offices, 435
Foreign Offices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Foreigner. See Alien.
Foreigner. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Forerunners of Grotius, 83
Forerunners of Grotius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Form of treaties, 550
Form of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
France, as an International person, 122
France, as a global player, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Franchise de l'hôtel, 461
Hotel franchise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
du quartier, 461
from the neighborhood, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Franconia, case of, 29
Franconia case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Frankfort:
Frankfurt:
Peace Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
subjugation of, 304
subjugation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Frederick III., Emperor of Germany, 316
Frederick III, German Emperor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Frederick William of Brandenburg, 464
Frederick William of Brandenburg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Freedom of action necessary for consent to treaties, 547
Freedom of action necessary for consent to treaties, 547
French:
French:
Constitution, 412
Constitution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Revolution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Frische Haff, 263
Frische Haff, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fugitive Offenders Act (1881), 406
Fugitive Offenders Act (1881), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fulfilment of treaties, 570
Treaty fulfillment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Funck-Brentano, 95
Funck-Brentano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fundamental rights of States, 165
Fundamental rights of states, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
G
G
Gabella emigrationis, 398
Gabella emigrationis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gareis, 96
Gareis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
General Act of a Congress, 536
General Act of Congress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Geneva Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Geneva, Lake of, 246
Lake Geneva, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Geodetic Association, International, 625
Geodetic Association, International, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Germany, member-States of:
Germany, member states of:
competent to conclude treaties, 544
able to make treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
recognized as independent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Gibraltar, 278
Gibraltar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gore, American Commissioner, 513
Gore, U.S. Commissioner, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Grand cabotage, 607
Grand coastal trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Great Powers, 3
Great Powers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hegemony of, 168
dominance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Greece, independence of, 68
Greece's independence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Greeks, their rules for international relations, 49
Greeks, their rules for international relations, 49
Gregoire, Abbé, 35
Gregoire, Abbot, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Grotians, the, 92
Grotians, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Grotius, Hugo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__-88, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Guarantee as a means of securing the performance of treaties, 567
Guarantee as a way to ensure the fulfillment of agreements, 567
Guarantee of government or dynasty, 191
Government or dynasty guarantee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Guarantee, treaties of, 599
Guarantee treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
collective, 601
group, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 599
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
effect of, 600
effect of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
pseudo-guarantees, 602-604
pseudo-guarantees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-604
Guébriant, Madame de, 447
Guébriant, Madame de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gulfs, 262
Gulfs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gulistan, Treaty of, 246
Gulistan Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gurney, case of, 473
Gurney case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Gyllenburg, case of, 459
Gyllenburg case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
H
H
Haggerty, case of, 489
Haggerty case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Convention concerning conversion of merchant ships into war ships, 505
Convention concerning the conversion of merchant ships into warships, 505
Convention (1882), concerning fisheries in the North Sea, 349
Convention (1882), concerning fisheries in the North Sea, 349
Convention (1887), concerning Liquor Traffic on the North Sea, 351
Convention (1887), concerning Liquor Traffic on the North Sea, 351
Conventions (1907), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
First Peace Conference at the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Second Peace Conference at the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__
Haiti, 32
Haiti, 32 years old
Half-Sovereign States, 141
Half-Sovereign States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
competent to conclude treaties, 544
able to make treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hamilton, A., 115
Hamilton, A., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hanover:
Hanover:
subjugation of, 304
domination of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hanseatic League, 56
Hanseatic League, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Havana, Treaty of, 181
Havana Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hay-Pauncefote Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Hay-Varilla Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Heads of States, 425-428
competence of, 427
competency of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
honours and privileges of, 428
rights and privileges of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
injurious acts of, 214
harmful actions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
objects of Law of Nations, 427
subjects of international law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position of, 427
position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
predicates of, 174
predicates of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
privileges of, 428
privileges of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
recognition of new, 425
recognition of new, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
usurping, 427
taking over, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Health Office, International, 518
Health Office, International, 518
Heffter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Henry IV. of France, 58
Henry IV of France, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Herring Fishery (Scotland) Act, 264
Herring Fishery (Scotland) Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hertslet, 103
Hertslet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Herzegovina, global reputation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Hesse-Cassel, subjugation of, 304
Hesse-Cassel, defeat of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hinterland, 297
Hinterland, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Holland, Professor, 85
Holland, Prof, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Holldack, 104
Holldack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Holy Alliance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Holy Roman Empire, origin of doctrine of servitudes in the, 275
Holy Roman Empire, origin of the doctrine of servitudes in the, 275
receives ambassadors of first class, 444
hosts top-tier ambassadors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hostages as a means of securing the performance of treaties, 566
Hostages as a way to ensure treaties are honored, 566
Hostilities:
Conflict:
convention relative to the opening of, 593
convention for opening __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
convention regarding enemy merchantmen, 593
convention on enemy merchant ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hovering Acts, 261
Hovering actions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Huascar, the, 342
Huascar, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hubertsburg, Peace treaty of, 64
Hubertsburg Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hüningen, 279
Hüningen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hutcheson, 90
Hutcheson, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
I[Pg 635]
Iceland, nearby fisheries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Illegal obligations, 550
Illegal obligations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Immoral obligations, 549
Unethical responsibilities, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Independence of States:
State Independence:
consequences of, 178
consequences of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 177
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
restrictions upon, 180
restrictions on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
violations of, 179
violations of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Indians, Red, 35
Indigenous people, Red, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
"Indigenousness," international, 367
"Indigenous identity," international, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Individuals:
People:
never subjects of International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
objects of International Law, 366
objects of international law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
In dubio mitius, 584
When in doubt, choose milder, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
office of, 517
office of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Informing gun, the, 337
Informing weapon, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Inquiry, international commissions of, 512
International commission inquiries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Institute of International Law, the, 36
Institute of International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
règlement concerning acts of insurgents, 224
regulations concerning acts of insurgents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
règlement concerning consuls, 494
regulations concerning consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
règlement concerning men-of-war in foreign ports, 508
rule for warships in foreign ports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
règlement concerning utilisation of flow of rivers, 243
regulation regarding the use of river flows, 243
rules about aliens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
rules concerning double and absent nationality, 390
rules concerning dual and absent nationality, 390
extradition rules, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
vœux concerning emigrants, 374
wishes concerning emigrants, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Instructions of diplomatic envoys, 448
Instructions for diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Insurgents and rioters, 223
Insurgents and protesters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
règlement of the Institute of International Law concerning acts of, 224
regulation of the Institute of International Law regarding acts of, 224
send public political agents, 509
send public officials, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Integrate territory, 230
Integrate territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Intercession, 189
Intercession, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Interstate Relations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-201, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
International Code of Signals, 333
International Signal Code, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Commission concerning sugar, 515
International Sugar Commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Commission of the Congo, 514
International Congo Commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Commission of the proposed Channel Tunnel, memorandum respecting, 359
International Commission of the proposed Channel Tunnel, memorandum regarding, 359
International Commissions, 512
International Commissions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Inquiry, 512
of Inquiry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Council of Sanitation at Bucharest, 515
International Council of Sanitation in Bucharest, 515
International Court of Arbitration at the Hague:
International Court of Arbitration in The Hague:
Awards of, 521
Awards of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Bureau of, 519
Bureau of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
deciding Tribunal of, 520
deciding Tribunal of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Permanent Council of, 518
Permanent Council of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Court of Justice, proposed, 524
International Court of Justice, suggested, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Courts in Egypt, 498
International Courts in Egypt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International crimes, 209
International crimes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International delinquencies, 209
International crimes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International disputes, convention for the settlement of, 592
International disputes, convention for the settlement of, 592
International Health Office, 518
Global Health Office, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Jurists, law schools, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
basis of, 15
basis of, 15
basis of international relations, 67
foundation of international relations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
codification of, 35
codification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 3
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
dominion of, 30
dominion of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
factors influencing the growth of, 24
factors affecting the growth of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
legal force of, 4
legal authority of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
relations between International Law and Municipal Law, 25
relations between International Law and Municipal Law, 25
sources of, 20
sources of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
States as subjects of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
International Law Association, the, 37
International Law Association, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International negotiation. See Negotiation.
Global negotiation. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
International offices:
Global offices:
agriculture, 518
farming, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
customs tariffs, 517
customs duties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
health, 518
health, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
industrial property, 517
industrial real estate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
maritime office at Zanzibar, 517
Zanzibar maritime office, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pan-American Union, 517
Pan-American Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
post, 516
post, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sugar, 517
sugar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
telegraphs, 516
telegrams, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
transports, 517
transports, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
weights and measures, 516
weights and measures, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
works of literature and art, 516
literary and artistic works, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International personality as a body of qualities, 166
International personality as a set of qualities, 166
International individuals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
International Prize Court, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
convention concerning, 594
agreement about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International Radiographic Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
International Telegraph Union, 614
International Telecommunication Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
International transactions. See Transactions.
International payments. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Internoscia, Jerome, 37
Internoscia, Jerome, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Internuncios, 445
Internuncios, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Interpretatio authentica, 583
Official interpretation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Interpretation of treaties, 582-586
Interpretation of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-586
Intervention, 81, 188
Intervention, 81, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
admissibility in default of right, 193
admissibility without a right, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
by right, 189
legally, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
concerning extradited criminals, 410
concerning extradited criminals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 188
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the interest of humanity, 194
for the sake of humanity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ionian Islands, global status, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Inviolability:
Inviolability:
of bearers of despatches, 512
of couriers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of commissaries, 511
of supermarkets, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of consular buildings, 495
of consular offices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of consuls in non-Christian States, 497
of consuls in non-Christian countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoys, 457-460
of diplomatic envoys, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-460
of members of international commissions, 514
of international commission members, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of monarchs abroad, 429
of kings and queens abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of republic presidents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
of public political agents, 510
of public political representatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Irish Sea, 266
Irish Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Isabella, Queen of Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Island, new-born, 301
Island, just born, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Italy as a Great Power, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
J
J
Jacquin, case of, 416
Jacquin, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jade Bay, 263
Jade Bay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
and Russia, war between, 74
and Russia, war between, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conflict with United States concerning Japanese school children in California, 211
conflict with the United States regarding Japanese school kids in California, 211
Jassy, case of the, 507
Jassy, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jay, John, 115
Jay, John, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jay Treaty, article concerning privileges of commissioners, 513
Jay Treaty, article about the privileges of commissioners, 513
Jenkins, Sir Leoline, 89
Jenkins, Sir Leoline, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jenkinson, 103
Jenkinson, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jews:
Jews:
sometime excluded from Gibraltar, 278
sometimes excluded from Gibraltar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
their rules for international relations, 46
their rules for international relations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Johann Friederich, case of the, 339
Johann Friederich, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Journal Télégraphique, 516
Telegram News, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Juges Consuls, 482
Judge Consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jurisdiction, 201-205
Jurisdiction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-205
exemption of envoys from, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-464
in Straits, 266
in the Straits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of an Army of Occupation, 503
of an Occupation Army, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of States over their citizens in Eastern countries, 395
of States over their citizens in Eastern countries, 395
over armed forces abroad, 501
over military forces overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
over citizens abroad, 202
over citizens overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
over crews of men-of-war when on land abroad, 508
over crews of warships when stationed on land overseas, 508
over foreigners abroad, 204
over foreign nationals abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
over foreign vessels sailing under the flag of a State, 330
over foreign vessels sailing under the flag of a State, 330
over monarchs as subjects, 433
over kings as subjects, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
over pirates, 345
over pirates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
within the maritime belt, 260
in the coastal area, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Jus:
Jus
albinagii, 398
albinagii, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
avocandi, 371
avocandi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
quarteriorum, 461
quarteriorum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
repraesentationis omnimodae, 427
all forms of representation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sacrale, 51
sacral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sanguinis, 375
blood, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
soli, 375
solidarity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
transitus innoxii, 470
innocent passage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
K
K
Kainardgi, Treaty of, 441
Kainardgi Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kalkstein, case of Colonel von, 464
Colonel von Kalkstein case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kamptz, 103
Kamptz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kara Sea, 266
Kara Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kara Straits, 266
Kara Straits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kardis, Peace Treaty of, 63
Kardis Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Karlstad, Treaty of, 75
Karlstad Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Katschenowsky, 36
Katschenowsky, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kattegat, the, 267
Kattegat, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Keiley, case of, 450
Keiley, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Khedive of Egypt, 498
Khedive of Egypt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kiauchau leased to Germany, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
King's Chamber, 263
King's Chamber, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Klüber, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Kohler, 104
Kohler, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Korea:
Korea:
extinction of treaties of, 128
extinction of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
merged in Japan, 287
merged in Japan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Koszta, case of Martin, 388
Koszta, Martin's case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kurische Haff, 263
Kurische Lagoon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
L
L
Laibach, Congress of, 67
Laibach, Congress of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lakes, 245
Lakes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Landlocked seas, 245
Landlocked seas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Language of diplomacy, 439
Language of diplomacy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Law of Guaranty, the Italian, 158
Law of Guaranty, the Italian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Law of Nations. See International Law.
International Law. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Law of Nature, 86
Law of Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Law-making treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__-595
Lebanon, the, 357
Lebanon, the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Le Droit d'Auteur, 517
Copyright, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Legation:
Diplomatic mission:
combined, 448
combined, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
members of, 472-475
members of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-475
papers of the, 478
papers of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
right of, 440
right of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Legati a latere or de latere, 444
Legati a latere or de latere, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Leges Wisbuenses, 56
Wisbuenses Laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Legitimacy, doctrine of, 67
Doctrine of legitimacy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Legnano, 84
Legnano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Leibnitz, 102
Leibniz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Letters:
Messages:
of trust, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
of recall, 477
of recall, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lettre:
Letter:
de créance, 447
debt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de provision, 477
of provision, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
de récréance, 477
of recurrence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Liberia, 32
Liberia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lichtenstein, neither sends nor receives permanent diplomatic envoys, 449
Lichtenstein neither sends nor receives permanent diplomatic envoys, 449
Lieber, 36
Lieber, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lincoln, assassination of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Liquor Traffic among North Sea Fishermen, Convention concerning, 351
Liquor Traffic among North Sea Fishermen, Convention about, 351
Log-book, 331
Logbook, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Locke, John, 112
Locke, John, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lomonaco, 96
Lomonaco, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
London:
London:
Convention of (1841), 268
Convention of 1841, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Convention of (1884), 181
Convention of 1884, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Convention of (1901), concerning fisheries, 353
Convention of 1901, concerning fisheries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Declaration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__
Naval Conference of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Treaty (1831), 588
Treaty (1831), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaty (1840), 555
Treaty (1840), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaty (1867), 589
Treaty (1867), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaty (1871), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Treaty (1908-9), 38
Treaty (1908-09), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lorenzelli, 160
Lorenzelli, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Lorraine, 291
Lorraine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Loss of territory, 311
Loss of territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Louis XI. of France, 111
Louis XI of France, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Louisiana boundary dispute, 295
Louisiana border dispute, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Louter, De, 97
Louter, The, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
L'Union Postale, 516
The Postal Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Luxembourg, neutrality of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Lymoon Pass, 266
Lymoon Pass, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
M
M
Macartney v. Garbutt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Mackintosh, Sir James, 412
Mackintosh, Sir James, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
McGregor, adventurer, 186
McGregor, explorer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
McLeod, case of, 501
McLeod case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Madagascar, colonized by France, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Madison, J., 115
Madison, J., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Magellan, Straits of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Maine, Sir Henry Sumner, 94
Maine, Sir Henry Sumner, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Maine, the river, 241
Maine, the river, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mancini, 36
Mancini, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Manifest of cargo, 331
Cargo manifest, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mardyck, port of, 583
Mardyck, port of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mare clausum, 318
Mare clausum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mare liberum, 318
Open sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Marino, international position of San, 146
Marino, global role of San, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Maritime belt, 255-261
Maritime zone, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-261
Maritime Conference:
Maritime Conference:
of London, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
of Washington, 333
of Washington, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Maritime Conventions Bill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Maritime office at Zanzibar, 517
Zanzibar Maritime Office, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Marmora Sea, 321
Marmara Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Martens, Charles de, 92
Martens, Charles de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Martens, G. F. von, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Mary, Queen, 317
Mary, Queen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Matzen, 97
Matzen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
guarantee, 567
guarantee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hostages, 566
hostages, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
oaths, 565
oaths, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
occupation of territory, 566
territorial occupation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
pledge, 566
pledge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Measures. See Weights and Measures.
Measures. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Mediterranean, maintenance of status quo in the, 603
Mediterranean, keeping things as they are in the, 603
Mehemet Ali, 555
Mehemet Ali, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mendoza, Spanish Ambassador, 318
Mendoza, Spanish Ambassador, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
case of, 459
case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
admittance to maritime belt, 260
access to maritime zone, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
admittance to gulfs, 265
admission to gulfs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
admittance to straits, 267
admission to straits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
excluded from the Bosphorus, 268
excluded from the Bosphorus, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in foreign waters, 504
in foreign waters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in revolt, 504
in rebellion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position in foreign waters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
proof of character, 505
character reference, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
powers over merchant ships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
shipwrecked, 504
shipwrecked, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Merchantmen. See Merchant ships and Navigation.
Merchant ships. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Merchant Shipping Act (1873), 333
Merchant Shipping Act (1873), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Merchant Shipping Act (1894), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Merchant ships, conversion into war ships, 593
Merchant ships becoming warships, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Merger of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Mérignhac, 95
Mérignhac, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Metternich, Prince, 249
Metternich, Prince, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Metric system, Convention concerning, 619
Metric system, Conventions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Meunier, case of, 415
Meunier, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Meuse, the, 241
Meuse, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mines:
Mines:
Convention concerning, 593
Convention about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ministers Plenipotentiary, 445
Ambassadors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Miruss, 103
Miruss, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mixed Commission of the Danube, 514
Danube Mixed Commission, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mohl, 103
Mohl, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Moldavia, 441
Moldova, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monaco, international position of, 146
Monaco's global standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monaldeschi, case of, 431
Monaldeschi case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monarchs:
Rulers:
consideration due to, 429
consideration because of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
deposed or abdicated, 432
deposed or stepped down, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
exterritoriality of, 430
exterritoriality of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the service of, or subjects of, foreign Powers, 432
in the service of, or subjects of, foreign powers, 432
residence of, 430
home of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
retinue of, abroad, 431
entourage, overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sovereignty of, 428
sovereignty of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
travelling incognito, 431
traveling incognito, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monetary Conventions, 619
Monetary Practices, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monetary Conference, International, 619
International Monetary Conference, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Montagnini, case of, 160
Montagnini case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Montenegro:
Montenegro:
independence of, 71;
independence of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
restricted, 183
restricted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Monti, case of Marquis de, 472
Monti, Marquis de case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Moors in Gibraltar, 278
Moors in Gibraltar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Moray Firth, case of the, 264
Moray Firth case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Morocco:
Morocco:
independence of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
treaties of (1863 and 1880), 373
treaties of 1863 and 1880, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mortensen v. Peters, case of, 264
Mortensen v. Peters, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Moselle, the river, 241
Moselle River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Moser, 91
Moser, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Most-favored-nation clause, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Motor vehicles, circulation of, 615
Traffic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Motor Car (International Circulation) Act, 615
Motor Vehicle (International Circulation) Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Municipal Law:
City Law:
in conflict with treaty obligations, 578
in violation of treaty obligations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
relations between International and Municipal Law, 25
relations between International and Municipal Law, 25
respecting offences against foreign States, 222
respecting offenses against foreign nations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Murdered leaders, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__[Pg 639]
Muscat Convention, 373
Muscat Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Muscat Dhows, case of the, 372
Muscat Dhows, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Muster Roll, 331
Muster List, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Mutinous crew, 343
Rebellious crew, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
N
N
Narrow Seas:
Narrow Seas:
Nassau, subjugation of, 304
Nassau, subjugation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
National. See Citizen.
National. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Nationality:
Nationality:
conception of, 369
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
difficulties arising from double and absent nationalities, 388
difficulties from having dual or no nationality, 388
function of, 370
function of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
loss of, 377
loss of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
the link between individuals and International Law, 366
the link between individuals and International Law, 366
Natural boundaries, 270
Natural boundaries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Natural boundaries sensu politico, 273
Natural boundaries politically, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Naturalization Acts, UK, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Naturalisation in Great Britain, 382
Naturalization in Great Britain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Naturalisation:
Naturalization:
acquisition of nationality by, 375
acquisition of nationality by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 379
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conditions of, 380
conditions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
loss of nationality through, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
object of, 380
object of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through grant on application, 376
through grant application, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Naturalists, the, 89
Naturalists, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Naval Conference in London, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Commissions in the interest of, 513
Commissions about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in gulfs and bays, 265
in gulfs and bays, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in straits, 266
in trouble, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
on the Congo, 514
on the Congo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
on the Danube, 513
on the Danube, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
supervised by consuls, 491
supervised by mayors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through the Straits of Magellan, 267
through the Strait of Magellan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
See also Open Sea.
Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Navigation Act, 607
Navigation Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Neckar, river, 241
Neckar River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
by whom conducted, 531
by whom conducted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 529
idea of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
end and effect of, 532
end result of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
envoy's function of, 453
envoy's role of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
form of, 531
form of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
parties to, 529
parties to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
purpose of, 530
purpose of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Negro Republics, 32
Black Republics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nemo plus juris transferre potest, quam ipse habet, 288
Nemo can transfer more rights than he possesses, 288
Nemo potest exuere patriam, 381
You cannot abandon your country, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ne quis invitus civitate mutetur, neve in civitate maneat invitus, 381
No one should be forced to leave the city, nor should anyone be made to stay in the city against their will, 381
Netherlands, revolt of, 312
Dutch Revolt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Neutralisation of the Black Sea, 575
Neutralizing the Black Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Neutralised States, 147-154
Neutralized States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-154
as regards State servitudes, 278
regarding State servitudes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cannot cede territory without consent of the Powers, 286
cannot cede territory without the agreement of the Powers, 286
Neutral Powers in Naval War, Convention concerning the rights and duties of, 594
Neutral Powers in Naval War, Convention concerning the rights and duties of, 594
Newfoundland fishery dispute, 278
Newfoundland fishing conflict, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
New Hebrides, international position of, 232
New Hebrides, international status of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Niemeyer, 103
Niemeyer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Niger, river, 242
Niger River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Night work of women, Convention for the prohibition of, 618
Women working at night, Convention to prohibit, 618
Nikitschenhow, case of, 463
Nikitschenhow, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nillins, case of, 407
Nillins, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Non-Christian States, 154-156
Non-Christian Countries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-156
Non-extradition:
No extradition:
principle of, 411-422
principle of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-422
rationale for, 418
justification for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Russian proposal about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
North Channel, 266
North Channel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
North Pole, 292
North Pole, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Convention for the regulation of, 349
Convention for the regulation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
North Sea:
North Sea:
hydrographic and biologic investigation of, 626
hydrographic and biological study of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Norway, international position of, 75
Norway's international standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Notarial functions:
Notary services:
of consuls, 492
of consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoys, 454
of diplomatic representatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Notification:
Alert:
as an international transaction, 537
as an international transaction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nuncios, 444
Nuncios, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nymeguen, Treaty of, 62
Nijmegen, Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nystaedt, Treaty of, 63
Nystaedt, Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
O
O
Occupation of territory, 291-298
Occupation of territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-298
as a means of securing the performance of treaties, 566
as a way to ensure the execution of agreements, 566
conception of, 291
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
extent of, 295
extent of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
how affected, 292
how it affected, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
notification of, 294
notification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
object of, 292
object of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Office central des transports internationaux, 517
Central Office for International Shipping, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Offices, international, 515-518
Offices, global, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-518
Official publications, 620
Official publications, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Oléron, Laws of, 56
Oléron, Maritime Laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Oliva, Peace Treaty of, 63
Olive, Peace Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Omnia rex imperio possidet, singuli dominio, 283
Every king possesses everything by rule, individuals by ownership, 283
Ompteda, 103
Ompteda, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Open Sea, 315
Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ceremonials on, 326
ceremonies on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
collisions on, 333
collisions on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 321
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
fisheries in the, 348-353
fisheries in the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-353
in time of war, 325
in wartime, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
jurisdiction on, 329-339
jurisdiction on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-339
legal order on, 324
legal order on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
navigation on, 326
navigation on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
neutralisation of parts, 325
neutralization of parts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
piracy on, 339-348
piracy on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-348
rationale for freedom of, 327
rationale for freedom of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
right of pursuit on, 336
right of pursuit on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
shipwreck and distress on, 339
shipwreck and distress on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
subsoil beneath the sea bed, 292, 357-361
subsoil under the seabed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, 357-361
telegraph cables in, 353-355
telegraph cables in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-355
verification of flag on, 337
verification of flag on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wireless telegraphy on the, 355-357
wireless telegraphy on the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-357
See also Vessel.
See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Operation of nature as a mode of losing territory, 312
Operation of nature as a way of losing land, 312
Oppenheim, Heinrich Bernard, 96
Oppenheim, Heinrich Bernard, 96
Oppenheim, L., 104
Oppenheim, L., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Option:
Option:
loss of nationality through, 378
loss of nationality via __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of inhabitants of ceded territory to retain their old citizenship, 290
of inhabitants of ceded territory to keep their old citizenship, 290
Orange Free State, 304
Orange Free State, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Oregon Boundary dispute, 295
Oregon border dispute, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ottoman law (1863), concerning protégés, 373
Ottoman law (1863), about protégés, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
P
P
Pacta sunt servanda, 573
Agreements must be kept, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pactum de contrahendo, 546
Pactum de contrahendo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Paladini, case of Salvatore, 408
Paladini, Salvatore's case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Panama:
Panama:
international position of the Republic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
intervention in, 191
intervention in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pan-American Conferences, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Pando, 97
Pando, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Panther, case of the, 219
Panther, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Papal Nuncio. See Nuncio.
Papal Nuncio. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Paris:
Paris:
Convention for the protection of submarine telegraph cables, 354
Convention for the Protection of Submarine Telegraph Cables, 354
Declaration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Treaty of Paris (1763), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Peace Treaty of 1856, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_10__
Peace Treaty of (1898), 72
Peace Treaty of 1898, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Parkinson v. Potter, 467
Parkinson v. Potter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Parlement Belge, case of the, 507
Parlement Belge, case of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Parliaments, injurious attitude of, 216
Parliaments, harmful attitude of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Participation of third States in treaties:
Participation of other countries in treaties:
accession, 568
entry, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
adhesion, 569
adhesion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
good offices and mediation, 568
negotiation and mediation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
intervention, 568
intervention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Parties to treaties, 543-548
Parties to agreements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-548
Parts of treaties, 552
Parts of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Part-Sovereign States, 441
Part-Sovereign States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Passports:
Passports:
dismissal of diplomatic envoys through delivery of, 455
dismissal of diplomatic envoys through delivery of, 455
of courier, 475
of courier, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoy, 448
of diplomatic envoy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Passport of vessels, 331
Vessel passport, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Peace Conferences at the Hague. See Hague.
Peace Talks at the Hague. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Peace Treaty of:
Peace Agreement of:
Aix-la-Chapelle (1668), 62
Aachen (1668), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Carlowitz, 63
Carlowitz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Copenhagen, 63
Copenhagen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Frankfort, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Hubertsburg, 64
Hubertsburg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kainardgi (1774), 441
Kainardgi (1774), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Kardis, 63
Kardis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Munster, 241
Munster, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nymeguen, 62
Nijmegen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Nystaedt, 63
Nystaedt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Oliva, 63
Olivia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Paris (1763), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
(1856), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_10__
(1898), 72
(1898), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Prague (1866), 364
Prague (1866), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pyrenees, 62
Pyrenees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rastadt and Baden, 63
Rastadt and Baden, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Roeskild, 63
Roskilde, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ryswick, 63
Ryswick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
San Stefano, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Seoul, 75
Seoul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Shimonoseki, 72
Shimonoseki, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Utrecht, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Westminster (1674), 319
Westminster (1674), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Westphalia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Pearl fishery off Ceylon and in the Persian Gulf, 348
Pearl fishing off Sri Lanka and in the Persian Gulf, 348
Peary, Admiral, 292
Peary, Admiral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pelagic Sealing Conference, 352
Pelagic Sealing Conference, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Persia, international position of, 164
Persia's global standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Persona grata of diplomatic envoy, 451
Diplomatic envoy's welcome person, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Personal supremacy:
Personal dominance:
consequences of, 178
consequences of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 177
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
restrictions upon, 183
restrictions on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
violations of, 179
violations of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Personal union of States, 133
Personal union of states, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pertille, 96
Pertille, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Petit cabotage, 607
Small cabotage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pharmacopœial formulas, unification of, 622
Pharmaceutical formulas, unification of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Philip II. of Spain, 316
Philip II of Spain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Philippine Islands, 72
Philippines, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Phillimore, Sir Robert, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Phosphorus. See White phosphorus.
Phosphorus. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Phylloxera conventions, 618
Phylloxera conferences, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Physically impossible obligations, 549
Impossible tasks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pierantoni, 96
Pierantoni, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pillau, alliance of, 551
Pillau, alliance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pinkney, American commissioner, 513
Pinkney, U.S. commissioner, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pirata non mutat dominium, 346
A pirate doesn't change ownership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pirates:
Pirates:
jurisdiction over, 345
jurisdiction over, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
may be pursued into the territorial maritime belt, 346
may be pursued into the territorial maritime zone, 346
Plague. See Sanitary Conventions.
Plague. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Platen-Hallermund, case of Count, 306
Platen-Hallermund, Count's case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pledge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Pleins pouvoirs, 447
Full powers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Podiebrad, 58
Poděbrady, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Poelitz, 96
Poelitz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Poland, 566
Poland, 566 CE
partition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Polish revolution (1830), 413
Polish Revolution (1830), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Political agents:
Political operatives:
public, 509
public, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
secret, 510
secret, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
spies, 510
spies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Political crime, conception of, 414-421
Political crime, concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-421
Political criminals, non-extradition of, 411-422
Political criminals, non-extradition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-422
Pollicitations, 546
Promises, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Polson, Archer, 94
Polson, Archer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pope, the position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-162. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
Port Arthur leased to Russia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Porto Rico, 72
Puerto Rico, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Portugal:
Portugal:
international position of, 77
global standing of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
republic proclaimed in, 76
republic declared in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Position:
Role:
of armed forces abroad, 501
of military personnel overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of consuls, 493
of consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoys, 455
of diplomatic representatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of diplomatic envoys as regards third States, 469
of diplomatic envoys concerning third countries, 469
Postal Union, Universal, 516
Universal Postal Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Prague, Peace Treaty of (1866), 364
Prague, Treaty of Peace (1866), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Precedence among envoys, 444
Priority among envoys, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Predicates of heads of States, 174
Heads of State, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Prescription, 308-311
Prescription, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-311
Presidents of republics:
Republic presidents:
not sovereigns, 433
not sovereigns, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
position of, 434
position of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Private International Law:
International Private Law:
conception of, 4
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hague Conventions about, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Privileges of:
Privileges of:
consuls, 494
consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
couriers, 475
couriers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
diplomatic envoys, 456
diplomatic representatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
judges of the Prize Court, 522
judges of the Prize Court, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
members of the Tribunal of the Court of Arbitration, 521
members of the Tribunal of the Court of Arbitration, 521
Proconsul, 487
Proconsul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Projectiles, Convention concerning, 594
Projectiles, Convention on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protection, treaties of, 604
Protection treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protection:
Protection:
envoy's function of, 454
envoy's role of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of citizens overseas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Protectorate, 144
Protectorate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protectorate as precursor of occupation, 296
Protectorate as precursor to occupation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protégés, 371
Mentees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protest as an international transaction, 538
Protest as a global exchange, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Protestant States, 449
Protestant States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Prussia becomes a Great Power, 64
Prussia rises as a Great Power, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pseudo-guarantees, 602
Pseudo-guarantees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Publications, official, 620
Publications, official, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Global Health, international office of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Public political agents, 509
Public officials, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pufendorf, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Punctationes, 546
Punctationes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pyrenees, Peace of the, 62
Pyrenees, Treaty of the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
R
R
Rachel, 90
Rachel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Radiotelegraphy, 236
Radio telegraphy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
office of, 516
office of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
on the Open Sea, 355
on the Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Radiotelegraphic Convention, 355
Radiotelegraph Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Union, 614
Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Railway transports and freights, Union concerning, 614
Railway transportation and freight, concerning the Union, 614
Office of, 517
Office of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rank of States, 171
Rank of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ratification of treaties:
Treaty ratification:
by whom effected, 558
by whom it was done, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception of, 553
idea of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
effect of, 561
effect of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
form of, 557
form of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
not absolutely necessary, 554
not really needed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
rationale for, 554
reason for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
refusal of, 556
refusal of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
space of time for, 555
time period for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Real Union of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Rebus sic stantibus, clause of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-574
Recall of diplomatic envoys, 477
Recall of diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Reception of diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Reception of aliens:
Alien welcome:
may be received conditionally only, 392
may be received conditionally only, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
no obligation to receive aliens, 390
no obligation to receive aliens, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Recognition:
Acknowledgment:
of States, 116-121
of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-121
Reconduction of foreigners, 402
Repatriation of foreigners, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Reconfirmation of treaties, 581
Reconfirming treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Recousse, droit de, 347
Recourse, right of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Red Indians, 35
Native Americans, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Redintegration, acquisition of nationality by, 376
Redintegration, acquiring nationality by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Redintegration of treaties, 581
Treaty reintegration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Regents, 432
Regents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Reign of Terror, 412
Reign of Terror, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Release, loss of nationality through, 378
Loss of nationality through release, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Religious exemptions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
in Roumania, 388
in Romania, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Renewal of treaties, 580
Renewal of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Renunciation as an international transaction, 539
Renunciation as a global transaction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Renunciation of a treaty, 571
Treaty withdrawal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Renvoi, droit de, 402
Right of referral, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Reprisals, 396
Revenge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Republics:
Republics:
American, 624
American, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Italian, 438
Italian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Negro, 32
Black, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rescission of treaties, 571
Rescission of treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Res extra commercium, 323
Res extra commercium, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Residents, 445
Residents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Responsales, 437
Respondents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Responsibility of States, 206-225
States' Responsibilities, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-225
for acts of diplomatic envoys, 215
for actions of diplomats, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
for acts of Parliaments, 216
for acts of Parliament, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
for acts of private individuals, 221
for actions by private individuals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Retinue of diplomatic envoys, 472-475
Diplomatic envoy team, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-475
of monarchs abroad, 430
of kings and queens abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Retorsion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Revenue Laws, 261
Revenue Laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rhine, the river, 241
Rhine River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rhodian laws, 56
Rhodian laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ricci-Busatti, 104
Ricci-Busatti, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Right:
Correct:
of asylum, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
of chapel, 467
of chapel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of contiguity, 295
of proximity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of legation, 440
of diplomacy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of protection for citizens abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
of pursuit on the sea, 336
of chasing on the sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Right of legation:
Diplomatic privilege:
by whom exercised, 442
by whom exercised, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
conception, 440
idea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
not possessed by a revolutionary party recognised as a belligerent Power, 442
not owned by a revolutionary party recognized as a belligerent Power, 442
what States possess the, 441
which States have the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Human rights, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Rights of Nations, Declaration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Rioters, règlement of the Institute of International Law concerning Acts of, 224
Rioters, regulation of the Institute of International Law regarding Acts of, 224
Riquelme, 97
Riquelme, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rivers, 239
Rivers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
abandoned beds of, 302
abandoned beds of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
international, 240
international, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
South American, 242
South America, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
utilisation of the flow of, 243
using the flow of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
See also Navigation.
See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Rivers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Roeskild, Peace Treaty of, 63
Roeskild Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rolin, 103
Rolin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Roman Catholic Church, 8
Roman Catholic Church, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Roman Law, 283
Roman Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Romans, their rules for international relations, 50
Romans, their rules for international relations, 50
Rome, Congress at, 613
Congress in Rome, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ross, case of Bishop, 443
Ross, Bishop case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Roumania:
Romania:
Convention of 1877 with Russia, 597
Convention of 1877 with Russia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
independence of, 71;
independence from, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
restricted, 183
restricted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
treatment of Jews in, 388
treatment of Jews in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rousseau, J. J., 113
Rousseau, J. J., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rousset, 102
Rousset, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Royal honours, States enjoying, 172
Royal honors, States enjoying, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Russian Ambassador, case of, 457
Russian Ambassador, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ case
Rutherford, 90
Rutherford, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Rymer, 102
Rymer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Ryswick, Peace Treaty of, 63
Ryswick Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
S
S
Sà, case of Don Pantaleon, 475
Sà, Don Pantaleon's case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Saalfeld, 96
Saalfeld, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sackville, case of Lord, 455
Sackville, Lord case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
St. George's Channel, 266
St. George's Channel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
St. Petersburg:
Saint Petersburg:
Convention of, 614
Convention of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Declaration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Sale of State territory, 287
Sale of state land, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Salvage, 339
Salvage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Samos, international position of, 144
Samos, global standing of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
San Domingo, 32
San Domingo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
San Marino, international position of, 146
San Marino's international position, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
San Stefano, Peace Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Sandona, 96
Sandona, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sanitary Conventions, 620
Sanitary laws, 261
Sanitation laws, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sanitation, International Council of, at Bucharest, 515
Sanitation, International Council of, at Bucharest, 515
Santa Lucia, case of, 313
Santa Lucia, instance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sarawak, 282
Sarawak, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sarpi, Paolo, 319
Sarpi, Paolo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Savarkar, case of, 410
Savarkar, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Scheldt, the river, 241
Scheldt River, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Schmalz, 95
Schmalz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Schmauss, 102
Schmauss, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Schnaebélé, case of, 511
Schnaebélé, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Schools of International Lawyers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Scott, James Brown, 104
Scott, James Brown, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Scott, Sir William, 98. See also Lord Stowell.
Scott, Sir William, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.
Sea-brief, 331
Sea brief, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sea-letter, 331
Sea mail, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sealing Conference, oceanic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Secret political agents, 510
Secret political agents, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Secret protocol, 555
Confidential protocol, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Secretaries of Legation, 472
Legation Secretaries, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Secretary for Foreign Affairs, 435
Foreign Affairs Secretary, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Seismologic Association, International, 625
International Seismological Association, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Self-jurisdiction:
Self-governance:
of diplomatic envoys, 468
of diplomatic representatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of kings and queens abroad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Self-preservation, 184-187
Self-preservation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-187
Semi-sovereign. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ - and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__ -Sovereign.
Senigallia, 104
Senigallia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Seoul, Peace of, 75
Seoul, Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Servia, independence of, 71
Servia, independence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
restricted, 183
restricted, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Servitus in faciendo consistere nequit, 279
Servitude isn't about doing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Servitutes juris gentium naturales, 274
Natural rights of nations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Servitutes juris gentium voluntariae, 274
Voluntary rights of nations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Shenandoah, case of the, 343
Shenandoah, the case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Shimonoseki, Treaty of Peace, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Ship. See Vessel.
Ship. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Shipwreck on the Open Sea, 339
Shipwreck in the Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Siam, international position of, 164
Siam, global status of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Slave trade, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__
Smith, F. E., 94
Smith, F. E., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Solent, the, 266
Solent, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Solferino, battle of, 544
Battle of Solferino, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sorel, Albert, 95
Sorel, Albert, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Soudan, international position of, 232
Soudan, global standing of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Soulé, case of, 470
Soulé, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sound dues, 267
Sound fees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sources of International Law, 20
Sources of International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
South Africa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Sovereignty:
Sovereignty:
conception of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
divisibility of sovereignty contested, 110
sovereignty debate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
history of meaning of sovereignty, 111-115
history of the meaning of sovereignty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-115
in contradistinction to suzerainty, 141
in contrast to suzerainty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sovereignty of monarchs, 428
Monarchs' sovereignty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Spheres of influence, 297
Spheres of influence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Spies, 510
Spies, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Spitzbergen, 232
Spitsbergen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sponsio, 545
Sponsio, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Springer, case of, 461
Springer case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
State, conception of, 108
State concept, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
State property. See State territory.
State property. See State land.
States:
States:
American, 163
American, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
a product of law, 14
a legal product, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
changes in the conditions of, 121-125
changes in the conditions of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-125
confederated, 135
federated, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
European, 162
European, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
extinction of, 124
extinction of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
full- and not-full Sovereign, 109
full and empty Sovereign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
heads of. See Heads of States.
heads of. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
independence of, 177
independence of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
jurisdiction of, 201-205
jurisdiction of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-205
neutralised, 147-154
neutralized, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-154
new-born, 281
newborn, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
order of precedence of, 172
order of importance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
part-Sovereign, 141
part-Sovereign, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
personal supremacy of, 177
personal dominance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
personal union of, 133
personal union of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
possessing royal honours, 172
holding royal honors, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
rank of, 171
rank of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
real union of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
recognition of, 116-121
recognition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-121
responsibility of, 206-225
responsibility of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-225
self-preservation of, 184-187
self-preservation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-187
territorial supremacy of, 177
territorial dominance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
titles of, 173
titles of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
under protectorate, 144
under protectorate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
vassal, 140
vassal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
State servitudes, 273-281
State easements, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-281
cession of, 285
cession of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 229
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different kinds of, 230
various types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different parts of, 235
different sections of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
dismembered, 230
dismembered, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
importance of, 231
importance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
inalienability of parts of, 238
inalienability of parts of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
integrate, 230
integrate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
loss of, 311-314
loss of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-314
modes of acquiring, 281-284
ways to acquire, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-284
servitudes on, 273-281
servitudes on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-281
States under protectorate cannot cede territory without consent of the superior State, 286
States under a protectorate can’t give up territory without the permission of the dominant State, 286
Status quo:
Current situation:
in the Baltic, 604
in the Baltic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the Mediterranean, 603
in the Med, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
treaties guaranteeing maintenance of, 602-604
treaties ensuring maintenance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-604
Stettin, Bay of, 263
Stettin Bay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Stockton, Capt. C. H., 38
Stockton, Capt. C. H., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Stoerk, 103
Stoerk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Story, 137
Story, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Straits, 265
Straits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Kara, 266
of Kara, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Kertch, 267
of Kerch, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Magellan, 267
of Magellan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Yugor, 266
of Yugor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Strupp, 102
Strupp, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Stuart Pretender, the, 278
Stuart Pretender, the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Suarez, 84
Suarez, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Subject of a State, his position when a diplomatic envoy of a foreign State, 450
Subject of a State, his role when a diplomatic representative of a foreign State, 450
conception of, 302
concept of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
consequences of, 305
consequences of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in contradistinction to occupation, 303
in contrast to occupation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
justification of, 304
justification of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
acquisition of nationality through, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Subsoil, territorial, 235
Subsoil, land, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
beneath the sea bed, 357
beneath the ocean floor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Substitution of one treaty for another, 571
Swapping one treaty for another, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Substitution, loss of nationality through, 378
Substitution, loss of citizenship through, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Succession of States, 125-132
Succession of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-132
Suez Canal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Sugar Convention, 617
Sugar Convention, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Office of, 517
Office of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sujets mixtes, 386
Mixed topics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sully, 58
Sully, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sully, case of, 468
Sully, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sun Yat Sen, case of, 464
Sun Yat-sen, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Suzerainty, conception of, 141
Conception of suzerainty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sweden-Norway, Real Union dissolved, 135
Sweden-Norway union ended, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Swiss Confederation reorganised, 61
Swiss Confederation restructured, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Switzerland's neutrality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
member-States conclude treaties, 544
member states sign treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
without a maritime flag, 327
without a flag, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
T
T
Tabula Amalfitana, 56
Amalfi Table, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Telegraph cables:
Telegraph wires:
Convention for the protection of, 354
Convention for the protection of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in the Open Sea, 353
in the open sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Telegraph Union, Universal, 516
Telegraph Union, Universal, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Terrae potestas finitur ubi finitur armorum vis, 257
The power of the land ends where the force of arms ends, 257
Territorial atmosphere, 236
Territorial vibe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territorial supremacy:
Territorial dominance:
consequences of, 178
consequences of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
definition of, 177
definition of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
violations of, 179
violations of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territorial waters, 235
Territorial waters, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
contrasted with Open Sea, 321
contrasted with Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territorial Waters Jurisdiction Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
Territorium clausum, 230
Closed territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territorium dominans, 276
Dominant territory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territorium serviens, 276
Territory serving, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Territory. See State Territory.
Territory. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Textor, 90
Textor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tezkereh, 389
Tezkereh, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Thalweg, the, 271
Thalweg, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tibet, international position of, 164
Tibet's international standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Titles of States, 173
Titles of States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Thomasius, 90
Thomasius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Toll, maritime, 259
Toll, maritime, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tourkmantschai, Treaty of, 246
Treaty of Turkmenchay, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tourville, case of, 407
Tourville, case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Trading Consular Officers, 485
Trading Consular Officers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tradition of ceded territory, 288
Tradition of relinquished land, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
declarations, 536
declarations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
different kinds of, 536
various types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
notifications, 537
notifications, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
protests, 538
protests, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
renunciation, 539
giving up, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Traffic on the Open Sea, 333
Traffic on the Open Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Transports, Central Office of International, 517
Transports, International Central Office, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Transvaal. See South African Republic.
Transvaal. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Treaties:
Agreements:
access and join, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
binding force of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
cancellation of, 578
cancellation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
commercial and consular, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-612
conception of, 540
idea of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
constitutional restrictions concerning the treaty-making power, 545
constitutional restrictions concerning the treaty-making power, 545
different kinds of, 540
various types of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
effect of, 561
effect of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
expiration and dissolution of, 570-576
expiration and dissolution of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-576
extradition, 412-422
extradition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-422
form of, 550
form of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
fulfilment of, 570
fulfillment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
interpretation of, 582
interpretation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
law-making, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
means of securing performance of, 565
ways to ensure performance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
objects of, 548
objects of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of alliance, 595
of partnership, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of cession, 290
of cession, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of extradition, 404-406
of extradition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-406
of guarantee, 599
of guarantee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of protection, 604
of protection, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of subsidy, 598
of subsidy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
pactum de contrahendo, 546
contract to contract, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
participation of third States in, 567
participation of third countries in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
parts of, 552
parts of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
pseudo-guarantees, 602
pseudo-guarantees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
punctationes, 546
punctuation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ratification of, 553-561
ratifying, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__-561
reconfirmation of, 581
reconfirmation of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
redintegration of, 581
redintegration of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
regarding spheres of influence, 297
regarding spheres of influence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
renewal of, 580
renewal of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sources of International Law, 23
sources of International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
voidance of, 576
avoidance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Troppau, Congress of, 67
Troppau Congress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tucker, 95
Tucker, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Tunis, international status of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Tunnel, proposed Channel, 359
Tunnel, proposed Channel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
U
U
Ulpianus, 315
Ulpian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Unions concerning:
Unions about:
Agriculture, 617
Farming, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
birds useful to agriculture, 618
birds beneficial to farming, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Cholera and plague, 620
Cholera and plague, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Coinage, 619
Coin money, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Copyright, 615
Copyright, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Customs tariffs publication, 616
Tariff publication, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Geodetic work, 625
Geodetic work, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Humanity, 622
Humanity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Hydrographic work, 626
Hydrographic survey, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Industrial property, 616
Industrial real estate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Literature and Art, 615
Literature and Art, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Metric system, the, 619
Metric system, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Motor Vehicles, 615
Cars, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Night work of women, 618
Women's night work, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Official publications, 620
Official publications, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pelagic Sealing, 623
Pelagic Sealing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pharmaceutical formulas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Phylloxera epidemics, 618
Phylloxera outbreaks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Post, 613
Post, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Private International Law, 623
Private International Law, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Public health, 621
Public health, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Radiotelegraphy, 614
Radio telegram, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Railway transport, 614
Rail transport, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sanitation, 620
Sanitation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Science, 625
Science, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Seismology, 625
Seismology, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Submarine cables, 614
Submarine cables, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Sugar, 617
Sugar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Telegraphs, 614
Telegrams, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Transport, 614
Transport, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
White phosphorus, the use of, 618
White phosphorus, its use, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wild animals in Africa, 623
Wild animals in Africa, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Unions, object of, 612
Unions, subject of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
United States of America:
USA
become a major power, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
member-States cannot conclude treaties, 544
member states cannot make treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
naval war code of, 38
naval warfare code, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Universal Postal Union, 613
Universal Postal Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Universal Telegraph Union, 614
Universal Postal Union, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Usage, international, in contradistinction to international custom, 22
Usage, international, in contrast to international custom, 22
Usurper, 427
Usurper, 427
V
V
Vaderland, case of the, 357
Vaderland, the case of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vassal States, 140
Vassal States, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cannot cede territory without consent of suzerain, 286
cannot cede territory without the suzerain's consent, 286
competent to appoint consuls, 488
able to appoint consuls, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
competent to make treaties, 544
able to make treaties, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
of Great Britain, Indian, 142
of Great Britain, Indian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vattel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
Venezuela, blockade of (1902), 74
Venezuela, blockade (1902), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Venice:
Venice:
ceded by Austria to France, 287
ceded by Austria to France, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Verdun, Treaty of, 54
Verdun, Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Verification of flag, 335
Flag verification, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Verona, Congress of, 67
Verona Congress, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Versailles, Treaty of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
arrest of, 338
arrest of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
collision of, 333
collision of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
papers of, 331
papers of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
search of, 338
search for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
visit of, 337
visit of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
See also Men-of-War.
See also __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
concerning subjugation, 307
regarding oppression, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vexaincourt, case of, 219
Vexaincourt case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vice-consul, 486
Vice consul, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Victor Emanuel, King of Italy, 426
Victor Emanuel, King of Italy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Victoria, 84
Victoria, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
(1815), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__
Vienna, Treaty of (1878), 364
Vienna Treaty (1878), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Villafranca, Preliminary Peace Treaty of, 544
Villafranca Peace Treaty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Virginius, case of the, 187
Virginius, the case of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Visit of vessels, 337
Vessel visit, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Vital change of circumstances, 573
Major change in circumstances, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Voidance of treaties:
Nullification of treaties:
through impossibility of execution, 577
through impossible execution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
through realisation of purpose, 577
through realization of purpose, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Völkerrechts-Indigenat, 367
International Law Indigenate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Waddington, case of, 475
Waddington case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Walker, Thomas Alfred, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Wallachia, 441
Wallachia, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
War, Convention concerning Laws of, 593
War, Laws of Armed Conflict, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Convention concerning rights and duties of neutrals in, 593
Convention concerning rights and duties of neutrals in, 593
Laws of (U.S.A.), 36
Laws of the U.S., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Laws of (U.S.A.) at sea, 38
Laws of the U.S. at sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Warsaw, non-admittance of consuls to, 488
Warsaw, consuls not allowed in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Washburne, case of, 471
Washburne case, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Washington:
Washington, D.C.
Boundary Treaty of 1908, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Congress of (1890), 304
Congress of 1890, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Maritime Conference of (1889), 333
Maritime Conference of 1889, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Pelagic Fishing Conference of, 352
Pelagic Fishing Conference, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Treaties (1854) and (1871), concerning navigation on the river St. Lawrence, 243
Treaties (1854) and (1871), regarding navigation on the St. Lawrence River, 243
Treaty (1904), 182
Treaty (1904), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Waters, territorial. See Territorial waters.
Territorial waters. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Webster, Mr., U.S.A., Secretary of Foreign Affairs, 502
Webster, Mr., U.S.A., Secretary of Foreign Affairs, 502
Office of the Union of, 516
Office of the Union of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Welwood, William, 318
Welwood, William, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wenck, 102
Wenck, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Westminster, Treaty of (1674), 319
Westminster Treaty (1674), __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Westphalian Peace, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
White Phosphorus, Convention for the prohibition of the use of, 618
White Phosphorus, Convention to ban its use, 618
White Phosphorus Matches Prohibition Act, 618
White Phosphorus Matches Ban Act, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
White Sea fisheries, 348
White Sea fishing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
White slave traffic, 623
Human trafficking, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wild animals, &c., in Africa, preservation of, 623
Wild animals, etc., in Africa, preservation of, 623
Wildman, Richard, 94
Wildman, Richard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wireless telegraphy, 236
Wireless telegraphy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
on the Open Sea, 355
on the open sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wisby, the maritime laws of, 56
Wisby, the maritime law of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Wolff, Christian, 92
Wolff, Christian, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Women. See Night-work of women.
Women. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.
Wrech, case of Baron de, 465
Wrech, Baron de, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Y
Y
Young Turks movement, 76
Young Turks movement, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Yugor Straits, 266
Yugor Straits, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Z
Z
Zanzibar, international position of, 147
Zanzibar's global standing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Zone for revenue and sanitary laws extended beyond the maritime belt, 261
Zone for revenue and sanitary laws extended beyond the maritime belt, 261
Zouche, 88
Zouche, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Zuider Zee, 263
Zuider Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
END OF VOL. I.
END OF VOL. 1.
Printed by Ballantyne, Hanson & Co.
Edinburgh & London
Printed by Ballantyne, Hanson & Co.
Edinburgh & London
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!